HANDBOUND
AT THE
UNlN'ERSITi' OF
TORONTO PRESS
I
'OA
DICTIONAKY
OF THE
ASANTE AND FANTE LANGUAGE
CALLED TSHI (CHWEE, TWI).
DICTIONARY
Ol' TIIK
ASANTE AND FANTE LANGUAGE
CALLED TSHI (CHWEE, T^),
WITH
A GRAMMATICAL INTRODUCTION
AND APPENDICES ON
THE GEOGKAPHY OF THE GOLD COAST
AND OTIIKU SUBJECTS.
BY
REV. J. G. GHRISTALLER,
OF THE BASEL GERMAN EVANGELICAL MISSION, W. AFRICA.
BASEL: 1881.
PRINTED FOR THE EVANGELICAL MISSIONARY SOCIETY.
Sold by the MissioNs-BfcHHANomNc;, Basel, Switzeuland,
BY TauBNEit & Co, 57 & 59 Litixiate Hill, I^ondox,
AND IN the Book Depository of the Basel Mission, Ciiristiansbohg, G. ('., \\ . A.
Printer: L. REINHARDT (formerly C. Schultze), Basel.
I
PREFACE.
This Dictionary follows "A Grammar of the Asaiite and
Fante Language called Tshi {Chivee, T\Vi), based on the Akuapem
Dialect, with reference to the other (Akan and Fante) Dialects,"
by the same author, Basel 1875. The said Grammar has been
approved by several philologists in Germany and France.*) It
has, however, not met with the same favourable reception on the
Gold Coast, at least beyond the sphere of the Basel German
Mission; but it is hoped that the present Dictionai-y will be more
welcome to educated Fantes on account of its more prominent
practical usefulness, and because in it the Fante dialect lias been
more extensively referred to than in the Grammar.
2. The Dictionary appears now somewhat delayed by the
claims which six other publications in Tshi and three in Akra
made on the author, and its publication has taken considerable
time because its loose sheets were sent to an intelligent native
of the Gold Coast, whose judgement has been of great value to
the author, for corrections and additions.
If the work has been long in coming out, it is hoped that
it will be the more useful and will not prove short-lived. If it
has become larger than any other existing Dictionary of a Negro
language, this has at least not been the intention of the author;
the ample materials collected with the help of clever and in-
telligent natives made it a matter of course, if not a duty, to
store up whatever may be useful for his successors.
.3. The persons for whose benefit the author has written,
are 1. the missionaries, not only of his own society, in Akuapem,
Akem, Okwawu &c., but also of the Wesleyan Methodists in the
Fante country ; — 2. Europeans who are interested in philology
or in any capacity called to have intercourse with the natives
of the coast or inland countries; — 3. the educated natives, be
they employed in Christian churches and Mission or Government
*) Cf. Lazarus und Steinlhal, Zeitschrift fiir Volker-Psycholo^e und
Sprachenkunde 187fj, p. 164 — 172. Ky the '"Institut de France" a gold medal
of 300 francs has been awarded to the author.
VI Preface.
schools, or whatever occupation may be their inducement to the
study of languages; all these may also be helped by the book
in their endeavours to acquire the English language.
4. The materials of the work have been collected during
more than 25 years' study of the language. The words were
gathered from all available sources in the various ways alluded
to in the preface to the Grammar p. Iseq. When the author left
the Gold Coast in 1868, he took with him, besides an entire
translation of the Bible in manuscript or in newly revised printed
portions, a good number of other manuscripts and of materials
for a dictionary collected by personal intercourse with natives
of various places and tribes, among whom I reckon first the
helpers at the work of translation, who also, with other assistants,
contributed a good deal of proverbs and other folk-lore &c.
And whilst the Bible was in printing and twenty other new
publications or revised reprints were in preparing, the author
received, besides manuscripts for several of these new works,
many letters and answers on various questions concerning those
different publications, also new contributions for the dictionary
and essays on mythological and historical objects, partly from
the native missionary 1). Asanto, partly from other educated
natives. — The Vocabulary of H. N. liiis has been carefully
compared and every word or phrase found correct or rectified
has been embodied in the present dictionary, sometimes with
reference to the work of Riis. — A rich source of words has
been opened in the native proverbs, the printed collection of
which embraces more than 3600. The reader is often referred
to this for brevity's sake.
5. The Dialects of the langixage are described in the Gram-
mar p. XVII seq. & 185-196, where also the claims of both the
Akan and Fante dialects and the intermediate literary dialect
are sufficiently discussed. I do not find any cause to retract
what is stated there, though I have since then become better
acquainted with the Fante dialect through A. W. Parker's books
(see p. XVI), many words and phrases of which have been in-
corporated in this work. I have also obtained some more in-
formation about the Akan and the Bron or Kamana dialects,
and may sum up my impressions in this manner:
(1) The Akan dialect is considered to be spoken purest in
Akem; but by its dainty and affected mode of expression (e.g.
the frequent ee & oo, where most other dialects have simply
e & 9, as, adee, asee, koree, oboo, soo, = ade, ase, koe, gbo, so)
Preface. VII
it, appears less fit to become the common dialect of all 'Pslii
tribes, — The dialect of Asanf(! agrees in all essentials with
that of Akem, only the pronunciation is "broad and hard (tetere
dennennen)" e.g. they pronounce "kere" instead of "kyere", —
whilst in Akem it is "soft and delicate (boko freiikyemm)."
The other countries in which Akan is spoken are Adanse, Ascn,
ifankyira, Tvviforo, Akwam, all these with little deviations from
Akem and Asante, and Akuapem, on which see No. (2).
(j:^) The dialect of Akuapem, derived from Akem and Akwam
and having points of contact with Bron and Fante, appears on
the whole the one most suited to become (ho literary idiom
equally intelligible to all the other tribes. See Gr. p, XIX, and,
on the influences of Fante, the small English-'J'shi-Akra Dictionary
of 1874, p. XI.
(3) 'I'he Rron or Kamana dialects are spoken in the coun-
tries N. & N.E. of the Akan countries, viz. Kamana, Okwawu,
Nkoransa, Bron &c., also in Pae (E. of the Volta). These dialects
seem to be genuine Tshi, but are deemed inferior to Akan, prob-
ably on account of archaisms or admixture of foreign elements.
Bron is also spoken beyond the territories of the genuine Tshi
people by tribes w^hich had or still have a separate language
of their own. as Gyaman and the tribes E. of the Volta speaking
Guan, viz. Ntwummuru, Kjirakye, Worawora or Boem, Nkonya.
(4) The Fante dialects have not followed the other dialects
In changing the commencing sovinds kw, gw^ hw, before palatal
vowels, into tw, dw, fw, and in occasionally softening b (espec.
in diminutives) into w &c., but have deviated from them by
changing t, d, n, before (e) e, i, into ts, dz, By, and by curtail-
ing many terminations by cutting off their final vowels.
6. In the Introductory Notes to my Grammar §4 (p. XVII
seq.) I had to censure the system of orthography advised by
D. L. Carr and J. P. Brown in their "Mfantsi Grammar", Cape
Coast, 1868. Now I am under the necessity of criticizing the
orthography chosen by the Hev. A. W. Parker in his translation
of the Gospels of Matthew and IMark into the "Fante Language",
printed for the Wesleyan Missionary Society, London 1877, and
in three previous smaller publications, however gladly I welcome
these works as the beginning of a Fante literature. Mr. Parker
is right in using ten vowels instead of the five a e 1 u, but
he employs the diacritical dot under each of those five vowels
in a manner repugnant to the orthography followed in our
Vni Preiace.
numerous books in conformity with the Standard Alphabet of
Dr. Lepsius. If he had no knowledge of the said Standard
Alphabet, of which the secretaries of the Wesleyan Missionary
Society had officially expressed their cordial approval, he was
at least in the possession of some of our four editions of the
Tshi Gospels, his own translation of the two first Gospels in
the "Fante Language'' aflfording unmistakable proofs that he
has made use of them, as was proper and right. The Scriptures
in Tshi have been translated and printed by the long continued
labours of Basel missionaries and their native assistants, and
by the generous help of the British and Foreign Bible Society,
without any self-interested motives, for the whole Tshi nation,
Fante included. If the Wesleyan Christians in Fante use some
expressions for religious ideas different from those used in the
churches and schools of our Basel Mission, or if they wish to
have portions of the Bible or other books written and printed
in their own dialect, we have nothing to say against that. On
the contrary, we are glad to have the opportunity of comparing
the idiomatic peculiarities of both sides and are ready to learn
and adopt whatever may seem preferable in the treasures of
our western neighbours, or, whenever we on our part may have
to choose between two forms or expressions, to select that which
brings us nearer to them. But if the latter give way to the
opposite tendency, creating an orthography entirely of their own
invention and in their biblical translations studiously substituting
their own expressions to those contained in our Tshi Bible, as
if it were their duty to avoid the suspicion of having trod in
the footsteps of their forerunners, we regret their misspent time
and strength. The orthography adopted by Mr. Parker differs
from ours far more than the Fante dialects differ from the Akan
dialects. The dialects can sarcely be said to be at variance
with each other; they may peaceably exist side by side; but
the two orthographies cannot thus coexist. B. Cruickshank in
his book "Eighteen Years on the Gold Coast", London 1853.
vol. II. p. 262. says: "Educated natives have frequently failed
in making communications in writing, in their native language,
intelligible to each other, from their disagreement about the
sounds of words, and the consequent employment of different
letters to represent them." Shortly after Mr. Cruickshank's book
had appeared in print, when he visited the Basel JNIissionary
station at Akropong in the capacity of Acting Governor, in
Febr. 1854, he could personally convince himself that Europeans
I
Preface. IX.
have indeed "been successful in reducing the language of the
natives to grammatical rules and to writing in the Roman
character". Innumerable letters of natives educated in the Basel
Mission Schools and some 40 publications embracing more than
6000 printed pages leave no doubt that now "a proper repre-
sentation of the language" common both to Asante and to Fante
does exist. Tjjere arc Fante Christians who have bought and
read our books written after the Standard Alphabet, who also
understand and appreciate them. But the new Fante orthography,
if largely received among the Fante Christians, would almost
preclude mutual intelligibility of written or printed communi-
cations between the western and the eastern parts of the Gold
Coast in the native idioms, — not only the Akan division of
Tshi, but also the Akra language, the Dahome (or Ewhe) and
the Yoruba language being likewise reduced to writing after
the principles of the Standard Alphabet. It is as if railways
were built along the coast from Akra to Ada and farther on to
Lagos, and the Fantes would build a railway of their own of
a different gauge, so that no cars from the western railway could
be used on the eastern, and vice versa. Does is not lie in the
interest of our Fante brethren to accommodate their writing to
the Standard Alphabet approved and recommended by the re-
presentants of the Wesley an Missionary Society in 1855? The
question has been submitted by me to the representants of the
said Society in 1879, in a letter discussing the particular defects
and disadvantages of the new system as well as elucidating the
facilities and difficulties of transition to the Standard Alphabet,
— with what result, I cannot tell.
In order to do every possible honour to the Fante dialect
as represented in Parker's books, I have carefully perused them
and weighed every word contained therein; accordingly most
of the terms, forms and meanings peculiar to them have been
embodied in this dictionary in adaptation to the Standard Alphabet.
7. Foreign words adopted in Tshi (about 20 from Ga, Guah,
Marewa, nearly 100 from European languages) have been marked
as such by indicating the language from which they are taken
in brackets. Above 100 more foreign words found in the Tshi
Bible are registered in Appendix A. — Neiv words derived from
words already existing in the language and introduced by the
Basel missionaries, are partly marked by a dagger (t); many
such as well as modern terms, used in teaching the various
sciences, are not found in this dictionary, because not as yet
X Preface.
sufficiently approved. Nearly a hundred of them are contained
in the appendix to Mr. Bellon's Instruction in Arithmetic.
8. The arrangement chosen has been, to let the words fol-
low each other in the alphabetical order of their initial con-
sonants, disregarding the prefixes. Cf. the Grammatical Intro-
duction § 10. 14. 18. 20. 25,1. 26-30. Words either similar or
related to each other are placed together. Thus e. g. su, sii are
followed by nouns with prefixes: o-sCi (joined to su, from which
it is derived); e-su; nsu, osii, asii; then sua, sua, sua and
nsua, o-sua, o-siia, o-sua follow; then the various compounds
of all these, intermixed with derivations by suffixes and new verbs,
according to the alphabetical sequence of the letters, as sua-bise...
suafo, ... nsu-akyi, suah, ...suaw, su-bah &c. — Oi compounds the
constituents are marked out by applying the hyphen, or the
primitives are added in brackets. — Nouns formed by the suf-
fixes fo or iiij wa (ba) or ma (Grammat. Introd. §19,2.3), and
nouns compounded with -de and -sem (=ade, asem) are so
frequent that not all of them have been put down; the student
will easily find the meaning of such words by resorting to the
simple words. — Of verbs the primitive sense is given first,
and the figurative and free senses are added in rational order.
— The various applicafions of each word and standing phrases
are illustrated by examples, and for farther illustrations the col-
lection of proverbs and passages of the Bible or other books
are frequently referred to.
9. In the oiihoyraphti both the full and tlie shortened writing
(Grammat. Introd. § 25) have found consideration. The forms in
Fante and Akem, different from those in our books, have been
added in many instances; in other cases analogy will guide
those aright who are particularly interested in those dialects.
10. Definitions of words and descriptions of specific occu-
pations or customs, as they were given by native assistants,
have occasionally been added for the benefit of Europeans en-
gaged in acquiring the language. These explanations have the
more value, as they are all idiomatic, presenting the genuine
manner of expressing thought in the language, without being
altered by the endeavours to express thoughts imported by
foreigners.
11. Particular pains have been taken to add the synonyms
wherever they seem to be demanded. — That under some words
as "ahene, apata, nsa, ntama" lists of different sorts of beads,
fishes, spirituous liquors, textile fabrics &c. are given, may serve
Preface. XI
as a stimnlns to students and teachers to collect such lists of
other objects. In a similar way the geograpliical names and
proper names of persons, given in Appendix C III. and G, in-
vite farther collection.
12. As it was the writers endeavour to condense the matter
l)resented in the shortest possible space, a liberal use has been
made of obhreciations, a list of which is appended to this Preface;
some others will be found in the appendices. — All words not
marked by v., a., adv., conj., intcrj. are nouns; nouns are marked
by n. only in a few cases to distinguish them from adjectives &c.
Verbal nouns derived by the palatal suffix are marked hyv.n.;
many simple or compound nouns marked by inf. are likewise
verbal nouns. — Of verbs the transitive and intransitive are
rarely marked by tr. and intr., because most verbs are used in
both ways even more readily than in English. Parts of the verb
are now and then marked by contin., prct., perf., progr., fut.,
imp. I & II., inf., — affirm., neg. —
13. The writers task would have been much easier, if he
might have issued the work in German; but circumstances de-
manded it otherwise. Most of the English contents of the work
have been revised by Englishmen, and some deficiencies in this re-
spect are made good in the Corrections and Additions pp.569seqq.
14. The Additions taken from the translation of the Bible
and other Christian books are meant chiefly for the Christian
student and will help him in thoroughly mastering his object. —
On the Corrections, see p. 569, Rem. 2; they include also the
corrections of the few misprints found on pp. 1-568, and the
answers on notes of interrogation used in some cases of un-
certainty.
15. A few words about the Appendices. — The Table of Gold
Weights (Appendix B) may require alterations for the Fante
and rectifications for the Akan countries. On foreign gold coins
see Payne's Lagos and West African Almanack. — The Geo-
graphical Appendix (C), though it cost comparatively more time
than any other part of the work, is yet very imperfect. It would,
however, not have been right to leave it out for two reasons:
1. Our knowledge of the countries concerned has considerably
increased since the publication of the Grammar, as a comparison
with § 1 of the Introductory Notes, Gr. p. X. seq., will show,
2. The completenes of a Dictionary demands, that the archaic
elements contained in the geographical names, however unim-
portant the respective towns or villages, brooks or mountains
XII Preface.
may be, be not neglected. (This can also be said concerning;
the Proper Names contained in the Appendices D, F, G.) - Ap-
pendix C may moreover serve as a foundation for a Geography
of the Gold Coast, a desideratum which studious natives ought
gradually to supply; for it is astonishing how scanty, vague
and confused the knowledge of these countries has hitherto been,
even among natives, concerning the places beyond their im-
mediate experience. — Only of Akem, Akuapem and Okwawu
accounts of some completeness could be given. It is hoped that
a large map prepared by the Basel missionaries on the Gold
Coast will incorporate the geographical knowledge hitherto ob-
tained of the three countries just mentioned and of the Akra and
Adanme countries, on which map also some forty stations and out-
stations of the Basel Mission will be marked, as well as other
places where native Christians are dwelling. — In process of time
materials for a Histoxy of the Gold Coast also should be gathei'ed,
similar to what we have already of Sierra Leone. — Payne's
Lagos and West African Almanack contains much valuable
matter, though more of a statistical than geographical character,
and more of Lagos and its vicinity than of the other parts of
the Gold Coast Colony. Its yearly issues might be made the
receptacle for geographical and historical contributions.
16. After every endeavour to render the work as correct
and complete as possible, the author feels how much room there
is still left for augmentation and rectification, and hopes that
many of those who use it, may feel compelled to contribute
additions and rectifications. Of the Akuapem dialect not many
words will be found wanting; but the literary idiom may still
be amply eni'iched by importations from other dialects, and by
the new-made and foreign words alluded to in § 7.
17. The author begs pardon for the length of this Preface
and the followiYig Introduction. If there be many who will not
read this or that, others may still be helped thereby in their
endeavours to master the language. And so the author concludes
with the fervent wish and prayer that his work may contribute
to a thorough knowledge of this important language, so that
it may more and more become the vehicle of true knowledge
and spiritual light to the numerous tribes to which it has been
assigned.
So'nO'nidorf , Wiirfemherr/, August 1881.
J. G. CHRISTALLER.
XIII
EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS.
a. Grammatical terms and other English words.
a. or adj. adjective. - (ahi. about.) - adv. adverb. - uf/lnii. affirma-
tive. - App. Appendix. - attr'ih. adj. attributive adjective. - anx. v.
auxiliary verb. Gr. § 106-112. - (bcf. before; hcl. below.) - cans.
causatively. Gr. 208,3.4. - cf. confer, compare. - com. common
language. - conj. conjunction, - conn, connected form. Gr. S; 47,49.
conscc. consecutive form. Gr. § Dl. 178f. - contin. contiuuative form.
Gr. §1)1. 102.167. - contr. contracted, contraction. - co-ord. co-
ordinate (sentence). - cpds. compounds. - d. penny, pence. - dec.
decent language. - deriv. derivative(s). - descr. descriptive (a. or
adv.) - diff. different. - dim. diminutive. - e. g. exempli gratia, for
example. - c)n])h. emphatically. - esp. esjJCC. especially. - etc. and
so forth. - eu2)h. euphemistically, - FAirop. European. - except, ex-
cepting, - expr. expressing. - (/". i. for instance.) - fig. figuratively.
- f. foil, followed, following. - fr. from. - frq. frequentative. - fid.
future tense. - gencr. generally. - Gr. Grammar. - id. idem, the
same. - imit. imitative (adv.) - imp. imperative. - inf. infinitive,
verbal noun. - int. intcrj. interjection, - interrog. interrogative, -
intr. intransitive, - Introd. Introduction, Introductory, - I. line;
pound sterling, - lang. language, - lit. literally. - n. noun. - neg.
negative, - num. numeral. - ohsc. obscene. - ohs. obsolete. - Observ.
Observation, - opp. opposed (to). - orig. originally. - p)-, PP- page,
pages, -part, particle, - perf. perfect tense. ~ perh. perhaps. - pers.
person. - Flir. Phrase(s). - pi, plural. - poet, poetical. - pons, pos-
sessive. - prcf prefix. - pr. n. proper noun. - j^i'cp. prep)p. prepo-
sition, prepositions. - pret. preterit tense. - princ. principal (verb,
sentence). - prol). probably, - progr. progressive form. - pron.
pronoun, - 2^^'OP' properly, - qnalif. qualifying (adv,) Gr, § 133,4,
134,1. - q. V. quod or quae vide, which see. - red. reduplicated, re-
duplication. - ref. reflexive. - rel. relative (particle). - Rem. lie-
mark. - retrosp. retrospective. - s. see; shilling, - scil. scilicet, to
wit; namely; being understood. - sent, sentence. - seq. seqitens, the
following. - sign, signifies. - sing, singular. — suhord. subordinate
(sentence). - s^wit. symbolically, -sgn. synonymous, synonyme(s).-
tr. transitive. - usu. usually. - v. (v.v.) verb (verbs). - v. n. verbal
noun. - viz. videlicet, namely, to wit. - vidg. vulgar (word,expressi(ni).
b. Naimes of Places, Languages, Dialects.
Ab, Aburi. - Ak. Akan. - Akp. Akuapem. - Akr. Akropong. -
Akw. Akwam. - Aky, Akyem. - Ar. Arabic. - As. Asante. - Dan.
Danish. - D, Ihdch. - Eng. English. - ^mto^. European. - F. Fante.
- Fr. French. - G. Ga. - G. C. Gold Coast. - Ger. German. - Gr.
Greek. - (Gy, Gyadam.) - Heb. Hebreiv. - It, Italian. - Kuk. Ku-
kurantumi, - Ky. Kyebi. - Lat. Latin. - Mf. Mfante = F. - Og.
Ogua, Cape Coast. - Okw. Okwawu. - On. Onomabo. - Port. Por-
tuguese. - Skr. Sanskrit. - Span. Spanish. - Tw. Twi.
XIV Abbreviations &c.
c. Tshi Words; cf. Gr. § 287.
a. ana. - a. s. anase. - e.s. enese. - etod. eto-dabi-a. - n.a. ne ade.
— n.s. ne se. - nh. nhina. - nt. ntaku. - Nyaiikp. Nyankopon. -
Ony., Onyank., Onyk. Onyame, Onyankopon. - tet. tetefo (kasa).
— The leading word of an article in tlie dictionary is often re-
presented by one, two or three first letters with a dot, sometimes
by a mere middle-sized dash.
d. References to Books or Persons.
jBrf., Br., Cr., see p. 637. 665. — Chr. Cbristaller. — D. As. David Asante.
— Diet. Dieterle. — Geog. Geography. — Gram. Grammar. — Hist. History.
— K. Kurtz, see the list p. XV (No. 12). — Mf. Gr. Mfantsi Grammar
(p. XVI). — N. E. Voc. Vocabnlarv for the use of the Niger Expedition
1841. (Gr. p. VII. B. 5.) - P. Ket. Paul Keteku. — pr. proverb (36(X) Tshi
Proverbs, s. p. XVI, No. 24). — Prk. Parker (p. XVI). — R. Riis (p. XV).
— Bern. Remark(s). — Rog. Roget's Thesaurus of English "Words and
Phrases. — Scr. Scriptures. — St. Statutes of the German Evangelical
Mission Churches on the G. C, s. p. XVI, No. 14. — Voc. Vocabulary. —
Zim. Zimmermann's Akra Grammar or Vocabulary.
e. Books of the Bible.
Ac. Acts. — Am. Amos. — Ca. Canticles, Song of Solomon. — 1. 2. Ch.
Chronicles. — 1.2. Co. Corinthians. — Col. Colossians. — Da. Daniel. —
De. Deuteronomy. — Ec. Ecclesiastes. — E})- Ephesians. — Est. Esther.
— Ex. Exodus. — Eze. h^zekiel. — Ezr. Ezra. — Ga. Galatians. — Ge.
Genesis. — Hab. Habakuk. — Hag. Haggai. — He. Hebrews. — Ho.
Ilosea. — Is. Isaiah. — Ja. James. — Je. Jeremiah. — Job. — Joel. —
(1.2.3.) Jo. John. — Jon. Jonas. — Jos. Joshuah. — Jude. — J«. Judges.
1.2. Ki. Kings. — La. Lamentations. — Le. Leviticus. — Lu. Luke. —
Mai. Malachi. — Mk. Mark. — Mt. Matthew. — Mi. Micah. — Na. Naluim.
— Ne. Nehemiah. — Nu. Numbers. — Oh. Obadiah. — /. 2. Fe. Peter. —
Phi. Philippians. — Phiie. Philemon. — Pr. Proverbs. — Ps. Psalms. —
Re. Revelation. — Ro. Romans. — Ru. Ruth. — 1. 2. Sa. Samuel. —
1.3. Th. Thessalonians. — 1. 2. Ti. Timothy. — Tit. Titus. — Zee. Zecha-
riah. — Zep. Zephaniah.
f. Various Marks or Signs.
dt and. - rf-c. et caetera, and so on, and the like.
.. between two parts of a verbal phrase indicate the place of an
object to the v. (when nearer to this) or of an attributive n. or
pron. (when nearer to the word next following); e.g. so., mu,
to help (as in osono mii); so ..mu, to lap hold of (as in oso nomu).
... or ... stand for three or more omitted letters, syllables or words.
= is equal to.
5- is more or larger, i. e. of a wider sense, than . . .
^= is less, i.e. of a narrower sense than (the following word).
* asterisc, serves for reference to notes and other purposes; see
p. 644. (29.) 644-649. (32-56.) 654 flf. 666.
t dagger, indicates new-made words, see Preface § 7.
§ paragraph, section.
XV
TSHI LITERATURE.
A. PUBLICATIONS IN TSHI
prepared by the Basel German Missionaries.
We omit 4 publications previous to 1853, 8 of Bible portions (1859—65)
and 12 others (1855—74), as superceded by new works or editions. —
For brevity's sake we give of No. 5—24. only the English titles. —
The figures in parenthesis refer to the order in which the single publi-
cations followed each other. Of. dr. p. VIII.
/. Grammars and Vocabularies.
1. {b.) Elemente des Ahwapim Dialects der Odschi Sprache (S:c.
von H. N. Kiis, Basel 1858.
2. (6.) Grammatical Outline and Vocabulari/ of the OJi Lamjuage
with especial reference to the Akwapim Dialect, together
with a Collection of Proverbs of the Natives, by H. N. Riis,
Basel 1854.
3.(39.) A Dictionary, English, Tshi (Asante), Akra, by J.G.Christ-
aller, W. C. Locher, J. Zimmermann. 1874.
4.(41.) A Grammar of the Asante and Fante Language called
Tshi &c. by J. G. Christaller. 1875.
5.(50). A Dictionary of the same — the present book.
II. The Holy Scriptures.
6.(28.) The entire Bihle, 8vo. Old Testament 1871. N.T. see next.
7a.(27.) The New Testament, 2d ed. 8vo. 1870.
7b.(45.) The Netv Testament, 3d ed. 16mo. 1878.
Of tHe Portions printed 1859-65 (Gr. p. VIII) some may still
be had and used, especially the Four Gospels, 2d ed. 1864, and
the Dsahns and Proverbs, 1865.
III. Books for the School, Church and Family.
8.(31.) Primer for the Vernacular Schools &c. 2d ed. 1872.
9.(29.) Dr.B&nh's Bible Stories,2A ed.with many illustrations 1872.
10.(44.) ^iWeyS/oWes for Little Children 2d ed.with wood-cuts. 1877.
11.(33.) Words for Learning and Praying, containing: a Catechism
of the Christian Doctrine; (498) select Scripture Passages;
the History of our Lord's Passion; some Prayers used at
church, Pra_?/er.5 for family and private worship, und Prayers
for school-children. 1872.
12.(34.) The doctrines of the Christian Beligion, based on Dr. Luther's
smaller Catechism (by J. H.Kurtz, D.D.) with an Appendix
on the Ecclesiastical Year and I'sts of Bible Lessons. 1872.
XVI Tshi Literature.
13.(48.) Liturgy and Hymns for the use of the Christian Churches
oftheG.C. speakiug Tshi (containing the order for Baptism,
Confirmation, the Lord's Supper, the Solemnization of Mat-
rimony and the Burial of the Dead ; 456 Hymns; 13 Fante
Songs; Remarks on Versification, Metres and Tunes &c.)
3d ed. 1878.
14.(25.) a. Statutes of the German Evangelical Mission Churches
on the Gold Coast, h. Liturgy of the same (the rest of it,
containing different Prayers and Thanksgivings used at
church, and the order of Consecration of Catechists and
Ministers). 1865.
15.(30.) Bcgulaiions for Catechists^ 1871.
16.(46.) Regulations for Deacons. 1878.
17.(38.) Tnnes to the Tshi and Akra Hymnbooks, 2d ed. 1874.
18.(32.) Instruction in Arithmetic. 1872.
19.(37.) Stories from General History (with chronological tables).
1874.
IV. Tracts.
20.(47.) Man's Heart, either God's Temple or Satan's Abode, re-
presented in 10 figures, 2d ed. 1878.
21.(35.) The Orphan's Letter to his Saviour in Heaven. 1873.
22.(36.) Oguyomi, the Negro Girl at Ibadan. 1873.
23.(43.) TJie Spread of Christianity in Germany. 1875.
V. Folk-lore.
24.(49.) A Collection o{ 3600 Tshi Proverbs. 1879.
All these Books were printed at Basel and are sold at Basel,
London, Christiansborg, as indicated on the title-page of this book.
— I'hese 24 publications contain altogether 5550 printed pages,
the 24 publications here omitted (as mentioned at the head of this
list), 2881 pages.
B. PUBLICATIONS IN FANTE.
1 . Mfantsi Grammar, by Dan. L. Carr and Jos. P. Brown, 32mo.
Cape Coast 1868.
2. Fanti and English Spelling Booh. London 1874.
3. The first Catechism of the Wesleyan Methodists. 1874.
4. Order of Administration of Sacraments and of the Solemnization
of Matrimony and the Burial of the Dead. 1875.
5. The Gospels of Mattltew and Marh, by A. W. Parker. 1877.
No. 2-5, printed in London for the Wesleyan Missionary Society,
contain 256 pages.
GRAMMATICAL INTRODUCTION
to the Tshi Dictionary.
A. (ip:NKl{AL RKMAKKS.
§ 1. Tshi we call tho l}ingun<!^r> prevalent in tlii> Gold Onast
countries b'etwoon the rivers Asini and 'I'anno on the W. and the
Volta on the E., extending' even beyond the Volta, and from the
sea-coast to the njjjier course of the Volta and the Kong mountains
on the N. — Jicm. In the arfJiO(jrti/)fi// devised for this formerly un-
written language, we write the name "T\Vi", the true proiiioiruttion
of which might bo rendered more exactly in letters of Dr. Ijcpsius'
Standard ^Vli)habet by "Tswi" and in English by "CJiwec" ; but
whilst the writing "TVvi" may be justified by its simplicity and
sufticiency and by reasons of analogy (with k\v, dw, l\V &c. cf.
Gr. § 1.'}), the transliteration "Tslii" was chosen to avoid too much
deviation from the former spellings 'Tyi, Otyi", and the German
writing- "Tschi" (formerly •'Utschi"). We must, therefore, beg to
notice that the "i" in "Tshi" is to be pronounced as in tlie con-
tinental languages or as "ee" in English. — On the names Amina,
Fante, Akan, see Gr. p. XVI.
§ 2. Concerning the j^osiUon of this language among other
Afriean languages we fully assent to the views of Dr. Lepsius as
displayed in bis elaborate "Introduction on the Nations and Lan-
guages of Africa", premised to his "Nubian Grammar".*) In this
work, on p. XXI-XXXII, be describes with reference to ] 2 char-
acteristic points, the distinguishing features o^ (a) t\\Q Bantu Lan-
guages of the Southern Negroes (prevailing over all the continent
S. and 2-5 degrees N. of the Equator, with the exception of the
S.W. corner), contrasted with those of (h) the so-called Hamitic
Languages in the N., N.E. and S.W. and of (e) the Semitic Lan-
guages found in the N. &, N.E. of Africa, and shows that (d) the
Negro Languages of the intermediate zone, of Central and Western
Africa, must have been altered by more or less influences of the
Hamitic (and Semitic) Languages, so that they have lost many of
the peculiarities uniting them to the Bantu Languages.
§ 3. Among these mixed Negro Languages (d) we may dis-
tinguish several groups, such as the Maude Group and the Kru
Languages in the West, and the Yoruba-Tho-Efili Group on both
sides of the lower Niger; between these three groups we may class
together four languages meeting on the shores of the river Volta
and call them ih^Volia Group, viz. a) E%\hc or Ewe (better E(pe),
spoken in Dahome and N., W. and S. of it; h) Adaume with its
*) Nubische Gramuiatik mit einer Einleituiit; iiber die Volker luul
ispraiheu Afrika's vou K. Lepsius. Berlin, \V. Hertz, 188U. pp. CX.Wl. 500.
b
XVIII Grammatical Introduction.
younger branch, the Ga or Akra Language, spoken W. of the lower
Voltaand in some parts E. of it; c) Guaii, spoken by the Nta nations
N. of the upper Volta (about Salaga)*) and by several tribes on
the eastern banks of the Volta and W. of it in Akuapem and some
Fante countries; d) Tshi, spoken throughout the dominions of the
former Asante empire when it had its widest extension.
§ 4. The known dialects of the "^rshi language do not present
any great differences and may be comprehended under these three
names: 1. Akan, the most central and purest dialects; 2. Broii or
Kamanri, the northern and eastern dialects, chiefly spoken by
tribes that are or seem to be of Guaii origin and partly speak their
Guaii dialects besides; 3. Fante, the dialects of several maritime
tribes in the South. The Fante dialects seem to differ more from
the other and among themselves than the Broh dialects from Akan.
— All these dialects may unite in (4.) the common literary dialect
based on that of Akuapem, — For particulars about these dialects
see the Preface § 5.
§ ;'). Of the chnracteristic features of the Tshi language we
shall now mention some (marking coincidences with those 12 points
of Dr. Lepsius, § 3, by L. 1-12) :
A. In points of Phonology.
1. Every syllable ends in a vowel, sometimes followed by a
nasal consonant. L. 10. Every word, when stripped of its prefix
or prefixes, if there be any, begins with a consonant. — A nasal
consonant, serving as a prefix, may by its inherent vowel element
constitute a syllable by itself. 7^. 11.
2. The Tshi has more and finer distinctions of vowel sounds,
including nasalization, and a greater variety of diphthongs than
other languages, and makes use of them for the variation and dis-
tinction of words, whereas the number and use of consonants is
comparatively limited; e. g there is no "1, v, z", and no stem begins
with "r". The combinations kp, gb, which are frequent in Guan,
Ga, Ewhe, Yoruba &c., are not found in Tshi. Instead of ts, dz, it
has kj, gy, and besides tw, dw.
.3. The great variety of vowels is increased by different tones,
every syllable of every word having its own relative tone, equal
with or different from the neighbouring syllables, either high, or
low, or middle, sometimes in successive degrees. '^Fhis different
intonation, inherent in the original formation of words, is still more
diversified in the conjugation of the verb and by syntactical com-
binations of words and sentences. (L. 12.)
*) That the language of the Ntas at Salaga is essentially (niafi,
though their transition to Islauiism and much intercourse with foreign
traders have caused some linguistic ditferences from the kindred hcatheu
tribes, has been stated by the native missionary I). Asante and the
deacon Theoph.Oi)oku(hoth natives of Akropong and both well acquainted
with the Guaii of Date and Kyerepon), who visited Salaga in 1877. —
Of this language notluTig has yet appeared in i)rint. In its grammatical
forms it resembles Tshi. in its phonetic part it is similar to (ia, and
E^e; many words are borrowed from Tshi, many entirely different from
Tshi, Ga and Ecpe.
Characteristic Featuri's of Tshi. XIX
4. Of the coiisuiiaiits tlic liard mutes are pronounced witli full
force, yet without any harshness, and, whilst in this casc^ the con-
trast between the stronj; consonant and the weak vow(d is decided,
the desire of easy transition to succeedin<; soiuids and the t«'ndency
to fluency of speech has led to the palatalisation of guttural con-
sonants and of the lahial w (Gr. $> 10), t() assimilation of soft mutes
with correspondin*;- nasal consonants or mutual Mssiwiilation of nasal
consonants (Gr. § 18), and to a neglifi^ent articulation of w, y, »S: \V
before or between vowels, so that tin; weak consonants appear
weaker than in other Ian<::uages. 'i'he semivowel r has the straii}j;e
function of streii<;thening and diversifying; the \()wel element of
the words in which it occurs, and is never used in a primary, but
always in a secondary or auxiliary way.
5. The euplionk votcel harmony existing in Tshi (more than
in Yoruba) provides against to great or too small dissimilarities of
vowels in successive syllables. Gr. § 17. I.. 5-
(). BedupUcdtion, comj)lete or in part, is much resctrted to,
especially in the adjective, for the frecpientative form kj)! the verb,
and for some plural forms of nouns.
B. In points oi Etymology.
7. Nouns are formed by prefixes not so numerous as in the
Bantu languages, but still conveying some classification of persons
as opposite to filings, and oi' single or IndUidual existence as* opposite
to plund or rollevfirc existence. — Some suffixes occurring in the
formation of nouns are easily traced back to the process of com-
position. One ph(r(d suffix of limited occurrence has a pi'ohominal
character. One suffix, consisting of the letter e or i, e or i. serves
to increase the scanty number of forms for different classes of
nouns. — By Composition new nouns are formed with remarkable
facility.
(S'. The distinction of sex (or gender) is expressed neither in
the pronouns nor in the grammatical forms of the language, but
only in some cases by peculiar words, or by composition with such,
or by the diminutive suffix used to denote female names. L. 2.
9. The personal pronouns have the character of nouns and
are virtually the same in the nominative, possessive and objective
cases, though partly adapting their form to this different use. Th(;
other pronouns are used as nouns or as adjectives or in both ways.
— A relative particle "a" serves to make up for the want of rela-
tive pronouns, as in Hebrew.
10. Adjectives are in analogy with nouns (prefixes, however,
are not very frequently used), and they have some characteristics
of their own besides, especially with regard to reduplication.
11. Numerals are in analogy with nouns. Ordinal numerals
are wanting, and the deficiency is supplied by circumlocution.
12. Verbs have not so many inflectional forms and "conju-
gations" as in the Bantu languages, a. The personal pronouns are
prefixed, partly coalescing with other prefixes. L. 4. — b. For the
tenses and other modifications of the verb j)refixes (partly recognised
as verbs) are used, in two cases the suffix e or i. — c. By the use
XX Grammatical iDtroduction.
of aux'diarif verbs a great variety of compound forms is obtained.
— (/. The paHshc voice and participles are wanting. e. Negation
is expressed by a nasal prefix to the verb.
13. Adverbs are for the most part in analogy with nouns;
some are derived from verbs. There are also many ouomatopoctic
adverbs.
14. Instead of prepositions, either nouns of place and relation
are used as postpositions (L. (i), or various anxUiarii verbs in re-
ffidar or defective conJu(j(itio{f. or both together. See Gr. ^ llTseq.
15. Conjunctions arc cither juimitive particles, or derived from
verbs or nouns.
16. Interjections are either primitives, or fragments and con-
tractions of sentences.
C. In points of Sijntax.
17. The subject stands before and the object or other comple-
ment (Gr. S; 19H-2i()) after the verb. L. 8. V. (The subject and the
object never staud together; if the object be put first, for em-
phasis' sake, it stands absolute, and either a comma, or the con-
junction "iia" separates it from the succeeding subject.)
18. The attributive adjective, numeral and adjective pronoun
follow their noun.
19. The attributive noun and pronoun (in the genitive case)
precede their noun. (L. 7.)
20. DoidAe verbs are sometimes used for P^ng. simple verbs.
Finite verbs are also frequently employed as auxiliaries, especially
in the way of co-ordination, where the Eng. language uses adjec-
tives, participles, adverbs, prepositions.
21. 'I'he tones of verbal forms often change in compound,
especially in subordinate seutence.s and after the transposition of
any member of a sentence by putting it foremost for emphasis' sake.
B. GRAALAIATICAL SPECIALITIES.
I. SOUNDS AND LETTERS.
Vowels.
§6. Simplepure vowels, short &long: In Faute books of A. W. Parker:
_ /, jx . .J. (a =^ a father.
a, a (broad) = a in far; • j i • tt-
' ^ '^ ' ' la a sound unknown in Lng.
a, a (thin) =: a » fat; e (before i & u).
e, c (broad) = e » very, there; e = e in met., u = u in but.
e, e (middle) = e » bed, eight;
e, e (narrow) between e & i;
i, I (close) = i in fill, ravine;
g, o (broad) ^= o » not, nor;
0, O (middle) = o » tobacco;
O, (narrow) between o & u;
11, 11 (close) = ii in full, ride; n = oo » boot.
Bemarls. 1. The broad or open vowels a e O, requiring the
widest opening of the mouth, are changed into the half-open vowels
a e (of the 2d degree) when followed by one of the close vowels
e = ey
» in-ey
1 = I
y> pit.
1 = ee
» meet
=
» not.
=
» no.
U = 00
)> foot.
Sounds and Letters. XXI
i 11 (of tliu -Itli (U'fjree), Imt rcniMiu hrudd lu'l'orc tlic Intlf-rlnsr vdwcIs
(' O (of tlio .'{d decree ).
^. 'J'lic |)0])ul;ir writiuj;- uiiiits the dots under a r o. Never
tlieloss we iiiiiy distiufiuisli the tliiii a or tli(^ narrow c it o, if w<'
bear in niiiid the foUow inj;- rides: a) whenever a is foUowed hy close
sounds (viz. i, u, middle o, o, or li'.va, iiya, iVva, dvVa ), it is thin,
and hi when or o have a broad vowed before tlu-ni, they are
nanoiv, exce|tt if tliey ho followed hv close sounds,
,V. Short and lonj;- vowels in 'i'shi diH'er (»nly in duration, not,
as in English, in ((uality. Instead of the long vowels a, c «S:c. at tin;
end of verbs in the j)ast tense followed by an object, the Kiinj)le
vowels are doubled. Gr. § 91,3.
§ 7. Nasal vowels : a e e i o 6 i~i ; F. an , en , in , in , on , uii , un.
Long nasal vowels: a e i 6. — litut. In 'J'shi it is impossible to
mark the nasal character of a vowel by ii (or by n, as it is marked
in Yoruba) r/ybecause many syllal)les terminate in ni. li or h with
either ]»ure or nasal vow(ds before them, e.g. pam, ))am, pan, j)ah;
h) because 2 or o nasal vowels may follow each other, e. g. toa,
and (,) because !Mr. Parker uses tlie same letter n for our I'l (Eng.>?r/),
so that he has only one way to express the thiee dift'erent words pa,
pan & pan. — On the Fante Vowels marked in § 6, see Preface § 6.
§ 8. Diphthongs and triphthongs:
a) ae ae ai; ee ei; oe 6e oi; ni ui;
ai
h) aw aw an; ew ew (ew) iw; ow ow (ow) uw. — ao !
c) ia ia iaw; efl ea; ila, flaw; uii ua iiae uae; un.
§ It. Disyllabic combinations of vowels:
a) ia ia ie ie io; ea ea ee ee; ea;
1)) ua ua ue ue no; oa 6a oe 6e oo ; oa;
r) iae iei, eae; uae nei, oae oee, eaw eew.
Hem. 1. Of two or three nasal vowels only the first, or, if this
should be very short, the second, bears the nasal sign.
Rem. ^. In A. W. Parker's Fante books we find not so many
diphthongs as under § 8& 0; e.g. for ae, ee, ua, uae, we find
a, e, wa or uja, we &c.
Cunsouants.
§ 10. Simple and compound consonants:
Mutes Fricatives Semi-vowels
hard soft nasal pure
a) Labials p b f m w
h) Dentals t d s n r
c) Gutturals k or h u —
d) Palatals \iy gy ^7—yi i^J Y
\ n xi. 1 u- 1 |kw srw hw uw —
e) brutturo-labials , ^ *^^ , .
^ |ku gu lui nu —
f) Palato-labials tw dw fw iiw w
J\c\n. 1. In Fante t k d become ts & dz before (e) e i.
Parker uses the letters u c twii j wh w
for the above given n liy tw dw fw w.
Hem. 2. Instead of tw* dw, the author of the Standard Al-
phabet, Dr. Lepsius, would prefer tsw, dzw ; but the sound of s
XXII Gramaiatical Introduction.
(En^. sh) is neither so decided as in Eng. church, nor does it precede
the sound of w. 'i'he lips are compressed from the outset, at the
same time in which the tongue is applied to the palate, and are
opened simultaneously with the withdrawal of the tongue. In dw
the sound of z is not heard in correct pronunciation, neither in dwa,
dwe, dwi, nor in dwo, dwu; foreigners not accustomed to the si-
multaneous utterance of w & y ;= w, will either pronounce d^va,
d\\ e. dwi. dyo. dyu, or dziia. dziie. dzui, dzo, dzii, as the Akras
and Krepes do. - For the pronunciation of fw the mouth is formed
as for whistling, the round aperture between the lips being only a
little larger.
II. FOKMATION OF WORDS.
§ 1 1. In the words of the language we distinguish stem, jirefix
and suffix. Many words occur as mere stems, others have prefixes,
or suffixes, or both kinds of affix at the same time.
§ 12. Stems are rcfZw^i^/Zcfl^erf by complete or incomplete doub-
ling. Sometimes the whole word, consisting of a stenrand a [jrefix,
perhaps also a snffix, is repeated, e.g. nsemnia-nsemma. Gr.§2'.t,4.r).
§ 13. Primary and secondary stems (Gr. i; 28) consist of a
consonantal and a vocalic part.
§ 14 The consonantal x>art. with which every root begins, is
any sim}>le or compound consonant (§ 10) excepting r.
Ohserv. 1. Soft mutes are seldom, and pure semi-vowels are
never followed by nasal vowels; nasal semi-vowels, when radical
i.e. not transformed from soft mutes, are always followed by nasal
vowels.
3. The compound consonants ky, gy, hy, iiy, tw, dw. fw,
n\V, w. appear before e, e, i; gy. ny. tw (and Ak. dw, fw. I'lw)
also before a, tw, dw, I'lW, w also before o, o, ii, transformed from
e, e, i; kw, trii before a. a; hw, I'lW before a, e, i.
3. The consonant r does not commence any root; in the prefix
re- and perhaps in the word ara (also in the comjiound iiera) it
was originally d. Besides these cases it frequently .commences sec-
ondary syllables, strengthening or enlarging the vowel element of
the word, and .by elision of a very short vowel of the preceding
syllable, espec. before a (e, o), it sometimes appears as a second
initial consonant compounded with the strong consonants p, t, k,
f, s, h, or even with h. d, m, iiw.
4. The consonant ii does also not begin any root, and occurs,
besides its use as a prefix, as the commencing sound of a word (or
a syllable in a compound word) only in the place of an original g,
when preceded by the prefix ii; e. g. nno = n-go.
§ 15. The vocalic part of simple stems occurs in the following
eight varieties :
A. Monosyllables.
1. 2. 3. 4. .5.
ae am ah (an ar) ixm au (an)
em eh (en er)
eh (en er)
a
a
a a
aw (aw)
an
ae
ai
e
e
ew
ee
e
e
ew
ei
Formatit)ii dI' Words.
XXIII
V ^
g
ew
(er)
era
eh
(en)
i i
1
i
iw
(ir)
im
in
(in) •
g
o\v
00. om oh
(on or)
(1
o\\
oi otn oil
O d
d
o
(»\V
oe r»e
(or)
oin
o h
(uu)
U U
n
IIW
ui
(ur)
uin
uh
(un)
ia ia.
law
fia fia
fii
ii ua
G.
uaw
B. Disyllables.
7.
are ari ane aine
ara
iina
8.
aruw aniin
araw aram tlrah
anam
ea
(enie) ere erew erem ereh
ea ea ee ee
eaw earn eew
ia ia ie ie ie io(w)
oa
oa 6a oe oo
na ua ue ut; no
era ena ema
eraw eram erah
ira ire ine ima
iraw irew ireu inara
oro orow orgh orgm
ora oraw ona oma
Oram orah onam omah
ura ure una uma
uro uroh
ere
eri em
ere erew one
ereii erem enem
iri iriw ini imi
irim iruw irih
ore
ori oru
oro orow ono
oroh onoh onom
iiru uri unu
urnw nnum
Most of these vowels or combinations of vowels and semi-
vowels may assume an additional e or i. the suffix of some forms
of the verb and uf some nouns derived from verbs; but if those
verbal forms are closely followed by an object or other complement,
the suffix is omitted and the final vowel doubled instead of adding
tht! suffix ; if the last letter be m or ii, the suffix is omitted without
any compensation, so that the form is distinguished only by its
peculiar tones (ending high and low).
Verbal Stems.
§ 16. Most of the single vowel sounds or combinations of
sounds specified above are found in verbs and nouns, some few
only in nouns. Of verbal stems we have, therefore, eight varieties
according to § 15. Another variety of verbs are those which appear
as compounded of two simple verbs, e. g. hata, watiriw.
§ 17. Of the verbs existing in the language about 280 are
monosyllabic, 270 disyllabic, 10 trisyllabic, 1 tetrasyllable; but
of the monosyllables about 40 have the tones of the disyllables,
and of the (lisyllables about iA) the tones of the monosyllables. —
Most of the verbs may be rcdu})licaii:d, whereby the monosyllables
Itecoine disyllabic, the disyllables tetrasyllable or (in .'jO cases)
trisyllabic, and a few of the trisyllables obtain o syllables, as, pati-
|)Mtiri\v, or, losing a final syllal)le, 4 syllables, as, taforo, tafotafo.
By rejieatf'd reduplication fa & ban? become folafofa, boliabobare.
^ Affixes of Nouns &c.
§ 18. Prefixes wa^A in the formaticm of nouns, numerals and
partly of adjectives and some particles are the following:
XXIV Grammatical Introduction.
i. e & (e & o), chiefly used in the singular; they are dropped
when they closely follow after a word ending in a vowel more
narrow than themselves.
2. a (a), in the singular of many w^ords and the plural of others.
3. m (n, ii), chiefly in the plural and in names of materials.
4. am (an, an) in the singular form of a few words.
§ 19. Siiffixesnsedi in the formation of nouns and some adjectives:
1. 1'he palatal suffix e, 1, or e, i. Ak. also oe, io. Gr. § 86.
2. 1'he persona] suffixes iii, F. nyi, & lb, Ak. foo. Gr. § ."iS.
3. The diminutive suffix, originally ba (best preserved in F.), now
usually changed into wa, or, after a word ending in \\\ or ii,
into ma, often only preserved together with a preceding a (or
e or o) in a long a, e. g. akura' = akiirowa.
4. The particle nom, found in some plural forms of nouns and
pronouns.
Affixes of the Verb.
§ 20. Prefixes used in the inflection of the verb are
1. the so-called personal pronouns
I, than, he,she,if; ive, you, they;
me wo e ye mo wo before a e e o o | in the nexi
mi wu e ye mu wo before a e i u ii I syllable,
m'- wo- w- ye- mo- wo- before the j)refix a (^a).
2. a (a) in the perfect and consecutive forms.
3. re- (orig. de) in the ^yroyressive and future II.
4. m, n, 11, in the imperative II. and all negative forms.
5. be-, ko-, (be-, ko-) in the future I & II. and inyressive forms.
The prefixes 1.2., 1.3., 1.4., 1.5., 1.2.4., 1.3.4., 1.3.5.. 1.3.4.5.,
may be combined. See § 29. — For the meanings of the forms
mentioned under 2-5, see Grammar § 91-96. 166 1H2.
§ 21. Suffixes used in the inflection of the Verb: the palatal
suffix eori in the past tense and sometimes in the continuativeform.
§ 22. In infinitive forms we find the prefixes o-, a-, m-, and
sometimes the palatal suffix.
III. ADDITIONAL REMAKKS OX TSHI OliTHOGRAPHY.
Inaccuraci''S of the Alphabet.
§ 23. Deviations from two important rules of the Standard
Alphabet, viz. "that every letter should always express the same
sound" and "that every simple sound should be expressed by a
simple sign", have been found advisable in the following cases:
1. The letters d, t, in the combinations dw, tw. and likewise
the letter n in the combination iiy or as a prefix or in c<unpoands
before y & tw, are not dental, but palatal.
2. The letter f in the combination Iw is not formed with the
underlip only, but with both lips; the originally guttural breathing
became labial by the influence of the succeeding w.
3. The letter m, standing as a prefix or in compounds before
the simple f (not before fw), is not formed with both lips, but with
the lower lip onlv. Instead of using a new letter ( ii), we let the
common m serve for this peculiar sound also. Sometimes a final u
Remarks on Tshi Orthography. XXV
or h is retained without clianging it into ni, as ahenfo(F.), oman-
fo, but the pronunciation will be the same.
4. The letter h sounds, in the j)ronanciation of some people,
somewhat raucous, near to German or Scotch ch in '^lo<:li\ Greek
j^, but only before pure vowels, especially y.
5. The letters hy (used only before e, e, i) express a simple
sound (German ch in ich or before e & /, or j(^ of the Standard Al-
phabet) ; but the analogy with ^y, ky, demanded its being re-
presented by liy. and the genesis of the sound agrees therewith.
6. In the combination sua, in whicli the very short u is scarce-
ly heard^ the sound of s, in the pronunciation of some people,
slightly approaches to that of 5//, e.g. osfia, a kind of monkey. The
same may occur, though in a less degree, in the similar combination
sia; at least in the Akra language, which shows a predilection for
the sound sh, the original form Asiante is changed into Ashanti,
whilst Tshi people pronounce? Asante.
Defective Writing.
§ 24. One admissible kind of defective writing consists in the
omission of diacritical signs that are not absolutely necessary.
1. The dot under a e is usually omitted, whereby the letters
a 6 are made to represent each of them two diflferent sounds; see
§ 6 Bern. ;2. and Gr. § l,i'. § 2 Rem.
2 The nasal sign on vowels is omitted
a) in words of very frequent occurrence, beginning with m or n,
e.g. me (mi), /,- mo (mu), ijou: mu, Inside, Interior; ne, his, gno,
he, no, hlmd-c.; oni, person; the suffixes -ni,-n()m; ani, face &c.
[Bern, ma, a Irequent termination of words, has often nasal a,
cf.j2c., and often pure a, cf. 4.]
h) in words or syllables terminated by m, n, 1*1, if distinction from
other words is not required, e. g. nam, nim. nom, mem, pern, den,
tenteh, hoh, pon, kum, pun, anah, auum, ason, akroh.
c) on'the two vowels of disyllabic stems whicli have m or n between
them, as the forms ending in ane, ame, ene, ini, imi, ono, unu,
ena, ema, ina, ima, inam, ona, oma, ouam^ una, uma. § 15,7.8.
d) on the second of two joined nasal vowels. § 15,(5.
3. The marhs for the tones are generally omitted in popular
writing; they are also wanting on many words of this dictionaiy,
either from uncertainty or oversight, or because the tones may be
known from analogy or simple rules, e.g. that in nouns of a mono-
syllabic stem the prefix usually has the low, and the stem the high
tone. In verbs, the monosyllables as well as the disyllables and
polysyllables have their peculiar tones in their various forms. See
Gr. § 40. 47-51. 91. 95-101. 112.
4. Sometimes simple m or n is written instead of mm, nn, =
mb, nd, e. g. ma ^= mba in terminations (nneema, ntrama &c.i,
mogya, muka = bogya, bukyia, anadwo, 'ne, 'nera (from edd).
§ 25. Another kind of defective writing consists in the omission
of letters which are .sounded in dignified or slow speech, but not
in common quick conversation, when two syllables do readily co-
alesce into one.
c
XXVI Grammatical Introduction.
1. The suppression of a very short vowel often takes place
before a syllable beginning with r. a) We prefer the defective tvrii-
ing after strong consonants and before open vowels (especially "a"),
or before syllables made weighty by a long vowel or tinal m or n;
e.g. pra, pram, prah, tra, tra, kra, sra, fra, bra, fre, bebre, frem-
frem, mpreri, prow, krgh, kronkron &c. (Gr.§20,l), instead of the
full icritimi para, param, parah, tara fere, bebere, feremferem,
mpereh, porow, koron, koronkoron, though the tones of pra &c.
are as of disyllables and the very short vowel cannot be omitted
if the proper vowel be nasal and n be substituted for r, as tena,
kononkonon. h) We prefer the f^dl writing after weak consonants
and when the vowels are e, i, 0, u, e. g. hara, haran, mmara, bera
{imp. of ba), here, sere, here, biri, boro, burn, piriw, pirim, tiri,
porow, puruw, turn, knru, &c. — In all these cases provision has
been made in the dictionary that the word can be found whether
it be sought for in the full or defective writing. — Teachers in
schools should use discretion in such cases and not rigorously inforce
either way of writing. They will do best by observing the above
rules and taking the orthography of printed books for their standard.
2. The pronouns me, ne (in the possessive case) always drop
their voivel before a noun with the prefix a, e.g. m'ani, n'aso; the
pronouns mo & wo in the same case are ivritten full, e.g. moanim,
woano, and the pronouns mc, mo, no. wo in the objective case
are likewise written full, though exceptions may take place, espe-
cially in poetry: e.g. "odame ase, oyiwo aye, fweno yiye, me-
nyamo" is better than ''odam' ase, oyiw' aye, f\Ven"iye, menyam'".
IV. DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE OF THE DICTIONARY.
§ "JG. The (dpiuihetical order of the sounds described in § 6
and 10, as observed in the arrangement of words in this dictionary,
is this : a, a, a, a, a - b, d, dw, (dz) - e e e, e, e e e, § - f, fw, g,
(gw,) gy, h, hw, hy - i i, 1 i - k, kw, ky, (1) - m, n, ny, n, nw
iiw - 0, 6, o o o, 6 - p, r, s t, (ts,) tw - u u, u - w, w, y.
§ 27. Deviations from the strict order of arrangement.
1. The sounds e e e, n I'l, o o O are sometimes intermixed in
the arrangem-ent of the words : e. g. abegiii precedes abehene,
aheiikwa — aheiisaw, aheiiiiua — ahenyere, maiio — manno.
2. Doubled letters are, in the arrangement of words, treated
as if they were simple; e. g. ahenne follows after ahene (not after
aheukwa), aman-ne after amane.
3. Prefixes do not affect the arrangement of the words (Pre-
face § 8), except in the midst of compound words, e. g. nsu-ani,
nsu-ano, between suane and asiia-nu; but here also they are some-
times overlooked, the same way as in the beginning of words ; e.g.
aho-edeii, aho-oden, stand between ahode & ahodom, aho-oyaw
between ahoyaw and ahoyeraw, not before ahoiadi or ahopae.
§ 28. a. If you wish to consult this dictionary for any word
that has a prefix or (in verbs) several prefixes, you are to divest it
from the prefix or prefixes (§ 29) and seek it under the consonant
with which the stem begins, b. If this consonant be an m, n, ii or
Directions lor the Use of the Dictionary. XXVII
nw, you will in many cases have to seek the word under h, d, ^j;,
dw, and if you meet the consonants nw, nVv, iiy, it may be doubt-
ful whether it is the iiietix h or n Iielore \v, \V or y, or whether
the stem begins with nw, nVv. ny. On both these difticulties see § HO.
§ 29. The different prefurs witli their comhlnnihns (§ 18. 20.
28 rt.) may, for practical purposes, be grouped together as follows:
1. a-, am- (an-, an-), ni-(n-, n-), in nouns and verbal forms;
e-, 0-, in nouns (and, according to .9, before verbs).
2. abe-, akg-, amnie-, aiiko-, be-, ko-, | only in
min-(nn-, iin-), nune-, mninie-. iiko-, nnko-, ! verbal
re-, rebe-, reko-, reni-(r6n-, ren-), renime-, renko-, I forms ;
3. e-, 0-; me-, mo-, wo-, wo-, ye-, pronominal prefixes, occurring
a) immediately before verbal stems, h) combined with any of
the verbal prefixes under 1 d- 2 : in the latter case ea-, oa-, mea-
(in the perf, and consec.) and mehe- (in the fut. I) are contracted
into a-, wa-, ma-, me-.
Bon. Succeeding close vowels change every a, e, o in all these
prefixes into a, e, 0, and me, mo into mi, mu; in writing, however,
we do not always follow the pronunciation, but let (me, mo,) w^g,
wo unchanged before a-, am- (an-, an-), be-, ko-, rebe-, reko-,
renime-, renko-, in order that the pronoun wg-, they, be sufficiently
distinguished from wo-, ihou, which is the more necessary because
the dot in wo (like that in a) is usually omitted. — Examples:
a) The pro)i. wo (ihou) with other prefixes before the v. f i :
wufi, wiim'fi, wurefi, wiiremfi; woafi, woam'fi. woabefi, woakofi,
woammefi, woankofi, and 6 consecutive forms similar to the pre-
ceding 6 forms of the perfect; wobefi. wokofi, wonimefi, won'kofi,
worebefi, worekofi, woremniefi, woreiikofi; likewise the pi'onouns
me & mo are either changed into mi «& mn, or remain.
h) The }}ron. wg- (ihey) with other prefixes before the v. tu:
wotu, w^ontu, wontii, wonntii, woretu, w^orentu; w-gatu, wgantii, woa-
betu, wgakotu. wgammetu, wgarikotu and 6 similar forms in the con-
secutive; wgbetu, wokotu, wgmmetu, wgmmetii, wgmmmetu, wghkotu,
wgiikotu, wghhkotii, wgrebetii, wgrekotu, wgremmetu, wgrerikotu.
This last example shows how many combinations also of each of
the pronouns me, g, e, ye, mo with other prefixes are possible.
§ 30. The difficulties arising from the cases indicated in § 206,
will cease to puzzle beginners if they will pay attention to Gr. § 18
and 24,5. and to the nature of the vowel follow-ing after the con-
sonants in question, cf. § 15,1. To make it plain and easy, we say:
Seek rnma mme mme... under b, mma mme... under m;
))
nna nne nnenni... );
d,
nna nne nni...
»
";
»
iiwa 11 wo invii »
w.
iiwa nwe iiwi
))
inv ;
»
(iiwa) iiwe iiwe nwi »
dw,
nwi iiwii
»
iiw;
»
nuya nnye nnyi »
^y,
iinya nnyi
»
i^.y;
»
nya nye nyi »
J,
nya nyi '
»
"y-
If three m, n or ii be together, the first two are prefixes of
the negative form of the 2d imperative, and the third is either
radical, or transformed from b, d, <i', gy, dw.
XXVIII
ADDENDA,
Words supplementary to the Dictionary p. 1 — 631.
bakua, stalk of a plantain- or banana-tree; obrode b., kwadu b.
abetm-de, symbol, proynosilc.
berede, a red head put among the marks in the pot of a sooth-
saying demon; ahene kokg bi a wgde to koro mu
abo a. s. abebude mu; d\ koro.
bese, a kind of amidet; suman a wgde tgh ade.
abuka, a kind of amulet; sumah bi: s. App. D. IV.
dasiimaii, a kind oipJay; s. agoru,
guam, V.+ 1,1. woguamno atuo abien, he teas killed by two
guns fired at him at once.
kabere,+ wode kyere nipa a. wawu; ■'when something has
been stolen, a small cord (lihuahama) is tied round a
piece of wood, then the thief will die",
nkn, a kind of amidet; s. App. D. IV. — amamfo, ditto,
mmanim-pe, inf. [gbanin, pe] ye-, to be longiny after men.
amaiini-pe, /w/". sociality; am. nti onyaa amannifo pi.
mmunitinva, opening, door or entrance of the round houses of
the Nta people at Salaga.
e-iiani, 2.+ nsum' uam-yi, ftshing. — nam-kumfo, hidcher.
naiikwanseiii [Salaga] butcher; = nainkumfo. D.As.
nnontwuwa, a kind oi play ; s. agoru.
sansaiiwie: wgde asem ato woso, se nso woadi asem, na wo-
asan, na abgwo.
0-senkam,+ wabgme s. = waka akyere me se gbeka asem a-
kyere me.
asibelete, esono-ne-iie-mma, 6\ agoru.
siiare,-r a beaten path, track, trace, vestige, mark; yehuu sono
anammgn ne wonsuare pi, beboro dakoro kwan po, we
saw many footprints and other marks of elephants for
even more than a day's Journey.
yera, v.+ 6. cans, ode yera nenan so kwah, he seeks thereby to
obliterate his tracks to mislead or frustrate investigation.
7. tew ani yera, to frustrate. Ezr.4,5.
ayera, a kind of amulet; otuo suman.
A DICTIONARY
OF THE
ASANTE AND FANTE LANGUAGE
CALLED TSHI (CHWEE, TWI).
A.
The vowel a, nasal a., is changed or shortened into a, a, e, 0,
e, 0, e, i, and enlarged into a, a, or into the diphthongs ae, ae,
ai, au, aw, aw; Gr. § 1-5. 17,3. 19 A.
a-,pref. 1. of nouns in the sing, and pi. (Gr. § 29,2. 35,2. 42,1.
43. 44. 71. 104,2), of adjectives (§ 69,1 b.c. 70,2.^72.), of numerals
(77. 78,2. 3.) and of a few ^jaWicZes, viz. adverbs {IS'i, 3), conjtinc-
tions (142) and interjections (147,1. 5. 6.) — 2. of the verb in the
perf. and consec. forms (§ 91,4. 8. 92. 95-97.)
a, rel. part, (conj.) 1. having no comma after it, belonging to
a noun, pron., or princ. sent., that = who., which., where, or any other
rel. pron. and conj.; such as, so that. Gr. I5 64. 65. — 2. usually fol-
lowed by a comma, belonging to a subord. sent., if, tvhen, though.
Gr.§141,3c.
a, interrog. x^ari. Gr. §142.
a, e)ni)h.]}art. (inter}.) Gr. § 75,2. 144. 151, — F. (at the end of
a sent., omitting eye at the beginning) = i^ is. Mt. 16, 12. 14. Mk. 14,19.
a = ara, s. under R.
a, a, int. ah! oh! aha!
ai, ai, ai, int. eigh! ah! ah me! alas!
ao, int. what! xchy! hey! ay! fie!
au, int.Y. ah! Mk. 15,29.
am-, an-, au-, pref. 1. of nouns in the sing., Gr. § 29,2. 35, 5.
2. of the V. in the perf. or consec. neg. forms, § 92. (95, 1-5. with
w=o). 3. of the particles ampd, ansa, anka.
B.
The consonant b occurs before pure vowels and a in ba ;
is changed into in, by an m (n, n) before it, or into w, in dim.
forms; or, together with e, i (-eb-, -ib-) into 0, u; Gr. § 18. 19B.
20, 4; is lost in dim. forms and in the verbal pref. be after the pron.
me. Gr.§37. 91,6.
ba — babayeiiteii.
ba, V. to come, i. e. to move to or towards the speaker or
addressed person; — to come forth; to come to xmss, to happen; to
take 2)lace, to arise; to fill: nsu ba, the river fills \ — to produce:
asase ba aduan, the earth brings forth food. — ba mu, to come
in, into; to he fnl filled, realised. — ba so, ^o come vpon, befall, over-
taJce; to succeed (on the tliroiie); to become famous, renoivncd. —
de..ba, to bring; kofa..ba, to fetch. — imp). bOra; inf. oba, odi
ako-ne-abd, waba ha mmae, ne kgree iie ne bae, F. mha, Mt. 24,3.
— red. beba, boba. — Gr. § 95. 104.
o-ba, inf., s. ba. — bo., ba, to beckon (and call or bid) to come;
gye.. ba, by assenting replies to encourage a speaker to continue.
O-ba, jj?. m-, offspring, child, 5on(ob;ibauin,gbabarima), daughter
(obabea); the young of animals; person (osp. in cpds.); me ba, my
brother's child. ba, -ma, -wa, dimimdive suffix; Gr. § 37.
0-ba, a kind of beetle.
ba (in cpds., as bakgn, basin, batuew, mmati) = basa; s. baw.
a ba, (jjI. id.) F.amba, kernel, seed, fruit; f/'.adua, adnaba; eggs;
da aba so, to brood; - ball, knob; jjL abaaba, knots, clods, globules.
aba, welcome, sahdation; ma-,to tvelcome.
aba-o, int. F. ivelcome! hail! Mt. 27,29. 28,9. Gr.§ 147,5.
b<"i, V. to extend, spread oid, s.mpasua; cf. bae. — red. baba. —
ba mu, to make or give ivay bcticeen; syn. yerew mu,
ba, place, spot; mma riliina, everywhere; s. babi, baw, bew,
bea, here.
0-ba, pl.m-, woman, =^qh(idi, o(ba)basia; cf. abawa.
aba, pi. m-, icand, rod, whip, stick for beating, cudgel; pi.
blows, strokes; cf. dua, nsaba, aporiba, poma, twom, mpire, sika-
fere. — Phr. bo., mma, to flog; cf. fwe; di aba, to receive a flogging
or blows. i)r. 31. 1450.2637.
mba, inf., F. s. ba.
hhjpl.a.-, bough, branch of a tree, river; cf. basa, baw, duba.
ba, a play-card with 6 figures in 2 rows. '
baba, a sickness of the genitals,
b a b a, p)l. m-, = boba.
o-baba, jyl.m-, daughter, = qhihea,.
ababa, ababjiwa, jj?. m-, maiden, young woman, married or
not, who has not yet born a child, or only one or two ; syn. abeafo.
babababa, adv. xnofusely, said of raining; c/'. osu.
baba, babae, red. v.., s. ba, bae, anim ababae, anobabae,
bab adorn, an army in dispersion; wgye b., syn. wobg pete.
Babae-ntwa, j;r. w. an epithet of the Asantes; cf. Bae.
0-babauiu, pi. m-, son.
o-babarima, pi. ra-, son.
O-bclbasia, pl.m-, woman; s. gbea, gba, obasia; cf. akatasia,
akatamasiaba.
babaj^emfi, bab ay en ten, s. bob...
"
obdboa — balbw. 3
o-b;iboii, pl.m-, daiiffhtcr, = ohsLhii.
o-h{\hvve, pi. m-, a five, henufifiil, delicate woman.
babi, some place, somewhere; elsewhere; cf. ba, beabi. —
luinabi-niinabi, /// different plaees, here and there. —
biibiara, anywlicre; in negativo sentencos nowhere.
babi-mbre, F. = nea, where'., senea, hoiv.
0-babo, mf. [bg..ba] heckoning and calling to come.
g-biibuii, p?. m-, a poung, fresh, health ij man, a man in the
prime of youth; cf. bun.
ab;il)niiHiia, [r//;».] lad, strijjling.
o-b;'ibnii, j)/. m-, a goitng, fresh woman in the state of pnh erf n,
maid, rirgin.
g-babuiimia, [dim.] girl, lass, young woman of 12-lG years,
abadae, the yearning of boicels for a child, pr. .3182. cf. odae.
a b a d i ii , names of children ; dapen mu nnafna so ab. s. Gr. § 41 /I.
abadomaj obad., pl.m-, a yoioig, fine, tender, little child,
abadomaba, F. id. [infant.
Badu, pr. n. of a man who is the tenth child of a mother.
Raduwi), likewise of a woman, Gr. §41,5.
abaduaba, s. abed...
o-badiicdiiefu, jjZ. m-, randder, rover, stroller, vagabond.
abadVvGj F. a man whose hand is ivithered. Mt.t2,10.Mk.,3,l.
o-badwcmma, j;/. m-, a pensive, thoughtful, prudent, reflec-
ting, considerate, sensilde, intelligent person, [fr. oba, dwen, oba;
ewg obanimdefo ne obanyansafo ntam'.]
e b a d w 6 m , s. lin wonkoro.
bae (mu), V. to disjoin, part, cleave, sunder, rend; to open,
gape; to unravel, loose, nnloose. unstitch, unroll; to distend, extend,
expand, spread, spread out. — red. babae, baebae. — syn. b^i, gua,
gnae, pan mu, sjlh mu, tew mu, terew mu, yerew mu. — Otam no
abac; bae ntama, nhoma, hyen mu abrannji nomu! bfibac asa-
wa no mu! - Mominaem' ! open your ranks! -m alee tvay for going
through! - wabae nc nan mu; woabae won (mpasiia) mu.
Bac, Baebae, Bacba e-antwa, surnames of the Asan-
tcs, as a host of endless coming, or, extending so far that they
cannot be surrounded.
o-baeaiikg(ro), one who came and did no more go;pr.43.
bae bae, red. v. 1. s. bae; dua no ab., the tree has spread;
2. anim baebae, the day breaks; s. buebue.
abaefb [nea obae foforo], new-comer, new beginner, novice.
abaesaba, F. = abasiaba, abofra, ababa, Mk..5,39.
I) a fa I'l, -lie, pi. m-, a child who did not learn to walk within
the first 2-7 years; pr. ,9.5. — sluggard,, lazybones ; onihafo.
bafow, bal'oo, (one who came a-foraging) forager: pr. 36.
abafra — abakyere.
abafra, abafraba, mbafraber, mbafrara, F. = abofra, abofra,
mmofraase.
bafiia, a single thing or person, one and the same thing.
O-bagofo [nea o-ne mma gorn], fornicator; syn. mmea^efo.
ab.igow, F. relaxation or slackness of the arms; eye me ab.
= atu m'abasam, amii mapa abaw.
bagua [bo agua], public assenMy, congregation, council] -
ofra baguam' ov baguafom', he is a member of the council.
abaguade [bagua ade], share of fees for attending a pa-
laver; pr. 37. 370. 2966.
baguat'6, elders and other persons met in council or as-
sembled for public deliberation.
bagya, a fourfooted beast; pr.38.
o-bagye, inf. [gye..ba] exhortation to continue in a speech.
a-bagye, inf. [gye oba] adoption.
oba-gyigyefo, jpZ. m-, 1. nurse-., 2. a mischievous child; one
who gets other persons into trouhle.
bahii (dec. = raposae, com.), dry fibres of the baric of the
plantain stalk; pr. 10. 569. 629.
o-ba-huhuiii, pi. m- -fo, a worthless felloiv; s. ahuhufo.
baka, lagoon, lake communicating tvith the sea; F. lake,
pond; cf. gtare.
a baka 11, pi. m-, the eldest child, the firstborn; the state or
birthright of a firstborn son.
b a kail 6 ma, lagoon-bird, heron, stork &c.
bakasiaiiepo, a bird, s. otwironku.
abako, a kind of shea-tree?), with brown wood used for
furniture; of the seeds oil is made in Akem.
bako, Akp., F., = biako, koro, one; obako, oneperson; Gr.
§ 77. 80,2. mmako-'mako, one by one, each. pr. 2548. 3258.
g-bakofo, .obiak., a single person, pr. 455—459.
o-bakokouimma, dim. of the foil, [oba, akoko-nini.]
o-bakokonini, a conceited, vain-glorious woman (likea cock),
coxcomb.
bako ma, pi. m-, nobleman, lord, prince, person of the royal
family, of high rank or position; high-born; aristocrat; di b.=di
adehyesem, to be imperious, violent, posiiive, stubborn, wilfid, ar-
bitrary, pr. 39. [oba a gnam ne kgn so, gnam na gtoto ne kgn kyea.]
bako 11 [ba=basa, kgn], tvrisf.
abakosem [nsem a aba kg], history, story of past events; cf.
bakroii, nine persons. Gr. §80, 1. [abasem.
bakua, s. kwadu b.
abakyere [basa, kyere], gold and costly beads tied round
the tvrist in honour of one's birth or deed.
bam — gbaii. 5
haul, V. to embrace (in welcoiniug, st/n. fain, ye atu, or in
fightinj^); b. kyinii, to raise a)Hl shake a statc-iinibrella, = i)iim
bamkyinii; - r6'(?. bemniain, boiiiinam.
|);iiir = ba mu; ne dae abam'. Gr. i;t214 after licm. 2.
ham, li;i inltMin, adv. expressing the sound of striking,
clappingi lashing, falling.
al)<iiii, a ceremony performed at the birth of twins, of the
3d, 7th to 11th child, and in their after life by themselves,
before every new crop or harvest. Oye ab., woye abamfo, he is,
they are entitled to the abam ceremony. Wode ad were guare ab,
Yi'A.9., pr.ll27. Se aduamforo biara bg a, abamfo annuare abam
a, wonni hi.
bam, bamc, bamsom, imperiousness, haughtiness, inso-
lence; syn. adehyesem, ahcnenunasem; odi no so b., he plays the
rich or high-horn:^ he plays insolent, wanton tricks. -hanuVi, inf.
bain ma, pl.m- [ban, ba dim.'] the projecting lower part of
the wall in Negro houses, used as a seat. pr. 2252.
b;imma, pil. m-, a stripe of country-cloth; the breadth in
tvhich it is woven; a ribbon; syn. ntaraabamma, Ak. beniT.
ab am m a : woto ab., they put their hands on each other's necks.
bamfo, -foo, a thorny plant, pr. 1676-77. [pr. 1213. 3791.
bamiawu, a kind of snake.
bam kg 11 [s. bam & koh, neck]: gto b. kasa, he speaks
haughtily; gtoto ab., he walks with a majestic air.
bam kyinii (kyinii a wopem di bene so), state-umbrella -^
bams em, s. bam, barae. [pr.l729.
ban, V. to lie or to lay in a proper row, to extend; to string
(ntrama, wo hama so); to pile up, to store (ode, putu so); to hem in
(atade ano, with a ribbon); b. ho, syn. sTi ho; b. ho, syn. toto ho.
— red. beramaii.
bail, 1. row, fence, enclosure, frame; esp. the fence round
the yard of a negro-house; watwa ban mu, he had to do tvith the
king's wives. — c/. faban, dantabaii. — 3. = dua-so, s. dnasee. —
3. esp. in cpds. : form, figure, shape; fashion; manner, nature;
race, kind, sjiccies; syn. su (wo su ne wo bail biara nye!) s. aboa-
ban, abusfiabaii, adakaban, odainman, doban, duaban, nipaban,
nsraban, subaii or subaii; odaban, abodaban, adibah = aduan',
ahabaii. — 4. a fortified place; si ban, to put people in a place
by authority in order to enforce the laws, or to keep the people in
subjection and prevent their falling off; to place troops in a strong
position; to occupy a place as a garrison.
aban, -ne, (pi. id.) a house built of stone, cf. odaii; a large
fine building, palace; pr. 8190. - a large, strong building = abah-
kese, fort, castle.
o-baii, pi. m-, a string of cowries, 40 cowries; wgtoii no b.ih-
bdh, wotonton no abaiiabaii, tlicy sell it eachfor a string; cf. ntrama.
6 obah — almiitid.
o-ban, a beast of prey, ilie loild cat. = aduatia.
b a nail, four persons. Gr. §80, 1.
o-banaiiii, pl.m.-^ grund-son, grand-daugliter, grand-child.
abanas e-abci iiase, a kind of lierb.
abanbiua, a ^o^ (abina) contaiuing pabn-wiue for a siring
of cowries (ban).
o-banimdefo, pi. m-, a person of understanding., possessing
Jcnoidedge; cf. gbadwemma, gbanyansafo.
O-bauimma [obanin, dini.\ cf. abarimawa, gpauyimma.
o-baniin -in ere [gb. -bere], a handsome man; a7i effeminate
O-banim-inoiie [gb. bone], a bad man. [man.
g-banim-p anyiii, an old, venerable man.
o-baniu, p?. m-, man, male person; = oha.i-ima.\ F. obeuyin.
baninfana, armring of a man.
baniiifo, pi. brave men.
baniiiba, bravery; gbye no b., he encourages him.
b a 11 i h h a-h y e , inf. encouragement.
abaniiisein, manful, manliJcc, manly, warlike deeds or be-
Jiaviour, bravery; pr.391. odi ab., he shows manliness, quits him-
self like a man; syn. mmarimasem, mmaninne.
0-baniii-taii, a man that has children, a father of a family.
o-banin-trofo, a lying man, liar.
o-baniii-warefo, a married man.
o-banin-yen, ivisard, sorcerer, magician; s. ayen.
O-banin-y er e, an unborn cbild, designated by a man to
be his future friend or ivife.
bank am, a kind of golden ornament, pr. 1551.
aban-kese, fort, castle; cf. aban, abautia.
bankoroap em, a kind of bead, s. ahene.
o-baiikn, a kind of food, prepared of ground maize, com-
monly eaten when yam is scarce,
abankiia, s. akua.
o-baiikye, pi. a.-, the cassava, cassada, manioc, jatropha mani-
hot; F. G. duade. ^^r. 36. 4U.
aba no ma, step-cltild, foster-child, pr.41.
g-bansini, ^jZ, bansifo, (a man of) a garrison; s. si ban.
g-bansoa, a bird,
bans on 11, Zo»f/,=tententen; n'animb. he is long-faced, long-
banten(n), long-shaped, long (hama, ntama, nsa). [_visaged.
abaiisosem. a tvord talked over the fence, (idle) talk, gossip,
aban-tenteii, tower; pjl.vix- or aban atenteri. [hear-say.
aban-tia, a small fort, as the Mortella tower near Chri-
stiansbors:.
abaiito — biisucwi. 7
a bail to, inf. [to abaii] (tlif act of) hmldliiij a stone-house;
masonry, mason's work.
o-bantoiii, iJ^ a--fo, mason, brlcJclaijer.
ban II, ttvo 2i<-'>'Sons, two tocjctJter. lyr.M-iH. ViUO. 20SL
Ijanum, five persons. Gv. ^ 80, 1.
ban nil a [ban dua], any kind of tree (gf'osow, atoa, ...) used
for foices.
abani'iu;], t/tr court or //ord of tanje liu'ddlnys [abai'i, gua;
adiwo a ewo aban bi mn].
o-ba-n ya nsal'i't, a wise person; si/ii. obadwcmuia, obauim-
deto, ouyansafo.
g-baniiya, a long red intestinal worm,
abanyimla, F. = (nsa) nifa.
bapon, a disease in the jaw-bone.
0-baponinia, 2d- m-, [oba, i)on, oba] a person of liiijh birth,
of wealth, entrusted with an office, from the man next to the king
down to the chief of a village; cf. mmopgmma.
o-baprowc, J;^ m-, a spoiled chUd\ s. porow, porowe, poro-
kyewa; oyen nemma mmaprgwe, he miseducates, sptoilsliis children .
bar a ... i;. bra, bora ... [«• yt^i.
bare, v. (. . ho, .. so) to covers lay over, oversj^read; s. baw;
to sling, wrap, wind, twine, twist roU)td; to embrace closely, clasj)
round. — red. bebare, bobare, bobabobare. -de bare ani, prop.
to twist (the arms, in wrestling) face to face, i. e. to engage in
battle, to fight hand to hand.
o-ba roll via, a cartouch, cartridge-belt all round the loins;
cf. ntoa; ne ntoa ye ob. (when it contains 12 cartridge-boxes);
- di b., to surround.
o-barinia, pi. m-, man, male person, = ohsimh [gbaniri-ba?]
cf.mni; Gr.§41,1.2. — valiant man, hero, cf. oberan.
aba rim a, a man entrusted tvith an office by one superior
to him, cf. adamfo; adherent, client, subaltern; follower, helpmate,
conqxinion. servant, pr. 1077.
aba rim a, -mawa, jj?. m-, boy, lad.
abarimakwan, a ivay for heroes, dangerous way, adventurous
abarimasem, = abaninsem. undertaJcing; pr.l077.
o-barimaye, inf. manhood.
o-basfi, jj?. a-, the arm; the forefoot of quadrupeds; cf. abaw,
nsa;-dua basa, branch of a tree; cf. ba, dubct.
abas a, -sawA, [basa, r?/>«.] a withered ov hune hand or arm;
a person having such.
basil, basabasa, confuted, disordered, disorderly, cf. saka...
basa, three persons. Gr. §80, 1.
basawa bi, some few (two or three) persons.
basaewi, a large sea-fish [G. gba]; apata bi a gte se sire.
basafa — hatakari.
b as a fa, a ciibit, ell; cf. abasamfa.
basafawa,=bafah, obubuafo? obusufo?pr. 52.
basakokom', the inner jxirt of the arm at the joint of the
elboiv, s. kokom; cf. mmotoam'.
basakuram (?), the upper arm; s. nsatu,
abasa-kyea, inf. pr.733.^ s. kyea, abasatoto.
abas am', the space to which a man can extend his arms, a
fathom, the length of six feet-, the strength of the arms. — tii..ab.,
to dishearten, discourage; n'abasam atu, he is disheartened; rf.
ne nsam' agow or ahodwow, wapa abaw.
abasamffi, a measure of three feel, a yard; cf. sin.
abasam-tu, inf. discouragement; cf. abawpa.
basatiri, batiri, = mmati,
abasa-toto, inf. the sicinging of the arms, pr.733.
abasem, p^ m-, a story that happened-, history, cf. abakgsem.
bascwti, a clear-sighted, sJcilftd, respected or ambitious man
in a society; aristocrat (^)-, oye hyew, oye aguasemde.
0-basia, F. = obabasia; cf. akatasia, akatamasiaba.
basiaba, adv. even.
basia, six persons. Gr. §80, 1.
ba-sigyaw, m-, the state of having no children. —
di b., to be without children; s. mmas. .. &1 Sam. 15,33.
o-basimma, a young tvonian, s. obeasimma.
basin, F. a-, stump) of an arm; one-armed person.
abasiriwa, pi. m-, an infant; a child of 6 to 12 or li years.
abaso: di ab., to stand security; cf. a[ka]gyinam, akabaso; -
menne ka, menne ab., I owe no debts, neither for myself, nor
from standing security.
bason, seven piersons. Gr. § 80, 1 .
bata, V. (..ho), to be close to, adjoin, lean against; pr.99l.
to adhere, cling to; to be connected with, pr. 691. — rcf?. batabata;
ebata[bata] ho'kwa, it is a mere appendage.
l)at;i, trade, traffic, commerce. — tu b., di b., to trade; odi
ntama b., he deals in cloth; gye b., to offer trade, to win a customer.
- Wofa da-bone ko gua a, bata butu wo; s. butuw.
o-bata, a beast of prey like the lynx; it has a longer tail with
more hair on it than atoatoa.
batadewa, F. boat; Ak. obonto; cf. korow.
batadi, inf. trading; s. (di) batd.
batafo, (p)l. id.) wild boar, syn. kokote. — batafo-se, a boar's
tusk. pr. 42. 43. — batafo-Sfisono, a medicinal plant.
batagye, inf., s. (gye) bata.
batakari, pi. m-, war-dress, like a shirt without collar
and sleeves; the dress of the Mohammedans.
ijLuitdiii — aljiivi.si'ui.
o-batdin, a simple, silly ^ dull, half-witted felloiv.
o-l>;i-t;i u, obeatan, pl.m-^ a icoiiiaii thdt has children, mother..
o-bataiii, j;/.a--tb, trader, tradesman, merchant; pr.923.ri:iO.
cf. oguadini, onantefo, opowadi'fo. — batatii, /»/"., i'. (tu) bata.
batiri, basatiri, ==mmati.
batw(jw, ellxnv; cf. basa, twea.
baw, V. =barc; to besmear, bedaub; —
baw amiiiine, to smear a twig with lime for catching birds.
l)aw = ba, bea, berc, bew, place; onko baw = bribi, lie goes
nowhere; cf. gyabaw.
l)aw = ba; bo . . baw =: bo . . ba, to beckon, call.
abaw = abasa, the arms; woso no abaw-abaw, theg carry him
on the arms. - Wapa abaw, he has withdrawn or dropped his
arms, i. e. he is exhausted, quite tired, despairs; cf. nc nsa apa, ne
nsam' agow or ahodwo, n'abasam' atu.
abaw-pa, inf. despondency.
o-ba\va, [oba, diyn.^ = obeawa, girl, lass.
abawa, jpZ. m-, maid-servant, serving-girl.
b a w 1 w e , eight persons. Gr . § 80, 1 .
abawu, inf. death of a child, pr. 296.
baya, bayabaya, wide oj^en; n'ano b. ^tetn}; woagyi-
gyaw won adan ano atoto ho bb.
abayg, inf. [ye oba] careful treatment of children.
a b aye 11, inf. [yen ba] the bringing up of children; abayem-
mone, bad education, pr. 56.
o-baycii, j;?. m-, tvitch, hag; s. ay en.
bay ere, a isind of yam; s. ode. pr. 57.58.
o-ba-yoycre, favorite child, the most beloved (son) among
a plurality of children (as yeyere is among a plurality of wives).
bayi, (abayide, -goru, -sera) witchcraft, sorcery; ye or dew
bayi, to p)i'ttctise witchcraft: b. ye abusuade, tvitchcraft is inborn,
innate, hereditary.
aliayidc, = bayi [ade].
o-bayifo, 2^1- ^'^ toitch, hag; wizard, sorcerer, pr.59-62. cf.
bayi, ayeii, baninyen, bayeh, gbonsam ; ob. kgdewe, ua wgkyeree
no kabere. The Negroes describe a wizcn-d or witch as a man or ivomayi
who stands in some agreement with the devil. At night, ichen all people
sleep, he {or she) 7-ises or rather leaves his (her) hoclg, as a snake casts
the slough, and goes out flamhig from his eyes, nose, mouth, ears, arm-
pits: he may tcalk witlt his head on the ground and his feet stretched
upward; he catches and eats beasts, or kills men either bg drinking their
blood or by catching their soul which he boils and eats, ichereupon the
person dies ; or he bites them that they become full of sores. Some change
themselves into leopards, snakes, antelopes; some tise their witchcraft also
for trade in selling things.
abay ignru, :^bayi; ogoru me ab., he or she practises tvitch-
abayisem, = bayi. [craft iipon me.
10 be — bebere.
be, adv. used of the effect of j^i'icJiing: oti me ara be, Jie
pinches me sharply, that I feel it keenly; of. bee, bew, v. d; adv.
e-be, pi. m-, proverb, parable, riddle; bu be, to idler, lell or
make a proverb.
a-be, J)?, m-, palm, palm-iree; the species of palm from which
the palm-wine (nsa-fufu) and palm-oil (nno) is got, the most common
in Western Africa: o'd-x)alm, Elaeis Guinecnsis; palin-nni (cf.
befua, adwe); binieh of jjahii-iuds (hamu); all the pali>i-)iufs ^vow-
ing on a tx'ee; pr. 64-69. cf. nu, dwow, sa, se, pow, tow, t\Va abc. —
Diff. species of oU-palni: obcdam, ahefiifii, abotuntum, abeheue;
other palms, s. adobe, kube, nkresia, kokosi.
I>(', V. io recite, declaim, deliver in a rhetorical or set manner;
be kwadwom, to deliver moariifid songs; onim kwadwom be.
be a, V. [)'ed. beabea] to lie lengthwise, across, io cross; cans.
io lay length/rise; obea ho totote' ; ntamadan no bb, ho, the tents
lie stretched doivn; cf. bew, boa, da, gii, sam.
bea, ^^Zac'C ( = ba, baw, bew, here); j;?. mmea-mmea, at
different pilaccs; manner of state or doing (in cpds. with an inf.).
0-bea, j3?. m-, woman, female, ^= {k^s..) qha., gbabasia, F. gbasia,
beabi, Ak. F. = babi.
beae, place, siiuation:, pi. mmeae-mmeae, at different places.
beae, pl.vcv-, the beam or pole on ivhich ihe rafters are 2^ id;
b. yi ato nkorasimma yim' akyea, this pole came to lie crooked un
these 2><^i>fs.
beae, a swelling in the groins; mmaninyare bi.
abeafo, i;/. m-, a young, lovely woman, neatly, nicely dressed.
o-bea-atriu\man, ^?/. m- n-, s. aguamah.
boa-kunini, cardinal p)oinf: m- anah, the four c. jioints
North, South, East, West, s. beiikum, nifa, apuei, atoe. D.As.
o-beasimma, a weak sort of woman; a despicable person.
n-beatciii, s. obatan. ' [s. gba-simma.
o-beawa, obawa, pi. m-, girl, lass.
beba, l)eba, red. v., s. ba.
beba, beba, ... s. boba, bobji.
bcba, beba, pi. m-, F. = obo, ^jZ. a-, stone.
bebare, bebabebare, red. v.., s. bare, bobare.
be be, red. v., s. hew.
bebebebe: Munnyae b., 2»:
bebee, red. v., s. bee, beebee.
abel)e, pl.m-, As. butterfly; winged insect iu ^eneraX. pr.70.S06.
Rheh ew , 2>l. m-, grassho2)per,locust; cf. boadabi (utunturae),
obiriiikran, otutuafuru, fwidgm, okra, opiti, ewi, otwe, odabo.
abeberese, i. = abete; 3. F. hardship, trouble, tribulation,
adversity.
bebere, much, many; very much, exceedingly ; cf. pi, buru-
buru, twem.
boburcbc — ybuui. 11
l»ol)6rcbe, F. bcbrete, iukcJi, man//: iniirJi, too much, too
iunuij; when reterrod to a c. in th(i ncj^., it incaiis (noO cnomjh:
enso b., it [s not lanic cnoiKjh.
bcbc'ti'i, pi>t-la(Uc to stii* up the coni-ibmgh put on the
fire; (bia a wodo dwuma ana opampaii ascn no tratrii a wode
nu mmore niu; of. beteta.
Itcbrw, red. v., s. bcw.
bebrO, bebrebe, bebrete, s. bebcro . . .
b e b r c b c , buitle, pr. 1158.
g-bobrcbo t"6, an insolent, iinpertinei/f, sane// f'dloic, churl;
n'ano dennonneh wo asera biara ho.
iibcbii, i)if. [bu be], spcakintj in proccrbs.
abcbiisyin, ph m-, proverbial sayimj; s. cbo, akasa-bebui.
bob u t'l = abc'-buh, cf. akyenkyen.
o-bodaiUj a kind of oil-palni whose ripe nuts have no blaek
top, but are red throughout (abe bi a ebere wie na eho babi
mniiri se abe-pa); abso the )ints thereof; cf. adam.
0-bodeWj pi. a-, a kind of basket roughly made of pal m-
branrlic>t\ berew a wuabo (wganwene) de soa adesoa ; wofre bi
se: ahagya, akyemmedew, akuapemmedew ; r/'. akgtwe, kyenkyeh,
apaktin.
o-bcdefunu, j;Z. m-, a chopped and icithered palm-tree, of
wliich the palm-wine has been extracted.
bcdiapiiii, a certain bright star; gsraui wu a, guo na odi
u'ade; cf. owuodi, kosoronia.
abcdua, palm-tree:, more frequently simply abe.
abedua, mortar to bruise palm-nuts in; := abewodua.
abeduabii, abad., a kind of doll, carved out of wood,
abcdwa, abedwewa, a youny pcdm-tree:, pr.70.
O-bedwOj a hcdf-<jroicn X)alm-tree; cf. antweribe.
bee, V. to ticitch off, pinch off, nip off, cf. bew; - red. beebee,
bebee . . ho = tetew ho nkakrankakra; wakobebee nam no ho,
he has pinched off little bits from the meed.
e-bee, Ak. =: bew, a pachydermatous animal,
abilfo = abaefo.
a-befujij pl.ra-, a sinylc palm-nut with the skins, (r?/^. bafua.)
abcfufu, a species of oil-palm.
bogoro, a pjalm-nut without a kernel.
abegui, place where palm-nuts are cast before the oil is
made of them.
abe bene, a species of oit-jJalm.
bekyekyere, jjo# in which the palm-oil is boiled,
e-bcm, riijht, state of being right, righteousness, guiltlessness;
bu b., ma b., ma wodi b., to acquit of an accusation, pronounce
12 bemma — abeu.
guiltless, give right to, JHStif I/; di b., to he justified, innocent, guilt-
less-^ wudi bem ! gou are right, I heg your pardon.
bemma, x>l- °^"> arrow, cf. ben, agyah; bow, cross-bow with
the arrows, cf. ta, kuntun; - otow yen (so) b., otow neb. sa (wo,
si) yen, he shoots arrows at us, discharges his bow against us. —
bemma-dua', arrow, = ben, agyan. — bemma-hama, bow-string.
bemma-tow, inf. shooting with the bow, archer g.
bemma-tofo, pi. m-, archer, bow-man.
bcDibu, inf. acquittance, justification.
bemdi, inf. innocence.
beme, bemme, bemmeme [G. bebe] adv. added to statements
of time, quantity, number: such a long time, such a large quan-
titg or number; alreadg; only\ even, indeed; kan, tete, dabidabi b.,
long ago; mfribyia 20 beme asem na greka yi? of a palaver of
no less than 20 years does he talk? mede memaa no Kwasida b.,
I gave it Jiim on Sunday already :, enye 'ne b. na ofi ye ado yi,
not since to-day only he does this; atiri ba b. na ogyee ana?
did he indeed ask 100 heads?
abememfi, a place out of the ivay, at a distance] eda ab.,
it is far off', ogyina ab., he stands aloof] nnyina ab. sa, na twu
ben me, do not keep away thus, come near to me!
bemmeii, be mm en, red. vv., s- ben, ben. pr.3011.
b e m m u , = bembu.
bemu [abe mu], cluster of palm-nuts.
be 11, V. to approach, come or draw near] to he near] obea
no abusuam', he is a ki)isman of his\ - red. beramen ; syn. ben-
kye[h], pinkye.
ben, pron. what (kind of), which. Gr. § 74. F. eben, ebena.
beii = aben, horn\ won ano kg b. koro mu, they are unani-
moiis, in unison.
e-beii, pi. mmemma, arrow; cf. bemma, bemma-dua, agyah ;-
etee se ben, it is as straight as an arrow, i. e. quite right, pr.80.
be nil, straight {dusL, hama, kwah); etee b., it is quite straight.
beii, V. to ache, pain] red. bemmeh; me ti ben me, my head
aches] won ti bemmeh won, their head aches.
ben, I', to become red by boding, to be sufficiently cooked,
boiled, roasted] to be done well] to become red by dressing (a
wound with hot water) : watoto kuru no na abeh ; to become hot
(a gun, by firing), pr.3386; perf. to be smart, clever, well versed
in any knowledge or business, good or bad, f.i. in political mat-
ters; to be astute] - ne bo ben, he is healthy] ne ho mmeh, he is
sickly, feeble]- red. bemmeh.
-ben, a. (in cpds.), red, yellow] cf. odubeh, oguabeh, osubeh
&c. s. men, kg &c. bere, v.
abeu, ^?. m-, horn of animals; horn, flute, wind-instrument,
musical instrument; hyeh ab., to sound the horn ]- uimeh, pr. 376.
ybciia — hopodwuuia. 13
= mnionhyen, ag^oru; of. bcii & abontul, aborob(5n, botowd, odiiru-
gya, aj^yesoa, kete, ninieiisiMi, aprrulri', aseseb(^n, atentebcu, toro-
b^nto; hkgntwO, adakabeh ; obgnta, osankii tka.
c-beua, F. what, ichicJi] s. beii; ebcna nyiinpa = onipa beo,
what manner of man. c-beiia-dze, F. = ade-ben, deen, den, what
§-bena-ntsiri, F. = edeii nti, wherefore, wherefrom, why.
b 11 11 a [benda], pi. m-, a ireiyhl of gold = 2 oimzes = 32
dollars or ackies = 71. 4 s.
boil a, bera, Ak. = bamma, ntamabeua, stripe of doth, ribbon;
cf. nwa-benii.
bona, boiiri: bob., to wail, lament, mourn; sijn. t\s a adwo.
benabeiia, pr.3344.
Ben a da, Brada, Tuesday. Gr. §41,4.
bcii-aiio, unmixed palm-wine, as it came from the reed un-
der the tree, ef. dodoben; oj)}). mfrasa.
be line, a-, spit, broach(er). — gye or di b. or ab., to act
or be empiloyed as sJcirmisher (before the twafo, van), to begin
Vie attack, to engage in dangerous fighting; kogye b.; oredi ab.;
eyi de, merekodi ab. = merekobere, merekoko mabere wo mu.
g-beiineni, i^/. bennefo, skirmisher, sent to attack the enemy,
abenne [bem ade], fees for acquittance in a law-suit,
o-benem, -nom, pi. 3i-, a stinging fly; syn. tutuhunu.
Q-benem, name of a month, abt. March.
o-beii-hy eiifo, i^?. a-, m-, horn-blower, musician.
beiikum, F. a-, the left hand (nsa b. pr.81.) or side; to
the left (b. so); cf. nifa; north, cf. kwaem'.
o-beiikumfo, pl-s^-, a left-handed person.
beiikye[n], v. = ben, pihkye, to draw or be near, pr.82.
beiikyi, Eng. bench', cf. mano'.
b en s e I" e , i)l. m-, basin of porcelain.
o-benta, pi. m-, a musical instrument consisting of a curved
branch or stick with a cord made of the fibres of pahn-branches,
played in a doleful strain. — obenta-sanku, jwa7^e>"^, lute, rciJl.iov.
0-beiiteii, a word used for a person whose name we do not
know or do not choose to mention; usually: asiamasi se gb.,
Sueh-a-one, What-cV ye-call-him (Ger. derundder, Fr. tel, Sp.fnllano).
abeii tia [aben tia], jvZ. m-, the short horn, the most common
wind-instrument of the negroes, usually made of a young ele-
phant's tooth and covered with the skin of the twom.
0-b entia-h^^eiifo, jjL m-, the king's horn-blower.
b e n 1 a, pL m-, clyster-pipe, syringe, squirt ; bo., h.s. hql02.
obenyin, abenyiii-ndem, F. = gbanih, abaninsem.
bepow (bop. pop.), pJ. m-, mountain, hdl. pr. 489. cf. hew.
bepowa, small mountain, hillock; cf. koko, pampa, pempe.
b e p d w u m a, work done on the slope of a mountain, pr. 84.
14 abepow — obere.
abe-pOAv, inf. the act of Jopitiitg off ill c leaves of an uprooted
b e r a , b a r a ... .s. bra . . . fpalm-iree.
bera, imp.., s. ba; bora ma yehkg, come, leiusyo!
0-beraii, -barane, p/. a-, a stronfj, sfonf, big man:, a poicerfid,
mightjj num. pr.So. 86. 1717.
oberaii-inmotoaur-diiaj s. kvammonnua.
ab eraii-sem, violence-., cf. annoflensem.
abcra I'l-so, (after the manner of strong men, i.o.) ?>// force.
aberante,-e, pl.m-., ifonng man, youth; syn. akwankwa.
a b e r a 11 1 c k w a , a b e r a n t e w a , ptl. m-, id.
O-b e r a 11 - 1 e t e t fi , pi. a-, giant (gbevan tenten. lionton, oberan
a owarc ua gso te se nea tokuni da ne mu).
b e r a p a e, a wiclcet serving for a door, made of palm-branclies
kept together by tliree sticks driven through them ; cf. aserene.
beraw: to b., to faint, siroov (airay), fall in a stvoon:
osukgm ama watg b., thirst has made him faint'., wgAptjm no apem
no ma. watg b., they have hnoclccd him afjont that he is half-dead; -
to cause to faint: oi'\\6 no atg no b., from the flogging he is half-
dead; cf. to piti, tware.
aberaw, a poUte address to a person of equal or inferior
rank, used in reply to a salutation, cf. ya; Gr. § 147,9.
a 1) e r a w - a b e r a ^^' , pr. I'JG:}. 2929. seantdy ? so .so ?
lie re, v. 1. to hring (when a personal object, esp. me, yen,
wo, mo, is mentioned; else 'de.. ba, kgfa.. ba, de.. kgma' is used).
— 2. b. ase, to lay ov put doicn, ttring lou\ humtAe, atiasc, abate,
lessen: gberenelio ase ma me, he InonlAes himself before mc. — 3. to
grow or get{perf.to be) tired, weary, fatigued; to have much to .suffer;
not to come to rest; pr. 89. 734. mabere wo nsa, woama mabere, / am
weary of you; adviumaye am;! mabere, / am fatigued by worl: —
red. berebere.
0-bere, inf. fatigue, weariness; labour, tod; fa gb., to grow
tired; hye.. b,, to tire (out), wear out, weary, fatigue, harass; gde
ne kasa hyee me b.
bere, F. manner in nhich; se here 'te do no, Aky. = senca
bere, s. berew. [ete nen, so it is.
heve,v. to redden, to grow, become or inohe red or yellow; to
cause to redden, pr. 298; here (sika, awowa, kgbere) ho, to polish
(gold, brass, copper); to ripen, grow ripe, of fruits gi-owing above
ground; perf. to he ripe. — n'ani b., his eye reddens i.e. he covets,
lusts after; he gi'ows angry or grieved; n'ani ab., his eyes are red,
reddish, from weeping, excitement (passion, anger, or deep grief),
drunkenness, old age. — red. bcrebore. — qualif. adv. kg, pr. 1.504.
-be re, in cpds, blooming, beautiful, handi^ome; delicate; soft,
gentle ... s. qhahcre, gbanim-mere, tekremabere.
0-bere, pi. a-, female, esp. of animals ; cf. gbii, oben, Gr. § 141,2.
ebere — alioi-ckwasi. 15
e-bere, 1. place (often \n (i])d8, as, daberc, trabore, = dabew,
trabew, tiabea); rf. ba, baw, boa, how, amei'c;-^. fimc, season;
pi. mmore, f/ir sfaffcs of liioiiaii life, of man's age; -3. manner, cf.
boa, abore, amoro; - J. (food lime; fine manner; bloom, floiccr, prime
of life: heaiili/ ((■ sfroif/lh: "nana. niA wo lio boro so e! f.ing. arise
in llni (fhtni and stninjth (t'(»r warfare, lor tho [tacilication of conton-
dinjij parties)." — Phr. Odi bore [pi. wodi ni-), lie enjoifs /lis life,
lives a Inxiirioiis life; he is a loiterer, slngyard, time-lcillcr. Wabu
ue mmere mu, lie has died in the prime of life, in the best of his
years^ prematurchj. Wabg bcr e, he has (broken uj) time, i. c.) done
what nobodji has done, committed a heinous deed.
abere, m-, F. time; aberebi, m-, sometimes, once; nibor dodo
ara, as often as; mber pi n'ara, from time to time; mber iiliina, at
all times, for ever and ever; mbere, time ichich.
abere, (obs.) manner: aber' a wope rr= seiiea wopo.
aber Cj j)^- ^'i *^ antelope with small horns, of a roddish hue
and of the size of a <;oat; = gkwadu.
aberebe, -bee, a quadruped similar to a cat, eating bananas;
cf. apesow.
berebere, b ere b ere, red. vv., s. here, here.
ber ebere, soft, slow, gentle; softli/, gently; pr.3048; eomfort-
ahlji. at ease; gradnall//. bij degrees, by easy or slow stSj)s; - slo2v,
gradual movement, advance or progress, pr. 3043. 3397. 1201; consid-
erateness. pcdience. carefulness, pr. 734. — ye b., to go on considerate-
ly, pr. 3.558; oye n'ano b,, he assumes a modest speech, uses a modest
language.
bertjbere, smooth, glib, voluble, flijipaut : oye or n'ano ye b.,
he is loquacious; ef. betebete. birobire, kfirokuro.
be re bo, m-, liver.
berebn-w, -o, pi. m-, )iest, bird's nest, pr.92.
bere-doiii, troublesome warfare.
b e r e - d u in , v. to be of a deep red tinged with blue, of a crim-
son or purple colour. Ex. 26,1.
b e r e - e u s a , etern ity. B. As.
berefi, basket; Akr. tekrekyi; wode ntoi'i n^ mmew ne kube-
ahabah na ehwene.
berefi [berew, efi], bundle or heap of palm-branches.
o-berefo, pi. a-, a needy, indigent, poor, destdute man; syn.
ohiani, gmanehunufo. Ps.41,2. 72,13.
0-bereku, a bird of the size of a jtigeon, of light brown color,
crying "ku, ku" not only by day, but also four times by night, con-
sidered as a spirit (gsaman) and fortune-teller, pr.y3.726.
o-bcrekiiiii, an eye red as that of the bereku; gwg b., he has
red eyes (considered as beautiful).
abere k ii r i, a kind of fish, probably the eel.
aberekwasi, a certain annual festival.
16 aberekyi — besrade.
aberekyi, pi. ra.-, (joai ; cf. oguah; Ak. F. arapohky^; by-
names: aduonna, aduonnimm;'i (=adu a onua, ouni mma, the fel-
low that docs not sleep, that gets )U) flogging), ank;lma-seperepe, se-
kyerempewo. pr. 94-99. 483.498. abirekyiba, kid. abirckyibore,
she-goat, abirekyinhii, Ak. = opapo, Akr., he-goat. S. abirckyi.
b e r e ni a ii , pr. 1933.
beremba, F. = obarima.
aberentse, F. = aberante.
o-bereiiipoii, s. obirempon.
berentuw, 6-. kwaeb. & ntuw.
berepow, [berew pgw], Jcnot of j)alm-leaves. — bg .. b., to
strike the head of a respectable persou with such a knot, i.e. to apply
to him in order to obtain his patronage in a law-suit ; -c/". bo 54.
berewj tlie leaves of the od-palni, together with or separated
from the midrib ; b. tuatua mpopa ho, the palni-leavcs grow from the
sides of the palm-hranclt ; b. tabah, a single leaf leaflet, pinna. —
Flir. Manya biibi a mibu meb., I liave found a place wJiere I can
live (get food dt drink). Cf. berefi, berepgw, mmerehkenson.
berew, s. berebere, 'merew.
b ere WW, bereo, so/if; slow, tardy, pr.820; softly, mildly; slow-
ly; comfortahly, peaceably.
berew a, = berepgw.
aberewa, pi. m- [gbere, dim.'] old woman, matron, mother;
"m'ab." is even more respectful than "me na". — I'hr. sore kobisa
ab., to get up and go aside for deliberiti'ton, cf. tu agyina; mil yehko-
bisa aberewa-tid, let us go and (ask a very old woman, i.e.) tafce counsel.
aberewa, a sort of )nat, s. kete; a sort of European cloth.
a b e r e w a - a n i - 11 s u , a medicinal plant.
heve-ye, inf. fineness, beauty; cf. -here, gbabere.
ber' o! =: bera 6! come! Gr. § 144.
abesa, inf. [sa abe], the act oi picking out the palm-mds from
their smashed pulp, s. hhoye.
besai'i, ^. =:abe asase, mmesase, aland (piece of ground) on
which palms grow. — 2. a hole in ivhich palm-mds are prepared
for making palm-oil. cf. gsan.
bese, V. to take or break off (abe, palm-mds from the stalk);
to pluck, gather (mako, pepper, from the shrub); pr. 107.
b e s e b e s e , v. to move - ano, tlie lips - as in spealang, without
e.mxiiin^&.so\\ni{,lSani.l,13.tonmrmur, grumble; inf. grumbling, pr.108.
o-bese (gp.) the time (quarter) of the year from the beginning
of the latter rains in October till in January ; syn. adommiirow.
a b e s e b u r o w' (ap.), com grown in the said time ; maize plan-
ted at the end of the harmattan, in March (before the rainy season
has fully set in), the prosperous growth of which is doubtful, pr. 115.
besca, Ky. s. bosea.
besrade, /'a< of the quadruped called be w or bee.
belc — l)cvVLH)iiiui. 17
b^te, betoboto, weak, iuflnii, f'eehic, effeininale ; sioff.milil,
loiirnf; si/ii. boko, morow. No, ho aye no b. -r ontiinii I'lka nolio; *
ii'akwu niu aye no b, = nyo no (k'.ii; no yam' ad wo no b. -= ne yaro
a ewo ne yam' no. euni ahoedcn bio; asem no ad wo b. = nye (Umi
bio ; n'asem ye b., /ic /.s a lenient (noi a hard, tujorous, severe) man.
b e t e b (J t (J , (jllh. voluble. flij)}Hnif: n'ano ye b., lie is loquaeions;
SI/II. berebere.
abote, a common food of tlio negroes, consisting ol roasted
flour of maize boiled in water, and consi(b^red oneoi'tlie worst meals.
fin: 1340. 1457.
h c t e I ;i , a slick to stir up food in cookimj, apotstick; cf. bebeta.
betekiiw, F. patakaw, a species oi' small ants; cf. tctea.
b otciu^ pi. m-, ear of Indian corn or other grain,
o-be t eii, jj/.a-, llie full (jroun palm-tree with along, slender stem,
abelia = abedwea, pr.74.
botu, ad we ho nam, tltc pulj) of llie pahn-nid; r/. sa abe.
abet u \\ i u ni , a species of oil-palm.
abetwa, inf. [t\va abe] to tap the felled palm-tree and eid oul
Ihe ojicnimj (to keep it clean) every day as long as the palm-wine
distils.
be( \va bci'C, ilic time of enllin(j palm-trees, about 2 o'clock in
the afternoon.
bow, r. [^rcd. bebew] to steal, filch, pilfer, snatch aivaij; cf. bee;
ntrama a egu ho mprempreii no, wabebew mu niwa-du kg, he pil-
fered ten of the coivries that icere but just h/inff there; wota bebew
won wnra ade, thei/ often pdfer thinys from Iheir master.
bew, adv. quickli/, snatchinglu; mode ade no mekotoo ho no,
bew na wafa.
b g w , a kind of red d- yellow-striped^nvo'p. cotton cloth, pr. 3334.
bew, V. to lie across; to cross, impede, intervene; cf. bea; red.
bebew; wode abebew won ho, fhei/ have covered (marked) their body
with slrijtes or iceals (wales).
abew, (inf.) hindrance, impediment, detention; abew bew won,
something intervened and pjrcventcd them.
e-bew, Ak. bee, a large animal between the elephant and the
c-bew, pi. m-, F. bone. [buffalo,
c-bcw, place (cf. ba, baw, bea, bexe), esp. in cpds., as dabew,
tobew, gyinabew, sibew; pil. m-, places, countries; a map.
bew, F. = bepgw, mountain, hill; cf. Abetifi, Bewase.
bew-ase, a low tract of count ry at the foot of a mountain.
a b ew d u a , abedua, mortar for bruising (wow) palm-nuts to
separate the edible part from the shell.
beVveoniia, a sweet-scented gum or resin {s. ohilam); the
tree yielding it. The iianio (lit. u-ill eat i.e. misuse a sister) convoys an ob-
scene notion, meaning that the use of the perfume by a girl will allure even
her brother to lasciviousncss; but s. p*. 2503.
18 ubeya — obibaml)iba.
a b e,y a , abeya,! a sort of Uacli, carihcn vessel,
abe3'ca, aboyaj = asaiika, Tiyi\\\ii\ pr.46o.2573.
abe-ye, Inf. the process ly which oil is made from palm-nuts;
[=nno-ye.
o-bi, pi. ebinom, Gr. § 60.1. somelwdii, some one, one, apterson;
o))i/bo(l//; anoiher (person); in nog. sontoncos (the negation being
transferred from the verb in Tslii to the pron. in Eng.): nohodi/,
none; pr. 114-142; - onipa yi, me bi ni =:: me ni ni. litis man is a
relalive of mine, belongs lo my famUy.
c-l)f, Gr. § 60,2. somelhing, some, part, a quantity (pr.2327); any
thine/; another thiny; in neg. sentences nothing, none ; pr. 111-113. 861.
— cf. biribi, ebi-ne-bi.
bi ('i>ron. used as an adv., Gr. § 134,3 h), also, lihcmsc, too.
bi, pi. bi, binora, Gr. § 74,3. a, an, a certain, one, some; any;
anoiher; in neg. sentences no, not any; pr. 63. 499-501. —
bi! F. = biako! f\ve abo bi! Mk. 13,1.
ebia, made into an adv. by elbpsis: (there is) something, viz.
some reason or bkebhood, that..; p)crhaps, pcrad venture, p)0ssihly;
Gr. § 135. pr. 3204. F. bia, aiifwea.
l)ia^ F. = biow, bio, biem, again.
abia, adr. in the way of helping, to one'saidor help; Gr.§131,2.
meye no (aduuma) abia. Ilielp or assist him in doing it (in the tvork);
miso no mu abia, I support him; ma yenko na kgdow me abia, come
with me lo help me in my pi ant at ion- work; enera obedow me ab.,
yesterday he came and helped me in tilling the ground; otc soro te
yen abia = ote s. ma yen; p-. 3349.
abi;i, a kind of herh tlie seeds of whicli are used for bends; cf.
abiirobia, ah en e : p\4tf.?. 7.9-5.
biabia, small round; n'aniwa ye mmia-mmia {opp. akese).
obi-adc (Ht. some one's property) a servant of a high pter son.
obi-adee-wo-wo (another^ s property is in thy hand), an epi-
thet for a thieviish person or animal, as the chimpanzee, dog, goat,
biako, Aky. bieko, Akp. bako, one; single; cf. eko, koro;
Gr.§ 77. pr. 65. 1005. the same (thing), pr. 27. 2832. — one great multi-
tude or mass of people or things : f\ve nnipa biako ! what a great mass
of peopjle! fwe abo biako (F. bi) ! Mk. 13, 1. — biako no, the one he-
sides that mentioned already, the other, another, F. ekoro no; - ye b,,
to become united, to agree; - mmiako-'miako, one by one, cac]i;pr.789.
0-biak 0, obako, one man, person or individucd; pr. 445-454.
0-biakofo, obak., id., a single person; pr. 45.5-459.
o-l)f ara, F. e-, any body, any one; Gr. § 60,1.
e-biara, any thing; every piossible thing; Gr. § 60, 2. cf. biri-
biara; adv. in any or every possible way, to the utmost.
biara, Gr. § 75,3. ajiy, cither.
obiba, a person of good family; oye ob. a onsg 'bi ani.
obi'ba mbf ba. = oba a obi nni no .«o bamsem bi.
abibidnni — obir6biref6. 19
abibi<lurn, vcffrn medicine, roinifn/ lucdUinc.
O-bib i-byefu, pL a- [noa oliye bibiri] di/er in Wuc.
0-bibini, pL a--fo, nrtjro, hJaik man, African; pr. :'}62.
bibiri, dark-Id iie cotfon-ijarii or cltdli: da rk-ldnc colour: Iiyrb..
/() di/c irit/i darJc-hlnc.
Abib ii"i(m"), t/ie Neffro-coiDifr//. Africa; cf. Abiirokyiri.
bibitiri, a skein (hank, knot or nnmher of knots) of dark-
hhte cofton-i/arn ; bibiri a woatce abobo no apowapgw a wotgi'i.
obidaiicbi, [ebi dan hi, .y. dan, ?;.], an (tmahjani, a mixture or
componnd of tico things, each of uhicli depends on, or conforms and
communicates its qu(dities to, the other; f.i. dwete ne kobere ntweo
ka a woakyim abom', a ring made of sdvcr and copjyer tvirc (ihe
copper onhaiKPs the beauty of the silver, the silver enhances the value of
the copper). Kurtz § 228.
bie, V. As. = bue.
biem', Ak. = bio, ar/ain.
abieiV [abienu] Ak. mmienu, fico; s. enu.
abiesa, Ak. mmiensa, three; s. esa. Gr. ^ 77.
obi-hunu = onipa a orafa wolio biribiara, a person of no im-
portance i. e. relationship to one.
C-bi-ne-bi, so-so, half and h(df (o^ii-ne-iCi). middUnr/. in jiarf,
not completelij, not full i/; indifferenth/; iolrrahhi; oye n'adwuma bi-
ne-bi, lie docs his work in a negligent manner ; obaa no b., his coming
ivas not If itli nprigldness of intention ; enye eb. na wobae = wobaa
no nokwarem, woamma no sesasesa, they did not come half-hearted,
hut in earnest and in uprightness; ote ho bi-ne-bi ara, he lives without
anything in particidar or extra-ordinary ; ebi-ne-bi maiisofwe, pro-
visional government.
c-biii, Ak. bini, dirt, dung, muck, excrement; cf. sebew; dross,
s. dadebin, dvvetebin. —
biiitiiw = bin a eye nierew; cf. kyerebo.
e-biiiom, F. birim, .5. obi. bi.
e-bio, biow, Ak. biom', again, further, more, any more; in neg.
sentences no more; minhu no b., omma b., minni bi b.
abirjt, Gr. § 31, 2. the reverse, contrary, wrong way; aye ab.,
it has turned out to the contrary; wakanoab., he has reported it per-
versely. - bo ab., to reverse, to alter to the contrary, to turn the wrong
way, turn upside down: ho asem no ab, ma yenfwe, take the case in
the opposite way and let us see; wobg asem ab. ka a, wonte ase, if
you represent a matter perversely, it will not he understood; - cf.
abirenkyi.
biram, v. to heat, strike, smite with the liands; ode ne nsa b.
nekoko; cf. guram.
bir ebir e, hrawl, noisy quarrel, loquacity, pr. 462. — gye b.,
n'ano ye b., he is hrawling, loquacious, prattling; owo tekrema -b.,
he has a had, quarrelsome tongue. Cf. berebere.
0-birebirel'u, pd- a-, prattler, idle talker; syn. okurokiirofo.
20 obirebe — abirimmuro.
o-birebe, a kind of hi r(L pr.SiTA. — o-bireku, s. gbereku.
abirekyi, (-ba, -bere, -niiii,) is more con-cct than aberekyi, q.r.
o-biremp oil, IjI. a-, F. a--fb, a icealihy, great, poivcrful man.
abireiikyi-abireuky ij Ak.w. ^jcr verse, -li/, distoried; waye
no ab. = bisibasa bi, wabo no abira.
bii'i, V. io grow, he, or tnahe hhicl; darlc, dirty; adniu no
mmiri bebrebe, tlie inlc is not hlaeJc cnougli; jn: 810. 3162. wabiri iie
tam, he has soiled his dress; ntaraaaabiri, soiled linen; m'ani so biri
me, nig head swims, I am giddg; biri n'ani so e! stnn him! obiri no.
mogya ani, he hIacJcens the colour of his hlood i. e. does not care for
his hlood, exerts himself to the utmost, worhs hard. — red. biribiri.
biri, adj. in cpds, hlacl; dark; cf adubiri, akokobiri, gpouko-
birii, F. hlac-kncss. [biri dc.
biribi, Gr. § 60,2. something; in neg. sentences nothing; sgn.
fwe; won biribi a woye nye biribipa biara, there is no good in any-
thing theg do; nea eye biribi ara na wose: enye biribi, _7?f.s'/ that tvhich
is something makes one say: it is nothing, no matter, pr. 3.591.465-474.
biribi ara, anything, in neg, sentences nothing, nothing at all:
wanse b., he said nothing (d rdl; enye b. na eye ntama, it isnothing
hut a garment; pr. 464. — biribi-biribiara, id.
biribiri, red. v., s. biri; anim bb., s. auim.
biribiri, adv. numerously: nnipa no akyere so b., the i^eople
arc thickly crowded; wgbehyehyee odan no mu b., they crowded the
house; syn. pitipiti.
biribiri, adv. (qualifying the ^•^». him, saw, wosow, to shalce,
shiver, trcmhle), very much, exceedingly; ne ho him b., he shivers
very much.
abiribiriw, epilepsy, lunacy \ t\va or yare ab., to he lunatic,
ejnleptic.
biribi \v,i [biribi, dim.] a trifle; b. biara, any smcdl matter.
Ijiriboro, dirty, soiled, hemired all over; dote aye no b., //t'
is grievously dauhed with dirt.
bi ri (lit Vvc in, -twom. adv. all at once, suddenly; syn. preko-
pe, birim.
abirika, m-, a run, running, p)r. 475.; gallop; canter, trot; lu
or tutu mmirika, to run ; ode mm. bae, he came running.
biriky i, r. to trcmhle. shudder, fear; to faint from fear: to he
stunned, startled, hewildercd ; wayi no alii araa wab,, ehfi ama wab.
= nketenkete akita no.
birim, a sudden fd. start ; suddenly, at once; ofwee ase b., he
fell doicn pilump! hounce! — bo b., to shrink, startle, start up tcith
fright, esp. from sleep; cf. bo piriw, pirim (bo 7).
birim, F. = binom.
biri m m i r i m (pi. id.) 1. fni. mpata akyi b. = ntetew. 2. nave
or spoke of a wheel.
abiri'm. iriur('». a thorny plant Avith medicinal leaves.
olu'rinkrau — l»o. 21
0-biriiikrji n, a kind of locust ;s. abebew.
hin'si (G. bfrisi'), durli-blitc cotton-cloth; blue halt.
aliiriwJl, hldrkiiitj, hlitrk painf ; woakaiio, ti ab., tli</i hart; pn'm-
Ird Jiis or /icr head iv'ttJi htiiik fitjurcs, a ceremony pi'rCoriiH'cl on boys
at tlie first shaving- of tiieir heads, or on girls at the bej^iuniiig of
])uberty. (Kai'mo, abot'ra a wadi mfe 4 a osekaii hkaa no ti da, se
woyi no, a.s. ababa boe bra ye a, wghyew odwumil na wode nc gya-
bin'w no asra ne ti so ayi no sam;1.) ,
I)isa, /•. /. to (is/i\ question, put a question to. ii. to inquire,
iiiii/iC inqiiir// (ihoiit, pr. lf)')2. o'O.S'o. kobisa(ne ho), to n.sk (uhicc of an
imaginary spirit. 3. b. .. mu, to hcor, e.rominc, interroijatc, sijn. pe
mu, po or i>epe mu; bisa no mu! cuamine him! i. to a-ilc for, to be(f,
o/ii. sere. 5. to nslcfor, core for: pr. 977. - Phr. obisa n'ase, a) lie aslcs
f ichdt descent or famdi/ he is; b) he tooos or courts her, asks or de-
res her in marriage; (diff. obisa no ase, he asks him for an expla-
ilion). — red. bisabisa; to inquire after, pr. 1686.
abisabisa, i'\ questioning, questions; cidechism; s. aseinmisa.
0-bi.sabis ji t"6, 2'^- ^"» o'^'^ ^^"'"J often asks or inquires for the
way, pr. 479.
abis a-u s ii-ti-am a-n sa, one who gives wine when asked for
inder\ oye ab. = oye odefo, ue yam' ye, he is liberal, generous,
l>o untiful, 7u un ifuent.
bisc, bisc-|»a, bi.sekyiiii, cola- fgoro-, guru-] nut, Sterculia
(iruminata; the tree bearing it; yr. 480.
bisetoro, spurious cola-nut; ef. suabise.
bisl, bisibisi, dark, gloomy, clouded; dim, discoloured;
osoro yeb., n'aniwa ye bb., sgn. kusu, kusukusu; ade no ani ye bb,,
the thing has not the proper colour that it ought to have, whether
dark or light.
bisibasa, confusion, disorder; confusedly, disorderly; oye
ue nneema b. ; gkeka asem no b., he states the case i)i a vague, illogical
manner J syn. basabasa, sakasaka, sesasesa; ef. abirenkyi.
obitaubibci, som>e (distinguished) mother's child; monnkobaw
ob. = onipa no, don't vex that person (who does not deserve to be
vilified)!
bitsi, F. = piti; to b. = to p. Mt. 15,32. Mk. 8,3.
bo, V. [red. bobo] to strike; to be in, or cause, a vigorous mo-
tion. 'J'his aj)parent primary idea of the c. has many ramifications.
We shall arranjre the ditferent sijrnifications and combinations with
nouns and other verbs (Gr. § "200 — 220) under the following heads
^1 — L with the continued numbers 1 — 10(J, and at the end review
in a synoptical manner the combinations with nouns of place and
relation (Gr. § IIS, 2. 3. 119).
A. To be in, or cause, vigorous or excessive motion:
1. to throb, palpitate: ne komam' bog no pa, his heart smote him.
1 Sam. 24,-5. — 2. to hecive, to rise and fall with alternate motions:
asorgkye bg, the waves rise and fall; epo bg asorgkye, the sea casis
up or raises billows. — 3. to break out, burst forth impetuously : asu
o->
abo, the river has overflowed its baiihs. — 4. to become loose: ue yam'
abo, his hoivcls are loose; ebebo ne yam, it will cause him diarrhoea.
— 5. to emit excessive heat: o\via bo, the sun shines vehemently, hums.
— 6". to hlotv vehementl//: mframa bo, the ivind blows; cf.lo. — tr.
to whirl up: mframa bo tutuw, the tvind raises, whirls up the dust. —
7. to start (up), startle: bo birim, pirim, piriw; (from fear) bo mpu-
iiimpu. toyarn. — 8. to rise or cause to rise in tumultuous disorder:
bo bum, to rise at once; tr. to make havoc; cf. 54; bo wi, t\vi, nyiii-
nyan, to alarm, to be alarmed or confused. — 9. to fall bacfc: bo
pemmo (i)do a sitting posture), dompemmo (of au army). — 40. to
ha.^ten: bg fvi i, pahkrari, aperoiiten. — 14. to move forivard tvith im-
pctuosilij cf- tumultuous rapiditij: bo kirididi, to run to and fro; bo
(kirrr) ko or by en.., to rush into; bg hyia or to a.., to rush
against; bg to w or gu.. so, to rush, fcdl, or come upon. — t2. to
rage: bg dam, gye, to run, go or be mad; to drive mad; s. dagye.
B. To emit a sound tltat sfriles ihrough the air (and malccs it
strike tlie organs of hearing):
13. to strike, ring (to sound bg percussion) : gdgn bo (paiin!), tlie clocJc
sfrilccs (hang!), the hell rings. — 14. to strike, bcfd, plag on, to cause
to sound bg beating (of musical, resounding instruments): bg dgh,
dawurum", donno, mma-mu, sanku, adakabeii. — 15. to roar: mframa
bg bil, the wind roars; cf. 6. — 16. bg mu, bom', /o erg (sgn. pae
mu, teetee mu, kekaw mu); bom' na onnyigye! erg aloud! to roar,
thunder: gyata bobom', a lion roars; Onyankopgn, gprannii, osu
bom', it thunders.
C. To increase bg an inward vigorous movement or process (to
i'uU size or maturity): 17. to grow big, large, ripe, esp. of edible
roots: ne nnegma (ode, bankye, koko, ntgmmg, nkate) abo, his
(plaided) things have grown large ; brgde no abo, those planiains are
well grown; n'abiirow abg (= anyinnyin na asow aba, aye akese-
akese, alioa, abere), Ids corn is fullg grown; gde abg, the gam is
ripe: emmge e, it is not get ripe; - tr. n'asase bg (=ba) aduaii, his
land giclds (produces) much food. — 18. to grow big, hcavg, old, esp.
of persons : abofra yi abg se gde, the child has become as stout as a gam ;
wabo duru, (a.) he has become hcavg with eating, has a loaded sto-
mach; (b.) she is big with chdd, pregnant; wabg apa, lie or she has
grown old; bg akora, akwakora, to become an old man; bg aberewa,
to become an old woman.
D. To grow or turn into: 19. to grotv or divide into: dua no
abg nta, the stem divides into ttco branches; abo nkorata anan, it has
got four branches. — 20. to grow or swell into: bg kukudu dii', to
bud ; abg lioronoa, it has become a blister, a blister or pimple has
arisen; abg dodonkii, it is puffed up. — fil. to turn info: abg abira,
it has turned out the reverse; bg no abira, now take the reverse.
E. To enter into close contact, to Join closely C^=striJce togetlier):
22. to agree, be in unison or concord: g-ne no bg, he is intimate, on
friendlg terms tcitJt him; wgbg = wgka, wgafa wgnho aygiiko. - -
23. bg mu, bom' (to strilce togetlier in tlie same place, Gr. § 214.
Mem. 2), to join, unite; to discharge itself into, pir.308i; to agree, be
ho^ 23
joined, laiited, reconciled, m(die friends; wgabom', ///rv/ Imvc become
reconciled; - cdua. kti.. bom', Id reconcile, mtdcc one; kiX or do
(fa)., bom', lo join, unile, conned, cont/xicl, compose, consolidfde;
(If., bo., mil, lit (ulmix, to join with: gdc nebo bo Kristofo imi,
he enlers into the commiinit/f of Christians; cf. bo asaf'o (11). —
.:*!. bo., so, to join, foil bock upon (ot'miUtcuy movements of parts
of an army): Asikfimafo de t\vit\Vi l)eb(jo Akyeue so. — ^'). bo so.
In fd ii/)on, to be eijitol, iir.'l'J'tJ; abrammu no bo so, the weii/hls (ire
e(/ii<d; c'bg so [)e, it is e.idclh/ at ike; to be level; r/. se so, tji so, teso;
Id be well joined, connected, jiimmed. — ^0. bg bo, lo adjoin^ lo
be double; cans. de.. bg bo, to double. — 27. to move in eomjntn//:
bg anan, to join the feet, i.e. to wtdk together; bg nsa, to join, the
honds, i.e. to eid toijether. — ^6'. bg ani, to fall in with th^e eneni/j
(face lo face), lo emjaije in bailie. — 29. bg aiiim', /(; have the fares
set opposite each other, s. mmgaiiim. — 30. bg bye, liyeban, fubye,
lo border upon, confine with e((ch other ; bg aiipam, lo be ni'ii/hboiirs. —
.■>'/. bg.. bo, lo slick or adhere to, be fastened on: nitiri bg akyeiie
ho, a skidl sticks on the dram, yr. IIIJ. nbeiic bg ue nsa ho, beads are
tied round his wrist; cans, de . . bg.. bo, to fasten, fie to. — 32. de.,
bg, to lie on: gde nhcne abg ne nsa, he has tied beads round his tvrist;
ode hania bg u'asen, he (jirds his loins wdh a rope. — 33. to f/ird,
l/irdlc, bind with a belt, sashd'c. gbg ueho so, he girds himself; wabg
(z^ wakyekye] ne yam' de resu, she has tied her bellij in wecpiny for
a dead }»crson. — 31. lo have tied on or round: ahene, beads, ijr.79.~);
ntoa, a carlritl;/e-bcll, pr.DSL — 3:j. bg.. so, to tie on a roof: bg
dan so, Id Ihtdch a house with palm-branches and (jrass tied lo the raf-
ters, =knrn dan so, de sare kekye so. — 3U. de.. b g . . ui u , to dip in:
gde asawa bg iino mu, Ite dips cotton in palm-oil; lo immerse: bg
(obi, nebo, ne kra) asii, to pterform a purifjimj, indiati)Kj tC- conse-
cratimj ceremontj; to baptize. ■ — 37. bg.. mu, to fasten to (by bea-
ting): wgbg no diiam' (pa, pam'), they fasten him to a log; bg {Ae .'.
bg) asenduam', to affix to lite cross; inagye asem no mabg me bo, =
mai'a mato meho so, I have taken the nudter upon my breast i.e. upon
myself, have t(dcen charge of d. — 38. de.. bg, to make lean against;
gde abofra bg nebo, he carries a child on, his arm so as to make it
lean against his chest ^^ gde no afam ne koko, oturu no; - to put to:
bg hamankcT no akgnkgn, = fa to wo kgn bo. — 39. to set before:
mede mebgg u'anim, I pointed it out to him, (in bis face), charged it
to him, upbraided him with it.
F. To remove, resort to a place or person:
■10. to change abode, remove to: mede makgbg Date, I have removed
(with my things) to Late, have taken my residence, have established,
settled myself at L. — 11. lo join, attach one's self lo <t person, famdy,
society: gbea yi ati ne kiinn nkyen (ako no, agyji no aware) de akg-
bg okum-foforo I'lkyen or bo, this ivoman has left her husband and
attached herself to (laken up her abode wdh) another; bg afe, to join
one's self to one's equals; bg abusCia, yr. 2054.3458; bg fekuw, asafo,
to join a society, company (cf 23. <S7.) — 42. to apply, take refuge
to: bg kyeame so, to call upon, ((ddress one's self to, the speaker or
reporter (of a king); woankgbg kyeame so a, wurenbu bene anim,
24 bo.
if jjou do not address the specdccr first, you wdl not he admitted to the
Jiinff; mede asem no makobo akyeame so se womina enkodu abeniti,
I have set the case before the speakers that theij mat/ hrinf/ it hrfarr
the ling's court. — bo bosom, to surrender or devote one's self with
all one's property to a fetish. — 43. to resort to a shelter or hidiny-
place: bo dofofi, bo nkokora. — 44. to desert, fall off, run away: bo ko.
G. To hreaJc, S2)oil; to ruin, destroy; to go to ruin, rush into de-
struction, perish; to sink, fall, fail:
45. to hreaJc, hnock out: wabo n'aniwa, he has knocked out his eye;
cf. tu; - n'aniwa abo, his eye has been knocked out, destroyed, his
eye-sight is lost; pr. 3395. — 46. to break (tr. & intr.); to crack; to
shatter, dash; red, to smash, be smashed; bo ahina, nwaw, to break
a pot, a snad, y-r. 3188. 557; ahina no abo, the pot is broken (in pieces
or only cracked); bo adwe mu, to crack p(dm-md-kernels, cf. abo-
bobe. — 41. to ruin, destroy : bo man, to ruin a toicn, people, nation;
syn. see, pr. 3005. omah bo, the toicn (people, nation) is going to ruin,
pr. 1995-98. 1371. — 48. bo bere (to break up the timei) to commit a
heinous act. — 49. bo tuo, to destroy one's self by a gun : wabo (neho)
tuo, he has sliot himself. — 50. to fall hack, relax: bo torn' to fall in,
sink, become hollow; n'ano abo atom', his mouth (and cjieeks) have
sunk, he is hollow-cheeked from old age and loss of teeth. — 51. to
fad, happen amiss, he marred: dote-d\viui a odii no abo no, pr.358.
H. To be removed, withheld from, lost to, taken from:
52. to fad, he lost to: n'ahenni abo no. Ids kingdom is lost to him, he
has lost his k.; n'aduaii abo no, he lacks food ; ntease abo no, he is
void of uudersianding ; Onyk. anuonyam abo yeii, we come short of.
miss the glory of God, Rom. 3,33. n'akatua remmo no, he will not
lose his reward, Mt. 10,43. ne gua abo no, he faded in trade; nam a
mekgto metgne no abo me, I suffered a co)isiderahle loss with the fish
I bought for s(de; emu sika fa abo me, Host hcdf the money invested
in the busi)iess; okye a moakye sika noyi, abo me, by your dividing
this money I have come off a loser. — 53. to be taken away from:
wabo nufu, he has been weaned (from the breast).
I. To strike, hit, smite; to sting, prick; to knock, heat d-c:
54. to strike, smite, beat, knock; to give, fetch or deal one a bloiv; obo
no (ade pr.439, aba, nsa, twere, kutruku), he heeds him (with some-
thing, stick, hand, knuckles, fist); ef. bo.. mmTi, bobg, boro, f\Ve, to
heat with many blows, to flog; cf. biram, guram;-mabg no pO, bum,
I have struck him severely; gbg no berepgw, bere wa, he apiplies to him
for help and protectio)i in a law-suit; - bg. . abo (cf. pa. . abo, siw..
abo), to stone, to beat, pelt or kill with stones; bg. . so, to heat upon
in order to compress; cf. abgso. — 55. to inflict: bg no sotgre, give
him a box on the car; gbg no fe, he inflicts on him a wound in the head;
wgboroo wgn bobgg wgn afe, they struck and wounded them. — 56. to
hit: otuo abg no, a gun has hit him, he has been shot (cf. 49) ; asem
no abg no, the rase has been decided against him, he has been found
or declared guilty ; ntonto bg no, the lot falls upon him; n'ani bog
uie so, his eye fell or hit on me, he glanced at me; cf. mmganim;
n'ani bog no so pe na oliufi no, at the first look he knew him; to
hcfnJl: oyare boo no, n sickness befell him, he fell sick. — 57. to sting:
odowa (kotokuroclu) abg me, a hec (wasp) has stung me. — iJS. bo..
iiiu, to prick, pKnctio'c: gbo ne pompg nui, ne mfa mu, he opens (by
;i puncture) tiis boil, cats open his ulcer eaxsed hg ii gninea-ivorm;
sgn. sa. — 5iJ. to cut asunder: bg abania, to cut the cliiiihcrs picvi-
ous to the cutting of the bush and preparing of tlie land for a phin-
tation. — (jO. to hammer: bg dade, to forge; ef. 8'J. &. tono; pr.S.'i'^V.
— (jl. to (trire into the groand : wabg no dua, lit. he has driven in
a piece of wood in order to produce a magic effect against him, i.e.
he has cursed him. — (J^. to counteract a movement, to stop: bg ano,
to prevent from advancing or spreading, to stop the onward progress;
to ward off, resist, sgn. waw ano, so ano, sorn'; pr. 3.3345. bg gyina,
to ^nuse a stand, to stop; bg.. to hg, to defer, delay, j^nt off, ad-
journ, postpone (a case) ; - bg sonsonku, to stand still, stop, stag,
pause, linger.
J. To give a pusli, to set in motion (other objects, or one's own
body, or single parts): 03. to j>ush a wag, ((side: bg.. to hg, s. 0^;
bg obi asem hye, to distort, misre])resent, garble another's ivord or
)U(dter\ woabg in'asem ahye (.yvV. fam'), ///. thou hast .s-^/v^r/i (attemp-
ted to push away) mg word and put (hidden) it somewhere (under
something) i.e. gou leant to put (i covering on mg word, represod it
onlg on one side. — 64. to drive (by striking) : bg kowa, to spin a
top. — 65. bg,. gu, to sp(mt, spirt: obonsu bg nsu gu soro. —
66. to drive or chase aicag: bg dgm gu, to defeat the enemy; bg..
fwete, pete, pansam, ampausam, to hurst out or dash into and
scatter, disperse (irdr.dtr.); to rout, discomfd. — 67. to set to (flight):
bg woho agua, het((ke thgsclf to flight! — 68. to sliakc, bend, boiv:
mframa bg dua no, the wind bends th(d tree; gbg ne ti ase, he bows
his head; gbg ne mu ase, he bends his back or body dotvnivard, bows
(himself down), stoo^JS. — 69. to move the hand: gbg no ba, he beckorts
him to come. — 70. to set in motion or emplog the organs of speech:
obg nekgn, he speaks through his throfd, Ps. 115,7; gbg ne fwene
kasa, lie spe((hs thnnigh his nose, snuffles; bg daw, to set thej((w in
motion by speaking, to converse, discourse, =ho semgde, bg likgm-
mg (78).
K. To idler sounds bg the human voice; to speak, talk.
71. to cough: bg waw. — 72. to wliistle: bg fwircraa. — 73. to smack
with the tongue: gbg no rikyekyewa, ntwom, he sneers, scoffs at him.
— 74. to laugh: bg seretoa, to smile; bg nserehyehye, to break out
into a laugh, to laugh out loudly. — 74a. to cry aloud; s. 16. bg mu,
bom'. — 75. to shout: bg ose, to give a shout, set up a war-cry; bg..
tutuw=huro, to shout (d, to deride or revile with shouts; bg .. homo,
to welcome with shouts. — 76. to tcail: bg bcna (bona), bg abubuw,
to lament, set up a lamentfdion; sgn. twa adwo. — 77. to make a
noise: bg nne, to clamour, vocifer(de, be quarrelsome. — 78. to dis-
course, converse: bg nkgmmg, bg semgde, to hold or carrg on a con-
rersidion; cf. bg kgh, bg daw, 70. — 7'J. to report, relate: bg kasee,
amanuee, to deliver a message; bg (no ho) nseku, to talk of, spe((k
ill (if. slander, detract, asperse. — 80. to pronounce, f. i. a sound or
26 hQ.
syllable in reading after the phonetic method or according to the
spelling; bg din, to name, mention, sjteaJc of or about; yr. 1640. 1776.
to pronounce the names i.e. tJie qualities of, to praise; si/n. karafo;
wobo no din-pa, - dim-mone, thetj praise, - tjlame or (tisf/race him ;
bo., mmran, to (jive an epithet; bo., nsabran, to pronounce the ho-
nourahte titles of; bo so, to speak out: asem a wode bae no, bo so
(=:ka)kyere me! to touch on, mention, allude to, speak of: wobg no
so = wgbo ne din ; wgahye mom se obiara mmmo so, they forbade
that any one should mention it; bg no mfi, state it in a comprehen-
sive manner, give the main pmnts, essentials. — 81. to utter, speak out:
bgmpae, to invoke, pray, address in prayer; to curse; wabg me bo-
som, he has cursed me by a fetish. — 8:^. to utter and address with
ivords of various purports: bg nkuro, to speak out a complaint, to
accuse; bg.. sobo, to blame, reproacli; bg . . kgkg, to warn; bg..
adafa, to jlatter, (dlure, entice. — 83. to pro/fer: de . . bg . . bo or abo,
to offer at a price for sale or as a prescid.
L. To make, procure, cause, practise dr.
SJ. to strike at, set one's hand to: bg ase, to strike the first blow,
bre(di- the yround, lay tJie foundation, beyin; cf. abgse, nungase; bg
so, to begin; to continue; cf. pa so, pern so. — 85. to create, give rise
to, originate; to institute, ordain from the beginning: Ouyankopgii bog
onipa, God created man. pr. 963-5. Onyk. ammg no sa, this has not
been ordained so by God from lite beginning. Onyk. bgg nna-mmere-
uson, God has made the ages (Heb. 1,2). ho aware, to institute matri-
mony: bg ado, to crcfde the things i.e. the world: IJdoniaiikama bgg
ade yi, since God has crerded tfte world; to found or estalilisli a king-
dom or dynasty: Asante bene a gbgg ade no de Konadu. — 86. to
crccde, m((ke, appoint ov nominate to an office: bg.. safoheue, to
mali'e or set up as a captain; syn. si. — 87. to make by uniting into:
bg asafo, to form into a company, associcdion, congregation ; cf. 23.
41. — 88. to bring together, assemble, arrange: bg gua, (to join seats?)
to sit together in council, to institute or liold a council; gbg no gua,
he convenes an assembly for him, on his account ; bg atwe, to insti-
tute a battue. — 8U. to make by beating: bg asgw, nkraute, to forge
a hoe, a sword ; cf. 00. pr. 3328. — 00. to form into b/dls or lumps:
bg dgkono, abodo, to form the dough for boiling or baking bread. —
91. to form, to sltajir into: bg kaliiri (kare), to make a pad; s. son-
kahiri; bg hahkare, dantabaii, kontohkron, mfamfia, to mafce, form,
or describe a hoop, ring, circle, circuit. — 92. to set up: bg apa, to
erect a scaffold; bg nsra, to pitch a camp, to encamp, also to be in
drilling. — 93. to make by removing obstacles : bg kwan (foforo),
to make a (new) way; bg kwan fita, to level, clear the way. — iJ-i. to
make by digging: bg da, amoa, nkg or nkgmoa, to dig a grave, a
pit, a cavity for 2>lanting yam; bg nkonon, to sink a sliaft. — 95. to
make by aggregtdion : bg kuw, to inafie a Iicap, lay or put to a fieap,
accumulate; bg dwetiri, togatJier, lay up a capital; bg kaw, to mcdce
or contract a debt. — 96. to bring togefJier and fasten : bg no boa,
make it np into a bundle; cf. 35. bg so; - bg tow, to form into a ball,
lump; to gather into a ball; bg pgw, to tie a knot; bg tirim' (pgw),
\^Q. 27
(o make a plan, to plan, project, dcsUjn, coutrice, devise; to nutJce a
imolufioH, resolve, malce up one's mind. — 97. to invent, fdtjrivdte,
forc/r. (a falselioocl, lie): wabg amil me, wabg ato me so, lie has im-
puti'dto tne, falsi l>/ rliitri/i'd me aifli ; cf. oboinafo. — ^(S'. to proiare Iji/
dl(/(/intf, uroopiiiif, fillintf in: bo fa, dote, hyirew, ntwoma, to di;/ out
earth, elay, white elatj, red orhre, vf. tu; bg akgtg, to dijf for rrali.s,
jr. 'J.J'J.oOj. S'j7. bg iisu, to sroop or draw water, cf. saw; bg I'lkyfiie,
to but/ sidt, whicli is tilled into sacks ( - - koto hkyenc; ebia wgbg
no bocl (U()) nti ua wgf'rcno sa). — V'J. to procure by enltiity and
/leelin;/ off: bg apam, to cut sticka for supporting the yam-plant; -
bg aduru, to peel or loosen bark from trees for medicine. — lUO. to
procure for one's self: bg (nnosoa-soafo, adwumayefo) pa, to hire or
enffntje (carriers, labourers) ; bg . . were, to secure one's (own) con-
fidence i.e. welfare or surcess; bg (obi lig) bosea, to borrow moueij
(from another). — 101. to procure ^ov &i\oi\\Q\': bg (obi) bosea, to
lend mone/i (to another); bg.. akgnhama, to oiaintain or support
fwdli food). — 10:3. to apply: bg . . bentoa, to apjd// a cluster', bg..
hyirew, to make strokes with white clay on a person's body; bg nto-
uto, to draw lots; bg aka, to try by ordeal. — 103. to cause, call
f)rth: bg mmusn, to cause, conjure, or do, mischief, pr.55.5. — 101. to
cause to, briny upon, strike or affect with: bg no mnnisu = ka 'mnsii
gu no so, ka ghene utam gn no so ; bg.. huaramg, to disappoint;
bo., dwonuo, to confound; F. to astonish, sur2Jrise; bg . . yare, to
cause a sickness to; bg.. ahohora, adapii, anyampa, to expose to dis-
yrace. dishonour, infamy. — 105. to exert: bg mmgden, to make stre-
nuous efforts; bg mmgforo, to make new efforts. — 100. to jierform,
commit, practise: bg . . bra, to lead one's life, form one's conduct, con-
duct one's self; bg krgn (krgno), to commit a theft or robbery, to rob;
bg ukyekwakyema, to behave proudly. — 107. to exercise or prac-
'ixe. . ayainsf, to treat with: gbg no so dwae, he treats him with in-
■'ilence, hauyhty contempt; gbg no kan (kane) or ayamghwene, he
IS illiberal or stingy towards him; gbg no atiriragden, lie treats him
cruelly, is harsh or cruel towards him.
J/. lOt!. bg with an inf. of a tr. v., to be easy to do] f. i. gdah
bg (:bo) si = wg asiye, a house is easily built; gdan mmo si = ye
osi-na, a house is not easily built; gdan boyg ana, na woresee me
dan yi? is a house so easdy made that you are spoiliny my house?
iilioiiia kyerew mmg kyerew, writiny (books) is not an easy thiny;
I'lhuuia mmg (:mmo) sua, to learn to read and write is not very easy.
This bg or bo seems to be the v. ba, to come, of which the 'a' is
elided before the g or o of the following inf.
N. Some phrases in F. (found in AW. Parker's books, ltS74-77).
10'.). bg adze: a) =^hq ade, to create the world (S5); b) = bg ase,
to beyin ((ii)\ c) = bg ase or fam', to strike or fidl to the y round, cf.
abg-de-ammg; to cotne to an end: amaudzehuu no ghkgbg adze da,
tliose torments wdl last for ever and ever; gya a gmbg adze, the cvcr-
lastiny fire, Mt.^5,41. d) bg . . mu adze, to bow down. — 110. bg.,
ham,Vo rebuke, ML 17,18. 20,31. ML 1,25. — HI. bg hfi = h6 dwiriw
or yeraw . ., to be (sore) amazed, ML 1^27. 6,51. 14,33. — 11:2. bg . .
28 bo — ol)0.
an()boba, = liye bo, bye ase, to 2^>'omise, Mt. 14,7. Mk. 14,11. — 113. bo
onose, = bom', di or ye uokoro, to ar/rcc, live in concord. — 111. bo
(ho) aprow, = t\va bo byia or kontonkron, to conquiss, <jo or he round
about, ML 3,6. :i3,l5. Mk. 1,28. — 115. bg wcrdam, = ye agyede, to
(jive (I ransom, Mt. 20,2H. Mk. 10,45,
0. (Retrospective.) bo in various coinbiuations with nouns of
place and relation:
ho: (bo abina bo, to knocJc a pot, 54.) - bo ho, to be double, cans.
to double, 2G ; bo . . ho, to stick, adhere to dtc. caus. to fasten, tie to,
31; to join to, 41. — aky i: (bo pou akyi, to Icnock at the door, 54.)
— mu: bo mma mu, dawuru mu, to sound dx. 14; bom', to cry,
roar, thunder, 10; to join, unite, agree, caus. to reconcile, to connect
d-c. 23; de.. bo., mu, to admix, join, 23 ; to dip in, 3(j; to fasten,
affix to, 37; bo., mu, to crack, break, 40; to prick, puncture, 58; to
hit into, s. botae. — ani: bo ani, to join face to face, rf. bare ani,
28. — anim: bo anim', to face, cf. mnioanim, pern anim, ;J!J ; de..
bo., anim, to set before, 2!J. — ano: bo ano, to stop the onward
pirogress, 02. — ase: bo ase, to begin, 84; bg. . ase, to bend or boio
doicn, 08. — so: (bo . . so, to beat iijwn, 54.) bo so, to begin, to con-
tinue, 84; to be fitting, equal, level, 25; bo., so, to gird, 33; to tie
on or to, to thatch, 35 ; to fall or glance iqion, 50 ; to apply to, 42 ;
to spcidc out, mention, 80.
I'. (Rdrosp.) bo followed by other verbs: gu, 05; bye, 03; gu,
byen, byia, ko, toa, tow, 11; gu, fwete, jtcte, pansam, 00; to ho,
02Ai3.
bo, V. to push, cast down; sgn. sflni; bu no fVve fani', cast him
down ! pr. 488.
bo, V. Ky. ;= boro, to beat, flog; to surpass.
bo, V. Ak. = bow, to grow weak, become intoxicided dc; to
make weak de. F. ne bo bo no, he is astonished. Mt. 7,28.
bo, c bo, 6-. bow, ebow.
0-1)0, promise; sgn. bohye, nhyease; bye., bg, to give a promise.
Ebo, name of a mouth, abt. September; s. gsram.
abo, hods: cf pompo, mpobia.
a bo, odi (no) ab., he server (him) as a hog at table &c. cf. gbOni.
o-ho, pounded ■tobaeco; cf. bgw.
e-bo, chest, breast, bosom; sgn. koko; de abofra bg.. bo, gye asem
bg.. bo, s. bg 38. 37.; stomach: ne bo fono or yerew no, he is qualm-
ish, queasy, inclined to vomit, affected with nausea, he feels disgust;
- the breast, hosom, as the seat of feelings, affections and passions,
the heart; courage: onni bo a gde ko, he has no courage to fight; -
disposition, temper, mood, passion, anger: ne bo nye, gye bo se, lie
is much given to anger, very passionate, cf. bobone. — I'lir. Ne bo
abu, he is out of breath; - ne bo da ne yam', he is confident, of good
cheer or courage, courageous; - ne bo advio, he is in a tranquil state
of mind, contents himself , is appeased, stdisfied, composed, content,
happy; pr.492. rf. abodwo: - ne bo afuw (me), he is angry (with
me); nebo afuw abg soro; - ne bo haw no, = gyare kunia, lie is
\
ebo — Iioa. 29
passionate; - ne bo ahuru, he is in a rnge; - ne bo atg, atg ne yam',
he is well content, Jiappi/, at ease, = ne koma ato no yam' 5 - no bo
atu, he is in consternation; ne bo wiriw no, F. he is f/reatli/ amazed,
Mk. 9,15. - ne bo avvu, a) he is not given to anger, not irasrifjie,
rin(liefirc,rerrngefi(I ; b) he is itisheartened, desponding, tistless, a/n(-
thetie; - ne bo ye duru, he is a hrave, v<diant man; oye gbarima,
oye nnam. — (jbere or otg or gto ne bo ase, he has pidienee, is })a-
lic)d, farbearing, indidgent, wads pidientig; - glioraii ne bo, he jtaffs
himself 1(2^; lie jirorolces him to anger (y) ; - wasi ne bo se g-ne no
beko, he iindertahes, dares, ventures, to fight leifh him; - gta ne bo,
he sets his heart at rest, composes his mind; - otvva ne bo tg neyam',
he aju^cases, stiUs, composes, consoles, comforts him, sets liim at ease
or at rest.
0-1(0, potter's chig; -
tu bo, to dig ap ctag for making pots; cf. anwemmo.
c-bo, pi. a-, a. piece or figure of brass or otber metal, a stone or
seed used for a weight; cf. abrammo, abofi, abofiinu; - in-ice, value
(perb. .-= gbo, stone, — in ancient times round perforated quartz-
stones served instead of money); egyina bo koro so, it is of equal
tudue; enni bo, pr. 1033; — ebo or nc bo ye den, ¥. no bo so, gso
bo, it is dear, cosflg, precious; neboye merew, it is cheap; cf. abo-
gdeii, aboomerew, brabo. — gbg (no) bo, he shows (him) the pirice,
sets or holds out, offers at a certain price; mise raepe akokg matg
a, ua wgde rebg me abo, when I said I songJd for fowls to hug, tliey
offered meplenig; pr. 3291. — wodi no bo, tliey make a bargain about
him or it.
0-bo, J)?, a-, stone; rod-; flint-stone, pr. 490; bullet, slug cut from
a bar of iron; abo, the marhs (cowries, eggs, leaves or other things)
in the pot of a fetish, s. ekoro. — bg, pa, or siw abo, to stone, to heat,
pelt, or fiill witJi stones. Pltr. anka bo anka, poma, all at once; - to
ho, to lag a het or wager, cf. kyia; gto no bo, lit. he puts a stone for
him; fie bets or wagers him; to me bo se gbekg 'ne ! will you bet me
tltat he will go to day? me ne wo gye akyinnye se obi beba 'ne, na
wuse 'dabi na gremma', na gba a, na meka se: to me bo e (= ka
kyere me se, meye gnokwafo) ! na wuse : wo bo ni! if I dispute witJi
you, whether some one will come to-day or not, and you say, he will
not come, — when lie comes, I say: pay me the wager (=^ testify to
my truthfulness) ! and you say: tJiere it is, you tvere rigid! - o, mato
wo bo, you arc rigid! = wo de worn', wo de abam' !
abo, abd, F. door, gate, Mt. 6,6.7,13. 28,3. cf abobow, aboano,
aboenyim.
al)0, = abad! a salutation to a stranger arriving; welcome! cf.
mabo, akwaba.
mbo! F. = mmo, mo, amo ! Mt. 35,31. 36,49.
boa, r. to lie, he p)rostrate, he stretched out ; cf. bea, bew, sam;
hhuaii pi boa abgnteh so, many sheep are lying in the street ; nyisa
banum prcko boa no so, five orpihans lie i.e. depend on him at once;
caus. with de or fa: fa boa bg! lay it there! medc mato hg, / have
30 boa — al)oadi.
laid if ihere. — fr. to jnif hi order: onye onipa a oboa n'ade yiye,
ommoa n'ade yiye, Jic does not Ire}) his ihings in order. — Phr. boa
ano, io Ja/i or hrinri tof/eiJier, i.e. fo gaihcr, coUeci, asscmUc. — red.
boaboa; boaboa neho, io maJce one's self ready, get read//.
h a, r.l. fo fie, fell a fie, he misfaken, he ivronrj ; fo err; i)r.416.17G9.
wommoa (kora), jioh do nof lie, if is frue! cf. ampa! - 2. fo do pur-
2~>osehi, fo feign = boapa; oboa yee, he did if designedlg (n'ani da ho
yiye na oyee); meboa maye, I shall do if purposely ; meboa na ine-
nkyere, I purposely do not show if; mammoa, I did not do it inten-
tionally.
boa, r. to help, assist: oboaa me mji moyee m'adwuma (or na
meyce m'ad\v.), =: oyee me adwuma abia, lie assisted (helped) me in
(doing) my irorl:
0-boa, inf. help, assistance. — mboa, F. heljh grace; cf. odom.
boa, stand, standing (place to stand in) for Lnntcrs waiting
e-boa, F. Akw. net. fishing-nef. = asau. If'^^' game.
boa, id. = atrii: asau bi a wgde hama aye.
boa, j)l. m-, bundle, parcel, pachage, packet; bribe, syn. adan-
mude, anadviode; - dimmoa, to receire bribes; wama no mmoa,
he has bribed him.
aboa, pi. m-, animal, beast, crecdure; in fables: aboa onipa, tJir
animal (called) man; a rude, ignorant, uncivilized man, pr. 1567- —
Phr. di.. aboa frequently used in verdicts, e.g. wukum no a, wndi
no aboa (=? wubu no aboa), if you had lilled him, you nould hare
deidf u-ith him as u-ifh a beast (you u-ould hare imposed upon his
quietness, treating him as a beast that does not complain) i. c. ycm
u-ould have lilled him innocently, undeservedly ; s. aboadi.
a. bo a, aboawa, 2>1- ni-, [dim.] smcdl animal, insect, worm.
aboal) ail, kind, sort or species of animed ; minnim n'ab., 1 do not
know what kind of animid if is.
oboa bo, = osebow, akwabo; a large loaf of boiled bread (wo-
boapa na wobgo no kokiiro sa).
abo-abo, a. [obo, red. pl.l stony ; ok wan no ye ab., the way is
stony. Prov. 13, 15.
boaboa, red. v., s. boa.
o-boaboafo, one who brings together; ob. ne hena? who will
collect or keep together the fatherless children?
boadfibi, m-, a large kind o^ locust, of a dusky colour; syn.
ntuntume; s. abebew.
a bo ad e, [oboa ade, or ebo-ade = abohyede] a thing or filings
2)romised by a vow or solemn promise as payment for help obtained;
thank-offering ; obosom ye nnama, na odi ab., if a fetish is powerful,
he receives thank-offerings, pr. 616. oma no (n')ab,, gye n'ab. mil no,
he pays him his vows. Ps. 22,26. 50,14. 61,9. 65,2.
obg ad ce, F, boadze, creator [nea obog adee, Gr. § 39, % b.=
aboadi, inf [di . . aboa] pr. 538. 972. 1813. [gdebgfo, gbgfo].
boadifo — boba. 31
boadit'o, 0)ie irJio rrrrires n hrihi' [d'x mmofi].
bo a (111 a in, footh-arhc, = adest'^ okckaw.
0-boatV), pL a-, helper, dssisftnif, toipimrier. Hi'tnlV), ]tr. u.
1)0 a To, (( hnnie.r <tf liis stdvd, waiting tor game; .s\ boa.
;i boa-l'i'il'ii, a name of the Jeopard (s.gsebo), usod in tlie bc'arin<;
of a king (also of an osnmanni) when lie is at meals.
1h);i uu I'll, ti hredlciuci out, cutaneous eruption, pnatules on the
abo-fuio, F. =^ abobow-ano. [hands or feet,
iiiboaaiiol'o, F. co)i<jre<jation.
bo ap a, r. fo do purpose} i/, intcntlona.Uy^withprcdcterminntion;
to feitfii, jircteud; oboapa yce, Jie did it on purpose; pr. r)58. cf. boa,?.
O-iioajiawfo, = oboayifo. fpr.1643.
boa pea, a kind of ape or luoulri/; cereopitJiecus? F. adope.
0-boasc, broom ("bound together below"); syn. ohuae, oprae.
boaseto, inf, = abotoase, patience, forbearance, endurance.
boasipOjV
o-boasoinafo, jj/. a-, (civil) commissary, ^'imrposeJy sent" (for
some special purpose).
a b 6 a t fa , (F.adgpP?) akindofr^j^r. which never climbstrees; tlie
f/orilhi? though feeding on fruits, it is said to be so fierce as to kill
twenty men at once^ ote se onipa na oye ticT: na sasabonsam de,
oye tontententen.
aboatsena, ^j?. m-, serpent, F. Mt. 7,10.
aboatwawn: obi nka no ab., obi nhawno, nobody stands in
his vay, throws any impediment in his way; odi won so a obi nkai no
ab., he rules over them without restraint.
oboa-yc, inf. a i)remeditated act; munnsusuw se gkg a me-
koo ho no ye me awerefiri, na eye me oboaye, do not tliinl; tlint I
u-ent there from for yet fulness, I went there designedly (mcboaa-pa na
m'ani daa ho na mekgo ho) ; adaka yi ye oboaye, this box is care-
fully made.
a 1)0 aw a, F.-ba, s. aboji; ramoawa-mmoawa, all sorts of insects
and animalculae, Mf. Gr.p.So.
o-boayifo [nea wgaboa ayi no] trustee, chosen for some special
imrjmsc; pal. committee, board of commissioners.
o-boayifoni, board officer.
boba, red. v., s. ba.
O-bob a, yrinding-stone. a stone of oval form by means of whicli
the negro-women grind the corn on a larger stone called wiyammo ;
boba, beba, F. = gbo. \_syn. wiyammoba.
a boba, pi. id., bullet, slug, square piece of lead or iron used as
shot; cf. gbo, korabo, adarebo.
l)Ol)a' [= baba], bobaw, pi. m-, mmobadua, dry sticJcs, twigs
or branches reaching to the thickness of an arm, brush-wood; wa-
nya ade anya ne mmoba, he has got every thing unto the very least,
= wanya ade ma abunkam so.
32 bobare — abobuw.
bo bare, boba-bobare, red. v., s. bare.
b b Ji y e ra f i , (bab. . .) httndlc of dn/ sfirls.
bo1)a3'enteii, j>o/e, pcrcli, stick (mmoba a cyan lio teuton),
o-bobe, i^/. a-, a species of ivihl cine growing in the woods.
bobesa [obobe nsa] = win, icitie.
0-b61)iri [aboa a obiri, aboa tuntum]. j^/. a-, a species of nnte-
lopc, of dark colour, called also e\Vi; cf. odabo.
0-b obiri, pi. a-, a bhick stone.
bobo, red.v. [s. bo, bobow], to heat or liiorlc repcfdedlij ; bobo
(nnua), to strike with the IteaJc, to peck; to cleave wood, pr. 77'). ■ —
to break, shatter (hkuku, pots); to crack, pr.161. - to destroy; mframa
bobo byeii, tlte iriiul breaks shipts, Fs. 4S,7. - to cut (adoto mii liama)
pr.546.6.j2. mekobobo afuw, 7 r/o to chop the stems and branches of
the bush which is cat to make way for a plantation, that all the wood
may be burned completely. Mabobo me nsa ano namakotg m'asase,
I did not let mif hands be idle, (lit. I employed, i.e. worked with, my
finyers) and have bought some land.
bobo, noisy crying, pr. 1158.
abobo = abobow ; As. = aserene.
bobo, quiet, silent, still, peaceable; phlcciuKdic, dull, sluggish;
G. bobokii; gye b. = oye komm, onka neho kora ; etgd. wode wo
won sa, etod. nso a oyare ma wgye sa.
abobo-fiiio, s. abobow.
abobgbe, [abe a nenhviea nye den na wobom' a eye yiye]. a
pcdm-nnt the shell of which may be easily cracked with the teeth.
abo 1)6-1) o: di ab., to bargain, barter, higgle, haggle: me ne wo
di ab. = meye ade memcl wo a, na woma me biribi niidi.
abobo-boa, 2>l- m-, the class of stinging insects (bee, wasp. . .).
ab61)a(lwe, a thorny climber; hama a eho nsoe-nsge; wgde
n'aba tow ware.
aboboc, (pi. m-V) a kind of beans; syn. dtvve.
boboi, inter}, of surprise; cf. boe.
bobofo, onipa b., a humble man; an indolent, inert man;
one who is to be piitied; suusum bgbgfo (Fantesong 13), spirit of hu-
mility or mercy; cf- mmoho.
eh 0-h b n e, projiensity to ancjer, cholcr, violent passion.
abobonim' = ofi no anim, the pilace before the entrance to a
dwelling.
aboboiiua [nea gbobg nnua], a bird of the size of a lark, feed-
ing on insects; tvood-pecker.
bobow, red. v., to imidup, roll. up (asawa, yarn, kete, ntama,
nhoma.,.); gwg bobg neho, the snake is coding itself up.
abobow, the wirkct or door in the fence of a negro-house, usu-
ally made of palm-branches, syn. berapae; entrance or gcdc of a
dwelling or complex of houses; complex of houses belonging to one
abobow — boe. 33
family, court, (outt-iiard : sqiKirc. qxarfcrs; dHcUnitj. (l{nm|)o al).
so kycu IJako do; Kwaw ne Of'oo Waiiyin to ab. Itakum'; Boal'o ah.
lioii alu'inti; ab. ne unipa a wote tako, na wowo opaiiyiii bako a.s.
banu; abgnten ne ininrgn ue unantam' na ekyekye ab. mu.)
aboho w-aiio, the space imracdiately before the door or (jnic;
tliresJiold.
ii bolx) w, = go, a kit],d of reed or nis// used for mats (n. go-
ki'te). Akyomfo tetevv ab. no okwaiimu na woakyckyc asoa akg noa
wnrckgtg I'lkyonc ho; ghg na wgdo ab. no si iikyonc lio \\g bedew
mil soa kg Akyom.
altO-dal»a i"i, 1. bar of lead or iro)i [adaban] from which .slugs
[abo] may be cut. — 2. Turkcy-rcd satin stripe.
.ibodain', 1. courage, spirit; self possession, composure; heart if,
dcfen)i/iic(f jtiirpose. firm resotiitioii ; ye no ab. (= ye no berew, mma
wo koma nntu ho), do it confidentli/; cf no bo da no yam'. — 2. name
of a dance.
0-boda info, jil. a-, madman, madwoman, insane person ; pr. 547.
o-bodaii, jj/. a-, care [gbo gdan, a house in a stone or rocH].
abodan-sein, tcords or doings of madness or of a madman.
abode, ^J?. id. [bg 85 ado] creature.
abode am m 6, bottle of thick Europ. glas.s [ade a ebg dade
[:= ef\ve ase] a, emmg, a tiling which, when it strikes or falls to the
ground, does not breal] ; sgn. tumpaii.
obodede, a full grown shark; ef. esg, fiirefiire.
abo dill, inf. [bg din] F. praise. Wo na abodin hhina ye wo
dea, all i)raise belongs (is dwc) to thee.
bydo, body body, soft, tender, fine, used of things mixed
with water, as mmgre, dough; cf. fekgfekg, nuihOmuhu.
a bo do', bread, baked bread of Indian corn; cf. dgkono, pano. -
to ab., to bake bread. - abodotofo, j^l- id-, baker.
o-bodym, j^Z. a-, dog; si/n. gkraman, gtwea.
bodom, jjZ. a-, a precious coral or bead; cf. bota, ahene.
liodommd, a weight of gold = 20 ntaku, jSYi dollars or
1) d 111 m fii, the half of the preceding. fackies, 11 s. 3 d.
bodua [aboa dua] s. ahiigya.
abodxVe, F. 3Ik. 15,15. 1 Tim. 6,10. s. next,
abodwo, abodwoee, inf. [bo dwo] inward rest, contenfed-
ness, content, contentment, satisfaction; peace of mind, equanimitij.
evenness of temper, imperturbcUion, tranquillitg, sedateness; pr. 3592.
pleasure, delight; n'abodwoee ba, a son according to his liking; enye
no abodwo, it displeases, vexes him; ebg nye wgh ab., theg do not
feel comfortable there; cf. ne bo ad wo; abotgyara, abotg.
abodwo-kyere, inf. longsufferiug [bo, dwo, & kye, to last].
boe! interj. yes! si/n. yiw.
boe! interj. of astonishment, on hearing or roceivingbad news,
or indicating pain.
3
34 aboe — abogyabo.i.
aboe, v.n. [s. bo 23] confluence, meeting or jti-ncf ion of two oi-
more streams; cf. abomma.
mboe, F. creation, = adebo.
boe, V. to begin; boe wo adwuraa ansa-na maba, begin thy
worlc before I come.
I) 6 oboe, red. v. 1. s. boe. — 2. to part in licaps. — 3. anim b.,
s. baebae.
aboedeii, aboeduru, aboemcrew, s. abogd., abood., abponi.
abo-eiiyim, F. before the door, witliout, ML 12,46. = abobonini.
hoewerevf, 2>l. a-, nail of a finger or toe; cf. awerew.
abofi, 1. weights heavier than they ought to be; wo abo yi ye
ab. ! cf. abofunu. 2. a tveight ov price in odd numbers, f.i. any num-
ber of cowries between 5, 10, 15, and 20.
O-bgfo, p?. a-, 1. messenger, ambassador ; cf. bo kasee, to deliver
a message. — 2. angel. — cf. osomafo.
O-bofo, i:»Z. a-, creator; cf. obgadee.
O-bofo, pi. a-, hunter, syn. gbommgfo ; j^r. 549-551. — di.. abofo,
= di.. yaw, to provide a bunter iviih food during his lonely stay
in the wood. pr. 549.
0-b6f6,iJZ. a-, spoiler, destroyer; miscMevous, in jurioits person,
miscreant [nea odi aboro]. yr. 552.553.
abofo [aboa fo] carcase of a beast; aboa a wawu da wuram';
syn. afo, abgka, funu.
abo-fono, inf. nausea, loathing, sickness of the stoma-ch^ pro-
pensity to vomit, pr. 1098.1099.
obofo-tseii, F. x)l. sl-, a regtdar hunter; s. ten 2.
abofra, j^?. m-, 1. child, boy, girl; young; ab. barima, hoy, lad;
ab. bea, girl, lass. — 2. servant, attendant; person subordincde or in-
ferior in rank: [F.abafra; gba, iorowa. = {ofoTO?]pr.841-.'J43.554-592.
o-bofu, the bark of a tree (as, gfo, gpanto) that can be used as
a cloth or sack; s. bofuunua.
bofua, biifua, ]. a kind of tree(?). 2. (ago b.), yelloio velvet;
yellow colour; asawa b., yelloiv yarn; cf. odubeii.
o-l)0-fiifUj tchitc marble.
abo-fuiiii, false (too light) tvei ghts, =^ aholmnw, abo a cmfra;
cf. ebo, abofi.
b f lin niia , pi. m-, 1. a tree of which bofu is taken ; Antiaris
saccidora Dalz. — 5. dua a wgatvra no porow asei'i ano, a pointed
2)iece of wood, taken from that tree, tied round with a string, used
as a charm to remove mischief (yi 'musu) or to curse (bg. . b.). —
3. menase b., the uvula in the throat.
abofuw, s. abufuw.
bogya, Ak. F. = mogya, 1. blood; syn. gkafo, danse. —
2. a person relcded by blood, kinsman, kinswoman, pr. 593-596.
abogy aboa [bogya aboa], pr. 2418.
abofjf.vabuiii — ybyiudCu. 35
;i I) li^y 'd b 11 m , stroJiCS iiftcr which hhxxl (juslics, plenfi/ of blood,
much hiood; s. bum, yr. U7.
a bo j^y a (1 ii;i , an cnlibh^ birri) rcscniblinf; clierrics ; the tree or
shnih producinj; it.
abojj-ya I'ra, hif. mc-neno di ab,, vc both (ire of the same blood.
aboiji:yc, tlw Joirer jaiv or j/(ic-J)0)ir.
a-bogycsg, heard, pr. 417. — bo_u;yoso-i)iU ii, ichiskers.
abogyetiri, the npper end (condyloid process) of the lower
jaw-bove, next to the ear.
ab ogy e vva, j>/. m-, one of the two rafters of a roof forming
tlic gable.
abogy c way a 11, abou abogye a woayi atoa ne yan so. I). As.
boll a, 7>/. m-, .■sheath, scabbard, case for a knife or sword; |)r.
[2847. 289.3.
o-bo-b c 111 ni a [lit. queen of stones] very hard white stone, quartz.
o-bo-heno i,i}l. a-, precious stone.
abo-horaii, inf. p>t'Ovocation to anger, syn. abufuwyi. Prov. 1.5,1.
abo-hiiru, inf. fury, rage, wrath; cf. abufnw.
boka, F. cast, eastward, leeward; = anafo.
aboka, pr. 1376.
aboka, carcase of a beast; spoiled meat; si/n. abofo; cf. bomu.
0-1)0 bye, inf. [hye bo] ^;mm/sc, vow, = hhyease.
a l> h y e a f , pr. 598. — a b o h y c d e , s. abo ade.
o-bo-liyeh, a white stone.
boko, bokoboko, soft (ntama, teuterehu, ne nsam ye b.);
tender, feeble, effeminate; syn. bete, merew; softly, yently, slowly,
comfortably, quietly: yeadwumano b.=berew ; gyina hob.=komm.
ab6ko,i>?. m-, a species oi wdd fowl; cf. akokokwantenni.
bokwaw, = sukraraan^
bom", = bo mu, s. bo, v. 10. 23. (36. 40. 5S.)
bom, V. to be quiet from fear, struck with fear, overawed, in-
timidated, terrified; osebo su a, mmoadoma nhinji bom; iikura ate
agyinamoa nka nti, woabgm; won nhina bommom (red.) == ehu
akcl won ma woaye komm. — F. to be depressed, dejected. Mt.26, 37.
e-b m", j;/. a-, a small pot in ivliich the p>alm-ivine distilling from
the tree is cauyht; ahinawa bi a ano kctewa-bi a wode sua abe;
pr. 599.946. cf. asahina; porow, v.
abom' [= abo mu], stony ground.
O-bomma, ^j?. a-, a long, but comparatively thin kind o( drum;
cf. akyene, atumpah.
al)0inma, j^^. m-, [nsu a ebebom'] tribtdary, tributary stream,
affluent, branch, pr. 3084.
o-bomafo, [bo 97] calumniator ; one who falsely imputes ill
deeds to another.
36 abomaiia — bonna.
ab m an a, pr. 1382.
abomfifi, desplcdblc person ; syn. ketewil, nea omfra, onni a-
nuonyam ; gye ab. = omfra f'wefvvcfwe; obu no ab., = obuno kakrii-
bi, ketewabi, obu no se omfra, he despises liim.
b m m (), pi. m-, a vabiablc clotli to cover a bed ; mpanyintam
bi a wode kata mpa so.
o-bommofo, pl.ti-.i Jninfer, sportsman; syn. obofo; pr. 600-608.
bommofo-adiia, a certain fruit, very red. //-j-
abomm oy ere: goru ab., s. adam, 2.
bom'moii, red. v., s. boiV.
bo mm oil, red. v., s. bon.
bom one, ]>]. m-, sfinJc-fish, a kind of dried fish hrouj^bt from
the coast for sale. [G.bomono, fr. Tw.niomono, rr//r, or bon, foslinJ:.^
bommonserewa, a kind of borofo-kcnte, q. r.
abommorowiisa, a shrub with edible fruits.
bo mote, a kind of beast resembling a beaver,
alxnnpurn wa [ebom p.], ;y/.m-, 1. a small round wooden box
to keep gold-dust in. — 2. a tree with its fruit resembling the pome-
bum tl, a kind of gun. [granate
I) m u , j>/. a- [aboa mfi] (( hilled heasf of chase, f/(nne ; s. abokii.
A b m in u bmvafre, F. nea wobo abubuw a wofre no.
boiV, V. fo call or cry after or to (from a distance); bon no!
cry after him!
boil, V. to crow; akokg b., tlie coeh erotes, 'pr. 363.1673.
bon, r. to imhie or penetrate, as leaven docs the dough, j9r.,?0^.'>;
to smell, emit an odorir or particular (yood or had) scent; to stink:
pr. 1518.3496. srade, anowatere bon no ho, he smells of ointment, In-
vcndcr-ivatcr; ne ho bon, he stinhs; pr. 315. 1388. 2427. wuram lio boii,
the hush there emits an offensive smell; oko no abon won fwcnem',
they are iveary of, disgusted with fn/htiin/.
bon, V. F. = boe, to begin.
o-boii, pi. a-, hole, hollow, cave, den of animals; cf. etu, tokuru,
amoa; pr. 215. 2359.
0-b o 11, 2^1- a-, vfde, ralley; bed of a river; oborihi'inu, valley vith-
oid W(der ; cf. osubon, oka.
I) 11 , 2^1- a-, ri}id, bark (of a tree, dua ho ab.) ; scales (of a fishj ;
cf. bono. — Phr. gmmog ho bon e, he has not even made a beyin-
abon', F. badness; s. bone. [niny of U.
abon a, Ak. = abon; cf. dwetebona.
bona, stoeh of a musket, ynnstock. s. tubonii, tuo.
bona, Ak. bo bena = tvva a(gya)d\vo, kenkan su-d\vom, to
recite the 2^iiffisc of a deceased 2Jerson, to wail, lament.
bon 11,1, m- : oto (mmea) mmonna. he attacks iromen by niyht
in order to ravish them. — o-bonnatofo [nea otoa mmea anadvio
pe se gfa won] a lascivious, lewd man. ravisher.
boiuiin — Jilxuisr. 37
Ixjiifim [aboa ufSin, haniim] venison, game.
bunc, a. had, evil, wicked; aboa-bone, a wdd, dantjeroKs ani-
mal ; asciii-nionc, a had i.e. hard, unkind word; coil, wicked deed;
had i.e. dif/icidt, daixjcrous palaver ; ir. :iS64-6. 25-18.
«j-b6nc, n. evil; sin, wickedness. [G. efon, esa.] iMayc bone, I
have done evd, I have sinned; odwen no komam bono, he meditidcs
evil in his lieart; fa me bone tiri me or kye me, forijive me mij sin(s).
— hoiu'-MWDsau, original sin, Kurtz § 108. — houc-ral'iri, F. ebon-
f'aiiri, bont'akye, forgivoicss of sins.
oboiic, j'l.a-, 1. = onipabone, a had, wicked nuui; iiiiij)a yi,
woye abone. — ^. = gkwased, a foolish man.
0-boiioro, pi. a-, id. 1.(0 2. — abonetbs(jni, wickedness; foolish
I ricks ; hlockif<h n ess, lit ough ilessness.
boiic'i'iw auc, boucwone, borewore, hagonet.
hoiibon, a kind of beads; s. abene.
o-boiii, pi. abofu, waiter, servant at table; cf. abo.
bouniay [oba a onni ayev] l. nngrafcfid; oye b., he is an-
grati'fid. — 2. ingratitude, u)igratefuhiess.
aboiii'in" [ade a ebo anim] diadem; cf. abotiri.
0-1)6 niu, a barren, unfruitful ivoman or hcust.
0-1)6 Ilk a, pl.-d-., gutter, gullg, furrow, channel, ravine formed
by water; cf. oboi'i, okii, osuka.
o-bouky, j>l. m-, lobster, craw-flsh, crag-fish.
bo Ilka ra, jjI. m-, travelling-basket, sgn. apakan; cf. dehkye-
denkye, gsako.
al)0iiky i-al)6iikyi, a. rough, uneven; okwan so ye ab., the
wag is rugged.
boniio, [boh, do, fdling in a gap?^ work done in leisure lime,
yr.2i'.i7. di b., to do work in short intervals between other work, to
work in leisure time: mekodi b. kakra wo m'afuwm', I will use the
little free time (between mg other work) for tvorking on mg plant(dion;
se manni b. mahkyerew wo na mise meretvveh akosi se menya bo
kwah kora de a, en'de ahka ebekye. — bonuodi, inf. — oboniio-
dwimia, incidental, occasional business; ad\vobaw-kri ye ob. —
bonuo-so, occasioncdlg, incidentcdlg.
a-bonsam', inf. [bo nsam'] clapping of (the) hands.
o-bonScim, ^^Z. a-, ra-, 1. wizard, sorcerer, witch, ^= obayifo. —
2. the devil conceived to be an evil spirit reigning over the spirits
of deceased wicked men; a donon; sunsiim bi a gkyere nuipa
nsemmone; ono ua ne mma ne abayifo, abosom ue asumah.
o-bonsamfo, i^?. a-, = obayifo.
abonsam-kiiro w^ hell, the jil ace or abode of the devil unA
of the spirits of the wicked placed under bis dominion; the abode
of evil spirits.
abo use, [oboh ase], ^fv/. m-, botto)n of a vulleg.
38 (o)l)ousu — bore.
(o)boiisu, icliale or other animal In the sea spoutimj ivatcr.
bonsu[w]a, a kind oi pot; s. ahina; a drinldny- vessel.
abontcii (F. abrontseu), jjL m-, street, the chief street passing
tbrough the midst of most negro-towns, [hron, ten = tenten.]
a b 11 1 e iii-f ci I'l , an esculent herb.
abon ten-nampaii, a house v/ith an open front towards the
street; s. odampah,
a b 11 1 e ii-k , strcct-firihting.
0-\)6ni6, ph a-, hoat; of. batadewa, ahyemma. okorow.
ab on to re, a small edible />-«/7,- the climber on which it grows,
bontori, a tree resembling the poplar.
buiitorOj F. [Eng.] hunting, ntama hatahata, of which Hags
are made.
abontowuku, a climber bearing edible fruits.
O-bon t u, a species of r/oat with long hair, very tame and care-
ful; pr.609.
abonua, pi. m-, axe, hatchet; sijn. atwapo; Onyankopon ab.,
thunder-bolt: a stone resembling a finger, said to fall from heaven
with the lightning and to enter the ground until it meets water be-
low and then returns; the thunder-stone, a bclcmnite (?).
o-bonuky erofo, name of a large drum, bomma. pr.513.
bouVvoiiia, bde, <j(dl. [bore, nwoma = nwene.]
a bo ode 11, dear)iess, liigh price; otoo no ab., he bowjht it dear;
cf. ne bo ye den. — aboodeii-bo, pi. -abo, precious stone.
abooduru, courage, courageousness, bravery; cf. neboye duru.
aboomerew, cheapness, loiv price; to ab., to buy cheap; cf.
ebo ye merew; abosiri, fowfow.
abo-pae, inf. the quarri/ing of stones, pr. 3593.
o-bopoii [aboa, pon] ^vZ. m-, alarge animal, as, esono, susono,
yoma, torom, bew, eko.
o-bo-poii, a stone table.
bor, i)Or, F. = bore, bore, boro.
a I) or a , pi. m-, a European or mulatto-io&man, s. aborgwa.
1) or ade-ky ena, a fine straw-mat.
aboraiikil, -kawa [boro, anka] =^ akutu. r^^^
abor-do, m-, F. = mmoroso, exceedingly, abundantly dr. Mt. 2^16.
bore, V. 1. to dig; h. de or de ase, to dig round about the yam;
F. bor dadze = funu fam', Mt. 25,18. — 2. to hollow, scoop, cid or
hew out, excavate; b. odasem', okorowm'; syn. tu mu. — 3. to search
out; waboi-e (abore abore) akufa adc no, he has found it out; - to
devise = tu n'adwenem agyina. Obore ne nsem hye, (= ompe se
odi nsem nhina wg guam') he buries his matters, keeps them to him-
self, keeps them secret, manages to hide them.
bore — l)()iX)l)()fo. .TJ
bore, v. to stir\ b. asu, to move about in the loatcr to swim;
cf. boro 2. — gbore no kiirum', he (listurhs, hurts his sore, no kurti
iniiKtrc, his sore rcinoiiis utidisinrbcd; pr. 1079, JSli- —
bore so, to he eiujiujed in combat or fujhtinij; ye-ne won roborc- so.
e-boro, venom^ of snakes or insects; odoa boo me; u'anom' bore
(nc bore) wo me nsam'; - j'oison at the point of arrows, pr. 37i'.
Ak. cborg.
e-boro, a kind of reiiomoxs snal-e, ^= gnaiika.
g-B re b ore, a name of God or of a mythical Deity ; cf. bore 2.
aborohude [ade a woabgre ahfi] invention.
bor(!seii [s6n a mmore worn'] a vessel in which douyh is
made or kept.
borowore, bonenwane, bayonet.
boro, V. Ak.bo, 1. to beat, sirihc, smite (nnipa, mmoa, with many
blows, (/. bo); pr. 011.762. osu b. dan so, the rain falls heavdij on
the house; h. dan mn, to bc<d the clay of which tlic floor of the house
is made; b. amu so, to beat (level) tlie (jround over a grave, pr. 612. —
b. asawa, osaw, to bad codon, a sponge of fibres; b. tarn, to stnoollie
washed clothes by beating them with a cudgel (aborobii); b. hiiasu,
/() brush off the dew from the grass and leaves in walking, pr. 25(>. —
2. to beat the ivater with hand and feet: b. asubgnten, po, to baUie
or swim in the river, in the sea; cf. bore asu. — 3. to beat, vanquisJi,
subdue, overcome, pr.3410. — 4. boro so, to sur2}ass, be more tfian,
be abundant; si/n. bu so, fe ho; wanya neho aboro so, he is abun-
dantly rich.
boro nsa, Ak. s. bow, v.
boro- or btiro- in compds. indicates that a thing is from En-
rope or of European origin; cf. aborgbe &c. oburoni, aborgwa.
e boro, Ak. = ebgre, poison, pr. 362.
Jiboro, injury, damage, detriment, Jiurt; malevolence, envy;-
pr. 613.874.901; ab. wg netirim'; qyh aboro = oyc gbofo, he is a
m<devolent or envious felloiv, f.i. in showing how to make a thing,
he does not say all. — di .. ab., to damage, do liarm, hurt; s. aborodi.
aboroba, ^jL m-, a smooth cylindricjnece of wood, serving in-
stead of a smothing-iron. [boro, aba.]
aborgbe, jjL m-, ananas, pine-apple, [borg, abe; it seems to
have been brought into the countiy by Europeans.] —
aborgbe-dua, ilie ananas-plant. — aborgbe-fuw, ananas p)lantution.
— aborgbe-mma, dim.
aborg-bei'i, pi. to.-, European hoi n, Erencli-liorn, trumpet.
g-borobiii, a by-name of the vulture, s. opete. [■'''• ^ben.
borgborg, borgborgborg, sweet, agreeable to taste (aduaba a
abere, aduah a nkyene wom').
a b 6 r g b 6 r g-s e m , a n ice, interesting, entertaining story ; aseni a
ennim a.s, obiuteeda na woankasa abg wotirim ka, a.s. ateteserabi.
boro boro: ohiani b., a really, miserably poor man.
40 oborode — oborgfotefo.
O-boro-de, -dee, iheplunialn; 1. the fruit or fruits; 2. the tree
(}>Z.a-; onam abrodem') =obrode-dua, jjZ. abrgde-nnua. Otwabrode,
he cuts the bunch without cutting the stem; odwow brode, he cuts
small clusters or hands (s. osiaw, pj. a-) of 4 to 8 single fruits from
the whole bunch (oduru, pi. a-). — Diff' l^inils: brode -fuferefu,
-fufu, -hemma, -kokowa, -kwadii; gbosim, agona-ne-toa, gyebum,
niiweretia (nny.), okgm-bekum-wo, mpantfi, nipemnia, gsoboaso.
0-brode-duru, a hunch of plantains, containing 5 to 8 hands
or rings of single fruits (betem, pi. va-).
g-b r gd c-d w c, brgdee-dwo, roasted pihndains, pr. 216.640. 641.
brgdcdiono, the husl- of the phtntain-frud, the ashes of
which mixed with palm-oil are made into soap. — brgde ho bono,
the fihrcs of the plantain-stcilk; s. baha, mposae.
b rgde-s c, pi. a-, 1. the stump of a 2>lanf(i/n-tree cut off, from
which new trees grow; 3. = the next.
g-b r g dew ii, pi. m-, the suclcers or shoots from the mother-plant,
plaids for transplanting. — brgdewd, Ak. s. gbosaw; cf. baha.
aboro-di, inf. action of one seekinci another's detriment; obi
rebeye wo yiye na obi akotiam'; woreye biribi a ebeye yiye, na obi
akgye ma anye yiye a. s. wakotwa iikontompo ama d(d<6de no afi
aborodOj F. = abordo, mmoroso. [wo nsa.
aborodg': 6t\v^ ab., he fei(/ns to he uiudAc to fifjlit, he deserts
(wantumi anko), j^r. 1460. — g-borgdoni, ^J?. a--fo, deserter.
g-borgdgma [borg, gdgma] the European fi;/ or fit/-tree.
borggfa, As. a u-eight of gold, = agyiratwefa; s. borgwo.
b or of ere, i>/. a-, a tropical fruit resembling a melon (fere),
the papaw, and the tree, Carica papaya ; pr. 642. 3265. —
brgfere-dua, the papaw-tree.
Borgfo, F. A-borgfo, pil. of 0-biironi; pr.644... gkasa borofo,
he SjJeaks a Eurojjeaii language.
borgfo-hn uin, paclc-tliread, twine, string, cord of 'European
manufacture.
borgfo-hoiiia, dressed (curried) lecdher from Europe.
bor ofo-kente, striped cotton, s. ntama.
borgfo-mako, a kind oi pepper.
bo rgfo-soiikorau, the tamarind and its fruit.
borgfo-nkatee, the bread-fruit- nut and its tree.
borgfom', in the manner, after the fashion of the Europeans.
borgfo-pe^ inf. gye br., he is (foolishly) fond of, or, seeks to
please, the European.
bo rg f s ii, a string of heads [fr. borgfo nsa auo, hotv the Eu-
ropeans have put it, or siaw?].
aborg fo-scm, words, manners, dealings of the Europeans.
g-borgfo-tct'o, one understanding and speaking a European
language, pr. 646.
boroliuiiiii' — l)usoii. 41
1)6 ro hann c [bSro, liaii, ado] <jl<(ss. D. As.
hurt) lie nc [bdro olu'in'| the Ktiropcdn (/uveniur of t\iv. l*jiig-
lish possessions on the Gold Coast.
l)6i"0-lio ma, boig-nhoma, j>a^;t'>-,- Zt'«///fr.
bor(\L>"0, boroko, brokobrokg, soft, wcaJc, fhihhif. fhicrid,
as witlicred leaves, blotting-pajjer; fcrhJc, e.}^. from intoxication or
seediness; nimorgkgnunorokgwat'o, effeminate, lCor.l>,V. 1). An.
abrokokokote, [akokg akora, obsc.'] a kind of heads; s. ahene.
aboro-kycw, a European hat; pr. :3S94.
o-burom, jo/. a-, a kind of lizard.
aboroina, -inO, pi. m-, a species of dove, wild ])i(jeon, tartlc-
doce; = mnioromrnorom(';, gyamhoho, gy'ahgho.
a 1) 1" g m , gto no ab., he laijs words (riddles) before him to make
liim guess; when he does not find the right answer, he abuses him
in most oft'ensive language referring to father & mother | wgto ab.,
niA yenkgto ab., — an immoral play.
bur 0111 ma [boron, dim.'] narroiv street, alley, lane.
b or 0111]) etc, bod., water-pox, cliickcn-pox (mpcte brafo neti).
a b r m p o, a kind of herb.
boron, j>?. m-, street, lane; cf. abgnteii, F. abrgntsen.
boron, copper wire, kgbere ntwee.
boro-iino, s. biiro. . .
aborgiioma, ^^/. m-, dove, domestic pi tjcon. [borg, anoma.]
g-brotea, s. opete.
borg-toa, cruet, pliial, vial, flask, flagon, bottle-
aborg to to, a certain shrub, perh, Strychnos niix-vomica, and
its seed, nux- vomica, poison-nut, vomica nut; wode sisi ghye, wgde
gyc ban.
aborgwa, abgra, European female (woman, lady); mulatto-
woman ; to distinguish the former from the latter, she is called
Abiirokyiri abgra. — aborgwa-ba, a clnld of a European motlter;
a European lady not yet grown.
borgwo, As. a weight of gold, = agyiratwe; s. borggfa.
aborgwoniiiia [borg, awonniia], lard brought />-om Europe.
abosain, cliff, crag, roch; chain, shelf, layer, ridge or ledge of
rock or stones; roclcy place. F. = abotah, Mk.4,5.
g-bosaw [boro, gsaw] a kind of sponge for washing; gbrgde
a wgadwow na emu dua a wgaboro a wgde guare no. Ak. brgdewa.
abgse [bg 84] inf. beginning, origin; minuim sa asem no ab.
trodo, I do not know the true etymology of that word; cf. mmgase,
mfiase, mfitiase, nhyease.
b 6 s c a, 2'1- m-, pebble.
bo sea, Ky. besea, loan of money; bob., to lend or borrow
money; pe b., to borrow money, ir.2935.:i937. uiabg no (mapeno)b.,
42 bosea-bo — abosoiikwa.
I have lent him money; mekobo b., I am going to I)orrow money;
makobo (no ho) b., mape b., I hare horruiced money (from him); bo
me b. dare dii, na wobo me a, mesom wo auo, lend me ten dollars,
then I shall serve you for it.
bosea-bo, a-bosea-pe, inf. lending or horroicing of money.
abo-seu, inf. hanging up of stones to avert a threatened event,
[pr. 3052.
abosi, inf. [si bo], hazardous enterprize, daring feat.
o-bosim, a kind of plantain, s. oborgde.
abosiri, a low or cheap price; maton mama no magye no ab.
bi, I sold it to him at a low price; cf. fow, fowfow, aboomerew.
aboso, F. most high; the Most High. Mk.5,7-
aboso, 1. girdle. — 2. (boso) batten, the movable har of a
loom, which strikes in or closes the threads of a woof (ade a gtama-
nwenefo de bg asawa no so ma epiw).
aboso-ba, club, cudgel. pr.GU. [bg 54, aba.]
abo-so-nhwi, moss growing on stones.
o-hostm, pi. a-, the moon; a month; syn. gsram'. Mt. 24,29.
o-bosom, 2>l- a-, tutelar or guardian spirit of a town or family;
imaginary spirits, subordinate to God, worshipped or consulted by
the negroes, generally called fetishes by the Europeans, though the
term fetish would better be restricted to asuman, charm, or, to
avoid confusion, not be used at ali. [The word is supposed to come
fr. obg &som(':'). Tete abosom no a mpanyimfo som wgn (a.s. wgde
nsa ne niiuah kogyaw won) no ye abo ara uko; ebi ye nnua, se
abe, odum, onyA; ebi ye siw n.a. ; ebi ye koro (i. koro) ; akgmfo
abosom de^ ewghg-wghg a, wobete se oyi se: mafa gbosom, na
oyi se: mafa gbosom.] — bg b., 1. to surrender one's self to a fetish
or patron spirit. — 2. to curse (another) by a fetish, s. bg 43. 81.
abosom, a potion drunk when in swearing an oath of alle-
giance or mutual fidelity; wgpam a, wgnom (or wodi) ho abosom; a
covenant made valid by such a potion; g-ne no wg abosom; s. nsu 4.
o-b S m-b li w, house or lodging of a fetish.
o-b 6 s m-a k c t e w, -tere, pi. a-, chameleon, pr. 021-023.
o-bosouifo, fetishman, syn. gkgmfo; onipa a gbosom wg no so
ne ue mu. pr. 624. 625.
O-b so mm a, [-ba], jv/. m-, fetish child; a child gotten by the
help of a fetish and therefore given to him.
boso m-m a ii [-bah] enclosure, enclosed space sacred to a fetish.
abosom-mg, inf. the calling upon or surrender to a fetish.
o-bosom-muw, s. gbosombuw.
abosompem-abosommagiia, the fetishes altogether.
o-b s m - p a n y i 11 , ^^/. a- m-, a chief or superior fetish.
o-b s m-p 11, pi. a-, a great, poiverful, mighty fetish.
abosoiVkwa, pi. m-, [gb. akoa] slave or servant of a fetish.
i
.iltosomic — ubotolu. 1."!
;i b s n-n e {pi. id.), a tliiny given or belonging to a fetish.
aboson-scin, fetish-religion, fetishism; fetish-matters.
a b 11 s n-s 6 ii, inf. the currying of the fetish.
aboson-soin, inf. fetish-scrcice, the u'orshij)ing of fetishes or
idols; idolatry, heathenism.
0-b s n s 111 u i, j^l- a- -^o, a ivorshiper of fetishes, a heathen.
aboson-si'i, the ivatcr in the 2>of (koro) belonging to a fetish.
bosoiiopo, bosorOpo, the great sea, ocean, pr. 380.6:20.3070.
bosO w: oyy b., he is melancholy. 130J1.
o-bosu, [e-bo\v, osu] dew; ob. gu, deiv falls; cf. mraosuwa.
bo t a, r. to m((rl; to incise, malcc an incision; wgakgbota onipa
(akyere) uo, to-day they have marked a man destined to be hilled;
gdc sekan abota no (ho) kakra, he has given him some incisions with
a knife; - to get a sight of, catch sight or a glimpse of: wo ani bota
no ho dabiara a, fa bisa no ma me, any day you get a sight of him,
ask him about it for me; n'ani ammota ho = wahhfi ho; obae, m'ani
ammota no, ichen he came, I did not see him at all.
bota, a yellow cored, the most costly of all, = kakawa; s. ahene.
botao, v.n. [bota] mark, target, butt; -watow or wabo b. no
mu, he has hit the mark or aim.
iibotafowa, i>?. m-, a chUd of one or tivo years, pr. 629.
o-b 6 tan, pi. a-, rock; obo a eterew' ho. Ez.;24,7.
abotar, F. = abotoase; nyiT ab. = to wo bo ase. Mt. 18,26.
j\b6tcii, the right or full sum, = abo a eye gkwan mu; the
principal sum; cf. akoteh; n'aboten kofuaa ahannu, ilic complete
sum amounted to 200 (heads of cowries),
g-botiri, = aboa ti. pr.632.
abotiri, tam. ab., to icrestlc. [G. fo abgtiri.]
abotiri, ^>?. m-, head-band, fdlct; diadem, croivn; ade biara a
wgde bg won ti.
abotisa, a tripjle croivn, as the pope's.
abotiteii, a high stately head-dress, turban; abotiri tenten, ab.
a enye ahuhu-tama bi na eye ntama-pa.
hqtq^pl. m-, sack, bag, bundle; syn. atwea. pr.832.
bo to, a powdered medicine in a small gourd; wgahuw (no)
b g to, s. potg. [b. agu ne f vvenem'.
ab oto, inf. [to (me) bo]: laying a bet or ivager; enam akyin-
nyegye mu na ab. no ba, na ete se nkyia.
abo-tg, inf. = abotgyam', ^jeacr, confidence, good cheer.
abotoase, inf. == hoaseto, p>atience, forbearance, endurance.
abo to, empty or blind nut or other fruit containing no kernel
or flesh in the shell or husk (brgde, nkate, ankye &c. aba a eye bono
iiko na aduai'i nnira'); gfil ye ab.
g-bgtgfo, pi. a-, nea odwensg kete so, toho pisses on his mat
[bg tow 9] cf. pgtgfo.
44 botohvihuw — bow.
botohiiliuw, sfc((i)i; b. <afiri. steam-en fjine; b. na ede owusi-
liyeh nam; wonoa biribi ua wubua so a, b. siusiaue mmiiaso no
ho gu fam'.
a b 1 k u r a , 2jI. m-, a kind of moMse, of a dark hue with light
stripes, living in the wood; st/n. odontwi.
boturo, Ak. wabg no b. = wabono obg a ebekum' no, ebema
wato, he sfyucJc him ivifh a dcadJij blow, he beat him so secercJy that
he must die from it.
bo tow, V. to abate, to decrease, relax, become less in vigour,
strength, heat &c. — tr. to abate, reduce, lessen, diminish, remit; -
rifwiren no abotow' = akagyaw, the flower has faded, withered; ne
kuru a etuu kokuro no, afei de ab. kakra, his sore that had become
lar(jc,has decreased; aduru no ab. yare no, or araa gyare no ab., the
medicine has f/iven a check to the sicJcness; nsu no ab., the water has
become I ulcewarm; wabotow, he is cast down, dejected, all his joy
and f/aiet// has left him, = neho afgm no; wgab. gko no, the/j have
suspended hostilities, made a truce; wgab. asem no ato hg, theij have
brouf/ht tlie palaver into an easier way anl have laid it aside for a
while (asem no, wonni no dennennennen na wodi no berew na \vg-
agya mu ato hg kakra).
bgtgwa, pd. m-, 1. small bag or saclc, pouch. — 3. a musical
instrument, bag-pipe? pr.633.
abotoyam", « /?/".• [bo tg yam'] peace of mind, jog, happnness;
satisfaction, contentment ; cf. abotg, abodwo.
abo-tu, inf. consternation; despondencg ; eye no ab. =: etu ne
bo, ema ne bo tu. — abotuseni, news of trouble or danger; report
causing fright or consternation.
botiirobodwo, lukewarm, tepid; nsu b.
bo-fi, As. />// all means, absolutelg, positivelg; with negation:
bij no means; niise, kgfa onipa no bera, bo-u na se wamma a (Akr.
na se eka, no biibi emma na ose gmma a), sah bera, / sag, fetch thai
man; but when he absolutelg refuses to come, then return.
bow, V. 1. to become tough (of clay in pottery). — 3. s. red.
bobgw.
b w, bundle of tobacco-leaves, commonly called ahead or hand
of tobacco.
bow, a charm (fetish) hidden in the ground: wasi or wahye
no b.=rgde suman bi akghye fam' ama obi; ebi ye kabere, cbi ye
sumanhunu bi ne aduru.
(j-bow, = omuuunkum, fog, mist; angpa bgw = angpa busu;
b. atg = gbosu agu.
bow, Ky. boro, to grow tveak, flag, slacJcen; tr. to make weak,
slack, flaccid, flabbg, flaggy; gpe nti lihaban hhina abow, on account
of the harmattan the leaves are all drooping; awia abow (== akisa)
hfwiren no, tlie sun has n-ithercd the flowers ; abe no abow, thtd palm
is no more as fresh as in the first three days after felling it. — bow
nsa, to become weaki.Q. intoxicated, to get drnidi, by driuking much
bowema — bra. 45
palm-wino, or any liquor or spirits^ s. asfibow. — no, ho abow no,
he isdisJicdrfened, d/sinnitrd, has lost all Joi/ and litjoiir; s. aliobow. -
cf. botow, rinobow, ahobow.
bowoma, F. =: boh worn a.
bowiTO w', j)]. a-, Ak. abowero, nnil of a fingor or too; rhov,
clutch, pounce, taJon; s//n. werew.
boworcwua, a disccisc which spoils and blackons tlui nails
of the fingers.
aboVvi, aboVviiw, conirihution, indemnification for ex]»finsos
of war, paid by the defeated party; ra)ts<»ii paid by the contjucred
chief to redeem his people that thoy might not be made prisoners
or slaves. — Ye-ne Asautefo wiee ko no, wgma ycbgo sohkahiri
ansa-na wogyee yea ab. (sika, hkoa, aguade n. a.), when our war
with the Asantcs was over, they made vs serve them and then im-
posed on us a coidrihution (in monci), slaves, goods); woabo no soh-
kahiri ama ab., tltey have submitted to his rule and have given (the
conqueror) monri/ and men in tolicn of their suljmission; ycgye mo
ab. ansa-na yeakg; Asantefo de ab. na ekyekyeree woh kiirow. —
Meyi wo abowuw =-. mebg wo, / slttdl release thee with a stroke (in
plays of children: mmofra goru na nea odi ne yohko so no yi nea
wantumi no a ope se ogyae no ab., enese gbo no).
aboya, aboyea, Ak. s. abeya, asahka, ayawci. F^ Mt. 14,8.
iiboyalb, F. = keka, Mt.8,2S. Mk.1,13. [Mh.6,26.
aboyam", 1. girdle round the tvaist. F. Mt.S,4. Mk.1,6. —
2. (efeh bi, a newly framed word) = nea ebg yam'; wuhii a, na wo
yam' abg, wo kgh do no, wo ani sg no dodo.
bo-yerew, inf. = abofono, sickness of the stomach.
bra, bara, v. 1. to make, enact a law or laws, to order irith
authoriig. to lag an injunction upon, to command, esp. to forbid, pro-
hibit; mpanyimfo kg apam akgbra ade, the elders have assembled
to enact or make laws; mabra no, I have interdicted him; bra no
ne ara se ohhkosi ntew bio, forbid him this verg dag any more
to join in that pAag (ntew-si) again; - to fix (by law) the value of:
wgabra dare ma aba mmah 75. — 2. to settle: matu mabebra ha,
I have removed and taken np mg abode here. — 5. to come (i.e. to
be born) again into this tcorld: owui wg ha na wakgbra (wg) Nkrah,
he died here and has come again at Akra. — 4. to become habitual :
asabow, atoro abra no, drunkenness, felling lies has become habitual
to him, =^ eye ne bra, it is his habit or nature, he is addicted to..;
n'agya nneyee abra no, his father's manners have become his, he
takes after his father. — 5. to deceive, = twa hkontompo, pr.l225.
wabra me = wasisi mo, wadada me. — G. bra., mu, to tcithhold or
kecji back, to hide or conceal something in speaking, to dissemble,
dissimulate: gbraa me asem no mu, he did not fell me the ivliole
truth: yebra no kasam', we disguise our speech before him; woka
asem no ara p«j a, bra mu, ivlien gou relate the case, do not sag all;
gkyeree me kwah no, wabra me mu, when lie shotved me the way,
he misled me; cf. mmrabram'.
46 obra — brakyew
0-1)1* a, (inf.) 1. the comhKj Into this world, the state of cxistenec
or life in this worJd; obra a wowoo me too mu yi, the life into irhieh
I have been liorn; mesore bra yim', I shall depaH this life; obra
akyi wg amane, in after-life more trouble is met tcith than in child-
hood; or, in future days trouble may befall you; meboo obra, men-
nom bi da, as long as I live, I never dranlc any. — 2. manner of
life, conversation, behaviour, conduct; pr. 409. 634.635. obra a eho
nni dem or akasaye, blameless behavtour; bg bra, to behave, con-
duct, to bear or carry one's self; bg bra-pa, to behave well; bg bra-
bone, to behave ill ; gmpe bra f'oforo ming, he shall see?:, to lead a
new life, shall alter his conduct; n'aso awu nti, wgapo ne bra ama
no = wgato no kwan, wonni n'asem akyi bio, they have left him
to himself (nobody exhorts him any more). — 5. the nature i.e. the
metises or monthly conrses of women, euph. asabu; ye b. (bu nsa, kg
afikyiri), to menstruate, to have the monthly floiv or discharge, cf.
bu 5 c. (wobeye b., a nasty abuse). — bra-agoru, a ceremony
performed witli a girl having attained to puberty. — bra-tam =
afikyikg-tam, asabu-tam.
abra, falsehood, fraud, deceit. i)r. 1024. 1025. 2327.2475. syn. nna-
braba, nkgnkgusa, nkontompo.
abra, a kind oi monkey; sareso akyeneboa bi.
mbra, F. = mmara.
bra, s. bena.
bra-ban, manner of behaviour, conduct; ne sa b. nye me fe.
bra bo, [bra, v. 1., ebo], set price or rate; fixed amourd of
fees, fines, indemnities &c. Oman ne hemfoforo no t\vit\va nnewa
fihina bo b., the elders and the new Icing set rates on, fix the price of,
every thing.
abra-bo, inf. [bgbra] life in this tvorld, in: 3060; way, Y.Ps.67,2.
conduct, behaviour.
o-brabralo, pi. a-, a deceitful, fraudulent, person; syn. okon-
tomponi, okghkgnsafo.
bra da, enticement, persuasion, temp)tfdion. — to b., to deceive
by sweet words, to entice, perstictde, talk over; wgto no b. = wgde
nsem dede dada no na wanya amane. — bradam', F, by craft,
Mk. 14,1. — brada-to, inf. enticing drc. ; cf. semmrada.
abrada, F. s. abranna.
0-b r a fo, i^L a-, executioner, hangman; pr. 636. forerunner; a by-
name of the bird apatipere.
o-br afo, jjL brafo, a tvoman thcd Jias her monthly courses.
braka, round-about icay, by-way, side-way; (merekg no, men-
nam te na) mekobuu b. na mede mekofii akura hg, I came to the
village by a round-about way; wabu br. akgfa m'akyi, by a side-
way he came in my back; wobebu yen ho b., they ivill go round to
attack lis from behind.
b r a-k yew: obu br., his conduct is crooked, i^erverse, dishonest.
bram — bil. 41
brum (baram) v. [red. brammram] : J.h... lio, fo overlai/:
wgile sika abram atoa no ti lio, the hundle of the sword is ovcrhiid
H'lth (/old; to s/iiif HP, close, secinr, fasten, stop: brain paiikran no
bo hhina liyia, nudcc the cask water-tUjld all round. — ^. b... auo,
to secure, shut or lock up; fo seal np; bram nnipa no ilno na wgan-
nya okwafi amfi adi, slint up or confine those peoj/le fh/d fhei/ cannot
come Old ; fa nnadewa bram adaka yi ano, tia'd this l)Ox tip; b. pon
no ano i'a nnadewa bobom', secure this door with nails. — 3. b. . .
so, to orerwhelin ^^ kata so, buhkam so; dom yi abrirslm' [akata]
yen so, f/ie enemies overwhelm ns, are more than. we.
bram' = bra mu, s. bra, v. G.
b r a m m r a ni" , red. v. bram.
brammram: n'ano ye b. = birebire, he is a habbler, talker,
tattler, readi/ to spctdc erd thin<js. — o-brammraml'o, 2'^- ^-i onipa a
ne tokrema yaw bebrc, u'ani ye den; sj/n. okasafo.
Q-brammiri [obrah, biri] id. a-, 1. obran tiintum, a black,
strong man. — 2. gye ab., he is a wrathful man; abnfuw ye gb. or
ab., wratli can mcikc a man commit things tvhich othertvise he woidd
never do.
abrammo [bram'abo] weight, ivcighfs; gkari ne sika wg m'ab.
so, he tveighs his gold tvith my weights. — abrammo-kwaumu, true
g-braii, s. gberah. [tveights.
a-branna', F. abradil, pi. m-, sail [G. abena]; si ab., to set a
sail; scrcento keep off the rays of the sun; gallery, veranda, covered
by the sloping roof of the main building [G. ablana] ; portico, piazza,
covered tvcdk, corridor, pillared hall, colonnade, ]ieristglc.
abraiisem, abraiiso, abrante, -wa, -kwa, s. aber. . .
brapa, [gbra pa] F. virtues; s. gbra 2.
brasiam^ s. gkgre. — bra-tam, s. gbra 5.
braw, a-, s. beraw, a-,
bre... bre... s. bere... here...
mbre, F., = nea, where, senea, as, how.
abrebo, F. = abrabg.
abrebretam, F. soft raiment, Mt. 11,8.
mbrehoadze, F. = ahoberease.
iribrew, F. = 'merew, weak; weakness.
brcmba, brempon, F. =^ gbarima, obirempgn.
abrentse, F. = aberante.
bri... s. biri...
bro... bro... s. borg... boro... buro...
bru. .'• s. buru . . .
bru, a. blue, (cf. akase, bibiri, hoa, tuntum)!;
n. queen's blue, indigo blue; blue starch.
bu, V. {}-ed. bubu] A. to bend, fold; B. to crack, break, cid &c.
A. 1. tr. to bend, crook, curve; intr. to bend, crook, be curved;
syn. kyea, koa, kontoii ; - epo abu dgnngn, abu kg asase no mu,
the sea has formed a bay; bu braka, to take a round-ahovi tvay. —
48
bu.
2. to bend, fold: bu an o, to seam, hem a cloth ; bu duku no ano ! —
bu. . to bo, to douhle, ])r. 653. — bu. . due so, (to bend and lay
over,) to double. — bu.. bo ho abiesa, fold it thrice. — 3. to make
by bending, to manufacture: bu kotoku (pr.7(J8), kyew, nipaboa,
ntoa, to make a bag, hat, sandals, a cartridge-box. — 4. to make by
bending or turning one's own body: bu atiri, to turn or cut a som-
erset. — 5. to bend, more or direct parts of the body: a) h n nkgm-
pow, to bend or turn the necl; to look round, about or bach: obu
nk. f\ve n'akyi, lie loohs bach; obu nk. twe won nhina, lie loohs round
about on them all. — b) bu. . ani, to ivi)di at; obu no ani, lie winks
at him (gives him a hint by a motion of the eyelids); - obu no ani-
kyew, he casts squint i.e. evil looks cd him; - obu n'ani, n'aniwa,
he shuts and oj^ens his eyes, ivinks, twinkles, blinks, cf. aniwabubu;
— obu n'ani gu (n'asoodeii) so, he tvinks at, overlooks (his disobedi-
ence). Acts 17,30. — c) bu nsa, orig. to bend the fingers in counting
the (six) days during which a menstruant woman is not allowed to
enter or sleep in her regular dwelling; cuph. = ye bra, to menstru-
ate. — d) bu ntwer, F. to bow the knee, Mt. 27,29.
B. 6. to bend a thing so as to occasion a Haw in it, but not en-
tirely to break it; to crack; cf. bukaw. — ~. to break (by bending,
f.i. aba, dua, dorape, Joh. 19,36. cf. bo ')0): mabu poma no, / liave
broken the stick; intr. poma no abu, the stick is broken; - bu.. mu,
to break in two; s. 29 c. — 8. to break down, demolish (odan, cf. bu-
ruw^ dwiriw); jntr. to break down, tumble down, fall to ruin: odan
no abu. — !). to brefdc off (ahurow, the ears of Indian corn), to reap.
— 10. to cut off: obubu n'awcrew, he pctirs (off) his nails ; — to rid
the hair: obu n'anim = oyiyi ne nhwi ano; obu n'atiko, = oyi n'a-
tiko nhwi ano. — 11. to cut or hew down, to fell (trees): bu kwae
= dgw, to cut the bush, pr.652. meko kwaem' makobu nnua, I will
go into the wood to fell trees. — 12. bu mu, to bre<dc or cut in the
middle, to cutoff: bu.. mmerem', rt)obu ne nimerem' = wasi so [ore-
nyin na onnya hwiee nyiii] na wapatuw awu, lie dies a premature,
untimely death, is cid off in the 2^)'iinc of his life; - b) wabu n6
ramere (a gdebewo)mu = nemmereatwam', shcisjxist age. Heb. 11,11.
— e) bu nna mu, s. abiinnam.
C. 13. hx\.. so, to brcfdc off the end or poird, to blunt (opp.
sen ano), pr.994. — 14. bu.. so, to break, transgress^ disobey (a law.,
command, order, injunction); obu n'asem so = onnyina n'asem so,
he bre(diS his (own) word, docs not keep his 2)vomise; obu ne na asem
so, he disobeys (acts against) his mother's word. — 15. bu.. so, to
go beyond, surpass: ebu n'abasa so, it goes beyond his i^ower or abi-
lity ; adwuma y i abu me nsa so, this tvork is too much for my strength.;
edom no bu yen so, the enemy is stronger than toe are; syn. kyeii,
bunkam; cf. bramso. — 16. bu so, to run over, overflow: wafwie
nsu agu mu ma abu so, he has poured water into it so that it has run
or flown over; Ps. 23,-'); .\ijn. boro so, fe ho. - — 17. bu so, to be abun-
dant, jilodifid, frequent, often met with, common; mama nhoma no
abu so, I have made that book common, caused it to be in the hands
of many: cf. ka. — 18. bu so, to be common, unclean', nni noa abu
so. do not cat unclean tilings. Acta 10,14.
bii^ 49
1). 1'J. To break out or f'ovtii: ohii I'.ui won so, he hro/.e fnrlh
upon iliem. — ^^0. to end or turn out txuJIji: n'asem abu, liis nuillcr
(lid not come to a <jood end, lias turned out badlt/. — 31. to bvftdi:
■.\h\\ abu no, Ht. a brealdnij liasbroken upon him, i.e. a great eataniit//
lias befallen h'nn. — 23. to fad, fall short, fall off in respect to vigour,
activity i^c. bo bu, to (fet'oid of breath; no bo abu, he is out of breath
(,s\ ebo)^^ no liouie atc^v no; n'ani bu, lit. his e//e breaks, i.e. fie is
vear// of waiting longer; wotVvc obi Uwan na oniina a, na wo ani
bu =: eye %vo abomctew.
J'J. 3o. To count (orig. by bending tbc fingers, cf. 5 c) bu nsa),
to reckon, compute, calculate. - bu akonta,, to cast up an account;
to ciplter; g-ne no bu ak., he reckons with him, Mt. 18,23.34. bulio ak.,
to necnunt for. - bu ano, to cast vj), sum tip in a total; bu.. fra
(inu), gu.. so, byc..niu, ka.. bo, si.. so, tia, to reckon among, to add
to (cf. kan.. fra) : bu yi fi'a (bye) akonta no mu, gu ak. no so, ka ak. no
bo, tia ak. no, add this to the account; bu sika no si so na yenfwe,
adil the moncg to the former sum and let us see (wbat tbe amount
will be); obu n'aka-foforo si dedaw so, he calculates his new debts
and adds them to the old ones. — 3i. bu a k ape re, to balance an
account, counterbalance a debt: obu me ak., he adjusts his account
due to me b// a contra-account (cf. butew) or bg shifting off pagmcnt
to anotficr person indebted to liim. — 25. bu tew, to neutralize or
cancel a delA by balancing against if an equal amount owed by tbe
creditor: medewoka, wonso wodeme bi, namayemmu ntew! wode
me dare 10, me nso mede wo d. 4, enti mebu dare 4 yi matew, na
yi dare 6 a aka no ma me!
T\ 2G. To account (one) for, consider, think, deem, judge (one
able, capable, apt, fit), acknoiclcdge as; to estimate, esteem, respect,
honour, pr. G.51.(J54.G.55. obu no kese, he holds him in great esteem;
mimnni no fwe, / do not respect him at all; — bu.. abomfia, to de-
spise, s. ab. — bu. . animtia, to despise, disregard, hold in contempt;
cf. tiatia.. anim,
G. To observe, pay attention to, regard witfi care; cf. buw.
27. bu.. bra = bo ..bra, to behave, conduct, bear or carrg one's
self; bu brakyew, s. brakyew. — 28. bu man, to observe the so-
cial or civil duties: obn man pa, he comports (himself) well Kith
his felloiv-citizens, behaves, demeans, or carries himself well in this
town, is sociable; fie rules (or manages the affairs of) the town well;
he labours for the ivelfare of the towns-people; obu mam-mone se
biribi, lie is cxtremelg unsociable; ye-ne no mmu man yi = ntra
man yi mu, we can no longer live together with him; ye-ne nipa yi
bu man yi, tee live peaceably together, are on friendly terms; cf.
amammii, amammni. — bu man kwanmu a wompam', F. to admin-
ister judgment impartially.
H. 20. To decide, judge, xnonoiince judgment: ajhw.. bem,
to pronounce sentence in favour of ii person in a law-suit, to acquit
of an accusation; atemmufo (asennifo) abu no bem, the judges fiare
acquitted him.- — b) bu . . i'o, to give (bring in) a verdict, pass sentence
against a person, to pronounce guilty, condemn; wgabu no kum fo,
they have sentenced him to be hilled. — c) b u . . n te n o>' ate n , to
4
50 bu — l)ubu.
judge, to decide a rase, to give, i^nss or pronomice sentence or judg-
ment on (upon) or against: wgabu no nea gyee no so nteh, they have
jJassed sentence against him for what he did. — d) bn mu . to bring
to a decision, do auag with (a case); wgde aseni no aliye duam'
abu mil = vvode abere m])anyinifo na wgawip, asem no di, woabu
fg ne bem (etg-dabi-a wgde dua live dua ntani' bu mu). — e) bu..
nterikyewj to judge unrighteousJi/, to pass an unjust sentence,
to prrreii judgment ; - bu.. a n an ate n, to pronounce an unfair,
2)artiid judgment, to jtuJgc jxirficdtg. — bu Asante-ten, jn-. 740.
J. SO. bu be, to spca/:, utter, use a proverb, to make a proverb;
de bu be, to turn into a proverb. pr.dO. 056. 681. 1361. 1767.
J. HI. bu, Ak. = buw.
1)U in combination with nouns of pbice and relation:
bu.. mu, s. 7. 12. 29 c) — [bu aiii, .] b), - bu anim, 1()~] — bu ano,
2. 23. — bu so, 13-18.
I)U followed by other verbs: bu.. bg ho, due so, to lio, s. 2;
gu so, .5 b); fra, gu so, hye mu, ka ho, si so, tia, 23; tew, 25.
ah u, fall, ruin, overwhelming calamitg, disaster, great misfor-
tune ; cf. asiane ; - abu abu no, a ccdamitii has bcf(dJen him (s. ha 21),
e.s. bone a waye aye a.s. nea ope se gde ye ne yghko no asaii abe-
fwe naiikasa so; - ma abu mmu no I /('/ disaster or rtdn befall him,
i.e. mo)/ mischief come upon him!
h\\ bu, = p\, plentg, ((bundanll//: gsesaw" (nsu, nsa, nkyene,
nno) no bu bu.
bucl, V. [red. buabna] 1. to cover, to shut, close, esp. with so;
b. dan (so), to put a roof on or thfdch a hou.se; bua adaka no so,
close that bo.r; bua aduan no so, cover that food; cf. kata so, mua,
liini ; mniuatama; op}), bue, hie. — 2. bua da, lit. to cover (soil,
the food) and sleep, i.e. to fast, to go to bed without having eaten.
pr.211. — 3. to come down upon: ne'musu abua n'atifi", his mischief
has fallen on his own head. — 4. to grow tliicli, bushy, luxuriantly,
r((nkly (esp. of climbers); to flourish ; ode no abiia kusu^aye aha-
ban j)j; cf. bum. — 5. to answer, reply; mammua no, I gave him
no answer: wgkobuabuaa wgnho, tlicy gave each other (rough) an-
swers, scolded each other; cf. gye so. pr.752. — (>. to congratulate:
kobua wo nua a gresaw no, congrattdafe your dancing brother. —
7. bua.. so, lo charge or npbraid witli. to reproach, to scold or
(d>use by remiiidiilg one of some reproachful deed or matter, to cast
something in the teeth of; s. asobua, — (S. bua ntseii, F. = bu nten.
Mt.7,1. — y. buabna tun, F. to conclude.
abi'ia, ^j/. m-, tobacco-jJil^e; f/. abiirobua, tjisen.
abuabuairyasu : asanka tratra bi a wgde bua aduan so wg gyaso.
ab 11 a da, m-, inf. [bua,X^.] fasting, fast, abstinence from food; odi
ah,, he fasts (once); odi mm., he fasts (repeatedly); wodi mm., they fast.
buber, F. = aburo bu-bere, harvest (of Indian corn). 3It. 13,30.
b u b 11, red. v., s. bn. (2.) to break or boid repeatedly, to double,
fold: bubu nhoma, to fold uj) a letter. — (7.J to break many things
simultaneously; to break in many 2>icces; to pluck: bubu asomerewa
obiibuafo — .ihiifiiw. 51
aliabat'i noa iiom, jiliich- saiiif Irdics to^'ctlicr witli t\n\ stalks of I lie
herb call(Ml asotn., boH thcni (iinl driiil: tlu' decoction; - to hvc(tk
rojitplctclij, Fs. 10, li). 37,17. hnhn.. imi, rs.4iJ,10. Is.9,4. biil)ii abodo,
fo rniiiihle hrciid. — po'f- /" l>c hrolccji down hi/ litirdships, i.o. fii-
lii/Kcd, euJt(tiist<'<l: okwan no ware uti mabubii, from (lie loiuj trail
1 (lime quite tired or undone; Fs.SS,9; to be lame, s. the foil,
o-b 11 1)11 a To, 2>L »-, a man lamed l/i/ sic/,-n".^s, /xilsi/; oiiipa :i
wowoo MO mu na gyare abcye no ana nmirui abcMliirn no na \va-
bubu {^n f'ako na oiitunii nye fWr*; - okasa btil)uafo, a tame i.o.
inrJiinird l(tn(/ini;/e *'i' inuiiner of (•.i-jtressimi one's self.
mbilbui, F. ^^ minubni.
a I) u bum 111 a 1);1 , abubumina, a kind of ironu or molli ; ab.-
aiiweilC, the rv/.sv (made ofbrokcn little sticks) in ir/iieJi itlives,2)r.G58.
()biii)U(i, name of a month, :\ho\\t Noremher.
abubiir, ^j7. m-, F. = aburuburu, Mt.21,13.
a b 11 b u-\v, -0, 1. public inquir// after somet/iint/. :J. u-adlin/, rrifnuj,
from grief, sorrow, fear, for help in consternation and distress; the
ntiise made by the people whilst sheep are bein<^- ottered to the river-
spirit (at Akwam); - gbg ab. = oresu na oredi nkgmmg, he wads,
Itiinenfs: ab., wgmmg no kwa.
a bubuw-bo, inf. wadinfj, lamentation.
biio, r. [red. buebue] fo uncover, disclose, cf. bua. 1. fr. fo
open (obue n'ani, n'ano, ne nsam', nboma mu, he opens his eye,
mouth, hand, a hook); bue adaka no (so), oijen the box; kobue pon,
open the door {si/n. hie); bue gdah no (ano), open the house; diff. tu
ano, sail. — 2. bue .. ano, fo initiate, inaueptrafe, dediccde: yereko-
biie asgredan ano, we are going to dediccde a chapel. — 3. bue so,
to clear (land) from trees: obue n'asase so, he cuts awai/ the trees
on his piece of ground, so that the sun may shine on the land. —
4. b u e to so, fo turn over (the leaf of a book). — J. intr- fo open,
he open: gpoh no abue {syn. ano da ho), the door is open; n'ani
abue or ada ho, his eye is open; n'adwenem' abue or ada hg, his
mind is clear; ne tirim bue, his conscience awaJces.
buebue, red. v., s. bue;
anim rebuebue = anim rebaebae, the day breals. [G. hie gble.]
bue bue, inferj.
buepeii, a j^cy "i" Pf^'ii' of two opposite pages in a book; cf.
kratafa; wakah ma aka b. kakra bi na wawie, he has read it nearly
through, he has read if all excepting a few j^ages.
bufo, F. reaper. Mt. 13,30.
o-biifo, sloven, dirty fellow; slut, shdfern; s. burn, burnin.
biifiia, s. bofua.
ab iifuw^ -fuo, inf. [ebo fuw] (inger, wrath, passion ; fa or nya ab..
to grow angry; yi.. ab., fo excite to anger; gye ab., ]ie is ira^citjle.
o-bufii-fafo, 2)1. a-, tin irascible man, easily 2^>'r>i'oled ov offended.
abufu-liyew, hot anger, wrath, fury.
abufu-iiiiii' [anim] an angry countenance. Prov. 25,23.
52 abui — abuntVvere.
abui, needle, especially a large one; cf. pane, clorowa.
mbui, F. Irealcing, fall. Mt. 7,27.
bilk aw, r. 1. to hcnd: ob, ne basa, he bends Jtis arm; ob. ne
nsa to ii'akyi, he puts Ms hand on his hach; b. wo nan to so, cross
or hcnd your leys. — 2. to hrecdc, cracl-, flair, i.e. to bend a tiling
so as to occasion a flaw in it, but not entirely to break it; cf. bn, 6.
— 3. to shift from one master to another, to desert one, cf. guan.
l)iiku', F. jil- W1-, = brfiku', bool:
bukyia, F. s. mukjia, muka.
bum, r. to spread; to sjrread or la// over; to carer a place or
a tbing canij)lctcJ/j ; wura no abum kiisu, (^^ aye aliaban bebre na
aye fefei'efe) ///r?^ busli lias r/ro/rn r(wlc and luxuriant, filling a wide
space witb its foliage; woto asawn bum mpata so ansa-na woyiyi
won, a net is spread for tlic fishes before theij are cauijht; ode ntama
abum no so = akata obi (a.s, nankasa) so; fa bum me so = kata
me so! [rcf?. bummum.]
bi'im, i^/. a-, a spreading or thorough movement or effect: gua
bo bum, the ichole assemblij rises at once (s. bo 7); wgasore bum =
])rekr), the// have got vp in a state of confusion; oguaii no abebo
m'abTiro mu b., tliat go((t has made haroc in my maize, lias eaten a
good portion of my corn; woabo yen abum, they have 2nd iis into
confusion ; woabo aguabum, they hare brought the marfcet into con-
fusion; ebgg b. no, irhen the confusion began; abogyabum, covering
or bespattering with blood by blotcs.
bum, adv. severely, thoroughly, very much; gbgo no ara bum
preko, he gave liim one severe blow; wgbobgg nnuan no ara bum
bum bum, tlie// gave or deidt the goats vigorous blows; gmanmufo
tan a ban mu to b,
bum a, V. to catch, seize, take by force (nnipa, mmoa, mpata);
buma oguan no bera, catch tJiat sheep and bring it; wgbebuniaa no
akgtgn no, tliey pounced upon him and took liim away to sell him.
l^rcd. bumabuma.]
bum mum, red. v.., s. bum.
e-bu 11, a. Ak. bunu, j;Z. a-, green, unripe; akutu-bun, an unripe
orange, pr. 2344. cf. gbabun. — o-buii, F. iinripeiless.
e-bu 1*1, J)?, a-, abyss, gulf; the depth of the sea; amda a emu do
a ewg nsum'.
abu-nnam' [nea obu una mu] lie who cuts off one's days, an
appellation (or title) of kings; cf. okumnipa.
1)11 Ilk am, V. (so), to surpass, exceed, be superior to (in num-
ber, valour, power, force): edgm b. wo a, wuguan, if the enemy is
too strong for you, you flee; wob. yen, wgab. yen so, they surpass
us in number; wanyTi ade ma ab. so, = akyen so, atra so, he has
grown enormously rich; ngofo borow abicn a wobyiae no, se atififo
b. anafofo so nti, anafofo antumi won.
a bunt we re, a green, hard, iinripe fruit; akutu no ye ab.,
the orange is unripe; s. bun.
.iIhiiiu — iiliTiro. 53
ab nil u, a kind of j^rcat dram'f s. oboniikyerefo. — Cf. ebiin.
Imo, s. buw.
II li iu> I) i- k w aw , a kind of hayero; s. ode.
l)ill»6, a kind of cloth from 'J'oani, .s-. koiiti', iitaina.
abii-iiCMj jJaW, portion, sIkii-c, the result of a division; c/'.
I'lkyeni'.
bu-j)r(_'ku, a bit, luorscl, ov j)iccc, broken o/f bij a single
breaking; cf. teprcko.
abiira, jj?. m-, uelt, cistern\ tu ab., to dig a ivell.
abiiroAv, maize, Indian corn. pr.(i72-80. ab. aben, the corn is
sitfficientli/ ripe for use; ab. ahoa, the corn is ripe to perfection. —
bii ab. to break the car from the stfdk; hiiah or sunsfianc mmetem,
to husk maize; few or tutu ab., to take oid the grains.
aburo-betciii, Xil. m-, cone or ear of Indian corn.
ab u rob i a, a plant gro win "^frequently in the vicinity of towns,
with red Howers and black seeds; Canna Indiea or speciosa.pr.66L
a biiro-bu, inf. the plucking of the ears of maize; corn-harvest.
abiiro-biia, pi. ni-, a short tobacco-pipe made of clay, clay-
pipe made in Europe, pr. (J(J2.
abn ro-dom a, maize full-grown, bat not get quite rijje, as roa-
sted and eaten by the nej^roes.
bui'6-diia, the jitant ov stalk of Indian corn; the spike of a
jilantof )naize, in which the kernels sit; (( cone of maize from which
the grains have been ])icked.
aburoduaiV, food ov dishes in-epuviid uf maize: ybanku, abete,
dokono, kyekyere, ammoagyanewa, inpampa, pimpi, sense, oto.
bi'i r t)-f 11 a, jj?. m-, a single grain of Indian corn.
a b u r o-fu w , a plantation of maize.
ab uro-j^ua, a European chair, arm-chair, chair witli a back;
cf. akentehhua, akohnua.
ab liro-guane, ^= abiirow guannuan, rijje ears of Indian corn.
bviro-g\va, Aky. matches; «//;«. samannya. [pr.673.
b uro-b u n 0, the husk or corering of the cars of maize; pr. 679.
a kind of country cloth, s. kente.
biiro-kii Ihkii], 2)omade, p)omatum. D.As.
1)11 ro-k lira wa, a European jar ^ can, cup, mug tfr.
1) u r o k u r u w a , pjomegranate, s. buruk...
Abiirokyiri, the white man's countrg, Europe and America
respectively. ;jr. dOS-G. Ab. nipa, a man who deserves to be sold to Ab.,
a b u 1' ky i r i- s u a, Turkeg-red cloth. [pr- 664.
b II r o-n a n , the stcdk of maize.
o-b uro n i , pi. borofo, a-, Eurojiean, white man ; midatto. ijr.6G7-71.
b Li V 6-6 II y a , Christmas and New-year's-dag.
buro-iiiio, m-, European oil, olive-oil, sweet-oil.
aburo-pala, pr. 680.
54 aburotscu — abusnde.
abiiro-tseii, F. abtiro a abo yiye pe; s. ten 3.
aburo-wi [awi] icJicat. D.As.
l)U]"ii, fUthincss, dirtiness, itnclcaniicss, slovenliness, sJuttis/mcss
uc b. nti wo ne no didi a, enye de. — oyy b. (e. s. no ho wo fi na
no fi ntew), he is- afiJtiiii, dirty, unclean fellow, a sloven; of. oliem-
murii; buriim, obnfo.
biiru, V. s. buruw.
bunibviru, bbbb., adc. enfircl//, lot(dli/; odi mc nya l». =
obu or oye me akoa papa. [G. bbiblu.]
aburuburuw, pJ. in-, a species oi dove; pr. GSl. (no mniaran
te se akokg de.) F. abubnr.
biiruku', F. buku', j;/. m-, book.
burukiirinva, a large tree and its edible fruit similar to a
pomegranate but larger and with larger seeds.
buriun , n fdfh/j, dirty, unclean felloic; sloven.; slut, daitern;
oy? b., gye neho b. = oye neho tlfi; s. burn, obut'o.
0-b li r U m , a large quadruped ; pr. 682.
aburu-nsiimma-beii. a species oi dove (red).
biiriiWj V. to hrealc down, demolish (odah n.a.),- syn. dwiriw;
to tundde down, fall to ruin; amoa no ab., the sides of the pit have
broJcen dotcn; ne fwene burn gu n'aiiom', he has his nose smashed,
knocked into his mouth, pr. 684
abiiruM'tl, pl.m-, i. nantwi ab., heifer. yoH)ifi cow. that has
not yet calved. — 3 = afanji, a female slave, especially one f'roni
the interior with marks cut in her face.
a 1)11 iMi w;i-ba, j>^ mmuruwd-mma, a vile, despicable person.
bii.sUj s. mmusu, ahabusu, abusude &c.
a b u s fi a , F. -sfiia, pi. m-, family, kindred, relatives, especially the
relations of the mother s side; one of the ori(ji)ial fdmilies of the, Tshi
nation. — bo ab., to join a family or tribe. pr.(>8S-7.
al) us ua-ba H, sort of famdy or people; mo ab., moye a\Vi ! you
are a thievish family!
abusua-bo, inf. wufi kilro bi so aba na abusfia hiara a wote
ne dill a.s. wufim', wode woho akghyem'.
a b u s u a -b o_u e , a sin hereditary in a family.
iihi\su.i\-d6, something hereditary, inborn, inbred, innate:, bayi
ye ab. ; eye no uh.
abus ua-diia, the tail i.e. cord or tic which connects a family.
a b u s u a-k u w , family, tribe, clan. [pr. 086.
a b u s u a-ma ii , tribe.
o-bus u a-iii, ^>?. a- -fb, relation, relative, kinsman; syn. oni.
abusua-yare, family-disfcmper, hereditary disorder.
O-biisua-panyiii, the head of a family, pr.687. F. abusuia-
mpanyin, patriarchs
abusu a-pon ni, a member of an important famUy. pr.687.
abusu-de, a wicked, mischievous thing or deed; ill luck, dis-
aster, pr. 118. F. abomination, Mt. 24,1-5.
i
alMisiiscm — l)\vo.
abiisii-som, wicked^ mischievous words, behaviour, or coiulitct;
blasphemy; cf. innnisubo.
u-b iisii t'o, ^jZ. a-, a wicked, mischievous man, s. obusuyefo; a
frolicsome fellow; a roync (facetiously): obfironi yi ye ob., gtc yen
kasa, litis I'hiropean is a roync, he understands our lanyuayc.
O-bus u-3'(jt"0j pi. a-, a wicked man doiiiy miscliirf \n secret;
royue, k)iavc, cillain, scoundrel, pr. 119.
o-biitcw, inf. conipoisation, the pay mod of a dtbl by a credit
of equal amount; reciprocation^ mutual return; ob. ne se: wode
bi ka na gno nso de wo bi na iiiode atua; a. s, giio ut'a ne tiriin' a,
wo nso afa wo tiriin; a. bn ^.'().
biitu, a-^ 6'. butiiw, abotu.
Obutu, jjr. n. of the language of Sanya. Afutu Berekn, Siinpa
( Winncbah), Apfi, cf. Or. Introd. § 5,2.
bi'itfi, adv. completely cOc. very inwh, = kora, yiye, papapa;
odii aduaii no b. (entirely), ka n'anini b. (sharply); wabo no aho-
liora b. (utterly).
biltubutu, imit. adv. expr. the sound of drununiug-: wgka
b u t u b II t u w, red. v. [akyene b.
biitu-iiu-bete, a kind o{ beads; s. ahene.
abutiiscm, s. abot...
butu w, V. to overturn, turn upside down, upset; ob. n'agua,
he turns his chair (as the negroes, from a superstitious notion, do
when they rise); b. korow, to overthrow, capsize a canoe; - intr.
to lie or stand ujisidc down, to lie on the belly. — kyiVkg (tgmere) b.
pon so, a tumbler stands upside down on the table; pr.202S. abofra no
de n'ani b. ne nji ho, the child laid its face ayainst its mother. —
b. aba so, to brood. — bata b. wo, your trade fails, yoes amiss.
butuw, s. tekrema-butiiw.
buWj c. 1. to sit on and cover cyys or yunny, as a I'owl, to
brood; gsansa kg abuw = gkgto nkesna na wada so na wasow, =
okobntuw aba so, pr. 2776. — 2. to heap toycther, to keep toyclher
under a coveriny (nhe, palm-nuts, till they begin to rot, - abiirow,
maize, in a vessel or under jrround, to malt it fur making ahai,
beer). - — 3. to spare, save, lay up: obuw ne sika de akgware yere,
he spares his money in order to procure tJirouyh it a wife. ■ — 4. to
watch, keep sentry, yuard; asrafo buw abaii, soldiers yuard the fort.
— 5. to watch, lie in wait or ambush: obuw no gkwan so, he way-
lays him, s. tew; b. mogya, to lie in wait for blood. — G. to watch
or overtake one in the way in order to call him to account; cf. tware.
abuWj inf.^ s. buw, v. 1.
e-buw, nest, coop, caye, cot, cottayc, hut, lodyiny; cf. berebuw,
akokobuw; gdah bi a wgfre abosom no asamaiifo wg mu =: gbo-
sombiiw. abosonnan, asamanfredaii. — F. =ntamadah, tent, taber-
nacle. [G. bu.]
buwfrefo, 2)1. a.-. = gkgmfo; onipa a otumi fre nsamanfo
ne abosom ne mmousam ma wgbeka won anom' asem.
bwc, bwobua, F. = hue, buabua.
56 da.
».
The consonant d occurs before pure vowels, sometimes before
nasal vowels when they are followed by in, n, or ii (e.g. den, dom,
don, dum); d is changed into ii by an in (n, ii) before it. Gr. § 18.,
and into n or r by negligent pronunciation, Gr. § 19 B. cf. une,
nnera, anadwo, angpa, = eda-yi, nne-da, adadwo, adgpa. — In
several Fante dialects d is changed into dz when coming before
the vowels e & i, seldom before e. In a few cases d or dz in F.
interchanges with sj cf. adze, dadze, dade, adade = ase, asase;
do == so. Gr. § 293, 1 a. h. Ftem. 1-3.
The combination dw has nothing to do with the sound repre-
sented by single d, and will be treated afterwards by itself.
da, V. \juf. nna, red. deda] 1. to lie (of a single person or
thing; deda, of many persons; gu, gngu, of many things: cf. bew,
bea, boa, sam, buw, butuw, teii, tew) ; oda fam'. he lies on the ground;
gda ayannya, lie lies on the bacli. — :2. to he in a certain place, to
he sitnated: ne kuro da bepgw so, me de da boh mu, his toivn is si-
tuated on a mountain, mine in a vallei/; kyckye da gsram hkyen,
the evening-star stands near the moon; - to float, sicim, he huoijed
up: base a eda nsu ani, a floating casli. — 3. to lice in a place :
gdenkycm da nsum', omampam iiso da wuram', the crocodile lives
in the water, the guana in the bush; onni dan na gda wuram'. },r. 6i7.
— 4. to sleep (especially in the pcrf.): gkgda, he goes to sleej); wada,
he is sleeping, pr. 704. oda bebre or dodo, he sleeps much; mesen wo
nna, I surpass i/ou in sleeping, pr. 2802. mcrekasa no, gfaa mu dae,
u-hilst I spolce, he fell asleep; - obiara kii wo sa a, da, if any one
tells you so, sleep i.e. take no notice of it; ne ti ada, 6'. eti. — to die:
ghene dae na wausore. — 5. to he quiet: ne nsa nna, liis hand never
rests, he is industrious, = gye nsi, gye osifo, gdeygfo. — (J. to remain,
rest: n'asem da m'asom', his word remains in m// ear, I do not for-
get it. — 7. to weigh dou-n: nsenea, wotom' torn' a, eda, tvhe7i gou
continue to ]}id in things into the scale, it sinks. — c?. to curd, curdle,
coagulate, congeal, thicken: nufu no ada, the milk has curdled; nno
no ada, the palm-oil has thickened. — !). da, Ak. ;= da so, 6\ 35 c).
Fhr. 10. da aba so, to sit on eggs for breeding, to brood, hatch;
sgn. buw, butuw. — 11. da adagyaw, pr. 699. da kwaferekwa, to he
naked. — 13. da adi, to be manifest, ccident, open or clear; cf.
da ho, yi adi. — io. da dweii, to lie and t'nink, to meditate. — da
f\ve, to consider; s. 38. da tirim. — 11. da afa, to sleep at a sepa-
rate place, pr. S84.705. — 15. da fam', to be level; ehg da fam', it is
a lerel place. Fs. 26,12. — 16. da ogya (ho), da gyentia, to sleep at
the fire ; pr. 559. — 17. da hg: a) eho da hg (pefe), it is mani-
fest, evident, obvious; it is open, accessible: asem yi ho da ho, tlie
matter is now plaiti or clear, = asem yim' ye pefe; - emu da hg,
if is clear, pilain, intelligible, ojjcn; opp. emu asivv me: - gpoh ano
da hg, the door is open. — b) n'ani da hg, he is modest, soher^ care-
ful, attentive, mindful, heedful; sgn. n'ani ka ase. — - i6'. da ho,
= daso.69. 35 c). — ID. da liyia, to border upon, to confine with; sgn.
bghye (hyia), bg hyebau, to fuhye. — 30. da kapCia, to importune,
i
d;i — (la^ 57
to tirpe; to he bent iipon. — 31. da inu, dam': a) to he or lie hi or
bdicccn; da akurii inii, to be full of sores, pr. 700. - tokuru da dua
no mil, t/iere is a hole in t/te tree, the tree is hollow. — b) to be heard
Hiiiouij other voiecs and noises: nnawnta da nni. — c) to be (jiiilli/,
in fault: to be bound, to be under obligation (to perform a duti/),
Mat. 23,10. — 3:3. da a no: ne ti da nkrante ano, 6-. eti; dua no da
opori iino, s. 1. — 3H. da inpaii, F. = to be or lai/ enqtti/, open; cf.
:.>7. — 34. da ase, a) to lie under (Gr. § 118,3).'— W to thank (lit.
to lie down); yda no tji no so ase, he thanJcs him for the tobaeco;
meda wo ase, / thank i/ou; miyi mn yam' meda wo ase, / thank
i/ou heartilij; meda-ase mcda-ase, / am mueh obliged (to yon); meda-
ase aberaw, id. (s. aberaw); cf'unu ada-ase, the corpse has passed
(a person or house) without pushinc/; s. afunsoa. — 3'>. da so, a)
to lie or sleep npon. — b) to sleep after baving lieard a message &c.
waiikoda so, // did not let him sleep; gtee no, wanna so, lie obei/ed
it forthwith : wanna so na ybae, he c<(me on that vert/ day. — c) to
(JO on, eonti)iue in doing- something. When put before another verb,
to denote continuation of tlie action expressed by da so, that other
verb may be rendered in Eng. by tlie adv. on, still: oda so kah, he
(joes on reading, he reads on; oda so yare, he is still sick; in Aky.
so may be omitted : wgda (so) di ako, thrg are at ivar still; cf. kg
so, toa so, & Gr. § 107,1 G. — F. da-lio, da-do, da-ro, Mt. 19,6. Mk.
5,3.5.9,17. — d) oda nelio so, lie is wary, cautious, circumspect, heed-
ful, careful. — e) n'ani da me so, s. ani. — 30. da nsow : oda nsow,
ne ti da nsow, lie bears a mark, has a characteristic, is marked oid
or distinguished by some ^ign or character: onipa yi, ne duabah da
nsow, the figure of this man is of a particular shape or make; cf.
dansow. — 37. da nsram, Ky. Gy. = da yafumpah mu, to sleep
with an empty stomach. — 38. da tirira fwe, to consider, deliberate:
asem a woka kyere meyi, meda mafvve, or, me(re)da me tiriin ma-
tVve, the matter you tell me, I will consider.
o-da, inf. asase no da wgn da, the country lies open to them.
da, s. daw.
oda, 2>l- ""a, a day (of 24 hours; hkwa-da a nngnfwerow 24
wom'; emu 12 ye adekyee, na emu 12 ye adesae); a time definite
or indefinite; da nhina. all day; every day, always; una hhiua, all
days, always; s. da; - eba nua-una, it comes at times, now and then,
occasionally, seldom, = etg-dabi-a eba, it Itappcns sometimes; da
se 'ne, a day or time (occasion) like this; pr. 696-8; this day week;
Gr. § 248,6. — wonnim nna, or obi nnim nna, one does not knoiv
what time brings, = perhaps, peradventure. Cf. da, da, daben, da-
bi, dafua, dakoro, nnannu... da du, Gr. §80,5. nnagha, nna-mmerc-
nsoh, nna-no, 'ne. — Oregyc nna awn, = ne wuda abeii or adu,
ne wu adu so, ne nna rebi = oreye awu, orebewu, his days will soon
be at an end; wahye da, he has fixed a day, it is his intention; wato
no da, he has appointed him a day; watu ahye da, he has deferred
it for another time.
da at the end of negative sentences = da bi, any day, ever, or,
together with the negation, never, pr. 596. 1479. 1587. Cf. dabi, pen.
58 oda — (labidalti.
(Sometimes it merc^ly gives emphasis to the negation: minnim no
da, / do not knotv him at all.)
O-da, j^Z. a-, (/rave., toinh; F. nda; (/. obo-Ja, odamoa; - bo da,
to di(j a grave.
nda, F. 1. = nna, inf. sleep. — :2. = oda. — 3. pi. of eda.
da, V. 1. to open (the mouth to put food in): ne se apam nti
wode dade da n'anora ansa-na wode aduan hye mu. — 2. s. dada.
da, adv. & n. alwai/s, ever; confiimalli/, constanflij, every day,
daily ; often; eternally; eternity. Ote ho da, a) he always sits there;
h) he lives for ever; - da anopa oba or oba angpa da, alicays in the
morning, every morning he eonies; da afe, every year; da adekyee
ne adesae na mode meye adwuma mema, no, I tvorJc for him always
by day and night; oba me fi da, he often comes into my house; gye
sa da da or da na ota ye sa, he altvays does so. — da hkwa, ever-
lasting life. — Cf. dapem, daba.
da , dawa, pi. n-, 1. a little hell, as hung round the neck of
sheep or dogs, pr.l76S\ cf. odawuru, nnawuta. — 2. meniise d., the
uvida in the throat.
daba, d. nhina, (hibate, (F.) always; cf. da, dapem.
g-daban, jil. a-, bar of iron. — adabaiiip;iL-6w, bar of lead.
dabanka, iron crow, crow-bar. Ak. akokobane.
0-dabaw,y^/. a-, (pair of) tongs; )iij)pers, pincers; cf. a\viri,f('m.
dabedabc [Kru lang. id.'\ = dabodabo.
da-be a, = dabere, dabew, 7>r. '^iOL
dabe-l'rama, climate. D.As.
dabekyiri. As. = dabere akyiri, bed-room, sleeping-room.
da-boii, which day or time, when?- d. na obae or gbaa d.,
when did he come?
o-dabeii, red woollen stuff; = nkra-i'dionia.
dabere, v. —- taforo; gkramari d. na okg.
dabereko, flirtation, flattery, hypocrisy.
da-be re, a place to lie on or sleep in, sleeping-place. i)r.2298.
d abere-akyiri, s. dabekyiri; okg ne d.:=gkg piam' akgda.
da-be w, == dabere ; wat'om akoda ne yoiiko d., lie has by mis-
take lain doivu at his friend's sleeping-place.
dabi [eda Ki] 1. one day, one time, some time back, once, in
time p)<^st, formerly ; = dabihg; cf. nna-no, nna no bi. — 2. some
day, one day, some time, i.e. at a future time; another time; cf. da-
kye; pr. 69S.1644. — o'. any day, i.e. ever, together with a negation:
never, usually shortened into da. — 4. no, never; in this meaning it
is the only remnant of a whole negative sentence, s. Gr. § 146,."^.
dabi-ara, any day, ever, at any time.
dabi-ara-da, together with a negation, never.
dabi da, no, never, not at all, by no means, - a more emplia-
tical form of denial than dabi i.
diibi-dabi, I. [red. of dabii.J long, along time, along while:
obue il. yi, wunliuu no ana? he has been here a long time, did i/oit
not sec him':' Joh. 14,9. woaninia uteni, ehe na woko d. yiV //oh are
comiiKj late; irhcre have ijoti been so loiuj':' d. btlinnu', loiuj a<i<>, loin/
since, a i/reaf ivhilc atjo. — ^. [red. of dab i // no, not at all.
da hi ho, — dabi 1.
(labu, a. smooth, soft, said of cloth; si/ii. torotorotoro ; opjj.
hutCdiuti).
o-dalto, abiirow dabo, corn roasted irhile ifet in the ear.
o-{\\\\)(), pi. a-, 1. antelope, - the, gftucral name, or only a spe-
cies of antelope with horns, si/n. abere. Other kinds are: obobiri,
adowil, ofrotii, gkwadu, otwe, owansan, c\Vi. — :*. a kind oi' locust;
s. abebew.
ada-l>0, inf. previous attempt; oniaii-iihyiani' ho ad., a preli-
minarif jmiliament.
dabodubo (^>?./f/.?)[Kru: dabedabc] duck; ninirai'i: kwakwji.
a da bra, ^ odompo.
o-dabrabafo, i>?. a-, deceiver, liar, hi/pocrite, impostor, rogue
dr. onij)a a n'asein a oka nh. na biribi kotow akyiri; F. ndabraba-
ny'i.Mt.a, 16.7,0.16,3. — s//n. gkoiikgnsani, okontonipoiii ; cf. nnabraba.
dad a, a. & adv. Ak. = dedaw.
a dad a, a blutsh earth brovight up in digging gold before the
f ;i whicli contains gold.
da da, red. v. 1. s. da. —2. to spread (of trees) : dua a wgtewe
enkyee na adada se yi ! — .5. to persuade, win over, tolull ; pr.708.709.
to cheat, deceive, delude, impose upon; s//n. nuX ti da, gyigye, sisi,
di kusum; - inf. nnadji; onnim abofra nnfida.
o-dadafo, ^v/. a-, deceiver, impostor, swindler. pr.710.
dadada, F. alwa/js, = daba.
dadadaw, F. long long ago.
dadare, F. s. dare.
dadavv, F. == dedaw, old; alreadg, long ago.
adada w, F. oldness. Mf.Gr.pr.lOl.
da daw in', s. dodom'.
dade, adadc, F., As. = asase.
dade, 1. iron. — 2. p)l. n-, iro)i instrument, tool, weapon,
sword, dagger; vvgaka no or wgato no dade = woakuin no. — 3.
the barrel of a gun (s. ohum).
dade-biii, slag, dross, or recrement of iron.
dade-gy a, 1. the first pain of a cut from a sharp iron. — 2.
the flashing of bright iro)i; Nah.2,4. cf. gsekannya.
dade-kot'i, tin-plate, wliite iron. — dadc-kvvasi, iron-plate.
dade-ky o w, iron cap, helmet, pr. 389.
dadepoti, a kind of beads, s. ahene.
dade-seii, j)Z. n-, iron pot, iron vessel.
dade wa [dade, dim.'jj'l. n-, a small piece of iron, nail, spilce;
cf. prego, darewa.
da-du, inf. dag-breaJc; wgkoe fi d. so kgpein anadwofa.
60 dadu — duucrc.
da-du, ten dans, daclu-dabako, dadi'i-nnammien' &c.j 11, 12
d((ijs lOc. d-ddn-uuinuium, a foiiiii(/ht; Gr. §80,5. adadiionu, ada-
diiasa, adaduanah &c., 20, 30, 40 days d-c. Gr. § 78,2.
dnduianyi, F. = deduani, Mt. 27,15.
o-da-dwen, inf. meditation (in lying down), care, mental anx-
ictji; odi no ho d., he is in anxleti/ about huii; od. rokntn no, cares
are wearinu him to death; s. da J,5.
adadwOj Ak. = anadwo, nhjld. [eda, duo.]
dadzc, F. = dade, iron.
dadzc, F. = ase, fam', (jround, shore, (on the) land. Mt.lS.iS.
Mk. 6,47. — nnin d., to walh on foot, Mt. 14,13. — I'sVc d., to fall down,
Mt. 18,26. — dadzc-fwe, = asefWe, fall.
dae, v. d. nui = bae, giiae nui, to sejxirate.
dae, (an unusual form) inf. [da]: da nkwa da nnipa nliina
dae, eternal life lies read// for (dl men.
o-dae, pi. a-, dream. ■ — so dae, soso adae, to dream.
o-daOj a sickness of the stomach and bcdly; cf. abadae.
o-dae, palm-wine of the precediuf/ day (anad\vofa-sa a wodc. nsu
afrani' dc, asi gya so, na adc kyc anopa a, wodc fra anopa-s;"i mu
ma eye den).
adae, c. n., a jilace of rest or lyiny down.
ad;U!, a festival day, returning every forty-tliird day; one
feast, called adae kese, akwasida(^ (advVedae), is celebrated on Sun-
day; another, 24 days later, called awukudae, falls on Wednesday-
The king receives all his elders and honoured guests in Ins residence
and gives them drink and presents.
o-daci'6, o)ie who causes separation or discord; so me mu saara,
ntie gd., do not listen to one who wishes to cause a separation between us.
adac-s6, inf. dreaming. — o-d a e s 6 f o , j^?. a-, dreamer.
add fa, bo ad., to call, decoy, allure, entice, persuade (gen. with
a good intention); obo no ad. = woka asempa kyere no a.s. wode
biribi ma, ohii se wope so oba wo nkyeh.
adafi, twa ad., to betray, disclose, discover, show, yive notice;
to warn, forewarn, caution; wo £ino atwa woho ad. = wo tino adi
wo ho adanse, akil'asem no ama wo, wo ano na akum wo, 2 Sam. 1,16.
woatwano ad. se onnuan, they (jave him notice that he shotdd flee.
Acts. 23,30. adafi-twa, inf. (A native in searching for the etymol-
ogy thought of the phrase otwa neho da f;l, watwa ada fa^ wadah
neho akgda ne nkyen bako: ete se onipa no ada wo asem nom' na
onnim; na woka kyere no a, na ete se wokonyah no na wadan afi
ne benkum so akgda ue nifa so, e.s. wall nea obenya aniane ho akg
uea orennya amane.)
da-fiia, pi. n-, a single day: nnafua nnaawotwe = nna nifua-
mfua or mmako-mako awotwe, one day after the other for eight days ;
gbaa suku gsram yi mu nnafua du.
dag" ere [Dan. & Dntcli: hdc] sealing-wax. pr. 7 12.
dkgo — ads'uri. 61
dAijo! interj. if is a lie! no.i woku yi nliiiin, d.! dlU/idf ijon arc
sailing is a lie, a falsehood, isnotirne; Imw d., to tell lies; cf. atoro.
dat^niil, clear, fair, brif/Jif, of a shining, radiating surface:
;if\v('t\Ve anini ye d., the loolcing-glass is fine, bright; oniu iikoinmi')
1)i (li nti, n'iiniin twori or aye d. — n'auim nliiuri ye fVifd, because
he has no sorroir, he has an open, cheerful face.
{idaf>'3'aw, nakedness, nndifg. — da ad., to be nah-cd.
dajj-yawc, a naked man. To d. nko a, anka wof^oru asafb
Ai\,pr.S2S4. fjn-.i'OSr).
iidn-tiy c w, a2,'yo\v, time, leisure: minni ad., I hare no time.
(la-uyc, sleep- iralkinif. night-walking; gbo d., he gets mad
(getn iii>, runs about, fights) in sleep, is a soiunanibulist, lunulic.
daliii, the leaf or learcs of the adobe, a species of palin-tree,
used by the negroes to cover the roofs.
da-ho-a-choinOj a precious cloth in the possession of tlie
iiinjj^s of Asante.
(la-Iiiima, ^'^ n-, a ro>j(;<w^/ (not festival) dag; wonko abo-
soinpow nm n. bi.
a (1 ;i k .-i , jil. n-, box, case, chest, coffer, trunk, pr. 71.1; (closet, cup-
board;) rectangle, parallelogram.
adaka-baii, the manner or shajic of a box (Cr.
adaka-bn 11, /'/. n-, harmonium, jiianoforte, clavichord, organ;
cf. abeii.
adakaniaii, F. tombs; Mt 23,29. = ada.
adakaii i, (2}l. id.) the lock of or for a box, case (Cc.
a daka-te ii, a jn-css for clothes.
dako, dakoro, one dag; (gba snkfi) dakoro dakoro, nna-
koro nnakoro, (he comes to school) onlg now and tlien ; cf. dafna,
dakye, dabi. pr. 694.2114.
g-dakuro, s. gdekuro & the foil.
adfikuro, nea gdakiirow, one who rules over the town.
o-dakii-d\Vom, s. dCvom.
diidv yc, dakye bi, same future dag ; in future; another lime;
abofra liyew iie nsa a, d. gbefvi e neho yiye ; afei de waka wo ho
asem yiyc, d. de, gbeyaw wo. R.p.l6-j.—pr.902. ffr. eda c^ kye, v.]
Cf. dabi ;>.
d a m = da mu, to be or lie in d'C. s. da 31. — dam, F. s. rlem.
dam [Dan.] draughts. — to d., di d., to jdag at draughts.
O-daiii, madness. - bg d., to go, grow or run mad; pr.975. gd.
na ebg no, wabg d., lie is mad; abg no d., it has driven him mad;
cf. bg t2, gye.
-dam, a. red, scarlet; cf. gbedam, adam 1. 3., aniadam, dam-
nia, dame, damram.
a d a m , 1. the crest of the cock. — ;?. the shell of a kind of shell-
fish, red on one side, pr.714. — S. a certain play or ceremony of
hunters; osi adam n.s. wngorn abofo, abgmmgyere, bgmmgfo-agoru,
62 dauima — dan.
e. s. wo a wnknm aboa no wnknva otuo na woto dwom na wotow
tno no na obinom bo mma mu a.s. woka akyene [akyoneflam] a.s.
ugbg dawurum' [dawuriidam], na ebinom nso saw ka wo ho.
da 111 111 a, a small ircight of (j old equal in value to 2 ponce 1
farUi'nKj; pr.716; s. sika.
dailima-l)('), the red seed of n certain shrub, used as a f/old-
iccight; d. ahaban ye owaw-aduru, the leaves of ilie danuna sliriih
are a medicine used to cure a eouglt.
g-dammaj [gdan, ditii.^ snudJ house or room; eof. eoffar/e.
iidamba, nnamma, F. ML 26,64. hereafter ; nd. asendzida no, of
the last daii of judgmod.
adani ma kwad\v6, a by-name of the leopard; s. gsebo.
o-dam-iii a 11, the l-ind or sliape of a house; gdan yi d. ye f e ;
ef. ban, sibea.
daniaiikama, s. dom...
damaram, jd. n-,( a Hower with vermilion leaves; the shrub
damaramm, i on which it grows; scarlet, cinnabar red.
dam as [Eng.] damask. - Am.3J2. - ahiafo d., mod; sidin.
dam'dam', chequered; yam atotow no ho d. mmako-mriko.
dame, a red powder from iron ore: 'mosea kgkg a wgascw
a wode twa (wgn) anim a.s. asafo.
gd a 111 I'd, pi. a- [gdam] madman, pr. 719.
damfo, friend (used in addressing a person). F. Mt. ,96,50.
a da mfo, pi. nnamfo(nom), 1. Ak. [nea medan no] master, su-
perior, p(dron. — /?. Akp. friend ; s//n. awe, gygnko: cf, abarirna:
fa ad., to m(d;e frioidshij). — .V. host, who receives or entertains and
lodges a guest ; sgn. ofiwura.
a d a 111 fo w ;i , hostess; the wife of the host of a house where jour-
ney-men are lodged and entertained.
dammirifiia: gpompono ne nsa bye ne d. inu=r=gde ne nsa
hye ne nan 2 ntam', he folds his hands and puts them between his
legs (wode wo nsa hye hg a, na wo were ahow nen a.s. ade abia wo);
wgde atnmpah rema no d. (= due), theg condole irilh him tig lje<ding
the drum. pr. (717.) 1153. 2660..U00.
ad dm m 6, inf. [bg dam] madness, pr. 1-354.
0-dani6a [oda, amoa] grave, tomb, scpidchre.
0-dampaii, [gdaii, mpaii] a house or room tcith an 02^en front;
= odaii hunu, gdan a gpon nsi ano; gdan a ano tetre a wgtram'
awia di asem, bg semgde na wgnom nsa na wodidi mu. F. Mt. 20,58.
Of. abgnten-nampah, nammgn-nampah.
0-d amp a re, i^?. a-, rafter, spar, frameivorl; of a roof; d. ani,
inside of the roof, [gdan, house, aparew, Wfe.]
d a m r a m , -iii a , s. damaram.
adam-si, inf. s. ad am o.
dan, V. [inf. a-, red. dennan] 1. to apply to, to seelc the protec-
tion of, put one^s self under the protection of a. man of distinction &
(i;ii'i — (liiiiiiai'i. 63
influoncp, piiw (one's self) over or vp to, adhere to ; to depend on ; ode
iiclio adiiii Brofo; ode uolio abod.in bosom; Ahitoi'cl do nclio hedan
Absalom; oiiipa yi dan mo (— gdo nelio bg mo bo) na waiiya biribi
aili ; odaii me or ndaii me da-yi, lie (ilie<(ijs aj)j)lies or romes to we
(for bis liviiij;); pr. 7 :,'(). LK~);)5. — J2. to (ippedl to: gdo asem no kg-
daii Kaosaro, lie appeiiJed to Cesar. — :■]. to eliiim; to desire; ino(bin
so mt'iiya ad\Vuma-pa bi mayo na manya biribi ma-li, the oidi) thin;/
J (isle ov cure for is. that I iiiiii/ ijct some jirojier leorli to do in order
to (/if soDiethini/to eid. — i. to eidl in, demand, exact jHii/ment from:
<'i(biii me ka, lie demands pai/ment, ealls in a deld from we; ef. aka-
ihxn; pr. 721-723. — 5. .v. donuan. — ad an, inf. elientship, a state
of boing- under tbe protection of a patron; no nkyen a gte yi, enye
gsom, na eye adah.
daiV, r. {^red. dan'nan] to turn, to (jive another direction, tcn-
dcnei/ or inclinidion to; to change, idter; to turn, transform, eliangc
into, to become bii a sudden transformation: pr. 724. gbayifo dan nelio
gsobg, a ivizard transforms himself into a leopard; to convert, to he
converted (into): to retract, rerohc, recaU, remove nsew, a curse;
wadai'i me dua a gbgg me no. — syn. kisa; san ; sakra; yc, nyiri. —
]*hr. odan nobo, he turns round; gdannan nebo, == grl. no nsa, s.
Ixl.; odan n'akyi (kyereme), he turns his back (upon or to we). —
d a n .. g y a , F. to lea ve, MJc. 1,20. 14,o2. -da n .. k y e n e = gy fi kyene,
to (live up, relintjuish, pr. 510.15.53. — dan mu, to idtcr ; wad an n'a-
benni mu, he has changed the fashion of his rule, -dan an i, to turn
one's face, i.e. to turn round; gdan n'ani guane; to turn the face, i.e.
/() change, pervert, subvert; gdan asem no ani, he gives a ivrongtnm
to (or, he missl(des) the matter, per verts judgment. — dan nsa, to tnrn
one's hand; to trade, negotiate; gdannan ne nsa, he trades, deals;
Lid:. 10,15. he is industrious (gtg biribi na gtgn. a.s. gtgn ni'nvinne). —
daii asem, pr.2855. = d. asem no ani, s. d. ani.
o-dai'i, pi. ix-, house, negro-house (R. p. 166); room, apartment;
ef. fadan, aban, ofi, asan, gsan, nnanso, pantantwgre, and tbe difF,
parts or kinds of lionse or room: abankua, abranna', abgntennam-
j)an, dabokyiri, odampAn, nammgnnampan, nnantvverem', pakusu,
])ato, piii, pnmpunu. asaso, ntwironod.
o-(l;i I'l-il 11 o, house-doiyr, door-irag, opening or entrance of a liouse ;
gdanano-pon. tbe door by wliicb tbe ontrance-way is cbjsed ; ef.
gpon. R.J). 166.
da 11 11 an, red. v., s. dan', v. to turn mang times, repeatedly;
to turn, move or throtv this wag and that wag; mframa d. byen; -
gd. nebo, gd. ne nsa, s. dan'.
adanii;in, inf. repeated changing, alternation. — di ad., to
change, undergo changes; wodi ad. ye, theg do it alternafelg, bg turns.
adannaii-di, inf. change, changiug, turn; ad. abgde, organic
creature, Kurtz § 174.
0-dann;in, a kind of gam ; s. gde.
dannaii-\Ve-ab6, obi a wodan no a, w6\ve abo, an unpro
fifable master; s. under fow.
64 fliii'idiia — danta.
dau-diia, pi. nnanniia, a tree (pole or sflclc) cut for the build-
ing of a house; timber.
O-dclli-iie-na, a kind of lizard -— ntafontafo, .■>. okctcw.
adanniin [gdan anim] fro)7t of a house; place in front of a
house; wosi dan a, wgpaw nuna pakyeii ad. aiisa-na wokyeii adan-
kyiri, tchen a house is built, the best sticks are taken for the front,
and afterwards the sticks for the bacJc-ivall are put in.
0-d a 11 k a , pi. a-, powder-flaslc, powder-horn. pou-der-case ; cf. toa.
adaiikOj^L n-, hare. pr. 504. F. asoaso, asoketc. ipr.69...
adaiikum, s. adenkum.
daiikwanscrc, a kind of bat; s. ampan.
O-diiiikyeii [gdau fikyen] the side of a house.
adaii-kyeii, inf. [kyoii dan] the marlcing or lininr/ out of the
sides of a house and fixiny the sticks fur the walls; cf. adannini.
adaiikyiri [gdan akyi] the back, back-wall, rear of a house;
the jdace behind a house; cf. adannim; mfikyiri.
o-daumii, the interior or inner paH of a house; masiosic med.,
I hare put mji house or room in order.
adaiiinudc [dan mu ade] jj?. /r/., bribes; sijn. boa, anadwode;
di or gye ad, = di ininoa, to accept bribes.
o-daano, the stick in a bird-trap on wbicli \.\\c. bird stojis and
causes the trap or snare to spring so that it is cauglit; ilie iri(/(/er
of a springe; cf. ntercwso.
o-daiiiiow [gdan-gow] a house in decay, out of repair, in a
ruinotis state.
ad ansa, handcuff, manacle; wgato no ad. or wgde ad. ato no,
he has been handcuffed.
danse, F. dasc, mogya a abiri kg, gore, thick, clotted blood.
adaiise, witness, testimony; evidence, xrroof; deposition of a
ivitness; - di ad. (inf. adanse-di), to give testimony or evidence, to
bear witness, to witness, testify; - bye ad., to call or take to witness;
pr. 114.164. — wo adanse, thou aii witness; gnoara ad., he is witness.
0-d an s efo, jj?. a-, one wlto gives testimony, a witness, drponent.
dansebere, s. daascbere.
a d a n s e -k r u m , false tcifness or testimony.
d a n s e krii m fo , a false witness.
d a ii-s , the upper paH or floor of a house, garret ; cf. abansoro.
da-nsow, a. [nea eda nsow] easy to be knotvn, retnarkable,
conspicuous, paiiieular; pr. 3254.
da-nsow, densow, v. to be distinguished dr. ne nko ara na
od. [gda hg a gte senea wgahye no nsow ; gyi densow, c.s. wo ho wg
ade hi na nnipa hhina nini wo; ne ti d. = esono ne ti nko, ete se
Onyahk. abye no gyirac; onipa yi, ne duaban d., this man has a
singidarly formed body.
0-d an ta, a kind of gun.
danta, tmdcr-garme72t, loin cloth of the negroes, = amoase,
gdena, gtam; wabg d.
(l.iiilati.ii'i — (td.isriwii. G5
da lit a li;i ii, circle; s>/ii. konlonkron ; wohoo (\v(tt\Vaa) no lio
(1. = wotwaa no lio liyiao, ///r// tiiirroitndctl hint.
i\ d .'i 11 1 a 111', jd. n-, | Hclau iitam' kwan] ira//. jxissai/c. iitfcrrniiiii/
space hcfirCCII llDKSCS.
a da 11 I ;i lii' |m'a oda or eda utain'l iiiliriiicdidfc. middle (used
(>. }^. ill apjiosition to a j>ro|ii'r name for tlic sake of distinction, as
Adnohc Adantain': Adiiobc biakn di |ianyiii, na adantam' di lio,
na akunia ka akyiri).
adaiitofo, F. = abantofo. Mt.:>l,ii.
adaiitaim, ?
g-dii 11 til w, -tuo [odai'i iituw] ii)i loiiii/tahiled Imuse or room;
ofio d., a forsaken divcUiny.
o-daii ya, a certain medicinal plant; pr.89~K
d !i-|»;i, 2)1. n-, a i/ood. Jnchij. frsfiral ddy.
ad a pa, disiiracc, dis(/raccful trenfmevf; r*/'. adagyaw, alioliora,
anyainpa; wobo no ad., t/iri/ maltrrnf. di.'^ffrnce, drf/rndr a respec-
table man, as by Hofrjiing bini in tlie street, taking- away bis clotbes,
fastening him to the block (rf. edua <>). — V. Mk.fi,12.
O-dapa 11 i, pj. a--fo (nea ne ho da ho korjl, gtam nkata no so 5
onipa a ota ye aholiorade) a shameless person; one tvho arts dis-
ijraccfuUij.
d apt' 111, (t ihoimind times dad y; a long time; always, ever,
often ; d. nhina, for ever; d. na woye ade bone yi! ijou ahvays com-
mit this n-ichedness ; .<!i/n. da, daba.
dapeii, jj/. a-, or n-, iceck; = nnaawotwe. [da, pen, prop.
a set of days.] R.p.167- (The names of the seven days, s. Gr.§41,4.)
dapciisoni, weekly report.
da poll 11. a, pi. n-, a hiyh. festival day. [da, pon, da, = eda a
eso,] Yedi d. 'ne, to-day tee have a feast; Adae nna ye n., tlie Adae
days are festival days. Cf. dapa, afahye.
diirc', (j)!. id.), dollar ; piece of money, silver coin. F. dadare
[fr. Dan. d(der. Dutch daaldcr.]
ad.irc^, pi. n-, Ak. adere, hcjok, Ijill-hook, larye knife, hush knife,
used by the negroes to cut down branches and shrubs, pr. 728-.W. —
Own ad., pr.34Sl. fig. the destructive poicer of death. Death's scythe.
Phr. me nan tia ad. so, I am on the point of startiny ((or work on a
]dantation or for a journey). Cf. adatia, adawa.
adare-bu [dade bo] musket-ball, bullet of iron; cf. aboba.
dare k ana, a sympathizing expression in condoling; ma d.
= ma due or hyeden, to condole.
darewa, ^j^ n-, a small fish-hook; cf. dadewa d- tonkog^-ei.
adasa, F. men, jicoplc (in general). Mt. r>,ll.ir).i9. Mk. 9, HI. s. adesa.
adasa-mba, F. men, children of man ; syn. nnyimpa.
o-dasaiiyi, F. s. odesani.
o-dasawa, a tree and its fruit| s. adesa.
5
66 dase — adaworoma.
dase, F. = adanse, Mt.8,4. 31k.6,ll. dzi d., ye adase, = di adanse,
dase, F. blood, gore; s. bogja, danse, kafo. [Mt.2.-^ySl.
da-ase, to thanh, s. da 24. — ndaaso, F. = nnaase, asoda.
o-daase, a log of wood scooped out longitudinally to serve for
a modar (cf. owoaduru); fodder-chest or irafer-troiig/i for sheep.
Odaasede, edaho [edaase. fam'], owgadnru uso si hg^ gd. do, akura
na woye, nanso won a wokyi wgadurnm' fufu Kwasida na wowgw
worn'.
daiiscbero, ffr. mada-ase mabere, / have thauhed I have
Itecomc tired] a title given to kings: a benefactor so liberal that he
makes one grow nrarg of returning tha)iJ:s.
adasefo, F. iciinesscs; adase-torfo, false witnesses. Mt. 26,55.60.
(\ i\ S \, tight (?); wgkyeree no hania d., the// boundhishandstight.
da-so, to continue, s. da 25 c.
O-dfi S u, pi. n-, coverlet, blanket, qnilt (ade a eda [mpa] so); the
cloth on which one sleeps; cf. mmuatam.
o-dasii, j)Z. a-, [gda su = hovow] a division of the night, uighi-
wafch (of which the negroes count three: from G to 10, lOtol and
1 to 4 o'clock. Woda na wunyjln a, wgfre no d. biako; gd. biako
twam' a, na omuniii'ikuni ne niframa abetwam'.) Wayi (or wada)
d. biako, he has slept the first part of the night; wgada ayi d. fa,
theij lie in the first sleep: wgada ayi ad. abiefi, tJieij have slept from
the beginning of the night till after midnight; wgada ayi ad. abiesa,
thei/ had slept till about 4 o'clock in the morning; gbaa gd. abien mu,
he came in the second watch; ednu gd. kgiikon, it was in the middle
of the night; gdasi'un , at midnight, in the night. — F. dosii, Mt. :.'4,43.
ad a tew a, a sort o{ cloth; s. ntama. i±s.W,4.
a d a ti a, = adare tia, pr. 412.
(la-tia, a short term or space of time granted to a debtor for
discharging his obligation; wahye no d. bi.
0-da w, ]. tliejaw, = abogye; osum d. = ode ne nsa sTini n'a-
bogye, he sujij^orts his chin with his hand. — 2. conversation; gbg
daw = gbg semgde, he ("moves his Jaw'' ^) holds a conversation.
da \v a, j>?. n-, [eda, dim.'\ a short dat/ or time; yekodii nuawa
bi wg hg na yebae, n-e spent some few days there and tlien returned.
dawa, pi. n-, /. (a pair of) fire tongs. — 2. a bell of native
manufacture, hung on sheep's or dogs' necks, .s. da.
adaw;i [adare, dim.'] a small bill-hook.
adaWti, = adewa, a certain j:/?rt?/ and song of women,
daw ad w a, stomach (of man); cf. furu, nsonokese.
da- w r , a day fixed, yet not punctually kept, a slip>pitig day
(as it were); wahye d., he set a time, but has not kept to it.
a d a w 6 r o in a , favour, kindness, grace, mercy ; the word is used
in an elliptical way, and scarcely as the subject of a sentence. - Wo
ad., you are very Icind! n'ad.ntia, ank;l miwui, but for his kiud)iess,
I shotdd have died; ohene ad. ntia, anka wokum me, btit for the
;i(l;iwiil)c) — (lu. 67
kiiui's incrvfi I shtnihJ have been put to deatli; midi no ad. ansa-na
iiiaiiyA (jdan madam', o.s. mosom no ansa-ua omafime kwai'i nu^daa
ne dan mii; - woye biiibiara do ma obi na otua wo so kaw a, wuse:
midi no ad., I procured permission, his favour, to allow me... pr. nt4.
ilda \v ii-bg, inf. = adawuru-bo. — i\ k w uvo, pr.-WVi.
g-dii w I'l riij j>Z. n-, a kind of hell to he strurh with a slick hi;
the public crier in niakinj;- |noclamation, also used at j)iiblic meet-
ings, at certain pbiys, in the frantic (bmcos of fctisli-men I'^cc. cf.
nnawiitA. — (lawiiriidaiii, n. a(bun, ,-;.
Ad;n\iii-aiilii-;!(la\vai'.i-iilOa [\vu(bin won (bosom) Ntoa] a by-
name of Komai'i or Akfiropon in tbe Uuiguaj^c of th(\ great drnm.
adayo, inf. [da yiye] a yoodsitnaiioii ; n(0ii1ro-ban wo ad. ma
eye few, the town is heautifulli/ situated.
dii-yiycl dayiy'o! interj. sleep well! (Jr. i? 147,3.
do, F. 1. = se, that; osc de, bora ! =: oka so : bera ! — ^^. = se,
as, even as; de-bre, de-mbre, Mt.6,3. = senea, lihe as. — 3. = se
(used elliptically) ; ekaa de = ekaa se, it wanted as (little as possible)
i.e. (dmosf, nearly. — /. = s(j, vert/, verijmuch. — '>. = den, Mt. 26,66.
d(.' (dgw), red. dede (dodcw), a., 1. ayrecable, pleasant,
sweet, is used of eatables and drinkables: eye de, it tastes well,
pr. 642. 1942. :.'103- — of sound, e.g. of the horn, of the drum, of a
tune, j;r.r.9. 9.9.5/'. of words: akwanmusem i\Q.\v ., pleasant news, pr.l899.
of a person : oye de, he is an agreeable man, pr. 1318. — 3. right,
righteous, used in judicial decisions or sentences: n'asem ye de, he
is (in the) right; n'asem nye de, he is wrong. — Fhr. me ho ascm ye
(won) de, a lawsuit about me (i.e. mg being or getting involved in a
lawsuit or misfortune of an// kind) is or would be pleasaid to them.
i.e. / am hated by litem. On the simple or variously reduplicated
forms and the predicative and attributive use of them, s. Gr.§ 68-70.
0-<le, n. s. odew.
de, ?;. (Ak.) s. dew.
nde, F. = nne, to-day.
do, V. 1. to hold, have, possess; to own: gno na ode kiiro yi, he
is the possessor of this town ; pr. 713. ode n e h o , he po.'isesses himself
i.e. Ite is free, his own master, not in bondage; pr.713. — 3. to owe:
ode (me) kaw, he owes (me) a debt; pr. 747. 776. — 3. to have seized
or befallen: awow de me, I am cold; okom (osukom) de no, he is
hungry (thirsty). — 4. to contain, to he: ne din de den ? trhat is his
name? — to have the name of, he called: ode Kofi, his name is Kofi.
— ').to hold on, keep on, persist in, continue: ode no f\ve ara, he hejit
on flogging him; wode bone yo a, mede wo fwe ara, if you continue
to do evil, I continue to flog you, i.e. as long as you do evil, I shall
always punish you. pr. 739. — li. to use, be accustomed to: gnne apem-
pensi na epe n'ade, lit. he does not use extortion and seels his things,
i.e. it is not his manner or fashion to enricJi himself by extortion. —
7. to mean, refer to, allude to, aim at: ode me yonko, na onne me,
he means my friend, not me; pr. 1907.1383. — 8. to mention: oman
bg, na menne sika, the fwhole) town or nation is lost, not to mention
68 ^ jde.
mone//, pr. 1998.3524. se wonne sa or se wonne n ne a, asram abiesa
wohyia preko, lit. if tJiei/ do )iof mention (meeiiny), in three memflis
the// rneel once, i.e. at 1 east once in 3 months theij assemble. — [This
r. is mostly used in the contin. form only, Gr. § 91, 2. 102, 2. U17.,
sometimes in the pret.: okgm dee me, / n-ashioHfrj/: seldom in other
forms, as, proyr. : awow rede me, I am be(/innin(f to feel cold; perf.:
awow ade me, cold has now (hi/ degree.9) come iq)on me; fid.: awow
bede me, I shall feel cold.] — The v. de expressing a state, the
action by which the state is produced, is usually expressed by
other verbs, as, fa, to iaJce, nya, to obtain: obefa neho adi, he 7ciU
become free; obenya kaw, he irill ran into debt.
d e is very often used as an aii.i . r. introducing an object to
which tlie action expressed by the principal verb refers, or by means
of which it is performed, or of which some other thing is made; e.g.
ode afoa bye bobam', he (has a suvrd 2»ds i.e.] 2)>ifs a sword into the
scabbard; ode nkrantetwaaduba, he harinr/asu-ord cat off a branch,
i.e. he cut of a branch with a sword; ode nhoma bu kotoku, lit. he
takinci leather makes a bay. i.e. lie makes a bay of leather. Intransitive
verbs like ba, to come, kg, to yo, fwe, to fall, tra, to sit, when con-
nected with the anx. r. de, assume causative signitications : to bring,
conduct, throw dovn. to cause to sit or to put; but de never par-
takes of the iuHection oi'tho jtrinc. v., and in all ney. and imi>. forms
it is replaced by the inflective verb fa, to take; e.g. wode no betra
aheiinua so, they takiny him will (cause him to) sit i.e.. they uiU set him
on the throne; fa no tra agua no so, lit. tidiC him sit i.e. place him on
ihcd stool : woamfa no antra agua no so, they have not set ov placed
him on the .<<tool. Cf Gr. § 108. 2()5. (pr. 770. 774. 781.) 20(5. (pr. 7'>6. 757.
771. 77 S.) 2(KS. (pr. 7.18. 764. 760. 779.) 234. (pr. 734. 746. 754. 755. 761-63.)
2:-57. (pr. 733.736-39. 749-51. 753. 765. 767. 769. 777. 778. 772. 780. 752. 782.)
240-12. (pr. 740-45. 768. 737.)
de, Ak. (lee, emph. jnirt.dconj.. by which a person or thing,
or an action (or sentence), is made prominent or opposed to another
or others. [It is derived from tbe n. ade (s. hel.) which again is de-
rived fr. the V. de.] It means tidcen apart, conccrniny, as for, as to
(Gr. § 7;').;}): me de, meiiki'i, my thiny or part i.e. as for mc, I do
not yo. When the sent, or part of a sent., which is made proininent
by d e, jtrecedes a corresponding coord, sent., the. latter begins with
n a or n a n s o , but, and d e is usually not translated (if we will not
express it by indeed, it is true. t(d;e it for yranted. Gr. j:il4().2')l,r.);
but when it follows after the corresponding setit., de is translated
by but, however: mafre no de, na omma, I have called him, hut he
does not come; obekg, na me de, metra ha, he will yo, hut I shcdl
stay here; me de, mete dan mu, na me nua de, gye adwuma (wg)
adiwo, I am sittiny in the house, but my brother is trorkiny outside;
Abiirokyiri (de). gba di n'agya ade; eha-yi de, ente sa, in Europe
a chUd inherds his father's yoods; here, hourver, it is not so. — The
particle may be used twice: asem yi de de, minhii ase, as to (the
concerns of) this matter, I do not understand it.
d e, «lee, d c a, pron. put instead of a previous noun ffr. ade,
thing] Gi\%Q'2. me de, mine, also my part, my portion; yende, ours&c.
fpr. 823. 824.
ode — dea. 69
0-<l('«, Ak. odcc, F. ('(l\V(t, jitun, i\ larj^o csfulrnt tuber or root
of various cliuiltiuj^ jilaiits, of the j^cnus J>i()si(irrii. foriuiuj;, when
roastt'd or boiled, ;i w liolfsouir, |ialataMi\ au<l nutritious food;
jn.SJ.'i-'JIf. 'riu' diif. kinds have each its particular names: J. ((de-
pa Jie; }!:yawu, akwako, krukrujta, I'lkantAuii, dika, nirido, odanuah,
odc-kwasci, anini;l-ui;iuni-au\vu (Ab.), aniauyaku, iingnko-noiikg,
osu, |K'|toa: ,;\ukaui: I'lkaniiuMU', I'lkuku, juiiwa-aniwa; J/, bu-
yer c: aliabayore, ouvaiMc-bayi're, kade, kokora, asabiiwi, asante-
ai'iliii litem, ulonto, obuobi-kwaw, aduoku, kuini-ya\v,k\vabena-afwi,
kwame f\\ I (tbe last .') are names of men who lirst planted these
kinds); i. afasew; afase-kani, afase-tuntum, apuka, adi-amma-
\vo-b»; ;>. mensj'i (ye frcmfrem). iikamfo (ye I'lwene); ayamkaw-
<le. — .v. fua, bore, i)an, tu i^c. mmotokromii, mjtow; fuffi.
adc, Ak. a<lee, F.adze,7</. aile, nneema (F.nnyemba, nd/.emba),
unewu, I. t/iitiff, SKhsfatKC, espee. a/i iiKininiofe ohjcd; miif object of
the senses or of thouglit pr. 783-S8... (rf. asein, a hi/ object of speech,
fniiisiiition, occurrence, (iff air, erent): stnnctliUifi, si/ it. biribi; ade-
kgkg, somethinii red; jn: IS'). ISU. 140.811. (sometimes it is left untrans-
lated, Or. ^ 2u2, 1.) cf. adebone, adepa. — ^. ressel, instrumoit ;
/tl. elfect.s, fur nit lire. — :!. propcrtif, jMi.s.iesaioii ; part, portion ; j)!.
ijoods. irares, merchaniJise, pr.820. ijoods, riches, foiiunc, wealth;
pr.81S.821.1U2:i.2ol4-l(}. (di, pe,'iya ade, .s. 8-10.) — 4. sonic tinknoicn
aycnt, poiccr or caase: ade ato no so mS wawii, he had an apoplectic
fit from which he died. — o.irstrikiuij act of strenyth. skill or curniimj;
a feat, deed, erjiloit: woaye ade, iiou liave performed something ijreaf
and praise leorthti! — d. ^/7/ //////r/.s taken together, the ivorld; bo
ade, to create t/ie iror/d; to found a kingdom; s. bo 6'5. ■ — • 7. the
thinffs risible in da/flii/ht or performed in the dai/-time: ade kye,
///(' things apjH'ar, liecoine clear, visible, i.e. the day breaks; ade a-
kye, it is daiiliijld, morning; - ade sa, the thinr/s disappear, vanish,
come to an end, i.e. the daij closes, ends; ade ascl, the things are done,
i.e. it is evening, night, pr. 808.810.811. — 6'. Fhr. (cf 3) di (obi) ade
a) to feed or live upon one's property, he supported bg, get presents
of. enjog benefits of one, pr. 860.872.876. — b) to inlterd one's pro-
perty; pr. 844.877. to succeed in ones office or on the throne. — .9. pe
ade, to seek i.e. endeavour to make a fortune. — 10. nya ade, to
make a fortune, become or grow rich ; pr. 975.2.511-16.
Jide, a kind of beads, s. ahcne.
. de, v. to open wide Cgdei'ikyem ade u'anoni' rebekame; de
kotoku no ano, na menifa ntrama no niinnu mu); to extend; Avotwa
(mpasua) d*-*? mu, theg e.rtended their lines for fig/ding, ranged tlie
battle; sgn. terew; cf. dede.
di^, adv. stdl, sdenf, quiet, calm; softly, gently, carefully : fa
koto ho de, usee no! — syn. koram, berew.
0-de', friend, used by a female addressing a female friend; cf.
awe, hwewe.
dea, Ak. = uea, Akr.; F. nyia, Jte wJto; dzea. dza, that which:
a.\so place where, manner in which, pr. 22.54.2259.2116. (2113-2283.)
70 ad(3bisa — detedele.
adc-bisa. Inf. consuUatton, Inqidrf/ o( nil't'iah or fortuneteller.
O-debiSflto, i>/. a-, inqitirci: pr. 1700.
a dob 6 [ada-ebo, koko so nkataso] an amuld worn or "I/fi)i;/ on
ihc hrcasf", of cloth, leather itc.; nkTirofo dc sebe n. a. ye mu; -
hrcaat-inlaic, cjihod.
ade-bo, inf. creation. — odebufo, creotor, = obofo, oboadee.
ade-boiie, j>L n-, a bod iliimj, evil, ill, sin; cf. bone.
o-deboney efo, pi. n-, sinner, evil-doer, malefactor, crindmd;
cf. gbone, obonefo, onipabone.
ad ebon da, pad. — adeboiida. akindof />c«r/.s. <S'. kabgnoa, -ri.
ad e b 11 o v ii w a , hoUtcr: s. kabgnoruwa.
ndeda, V. = unera, /jcsterdai/.
nde-dayi, F, =: nne-dayi, to-daij.
adedade, an old; iveU-lnoirn, common thing; = adc dedaw.
deda-dcdaw, red. a. or ad r. 1. verif old. — :2. long ago, hnig
since, for a long time.
dedaw', Ak. dada, F. dadaw, pi. a-, a. J. old (used of thiii'^'s,
seldom of persons, cf. apa, ])anyin, akora): gdau dedaw' or gdan-
nedaw, im old liouse. — 2. long hiioirn, long acquainted: gdanifij
dedaw, an old friend.
dedaw, Ak. dada, <ulr. alrcadg: waba d., he is come olreadg.
dede, red. a., s. de.
Dede, 2>r. y?. of a female, said to be the mother of the Ga peo[)le
and the elder sister of Kgkg, q. v.
odede, Ak. sagings. fame, rejiort.
dede, F. ~ gyegyej^yc, noise, fa in alt. Mt.g,ii:j. Mk.o,38.
odede, jmssessor, owner, propri(;tor.
adede, Ak. = dwae; a certain jdag; yej^-org ad.
dede, ycd. r. to .<;ncak, slink, cratvl <tfler, to icatch, liir/c for,
lie in wait (agyinamoa dede nkura; gbgmmgfo d, aboa aiisa-na
wakuin no; dede kgkyere aboa no I).
adede 1*1 k ru ma, the rostor-oil jjfaid. Jiicinas.coiinnKnis, Palma
Christi.
ade-di, ////•. inheriting. — y-dedifo, jd. a-, heir.
o-de-doma, s. doma, horghorg.
0-deditani, 7V. nneduafo, [nea gda duam'] captive, prisoner,
one fastened to the hloek, cf. dua a. — F. daduianyi.
dediia-fi, = nneduafo U, jtrison.
dee, adee, Ak. s. de, ade.
(hU'e, a. soft, sweet, fledtering; softly; gye n'ani akyi d. = gda
n'ani akj'i fefefe (gka n'ani gu so se greda, nanso enyenna na greda),
he hlinTiS, twinldes, winks, casts a smiling look (at).
defedefe, red. v., to fledter; sgn. hoahoa; gdefedefe no agye
n'ade adi, he flatters him in order to inherit his propertg; gd. n'ano,
he S2)eaks sofUg. appeasinghj.
k
;uiufcm — (Ifkiult*. 71
ade-roin, bif. bori-owiny. — o-delVjmlb, one tvho borrows.
a (Ic-rcrc, ////". )>irf/f, rcU(jioiisnvss, reverence, veneration, awe,
holii f'vnr. — o-dorori'li), yV. a-, a pious, (jodiy, religious, reverent,
careful, conscientious, scrupulous, person.
ado-riri, /»/". yicing or setlintj on credit.
0-(lefii'it'o, 7>/. a-, debtor, = gdofemfo.
o-dol'o, pi. a-, a ninn of weultJi, wcaltfi//, opulent, rich man ; s/ju.
nsikani, olionyai'o.
o-dr'Tt'io, benefactor, a ;/(>od, hind, bcnif/n, cJiaritaldc, tilicnd.
Iiouutifid, munificent man, used as a resi)ectful or Hattering address
(i» a man of rank, [nea ne ho adc ye fow? adgeyefo?]
adc-foiii, ////'. offence, transgression, tresjiass. fir. 2167.
O-do-fiirii', I. a pudding of yam, s. fufu. - ;?. a kind of btUtcrfli/.
a do-fVv c r u, inf. (the act of) expendimj or wasting money; ex-
penditure. — a dt'l'Vvei'ode, costs, expenses; charges.
u-do-u'U fo, pt. a-, founder, caster; type-caster, Icttcr-fuunder.
(id eh a, \\\\n) possesses the forest] a by-uame of the leopard, s.
osebo.
ade-huiiu, a vain tiling, vanity, = ahuhude.
g-dehy «i, pi. a-, 1. free man, free tvoman; noble man; member
of the King's family; me d. ni, this is one of my sister's children (when
they are iVeeborn). j;r. l-J:2.8.j9.Sd.'i-4?.lo44. — 3. the st(de or rank of
a free man; pr.So'O.S-W-SS. kg wo kiirom' na kodi wo d., go to thy
country and lire there as a free man. — 3. (adj.) free, not in bondage
free-born. Y. no bogya dehye, his most precious blood. Frk. —
■1. (n.) gd., an eruption and swelling of the eyelids.
(_»-dohye-ba, ^jZ. nnehye-mma, free people's cliildren.
adohye-di, iiif. liberty, personal freedom.
O-dehye-kofuni, Inight; baron. Hist.
O-deliyc-pauyiu, count, carl; gmantam niu d., landgrave. Hist.
adehye-sem, t)ehaciour of a free, independent man; arro-
gance, presumptuousness ; As. = ahantan. - di ad., to be presumi)-
tuous; to live as a nobleman, pr. fi49.
adchye-som, inf. service in the quality of a free man or re-
lation, not of a slave.
o-deliyc'wa, (young) nobleman, pr.84S. -pi. n-, nobility.
ade-kaii, the first thing; first-fruit; cf. abakari,
a d e-k ai'i, inf. counting, reading; cf. gkan, gkenkan, nhouiakan.
deke, s. dekye.
dekedeke, carefully: wgso no (wokura no) d., they carry
(hai^dle) him cautiously.
deke deke, softly: gnani uc nan ano d., he WfdJiS silently on
tiptoe; syn. berew.
dekodc [ado ko] w1iat, which thing (in indirect questions,
Gr. § 60); kobisa no dekode a gfwefwe, go and ask him what he is
looking for; eden ua aye no ma osii? minnim dekode.
72 adekora — demerekii.
ade-kora, inf. securbxj of ilihigs, pr. 7lJi.
O-dckiiro, adekiirow [iiea ode kiirow] /;?. a- -fo, 1. Dintcr or
chief of a town or riUnr/e (used as a respectful title or appellation);
kurow yi mu dokuro ba ne no. 2. ghene safohene a gte uc kfiroui'.
(■/'. ohene, gmanhene. - o. hny(/omastn\ niai/or, prefect.
ode-kwasea, a kind o( ymn; s. ode.
dykye, ndv. 1. pefccpiibly; ;3. sliuhili/. (?) Waka no d., lie
has touched if injurioush/ ; ade a mede mato ha yi, nka no d., /he
thiny Ihdve put here, do not touch it low/hli/! nie wura a mesom no,
onkA me d., mi/ master nhom I serve, does not treat me in a hard
manner; wgsoaa funu no, ankii. d., when the cor))se was carried, it
did not more in the least; gnka neho d, tie no, he ohe/js him irithput
any reluctance or opjyosition.
ad(';-k3'ej inf. 1. dividing: yebaa adekye, or, adekye nti na
yebae, we came to divide the thin(fs. — ,V. the act of preserdinij,
making presents.
adekyed(''j (id. id.) ijift. jircsod. also adekye, akyede.
adck yOc [cf. ade kye] 1. doii-brcaL, morning (cf. anopa). —
;?. the ne.rt or following dajf. :>. dag-light (cf. awia), the whole dag
includinii- morning, noon, afternoon and eveninji: (angpa, o\\ igyi-
nae, betuabcre a.s. nifaretubere, anwuniinere). Mt.:^0,6.
ade ky ec- li a mil, the first rag or streak of light at the hori.:on
in the morning skg; morning-tu-ilight. diurn. dag-Jjreak, dag-hliish.
the purple glorg of the morning.
;i dc ky cc-s (I I'O m;i , inorning-sfar. dag-star: s. ko-soroma,
owuodi, kyekye})eawave.
adc'-kycrc, ////'. insfructinn. troching.
deui, 1. hurt, i)ijurg, damage, loss; fault, defect, blemish; wadi
dem, he has received a hurt, suffered damage (in his h(!alth, from a
previous sickness): onni deni (^)r dem biara nni neho, hf is faultless,
without Ideiiiish (eli ne soro bedn fam' nni yare biara). — ;^. a last-
ing impression : residue: a sticking fast, resting, continuing (in the
ear); edi ni'asom' dem, it remains in mg ears'.^ obi tu wo fo-pa a,
ina enni wo asom' dem.
dem 111. a. still, quiet, calm; sgn. dii'in, komm.
dem, F. =t)a, sa, so, thus; Mt. :2,'),').16,J9. dem no, whereupon^,
Mt. 14,7. dem yi, thus, Mt. 3,lo. on this fashion, ML 2,12. — deinara,
= saara, so, even so, the same, likewise. Mt. 5,12.46.47. 7, 12.
deni-iitsir, F. = ne sa nti, therefore. Mt. S,S. .5,46'. (1,2.
ademene, As. -= sumana, pr.74S.
demmere, n-, F. ndzembir, reed; difL kinds: 1. nifia, used
for wicker-work; 2. kete, used for a kind of tlute, k^tr, odurusj^ya;
3. gyee, witli many thorns (eho wg nsge-nsge sr).
0-demerefua, hush-dog. catches fowls; = odom])o, r/. v.
demereyiij -ku, adobe 'mcrenkensono a wgapo, a branch
of the Sidioh<i- palm, from which tlie fibres (edgw) are or have been
taken out.
;i»l»'iiiiMlt' — (Iciiiiau. 73
;Hl('-mil-(lc, (i>l. id.), ti lliiiKj /irrsrrrcil, frcdsiirrd ii/) in a lutx
iK:f., fnasiors, fdlitahlcs; («.<;■. julcmiilu'iK-, ndt'inusika; iidcmiilam,
II jinrioiifi vloili, not used always, but kojit for festival occasions.
(Iri'i. r. to orcrcoiiic. iiuisfcr, coiiqiirr, on'rjxnvcy; don so:
fit (Uilirvhili. iirrr/)(>is(\ orcrhdiinicr : folic more Hutu, siirjiass, ex-
rrvd, prcjntiidmdc, prrrit'd. AVodi-ii no no se: nnipa baiiii fuw bako
f\Vc no, ilirii lai/ hold o/' It/iii (and iloj; liini); 'f\Vo no\ tlioiiuli it bo
iimittod, is nndcrstDod; but it may also bo addod: woadoii no afwe
no, ///(■// liarv fot/cflwr i/ircti him ii /lof/t/itti/; nsenoa ofa yi adoh so,
Ihis .side of Ihc Ixdaxcc iri'iffhs down; edon nie so so adcsoa diiru-
duru, Ps. :iS,4. onijia kara don abode nhinii (bebro, abogden), tiuin^ti
soiil is more ridiiid)h' fhini <dl mtdmrs; no yere a okovvareo no den
no, his irip' is viorc (in rank and every tiling) than hr; n'asem a
waka no den no, he has (/one foo for in s(ii/in(/ find.
((j-)deiV, y. den, do, Ak. deeben, doeii, sen, pron. iidcrroy. Gr. §
()0, 2.5. 1. u-hof':' nhid fhiiifiY ose doiV V ichid does he sai/'^ wgfro yi
don ? irh(d (or hoic) is fhis cidled? edon nx, n'hid is fhis'f' It may be
used in the })0ss. ease: edeiV asem ni? = as^m ben ni? eden asem
na moka, irlud (fliiuifs irord) are i/ou fidkivf/? — :J. edon, odoii nti,
for ifhid, from irhnf r((i(se, irhji? woyee den na wofwee aso, irhid
did i/oi( do (i.e. hiiir iras if) fhiif ipni fellY nioye den na mugyina lia
kwaV hoir /v // fhof //on iirc slandinf/ here idle'^ — o. hotv'i' wgye
lino lien? hon- is fhc jndm-oil mode? — i. don, F. how much? Ak.
sen V Akr. alio? — Edon , contr. — oyt^ don : odoi'i na W(»fwof\vo,
whni is if flinf //on seek?
(lijiiiV, red; s//n. kg, kgkg, yemmenn, yonn.
dcii, i\ to I/row or be hard, secere, diffieidf; n'adwuma no don
no, his work is (too) hard for him (gye adw. pi); anya adeh wo neii
= ama woabere, now //on hiirc hod otongh of it ; ne yare no ad.,
his sickness hns become severe; awia no, asem no aden me, the hent
of the snn, the jndarer has become too mnch for me, I imi in a strait
nbont. in fronbic on nccovnt of it; gko no aden so, f]ie fxjld has
fjrown hot.
den, dc 11 null, deunennennen (dendoii, dondoudondeii) or
dennonnen, if. Gr. § 70, 1-."). liard, firm; strony; hard//; sitarp, se-
vere; cruel; dif/icult; opp. morew; - dado ye den, iron is hard;
dna dennen, hard wood; ntama no ye den, this cloth is stron/j; gye
den, he is hard, cruel; he is firm in his resolution, does not eusiltf
/field; neho ye d., he is (bodily) .stronf/, healfh/j; nekgh ye d., his
neck is stronc/ (to carry loads); ne koh rau ye d., ne tirim ye d.,
lie is ridiant, powerful (said of the leader of an army); emu ye d.,
it is hard, im/mrtant, difficult, troublesome; o\Via ano ye d., the sun
.■<hines hot; ebo ye d., it is dear, s. ebo; pr.8:30. — n'ani yg d., n'ano
ye d., ne nsam' ye d., no tirim ye d., s. ani, ano, nsa, tiri.
e-dofl, n. streu/fth ; gbehye nea eye mergw no gden.
g-deiia, = danta, amoase, loi)i cloth; mokgfaa gd. meinoe.
d (3 nil a li, red. v. s. dan; to s/iread, be extended ; obobe no aden-
nan, tfie vine is spread out, fuui/js over, Ez.17,0. dua no ad., the tree
74 odeneha — odesani.
has hccowe tJiiclJif coveycd fvith folinfic ; wode ohenenkyinii abed.lio,
the xAuce has been cro/rdrd icifh the kint/'s iiinhrellas.
o-de-ne-lui, = odeha, q. r.
deiineu, red. v. s. den.
adenneii, inf. equal balance, he'uKj in a sfatc of equilibrium,
equipoise. - di (adesoa) adennen, lo carrif (a load) on the head tcith-
out holding it; odi u'ahina ad., = oso n'aliina na ne nsa iikuram';
odi nebo ad., he lives carelesslij ; wudi wobo ad. a, wonkye wii.
den n oil, dennc'imen, 1. a. s. den. — 2. adv. hard, siromjlij,
■vehemently ; sltarply, severely.
ade-ninij inf. = uimdee.
O-doniinfo, = onimdefo, a well-instructed, prudent, clever man.
deiikese, hush//, brushy; ne ti afiiw d.; odotg bi abu afvie
afuw no so d., the whole mass of the tliiclet fell on the plantidion.
a d c II k Q m, a small ecdabash witb a long neck, used for play;
toa a mmea de abene abyebye bo na wobo wo agorum'.
ade-iikye-o! salutation on taking leave in tbo evening: may
you live to see the next worniny! — syn. nnopa-o !
de Ilk ye be 6, a kind of European cloth.
deiikyedeiiky e, suyimj), boy, fen. marsh, moor, quagmire;
marshy or boggy ground, deeper tban atekye ; cf. dontori.
d e ii k y e d e ii k y e , adv. in a sh(d,ing, vacilhding manner:
ebini d., it s]t(da's to and fro. — )i. hammock; cf. abainank.l, osako.
0-deiikyeiii, ^d. a-, alligator, pr. 8.')9. crocodile; gdchkycm-
mirempon, pr. 'iSoO. syn. asuboa. — denkycmmerefii, -hinn.,pr.ll71.
o-de I'l k J e in m o-q.^ 1. a glittering, precious stone said to come
from tbe bead of an alligator. — ;J. a certain food (nut?) pr. 745.
adeiisa [nea eda nsa], Ak. = kapo.
d e 11 s w , s. da-nsow.
ade-nj'a, inf. becoming rich, acquisition of ivealth.
a de-pa, a good or precious thing, something good : goods.
ade-pe, inf. seeking for riches. pr.lMl.
depo, ganglion, a tumor or excrescence oniliQ back of tbe band,
adere, Ak. = adarc.
adesa-mma, ^ nnfpa mma 5 s. adasa, gdesani.
ade sa', -sawa, tbe eatable fruit of a large tree, of tbe size and
sbape of a lime, of a yellow and rcddisb colour, and of a sbai'p
sweet-sour taste; tbe tree on wbicb it grows.
adesae [cf. ade sa] 1. evening-time. — 2. the whole day from
morning till night: Mot. 20,13. maye adwuma ad., I have tvorked till
night.
O-desa 111, gdas... pi. a--f6. adesii-mnia, man as a rational being
("mmoa na efre onipa sa") 02U»- aboa; gd. nye nea [entia ese se]
wgye no yiye, vuoi does not deserve to be treated well. pr.o09.861.:J-37o.
;i(I('S('' - odcyyib. 75
adeso, tooth-ache; gyare ad.; siin. b»')a(hmm, gki'kaw.
tides 6 [ado aso a aka, ivh(it is left (it the Ijoltont of a thinii\ sedi-
ment, resiilimm, (Ircijs; a mean, useless thing; cf. puw; - ad. 'J'wi,
a jargon ov patois of the Tshi tanguage.
o-desruf, ail('st''iii, j>/. a- -fo, = nnipa a wginCia, men of low
Kindition. loic, mean, common jteojile, the dregs ofsocietg; if. akwaiii-
liuinani. V. peojde tiring in the bash, not on tlu; coast, hash-peojile.
;i de-see, inf. waste of things, Mt.36,S.
ade-so;i, inf. [soa ade] carri/iiig loads: ad. ye yaw, — is
fronblesome.
adesita [ado a wgde soa biribi] a basket (tekrokyi) or anotbcr
thing in which women keep and c((rrg their tilings (abode, atani).
adeso a [adc a wosoa] ^>/. a-, nnosoa, haul, barden.
iidesoii-kyeiio', an execssirc burden; ad. yi de, miutumi!
o-desoaii i, pi. a- -fo, carrier, porter.
ade-sua, inf. learning, studg.
i\des(iil-(\i\ii, school-h(a(se, school -rooin.-i\(\{ishi\o, school; s. snkfi.
o-desualbj^y/. n-Jearner, student. — udesfia-kri, inf. ejamimdion.
ade-to, ade-tg, inf. buging. — o-detoto, ;>/. a-, buyer, customer.
ade-tgn, ade-tgn, inf. .celling, trading. — adetoii-daii, sho/K
g-do(out'o, 2'f- ^'i '^<^'llc>', trader.
ade-to-w 0-8 0, a single fit as of epilepsg, not of repeated or
frequent occurrence 5 ef alinnum', abiribiriw.
detse, F. = dote.
dew, r. to flare, flame, lilaze; ogya redew, the fire is blazing;
dew bayi, to exercise or practise witchcraft; to bewitch; s. gl^ayifo;
gdew se okanea, fig. he is very lirelg, actire in bis business &c.
dew, a. s. de.
0-dew, sweetness, agreeablcness, pleasantness; agreeable taste,
tastcfalness, relish; flavour; pileasnre, joy. comfort, benefit; wosom
Nyame yiye a, wobete mu dew, if you serve God well, you will have
the bcnefd of it, you will see lioiv happy it will male you.
dew, i\ joy. Mt. 1.3,2(}. 44. 25,21. 28,8. — dzi dew, to rejoice,
Mt. 2,10.5,12. — dew-do, = fewso, gladly. Mh6,20.
a dew a [ade, dim.] a little thing, trifle; enye ad., it is consider-
able, important, = eso kokiiro, eso sg, eso ampa!
adewa, tet. adawa, a name for several kinds oi play, s. agoru;
a play at funeral customs.
adewa -dVvom, a song used in that play, pr. 174.
adewaib, women engaged in tfuit play, pr. 3237.
adc-wu, inf. basJifulncss; sy'n. adefere.
ade-wia, inf. .stealing, theft; cf. krgno, akrommg.
iide-yey inf. doing, doings (cf.nneyce):, activity; efficacy.
a d e y e d e , (jjZ. id.) instrument.
o-deyefo, -ygfo, />/. a-, an industrious, diligent man; syn.
osifo; gye gd. == gye nsi, ne nsa nna, fic is diligent in his business.
76 di.
di l^rcd. ditli] F. d/A [dz'ulzi]. This verb of nmltii'ariou.s signi-
lications seems to be related witli tlic v. de; but wliilst de cliietly
means to have in hands or hold, and describes a state: di meaus
to talcc (in hands) and fo handle, or /o use, malce use of, employ, and
describes actions. It is. however, not coufiued to actions, nor to
objects taken with the hand (for which we have the vv. fa, gye,
yi, som'...), but is most fref|aently employed with abstract nouns,
and the activity expressed by it is more of an abstract and com-
pound than of a concrete and simple nature. — As in the case of
bo, we arrange the various significations, which di h;is in connec-
tion witli its common or specific objects or other coni}denu'nts. iti
groups marked by A - Z (to which we su])erscribe some general
meaning), and subdivided by the continued numbers 1-110.
A. To take and use; fo receive, obtain, suffer.
1. to eat, to iahe c(- taste (i'ood): odi aduan, de, fuffi, mo, kwadu.
nam ; cf we. pr. ;?26\ 862-65. 870. 8/o. 882 f. 005 f. 9U. llUi. 2690. 3111.—
The red. didi is used, when no object is mentioned and the act of
eating is denoted in a general way : mekodidi, / am i/oin;/ to cat;
odidi, lie is id his mcid, sits at ialde. — ^. to e(d, lire ajxm: onui afinv,
na odi ntodii, he has no plantation, bid lives 0)i boia/ht thinf/s, has to
hnif his rirfiKds: di..ade, s. ade 8 a. — 3. to spend, use up, waste:
wadi ne sika nhiua. lie has used up all his moiic//: watgn no adi, he
has sold him and eaten i.e. used up the money received. — 4. to use
in traffic: Akyemfo di sika, Akuapemfo di ntrama, the AJicms use
tjold-dust, the AJcunpcms cowries for their currency; pr. 917. — 5. to
tidce or hre}) and use for one's self: pr. 1070. se m'akoa di da a, mi-
gye no rnmah du, if m// slave tidces a day for himself (staying away
on one of the 3 days [Sunday. 'I'uesday, Saturday] beyond which
even hard masters do not set their slaves to work, instead of comins;
to work for me), / tidce from him ten strinr/s. — di here, to be a
loiterer, slui/f/ard. time-i,dler. — 6. to use freely, to e)ijoy: di here,
to enjoy one's time, to live a luxurious life; pi. wodi mmere. — fa
neho di, to obtain the free use of one's own self, to become free, be
emancipated; to live independently, to enjoy one'sliberty or freedom;
pr. 1075.1439. — 7. to use naturally (Rom. 1,27), to have se.vu(d inter-
course with; cf. fa (obea, gyere, sigyafo), cujdi. ko.. ho, hu, hyia
(2 S. 13,14); di neho. pr. SSi. to practise onanism, masturbation ; of
beasts, j^r. 3411. — S'. to receire, yet, accept o/'and use up; to partake
of, have the benefit of: di ade, .s-. ade .s' a: di abaguade, to receive or
draw fees for idtcndiny to palavers ; di mmojl, adanmude, to receive
j)rescnts or bribes; - cf. odi amanterenu-ade, he is a double-dealer,
insinuates hi)nself with both jxirties de. — .9. to inherit: odin'ade, he
inherits his goods, is his heir, he succeeds him in his office or on the
throne; s. ade Sb; odi uhyira, nkwa, he receives, inherits a blessing,
life. — 10. to oldain: di nim, nkonim, to gain oi get the victory,
be victorious, triumph. — 11. to suffer: opatafo di aba. the peace-
maker receives blows, pr.2637. -r- obedi mmusu, niisehief will come
upon or befidl him : wadi ko-musu, nkogu, he has suffered a defeat.
B. To be meet or fit to receive, to be worth, becoming, rigid.
12. to require, demand: di ntonui, utewso, ^;»-. 2934- — 1-3. to have
di. 21
or fifth (I prici; fo he icorth: ntama yi sin di dare fa, two j/nrrU of
fliis cloth nist h<tlf K dollar. — .//. to deserve: odi (.^7//^ pso) aniinkA,
t'\Ve. kum itc. lie deserves reiisure. a tli>ii<i'niii, to be hilled. — 15. to
hi' itiett. fit, heroin ini/, riijhl : odi sa, se odi ara noii, U is or nuts duly,
di'srrredh/ doue so; odi yo. he is ri;ihf in doimj so; odi wo tVve, kiun,
he is riijld in /li>il(jin(J, IciUiuij i/on.
C. To hove. po.'<sess, eontidn.
Ui. to hove efijioeitii for, to be able to lii/ce in, to hidd. rontnin: aliina
yi di nsa siisukora du, this jtot holds ten rididutshes full of jmlm-
nine. Joh. :>,(>. — 17. fo have, he inferted with: odi dem, he has a
(|iliysii-al) fdilin;/: odi (loin, it is di'feef. Cf. 2'J. — ]^. to possess: odi
iiya, he i>ossesses a .•<lave (di/f. (10). — lit. net/, niii, )iot to have;
pr.nor-O:^:^. (eacpt. 914.0 17.) rf wo. Gr. i; 102,2.
J>. To have or orenp/f a jilaer. rank, order: to e.iisf .^omciehere.
^0. to be. e.iisf. or live at a ])laco. in tlio affirm, oxprcsscd by wo;
(/'. .iT. — ^'i. neij. nni, not to he in a place; nni lip, not fo he pres-
I lit; nni babi, not to be ani/irhere, not fo e.ri.^f ; jn: 468.509.1.'>0G.221()f.
(Jr. 8 102,3. — 22. to he in some situation (outward circumstancos):
kiiro no di ka mu. the town is blocked up, blockaded, invented. —
2.J. to be (first, next, last) in the order or row, or in rank: odi kaii,
he is the first (rf. 3'>) ; odi ti, ]ic is at the head; odi won mu tibaii,
he is their leader; odi panyih, he is the elder or eldest ; cf. 42. —
wadi me abrikaii, he has seen me //r.s/ (before I saw him); - odi lip,
he is the second ; odi so, he follows after (cf. 35); nsem a edidi so
yi, the irords hr.rc subjoined; - di akyiri, fo he la.'it, cf. 35. d' ka
akyiri.- di dibea, n. dibea. — 24. di mu, to fie amonff the number:
oili mu bi, he is one of them. — 25. di mu, to be prominent ainoiuj:
wgma edi mu dodo, they make too much of if.
Fj. To exist in a certain number.
20. to amount to: maliu amane a edi aduasa nhina, I hare seen cdl
the thirfif misfortunes, i.e. / have had every possible misfortune; okasa
a edi aduasa, idl the innumerable languages.
F. To spend or live or hist a certain time.
27. to sjioid or jH(ss time, to remain, stay, tarry, continue at a place:
odii ho dadu, he passed or stayed there ten days. - di gyina, s. gyina.-
^'.s. fo attain tosome aye: wadimfe (mfrihyia) du, he is fen years old.
Cr. To be in some state, condition or sifutdion.
2ft. edi mu, // is comj)lefe, entire; odi mu, he is ivifhout blemish or
defect; cf. 17. — 30. edi nse, if is equal, an even mtmhcr ; edi don,
it is odd, an odd number. — 31. odi bem, he is right, innocent, guilt-
less; odi fo, he is wrong, culpable, guilty ; pr. 247.1611. odi so, lie is
blamndjle, guilty; mindzi so wp nc bogya ho, F. Mt. 27,24. I am in-
noceid of his blood. — 32. di hia, to he in poverty, poor, indigent;
di tamu, to live in opulence, affluence, luxury, to be opmlenf. — 33.
di sij^yaw. to live in single, unmarried state; di mma-sifjyaw, to be
without cliitdrcn. — 34. di yiye, fo be doing tvell, prosper, thrive.
If. To he in a simple, compound or reciprocal motion.
35. ili(..) kai'i. fo walk before, precede, cf. 23; - di(..) anim", to
tcalk in front of, go before; - di .. aky i, Ak. akyire, a) to walk
behind, to follow (after), pr. 89:-i.S9H f. to be younger ; to be subordi-
78 ■ dL
nate. - h) to pursue, pr. 300. - c) to prosecute, folloiv up, pr. 873.895.;
to visit (sius upon); - d) to be ivifh, assist, support, hetp, Rath 2,4.
1 Sam. 17,37. — d i a k y i r i, id. (a-c)', ef. 23. — odi no ntentcso, lie
f/oes alotKj with him, over against or beliind him. — 36. di ahurusi,
to cjult. — odi at\\-asi, lie moves in a circle rcturniny to his i)tacc. —
mmoa di sare no so atsVagu, beasts pass over the grass// place in great
numbers. — odi me so akorokorow, he intrudes upon or importunes
me Ijij frequent visits. — odi antu eri no so aforosian, he goes up and
down the ladder. — odi yen mu abyemfiri, he goes in and out among
lis. — wodi yen barehyia, iheg surround us. — edi kyinliyia, it
tvhirls round. — odi ahodannah, he often turns or changes himself
or 7//.S' dress. — odi ako-ne-abao>' akosan, he goes to and fro. — odi
atweba, he draus (it) baekirards and forwards (?). — 37. wodi
atiibg, atubra, thei/ frerpirntl/f ihange their abode, have migridori/
habits; ef. 77. — 38. wodi atata, tJteg run after each other; - wodi
nsianelio, theg pass hi/ each other ; wodi ntwitvVar'ano, id. in run-
ning a race.
I. To be active inwardly.
39. odi ne tirim, he meditates, ponders, revolves or resolves in his
mind; he musters resolution or courage; he taJcesjifiins; di wo tirim
mai wonsuan wo, bear the bleeding manfulhj; - odi no bo dadweii,
he is an.rious about him. — 10. to bear, sust((in, to stand: obedi yare
no, he will stand the sickness; wadi yare no, he has recovered from
the sielness; nea meyc no no, orcnni, he will not be cdAe to bear what
I sh(dl do to him; ose n'asem wonni (= nea oma woye no, won-
tumi), he is liaughtg, overbearing, read// to repress or subdue bg in-
solence or effronterg, (lie tltinhs himself irresistible?). — ■:^1. to neu-
tralise, render h(trmless (a blow or cut) pr. 482.
J. To be active in some office or eapuciti/.
42. di bene, amrado, kyeamc, sgfo, to be and act as king (cf. 47),
governor, speaker (linguist, interpreter), priest {ov minister) ; odi
panyih, he is entrusted with ((n office (odi me panyin, he is older
than I, cf. 23); - odi adiakyiri, he holds an inferior office; - di
srani, to serve as a soldier; - di bakoma, to plag the superior or
nobleman (s. bakoma); di debye, pr. s:i6. cf. 53.
K. To be active in some octupation.
43. di.. so, to rule: odi man no so, he rules over the counfri/; odi
kiirow no so, he has authoriti/ over the city. — 44. to perform some
business or duty: odi boa no = oye no abia, lie helps him in what
he is doing. — di adwinui, to do skilful work; di d\vuma, to profess
some trade; odi ne dwuma, he is at his work. — di boung,./o work
fd intervals, intersecting other work. — di abg, to attend <d table; di
pia, to act as steward, chamberlain, valet. — odi no nkgmmaran, he
is his disciple or accomplice in his fetish-practices; di pa,- to serve as
a hired labourer or carrier. — di abgfo, di yaw, to provide a hunter
in tbe busb with food, pr. ri49.3389.- — 45. to carri/ on (trade): di
bata, to traffic, trade; di gua, to earri/ on a trade; di nsesa, nsesa-
gua, to barter, exchange, truck; di mpewa, to peddle, hawk. — 46.
to perform a play: di dam, to play at draughts; - wodi asrayere,
they perform their ceremonies for their husbands absent in the camp.
di 79
JT". /(> exhihil in a showy or ostentatious manner: di alienc, to
niulxc paraih- of r(>i/((Hi/, to crhihit roi/id riches and junccr. cf. i^.
L. To ir<nis<(rt or uc(/oti((tc some <in<iH(fehieiif.
■is. to nej/ofiiife, to sfijndnte, to tuolce an ai^rt'oincut : di bo, to make
(I txinitdii; - di abobobo, to Ixoter, Itatifdin, lio'inlc; - di ano, to
((If ire, iii((kv (or cow*/' to) (ii( (((jrroiioit : di kasasie, to n(((I>e d 2»r-
rio((e! (KfirciKCKt ; - di niuiiua, to (d/rec ((/)oi( d Itac. — d'J. to enter
into, ineur oihe under an obligation : wodi abosoni, t](e(it(iheano(dh,
jiled(fe themsetres leith an (tpjic(d to the fttishen (or t(del(ir spirits);
odi nsew, he binds himself Iti/ (in, oath, declares njnin 0(dh, confirms
bjl oath, protests icith solemn assevcr(dions; wodi ntamniara, thei/
sieear oaths on both sides; odi nliyoase, he (/ires a sol em)/ promise;
— odi a(^ka)gyinam' or akabaso, he st((nds.sect(riti/. — odi me adanse,
he bears or (fires iritness a) concerin(f me, b) lief ire or to me. — ')0.
to ph((d. to carr(f on a suit or phuc odii dii dii, na antetam', he did
his best in fileadinff. Iiid it ie((S of no avail; - to discuss and settle a
pabvver : di aseni to c((rrif on a laiv-snd, compose or settle a Hli<f(dion,
jnd(je de. di aiisem, to arran(fe famdi/ matters, sctde domestic quar-
rels; di amansem, to iiecfotiate or transact jniblic affairs; odi ma no,
he pleads for him, in his fav(nir; odi kg n'afa, he strives or 2)1 ends
for his fxirtif (oka or odi ma ne mfefo) ; odi ntam', he mediates, inter-
feres : odi (ntam') mingw, he medicdes, acts as (jo-between, tries to
lirin(j ab(nd a reconciU(dion.
M. To be active in a (jenercd waif, in word and deed; to exercise
or practise some manner of dc(din(f, to exhibit or dis^ihiif somequ(ditif
or character.
't1. to proceed, act or de(d irifh: me neno bedi no bono, / sh(dl deal
irith him in a most unpleas(()it waif, leifhouf inerci/. — 5j^. di asempa,
senkwanmu, to W(dk upri(jhtlij, deal houestlif, lead a (food and lionest
life. — di nokware, to s^xudc truth, act faithfully or frustworthi/, to
be faithful. — di auem, = ye anem, to be dilitjeid, industrious. —
di do, to exhibit one's love. — 53. di debye, to live as a free man or
nobleman, pr. 836. cf. 42. — di tumi, to exercise poiver or autliority.
— di bam(e), to behave proudl if, arro(fantlif. — di abransem, abo-
edensem, tumisem, to commit violence, exercise 2>f>wer or antliorify
(£'C. — di abensem, abeneramasem, adcbyesem, to boast of being a
Icing, prince, notdeman, to be inqn'rious, tyrannical, arroijant dr. —
(li akakabensym, akokobirisem, akrankransem, aporisem, ntintim-
uiansem, asennini, to deal violently dc. — 54. di asemmone, to lead
a bad life, commit a wicked deed, evil deeds d-c. — di asennini, atra-
trasem, to deed rashly, commit a crime. — di sehkyene, to })crp)ctr(de
an atrocdy. — di ayeyesem, to commit a ^^erverse or exorbitant ac^
Hon; to be stubborn, wdfid, caj^ricious ('^) — di nkwaseasem, to act
foolishly, ivickedly; di abiibusem, to make nonsense, act frivolously.
— di ntuntunansem, to act insolently, impudently dc.
N. To be active in some or other way concerning other persons.
55. odi no aboro, he envies him, wrongs or injures him. — odi no mfi-
akyiri, he docs something without his knowledge, wdl or approbation.
— odi no kusum\ he defrauds, cheatshim: odi no amim, /(/., he over-
reaches him, takes him in; — wadi me buanung, he has disappointed
80 dL
me. — 56. wodi no kasa, fhei/ make him account ov pay for, fine Jiim,
talce redress from him. — o~. odi no were, he i((kes receuf/c or ven~
geanre on him. — 56'. wodi no infuaufwe. the// hold and flor/ him.
give him a thrashing. — :J!J. odi (no) awu, he commits a manler (on
him). — 00. odi no nya, he treats him as a slave, hard or crnclly;
cf. 18. — 61. odi no ni, Ite renders him honour, inti/s him respect or
homage. — 6V?. odi no tow, lie renders or pays him tribute; cf. y\
tow. — 63. odi no adaworoma, he applies to or craves for his bene-
volence, favour, kindness.
0. To be active in certain ivays of talking, in gestures itc.
61. wodi semode, theif hold or carrg on a pleasant conversation; wodi
awerebosem, theghavea coloqug (on disagreeable matters) ; dzi awere-
lio. F. to wad; wodi nkommo. the// converse, discourse, hold conver-
sation. — 6:j. odi no nkommgdom, he condoles with him with a hjipo-
cyitieal mind. — 66. odi no lio few, he tnocks at A//)/ = ogqru no ho;
wodi no oi»oref\ve, the// mock, deride, ridicule him (in liis back). —
(i7. odi no (ho) likasagua, he mutters, grumbles about him, publichi
gives vent to his ill feeling against him, yet not in his presence. — 68.
odi no nkgkodesem, he flatters, coujlcs, wheedles, hmnbugs, hoaxes
him. — 69. odi no or no ho nsekii or nsokode, he calumnicdes or
slanders him. — 70. odi no atem^ he scolds, (djuscs. rerdes him. —
71. odi atoro (Ak. toro), he fells a lie or lies; odi nkgntoro, s. iik.
P. To be active in some W((y of doing one's business, in observ-
ing or keeping a command or a speciid dag.
73. to observe some manner of doing: edi adannaii, it undergoes
changes; wodi adannaii ye, or, wodi no nnyigye, they do it (dter-
nately. by turns. — 73. di so,^) o^ftOvv an injnnetion, promise, law:
odi n'asem so, he keeps to or acts according to his word ; odi mniara
so, he keeps the law. — to adhere or stick to; to bepunctucd. to arrive
at the ((ppointed time: da a wohyee no se onsah mmera no, wanni
so na odii nnannu gun so, he did not come (d the day (ippointed to
him, but stayed two days longer. — 71. to keep some observance :
odi abuada, he fasts, wodi mmuada, they keeji a fast, observe fasting;
di afofi, to (djstain from plantatio)i-work on some week day. — 75.
to observe, celebrate, solemnize a certain day: di fotlda, to observe
the day of rest by abstaining from jilantafion-work; di homeda, tokeep
the day of rest (Sabbath-day); odi n'awoda, he c'elebrtdes his birth-
day; di dapa, daponna, to have or celebrate a festival day, a feast; di
afe or afribyia, to celebrate a yearly festival (s. hye fa); Brofo di biiro-
nya, the white people celebrate Christmas or new-year's-day; Gnaiifo
di hum, the Guang people have their yearly harvest custom or festi-
val. — 76. to keep a day for some purpose : wodi asennida, they
keep a court-day.
Q. To practise habituidly.
77. wodi atiibo, they arc given to fretjuent change of abode; (cf. 37.)
wodi atiibo, they have the jiractice of shooting themselves. — 76'. odi
awommawH, she bears chddren who nsucdly die soon.
a. To act in mutucd engagement a) in a friendly way.
79. wodi atirimusem, they are on cm intimate footing. — 80. wodi
adi (-ne-adi), they make each other presents, send each other portions
(li. 81
from their food or nicdh. ^7. w.idi iii'iuainiiioa, ihcii unite in huy-
iiii/ i( siteejt to kill It 11(1 shiire it; woili iitVvcbom', utoilto. tJtCtj have
jiiiiird iiitrrcsf. hnre Kssiiciiitcd, hare iiiadr loninioii i-aii.se, ((re in
i)((ifnershi/>. — S^.\ wodi t\Vaka, twawo, usawoso, Ihe/f hare eoinintt-
nian, eat ttujvlher dc, (tre on (food or f'ricndl/f terms, on (( fainili((r
l'i)ot(U(i; wodi imakranna, theii are on (( familiar or intiuKde footinf/.
S.'L wodi akajtimatOvc, thei/ h((re close eoiiitnnnion. far(n(r each other
in tnri(. — wodi aniwalnibu, there is (t in(it(((d nnderstajidin;/ or
(Kireenient hetireen them. — Sj. wodi luinoa, iinoboa. liiafwo, the/f
aid e((eh other, are allied, tcork to(iether. innfaalli/ sn/if/ort each other.
— .s'.'j. wodi aware, the// internKtrr/i.
.y. To he in niiiti((d rehdion b) of an indifferent nature.
R(i. wodi atVa, ///c// ((re intermired. eonuniiKjIed : edi afuntunifra, it
is (or, tlie thin^is ((re) thoro(((/hlif coinnii.red, jionhled or huddled to-
(jeJher. — S7. woadi anahwurain', thei/h((re tni(t(((dl//e)it((nf/ledthem-
selres, crossed or ihn-arted caclt other. — SS. wodi nfwcanim, mmo-
anim', the// face each other, looJ: each other in the face. — S'.t. wodi
a<i:iuna or ayensiu, then icrestle or struf/f/le in a eonibrd for exercise
or /'(*/■ (t prize. — '.)(). wodi atifra, atipira, the if Inioch their heads
together, s. pira.
T. To act in a mnttad ijn(ja(jement c) in a hostile ie((i/.
til. wodi dom, the// ((re at tear ((cifh e((ch other) ; wodi ako, the// arc
fi()hlin(/ (vilh r((ch other). — !t^. wodi akainckamo, anobaebao, a-
poropere, ntawntaw, atutinv, twemainontwc, the// ((re in co)dcnlion,
strife, contest, .struc/ffle, dispute, hickerixc/. (p(((rr(d, (d variance d'C.
with each other.
U. To act hostilel// tou-ards one's self.
.v.?. odi ueho dgni. he (ranniifs suicide, dcstro//s himself. — Ul. wodi
wonho doininata. the// fii/ht of/ainst themselves (their own companions,
h// a mistale).
v. To he disen(/a(jcd or s(:j>((r(ded.
9:'). wodi nkotewmu, nkotetem', the// midu(dl// desist from, or learc
off (hrealc off, (jire ap) figldin//, none of the parties having gained
tlie victory. — .%'. wodi mpapaeni', the/j part, separate, divide, are
divided; wodi hkra, tfie/j jntrt, separate, hid eacl( other fareicell.
W. To meet (cith or experience.
1)7. odi.. ye-na, he ntcets difficult// in doin(/ (it); e.g. wodi no pata-
na, th(?// have difficult// in ((pjteasin(j him, lie is not casdi/ pacified ;
asempa no dii ho hyen-na, the (jospel found no cast/ entrance there.
X. US. In the verbal phrase: gye.. di, to believe (migyc midi,
/ believe, ogye dii, he believed) the first verb, gye, means to receive,
and the second, di, probably means ti, use. to transpose or convert
into action f^or. to enjoi/'O- '/• J^ys- tie.
}'. '.)!i. 100. Other meanings of di red., s. nndor didi, S. 4.
Z. 101-110. Some phrases in F., partly identical with some
of the preceding, partly new (f<mnd in A. W. Parkers books) ,s\ un-
der dzi.
^4-1]'. lietrospective view of tlie previonslv gi\ en princi[ia1
meanings and verbal phrases:
6
82 di. ^_____
a) (li with common objects and other complements, or without com-
plements: io eai,!. to live upou,^. spend, 3. ^7. use, 4. G. 7. Jcccj), iahc
for one's self, 0. reeelve,8. inherit, 9. suffer, 11. deserve, 14. heivorth,13.
be meet, fit, right, 1'). eontain.Ki. hare, xiossess,17-l'J. to he,23-2f>.3!l.
30. to sustain, stand, endure, 40. to neutralize, 41. ner/ofi(de,4S. plead,
50. to deal (with), :')1.
h) d i with specific objects and other complements, alj)habetically
arranged: nha, 11, abaguade, .s. bakoma, iA-*. bam,bame, r>o. abanin-
sem,5o. barehyia.oVy. abarimasem,.'>,3. bata, io. bem,oi. here, .0.6".
bo, 46'. ab5,ii. abobobg,i(S'. abofb.ii. bonno,ii. aboro, .1.-7. abosom,
4!). abransem,.}.'). abuada, 7i. bnronyri,;.^. An,'). 37. dadwen,.3.'>. dam,
4f). adanmude, .V. adannah,7^. adanse, W. dapa. dajionna, 7."). ada-
woroma, ^;.V. ade.<S'..V. dehye,'/^^..^^. adehyescm, .>.-A dem,J7. adi(-n<'-
adi),(SY>» adiakyiri. /;?. dibea,4''.7. (\o,'}2. d(nn,!H..')3. dommata, .'A/.
don,.W. adwini, /i. d\vuma,J/. afe (alirihyia),;?.s'.7.j. i'e\\,(i(l. mfia-
kyiri, .->,■>. atisera, :'jO. (o,31. afofi,; /. fohda,/.'}. atbrosian,.'>7;. at'ra,.SY;.
afrihyia,^AS'.7.j. mfuai]f\Ve,56'. af'untumfra,iS'6'. f\Ve,jfi. ntsVeanim,.S'6.
Tif\Vebom',<S'i. gua,4.j. aguma,tSYA agyinam,i.9. hene,i^. ahene,</7.
ahenemmasgmj ahensem,.-).?. h\a,,32. hiaf\ve,6'.!i. ho, 23. 37. neli6,7. a-
hodannan,.W. ahoedensem..>V. aliomasin,.;. homeda./'.j. liiiammo, .55.
abuhuseni,.'Ji. ahukan,<?.7. hnm, 7;I ahurusi,.76'. nhyease, i.'>. ahyem-
firi,.vV>. nhyira,.'y. akabaso, akagyinam, I!>. akakabensem,.'>.V. akame-
kame, .'yX^. kamu.A.-';?. kah,33.3'). akapiinaf\vc',,s'.';. kasa,;>6'. nkasa-
gua,^7. kasasie, /tS'. ako,.'y7. nkogu,7i. akokobiriscin, .'1.7. nkoko-
desem,6'.s'. rikomm;1ran, //. iikoiiimo,07. iikominoduni./;.>. komiisn,
11. ako-ne-aba,.V6'. I'lkonim, :/0. hkontoro, 77. akorokorow,.V6'. ako-
san,,56'. iikotetem'.V.*. nkra,.%. akrankrrinsem,.O.v. kum,7i. kusum,
.'J.5. nkwa,.V. i)kwaseasem,.o/. kyeame, iX^. aky i, akyiri,i?.=)..7.'7. kyin-
hyia, .->Y>. amansem,.'5(). amanterenu ade,<S'. mmara, i6'. rnmasigyaw,
33. amim,.'A-7. mmoa,.s'i. mmoa,(S'. mmganim..S'<V. mmow,')0. amrado,
43. mu,^-i. mu,^.'y. mmusu,77. nri,.'>7. nnakranna,(S',3. anai'iwnram',
87. anem,.;;?. ni,^7. lum.lO. anim,.V.'"i. aiiimka,^/. aniwal)nbu,.s'.'>.
jino,/(S'. anobjlbae, .'y^^. nngboa, (S/. nokware, ;5;?. I'lnuaiiimoa, .S'7.
nya,]s.(;0. nnyigye, 7^. pa, //. paiiyin, i;?. mpapaem,.%\ operefwe,
(iC). apere})ere, .'/^^. mpewa, /;;». pia, //. a])orisem, .l.v. nsawoso, .S'5.
nse,.30. nseku,6'.'y. aaem lO.ijO-')!. semode, 6i. asemmone,.'5i. asem-
pa, .{»5. asennida, 77/. asennini, .VA .{ii. senkwanmn,.'j^. scnkyehe,.W.
nsesa, nsesSguaj i.'7. nsew,4.9. nsianeh6,.76'. sigyaw,.?.?. sika, .9.-i. so,
43.73. so, 31. sofo, 43. nsokode,^'.'y. sriini, /;?. asrayere, i^/. ntam',.^^.
ntamniTira, /.'). tamu,.5^. atiitil, .7<S'. ntawntaw,.V^. atcm,7^>. ntenteso,
35. ntewso, 7^^. \i,33. atifra,.W. ntintimjinsem..-";.?. atipira, .W. tirim,
39. atirimusem. 7.'A ntodii.^. ntomu,7,?. ntontg,.S'7. atoro, 77. tow.^,?.
atratrasem..!/. atubo.77. ati'ibo, .V7.77. atubra, .97. tumi,.-3,5. tnmisem.
53. atuntimansem, .7 /. atntuw..'yA:'. atwagu,,'?^'. t\vaka,.S';j'. at\vasi,.96'.
twa\ve,(S'^. t\ve, 7. atweba, .96'. t\VC*mamentwe, .'y<2. nt\vit\varrino,.9(S'.
aware, .S';j. awoda,7.-5. awommawn, 7(S'. awu,.';,'y. \vere,.'j7. awereliosem,
64. ynre, 40. yaw,//. jiyensin^cS'.'A 'ayeyesem,.7/. yiye, .97.
(This list of objects and coiuiiienieiits may lie increased.)
c) di combined with other verbs: di boa, 44. di ma, di ko n'a-
i'»,50. fa neho di,6'. gye Ai.98. fa di, ,s-. fa ^^6'.
;i(ll — ;i(li(liil<vin.
83
m\'i, v.ii. aiiimj, I'va.siiuii; s. atli-bone, adipiiw; wndi adi, ///ry
.■<rntl lunfioiis to one tiiiofJirr = wokyokyr woiilio :uh\ pr.!)()L if.
(li .SY>, adi-ne-aili, adiaiiiA.
;i(li, = adiwo, mi open or outer spaee, opp. to a shut up and
covered space or hidden place; out, outside, without, tOn'oad, out of
doors. — da adi, to lie ojien. tie luauifest; fi adi, to eouie or (jo out,
fortli. V. pue; yi adi, to liriiiif forth or out. to Iiriuf/ to tiffht, rciuJer
risilde, diselose. wnhe moiiifest. pr.O.'id.
adi, contr. ^= ade yi, this thiiiif, this. that.
ad i-a ky iri, y^/. -to, u suhordinatc officer, subaltern: onyATi
ad. bi dii, he otitained some inferior nffiee; s. di o'5fl. /;?.
ndi-aina, seudiiiff of jiortious. pr. 9S6. Fjst.fi,22. ef. afli-ne-adi.
a d i-a 111 111 A-\v (t-lia (wudi a, \vnin'in;i wu b.l bi) a kind of
iliiui. s. ode.
diasckai'i, a disli of Indian corn, a kind of abete.
ad i-a sic [nea woudi asie| a matter jireriouslii arrauf/ed or
settled l)eforehaiid. pr. u:}{i.
adi-i>a iV, -banc, Ak. food: s. aduaii'.
d i-h c a , place, position, rank, occupation ; nnipa a wodi d., men
of rank; ne d. so, he is in a hi(/h position; wode no kodii ne d. bio,
he teas re-instated in his office, restored to or put in his former state.
diho [Eng.] deal-lioard. — dibo-dua, ^V. d.-n-, fir, ei/press.
a d i-hoii c, had food; pr. :2600. t^^- ^^^5,i7.
adide,/V»/7/o;<. usufruct; enjoi/ment; henefd, profit; share. D. As.
didi, red. V. (s.di) 1. to eat; to he or sit at meals, td talde;
pr. 923-933. 1691. lH70.213i. — didi me, to eat enouijh. pr. 932. —
2. to lire on. make one's livelihood tu/: Brofo ho na yedidi = Brofo
ade na ese se wowia, ivh<decer we can (jet from a white man, by fair
or unfair means, is rii/ht, because he has plenty (!) — .9. to sj)read
(of an ulcer <.^c.), to diffuse itself; = bore no adidi ako ne honam
nhina mn, .s-. fxVete /. — i. to soak, to r/et tfirough, to penetrate.
ad id I, inf. eatini/. feastiuf/, meal; pr.97.93o. 2S92. ne kara kg
adidi.
adidi, Turlcey-red thread or colour; - adidi-pa, crimson;
adidi-sika, i/ellow thread, oranye-rcd yarn.
d id i-a in I'oe, a man who etds much and yet lias no fat.
adidi-hcti, manner of eatin;/; dinin(/-room.
a d i d i-l t u r e , time of eatin<i.
adidi-de, 1. eatables. — 3. mmoa adidide = adidi-ade, aduan-
n.'ika, manijer.
didifo, (pi. id.) (juest ; kofre me didifo na wommera!
0-did ifo, pi. a- (nea odidi ma etra so) a (jreedy eater, (jlutton.
a didi fii r u ni , (jhdtony, voracity. f(/ourmand.
adi dii, jilaee or time of eating; ad. ase, id. — adidii-fVvefo, the
master (ruler, f/overnor) of a feast, steward. Joh. 2,9.
adidiikyiri, the time after a meal.
didikaw — Jidiukiira.
didi-kaWj a debl for vietnal>i.
didi-me, the act of catuKj oiouijli, so as to be satisfied, cuthuj
o)ir's fill: heuce (i fcdst, feasting, h(tiiq/iefi)/</, incliuling the idea of
drinkinj;' copiously. pr.9o4f.
ad i d i}»6 I'l, iiihle. (Jiriimj-fdUc ; diinnr- table; r/". opon, dan-
riuopoii.
adidi-traso, f/Jiiftoin/, rorariti/, crerss in ratinr/.
adidi-tVvea, 1. tJir. stoinarJi, -^ nsonokese. — ^. a ha;/ for
virfHats.
ad i-l'i^ adifi, inf. [fi adi] fjoinr/ oitf, (joing forth. Ps. 12],S. Mic.o,2.
adifiide [r/l t'ii] plent/j of tilings, gsi^gc. etttahlcs; manyaaduaii
ad., I have got food (^or victuals) in excess, for nothing; odi, ope vr
gye ad. =^ oyc amiin, he is greed y. — adifudc-]»e, inf. greediness,
cupidity. — o-difudojKjfd, a greedy, vnsatiablc fellow or person.
u dill a, a stone connneinorative of a shameful or criminal act
as rape or murder, committed at the place, on which every passer-
by puts a leaf to protest against the deed. — adi-ho, s.adi, adiwo.
o-dili 11 n 11 111 J rerel. rereling; greediness; oye od. = oye adi-
fude, he I ill's to eat (dt lie can get. or idt he has to-dag.
d i lea , a kind of gam. s. ode.
adikai'i-(), a salutation addressed hy a travcder to one who
ivent before, after having come up with him; answer: ya aberaw.
ad ik a I'l fi't, one (or jil. nnoiii) gone befire. the fore- most, first.
dik ])('!, [da I dart.
di 111-1110, hif. s. bg dill, nnimmo.
diiii-iiioiic, = din bone; dim-pa = diii pa.
o-d i I'l, 1. name; ne din de den? irhat is his name? wgato no din,
theg hare given him a name; cf. Or. § 205, 4.5. — pae din, .s. pae.
bg dill, /() mention; pr. 1776. on account of; cf. Gr.§24.'i?^. (the last
ox.^ (Ill jiretence of: gbgg adwumaye diii bae, he came on pretence of
worhiiig; gbg ne d. so, he mentions his name; gbg ne d., he calls ujion
him. — X.\ the good name, reputidion. character; bg diii (j)a), ti>
praise; bg din bone, see din, to revde. slander, defame; wgde wgiihn-
ho dim-mone bae ^= wobekail wgnho-ho asein, thei/ reprociclied, iij>-
braided each other. — .5. a well-lcnown name, fame, renown: wagyo
(ne) d., gwg d;., he has become renowned, celebrated, famous, he is
rennirned; oni]>a a gwg d., a man of rank or distinction ; ne d. ada
kakra, his name steeps a little, i.e. he is no more sjndicn of so much:
ne d. ato nsum, he is no more mentioned.
d 1 11 11, d 1 1*1 11 , a., adv. still, silent; quiet, calm ;pr.30G9. Mh:4,o!i.
sgn. demm, knni, krananana.
ad 1 nam [ade a wgde di nam] (jil. hi.) fork, table-forl'.
adi-iie-adi, miitucd communication offoml; cf. di SO. & adi,
0-dinimfo, ft\ onimdifo. [adiama.
adiiikctrii, linen fnviera) bought of the Europeans, which the
negroes wear as mourning after having variegated it ivith red and
black strij^es. pr. 387.
diiisij c — do. 85
diii-sm'', htf. slnmh'r. ftdniiniif. i>r.'JHH.
;itliii(nilll (obtiC.J jifilcrKsf; won ii wo-uc iiiiii;uiiii;ul.i ; r/'. tuium.
.1 (I i-|» II w, cnrssirr vathiii; pr. !):>S.
adiwu, l\m i/<tnl of ji iu'j;r() dwcUiiii;; adiwu lio, old of iloors,
•ri(/i(tii( ; if. adi i<: altaiunia.
di-NVO-;il'r-iM mil. a bird ol \nvy lar;;t'r than akruma, lirii/(/
mi lite fioioifj of other birds.
adi-yi, inf. iiKiiiifrs/aliini. rrvrhifinn.
;i d i \' i s o III , jirojilii'iii : the bool: of rcrcldlioH.
od i_v i n 1. jil. a- -to, jiroji/irf, Chr. (iikondiyt't'o, iVA.)
do, r. [ri'il. dodo] 1. to increase in qnantHif or nnniber, to iniil-
tiply, to become nttnieroits; ue sika do, his inonei/ increases; ewo no
ado, the lioncji has increased. h((s filled the comb; pr.7'il.Sl;{. 134S.
woado -• woaye bcbre, woatVw ; cf. doso [do & so], lew. — ^. to
brimj forth abnndanfl//: asu no do nimoa nianyii-inaiiya, the wider
swarms irith animals. Gen. l.-JO. — .V. to jirodace. aflracl. (jather: do
siadi', awoiiiHia, to ijalher fal, to fatten, fjroa- fid (only of beasts);
{ir. am. tlo nkanai'i', to i/idher riisf, to rnst. ijrinv rasli). — i. to fill,
become fall: wado \Vu\v (wadidi pi, ii'at'iiru ahye), he is crammed,
stuffed, cloned (fall); wado utwom, tie is full of ilch. — 5. to become
hot: nsu no ado, the tenter is liot; dado no ado, tfie iron, is red-Iiot;
nie bo acb), / om hot -- niayc liycw, byerebyere. — U. emu do, to
become dce/>. to deejien: asu no mu do, tfie river is deep; ebg de,
emu nuo, tttere it is shidlotc. — 7 . do asuko, to dire. --■ 6'. F. to sinic
limb r the iriiter, sink down, =: mem ; Mt. H^SO. Ijecholed, Mk.o, IS. —
'J. tosiidi, infiltrate, penetrate : do mpuuijiunase: asu no ado m[»., tfie
riridet has lost itself in the ij round. tb»\viiig or oo/dug- below tbe sur-
face. — 10. to enter, lose one's self in : ode iiebo o/'ue ti ado wuram',
fie luis absconded, concealed himself in tfie bush. — 11. do m u , dom',
/(* I/O abroad, into foreiijn countries: ankye ua gdom' koe, not lonij
aflericards fie set out on a journey ; wadom', fie is atvai/ on a journey,
abroad; gdom' kg Iliiam, gmmaee, fic went on a journey to Krepe
and is not yet bacfc; won nhina dodom' kgg nkurow so, they all went
abroad into foreiijn countries. — 1'2. to enter (tbe uose, said of tlie
smoke or scent of soinetbing burned &c.) : aduru no (mako no) adg
me, tfie smell of If i at medicine (pepper) has eidered my nose (causing
me to sneeze, making nie sick &.c.) — 13. to enter deeply, to ijrieoe:
asem no ado me (= ye me yaw), tfie matter i/ricves me. — 11. to
take refuije to, have recourse to, resort to: wabedg me, he has tafcen
refuije with me; raadg panyin no. / ftare resorted to tfiat yentleman;
gpanyih ua, ade bia wo a, wuguan kgdg,.j/o« fiave recourse to a man
of Consequence wtien you are in distress. — lij. to swear by: medg
(= meka) Onyankopgn se asem a mekii yi woni', I swear by God
that what I say is true. — 1(1. to lore: dg wo ygnko se wobo, lore thy
neiijlibour as thyself; wgdodg wgnbo, they love each other. Gr. § 57.
pr. 2378. - to nice, prefer ; pr. 21(14. cf.])e, pe asem. — 17. dg..bo,
to spare, save, take care of: gdg ne nan bo, he does not like to exert
(tire) his fret by walking, pr. 283. — Is. ..bo dg, to be of impor-
86 do — dododo.
tancc to, excite an intense interest or si/nijxdJi// in : Icsu ho do (= hia)
yen a, anka yeuyji ne ho ascin bi ka.
I'Jir. JIJ. lie kon do, his tliront deepens for. i.e. Jte has an ajt/ietilc.
a longinfi desire for, caf/ert/j desires, tiisis after. — A^O. do iikran,
to become irild, fierce, friffhtfat ; u'ani do iikran, he rae/es, chafes. —
^i. do., iicl, to distike, s. na. — ;Jj:J. do auiwii, to be tjftshfid. — ^^.7.
do so: to talcc precentive measures: gdo so uteni siesic ho na amma
sa, he qnirJct// ttdces precautions that this mai) not come to pass. —
21. do, s. Aow. pr.o:}S. — 26. do, do., so, to suffice, be sufficient;
eyiara do me so, thrd uitt just do for me; ado me so, it suffices me;
anno me so, it is not enout/h for uic.
(1 o, r. s. dow.
do, F. = so, Ak. soo.
do, Ak. = ho; pini do = t\Vi\v kg ho; s. d6ha;i.
o-do, s. edow.
O-do, inf. love, ajfeetion. pr.'.)42-9M.
o-do, a kind of river-iish.
o-d 6, fi jdai/intj-half made of i)alm-leaves.
ado, a /)iec<' tif jxdm-brancfi or liamboo made into a kiiul ot
needle for the striiij>; of f ra used for tyinji; tlie j^rass in thatching
roofs.
d . adr. slarii/i/t//: of\Ve inc; do, Jw stares at me. J Ki. s,ll. s//n.hf\.
O-do', a sickness in the belly; eye wo yam' kiirii ma wukyima
g-doa, adoa, s. odowa, adowa. I.i'ioj^ya.
iidoha, F. =^ unobae, Fs. 67,(i.
do ban, the line or border of a j)iec(! of ground selected for
making a ptantidion. on which the bush is cut lirst, to show how
far it is to be cut.
adolx' [edow abe| a species of palm-tree, the leaves of which
called daha, are used to cover roofs. — adobcj-aba, 1. nuts of
the said jjalm. — 2. a kind of beads, s. aliene. — adolx'-ni'iwain,
abird; ef. onwain, pr.94j. — adobywa. jd. n-Jhe i/tninij luMn^-patm.
o-d oil ('11 [dowe a ebere] red-hrown (colour), rudd//. ha//.
adobodobo, a kind oi' beads, s. ahene.
dobosa, to- d., to faint. Jon. 4,S. s//n. ye nennan; okgm de wo
na woaye sijimo a.s. woanom nsa na egyinagyina wo ani so a. na
woatg d. nen ; cf. tg beraw, piti.
adobow, 6si ad., adol»(')\v-si, inf. a custom to be observed by
a woman at the death of one of her husband's relations.
a (lod (', a favourite tiling, pet. darlinij. F. lionam adgdze, sinful
uffcetio^ns.
adode, oi/ster (nwora mu nam bi). pr. 'J40.
dodo, red.v. s. do. — bgre no ad. no honam mu, s. fwete I.
dodo, adv. much, veri/ much, too much, eJ:eeedin</l//. F. dodow.
dodo, Ak. ( F. Mt. 22,14.) s. dodow, ft.tC-n. — o-d(»do, F. hosts.
dodo-ara, F. mani/. Mt. 7,22. — dododo, F. e.rceedin'jli/. Ml;. 0,26.
0(lod(»l»eii — (Ml('»k<'). 87
((-(li'idoln' I'l. (lor..., a piece nf lioUnw rt'i'd ov hanilxn) throiif^li
wliieli llie |i.ilm-\viiu^ distills from the felled tree iiit<» the, \cssel
|d;iecd under the hole cut in it. prJUlif.
diMldln', dadawm', /he jxiltdc, roof of the iinnifli; adiiaiV no
afam me d., the food clcnocs to lui/ /xdalc.
thtdom', V. — kokoam'.
(lodoi'iki'i, (I strrlliii;/, hidthlf, hli-^/cr; (Uii/ IIi'ukj bloivn /ip,
intlfcd II IK or, as it were, strol/cu; ade, bi a aye kiisil ua wiiunim de-
kode a ewom'; ade bi a ahoi'i; wokyekyere boa bi a, wiise: bo no
il., na obi aidifi nea ewom'; ogya bi hyew wo iia abg horoiioa a,
wosc: abg d. — biirohouo d. pr. 079.
(lodow, red. r.^ s. dow; /. to livnnitc broivii. — :J. to hcronie
sii/: 1)1/ c.rccssirc t'(d'ni;i. (Oyari" ko onipa tiintiim hoiiarn a.s. n'ajiow
mil ua oye kg a, eniia wokiT se: wathulow. Wadodow no se: wa-
didi ma atra so na gyare), — 5*. wgdodow won yam' su, they irccp
front secret loHffiti;/.
dixlo w, II. niiir//, iiiiiiiii. — II. ijiKUil/f/j, iiiniiher. iiiiiiiliers. iiiidli-
fiide: dgte dodow a in(tboe beye ahe? /loir iiiiicli irill the ijuinitifi/ of
iliiil dinj Old hij ijon lie':" wgn d. si ahe, ivhid are their HHiiil)ers'(' (ey*.'
biako pe, it is oidi/ one; wosi abien, the// (ire two; wgdgso, thei/ are
It ijrent uiuiiij.) — a i/reat number of people, pr. 948-dO. odi d. akyi
kwa, //(' me ret If follows the muss of the people, the multitude, the many.
di'tdi'iw: po d., to stammer, stutter.
dodow a, j)l. niiodowa-nuodowa, a. .small, little, liny; gde nn-^
abiM-ow un-j ef. nkgkgre; si/n. nketenkete,
([('mIowm, a weacefs spool, bobbin; ^^ nkyokyeree.
do do wo', n-, a., n. brown; brown ness.
dod o w II ra, s. nwuradodow. (Nnipapi wom'a wghyed.kwa.)
a doc, yoodness. /,iiidiiess. tori ny-liind ness, kind-heartedness ; fa-
vour, benerolenee ; affection. Opanyin yi, gye adge = no yam' ye,
he is charitable, lieiievolent, shows his hindness {hy presents or other
manifestations of his love); ode minorgScX ye wgn adge --^ ye won
aye, ye wgn yiye, he inyridiates himself irdh them, eourts their fa-
vour , by dealing rum totJtcin; Onyankopgn adge a gye wgnnipabo
{or ode ye nnipa) ayi adi wg Kristo mu, God's looiny-lcindness to-
wards men Jias manifested itself in Christ. — F, adoe (adwe), aels
of love. — a doe -ye, inf. the act o^ practising charity. — Q-doe-
yefo, pi. a-, a charitable, beneficent person.
o-d ofo, 2>l- ^-5 1- lover. — ^*.one beloved; me d., he lehom I love.
(lofoa: bg d., to hide, see/c a hiding-place; = kohintaw, bg
ad ofo no, a kind oi' beads; s. ahene. [ukokora.
dglowa, pi. n-, lover, paramour? d. ha., pr.oL3:S.
doliaa, Ak. ^= nohoa, nohg.
do h 11 w a, y^/. n-, amulet; =^ sv'iman.
o-doko, a sickness in the bowels leading to diarrhoea, (perh.
prolapse of the rectum?)
88 dgko — dom.
do ko, dokgdoko, fuie, soft (of dry things, ground to powder);
ofe dd. = ate aye betebete, = f'eko.
dgko, dgkgdgkg, sircci, a<jfce<ihh ; mcJIijIiioil. invJlijlnons,
smoof/i ; sijH. boroboroborOj dede, fremfrein.
adgkgdgkgdi', = ade-fVemfrem, somcfJuii;/ -sivcii, pr. 406.
dgkgdgkgseui, = nngko-nngko-asem, mellifluent, sriuioth
or sweet words, flatterif.
g-dgkono, boiled lucdd of maize; <f. abodO. pr.'JoSf.
dgkoH-kaiikycu, As. id. - pr.9o5. — adokonni, pr. 3012.
<k)ku, pi. n-, F. iiiohl-e//. — gdgkye, pr. 2787.
do 111, r. F. t(i tivloiifi to; odora won, = ofi won imi, Mt. 26,38.
dgiii, r. F. to (jo into (mother countrij, Mt. 21,33. '" '" '
dom', r. /V/. [/7y/. dodom'] .s.doll. to jieref/riiKtte, Ijcaivai/;
wadom', F. = onni ho.
dgni, r. to vr/.' (illics or (oi (dlianrc iritli; asafo a wosfia no
kodom nea eso na woafvie won hiada; gye adorn, to secJc, t(il<\ vn-
(jage (is idlirs, call in the nid of; wakogye ohene bi ndoin. 2 Ki. 7, 6.
Q-d g 111 (pi. id., dom horow, d. afanu) 1. a host, mi ariii//;pr. 6S.').
956.!>o7.D60. — i\ the hoslde (irmij. the enemy, pr. 95!). 2268. 2 176. —
di dom, to liv of irar. — di neho dom, to conniut suicide. — gye dom,
s. dom, r. — ko dom, to irfu/c inir, (joto war. — y i dom, to ocercome
the eiienif/. ijaiu the cictori), pr.2952. woayi dom, nanso woadi nko-
nim, thvt/ have vanquished tin' eiicmij (O/d triumphed. — edgm gu,
a host or tlie enemij is defeided. pr.4.^6. — C2nls. dgin-hene, (/eneral;
dgnkunini, thr main I/od// or t/ross of the (tr mi/, main arm//; dgm-
ki'iw, II division, l/rli/adr: dgm-tow, a reijimcnt. Cf. asafo.
dom, V. to favour, ijrant favours; to Ijv (jrarious; to pardon
(a malefactor); to hclj) in distress; to tje useful, favouridde, to serve
ones turn. pr. l-'>07 ; to liajiprn. — Wgadom wo, iinu are favoured;
dom me j)reko, for oiae do me thr favouv! Onyaiikopgn adom n'a-
niwa: wahu nyansa bebre, God has favoured him .w, thid he Jias ob-
tained mnili ivisdom ; ene de, osu abedom yen wg ha, to-day ice liave
been favoured trith rain here; ghene* adorn no kora, the Icinij lias
granted liim his life; wadom me akye me ntama. (ense me, nso m'ani
nni so,) he presented nie irdh a lioth, (undeservedl// and unejpertedli/);
mekg lig na se gdoin ba ho a, mekfl no asem bi, / shall go there and
if he liapjien to ronie there (as 1 wish he may) / shall tell him some-
thing.
g-d 111, inf. grace, favour. Unyafik. dom nti na yetiya iikwa,
bi/ the graee of God we obtain life. — F. adoin, 1 I'd. 8,7.
adom, inf. a favmirijig : tfie second rain// season in September
and October, t/ie hitter rain upon tlie maize; = adommere, adom-
inurow, adonsu; ef. asnsow.
g-dom, a kind nitree. rhe bar/i^ of which is used in performing
an ordeal.
doiii, V. F. = dome.
(l«imm.'i — .•i(lniiiiiit''n'. f^O
(Idiii iii;i, (I ivviiihl of iioltl; Asaute dgimiul is t'(|iial in value
to iitaku 11. or 7 s'. lo^ji <l. Akyciii d. -^ ntakii 18, or 10 s. i'/j d.
o-(lomiii;t, /'/.a-, (F. oilomba) a f'niif similar to a fiij ; tin; tree
hfaiiii- it. F. Mt ?J(i. J I, HI
adt'i III iiiil [(jdou, dim.] hell; -: uiionnoiiiiua, iiiiyi'iii'iniyciicimna.
-drtlllA, in epiLs., s. uimoadoma, adoiiiakwaJec, doinankiliiia.
(16 Ilia, doniawa, doinadoiriji, i(. soft, tcjidcr, (hiii, fine, ffv.sli,
ifoKftij; '/• oba-doiiia, abfiro-doni.'i; inU'-doina nii ode horolioro a
(!nnyiiii ua wodi no, Ak. - ode- tofoio, Akr. ; obiodc no ye dOinu-
doin.i, fiinyinie; onij)a no ye onipa dd.
a^loiiia, II., somrf/iiiKj soft; pr.4!H. — cf. abadonia.
do 111 a, })l.n-, ft i/oKiiff, triidrr frrc; ony;i, oduin, otVain, ne
uiioina no. wgde si dan.
doiii 111 a-IVi, a ivi'iijld of (/old. the half of dointna, q.v.
a d It 111 a U w ;i d c r iihina, nil .sorts of tluiKjs.
doina III t"i ri: liye d., tit arcmsr; s. hye.
ado 111-111 a 11 Tid (' [ade a wod(! inra odoin] sdcramcnt. Chr.
o-doiii-iua 11 i I'l, ])l. n-, odoiii-niariiiiaj a <jreat icarrior, hero.
' fin: nil.
do Ilia Ilk a iiia,-koiiia, a. niaiiij. manifold ; plrnti fid, abiinditiit,
copious; si/ii. bcbre. pi, pewd. — Ne yiye d. a ode yee no no, wan-
yi n'aye (wanna n' ase), fie did not thiuik him for his manifold bene-
fits: [Onyankopgn yee ade nhinil d., God made all thinc/s. R.j). 166-]
aseiii d., a icorld of jialaver, <i prolific, incessant, perpetual, inter-
minable, endless jialarer or Utiijntion.
()-(lunirii'ika ma, -koina, God, the Creator ("he is much above
all. oyii bcbre, woko babiara a, wulifi no"). Ouyahkopon Od. abo
ade I'lhina, God, ffie creator, fias made all tftinr/s. R.p.lOO. (Jd. bog
nna-inmerensoii, wgtg ade a, wontna kaw? since God fias created
seven daifs. has it not idivai/s been so (is it not eqiialli/ true) tfiid,
what is boU[/fd. must be paid'^ i.e. ivfiji is it that //on do ncjt pay me for
sucfi a loiKj time? (F. Nyanko])gu no Doiiiankoma Ba, the Eternal
Son of God ; Nyankopun gnye Oudoniankoina Sunsfun, God is an
Eternal Spirit. Frk.J The word as a name of G(kI seems to mark
him as the boundless, infinite, iiderminable, immensely ricJi Beimj,
or as the author, owner and donor of an ine.rftaustible abundance
of things. (The etymology in Mf. Gr. p. } 2 "thi- sole benefactor''
is untenable.) Cf. Onyankopgii.
doinai'Oj [J^"o-] romal, a kind of elotfi (silk, half silk, or
cotton fabric, orig. from the East Indie.;).
(i-do 111-111 an' Ilia, pi. n-, s. gdommanin, osabarinui. pr.Ooi).
doiniiiata, wgadi wgnho d., tfieij have fouyht against tficm-
selves, i.e. tfieir own jjcojjIc. by mistake or envy.
<loino, v.[inf.n-] to curse, e.recnde, imprecate evil uj>on; si/n.
bg dua, hye nsew. (Wadome no, e.s.ose: <mwu, a.s. nhyira mm'ma
no so da.)
a d r» 111-1110 re, tfie second rainy season: s. adoiu.
90 adomfiraw — artona.
a d m f i r a w : wato ad., he luta hiadverfcHf?// f<dU'>t iiilo the (diiip
or Info an (nnhush of the enrni//.
doml'rasc [Dan. dohhelf-fhis/ir] a f'our-conifrcd bottle.
d o 111-111 a To [dgm, boa] <i lielper in irar, an atli/.
0-domono, the best sort of j) film- wine, s. nsrif'ufu.
dompe,^>?. n-, hone, si/n. kasae, F. ebew.
doin})(^-l»oa, />/. n-, reiietn-atc animal.
d 111-}) c 111 111 o : edom no sau kgbog d. wo A., tlir. anii// re-
treated to, fell back upon A. ; cf. bo !) &. pern, pemmo.
g-d iii-p i a fo , pi. a-, commander of an ami//.
O-doiupo, pl.n-, icdd do/j, huah-dof/, black, feeding on carcases,
snails &c. cf. odemerefna, hatvvea; pr . 505. 530. 8o.j-o7 .070-72. SBM-
dompdiiiiii, a weifiht <>f <J'>l^l (■)'•) little money snfficient to
buy something to eat. pr. :2D43.
doiuinriiiij pl.n- [edgm bum] jirisoner of war, captive. —
kyere d., to talce prisoner, eapture; fa nn-, to make prisoners.
doiiiiiiri Ml I'ji . inf. captitrc. capfirit//.
adoiil-mi'irow [adoni aburow] ]. mai^e jdanled in tin' second
rainy season. — ^. tlie time of t/ie latter rain, in which maize is
planted^ the second rainy season; cf. adorn, adominere.
doll, V. [red. doiuigii] to soak, steep, drench; to saturate wUli
ivatcr or other liipiid; to soften in water; to penetrate, permeate; a-
burow no adon, adonngn, tlie corn is so<d:ed, softened, well sodden;
ne gyigye donngii onipa mu, its sound thrills throuyh one's tvhole
frame.
do 11, V. Mf. Id prejiare '"sn-ish" for building purposes.
d g iV, r. [inf. n-, red. dgiinon] to walk softly, ycntly, slowly, in
(I measured jmre; to crawl, to more or advance slowly; gdgrV se
ayeforo, ^;r. ^JO. (s. donii); odgiingii se gbgmmgfo, se agyinamoa a
grekgkyere aknra.
dgi'ii'i, .softly, delirately. slowly niiA finely ; gnani d., he wallcs
softly d'c, yraccfully (gnantew uiinerantesem inu, for [)leasurc or
show), he promenades.
g-dgii, Z^t'ZZ; e-dgn, cloclc; bg don, tostri/cethe bell or clock; wo-
sow dgh, to riny the bell; edgn bg, the clock strilces ; cf dgiifwerew;
abg dgnkoro, the clock has struck one, it is one o'clock: abg nngn-
abien, it is two o'clock d'c. Gr. § 80,4.
d Oil, 0(W (number); edi don, it is odd; i)jip. edi nse, it is even.
adg-na [dg, ua| prop, a difficulty in lovimj,- disaffection, dis-
pleasure, dislike, ill-takiny, disfarour; wafa me adgna, he has con-
ceived a disaffection, dislike ayainsf or aversion to me (oj)p. wanya
me adgye, he has found it easy to love me); yeka asem yi a, gbefa
yen ad., when we say this, it will awaken dislike in him against us,
it will hriny us into disfavour with him; osuro adgnji, he is afraid
of incurring disjtleasure, of yiviiiy offence. — F. keyi n'ad., yo and
tell him his fault. Mt. 18,15. [Cf. the name Dowuona = dg owuo na,
adonaten — dontori. 91
III' (fis/)lc(ist'tl icilli Dentil, ticil. tluit the procciliiig (Iircf or luort^
cliililrc'u of" tlio siiinu motlior diil not live; do not ascribe it to men.]
ii (loiiA-lt'M, /. pcrnrsf Jiiih/iiiciil from fear of incurrin}; dis-
favour : mmii me ad. — iitVve nea wodo no anim mmu me nlenkyew.
— ,;>. oyinti ad., /ic f.rjnrsscs (ii liiiii fiis (/rivf, irtjnf, rc.sciihnrfif,
not as a complaint.
o-d(i 11 (luii \\ a, pr. U7H.
adoiiiM^ [odom adi'| ijifh of (/rare. Chr.
<!(» I'l f\V o re w jodgi'i a af\Vere| ///. n-, an lioiir; d. biako, ofie
hour. — V. dgnfwer', .1/^ ITU'S. Akj). (1omIi('h-('»\v.
J d n-ii' 111. V. (h'fiuit. Mf. Gr. p. 77.
0-d6lik('), /. a kind of ,y/n;(/>/;/r/ iii.scct. — ;:J. .siviinf, sw'uuj'nig
liiiv; otow nelio (a.s. ne mui) donko, he sivin</s (his brother); bvofo
d., pnndlit bars, pnrattrts (for j;ymnastics).
o-d o I'l ki'i, o-doi'ikitiii, yy/. nnoiikn, nngiikofo, n nciiro from thr
iiilrrior, such as are bron<;lit tlienee and sold as slaves in the coun-
tries nearer the coast. (.>>. Nnonko, Gr.p.XV ); hence a slave; jn-. 97 If.
(J don ko, ))r. u. given to a boy as the slave of some fetish,
doi'ikoc' (n-), iv<(r, irarfare, wariihe dvrds. inilitdrii concerns.
(j-dou-kor 0, one o'clock; s. edoii, Gr. i; 80,4.
do I'l k iidoiikii, deep; eyed.>-emu do; aburad., a deep well;
si/n. h('i, lioho', kfironkuron.
o-doii-kfi iiiui, a chief iforrior (n//;/. dginmariina). Zcph. .3,17.
d('»j"ii'iO, bde cost oid lijj contiliutj; bninVoma a ayarefo fe, =
fenrin; wafe d.
o-d on 11 6, o siH(dl drain; akyeiie kettnva bi a eto ue ano terew
na mtinimfini ye tOateJi. pr. 078.
doiiiioniina = kgkodomma; c/. nngnngmma,
don no 11, red. r. s. dgn.
don'ngn, red. v. s. dgn'.
donnon, a bend or bendimj, 1. in a road, a roand-abont icai/;
2. in. the sea-coast, forming a bai/ov bight, or making- the land pro-
ject into the sea; epo, asu, asase no, dgm no abu d. ^=: abu b;iraka,
= abukaw abefa babi.
O-donsoii, a kind oi s( ring-instrument; s, gsankii,
adon-sii, the tatter rain; cf. adorn. Adonsu to a, na adommil-
row ben. Ad. uye ade a eta to da, enti etg dabi-a ema biuoni abfirow
how (gets fjlastcd); na enti, se Onyk. doiii ma, osu to gu so na eye
yiye a, na gdom na wadom wo, na cnte se asusow a en'de da etue
afrihyia.
adon-tuii, the main bodi/ or gro-is of the arm if, main a ring, or
rather : the centre of an army.
o-dont('), a jwt full of pat in- u- inc.
dontori, mud, mire; stoiigh, puddle, iniiddg jita.sh (dgte ne
nsu a afrafram'); ef. denkyedenkye, atekye.
92 odontwi — adowa.
o-dontwi, := abotokura.
adon-we, ivf. [weoclomJ/Z/e chciciHij of the hark of the o^\o\ntrcc.
ad(}ii-wowa [edgm awowa] hostiujc.
adun-iiya-de [ade a wodc uya gdoiii] means of 1/ rare. Chr.
adoii-ye, inf. [ye dom] state of irar; iitobllization.
a dope, = aboatia, a kind of a^jc.
dorba, F. = d<H-o\va. .1/^ i;>,24. Mk. 10,25.
dure [>T(7. dodgre] intr. to beeome nuieli, inereasr, arcioindafe,
gather: won ho adore fi, thrii are covereil with dirt ; ue kaw adore,
won akaw adodg-dodgre, his debt, their debts hare sicellcd to a y real
amount.
O-ddroboii, s. gdodoben.
dorowa, As. needle of native niauufacture; /*»-. 738. cf. pane,
a d s as e [adgw, asase] arable land, plouyh land. [dorba.
doso, V. [do, so] to be maeh, to be enoiKjh; edgso, it is enoni/h,
neff. eung-so; when a personal object is added, it stands betwei-n
the two parts: edg me so, // is enouyh for me, enng no so, it is not
enough for him; pcrf. adgso, adg no so.
adusoa, F. adosoea, Mt.2,lL s. adesoa. — udo.soaiii, s. odes...
dote, Ak. nngtee, F. detse, suil, earth, clay, mud; syn. efa.
doiQ-(\.\v\ni., potter's uork. — di d., to make earthen vessels,
adotelxj, pr. 146. fpr.2o8.
dots, do to, adv. to f g w : wa(gw d., he is soaking wet.
0-doto, thicket; dua tentci'i bi si hg, na hania nldna kg ho.
ado tow a (dim.) a sm(dl thicket.
do twa, glove, pair of gloves.
dow^ V. to till or cultivate the ground: to hoe, to weed; to cut
the weeds or the bash; to how, pr. S481. d. afnw, to prepare or work
a plantation (by clearing away the thicket &c.). — intr. to do agri-
cultural work; d. adare, nkrante, asow, to work with a bill-hook, a
sabre or bush-knife, a hoe.
adow, the cutting of the bush; the tilling of the ground; agri-
culture.
o-d() w, the-//^/v'6' (hania) of the young leaves nf the adobe p(dm;
a kind oi' twi)ie made thereof; - adobe nkgnnui "nierenkensono rnu
na woyi dgw; wgmfa uye riiiiiahama; wgde bg asiiniaii, wgde nwene
gtan, na Alatafo na enwene ntama nso; cf. demerekii.
edo\v-tam, a mat-like woven cloth.
dow, V. \_red. dodow] to become or be brown; uneema a wg-
kyew idiiua ho d.; s. asabra.
o-do Wii, 1. p7. n-, bee; pr.fJSn. — j2. a kind of bird; pr. l'.)55. —
3. a swelling or ttumj), in the arm-jiit. the nape, the loins &c. the
appearance of whicli is ascribed to a wound, j^r. 1857.
adowji, a species o{ aidelope, the smallest of all antelopes, said
by the negroes to be the king of animals, yr. OSlf.
a d (') wa. the handle of a door made of palm-branches, by which
dru — atlim. 93
it is opened or shut; berajtae mu ham a a wode kyekycre a wosom'
hie na \vo.soin' torn'; wosi lU) ad.
(Ini... s. dui-u.
(Ill, r. Ak. duru, /o trucli, (urirc; to he snffiiicnt ; — odmi ha
'nera, he arrived here i/estenlai/; yebedti (fie) utem, ire shall soon
inrire home: adgw-bere or kwaebu adn (ho), the time for jtrrpa-
rimi the plaiitiitidus or for eidtiinj the hush is come; - sika no n iiu,
the iiionef/ is not sufficient: adn ])e, // is cjiictli/ the sum: - adii ni<i
so, lit. it has urrieed on me, i.e. // is mi/ turn: wiinnuu l)iilti (korae),
ifou hare )iot come fur ifct. — I'hr. ne ho du iic hTi, hr jirospcrs (in
his doin<;s), fares leell.
«lii, (lildu, Ak. = duru. durudurn, a.
v.-du,ten. Gr. §77. 78,1.2.
Adn, pr. n. of men, found also in by-names of tlie kontromfi
and the goat: aduonna, aduonnimma'.
diia, in the foil, words, is pronounced in F. as diiia, diiya.
d u ii , r. J. to jilant (in general); to put into the (jrou)iil (abilrow,
ase, abrobe...). [Other verbs used for peculiar ways of planting
are: gu (mo, kokote..), to soie (rice, (juinca-eorn): f u a ode, to plant
jiam: tew abe, to transplant palm-trees.'] — to transplant. — ^. (fig.)
(/) to plant, establish (anew religion): wode asgmj)a no bcduaa
Akiir(tpon akye, the yospel has been brcmyht to Ahr. lour/ ago. — h)
to transphnit (inhabitants) : Eniresi-brofo de nnipa kodua A'lata,
abedua gman bi wg Adata, the English have made a colonij at La-
gos; wgatu no Akuropgn akodua Aburi, thcij have removed him from
Akr. and placed him at Ab. — c) to station, to ap2)oint to the occu-
pation of a post, place, or office: wode me akodua Akyem ; woamfa
yen an kodua Aky. kora, na yckodii nnawa bi wo ho na yebae, we
were vol reaUy stationed in Ahem, hid stayed there only a short lime.
o-dnsi, pi. n-, 1. plant, tree, shnih. — 3. stem or st<d1c of a plant
or its leaf or fruit. — 3. wood; piece of wood, pr. 9!)4. something
made of wood. pr. 1014. — 4. sticTx, pole. — '). handle, helve (of a hoe,
asow dua, cf. sokum, Ak. sodi'iro, F. sobakura). — 6*. a block or log
of wood, to which prisoners are fastened by means of an iron fixed
in it and closing round the wrist: bo (As. to)., duam', lo fasten to
the block, to arrest, imprison: da duam', to be arrested, fastened lo
the block: wode won ano abg no duam' = wode won iino aka akyere
no se: iiko babi na trji nea wode wo atra ho ara. — V.priri). neces-
sary, consisting of a scaffold of poles outside the town: oko dua so,
he is gone to the privy; cf. duasee, tia &c. — Phr.: S. bg dua, lo
cnr.^e, orig. by driving a piece of wood into the ground and mut-
tering words in order to produce a magic effect. — .9. si so dua,
= hye mu den, ma etim.
e-dua, dua, the tail of quadrupeds or birds. Wat via dua (used
contemptuously), he is circumcised.
adiui (III. id.), kernel, seed, fruit (of trees); odiad., he cats fruit
(ogua, akutu, gdgma, asa...). -syn. aha, adiuiba, F. eduiaba, eduia-
dzewa. Gen. 1,11. Mt. ■J1,.U. ML lh,:». Luk.lS,'!. 20,10.
94 dua — aduau.
dua, duawa, F. duiaba, (dim.) pi. n-, 1. a small tree, shriih. —
^. a small piece of wood, stick, splinter, pr. WJl.
diiciba (= dua aba), aduaba, pi. n-, 1. the fruit of an// tree,
si/n. adua, aba. — 2. lemon, lime; cf. ahka.
dua-biiu, 1. land of tree; - 2. peculiar sliapr of llic hod//; cf.
dnnsow; - s. ban.
(lua-basa, ^j?. n-, ^= dub;t, branch.
adi'ial)OU, a by-name oi' the goat, s. abirokyi.
diia-l)6, a tree remarkable for tbe bardnoss of its wood, com-
pared with tbat of stone: kwaem' dua a eye don sen nnua hbina;
ewu a, eye den sen n'amouo.
dii a -bull [dua abon] hark of trees.
(liiii-biironi, lit. a tvooden European. Phr. maye melio d. —
maboapa, I purposelif misrepresented, the matter; wgyee won lio d.
ma gbene aso tee, theij secretli/ informed or apprized the king of it.
(lua-dan, odan a wod(r nnannua asi, a house of wood.
dua-dai'ij = duase-daii, tiafi, &c. privy, necessary (house).
a-dua-daii, inf. [odan a wodah nnuabo bi] the removal of a
curse; the sheep, money ((c. given to remove a curse.
dua-de, F. = bahkye, cassada, manioc.
(1 II a d (' w a , p)l. n-. a kind of ntgrewa ; pr. (174.
diiafo,^j^a-, pAanter; sower; c/. ogufo, okuafo.
o-diiafoo, j?;Z. a-, Ak. a circumcised man; Akr. tvVetiafo.
d 11 a-li ill, s. dubin.
d II a - li - n h \v i , moss growing o)i trees.
d 11 a- h 0-111 1110 r<' J a spongy cicrescence on trees, tnushroom.
o-diia-iiyeiV, pi. a.-, Ak. efoo, a species of monkey, colohus bi-
color, having the body black, the extremities (face, fore-neck, legs
and tail) white, [dua-hyen = white-tail.]
diiakoro, a kind of chintz ; s. ntama.
a d u a k r (') u , ninety.
adiiak wamoa, Akw. = abiribiriw.
d ua m', d ua m'-d a, prison, enrprisonmcnt ; pr. 297.
adua ill iiia'[aduan ba] greedy eater, glutton, gormand; cf. odidi-
fo; sa abofra yi ye ad. = oba a ope adidi dodo, ohii aduai'i biara
a, ope.
adiiainmcii, a by-name of the owl.
aduam-foro [aduan foforo] new yam or other victuals.
a d uam-mono [aduan momono] raw food.
a dua iV, aduane, adibane [fr. di, ban] 2^1- "-, food, victuals, esp.
vegetable food, consisting or prepared of edible roots (afam-duan)
and grain; the flesh or soft, i>?<Zj»/ substance of fruit, the kernel, cf.
aboto ; dish; meed; woawie ad., dinner (breakfast, .<iU2)per) is ready;
wgte ad. bo, they are eating, sit at table; - ad. no atu or ato me
ho, s. tu.
adimmuika — due. 96
ad iiau-na k.-i [aduaiV adaksi] 1. a ho.r nmiaininij food or
/iKtiiaioHS. — :J. crib, mamjcv.
,1 d II a nil ;'i n [aduah' dan] store-house, curn-maiiuzinc.
a d II a II a I'l , /"«;*•///. Or. i? 78,2.
a d II a fi-li H I adiiaii a aye nifiii] pJ. n-, sfnlc food, jn: 2fio.93:i.lll5.
a d u a M-k a I'l (pi. n-), first-fndts.
adiiau-.sii, Litid of food: ad. Ixjii ni?
ad II a iV-su, a fruitful rain; ad. na eroto yi.
a d u a M t a, food uithoiU sidt. D.As.
a d 11 a lit u I'l k dm , .iour-soj) iCx. (tlu- Iruif and the Irrr) ; if adu-
kuiitunki'iin.
d iiiia fi Vvo, the Ixirk of a certain trcr in Wasa snulliii';- likf
onions (s. slnwo) and used instead of such.
aduaii-yi fadiian', ayi] : abofra no besee nie ad., that boif has
invited mc to talde in an iniprnpcr. impolite manner.
a d II a I'l-y i, ////". the frtchimj or tahinii off of the dishes (from the
kittlicn or from the table).
d II a - J M » r i w a , s". pori wa.
ailiiasa, thirti/. Gr. i> 78,2.
d lui-asc, the trunk or root of a tree; ef. dnliin.
duaRce,^>W»7/, necessary; cf. duaso, dampen, kaasee, nkyeree,
niankyiri(-so), tia, teasee, yane. — diiasC'-dai'i, cf. dnadan.
d II a-s in [dua sih|^;?. n-, block. lo(f: diff. dunsiii, rp r.
dua-so, ko d., .s. dua, 7. & duasee.
d u a-t a u n u r ii [dua tannuru, dutan] pi. n-, a large, mif/hfi/ tree.
ad iia-t hi , j>Z. n-, a short-taihd beast ; 1. a heasf of j^ re// of the
eat family, attacking sheep; of the size of a country dog; si/n. oban.
— X'. gtwe ad., jn: :-iil2.
du-ba [dua ba or basa] pi. n-, branch.
e-diidtako, eleven. Gr, ^ 78^1.
o-diiben [dua ben J a kind of tree, the ifellow wood of which, is
used to dye bofua, q. v.
adudn'ri [aduru biri] (black) ink; black paint.
e-diidtiako, eleven. Gr. §78,1.
ad lid) one, ptl. n-, [aduru b.] poison.
odi'idu, a medicine, consisting of the juice of some plant or
bark and water, kept for weeks, to dress wounds with,
dud urn, red. v. duru; F. red. a. <luru.
<1 no, V. [red. duedue] 1. the orig. meaning seems to be to stroke,
or, more gener., to handle, manage, manipulate, nse; senea wodue
ye afiri no fa no, en'na wofre no sum, the manner in uhich the//
handle or jdaee and prepare the trap is ejpressed In/ the vord 'sum' ;
fwe n'ilno seiwa odue kasa fa, look at his mouth and the manner he
uses d in speaking! s. duia.b'. — ^. to daub, besmear amulets or
things connected with fftish-worship with blood, the yolk of eggs,
96 due — ducduc.
white and red clay etc., in order to niipart x>revenlive or itaUiailve
power, to atone or expiate, or to make tldnys turn oat favuurahhj ;
wgde mogya due akyene ; odue suinai'i, e.s. ode rikesua a.s. adurn
n.a. srasra suinjih ho na suinaii no adi; due suman Tmo, -pr. 117. —
3. to use as a preventive or ]>aHiative (evading accusation or respon-
sibility): Opanyih due: mante, mante, an elder (when called to
account for misdeeds of his own people, uses as an amulet i.e.) a2io-
loyizes: I have not heard of it. I knoiv nothing attoid it! pr. 2001. —
4. bu due so, to doutde (up), i.e. to bend or Jjreak in the middle
and fold or lai/ one part upon the other (woto no nan na wobu no
due so = wobu no fa so, the// break hi)n so that the feet take the n-ajf
over the head). — 5. fred.j to feel or search for with a long instru-
ment, to poke; to probe (a wound): to sound, fathom : fa dua yi due-
due nsu no mu, search in the water with this stick. — <>. [red.] to
search or inquire after, investigate: nierekoduedue gmah nui^me-
kofvvefwe omah mix asem mafwe, / tvill try to gather information
on the sentiments of the people or to obtain a favourcddc disposition
among the people. — 7. fred.j to stroll about, wander, rove, ramble;
r/". obadueduefo. — H. 'J'he significations given under ;2.3. have given
rise to a peculiar use of the v. in the imji. to express a) pitg on any
misfortune that befell the addressed person, t)) a threat or jiredic-
tion on account of some misdeed: a) due! hush! soothe or ajipease
thyself, set your heart at rest, compose y(mr mind, cdlcviate your pain
i.e. may your pain be (dlcvi(ded! (Ade t\va obi a, wose : due, due!
obi ni wu a, n'abusuafo se: due, due!) — due, gener. repeated 2 or
3 times, has become an appeasing and consoling interjection, pro-
nounced towards a person who has liurt himself or met with an
accident' the thing afflicting or incounnodating is added with nii:
due ne amanehu uu = due, na woahu amaue, may you ttcar your
afflictiun easily! may you recover from your affliction! nu'innue n c
ko! I p)ity you for the trouble and ill success of the fighting! due ne
adwumaye! miiunue ne adwumaye na adwumaye bekfim mo!
you are to be pitied for such hard or grievous ivork, it wdt kill you!
It is also used in several common forms of salutation: diic-ne-
a wo-i'), said in the morning, when it is cold; due -n e-w i' 6, said
in the middle of the day, when it is hot; due-ne-h win'6, said in
the evening, Avhen it is cool; due-ne-su-o, said after a shower of
rain, — meaning, at is were, may you easily bear the inconvenience
caused by the cold (awow), the sun (a\Via), the coolness (ohwini), way
you recover from the effect of the rain (^osu). — Jj) due! woe unto
thee! miinnue! u-oc unto you! (Nea woaye yi, due! this thing whieli
you have done will have grievous consetpienees! e\ ade na murewia
yi? nii'innue! ivhcd! yon arc stealing? you u-ill suffer for it!) — !J.
due., adwerewa, s. adw...
due (the intcrj. or imp. mentioned under due H a), used as a
nonn) a pitiful state or conddion, pr. 604. expression of pity. — ma
due, to condole, console, comfort, soothe. Biribi a eye yaw aye
onipa na woko ne iikyen kose se: 'mgbo 'mobo! na woania no due
a.s. hyeden nen. pr. .567.604.700.1039 f
duedue, red. v., s. due 5 — 7. Cf. obadueducfo.
odik'loo — (ii'iku. 97
()-<liiolV»o, pi. a-, Ak. hcsnimnr; — uea odue snmfin — okomfo.
l»: :J:!(i:i. (Ivataucrc konifo bi, Agyemanc <>ti Ascn, ua wa^ye din
yi iiyt' lu' dc.)
d II fy k V I' , " /'"ft' that has /'(///r^/ (huni and lain on tlic ground
/or some iiiii'r; a lanjc, rotten hlork, loyovpioev ofiuoO(l.pr.lO.'i9-41.
(1 n-roro, pi. n-, sucker, a shoot from the roots or lower part
(if the stem of a tree; a iioumj tree, [dua foforo; dua a aiifi wo dn-
nsin ho.]
;ulii-fra, inf. [aduru, fra] p/nirntuci/. — adiilViisriii, id.; plitir-
inaeopoeiay dispensatory. — o-tliUrafo, pi. a-, apofhccari/. ('in:
d u fud 11 f u , a. feeble. — pr. 58.
diifu;i, 2>l- ""' " >'(»iyfi A"///r/ of seat made of a hlork; n piece
of irood with a handle, [dua a woafufuaw ho kakra.]
d II f 11 a w, a medicine or medical preparation formed into halls;
jidiini hiara a wgayam no ne yissl afra abo no tow ahata.
(1 ii-li ill, pi. n- [dua bin] a root of a tree in the ground,
;id ii-li iia 111 , pl.n- [aduru huamhuam] perfumes, su-ecf Jierhs.
su-eets, sn'eet-smellin[/, odoriferous spices; ode ad. aye, she has ruhhed
or anointed herself uith sweet odours. Si/n. obiiam. Difiercnt kinds:
kiirobow, beweoniia, osi'ko, ofwenti^a, mmowa, pepere (= aloe).
din a, F. (.dwia, Prk.) 1. = dua, r. to plant dc. Ml. 13,3.. 31. —
:>. dnia (mu, do kc.) ■-= nam or fa (mu, so &c.), to (jo alone/, to take
one's waif thrnut/h. over dr. - okoduiaduia mpoano, he went hi/ the
sea-shore: okoduia abrokwa nui, he went through the corn fields;
wodze mpa no duiam' si dadze, thei/ let down the bed through (the
ojiening); Mh. 2,13.23.4. - duia hen awuradze do sii fre Nyankopoh,
call upon (rod, through our Lord. — o. (= due 1.) to take a (cei--
tain) course, to proceed, deal, act, treat, use, manage in a certain
manner: mbre woboduia ahyira no nyi, thus shall he he hlessed,
Fs. 128,4. woatse babi-mbre oduia tu won fo, gou have heard how
he admonishes them ; wokii mbre oduia ye' nyimpa no kyere' wgii,
tlieg told them h o iv it befell to the man, Mk. .5,10. oduia d e ri bo' nyim-
j)ay how did he make man''^ yeboduia den afwefwe yi? how arc
we to seek this'f mre yeboduia afwefwe Nykp. no mboa nye de,
yebodwen do da yeduia mboa u'akwan no do, we are to seek the
grace of God in a constant and careful use of the means of grace;
akwaii yi, oduia do nda ahen ? how long is he to use these weans? &c.
woiifwe babanm' nsukoko rabre woduia nyin, 3It. 6,28-
duia.F. =dua, tree d-c. — duiaba = dua, mote d^c.Mt.7,3..
aduiaba, aduiadzewa, F, = aduaba, frud. Mt. 21,34. Mk. 12,2.
duiafo, F. = oduafo. Mt. 13,3.
O-d I'l k I'l , small cask, barrel, keg; cf. ahkora, okwadum, opdiikrilii.
duku, dukiiduku, a. dt adv. reduced to small particles; abodo
no abu dd., the bread has been crumbled entirely; wabubu dua no
mu dd., he has broken the stick info small xneces; mfgte awe ntania
no hhina dd. = pasapasa, the fermites have eaten up the cloth, re-
ducing it to very small shreds; sare no aye dd., the grass has crum-
bled i)do sinfdl fragments ; gpohkg a\vc sare no nhina dd.
98 dukiiduku — diiom.
dukuduku, a.d-adv. fat a.ndfme, stout; wayed.; oguaii no
ado srade d. — dukudi'iku, id. gwo mma d. anarij he has four
stout and ticch/ children.
dukfi', ^>L n- [Dan. dug, Dutch dock] handkerchief; a yard
of cloth: nnuku' abien ye sin, two yards ctrc a fathom; cf. nnuku-
nnukuwa, dint.
dukudoiVj linen; grey baft.
a d u k u -n t ft ii k fi m [G. alngundugu] sour-sop, A.nona mnri-
cata ; siveet-sop, Anona scj^uaniosa; cusiard-applc; the fruit and the
shrub or tree bearing it; cf. aduantuhkum.
adu-kviro, p7. n-, a hole in a tree or stone in whicli water
gathers; dua mu tokuru a nsu ta mu na nnomji guare worn'; oho
ad. nso wo ho; nsu nnini' a, wose: ad. a\Vo. pr.2917. cf. nnukiirogua.
duiiij r. [red. dunnum] to go out (of fire); tr. to put aid, ex-
tinguish, quench (fire or a light); pr. .3080. — ogya- no adnni, the fire
is gone out; dum kanea, jJut end the light. — bere-dum, to be of dark
red ; ntania yi b.
o-diiin, 1)1. a-, 1. the Odum-iree, a large tree; the wood is used
for tindier, furniture, fuel. — 2. As. edum, pillar, supporting a house
or erected for remembrance; tomb-stone; monument; - adum no
i>ea wode gyinagyina gdan ; abo a Brofo de sisi ada so no ye adum
a wode ye nkae.
o-dumafo [aduru, ma] s. oduyefo.
adii m fo, a kind oi executioners at Kumase; s. dunnyi, obrafo,
duni-t^ya, jjZ. a-, (a pair of) candle-snu/fers; ecctinguisher.
e-du-miGii', du-mienu, F. du-abien, twelve.
c-dii-miensa, F. du-abiasa, thirteen.
dum pen, ])rivy, necessary; cf. Aiiasce.
e-d I'l-n n an, fourteen. Gr. § 78,1.
dun dum, F. .9. dfim.
O-dunni = dumni, s. pd. adumfo & dunnyi.
e-d I'l-n krd n, nineteen.
e-d u-n s 1 a , sixteen.
du-nsi 11, i^Z. n-, the stump of a tree. pr. 403, [dua, sin ; dua a
wgatwa so na esi ho no.]
e-d u-n s u n j seventeen.
c-du-nnum, fifteen. — dunnum, red. v., s. dum.
e-d li-n w 6 1 w 6 , eighteen.
dunnyi, F. = gbrafo, executioner. Mk. 6,27.
aduo, .S'. adiwo.
duo bo, V. to be wanton. Jer..oO,ll. anugdeh a etra so ye.
aduokii, a by-name of the rat, s. okisi.
aduoku, a kind o{ yam (bay ere), s. gde.
duo in, V. only used in the imp. [prob. fr. due mu]: proceed,
.go on, come on! Wo-ne bi kg kwan na gnam berew a, na wuse:
duom na yenkg e! munnuom!
adiiomia — juliiru. 99
adi'i-ouiKi =- adu }\ onna, a nick-iiamo of the goat; .v. adu.
aili'i-OMiii-innuV, — adu a oimi luina, ilitii), s. .ibirckyi.
ad ii-o II II, Itvcuiy. — a d ii-o ii I'l iii, ////y/. Gr. i; 7H, 2.
a d ii-(» s i a , sixtj}. — a d »i-6 w ('» t \V o , ciyhti/.
dii-pa, ph n-, it II old, liin/e tree [dna a anyii'i a.s. nbo apil;
nnuj)!! = nnua akesc a esosoe yiyi']-
d u-p o II, pi. n-, [dna, pon | a Idttjr free. pr. 426.
d iipow, s. ntetca-d.
d il-|» u I'l, 7>/.a-, the btoittl itiid lanje part nf the rout of ceitahi
tioes above groiuul, i)rojecting like a buttress from the low part of
the stem; dua kesc ntiiii a ati adi aye kokfiro; odum, ofram, ofo,
oiiya, owataku, owowa wo uuupuii.
diir, F. 1. -= du, r. Mk.lH,:iS. — x!. = duru, a.
dura, r. \^iid. duradura] d. ho, d. so: to cover, deck, line; to
coat, cni-it, orerlui/ ; d. mu: to U)ic. to finish or overtoil, to cover or
put ill the inside of. Ex. 2'),11.:^8. 26y29- — Wodc twom-ulioma dura
akukua no mmentiJi ho.
adiiradc, uj)2>er-dress, upper-garmenf, e.g. of Mohammedans,
aduro, aduruo, Ak. s. aduru; cf. soduro. [pr.HOSo.
duru, Ak. x. du, r.
duru (dru), r. Ak. du, 1. to descend, dismount, alight, come
or go down; duru (bera) ! = si fam' ! cf. shin. — 2. d..mu, to de-
scend into, to .■itrihe, of lightning: opi'anna d. duam' a, eso gya, if
the lightning strikes ii tree, it c(dchcs fire. — .5. to feel a presenti-
ment, foreboding: nsem a eye hu duru no, he has a presentiment of
or his heart forebodes fearful things; obra a awerehow nuim' duru
ne kara, his soul has a presentiment of or anticijMdes a life without
grief. — i. waduru afiforo, he has entered a ncw-huilt house and
conseerided it by a solemnity of 1-3 days. — 5. waduru afu, he
has a hunch-back. — (J. esfim duru, darkness descends, it gets dark;
owia duru sum, the sun gets dark, is eclipsed ; n'adwenemu aduru
sum, his mind is darkened or obscured, [red. duduru.]
duru, duruduru, (t. Ak. du, F. dur, durdur, duduru. l.heavi/,
weightg, ponderous; gbo yi ye d., this stone is heavy; obo duruduru,
n heavji stone; ne kotokum' aye d., ne tam ano ye d., his pmrsc is
ircll filled; - burdensome. Mt. 23,4. burdened or bowed down witli grief,
Mrk. 14y3S. — 2. wabo duru, she is (big) with clnld ; ef. yem, v. —
5. with mu: thick; dote yi mu, ofasu yim' ye d., this dag, this wcdl
is thick \ - important, difficult, serious; asem yi, emu ye duru, this is
a difficult matter. — 4. n'anim ye d., he is grave, earnest, re.^pice-
tablc, venendAe. — 5. ne n sam' ye d., I'e is wealthy, opulent, pioiver-
ful = gye osikani, owo atuo. — 6". ne b o or ne koko ye d., he is
courageous, valiant, brave, stout, undaunted.
duru, duruduru, n. heaviness, weight.
o-duru, ^>/. a-, the iiholc cluster of fruits of the plantain- and
banana-tree, consisting of several smaller clusters (siaw.)
aduru, ^j/. n- or nnuruwa-nnuruwa, Ak. aduruo, aduro, pow-
der, medicine, drug, physic, ne yare ano ad. ui, this is the medicine
100 odiirugya — dwa.
ar/ainst his sicJoicss; - pcrfamcr)) ; any chemical 2)re.paraiion ; (oi//
kind oi poivdcr or //««? not used as food, e.<j. <i}tn-poicdcr{iii\\([\\Y\\)^
inl- (adnbiri), paint...; hence also = aduru-bone, adubone, poison:
wato no aduru, Jie Itas poisoned him; - wabo ad. = okgwawae diia
ho abon abeye adnru.
0-d urnti'Y ;i, a kind o^ flute or pipe used in tlie ])erforinaneo of
mournful music before a king (dcmere a eho apgw-apgw ne nsge pi
a wgfre kete no bi).
o-duru-innfo, s. odumafo.
jKluiMi-inu-pCj chemical analysis. — adnni-imi-sciii, chemisfn/;
plnirmacji; pharmacoloffij. Chr. — ef. adufrasom, kilfra-nyansa.
ad u r n-l ();i, -toa, 2'1- ^-^ « case, box, phial, or cruet for any kind
of powder or fluid, e.g. an inJi-stand; a medicine-hox.
0-dnru-yefo, -yofo, s. odnyefo. j)>-. 1045.3540.
dutai'i, pi. n-, [dua, gtrn'i] ]. a lan/e free, cf. dnpa, dupgii;
2^'. J 047. — Ji\ the .stem of a tree.
d ii-t ail 11 u r u , pi. n-, a large, miylity tree.
adn-lo, inf. [to aduru] poisoniny. — ndu(6-diini, jn>/so}?, ap-
pliance used to poison apfrson ; cf.hoYo,. — o-i\n{dk),j)l. a.-, poisoner.
dll tra, J?)/, n-, shinyle. [dua, trii, j>/. nnua nlra-ntra.]
a di'i twf, a moveable pole supported in the middle, for children
to play on; wgtrjl ad. so, wokjin ad., they sit on or turn the pjirot-
2)ole. pr. 104S.
adiihViiin (oriy. pr. n. m.) a kind of cloth, s. ntama.
adiiwa, F. beans; s. ase.
diiya, F. s. dua, dnia.
o-diiyefo, ^j/. a-, [i\Anv\\-y gU^'\ pliysician. F. Ml. 9,12.
I>w.
'i'he combination of these two letters (d\V) is not a compound
of the common dental d and \V, but a ])alato-labial transformation
from the gnttiiro-labial combination uw, which has still been re-
tained for it in parts of Fante ; s. Gr. § 1 2. — 'J'his transformation
originally took place only before o, o, i; but these vowels, when
followed by a final w or m, liave usually been transformed into
0, o, 11, and have retained this form also when the final w was
dropped (cf. dwom, dwonto, hnwonkoro). In Ak. the combination
liua or j:,\A'a (F.) has likewise been transformed into dwa or even
into dzua [G. dfa = dsiia]. —
By the nasal prefix (I'l), dVv is changed into I'nV (ni'iw).
dwa, Ak. ^ giia or gwa in Akr. and F.
Words not fomul under dwa ai'e, therefore, to he looked for under gna.
dwa, V. Ak. 1. = giia, to carve, cut up, cut in piieces; to gut,
eriscerate. — 2. = kyia, to salute, pr. 143.
d \Va, V. 1. to stand out, be prominent, lyroject; ne fwene dwa
ahun mu, his nose stands out in the air (perh. Jte sneers, shows con-
temj^t by turning up his nose); - 3. to state, rep>ort; to expose, propose;
<l\v.nl\V:i — (1\\(>. 101
otl(i nscin no abt'dwa Iio = abcto lit>, he lulilf/ic iiKi/fcr /i/itilicJi/, in
f/ic pilhlir Jildcc.
d\Va(lw;i, <((lr. (It'iiotini;- soiui' S(niiul(V): o(l(^ iif"s\ ircii no fwci;
asu no iiiii d\\ .
:i (I \Vji, Ak. -- agiia.
o-(lwji, an etliblc, iViiit; <•/'. oj^ua.
adwabirein, Ak., d-. aguAbirt'.ni ; a |ilaic at Iviiniasc; d /ilacc
for ((ssctnhlini/. iiiarkct-pUire. pr.^ioO^L
(IVvac, /t(iii(//ifiiicss, an'o<janvr, insolence, /uesninjifnottsncss;
hirnnnif; gyo ilwae- =gye mpanyinyo, oili uipanyiiiseui, oyc ahan-
tau, he is Inutijltfif and confoniitnoiis, (tnoijant, prcsuinjitnoiis; gbo
luv so (Iwae, =^ obg mc so abantanseni, he f reals me irilh insolence,
h(iiii/h(i/ contenijil, tyrannizes over me ("as African kiuj^s (](!spiso
others and think they can do with them whatever they like"); :=-
odi bam, q.r. — Cf. dwae-dwom.
dwao-bo, inf'.han<ihlinessdc., tyrannical behaviour; 6'. d\va(^;
il\V. ye wo de! yon only delight in overbeariny behaviour, effronlcry!
dw. abg no dam, he is mad with tyranny.
dVvao-dVvoin, (t son(j of a defying character, siiny by the
dancers in the play called dwae.
o-d Wiic'ui, />/. dwiiefo, dancer or sharer in the said play.
d \V a k ro, a kind oi snare; osum dw., lie lays a snare; s. atiri.
(IVvaiH!, Ak. = guan, to run aivay, flee; to trouble: wodwane
me ho dodo, yon trouble me too much; me ho ad wane me, I am in a
strait, in trouble = me ho hia me.
u-d\Vaiie, 2'^- "■> ^^- =■ oguan.
chVariiiVvaii, Ak. = guannuan, j>r. i^.Si'.
dwarc, v. Ak. = guare, ;;r. .5,9.
adwaree, inf. Ak. = aguare, bcdhiny.
dVvc, a. (inich; brisk, nimble, used in an elliptical way (without
the verb ye): ue ho dwe = wadi; ode ade no niua me no, me lio
(|\ve, ^^ migyei, ichen he gave me the tiling, I took it at once, using
it forthaUh; cf. pr^hn; gkyekyere adesoa kakra de mail me, na mi-
gyei, mc ho dwe, he gave me a heavy load, but I took it at once.
dvV(!, adv. completely, entirely, totally, utterly; wadi dwe =
pe ; wanom nsu dvve, dua no abu dwe = abu wg so ara we.
dwcdwe-dwedVve, adv. id. — dua no abubu dw..., the stick
is completely broken into many particles; ahaban no aye dw.,., the
leaves have become utterly dry.
dwO, dvvoiiu, adv. id. afuw nniatauna ahyew due, the heap
ov pile of wood on the x)Undation is burned comjiletely ; ode a wode
kgtoo gya mu no ahyew dwenn, tJie yam which yon put in the fire
is totally burned; otam no ahyew dwehh, ehka hi.
dwt', v. F. = dwo, V. {Prk. jui) to be harmless, Mt.lU,16. to be
meek, Mt. :il,5. to be kind; - to cease (of the wind) 3Ik. 4,30. - to wither
(of the hand) Mt.Pi,L(). — dwedwu, red. v. F. — dwudwo.
102 dwe — odweii.
dwo, n. 1. Icernel, s. adwe; fig. plili, marrniv. heart, strength;
Wcitu no mu d\ve = alioodeii. — 3. somctliing contained in pustules
in the face, white, round and hard(V), j;?r.s, flatter? (wumia infowa
a, ua biribi fitafita korokorowa tim' na eye den, na yefre no dwe;
wutu kuru na emu dwe no tu a, ehkye wu). — .•>. perhaps = mpeV
m'ani asare dvve, =nna amnia m'aniwam' bio, lui/ eyes have got so
that I cannot sleep: cf. sare. — i. =gye? perplexity, madness; asem
no aye wo so dwe. tlic matter has hernme a mad jxdaver to thee, hard
to settle.
adwe, pi. hnwea (hhwewa), pahn-hernel, the stone or kernel of
the fruit of the oil-palm, together with its hard shell, enclosed in the
pulpy substance of which the palm-oil is prepared; any other nut
or Icernel. pr. lOoO.lool-oS.looo. bo adwe, to crack a kernel.
dwe, dwedwe, adv. expressing a feeling oi' pain; me yafu-
nu(m') kaw me or keka me dwedwedwe, mg hrllg aches, I Jiavc the
gripes.
dweti, poet, a fine, girl, lady.
Dweada, Dweeda, Ak. s. Dwoda.
adwe-advVc, a. [adwe] fall of Immjts like palm -nut-kernels:
afasew munuukum bi ye adw.
a d Vv c ha w , n. ad wobaw. yr. 40.
adw ('-1)0, i)if. cracking of palm-keriiels. pr. loo?.
adwe-dae -- akwasidae, s. adae.
dwedwe, s. after d\ve. — dwodwo, red. v. V. = dwudwo.
dwodVvewa', adj. close together, narrow (of an opening or
passage); s. adwoku. Cf. hihia, muamua.
dwedwL'wa, the throat, gorge, ivind-plpe; the larynx, head
of the ivind-pipc; waso ne dwedwewam' -- watim no ameuewa.
o-d \V c h c 11 e , pr. 2472.
adwc-ka, a ring made of the shell of a palm-kernel.
dwe 11 11, s. dwe, dwerebe.
dwell, dwene, v. to think (of); to medit(de; to consider ;pr. 309.
— odwen ne komam' bone, he meditates or devises evil in his heart.
— dweh so or ho: to think about, to mcdit(de on, to consider; to
mind, regard, care ahont; medwen asem (so), Ifhiidi about a matter;
odwen ne nua so or ho, he is thinking about his brother; ade a wo-
kgye yi, dweh ho yiye, consider the thing well which yoii are going
to do; n'asem I'lhina ye ntwiri, mihhweh so, aU his talk is slander,
I do not mind it; - V. wandwen do antse (= antie), he neglects to
hear, Mt. 18,17. — ne iisem a okae hhina, raadweh akyiri mahu,
I have fumed over in my mind all he said, and found it true. — cf.
susuw. — Bed. dwciirnVeii, to care, be (Oixious, distracted, take
anxious thought. Mat. (i, 2.5-34. cf. dadweh.
e-dweii, Mt. egwen, grey hair: edweh aba nctirim, neti afuw
dweh, he has grey hair.
o-dweii, a lost thing; athing fou)id and appropriated; a single
person met on the way and seized as a slave; pr. 4ol. 1051. — woafa
ilvv'L'ii — dvVunso. 103
no (I\v(Mi, Of wato dweh, lie has been svixc.d <tnil made a shirr. Onipa
nam nn oto dweii a, obi na okyere no kw sxi\, jir. l\Ia(o dwcMi niitiliu
ni-a nu'-i'iko, / diii at d loss ir/icrr fo ;/o; n'aiiiwa ato dwci'i, /ir is lost
ill lltiiilciiKj.
o-(lVvon, Ak. udweiic, a kind of forost-ticf; wodi; yij wonia,
wodo n'ahaban bo abodo. pr. 1057. lo.'lS.
;m1 Vvi'M, a (I \V Olio, a coininoii /is/i in tlie river Volta, sihtrKs,
sihirr. shrat-l'isli P pr. 7SH. 1052-35. 1.T22.
(1 wouiia, ^j/. h-, the first aj>pcav<uicc of fniH alliu- Uic falling
of tlio Hower; tenih'r, carJi/ fruit; Cant. 2, 13.15. — waporow (watc-
tow) akntu dw, no nliina; pr. 1505.
dVvoii-dwoi'i, red. v. F. = dwcninVen,
(IvVouo, r. s. dweh.
0-dwoiio, a-, s. odweh, a-.
adwoiio, inf. (pi. id.), thouyhf, pr. 1056. conception, idea; mind;
sentiment; intention, ojiinion; rharartcr. M'adw. baa wo so, (As.) /
tlnnKjIit of i/oii; n'ad\V(;ne ahkosi bo, that did not come into his mind,
that never entered into his head. — F. fa ad wen (J'r/c. ajuin), to
care, consider, be musini/. Mt. (1,25.27. Mk. 6,52. Fs. j'9,o*. — Nc tirim
wo adw., he has ijood natural capacities, is talented; - osakran'adw.,
he elianijes his mind, repents, is converted. — n'adwene ye betO,
he is feeble-minded, ficJdc, unsettled or tasilij chan(jed in his ojjinion.
— n'adwcnem' tew, his thoiufhts arc clear, he is intelli(/ent, clever,
.sliretcd, brisk, liveli/, spri[/h(f// ; - n'adwenem' nt(;w no, he has mis-
ijivinijs, is mistriistinij. — n'adwenem' abue or ada bo, he has tjood
(common) sense, is intelHyent. — n'adwenem' ye (no) bare, he is
iujJit-minded, frivolous.
ad\veiiO-fre, inf calling for attention; abebu a. s. asentifi bi a
wode ti asem ase de, adwene na wgde fre.
adwoiioin-haro, -sorn, Uijhimindedness, frivolousness.
advVoiiom-tow, inf. clearness of thouyht, intclU(jenee, shrcivdness,
spriiihtliness.
dVv6i"i-t"a, 1. inf. appropriation of a tliinrj ov person found. —
2. a kind of amulet or charm.
ad wo I'l-li u hu w, light-mindedness, frivolitg; tirim' adw., fancy.
0-d Vv 011-11 111 i, pi. a,-, [oguan or odwane, nini] ram. pr. 1059 f.
Oye no odwennini-bewo-ba, he makes him believe that a ram icdl
lamb, i.e. he flatters him (Udwabeh Boateh na gkue).
o-dVvoiiiiimiiui, a young or small ram.
adwciiiiimineii, a ram's horn: wasi adw., he has put a ram's
horns upon, his head.
O-dwei'ikobiri, a kind of forest-tree; o woma n'akoa (odweh no sa).
d w 11 k u , s. d wohkn.
a d w n[e] s a kilr a, inf. change of mind, repentance, conversion.
dwonso, v. to urine, to make water; is more decently ex-
pressed by gu nsu. pr. 1061.
dwell so, n. urine, loater; dw. abo no, he is sick of ov su/fers
104 dwensotofi — dwese.
from disurt/, ischurij, is affected icifJi strinKjurij. pr. 34jo. — dweiiso-
kuku, -kiiruwa, pi. h-, chamhvr-pot.
dweiiso-toA', xjI. U-, the hhidder.
dwen-to, inf., o-dvVentofo, .s-. dwouto, odwoutofo.
0-d weuiiwaii, -ne. name of a month: s. osrani.
dweimweii, red. c >-. dvien.
o-dweiinwemi, -newa, a tree. pr. 1057.
o-dwendVvenekoina, pr. 1038.
udVvera, F. (Prl: njira) = hh wera.
adweii inVere, Akp., s. adxvere.
dwere, r. to crush, desfroi/, Icill; to he cut up, crushed, de-
stroyed, Idled. Yekoe no, yoantumi won, ua wodvieree yen nhiiia.
Boaten baa Kyebi no, r)\vabenfo a ode won bae no Vdiina. odsVeree
won (wg) ho. Osee Yaw dom a ode baa Akantamasu nbinji d\\ eree
wo bo. Cf. dwerew, Akr., nsed of things, *.^ kuni.
dweiH', V. to hind, tie, tie up; syn. kyere, kyekyere; d\V. uo
hama=rkyere no h., hind him with a rope; odwere nnaworopcwa,
she ties her Jiuir into the liheness of a tittle siich. — F. to draw to the
shore, hriny a ship to poii or to land. ^[k. 6,'>.3.
adVvere, = amoakua.
adVvcro (Akp. adwennwere), a kind of herh. used in religious
ceremonies to S2)rin}de uudcr with it for purification or otherwise to
talc away unchanness; ababan betebete bi a etc se fan a wgdc guare
asum'; wode bi guare abatn; woyam bi de tare pgnipo ano nia etu
ntem ; wode adw. a woayam ne nno due suman se wgde reyi fi a
akji suman no: - s. advverewa.
dVvcrebe, arfr. = dwe, dwehn, kora &c. completely, entirely,
totally, utterly; dgm, gmah, kiiro, afuw no ahyew d\V. : ope ahyew
nwura dw., aduafi no aye dw. (too much hurned on the coals); g-
maii uo abg dw.; kuro no aseedw.; kuro no lihina ye dw., the town
is ipiitc spnded, hurned to the (/round d'c. - Akwanifo aye Huafo dw.;
nimoa adi m'afnm' aduari nbina dw.; wgabefa ne nhina d\V., wgan-
nyaw ebi; - anka "bi kora wg ho a, na wose no se : dw.
adwerebia', a kind of hejids, s. aliene.
dwereWj Akr. = dwere, to crush, shatter , dash to pieces or
into fragments (nktiku. nkesua &c.), stronger than bg, bobg.
adVverewa, adwera', sprinlde, sprinldiny-hrwsh; a means to
remove fdfh i. e. falsehood or misrepnsentatio)i (hlame, accusation,
slander?) pr. 1802. due., adw., to confirm; to prove; to hear witness
for or against, to convict; kase a merebg no, mahwie na obeduee
me adw.; gsah se ennim' a, medue no adw., // he deny its heing
true, I will prove it against him; osennifo no araa adansefo no redue
nea wanya asem no adw., the judge has c(dled ujj the witnesses, con-
fronting them with the indictee (culprit, defendant), that they may
take away the fidsity of the culprifs assertion and leave the matter
hare as it is.
dwese, warp: == nsa, .s-. ntamaiiwene. — dweseboro.
(Iwote — dVviiiw . 105
dwety, F. gwete, silver. — dwoto-bii'i, dwote-H, dross of
,^ilocr. — dw('t(!-l)oii;V, j>/. li-, siloer-roiti, sHverluuf. — dVvctij-
ilwiimfo, pi. a-, silrer-smit/i. — dwcttj-tiio, (( t/nii inlaid tcif/t silccr.
dvVe-tiri [guatiri] (t capital or siocl; of nionri/ to beyin trade
icilh; a fniul emploiied in business or (ii/if iii/derfahin;/. — bo d \V.,
to (/itflier siieh <i lapifal. pr. lOtV-i.
dvvL'tiwii, [dwetiri dim.'] a smnll eujiital, stork or fund,
d V\' (' t i \\' a 111, a possessor of some little property, not exactly
ridi, but on the way to become so; a spdrimj, suviny, thriftii person.
dVvidwi: nc ho d\v., he has a roiajh skin.
t'-dVvie, Ak. = dwiw, dwuw, pi. n- louse.
adVvima, F. (Trk. ejuima)=: adwuma. — dwiiiitb^ F.=od\vuintb.
adVviiii, artificial u-ork, as work in (fold, sdrcr, brass, leather,
wood; any trade or mcrhanie art reducing raw materials to a form
suitable for use; plastic art; sculpture, carved work; the art of draw-
ing; design, delineation. — di ad\V., to make artificial work, to prac-
tise a trade or art; odi sika-adwini fefew, he makes finethin(js of gold.
Cf. odwumfo.
ad winiiado, /d. id. or n-, [adwini nnade] tool or machine for
artifaial work.
adVviniic, ^>/. id. or h-, [;ul\viui ale] a thing made artificialli/,
artifaial work, ivork of art.
adVviii-ni, ad\vin-ni, /;//'., iha practise of a trade or art.
adwiuni- (Iwiima -dan, manufactorg.
adVviiini-iiyansa, art, talent for ang art.
dwira, c. 1. to dash ov strike against, to spatter, sprinkle. Osu
bo dwira nie dan ho nti, eho hyirew rihina ahohoro, because the rain
strikes ceheinentlg against ing house, the tvhite earth (with which the
wall had been whitewashed) has been entirely washed off; ode prae
dwiraame, lie struck me witli a broom; ode usu dwiraa m'ani so,
lie dashed water in my face. — -2. to cleanse from guilt or moral
and religious uncleanness ; to sanctify; to consecrate. — Obi kum
ti (ofi aba fi bi) a, wodwiram', if one makes a dwelling (ceremoni-
ally) unclean (if a dwelling lias become defiled), it is purified; wode
niniah mogya n.a. dwira ofie. tfie habitation is rendered clea)i again
with tJie blood of slieep dx. — Se ebia mefom mekodi biribi a mikyi
a, wgtew adviehhwere no ovigkom' ntwoma na wgde ad\virad\Vira
me nsa ne m'ano. Wgde nsu dwira no, or, wodwira no {}yq) usum'.
Okodwira neho wg pom' e.s. gsorgkye no bo ba a, na wakogyinam'.
Cf. ahSdwira,
0-dVvii"a. tlic gain-custom, an annual festival celebrated in the
month of August or September, when the tirst yam is eaten, being
considered also as the beginning of a new year. — t\Va dwira, to
celebrate the yam-festival. — Wot\Va odwira wo Kumase, Akwam,
Akuropgii; rf. aberekwasi, ohum, akonhuru.
dvViri, dwiridwiriw, s. the foil.
d wiriw, dwuruw, f. 1. to separate, disperse, scatter; odw. gya
(no mu), he scatters t/ie fire-brands or coals as with a poker, rakes
106 dwiw — dwoag^yina.
out the fire. — 3. to break up, J)rcak or puU down, to dcniotlsh (odan,
pempe, siw); to prostrate; to ruin (gyare no dwiriw' iiipa no pasa).
— 3. ue ho dwiriw no, he is shocked, struck with surprise, horror
or disf/HSt, he is astonished, amazed, hewildered, confused; me ho
(a)dwiriw me, ^ me ho aye bete, metirim aye me kosenenene, awow
agu me so &c. Cf. ahodwiriw.
dwiw, V. s. dwuw.
e-dVvnv, dwuw, Ak. edwie, j^i/. h-, louse.
dwo, V. 1. to cool; nsu no adwo, the water is no more hot;
ma fikwaii no nuwo ansa, let the soup cool first. — 2. to he calmed,
appeased, allayed; to abate, subside; to become or he soft; to relax
from a state of excitement; to be calm, quiet, gentle, mild, meek, tame,
l)eaeeablc. humJ)le, especially in \hQ perf. and with bo, ho, aui. —
3. tr. to make quiet, soft, tame, cf. dwudwo. pr. 1064-66. — Aboa yi
dwo, this animal is sitting quietly, not mooing; oguanteh dwo (ne
ho dwo, u'ani dwo), na abirekyi ani ye den, the sheep is gentle, hut
the goat is hold. Epo adwo, the sea is calm. Onipa no dwo, he
is a quiet man; odwo, he is humtde (not proud, == onye mpanyin-
sem); ne bo or n'abufuw adwo, liis anger is appeased; n'ani dwo,
ne koma ho dwo, he is mild, gentle; nehodwo, he is meek. — 1.
to come to rest, feel comfortable, pr. 748. Kan-no oye hiani, nnansa-
yi dc, ne ho adwo, formerly he teas poor, but nou- he is better off;
mc ho adwo me kakra, I feel a little better. — Oman mu adwo, the
town or country is quiet, in jieace; afei yen here so adwo, now peace
has come back again. — N'asOm' adwo, he has become free from dis-
turbance, has come to peace. — Ne kete mu dwo, his bed is soft. —
Ne kotokum' adwo (= aye duru, 02ip. awow), his xmrse is well-
fdled, well-stored. — Dwo wo ani, lit. cool thy eye, i.e. moderate your
haste, modrrtde your demand, restrain your passion or desire! dwo
w'ani didi, eat slowly; dwo w'ani bcrco! act or proceed softly, gently,
slowly! pr. 622. IOCS- — lied, dwiidwo, q.v. — Cf. abodwo, ahodwo,
asomdwoee.
dwo, V. s. dwow, V. to cid.
dwo, 0. F. {Prk.]o) to crush; obodwo no sam, // will grind him
to powder. Mt. 21,44.
e-dwo, V.yam; fa dwo here me, bring me a yai)i;cf.hrodcQ-d\vo.
Jidwo: ya adjVo, reply on salutations, addressed to one born
on Monday [s. Kwadwo] or to any other person.
adwo: twa adwo or agyadwo, to cry aloud, to lament, wail.
iidwo, F. {Prk. nju) 1. roof = ntini. Mt. 3,10.13,6.21. ]\Ik. 11,20.
— 2. fringe, tassel. Mt. 9,20. 14,36. 23,5. {Prk. njo, njuo.) s. edwow.
adwo, a kind of plant.
Ad wo a, -owa, F. Agwewa, pr. n. of a female born on Monday.
dwo a, dwoa, orig. dvveba, gweba, /</. li-, a weight of gold =
ntaku 64 = iS' dollars or ackies, half an ounce or 11. 16 s.
(1 w a-^" V 1 n a , the same amount minus one taku or d^f d. i. e.
gold dust balancing the dwoa weight in equal scale, without the
usual over- weight. pr!747.
dVvoasurii — udVvoiitulo. 107
d \v a-s 11 r u , j)7. n-, a weUjIif of (j old -- ntaku 32. ((ir28?)
ad \V('ia-al)i i"i (nhrnva tnutum) a kind oi' heads ; s. alione.
adwoltaw, adweb. (pi. id.) the (eJiiefJ branch, tiv'uj or shoot of
the i/din; ode a osi kiisu na no nsa ayiyi na wgka batabata lio; hania
no aid a eti kankyciHikycre no; - ode no ayi ad\v, — ot'upc si a, na
worcka adw.
d Vv.ol) osii re, d firi;/ or shoot jj:;i'owini^ tVoTn tbo root beside
the [)riucij)al stem; n'ani bi a efi worn' bio; eli koti (lar(ie) na cm-
I'oro pam bio.
adwobdtoku, a kind of Ijcetle.
DVvoda, Aky. Dwceda, Dweada, Mondaij. Cn\%\\,\.
dVvodwo, adv. softl/f, slowli/, easdj/, safcli/; monkono d\v.
na mommcra no d\v.! — dviodwodwo, id.
ad \Vo<j;ii, 2)r. 2V2H.
d \\' g k o , the palsy ; parahjsis.
dVv6-k6ro\v [edwokokoro] the middle part of a yam, which
in roasting remained hard; ode a wgatoto na ainvie ben na woa-
twitwa ho, na nea aka mu na animen no, mfinimfini de no, na wgde
ato gyam' bio atoto. pr. 1068.
adVvoku, Ak. akye, wed, tvielcer-hashet, snare or traj) made
of twigs for C(dehiN(j fish, -=nfiow a; cf. eboa. i>r. 3066. Wode mpojuT
nwene no sc kyerenkye, ne ti tenteii, n'ano dwedwewa, ne to ken-
tei'in ; na wgaye mn kanyann (nwriinn, nnya-nnya), na mpata fa
keutenn no mu ho na wobefi a, na kanyann no asiw won kwah.
dwom, V. dw. ano, to draw or tie together, contract (a bag,
purse, pillow); to jHicker; odwnm (gmom) n'akatawia Jino, he shnts,
puts KjK his ainhrelta; gdwom n'ano, he purses, puckers up, his lips.
e-dwom, Ak. edwom, jjL h-, song, hymn, jJsalm, poem. — to
dwom, to sing; — f re dwom, to lead the choir; - ye dwom, to com-
pose a poem. Owg 'ne to dwom, he has a (good) voice for singing. —
Kinds of dw.: ebadwom o/' linwonkoro, gdakudvv., dwaedw., agye-
mannare, akorododw., kwadw., onnibiamanedw., sahkCidvV., antgre-
pira n. a.
d Vv om 111 a, ^\ nnwgnima.
0-dwoni-frefo, the leader of a choir, precentor.
dVvoiiki'i, dwenku, the hip, haunch, Itip-hone, thigh; cf. asen-
niu, the loins, sere, the thigh; - tg dw., to walk fame, liohhld limp:, cf.
to apakye, to halt, he lame.
a-d Vvoiiku-ben, a protuberance on tJie hip-bone. pr. 2280.
a d w u I'l k ii-t 0, inf. s. tg dvvonku.
dVvoiiiio, confusion; asem no abg wgi'i dw. = aye wgn so
nnwgmma ne hno, aye wgn sa, siamo, wohhii as§n-ko a wgnka, that
word has confounded or xtcrpleored them, they can find no word to
say or no ansiver to it.
dwon-to, inf. singing. — dwonto-boa, (jd. id.) air, tune.
o-d \v ji to i\), dwent., j^l. a-, singer, songster, poet, bard.
108 adwotwji — d wimiadi.
adwo-twa, inf. lameidaUon, ivailiny; diff. dwowtwa.
d wo w, v.l. to cut, sever, cut up, cidto pieces, cut down; otlwow"
no, lie cid him doivn, slew him; 6d\vow abe, he cids or severs the
single p(dnMnds from the stalk; pr. 310. odw. brode = otwitwa no
asiaw-asiaw fi osaw lio, he cuts the hands of plantains from the ivhole
bunch ; ode sosow dwow wuram' bay ere, lie takes old wdd /jam with
a di(j(jin(j-iron ; pr.lOG7. cf. t u (afum' bayere). — 2. to (jrind rou(jhl//,
abiirow, maize, awi, Guinea-corn ; cf. yam. — 8. to f/irash, thresh-
Q-dwow, pi. n-, tassel; frinyc. Cf. ndwo, F.
d \V 6 w : otwa no d\v., he kidnaps him; he robs or plunders him.
adwow: y i ad\v6, 1. to kidnap; oyii no adwo ton no, he kid-
napped and sold him. — 2. topanijar, i.e. to take bn force as a pawn
for a debt which one of the seized person's countrymen owes to the
seizor; a creditor may thus seize any person of the debtor's town
or country, when he has in vain tried to get payment by other
means and has asked permission from his own king and elders ;
and the person thus attacked may in defending himself wound or
kill his aggressor with impunity. — 3. Wudi wo yoiiko anira na ofa
biribi bye wo a, na wofre no adwo-yi; ofa neho kohintav/ wo a, na
wofre no saara. — 4. yi agyew, Mf. to seize the propert/j of one's
debtor for one's own pitijment.
dwuw-twa, inf. o})cn and habitu(d robbery, dcjiredfdion.; cf.
akwanmukii; diff. ad\v6t\Va, lamcidation.
o-dVvowtwafo, ])l. a-, a (h(d)ituat) robber, freebooter, hiffhtvat/-
man; si/n. gkwaiimukilfo, an occasional hi[/hioa/j robber.
ad\V6w-yi, inf. panyurrinfj; kidnapping.
0-d w o w-y i f o , pi. a-, manstealer, kidnapper.
dwii, V. s. dwuw, V.
o-dwii, s. edwiw.
dwudwo, red. v., s. dwo. Further meanings: 1. to softeti;
to tame (with ho): dwudwo aboa no ho, tatne that beast. — 2. to
become soft or t(niie; ne lio adwudwo, he has become tame; he is tame
in consecjuence ofa severe threatening or treatment, or from aston-
ishment. — o. with m u : asase no iiiu adwudwo, the soil has become
soft, damp, moist.
0-d w lima, the trumpet-tree; its wood is used for fences,
dwiima, business, occupation, emplogmerd; dutg, office, func-
tion; trade, profession; - ne dw. a odi ue nnuapac, apra, asuko,
ntamahoro n.a., his occupation is cliopping wood, sweejnng, going
for water, tv.ashing cloth dr,. — sgn. uea gwo ye & the foil.
adwfima, jjZ. n-, F. agwima, adwima, work, hdiour, espec. agri-
cultural work, manutd work; emplo/jmcjd oi any kiud'^ business, dutg
(advv. a mewo ye ma nipa, mg duty to man); — ye ad\v., to work,
labour; nkiirofo hhina ko won mfum' akgye won nhwuma, all the
people are on their pi ant (dions to do their work; - gu adw., pon adw.,
to give u}> or cease working. Cf. obere; gsom.
d\Vuma-di, inf. avoeation, profession, business, employment,
professional labour or exertion.
odwninaru — (l/i'iul/ci'id/cii. lOO
o-fl Vv II m JV t'o , i>/. a- = odwumayeui. (F. Mt.30,1.)
adVv iiniri-i>ii, -pQii, ceasing or cessation from woi/,\
ad \V fimri-y y, '"/• icorkiiuj, lahoHrimj ; vf. adcye.
0-<l \V fi ma y (jiii, pi. a- -fo, icoylcnuiii, [((hoiircr.
D-d \V iiiiiro, y'/. a-, loi/sf, ((vtisau, irorkniaH, our doiufi iirf/ficiid
work as a (•(trpcntcr, joiner, (/old-, silrer-, or eopper-sniHli, hro'/cr,
jienierer, tinman, saddler, nmhrella-maher, sJtoe-oi'sand(d-m(d:erSi(i.
(noa oseh apoh ne nnaka a.s. nkoiunin, oye ate, gpam I'lkyinii, obu
ii)])aboa, obu ntoa, a.s. onipa biara a oye biribi a eye nwonwa iia
nnipa iilMiifi ntumi nye).
a (1 \V 11 Mi-i)('> 11 [adwini, opon] ivorJ: heneli, joiner's bench, (tnr-
)iin(i-)lidlie, fnrn-hencJi, shop-hoard, irork-fahle, writin<j-desl- d'c.
dVviiniw, r. F. Akp. — Aw'irhv .{']m-n,Prk. Mt.24,2.2G,(il. Mlc.1.%2.)
d wiiw, r. 1. to scrajte, remove bi/ scrapiny: wodwuw aduru,
theii pass their finders tliroayh a medicine rubbed over one's bodi/, \vo-
(1(> aduru ye won bo biibi na wgde won nsatea nworahworan nin. —
A-*, to clean a place bi/ scraping witb a piece of bark or anytldng. —
3. to scrape or rale tocfcther, amass, accuniahde; dw. sika, to draw
out a (/ood quant if// of (/old from tbe bag; dw. ntrama, to 2nlc up
cowries in a lan/c lieap (boa., a no, to collect in a snudl heap). —
•i, d\V. dan, to rcjiair (renew) a h(mse in decaij; odan-iio\v bi wo lio
na woremiamia nui aye no yiye ; odwuw a wodwuw odan no da.
yi lie, eye sikasee ara kwa, this constant (or repeated) repairinfi of
th(d h(mse is mere waste of mo)ieij. — 5. to revive, return from (the
reedm of) the dead; ote se nea wawu adwuw, he looks as if he had
been dead and had returned from the other irorld (said of one who
is jjining- away bodily and mentally); r/. sasabonsam ; red. woawu
adwudwuw.
Oz.
The combination dz is found in Fante dialects instead of simple
d before tbe vowels o {= o) and i (exceptions: dede = gyegyegye,
dehye&c), seldom before e; before a only in dza = dzoa, dea, nea.
dz, F. = d before (e) e i.
dza, = dzea, F., Ak. dea, Akr. nea.
(Ize, = de, se.
dze, = de, 1. v. — 2. ((dr. J/ardl//; thou(/h, hotvcvcr.
adzo, i)?. ndzemba, nneemba (Mf. Gr. nyemba) = ade, nneema.
adze, = ase, Ml. 11,2.3. 23,12.
dzea, = dea, nea, person who, thin;/ whicJi.
dzel)Oiiyefo, pi. a-, = gdeboneyefo.
dzedzc," red. v. dze. ML 26,47.
adzefuradze, apparel. 1 Pet. 3,3.
adzejiyan, vaniti/.
dzckO, = dekode. Mk. 5,14.
adzekye = adekyee, dai/li(/hf; adz.yi nhinara, all this day lo)t(/.
dzeni, = dem, blemish. Eph..'),27.
ndzemba, = nnegma, s. adze,
iidzembir, = demmere. ML 11,7.12,20.27,29.
dzeii, dzcudzeiidzcii, = den; dennOnnen, straith/. Mk. 5,43.
110 adzesa — e.
adzesa, = adesae; adz. kg, ihe darlncss goes mvaii.
adzes(j, = ade-see, ivastc. Mt. 26,8.
adzest)ea, = adesoa. 3/^. 11,30.
iidzesoeade = uuosoa. Mt.23,4.
iidzeye, = nneyee. Mt. 5,16.
ndzeyetseiiene, = (nneyee) treno, rigMeoiisness. Mt.5,6.
dzi, V. [red. dzidzi] = di [didi] .s. di 1-100.
101. dzi = di ano, to covenant (for). Mt. 36,15. — 102. dzi ada<;;ya,
= da adagyaw, to he naJced. Mt. 2.5,86. — (40.) dzi dase, = di adanse.
Mt. 26,62. — 103. dzi dew, to rejoice; s. dew. Mt.2,l0. — (17.) dzi
dzera, = di dem, to have a hlemiih. — lOi. dzi adzibew, = di di-
bea, to he in an office. — 105. dzi.. mfamfanto, to follow .. afar off.
Mt. 26,58. — (SO.) dzi afora, = di at'ra, to have one's portion icitJi.
Mt. 24,51. — 106. dzi.. hiilmliu, to murmur against. Mk. 14,5 107.
dzi aliyem', to make a covenant, testament. — 108. dzi ahyia, to he
gathered together. — (35.) dzi ..nkyir = di .. akyi, to visit (sins
upon). — (2!J.) dzi mu, = di mu, to he lehole ; to heperfect. Mt. 15,.^1.19,21.
— (!)G.) dzi mpapem', = di mpapacmu, to he divided. Mk. .1,24. —
100. dzi primprini, to he ichole, strong, well, in good hecdth. Mt.9yl2.
Mk.2,17. — 110. dzi .. nsembon, to rail at, revde, hlaspheme.Mk. 15,29.
— (61.) dzi awerelio, to mourn, wail, lament. Mt. 24,30.
adzibaii, = adibane, aduan.
adzibew, = dibea, office, rank.
adzidzi, tsena-, = tra adidii, to sit down at )neals. Mt. 26,20.
adzidzitb, = didif'o, guests. Mt. 22,10.
adzilulzi, = adifiide, i)demperanee, excess. Mt. 23,25.
edziii, pi. a-, = ediii, name.
dzuo... dzui... dzo... dzii... F. (jue, jni, jo, ju, l*rk.) s.
d\ve... dwi... d\vo... dwn...
£. E.
1'he vowel sounds o, e, e, 0, and 0, o, o, e, and po, o\, and
ew, ew, ('\v (.s. Gr. § 2-5. 17. TJ A)fV('(jncntly interchange and are
sometimes intermixed in the alphabetical arrangement, especially
in compounds.
e in our books represents two sounds: 1. the full o, and 2. the
narrow o. Cf. Gr. § 1 liem. 2. and § 2.
e in Fante books often stands instead of a = a before i, u or
other close vowel sounds.
e- or e-, pref. of nouns in the sing. (& pi.) s. Gr. § 29,2. 35,4.
43.44", of pronouns, §60,1-3., of numerals, §77.78,1. — is usually
dropped in close connection with a preceding word, Gr. § 40,1.
e- or C-, a pron. for a thing or things, which is p)refi.ved to the
verh, Gr. § 54. 58.; in F. also for the 2d. pers. sing. Gr. § 58 Ixcm. 1.
e, emph. part., an enclitic sound giving emphasis after a wish
or command, Gr.§144.; ditto after the negative preterit tense, §170.
e, an enclitic sound after names in the vocative (§ 46,2. 144.)
and in songs.
o — fa. in
o, intcrj. expressing plpasure, joy, &c. oh! hey!
I'i, C'i, intcrj. exprossing surprise, astonishment: indeed!
c = eli6, intcrj. iinjtlying af'lirniation, approbation, assent, con-
sent Sic, lies! sifn. yiw, yie, \Vie.
F.
'J'lie Ic'ttiT r lias the same sound in 'J'wi that it has iu English,
except in the combination iVv, on which see a later page.
The consonant I" occurs before pure and nasal vow(ds. It seldom
interchanges with other consonants; ef. fotow & potow; fromfrom &
F. prgmprom; few & fwew; funu & hunu; fintsiw, F, =: hintiw,
Al^. fwinti, sunti.
fa, r.[rcd. fefa, fofa] fo take; cf. gye, kukuru, tase, ma so, som'
yi, & de, fua, kita, kura. — 1. to talcc to make use of: pr. 1081.
fo 1(1 ji hold on for xse. In these senses it takes the place of the anx. v.
de in all negative and imperative sentences; s. Gr. § 108,26-29.
200,5. 206,2. 208, .3. 4. 237. 240r/.c. 241. Cf. 2(i (below). — 5. to
f(dce au'Uij: hena na wafa me tuo? who has taken my gun'i' — 3. to
carry off (said also of inanimate subjects): nsu afa no, the water
has falcen hiui, i.e. he is drowned; pr. 389. 3085. mframa afa me kyew
kg, the wind has carried off my hat. — 4. to lay hold on, to seize:
wafa no gyaw, he has embraced his legs i.e. implored him, hcygcd
his pardon. — 5. to t(die up and keep, to appropriate what is found:
pane yi, mahu wo fam'; memfa ana? / have found this needle on
the floor; may I keep itY fa! you may have it! fa abofo, to find a
dead animal (game) in the bush, pr. 497. fa or tase hwaw, to take
up or gather S)iads; pr. 1080- F. to gather (fishes in a net) Mt. 13,47.
— 6. to take i.e. keep for one's own: wubu kyew yi ma hena? mibu
mafa, for ivhom do you make this cap? I make it that I may keep if,
i.e. for myself; Ps.3;?,19. cf. Gr. §109,32. 243 Z;. Bern. 2. — 7. to take
jwssession of what is left or prepared by others : asase a Germanefo
no gyawe no, Wendefo befae. — F. fa ahemman tsena mu, to in-
herit the kingdom, Mt. 25,34. — 6'. to obtain jmssession o/" by force,
fo seize, capture, conquer: fa dwen, to seize for a slave, to make booty
of; woafa no dommum, he has been made captive; wofaannommum
pi, fltey made many captives (in war); wafa kiirow no, he has con-
quered the town. — 9. to take and use or misuse: fa obea, osigyafo;
l)r. 167. fa oyere (fa kun, F.) to take one's wife (husband) illegally,
i.e. to commit adultery. Mk. 10,11.12. — 10. to take, get, wnn, acquire:
fa abarima, to engage as a servant; pr. 1077. fa adamfo, to enter one's
service; or =:= fa oygfiko, to make friendship with, pr. 1078. — 11.
fo obtain, get: wafa afuru, she has go^ a belly i.e. she is (big) witli
chdd. — 12. to bear in mind: mafa me tirim, / have got (it) in my
head, i.e. I have taken the sense or the warning, I understand it =
m-ahu ase; I remember = makae. — F. fa ad wen, to take thought,
concern one's sc//'=d wend wen, Mt. 6,25^34. fa apam, to t(dce coun-
sel, Mt. 27,1.7. — 13. to take imvardly, to conceive: ofa(me) abufuw
da, he often grows angry (with me); pr. 1079. wafa me adgna, he has
taken a dislike fo me. — 14. fo fake, admit ; to choose, elect. 1 Tim. 5 9.
112 ftu
— 15. to tahc in a passive sense, io gd or catch: obere, fatUjuc,
weariness, gyare, sickness: gfa obere ntem, he soon (jets tired; wafa
oyare, he greiv sick, has been taken ill ; fa mmusu, to incur a eaJa-
mity; to suffer the results of a mischievous deed, j^r- 398. 555 f. 1738.
— 16. to take a road, a course, to take one's n-ay over...pr. 1071.107(1.
me wnra k wan ni, obi mmfa ho ! - wofa benkum a, mefa nifa, Gen.13,9.
wamfa abonten so, na ofaa mfikyiri, he went behind the houses, not
along the street. Cf. 26. — 17. F. fa kwah mu, io be right, lawful,
permitted, Mt. 12,10. 22,17.27,6. — lf<. fa mu, a) to walk through, take
one's ivag through ; gfaa mfenserem' guane, lie escaped through the
window. - b) gfaa mu dae, whilst this was going on, he fell asleep, -c)
me.m^km\\,=m(^x[\^khb^\\Q, I do not care ((diout) . - d) F.yefamubeii,
wind mail we gai)i hg it? — I'J. fa s o ^ a) with kwan : wgfaa gkwan
foforo so kgg won kurom'. Mat. 2, 12. — b) instead of nam so in imp.
& neg, sentences: (to do) bij means of, s. Gr. § 108, 27. — c) to fall
i)do oblirion, to be forgotten or neglected: afa me so = m'ani apa
so, me were afi. — d) to overcome: wafa n'atamfo so, he has over-
come his enemies; eyi na efaa no so kora, at this he ivas quite over-
come; — e) to make profit, io gain. =famfaso. — 20. fa ase, io act
as an aperient, to evacuate the bowels; aduru no bcfa n'ase, iliat
medicine wdl purge him. — 21. fa ho, a) to more along, to j)ass bg;
cf. siane ho, t\va ho, tvvam'; mmil mframa mmfa wo ho bebrobo,
do not let the wind plag about gou too much, i.e. keep gourself warm.
— b) to touch on, to concern, affect, import; to have io do with: eyi
fa lio biribi, tins has some relation to it; efa ho den? what has that
to do with it? wofa ho den? tvhai is it to gou? asem no mfa mc ho
fvve, or, memfd asem no lio fwe, that business is no m(dier of mine,
does not concern me; gfa mo ho biril)i, he has something to do with
you = g-ne mo wg asem bi; gmfa ho fwe, he jcill have nothing io
do with it, keeps neutral. — gmfa (= emfa) no ho, F. he shall be free,
U is nothing to him, no business or cancer )i of his, Mt. 15,6. 27,4. —
22. fa neho di, lit. to f(d:c and disjiosc of one's self i.e. to become
self-dependent, independent, free, to be ema)icipated;pr. 1075.14:39. —
gmfa neho nni, he is not his own master; Kwasida mo nhina moafa
moho adi, on Sunday you all are free, have your time for yoxirseJves.
Cf. gfadi, fawoho-kodi. — 23. fa di, to take and use tip, to consume,
spend, tvasie; cf. afaadi. — 24. fa (mu) to partake' of. — 26. Very
often fa in its imp. and neg. forms and in the inf. is used, in con-
nection with another verb, as an au.r. v. introducing or referring
to a passive object of the principal verb, and at the same time im-
parting to the princ. verb a causative meaning. Cf. de, Gr. § 108,
pr. 130-169. 1072-74. 1083-88. 3176.'E.g. fa bera! lit. tfd^e come i.e. bring;
kgfa bera, go take come, i.e. fetch; fa kg! take go, i.e.itd.e it off, away
with itlia. tom' or fa to so, lay (it) in or on, add ■it! fa firi me, for-
give me! Cf. 1 (above). — 26. In other cases fa is used as an aux. v.
referring the action of the principal verb to a place, as taking its
way through, or to a means employed; cf. 16. 19b) above; it serves
then to express the Eng. prepositions through, by (C'c. Cf. Gr. § 108,
27.109,30. 223,2. — In pr. 3374. fa supplies the place of the Eng.
words up io, as far as.
o i'ii — oradi. 113
o-fa, Ak. F. 1. earth, rJny, mvd; soil; sivish; Akp. dote; tii fa
— tu (Igtc, to (li(f eartlt ; bo la — bo iit\vomfi, liyirow, to dhj red
or irh'itc airfli and forw if into Ixills; pr. 151}. rf. bo .%'. — i^. the
earth rontainiii;/ (/old, underncatli afafiinii (It adada. — 5. F. ^7?^?^-
asase I'a, dasf of the earth.
ul'ii, t)etlo/rs. — ka afa, to tdoie the belloirs.
uxi'ii, weft, woof, the threads thid cross the warp (nsa) /» weaving.
fa, adv. pJaitdi/, et earl if. reidlii; — fr, pofe, trcnonono, fanh.
fa, r. to heeomc hoarse; no 'nr afa, he (his voice) has become
or is hoarse.
of a, ala, pi. a-, feast, festiral, holida/j; - hy e fa or afa, to ccle-
lirate a festirtd, e.s. wgye afribyiadc biara, wodi afe; ohene hye fa
= oh, behye da.
g-fa, pi. afa, afa-afa, ]. the half o( a iluw^ or number of things;
moietii. — 2. the other side or j^ort of a thing or placo, a separate
place. — S. part, piece; ef. sin. pr. 04. 1L>S(I. ISoS. SllO. .3481. gfa-nc-
fii, h(df and h(df; only in 2>ort ; ogyina fa or fa babi, he stands apart,
aside; da afji, to .'ileep separateli/. pr. 384. ef. Gr. § 80,7. 84., fako,
afanu, afasa, afanah, it frim'.
afa, 5. efa & gfa. — afa-afa, F. hif halves.
Ill fa, mfahjima, the Guinea-worm, Fdaria medinensis, a whitish
worm tliat burrows in the liuman cellular tissue; it has the thick-
ness of twine and may attain a yard's length. Oyare mfa, mfa aye
no, ]ie has cfof a Guinea-worm: mfa ahyc ne gya, the G. app)roachcs
the surface, .scratches, itches, pinches, the skin is raised by it; mfa,
no atwe, na aka nebobo; mfa no abobg kakra. [G. fakpa le edse,
si efe dframo, Zim. Vac. p. 43.65.07.]
fa, ffifa, a. adv. 1. flexible, flexile, limber, lithe, pliable, pliant;
tenacious, tough; syn. fakafaka, fann, hxia, sa; - mframa bo dua
no a, eye fa (,s. sa) ; onipa yi, ne mu (ne nan, ne nsa) ye fa, wanyfi
nsa fa. — 2. reeling, tottering, vacillating ; onam faf<i, he totters,
walks iottcringly ; ef. to ntintdn.
0-fabafo, ^jZ. a-, = ofako-ne-fdbafo, intriguer, tale-bearer, tell-
tale. Prov. 12,2.
fa bail, pi. a-, = dgteban, tmid-wall, pise-wall. [G. fence.}
e-fa-b eii, red or yelloiv clay; cf. kotofa, ntwoma. Afaben, ^;r. n.
a fa-bo, (pi. id.) clod, glebe; a Imnp or pieces of strish (i.e. the
earth of a ptise-wcdl) from a i-uined building; ruins.
fa - 1) - 1 - m e - 1;- y a m' flay a stone into the fire for me] name
of a sickness, = kukru-me-ta-awiam'.
f a- b r e b r e , a by-name of the aturukuku.
f a-dji iijpl. a-, dgtedan, mud house, mud cottage, building in pise.
i\\' A da (2^1. id.) gain, 2^^'ofd, lucre, acquisition, jn-oceeds: booty,
S2)oil, p)l under ; cf. asade, afowde; earnings; - ade a wunyjX wo obi
ho fa no tumi so, a.s. wunyii no osom mu.
0-fadi, inf. 1. using up dx. s. fa di. — 2. liberty, emanci2mUon ;
s. fa neho di, ahofadi.
114 mfadi — efam'.
mfadi, inf. ilic (talinr/ and) Ticephuj of a thing; for one's self.
afa-adij spend-iltrift; lianl-nipf, insolvenf dchlor; woaye wolio
afa-adi, you have made yourself hanlcrupi.
iX.i'AQ,, pass, defilee, in mountains; rf. mpotam'.
afa-afa, j:)?. of of a; s. afa.
- o-fa-fa, inf. j^artnl-inr/, pariieiparion.
o-lafafo, pi. a-, parialcer.
mfafato, F. s. mfamfanto.
afafauto, afef., afof., j;Z. m-, IndierfJy; cf. abebew, oyfma.
fafaraha, an herh poisonous for goats.
mfafekuwa, F. members. Eph. 5,30.
o-fa-firi, inf. forgiveness, luirdon; syn. ofakye, fa-asem-kye.
mfa-foi'O, inf. F. a renewed faking or undertalhig: ma yemfa no
mf. nsom wo, grant that we may serve thee in newness of life.
fafu, adv. [obs.] entirely = kora e^c.
afa-fuiiu, motdd, a sort of earth dug up first in digging gold;
rf fa, asasohono.
t'a o- u d e''',. metal [efa, gu, ado, things from the soil that may
be molten and cast],
m (Ti-h a ni a, .s. mfa.
iaho-falio, adv. (fa ho, to move along) wofa faho-f., they sail
along the shore; cf. wonam ano-Jino, they walk along the shore.
in fall u^ tinder; abe ho boh bi akyi na wode ye mf.
afa-hyo, inf. festival, cclchration of a festiv(d ; af. bi dvii, some
festival came on.
faka (taka?), epo f., hay, gulf. Nig. Exp. Voc.
fakafaka, a. fle.rihle dr. s. fA.
infa-ka-ho, inf. (the act of) adding, addition.
o-fa-kOj s. ofii, Gr. §80,7. of. a yegyina, where we stand.
fako-be w, place where to prnt a thing, pr. 2008 f.
Ill rA-kokoiiiii i, a cutaneous eruption caused by the Guinea-
worm being about to manifest its existence in the body.
o-ia k 0-11 e-f aba, inf. talc-hearing; damfo, woye of., friend,
yon tell tales on hoth sides! — o-fAko-m'-Wiha-U), ==tale-he((rer, hnsy-
hody, officious, meddling, meddlesome person ; nea otie nsem koka
na okotie bi beka; rf. ateakosewa.
o-fa-k^'Q, inf. = gfafiri, forgiveness, pardon. F. ye f., to he
forgiving; cf. fa-asem-kye.
fam' = fa mu.
e-fani [efA mu] soil, ground, floor, hottom; in the ground, on
the ground, at the hottom; down, helow; syn. ase; asase, asase so;
cf. Gr. § 119. 124, .3. Ofii diia no so sii fam', he came down from the
tree; ofii pohko so sii f., he cdighted from the horse; ofii hyeh mu sii
f., he came from the shi2^ to land, he disemharhcd. Osoro ne fam',
liimiu — lauii. 115
/tcurcn tniil citrth; ffvin' luN nsu ani, hif laud and hi/ sea ; t'fi no. soro
hcsi no t'iim' dein bi iini lu) ho, //'oyii tlw head to the fed. from head
Id f)()t. fniiu toj' to tor, there is no Idemish in him; cf. '^ S(im.li,l''). —
iifjunji n<i inn tew abicti ii soro de-bcsii fjiin', the veil was rent in tiro
from the top tothehottoiii. Mat.:i7,51. — lied, fanr-faiii', adv. vcrijloiv.
iVimm, a., adv. red; i/elhic; si/n. Ko, kgko... Wgdo sika ayo
ho f . ; wgde ntwoma akwaw dan no mu f.
fain, V. [red. I'onitain, t'otntam] 7. to encircle with one^s arms,
to cml)raee; si/n. bam, yy atil; abotVa no abcfam nu'; aye me. atfi,
the child embraced and Ituijijed me with his arms. — ^. fain ho, to
adhere closet ii, to cleave, clinij or stick to; ef. bata (ho); hama f'ani
dua ho, t)ic climhcr adheres to the tree. F. sure f'am ho, // is coupled
trith fear, 1 Pet. 3^2- — Cf. afammoa, mtomfamho.
o-l'dnr, a kind of thin ealce; wgtoto f. ne se: wodc nno fgtgw
mmgre na wgde teretorew asaiikam" na wgde ahaban moniono kata
so, na wgde nsramma gii so ma ebeh.
fa 111" [ofamu] what is on the side ov part of, part, concern, due,
datif, rifjht; manner; rccjion, direction. Owg dgm fam', he is on the
side of the enemy; me fam' de, biribi nsiw wo kwah, on my part
nothiny sh(dl prevent you; me ne wo fam' dc, ciihia, it is of no eon-
sequence to me tend thee; Onyame f\\ e fam' ye nwonwa, (the way of)
God's providence is wonderful; eha-fam'^ hereabout; ehg(nom) fam',
thereabout; epo-fam', seawards.
atain', F. district, reyion. Mt. 15,21. Mk. 7,31. n'afam' dze no, for
his part.
iiifauiba, F. seed. Mt. 13,31. Mk. 4,31.
afam'd c, (j/l. id., = ade a ewg fam' a.s. efi fam') earthly things;
low or mean thinys; earth, stones and minerals. Kurtz § 173.
a fa iii'd u a ii [fam' aduan] food yrowiny undcryround, as yam &c.
infainfa, a small brass pan used in weighing go hi. pr. 1G33.
infaiiilanto, F, dzi .. mf. == di .. akyi wg akyirikyiri, Mt. 26,5S.
[Mk. 14,54.
Ill fa 111 fi ci, circuit, compass. — b g.. ho mf., to yo ahoutov round,
to compass; to surround; to encircle; - bg dan no ho mf. = okyini
dan no lio, he compasses the house in order to see whether there is
any danger, or to find a place to enter ; gko bg yen ho mf. = t\Va
yen ho hyia, there is ftyhtiny round about us; afafanto rebetg ka-
neam' anadvVo a, gbg ho mf. ansa-na gtgm' ; auonia no bg ne bere-
biiw ho mf.
iiifanimiri [fan biri] a dish of dark-yreen pot-herbs, the poorest
meal. Prov. 15,17.
afaiu-inoa [aboa a efam obi ho) an animal that clinys to one's
person or clothes, pr. lOtiO-
e-f a 11, herb, vegetable, pot-herb, cabbage, greens, pr. 1340.
fan 11, a., adv. =fa, hiia&c. tough, flexible, elastic; ne mCi buf.,
he has a pliant back; ne usa bu f., he has supple fingers.
faMi'i, a., adv. dear, distinct, plain; open, straightfoneard ; -
116 faiia — mfaredaii.
S[in. feiin, fc, ])efe; m'ani tuaa no fVuin se oko, I saw him distinctly
going mvay; ka no f. kyere me, tell me plainly. [G. idJ\
I'iiiia, V. to troiible, harass, fatigue; = fena, fonii; syn. liaw.
a fan a, a kind of tr.ee, used for fuel; the fruit is eaten,
afiiiia, Ak. s. afoa. — o-ranafoo, Ak. = ofoasoafo.
a frill a, afanawa, F. -ba, j>L ra-, femide, wencli, especially /"rw/r^/c
slave ; maid-servant.
nifanri-hyia, inf. ohyia no mf., he marries her as if she were a slave.
fane, Ak. = fan. pr. 106.
0-fa-ne-fa., s. ofii; of. Kristoni, a half-and-ludf Christian.
fanes, G. foundation; syn. fapeme, nhycase, mfiase, ntoase; -
to f., to lay the fomidation (in building).
fanini, v. impers. to he less had, more tolerahle, to he prefer-
ahlc (when a choice is to be made between two or more unfavour-
able things). "N'ani wu" anase "n'anim gu asc", cfanim nea ewo
he? efanim aniwu (na cnifanim animguase), wliich is the milder
expression: "he is ashamed" or "he is ahashed"? "to he ((shamed"
is not so strong as "to he ahashed" ; efanim eyi, na emfanim eno,
this is less had than tlud; eyi ye afanim, this appears to he mdder.
fa - u 11 , petroleum. D.As. fP^'- ^091. 2451.
mfaiisii, a kind of head; s. ahene.
F{\iit6, F. Mfantse, ///c i*>n^/r (Fanti, Fantee) country and
the language or dialects spoken there. — V an ( «!-k;isa, the Fanfe
language. — Fan tc-in ;i I'l, the Fante nation. — (J-raiitcni,
2)1. M--fo (F. Fantsenyi, Mfantscfo), a Fante man, Fante people. —
F ante-pern nhina, all the Fantes and their confederate trihes.
ofanto, -bia, -biri, s. gfonto...
fan tony a in pc: gye f., oye fantonyampeni = oyc kwasia-
mankwli; cf. an woman woma.
0-faiiny a, pL m-, a hill-hoolc ivitlund a nose; = adare.
fa-pcme, F. foundation. Mt. 7,25. cf. fanes, nnyinaso.
afar, afarbo, afarbodze, afarpata, F. = afore, -bo, -bode, -miika.
far a, s. fra. — afaraw, s. aferaw.
fare, v. [a strengthened form of fa] s. fefare.
fare, m-, mfarow [fa de?] the trunk of an elephant.
a faro, a kind of hcrh, very tender, used as a medicine; ne
tirim ye merew se af., he is tender-heatied.
infare, fresh air; light, cool hreeze, gentle wind; mframa a eye
a awgw nnim\ nso ahohui'u nnim'. Mekogye mfare, / am going to
take the air, I want to take an airing; - mfare tu nnon-abiesa ne
nnon-nau mu, the cooling hreeze comes hettveen 3 and 4o^elock.
ofarebae [nea ofa' bae] the author or originator of a new play,
song or other thing; onipa a ode agoru hi ana dwom bi ana biri-
biara a wgye wo oman rau ba; sa agoru no f. ni! pr.1098.
m far e-d a ii, parlour for cooling, summer house. .Twig. 3,20. Am. 3,15.
iiiIju'cIio — fe. 117
111 fa ru li 0, ////'. [t;i lio I cow/jxwi', cinuniferenvr, piiijilurij; cf.
atVt'iire.
nifurc-tri-ln'ri!, tlio tiiui! Irom abuiit ." tu 1 o'rlock iii tlic (iftei-
noon; if. intaro & bctwabcre.
Jil'arlo, F. --jipof'ofb, fis/urs. I\lh: IJll.
.•ifarpahi, K. — atorcinnka, Mt. 2:i,lH.
I'a-sa', (uU\ lit. iahc U so, \'va. ju.st as it is, — lafher, sijn. miiioui.
Xoa wode kosoin Asantelo no, fa-sfi kgsotn Aborofo, instead of svrc-
iiiij the. Asauti's, serve rather the Knrojieans. — K;rs;'i(l;"iiir;is(!, (Be-
ronteut-with-H-thank-me) pr. n. given to a slave.
afaascduru [adurii a efa asc] punjatioe, aperient.
i'a-;isgin-k >'e, for(/ioeness; ounini f. pi, there is not in itch
plaeabUity in him; ef. ofakye, gfafiri.
at'ascw, Ak. -sec, an inferior kind oi' /jam; s. oi]ii. pr. 858.1004.
arasc-kaiii, arascw-tuiiluui, *-. ode.
ml'aso, inf. gain, profit, benefit, emolument; pr. 1095. - wafa mf.
pi :^ wafa so 1)1, he ha.'i made or (jaincd much lyrofit.
in I"as6-p(_', inf. (jreedincss, self-interestedness.
luraso-pcjlc), a self-interested person; (/reedy of gain ov profit.
o-fasii, pi. a-, wall. pr. 328. — to f., to build a ivall.
alasu-to, inf. building a wall. — inlasu-siii, ruins; cf. af'abo.
fata, V. to fit, suit, meet; to become, pr. 28G4. F. to be tvorfhg
(if'. Mt. 10, 10. — f. so, to agree, accord or Itarmonize tvitli; to be fit,
fitti/ig, suitable, proper, appropriate. Cf. se, se so, & sen, kyeh so,
boro so.
fa t a 1' a t. a, fa t a. fa, t a , a., adv. reeling, staggering, fluctuating,
lUclcering, ficlde, unsteady; ainpan' tu fatafata, tfie bat flits, flutters,
flie/ccrs; ef. fere, v.
infatac, mfatasu, inf. fitness, aptitude.
fa-to, inf. building in pise (swish).
nifa-to-ho, inf. comparison, similitude, application of a simi-
litude, pr. 1096.
lufa-to-so, inf. a false charge or accusation, imputation; defa-
mation; syn. mmotoso, adansekrum.
o-fa-twa, inf. denunciation; sycophancy, t(de-bearing; treachery,
perfidy; cbia avvurakwa akgka ne yohko awurakwa bone bi a waye.
o-fatwafu, i>L a-, denouncer, sycoplumt, tale-bearer, traitor.
fpr. 1097.
fa-wolio-ko(li f'faJce thyself go e(d"] a name for leprosy (cf.
kwata, piti), because a slave seized by it was set free i. e. left to
himself. Cf. di 6".
fe, few, red. fofc, fefcw, fofefc, &c. (Gr. § 70.) adj., adv.
1. fine, pretty, nice, beautiful, amusing; pr.lUlS. 2950. 3553. — after h 6 ,
handsome; ■pr.2S.1392. syn. guaiin, kfima, oso. — 2. glad, in the ex-
pression eye me fe, it matccs me glad, gives me joy : eye me fe(w) se
inoaba, I am glad that you are come. Cf. few, n., ahoofe.
118 fe — efe.
fe, v., s. fefew.
fe,iJ^a-, a Ueedinn wound especially in the head, s//n. ainra.-
kuru; wobg no fe, wgbobg no afe = wopirano, wopirapira uo, the//
ivownl him; ode ne fe no kge, }fc went ic'dh his Konnd ; ne fe no atu,
Ms ivound has become ulcerous.
fe, V. [red. fife] to he or become fine, tender, soft, smooth by
grinding, pounding; said also of woven things; - kyekyere no afe
dgkgdgkg, that menl is very finely ground; fufu no fe, the doiu/hi/
mass of pounded yam (or plantains) is soft; ofe a efe yi, mirensiw
bio, as it is so fine already, I tciU not jioiind it any longer ; aduru
no mfeie, the poicdered medicine is not yet fine enough: ntania yi
ani fe, this cloth is soft, smooth, fine. Cf. ie. fei, r. & fekg, a.
fe, v. l^red. fefe] 1. to eject from the stomach, the throat, the
mouth; to vomit; pr. 190. — fe ntasn, Ak. ta or to ntasu. to throw
out saliva or spittle, to spit out; pr. 2347. — fe hohgre, to throw out
jihlegm ; fe ahohora (fig.), to foam out shameful words, to commit
shameful deeds. — 2. fe ho, to flow over; cf. fere ho, tere ho, bore
so, bu so. — 3. to yearn or long for. to desire, desiderate; to be home-
sick: mafe (= m'ani agyina) me ua, me kiirom, me ygtiko yi: gfc
no, wafeno. — 4. fe neho akyiri, to rejjent; asem a midii no,
mafe meho akyiri se, I repent very much (of) what I have done.
F. id. Mt. 21,32. 27,3.
e-fe, inf. vomiting, pr. 1098.
fe, V. s. few.
fe, ndv. completely, entirely: thoroughly: cf. korji, pe &c. Gr. §
134, 3 r. Wadi nenhina f e ! wapra gdan mu hg hh, fe; wasesaw
nsu no lib. fe. Cf. fefefe.
fe, V. s. fei.
fe, adv. openly, phtinly. ilearly: rf. fann. fenn, pefe. Eda hg
fe; mihCiQ no fe.
fe, adv. dee]), deeply, far down, far below the surface. Edaasc
fe; ehye mu fe; me nsa akg nsu no mu fo na mifihii.
fe, f 8, interj. a challenge to fight and its answer, Se wo asem
te se me de a, twiw bera na yeiiko! feie [= fOe] a word of con-
tempt, pr. 1099. cf. mfi, F.
afe, jj?, (F. id.) mfefo, a person of equal age, size, rank; ptlay-
mate, companion; comrade, fellow; F. afe, neighbours. — wo afe ne
nea wo ne no se afe; pr. 1826. wgye me mfefo; pr. 1104. bg afe, to
enter into fcllowshij) with; pr.6S2. — ode me hye afe, gdenafe hye
me, he deems me his equal, he obtrudes himself upon me; cf. afehye,
mpekua, fekuw.
M fe, 2^1- ™'j >/<'fi>'; syn. afirihyia. — di afe, to celebrate a yearly
festival; cf. afedi & di ^cS. 75.
a fe, jj/. m-, comb.
e-fe, a kind of fly-brush, fan for Hies, made of the tiny sticks or
fibres of palm-leaves, tied together: berew mu nuua a woayiyi a-
were ho na wgde abom' akyekye ne ti de pra won ho ohurii, gten,
I'lwansana ; omw akese bi wg hg a akgmfo de kgm. Cf. mmefo, asafe.
mfti — Iclefc. £19
liilc, -ban, fhe side of tlie hod/j; of man and animals. — mfcm',
the side of the bodi/, viz. f/te inner part of it: mi; mtcm' ye me yaw,
/ hace jMiin, in my si tie.
fra, a tliiltl that died first in a family (before any of its bro-
thers or sisters); "abofra a wawu yi ye fea". pr. 680.
I'ca, r. 1. to lay np or hy, to keep, jireservc; fa fea ma me ^^
fa kosie ma me [obs.] — ,'.■•. to tjire i)t addition, to add, to rejteaf (a
blow, shot, punisliment) : wabo no twere wafea no; wafea aboa no
or watow no tiio afea no = watow no tuo bio; ofea no, he yives him
the la.sf, deadly stroke. — fea so = pa so; ef. foa so, pua; fea ho,
to enlarye. — foa fea ho, to puff (up), to give a better appearanec
/rt< set off to the best advantaye, to improve on reality; mofeaf(!a atoro
ho to me so. — mfeafcalio (inf.) enlaryement. (luymentation.
fea fea, a. ]>ointed. taperiny, as a pyramid, obelisk, spire,
sugar-loaf; thin, slender: kotokurodu ayaase ye f.
feaiiT, an amulet to bring about a (|uick delivery of a child,
g-foa HI, ^^ ofiam. pr. 1100. fv^- 178.
infe-ban, the side of the human body.
nifi'da, F. last year; nifedan, ne.H year; Mf. Gr. p. 136.
afo-dcin, inf. lit. the turning (rcneiviny) of the year; afedan
sese, a twelve-month ago; eha af., a ttcelvcmonth hence, next year.
afe-di, inf. festival, feast-day, anniversary.
fee, V. with ase, to propagate, to continue, increase or multiply
by generation or successive production (of animals and plants) ; to
breed abundantly. Akoko no ase afee, that hen has got a goodly num-
ber of offspring; mefee m'akoko yi ase, I let this foul of mine breed;
ode no ase afee, that yam has propHigated or spread; mefee me de
ase, 1 2}ropagatc my yam; duaba a wode maa me no, ase afee. Cf.
fefew, foe.
ft^fa, fofa, red. v. 1. s. fa. — ;?. with ho: to wind round about;
owo fefafefa dua no ho, the serpent is wound about the tree in many
windings.
fefa, a. flexible dx. s. fa. Diff. fifa.
fel'are, fofare, red. v. [fare = fa] 1. to dry to a certain degree
(ill pottery). — 2. to seize, take possession of; to occupy, to fill (a
space). Ekaw afefare me amene me, I am deeply involved in debt.
afefare, i«/". extension, extent; the space occupied by some-
thing, the surface included within any given lines, area; circum-
ference, comjiass; - odah yi afefare ne tiiro yi de se, the area of this
house and that of this garden are alike; dua yi afefarem' beye
anammon anah, the circumference of this tree will be four feet.
fe f e, a. s. fe.
afefede, fme, nice, beautiful thing or things; s. mfefew-ade.
fefe, red. v. s. k\. pr.llOlf.
fefefe. a., adv. Accurate, exact; exactly; completely, tlioroagh-
ly; oka asem a, gkyere ase f.; okyere me ade a, mete ase f. ; syn.
pepC'pe. — cf. fe.
120 fefefo — fem.
fefefo, mighty men? Jer. 26,21.
fefere, red. v. s. fere.
fefere-fefere, adj. flickering; okanea no aye f., the light
fUekers (before dying).
afet'e-sem, a delightful thing or matter; odo ye af., enye akyeh-
kyeune, love is a matter of free will, not of constraint or compidsion.
fefew, s. fefe, a.
fefe w, red. v. few, to hud, sprout, shoot (out or forth), to put
forth ahoots; to groiv (up), prosper, flourish, espeeially of plants; -
ma wo adwuma nif. wg yen mu. Cf. few, fee, froinra.
fefew-bere,t spring.
mfefewa: yi mf., to teaze; oyi me mf., lie teazes me, excites me
to ungovernable anger, = gliorah me bo =- oburii me bo, oyi mc
abufu, oyi me ahi. — nitefcwu-yi, inf. teuzing.
mfefew-jide, = afefede; pr. 1103; pomp, state, luxury.
mfefo, s. afe, pr. 1104.
mfe-ho-akj'ir, F. repentance. Mt.3,11. cf. nnubo, abonii.
afe-hye, inf. impudence, insolence, arrogance; disrespect, dis-
paragement, cf. bye afe; - qyh af., instead of associating witb his
companions of tbe same age, he xnits himself on a par ivith elder
persons, intrudes himself, forces his company ujjon them ; - den af. nil
fei (or fe), v. to search by opening or entering into, to pricli,
to pofic; to pidc; wofei won aniwam', asom', onipa bo akwaii nb. mu,
ntamam'; wafei n'aniwam' fwe me (fuj,), he loolcs at me sharply,
keenly, with clear eyes. — Ited. fefe, fefei, feifei; wof. nenbwi mu;
wufeifei kuru nom' a, anka wobebu nea pane no bye.
a t' b i [iih yi?] adv. noiv, at present ; after that, tlien; ekan-no
wokoe, afei de, woye biako. — F. afi, amfi, mti.
afe-kae, yearly cdebration, anniversary; awoda-di, odwira-
twa ye af., tfie eelehraiion of the birth-day, of the yam-custom, is a
yearly remembrance of the real birth-day or tbe first institution of
the custom.
fcko, feko-feko, a. cC- adv., fine pulverized; yam no f., grind it
quite fine; aduru no aye f. = afe aye betebete, muhumubu (of dry
things), bodgbgdg. (of things mixed with water),
mfekoropa, As. innumerable years.
fekiiw, [afe kuw] a Iteap or company of persons liaving about
tJie same age; any number or body of people forming a company,
society, association, club. Mefekuw so kyen wo de, my contempor-
aries are more numerous, my company ov party is larger tJian yours;
obo feku-bone, fie keeps bad company. — F. oyer nya okuu bo fe-
kwu, tlic wife enjoys tlie company of the liusband. Prk.
0-fekuni, pi. -fo, member of a company, society dDc, comrade.
I'eku-niuyede [fekuw auigye ade] social pjleasures.
feiiij V. 1. to lend, loan; to let (for liire), to lease, to hire out;
syn. bo bosea. — ^. to borrow; to fiire; syn. pe busca. — Mafem no
ai'ijiu — iufciibii. 121
sika, I have h:ni him monvtf; mafein ne lio sika, / luivc borrowed
tnonei/ from him. Cf. liri. — 3. to jiinch, sqiwczc, compress bda'ccn
or to seize and hold with the fiujrers, pincers, tongs c^c, to nip; to
cramp; ode dabaw a.s. awiri fern gya, he takes a fire-brand tcith a
pair of totujs. — o-f"yni, inf. — <jliyy fetn = ofem.
alV'iii, a kind oi leopard, smaller than osebo and asabontwi.
frmui, adv. 1. low, loicli/, ccrif low; okotow no f., he bowed
or stooped down tjcfore him very low; wgabere no ase f., lie has been
deeply hwmbled. — :2. quite level, even, smooth; nsu no ani ada f.,
the surface of the water has become perfectly smooth.
foiii, V. to (jrow blunt, dull, to be set on edye: me se afem, my
teeth are set on edye; iem ano or sc, to disyust, to cause or c.icite
dislike, distaste, disrelish, disyust ; to tire, weary; j);! a mekodii no
afOm m'jlno a.s. me se, = adwuma a migyei se mekoye no, eden me
so nti, mintumi menye, I am tired of the work which I cnyaycd to
perform, I have enouyh of it, can do it no more; mema afem wo ano,
I shall make it loathsome or disyustiny to yon; kuruwa no afem
u'ano = ne nom ye den dodo, the cu}) is too bitter for him.
mfeni', = mfe mu, s. mfe.
infOinlY'm, mustache, mustachio; the whiskers of a cat or other
such animal.
feu fen, hasty, hurried steps, leaps, bounds, jjv. 1107- — onaia
fen fen fen, he leaps, skips, capers, hobbles.
fciin, a. s. fanh, fe, &c.
C-fei'i, Ak. efeii, efeue, Ab. ofen, a. newly framed, amusing or
pleasant word which for a time becomes a favourite expression; a
jocose, jocular, sportive, droll ivord or exp>ression, jest, joke, sport.
Wodi f. ne se: asem biako bi aba na nnipa nhina kiiram', te se abo-
yam', oyima; asem yi, unansa yi wgde di f, ; asem no adan feue a
wodi; ofen bi aba nnansa yi, wofre no oyima; efene hyia a, wonui
bio (pr. 1108.); yedi won ho fen = few, ive make sport of them ; wode
no di fen, they make a fool of him; ntama yi ye fe: ma yenni uo
fen = ma yento na yen banu hko ara mfura nkyere.
fena, F. = faua, fona, to trouble; to be tro^ibled. Ps. 90,7. Mt.
8,2i}. 15,22. wgrefena akwau, they tvcre toiling in rowing. Mk.6,48.
afena, F. = afoa. 3It. 26,47.. 51 f
fen a 11, bde thrown up from the stomach; fe a nea oyare atiri-
dii no yam' ade sa a, gfe kata akyiri; = bonwoma, doni'io.
mlendzc, F. wiadze mf., the ends of the earth. Ps. 67,7.
fenenun, fenemfenem, .s. frcmm, fremfrcm.
afeii kw a [fern, akoa] a slave hired from his master.
mfenewa, mfenowa, a kind of bead, s. ahene.
mfe us a [s. afe, esa] 1. lit. three years; mahye no mf. se omme-
tua ka, I have given him three years' time for the payment of the debt;
pr.847. — j:J. a long time; wotgg ade mf. ui, wommetua kaw? mfe-
nsa yi ara wuinvic nhoma yi kyerew ana? mamma anku a, mf. yi
woda so gyiua hg, duom! mf. ni a gbo yi fi da ho ara; senea wo
122 mfensere — efcre.
de wobetraa ho (=; wiase ha) mf. ara ni na woreuye adwuma bi?
— 5. [= mfe a ciisa] years ihut have no end, always, for ever.
[pr. 1878.2620.
m I'e n s ere [Dutch rensfer, Ger. fenstcr'] ivlndoiv, ivindoic-sJmtter;
cf. apomma. — mfensere-dua, ivindoic-framc.
fentem, v. to level, plan}; to make even or level, asase, the
ground; cf. fetew, funtum.
fentem, a. d- adv. even, level, plain, flat; smooth; levelled tvith
the ground; lazy, idle; quiet. Oda fam' f., he lies flat on the ground
and does not stir (or, idle, without stirring); woaye kiirow no f. =
wgasee k. n. abubu ho adan nh. agu fam' korji, they have levelled
the town with the ground, evened it tcith the sod.
mfentoni', inf. [fem, to, mu] interest, usury; migye no mf., I
take interest from him; ma mf , to pay interest; wofein atiri 2 a, \vo-
ma. atiri 3, wo da si asram 3. (at. 10, — at. 15, — afrihyia); sika
a ode fem no no, onya ohamu anum da afrihyia, lie gets 5 percent
on the money he lent him. — syn. nsiho, 50 per cent, or less; mpem-
anim, 100 per cent; cf. huruw sika.
aferaw', pi. m-, a large bird with beautiful (greeu) plumage,
feeding on fruit; the clock-bird, said to announce the hours by its
cry; by-names: oto-abere, tuakwan.
afere, Ak. id.
f er e, v. [red. fefere] 1. to string, brandish, flourish. — 3. f. mu,
to bore through, pierce, perforate, drill; ofere ahene no mu = ode
fitii a.s. sekan n.a. fiti mu tokiiru. — 3. f. ho, to trifle, fribble, dabble,
bungle, tamper about or with, to touch here and there. O'ftjre aduan
ho, = odi ho ako-ne-aba, ot\va ho pe nteui na onnidi. Ofefere a-
dvii'ima no ho: eso kyei'i no nti ontumi nye, onennam hu kwa; osom'
a, fatafata; oto ko, to ba.
fere, v. [red. ferefere] 1. to respect, revere; to fear, to shun;
gmfere Nyaiikopgii mfere nnipa, he fears neither God nor man.
LtiJc. 18,2. pr. 866. 2169 f. — 2. to be cautious, wary, careful, heed-
fnl; 8. 7. — S. to be ashamed of. pr. 1929. — 4. to be shy at, to be
bash fid, timid, to be afraid of. pr. 1114-17. 1929. — 5. to be disgraced,
to pine under disgrace, pr. 1113. 2287. — 6. to feel emharrasscd or
under restraiid. pr. 547. — 7. fere ade, to be conscientioKS, strict, cor-
rect, duteous, moral, religious, superstitious.
e-fere, a I'e re, inf. respect; bashfulness; shame. pr.Ullf. cf.
adefere.
e-fere, 1. pot-sherd, j^icce, fragment of a pot. — 2. a pot with
a hole, used for meltiug lead, gold &.c.. melting-pot, crucible.
fere, F. — fe: wabo no f , he has wounded him.
fere, v. [rcfZ. fefere] f. ho, to fail, to miss hitting, reaching,
attaining or finding; syn. siane ho, tere ho; to have not sufficient
room; nhoma no afere ho wg kotokum', the book stands fortji or out,
is projecting sideways in the bag, from want of room. Cf. fe ho.
fere, s. anifere, cf. fei, v. — fere, a. cf. ferefere.
e-fere, gourd, Cucurbita, pr.lllO. ■
afere — olcwa. 123
afcrc: gdah af., ihc small sides of a honsc(?)pr. 3:385.
fcroforc, a. dean, hare, exposing the hare (f round; yv ho f. ;
gbotan f. Eze. 34,7. rf. fcafea. — fei'crei'Olere, adv. clcanli) ; poj)?!
poll no so f. ; wapra ilan mu bo f.
0-1*0 rol'u, pi. a-, 1. a person respected or revered by ain>tb(!r;
mo f. lie nipa a meferc! no. Wn I'ivviu f'tjrc a, na wojilV-ic!, jJr. IIIH.
— 2. one who resprcts or reveres auotber, pr. lll'J.
Ill lore lit), />//'. iiiissiu(j one's aim.
lei'die, a. e.iecssive, -Ample? pr.SSJo. Of. gkwanlerene.
argro-seni, (pi. id.) a disi/raeeful, sliamefid word, deed or
matter; ascm a wiuli a.s. woka a, eye aniwu; woadi af. 'ne! to-do//
you have committed a very stiamefid deed!
in fete: tvia mf. = kyini.
fete fete, a. light, thin; syn. b/itahata, bamaliaina.
fetefete, v. f. bo, to tear up or 02>e)i, to sli(, rend, cut open;
syn. buebue bo, titi bo.
fetefete, pi. rnfetemfetewa,.s»;fl?/; syn. nketonkcte; bonemf.,
ade, ascm mf. — iiireteiiifetewa-de, trifles.
fetere, v. to sfrij> off, draw hacJc. draw up, fucJc up (a cover-
ing-, a sleeve); sy7i. worgw. — afeterefetere (R.pr.l39.) ilie denu-
ding of the glans by drawing tbe prepuce or foreskin.
feteWj v. to hoe and level the ground; to j^lottgh. cf. fentem,
fnntum. — fetew-ade/ plough.
afeteWfi, a kind of ^reewitb edible /"/^/fs.
mfetcwe, a plouglied place; asase a wgafetew.
f c w, V. \^red. fefew, q. t;.] to thrive (of men and beasts) ; to pros-
per, flourish; to multiply, to become numerous; wgafew = wgadg,
wgaye bebre.
few, V. to Squeeze, ptinch; to jam, to wedge in; syn. fern, pen,
ti, titi. Ode n'akantanhua afew me nan; waka no afew dua ntam'.
— f. aburow, to talce out the grains from the ear of maize, = tutu
ab. fi abiirodua bo.
few, V. F. few ano, to Jciss. Mt. 26,48. ML 14,44. = few ano.
few, a. s. fe, fefe.
c-few, n. 1. fineness, beauty, fairness, handsomeness: ade no,
nef. ne den ! ne f. ue biribiara use! nc few de, wgnka, Us fineness
is unspealcahle. — 2. gladness; efew a eye me no, enye adewa! F.
dzi few, to rejoice. — 3. spo)i, mock, moelcery ; di.. bo few = goru..
ho, to make sport with, make a mockery of, mock at.
few, (;. \^red. fifew] to sip; to lap; to suck, suclc out (dompem'
hon, the marrow of a bone); few .. ano, to kiss; mifew n'ano, / Iciss
him. Cf. nom, num nufu, fwew & F. few.
mfewa (pi. id.) 1. icooden spikes fastened to tbe strings of a
drum. — 2. screw; ihe screws which hold the lock of a gun; ef.
kyerewa.
ofewa, a kind o^ tree, very hard, but only of a man's height;
124 ofewabiri — ti.
unua mupanyin, deunenueu, ketewa se; wgtle fwc unipa, wocle tow
siikudon. — ote wa-l)iri, another similar kiud of tree; wgde ye
osoku ne utvieri.
mfew-aiio, inf. the act oildsslny, a kiss.
few-di, inf. the act oi moclciny, rnocJcerij, sportive insult; =
nnoruho; cf. ahlyi.
0-fewditb, 2)1. a-, mocker, scorncr, scoffer, derider; cf. obiyifo.
fi, V. Ak. firi fred. fifi, q.v.] 1. to come aid, come forth, issue,
appear; syn. pue; owia fi, the sun appears (comes forth from behind
the clouds; diff. pue); osram fi, the moon comes forth i.e. the new-
moon ap)pears,pr. 3044. — mogya bebre fii, much blood ran out; nsu
pi fi bae, Num. 20,11. — 2. to come up, spriny, shoot up, out or forth,
to rise above the yround; aba a miduae uo afi, the seed which I plant-
ed has come up ; cf. fifi; to yrow. — 5. to yrow fit for proper use:
u'aui afi, his eyes have come forth i.e. he has arrived at the aye of
discretion. — 1. to be prosperous, advantaycous, come out well: ade
yi afi. — .5. to yo off rcadUy, sell well, meet ivith a ready sale or
market: m'aguade fi; me ntama a metgne no fii. — 6'. to come out,
become public, be revealed: asem no afi, this ihiny is known. Ex.2,14.
cf. fi adi 14b). — 7. to become clean: m'atade afi, my dress is clean;
kuruwa no ho afi, na emu mfii e, the outside of thejuy is clean, hut
not yet the inside. — 8. to be justified, be declared yuiltless: ne ho
afi. — U. to come or yo from, forth from, out o/'(a place, person or
thing); to proceed or beyin from; in these meanings it is followed
by a locative complement (Gr. § 207. 208,5), and serves most fVe-
(juently as an aux. v. showing the direction (from some starting-
point) of a movement expressed by another verb aiul su])i)lying the
Eng. prepp. from (with the complement mu, out of J and .'^ijice; cf. Gr.
j^ 109,30. 31. 208, 5. 223,4. 224. 229,1. 230,3. 239,1. 240 r(. 6. 2G5,1.
Uhuruw fii hyeh mu tgg pom', he sprany out of the ship into the
sea; wotow no fii hyen no mu kyenee po mu, they cast him out of
the ship into the sea ; ofii dua no so durui (= sii fam'), he came down
from the tree; wanyah afi nna mu, he has awoke from sleep; nam no
abeii, yi fi kutu mu, tlie meat is done, take it out of the pot; efii se
ue ba wui no, gnserewe da, she has never lauyhed since her child
died. Cf. efise. — 10. to come or be from, derive, have oriyin from a
place (or person): wufi he? where do you come from? tvhat country-
man are you? mifi Nkrah na mereba, I am cominy from Akra;
mifi hayi, I am from here: ofi nsuase (ba), he comes up from the
bottom of the river, pr. 2716. me na asem yi fi me, this matter is from
me, 1 Ki. 12,34. Jolm 8,47.9,16. 1 John 4,1.6. — 11. to leave, to yo away
from; ofii ho kge = ogyaw hg kge, he departed from thence; fi me
so! (yo) away from me! mifii n'auim' hg mifii, I icent away from
before him. — 12. to escape; wafi mu afi, he has escaped from it. —
13. to emerye from or appear <d a place : Filipo kofii Asoto, Philix) was
found at Azotus. Acts 8,40. Cf 14. IS. 20. — 11. fi adi, r?^ to yo or
come out: ofii adi fii ne dan mu, lie loent out from his house; cans, to
briny out: koyi adaka no fi adi, yo and fetch the box oid; - b) to
come to liyht, become manifest: n'awi afi adi, his theft has come to
ofi — eli. 125
lUlht. — If), fi }?ua, to appcdr pnUichi, tnanifesi or reveal one's self
in piddir. — ii gua so, ^n-. 14oL'. to come out ^= iil>); fH/f- pr.JlM.
— JO. fi .. akyi, k) especially with tiio iiif/rrssirr prrftx be- or kg-
(cf. l.'j), fo rome or (ippair hcli'ntd; wabcli m'akyi, he has turned up
in nil/ rear; ef. waba m'akyi;' obi anifi m'akyi, nohod// came to suj)-
jxirf. assist, or hrlj> Die. pr. 1190. — !>) to do l)chind one i.e. without
onc\s liioivledi/c: miiitumi mimfi obeno akyi menye, / eannot do it
without the loiowledije of the himj. — 17. f i a k y i r i , a) to (jo t)e(fond
the limits, he carried ox pushed too far ; n'asem a oreka no afi akyiri
= akgboro so. — b) to eoiiie after, eonic to pass afterwards = ba
mu (?) — e) to remain behind, be behindhand or backward: wasaw
m;I afi akyiri, := wansaw akyene a wgka no ano pepepe, dancing
too sloirli/. he has not kept up with the drum. — J<S'. befi .. mn, fi
mpaaso, to come iine.rpectcdJti, unawares: onipa yi abefi me mii;
wgato won kiiro ho t'asu na dgm bi ammeii won mu; Asantefo abefi
yen m])aasc. — 19. fi .. nsa, to he lost fo: me mma fi me nsa a, na
wgafi me nsa, Gen. 43,14. anoraa no afi me nsa = afi me nsam' or
me hkyeh agnah. — J20. befi .. nsam', to come into one's jwssessi on:
wabefi me nsam' = waba me nkyen, manya no. — 31. fi ase, a)
to twfjin, commence, syn. boc, fiti ase, hye ase, tu ase; wafi n'adwuma
ase, he has hcf/nn his work. — b) to lai/ the foundation ; syn. hye
ase, bg ase. — c) to beyin at the beyinniny: fi ase ka, repeat or re-
late (it) from the l>eginniny. — 22. fi or fi.. so, to bey in from, with
or at a place, time, person or thing (often supplying the Kng. prep.
from or since): won nhina bohu nie afi woii mu akfimii so akosi won
mu kesc so, Heb. 8,11. Mat. 20,8. ofi baa ha enye 'ne, Gr. § 230,3. —
23. fi tan : ofi tan : she yocs out the first time after her confinement ;
ofi bra, she returns from her retirement during her monthly courses.
— 24. tr. to cause, to come forth, to send forth, emit: ti fifiri, to emit
sweat, perspire; fi mogya, to send forth blood, i.e. to bleed: me nsa
refi mogya, my hand is bleediny ; fi ani, to yet eyes; pr. 3119. fi se, to
teeth, breed or cut teeth.
0-fi, o-fie, pi. afi, home, the place a man lives in, mansion; -
hence 1. a man's oivn house, in contradistinction to other houses and
the street; a dwelliny including all the houses and the yard be-
longing to a single family (diff. fr. gdah & abah, which denote the
house as a particular kind of buildiny); bera me fi, come into my
house; yenkg ofie? shall ice yo home? mesoe ne fi da, I ahvays take
up my lodyinys in his house* pr. 2782. Gr. § 124,1. — 2. town, in
contradistinction to the forest and field or to the villages belonging
to it (diff.fr. kiirow, denoting the tow)t as a collection of houses, and
/)•. gman, usually denoting the inhahitants as an organized political
body), pr. 7 5 3. 1129. 1680 f. — 3. home, lasting abode: yen fi pa wo
{or ne) gsoro, our true home is heaven.
afi, F. = afe yi, this year. — 2. — afei, now, then. Mt. 26,65.
amfi, iiili, F. = afei. Mk. 1:2,6.
niii, F. tlien, expressing defiance; cf. fC.
c-fi, filth, dirt; n'atade aye fi, his dress is dirty; ne ho aye fi,
he is dirty; efi ak;! no or wagu nehd fi = n'akyiwade bi akil no,
126 efi — fifa.
he has defiled himself (by catiug something tliat was forbidden to
him); ne yere de fi abekji no, his irife has defiled him (by adultery).
C-t'i, fifi, j>?. a£i-afi, f(. filfhi/, diiii/, nnsiii, ntuieAin; ef. bum,
burum; ne ho ye fi, he is diriij, nnelean; oye n'ade flfi, he does ev-
er)/ thing in ri nasty manner; ohye atadefl, oftira ntamafi or ntama
afiafi, lie ivears nastij clothes.
e-fi, j;Z. afiafi, bundle, sheaf; safi (= sare fi), nnua-fi, aliabaiifi,
berewfi, a hiindlc of grass, of siiehs (ef. babayemfi), of leaves, of
palm-leaves; mmurouan afiafi, bundles of maize-stalks.
afi, (in compounds, as abememfl, aliafi, akwantemfi, atifi) the
middle or midst of.
mfi-infi, F. = miinimfini, the middle, midst.
infia, Aky. s. demmere.
afi-adze, F. treasures. Mt. 13,52. = afi-ade, akorade.
afiafi-auoma = atrangr. pr.1125.
afiafi, ^i?. 1. of efi, fdthy; 2. of efi, bundle.
nifi-akyirij inf. [fi 16 &] odi no mf., he does it tvitlioui asking
him; odi ohene mf., he does not hold or side with (adhere or stieJc to)
the hing, he acts against his icill and trithout his l-nonledge.
o-fiam', a kind o{ shreiv-mouse. pr. 1100.
fia m p a k w a, hedge-hog; ef. apesee.
fiamparakwa, ^^ nkontompo; twa f., pr.3402.
afiase [ofiase] the lower part or story of a house; hence ]. store,
store-honse, icare-house, magazine; cellar. — 2. prison; ef. deduafi,
nneduafo fi; pr. 1126. oda af., he is in priso)i ; wofaa no too af. ; me-
kof wee no wo af. ; oyii me fii af.
nifiase, inf. [fi ase, s. ^ 21.'\ beginning, commencement; syn.
nifitiase, nhyease, mmoase, asefi, asefiti, asehye.
o-fiase-fwefo, pi. a-, jailer, jail-keeper, keeper of a prison,
a f i b a (pi. id.) s. afieboa. fturn-key.
Fida, Friday. Gr. § 41,4.
o-fie, s. ofi. Mekg fie, / am going home: wo agya wo ofie ana?
afie-boa, 2^1- ''I- or m-, ofie-mmoa, domestic anim(d, such as
cattle, fowls, sheep, goats, cats (tc.
O-fic-bofo [ofie, gbofo, the Jiouse-hunter] a by-name of the cat,
s. agyinamoa.
o-fie-da-ntu w, ofiedentuo, ofituw [ofie a eda ntuw] a dwelling
witliout fire i.e. without people living in it, desohde dwelling; fusty
mansion, pr. 1131.
o-fle-fwe, inf. stewardsldp. — ofiefwe -(a)d\vuma, /(/., admini-
stration; 1 Cor. 9,17. Col. 1,25. cf. afisiesie.
O-fic-fwefo, pil- ^-j stetvard, manager of a household.
o-fic-manso, civil ivar; cf. amanko.
o-fi'e-nipa, a home-horn slave.
o-fie-paiiyiii, steward.
fifa, a. iveak; syn. sijimo.
liii — aliiuiin. 127
fifi, red. V. s. fi; to come forth or up, to spr'nKj (of water and
plants), to shoot up, out or forth, to ijrotv uinltitudinonslii; mmcre f.
siw so, mushrooms <jrow on (iiit-hills; - to cuitde, sweat, oosc, perco-
lufr; aliina yi ye fot'oro nti, efifi.
a fi fide, j>l. id. [ade a efiii] phiuf.
riCiri [fr. liri, red.] su'eitf, pcrsptr(di(>n; no ho fi t'., ofi f., 1'. ii
no, he perspires, siccots; f. guam no, pram no, he sweats cojnonslfj.
fifise [filiri asc] prirjdij-heaf, a cutaneous eruption of red
pimples, attended witliintenseitcliingoftliepartsaHectcd \s. ahokcka.
!i fi-f oro [oil, f'oforo] (I new dwelling; duru af., to remove or
euter iuto a neuiij liudt mausion and consecrate it by a solemnity of
lr3 days.
!iri-fi,ii, inf. desi ruction of a house or famili/.
afi-liiia [ofi, huri, lit. house-sweej)i)iff] a present atpartinfj, given
by a guest or lodger 5 wama me af., e.s. greko babi na wagyaw me
biribi.
(ikiiw, (ikwu, F. household. Mt. 24,45.
al'i-kyiri, m-, place behind a divclling. pf.535. = okg af. =
wakyima nelio, obu nsa, oye bra. — afikyiko-t;"im = asabu-tiim.
mfikyi-fuw [infikyiri af'uw] ])lanfafion, garden, or other land
behind the house, -- afuwa, ojip. afuw-pa.
Ill I'iky i-sasc [mfikyiri asase] land behind the house or houses,
within the precincts of a town or village; suburb, Jos. 21.
fiin' = fi mu.
iiit'iin", nifimii, inf. [fi mu, s.^O.lS] 1. an inconsiderate loord:
asem yi ye mf. = asem yi fii no mii, this tvord escaped his lips un-
awares, he spohe it otd at random, inconsideratelg. - — -?.''' a deriva-
tive word. Gram.
in-fimrin, F. = mfiuimfini. Mt. 18,2.20.
rill, adv. [Dan. fin, G. fin] finely, nicely, exactly; oye n'ade
nhina f. = fefefe, pepepe.
-fi 11, nifi a, a. stale, old, not fresh, hcj^f over night, having lost
its flavour from being long kept : aduaii no aye mf., tJiis food (having
been kept over night) has become tasteless; aduamfin ne aduaii a
ade akye so; fufufiii, likwamfin ; (/. nnyafiii.
mfina, F. = iihina, all. Mt. 22,28.
finam, v. to male fine or smooth by grinding, ^nyunding, pla-
ning; to grind a second time [G. fra]; it is also used with mu or
so: wafinam awi no (mu) or fufu no ma afe; fa apaso finam so!
inliiiiyycr [Eng.] vinegar. F. Mt. 27,34.
Ill rill i-m fin i, tlie middle, midst (of a space or thing); in the
midst of, in, on ; mihyiaa no okwan mf., / met him on the way.
o-fi-nipa, .s. ofienipa; mefree me fi nipa bi bae, I called one
of the people in my house (a relative, paten or slave).
(iiitsiw, V. F. = hintiw. — f.-duia, = hintidua, Mt. ll,G.iri,i2.
afi-pani, inf. \\i. joining of dwellings, neighbourhood; g-ne mc
128 fl pefo — fita.
bo af., our houses arc in connection tcifJi each olhcr. wc arc ncif/h-
boiirs. — o-fipamto, 2^1- ^-■. neighbour.
fi-pefo, an unchaste, icanton person.
fir a, r. 1. to ttvine, twist, spin (asawa, dow). — 2. Ak. ^=
fura, q. r.
fir, F. = fi, firi. — ofirde, = efise. Mk. 6,18.
firi, V. 1. Ak. = fi, g. ?\ — 2. to taJic, receive, or 1)Uff (gjoods)
on trust or credit: mekofiri no ho ade (se wokoto ade na wuntua ka
mprempren na adi nnansa an?! nnannan a, na wose: woafiri). —
3. to give or sell on trnst or credit: mifiri no ade; cf. fem, adefiri,
gdefirifo. — 4. d e or fa., firi, to forgive, pardon: ode (nebone)
afiri no, he has forgiven him (his sin) ; fa me bone firi me, forgive
me my sin!
O-firi, albino, white negro, a negro with light-coloured, yellow-
ish hair and complexion. The term "albino" was oiic;inall\' applied by
the Portuguese to the white uecroes they met with on the coast of Africa.
(Webster.) Negroes baving that exceptional colour of the skin and hair are
occasionally met with also in the inland countries.
afiri,^7. m-, 1. trap, snare, for catching game or birds; afiri
a wode yi mmoa ne : apd, nsemma, dwakoro; the diff. parts arc
gdaano, okuutun, nterewso or hentua, mpetepra ; af. hiiah, the springe
snaps lip; sum or sua af., to set a trap, to lajj a snare, pr. 11.3.5.2081.
3.381. .3031. — 2. machine, engine, gin, contrivance, frame, form or
mould for any purpose; ade hi a woye adwnnia worn', se ntama-
iiwGmfo de (nsadua) »fcc. turning-hench. sauing-niachine, coffee-mill
rfr. — ,5. bu af. (or afiripata?), to turn a somersault (or somerset);
obu af., e.s. ode ne ti kyere fjim' na ne naii ko soro na okogyina ho
a.s. ofwe ase.
afiri-bil, inf. fs. hef] somersault.
afirihyia, s. afrihyia.
afiri m, atuo-sumah hi.
afiripata, biribi a mmofra goru so; wgde nnua na eye. Cf.
(bu) afiri 3.
af i r is u a , a f i r i-s li m , inf. laying a snare.
firiwa, ^j7. m-, cord, string, twine, made of the fibres of the
leaves of the ananas-plant, cf. likyekyera.
efi-se, efiri-se, conj. [efi se, it comes from (the circumstance)
that] 1. because; s. Gr. § 141,1 B. e. 275,1.2. — 2. [^it begins from
(the fact) that] since; s. Gr. § 265; in this sense the two parts are
separated and written as two words.
afi-sem [ofi asem] domestic matter, in-door matter, pr. 11.36.
afi-siesie, inf., af. -dwiama, management of a household, ad-
ministration, dispenscdion : Eph. 1,10. 3,2. cf. ofiefwe.
fita, V. to blow, fan; cf. huw. huhuw; f. ogyam', to blow into
the fire; f. abe, s. ogyateh.
fita, fitafita, a., adv. clean, clear, p^ire, relate (hhoma, ntama);
waboa fitaf., he is pale, of a sickly, yellow eomptlcrAon; cf. fufn &c. -
fltao — 10. 129
2. even, plain, level; bo kwati fitri, fo level or elear the road. — .?.
= kortl: mepe or mcdo wo I". fohs.J
fit lie, 2^1- n^-> /"">" wode tita gyam', wode demmerc na eye.
riti, V. 1. a) f. mu, fo step into, enter: ofitii (= oliyen) dan
mu ara pe na oniaii akyO; f. kuiotia, //»-. IViT. — b) to cause to enter,
to ttore, pleree, prielc, slick: ode sckan liti no nsa a alion no mu, fic
/)ric/iS his sieoUen fiaiid with a knife. — :J. t aso, to l(ti/ the foiti/-
itidiitu. m(d;e the tnujinninn. Iteijin; s/ju. li asc, hye ase; onnyfl nili-
tii ni'atade asc e, he has )iot ijet tjeyun (to make) mij dress.
ritil'iti, red. v. ofitifiti mensem ho = gnennam m'ase.
ViiVx, pi. m-, fjindet (</iinblet), borer. [G. fidiborc]
afi-liji, a private diveUiny-lwuse, any dwcUiny in the toivn, ex-
cept the kin</'s. pr. .^S76.
niriti-ase, inf. beginniny ; .s^>/. mtiase &c.
ofi-toto, inf. disturbance in afamUy.
o-fi-tow, />/. a-, the complex of houses forming tlia divelliny of
o)ie family ■' atitow a ewg kiiro no mu beboro ha, the sinyle fiondies
in that toiex leill be more than a hundred; mfc, anum wgkan at", mu
nnipa mmiako-'miakO da, every fiflh year the members of (dl fami-
lies arc counted.
(itsi, V. F. 1. = fiti. — ^. = fi. Mt. 22,46. 23,.39. ofitsi nde dze
kwgr yi = cli 'nc de-rekg yi.
o-l'i-tiiw, a-, F. alituo, desolate divelliny, uninhabited house; s.
ofiedantuw.
o-l'i-w lira, ^vZ. -nom, master of the house, master of a f<(mdy,
landlord. — o-ri-wuraboa, lady of lite house.
afiiaha, F. = afaiul.
fo, V. Ak. s. fgw.
fo, V. Ak. s. fow. F. ML 3,27.
fo, a. Ak. s. fow.
G-fo, guilt, guiltiness. — bu fo, to 2^ass sentence against, 2)ro-
nounce guilty, p)rononnce to be wrong, condemn; - di fg, to be xiro-
nounced guilty by a judicial sentence in a law-suit; to be guilty or
wrong; odifg, syn. n'asem nye de.
e-fo, exhortation, good advice. — tu fo, to exhort, admonish,
give advice; mituu no fo se gnye papa, I exhorted him to behave
well, in: 912.
-fo, Ak. fog, person, possessor, ]il. people, inhabitants; a noun
that is now almost exclusively used as a suffix in names of per-
sons, especially in the pd., see Gr. § 38. In some cases it is written
separately, e.g. asase no so fo, the inhabitants of that country.
(!-fo, Ak. cfog, a kind of monkey, = odiiahyen, q.v.
ni fo, nfo, F. root = ntini. — gye mfo, to be rooted, cf. ndwo, F.
-fo, a. (usually compounded with its noun) nasty, bad; paltry,
worthle.'is, despicable; rile; corruptible; useless, spoiled, ruined; gkygc
me ntama-fo bi, he presented me with a paltry piece of clotli; cf.
9
130 ofo — foe.
akwamfo, akuro-fo, amam-fo; odam-fo, onipa-fo, asase-fo, asem-fo...
Cf. oftj, ato, & fono, to loathe.
O-fo, an uffly, nasty, dirty, fellow or person; oye gfo, = oye
otantan.
afO [if. fo, a.] 1. carcass, carriou, the dead Jtody of an animal
= cfunu, abofo, aboka. — 2. somethiuy cast away, but tid^cn np
again: fa afo, to take up as a forsake)} thing, pr. 497. — wafa m'asem
afo, e.s. asem bi a woatu bi fo kan na wantie, na akyiri yi wakyin
abesi so, Jie has first despised hat affcricards appreciated my word.
o-fo, a large tree; wosg; wode ne iibin poma adare; tlie bark
may be used as a cloth; .s. obofu, bofunnua.
fo, 1. adv. applied to breathing: ghome fo fo (fo), he breathes
heavdy, strongly, he pnffs. — 2. a., s. fgfg.
fo, a. silent; syn. demm, dini'i, kbmm, koni, krnnanana; —
gkrjtiVkran n'ani kyeree abofra no se onye to.
foa, V. to add, to give or vse over and ahove, in surphis; to
give or demand besides, again, into the bargain: foa so: wamii no
fnfu adi dedaw, nanso ope bi afoa so; wagye n'akatua dedaw, nso
grepe ntama afoa so ; wahye atade bi de bi afoa so ; wafura kente
de brofotani afoa so. — Plir. gfoa no nsemmoa, he supjtorfs his state-
ment by rej)e(ding and confirming it. — Cf. fea, r.
afoa, Ak. afanji, j>l. ni-, sirord; the stede-sicord which belongs
to the insignia of a king (s. ahennec), being paraded before him on
state-occasions; the emblem of judicial rengeance or punishment or
of authority and power; Rom. J3,4; destruction by the sword or in
battle; war; dissension (Mat. 10,34); danger. Wakohyen afoa ase,
he has confessed, arhnowledgcd, admitted his crime, sutimits to the
punishment, jtleads gudly before the judge, ere the palaver over-
comes him. Yedctowyi (ye(le) yi yen koiiniu afoa = yen hommusu,
bii this poll-ta.r we irard off' the danger imminod to us (Kf. Alwatia
[Mag 1854.)
in foa, a kind of ealaltash; toa bi a mmcrantc wosow de goru
agoru biara a efata mu; cf. toa, kora.
... ,. , J sword-bearer, the man carrying the king's
O-loalo, yy/. m-, I i i /• i ■ i •
- ,._ ' ^,. , } sword before liim on solemn occasions; s.
0-toasoa to, /'/. a-,l ,.. ,,. ,., ,. ^
' . ) otanaioo, aioa, guanito, gyaaseio.
mfoa-S(), /'///'. I l"oa so] addition, addilimial jiayiiicjd or contritju-
tion, e.itra-})ay.
afoa-ti'i 11 11 , A/7/, handle, butt-end of a sword, jr. I486.
afo-l»i'i, inf. [bti fg] condemnation, the judicial act of r7rY7r/r/>^r/
gudty and dooming to pinnishment. — afdlu'i-sciii [asom a wudi a
wobu wo fg] a deed deserving condemnation.
afg-de, afo-di (inf.), F. afgdze, afodzi, damnation. Mt. 23,33. 14.
foe, V. to thrive, grow, increase, prosper (bodily or in wealth).
1 Citron. 32,11. — rrrZ. fgefge, fo become blooming, hcfdfhful, vigorous
(of bodies of man & beast); waff. = n'anim aye yiye; onipa a wa-
fgn, na afei wati ase reye kese a.s. waye kese dedaw.
fofa — fgm. 131
lol'it, 0. red., s. fa, fefa.
Ill t'DtViiiu, sores on the solr of fhr foot and hrtwroi the tors:
a to fan to, s. afafantg.
I'ofare, afof., ,s. fefare, afcf.
a I'o t i [fa ofi] Jcfrjiin;/ <it home, rcsfnifi or doin;/ domrsfir ivork ;
rcfntiniii;/ froiii j>l(ii)fii(iou-i('ork. Se woaiiko arum"no a, wuso: 'no
111 id 1 a foil.
roli-ilji, tlu". <lay of tlic. week on wliicli the, licatlicn lu^groc.s
do not work in tho plantation (da a wonye adCvnnia wo afnm', na
abo de, wonu, nanso woko wuram', nso wgye ofic- adwunia biara;
Akinopoi'ifo f. nc l)\voda n6 Fida); onni f. bio = wabu f. so akgyc
ad\Vnma.
Kofic, 1. 2»'- >'• of a fetish or tutelar genius worshipped at
Akiiropgn, Manipgn, Aburi and other places. — 2. jir. n. of the
Friday ten days before Akwasidae.
fol'o, F. fofwg, r. to rherish. Eph. 5,29.
\'o\'o, n. fat; of -persons: jdiinip, nnrjiidrnf, stout; wj'iye f. =
waye kese; nedio ye f. = ne ho wg srade na gnye nnoinpe-rinonipe;
of meat: nilm no ho ye f. ; of tlie soil : asase no niu or so ye f . =r
emu d\vo. Cf. fgw, gnofge.
f 6 i'o, a plant with a yellow flower (wura bi a efifi wo mfuwam'
wgdc boro akyekyea,'; nc nfwiren kgkg); - me ne no bTinu nliina
ye f. =^ nye nnipa pa bi a.s. adehye.
Ill fofobcinnia, a kind of ant.
a Co f II 1 6 b i r i _, a kind of hird.
foforc, red. v. fgre.
fofuro, in cpds. foro, o. (pi. a-) n<nr, fresh, young; (vnothcr;
ade-foforo, sometliiny new, something else; adare yi nye, ma me fo-
foro. this li'dJ-liool; is not good, giro me another; foforo-fof(')ro bi nni
babi bio, there is nothing else, no other besides. Cf. ghemforo, nan-
twiforo, ayeforo &c. Gr.^§ 70.
o-lofoi'O, another (or a new) 2)erson.
foforo, red. v. foro. — fo for 6-ye, iiif.reneu-al, renovation.
fofo wa, a kind oi perfume (ohiiam bi).
folValia, a kind of tree', migye wo fof. ne konniim, I give goii
(I riddle to guess (?) ; - s. fafarahA.
o-fo ko ro, j>?. a-, tmffalo. Bos tjulndus, or, :iehu, Indian ox. Bos
ludieus, with a hump on the shoulders and a mane; nantwi bi a
n'atiko wg pgw, emu anini no wg nn.T; wgnye na (wg) Asante ne
Dwaben; ef. eko.
I'o k y e, a. & adv. icct all over, very damp, moist, humid ; ne ho
or ok wan mu aye f., ne ntama aye or afgw f.
fo-kyc w, a rap made of vwnJceg's sicin. pr. 3SS9.
fo ni, V. to dratv together; to straiten; ef. hia, guan; iieho afgm
no {sgn. ne ho adwiriw no), he is east down, dejeeted, dismnged ;
awerehow afgm no. Jot) 14,1.
132 fom — fonofono.
fom, V. to act in a disorderhj manner: i. f. so, io err, fad,
go wrong, wistalce, commit a fault; okasa a, ofom so pi, when he
speal's, he makes mani/ mistal'es. — ^. tr. to miss one's aim, fad:
obo, otuo afom no, the sto)ie, the gnu has missed him. — 3. to offend,
trespass against, wrong: niafom no, I haoe offended him, trespassed
against him; fom mmara so = to mmara, to trespass on or trans-
gress the lau: — 4. to take in a disorderl/f manner: fom aduan ; -
to sweep, snatch, draiv or Imddte together; to pick nj> (thinirs cast
away or lying vacant); to hug np eagerly, hastdg, studehingli/: wg-
fom nam wo gua no so; - ^o S2)oil, rob, plunder (= paakode, Ps.76,6.)
Cf fow.
0-l"u 111, inf. tresjiass de. jr. 11.3S.
iiifdm, mistakes. F.Mt.6,14. s. mfomso.
fom in, a. anadwofa f., l(de in the evening when it is getting
dark. '
aiuiu-iikum: di af., to aim at hloodg vengeance, in: 903.
fom fa in J red. v. film; ntotoanini ne dua a woasen de fomfam
apon ne mfensere anim ma eye fe.
nifo'mfaniho, inf. a casing of timher-vork (Cc. s. before.
Ill fom fa in so, (inf.) plaster, catajilasm.
fom fom, red. v. fom.
fomfoii, red. v. fon.
fomfono, red. v. fono.
a fom foil so 111 [fom, red., asem] transgression, trespass; - diaf.
to trespass grieroaslg. Eze.l4,Vj.
nfomfoiii'iua [fom, red., gua] a mistafcen bargain, bad job; -
wadi af , he has made a blander, cdmrnHted a faidt, done triad he
ought not to have done.
af('iiii])ala, i)if. di af.Jofrg to bring about a, reconciliation. in: 903.
loinpow [afono, pow] chubbg av puffed checks, ^ir. 423.2235.
m fom s 6, inf. fault, mistaJce, error, blunder; offence, transgression,
foil, V. to become or grow thin, lean, meager; to fade, f(dlau-ag,
cmacicdc; cf. twam, nyam. pr. 1113. 2383.3025.
O-foii, inf. eniacicdion; atraphg.
fona, V. ¥..s. fana, fena; ofonaa nelio dodo wo adziban a oreye
no ho, she tvas cumbered too much in making a feast.
o-foiia, F. trouble, affliction; fcdigue; sgn. haw; f. wiadze yi, this
troublesome world.
afoiia, s. afoa.
info nee [fono,??.] disgust, lo(dhi)/g, weariness; ne ho aye me
mf., he has become loathsome to me, I dislike or loathe him.
O-foiini, mfonnii: ye, di or peof.; to spoil bi/ violence, Eze.lH,7.
12.16.18. [ofomno di, iindersome pretence lie robs him (of something)
ecds i.e. for his oien benefit.}
nifoniiii, infoni, picture.
fonofono, a. damp; nastg, dirtg; disorderlg; eho ye f. =
fono — alui'C. 13.*}
clio afow; - oyc f. = oyo ncho wusuwusn, gntrw nelio, ne ho yo
sakasaka, kusukusu.
I"(iiu), V. [n'd. f'onifono] to .stir up, <listi(yl), froiddc {ii^n,Juhn'>,4)\
to muddle, luitdd//, mal>e tiirhid, mnddii or iliUk; to dlstiust, vex, nn-
1101/, ahoeJi, to turn tlie stonnieJi; to create or excite di.s(/ust; - iufr.
to become tronhled, - muddif, thick, - vexed; nsu no af'ouo, the water
has been disturbed, has become turbid or mnddii. — fono ani, to
disquiet, disturb; f". asem ani (boapa mil asem ani asee), to confound
or disturb a matter, make it intricate; - aduan no afono me, I loathe
that food; akasakasa af. mo, I am tired or wearij of disj)ufe; moama
afono (= moama aye tan yio), you have made it dis[/uslin(f, i/ou carrij
the tliinii to dis(/ust, I have now enouyh of it and more than enough
(ade fono wo a, na eye tan); nelio af., he is loalhsome, disgusting,
detcsf(d)te. — I\Ie bo fono me, I hare stomach-ache, inclination to
vomit. [Ct. mitsino no futa mi; cf. fontah].
a fit no, (pJ.id.) the cheek, — afonom', the inner part of the check,
the i>art of the mouth between the teeth and the cheek, especially of
monkeys, the cheeks of which form a sort of bag or pouch. pr.l0:i6-
m f 11 o-a 11 i, inf. disturbance.
o-foiiuiii, a kind of codipede; cf. asascwo.
o-fo 11 o 11 o jpl. m-, oven, stove, kiln, furnace. \Vori.forno; G.tiono.]
foiionoiio, ((. damp, tvet; odan mu ho ye f.; s. foso. [G. Hono,
frofro.J
foil tafon tail, a. dim, not clear, not distinct; mistg, hazy ;
animaye f., the things are becoming dimly visible (anopahemahema);
the air is misty, hazy; syn. anim aye sesasesa. [G. futofute.]
foil tan, V. to stir up; cf. fono; me yam' (nh.) f. (red. fon-
tiimfontah) me, my bowels are stirred or stirring, yet without belly-
ache (ayamkaw). [G. futa.]
mloiitaii-aiii, inf. political agitation.
o-fo 11 to, a kind of shadowy free; its edible fruit, similar to tigs.
o-foiitol)ia, o-foiito-biri, two similar kinds octree.
e-fo 0, Ak. a kind of monkey, s. oduahyen.
afoo, inf. s. afow.
ibra, V. V. = fra. — afora, dzi af., = di afra.
fore, V. to increase in number, become numerous (by genera-
tion); wawo afore, she has born and brought up many cluldrcn;
waf. = wado, n'ase aterew, aboa no ase af. ; ne mma af., ]iis children
have become numerous; woaf. nti won ani nso nnipa hi; Israelfo
force wg Misri.
fore, V. {red. fof'gre] to cluster, crowd, swarm, ((ccumuhde,
huddle; ntrtea f. asikre no ho, the ants cluster about the sugar; nnipa
no I'lhiua akgf. gbo biako ho; edeu na mo nh. moakofgre so anafo
hg, why are you (dl huddled together there below? nkrah no nh. fofgre
so; nkran af. akokg po ho pitipiti, the fowl is thickly covered with
ants; nhoma af. pen no so.
afore (2d. id.) offering, sacrifice. — bg af., to make an offering,
134 atbree — tbto.
to offer a sacrifice, to sacrifice. — aforc-bo, inf. the act of offering
any thing to GoJ or to a fetish. — aforc-buaj an animal destined
for an offerinrj. — aforebo-de, a tiling used for an offering. — aforc-
miika, afore-pou, altar; s. muka, opon. — aforewti, pl.m-., a small
offering.
aforee [foro, v.'] ascent, stair, stile, set of steps; oduu aban no
af. no, woammii wamforo.
aforee, Gy. a sash ivith a hell in the midst of it, girded round
the waist; belt. pr. 1140-
forfor, F. = fromfrom.
Ofo risuo, name of a month, about April; s. osram.
foro, v.[rcd. foforo] to move uptvard, go up; to get up, ascend,
climb (ahilb a tree, a ladder), to mount (a hill, a horse, the jiulpit);
to scale (a wall); to leap, cover (said of certain animals); foro po,
to launch into the sea, pr. 645.
-foro, a. s. foforo, du-foro, gframfdro, akutu-f., gyata-f. &c.
aforo, Gy. strap, girdle or belt of leather round the hips,
afor 0-siai'i, inf. di af., to ascend and descend.
o-forote, s. frote.
fbrotowa, s. frotowa.
forow, V. \^rcd. foroforow] 1. to cut (meat) into small pieces;
sgn. twitwa. — 2. to make a slew or fricassee of meat, beans &c. —
5. to serve aid liquor. — 4. do., f., to smear, rub on, besmear, rub
with, st/n. sra, due; obo kesua de f. kabere no ho; wode niio foro
osekaii ho na wgde apae])ae abete no mu ; ode dote, hkii, af. neho
jtotg.
forol'orow, a stew or fricassee of meat or dried iish, okro,
tomatoes, red pepper and fat or palm-oil. [G. flou, flguflou.]
fo row a, 2)1. m-, a round brazen box in which the negroes keep
shea-butter or grease to anoint the skin after bathing or washing,
f.-fi, the rancid remnanfs of grease in if. — f.-ti, the lid or cover of
the box.
foso, fosofoso, a. moist, damp, humid; wet, water//, well tva-
tcrcd; ehonom ye f, — Cf. fow ; sgn. fgkye, takjl, fonouono.
0-fosOw, a tree with soft wood; wgde ^yii ban.
inU')\ L'(e), ichite ant, ternies, termite; pr. 1146-49. kinds: mfgte-pa,
hkuniia. — mryte-lieiic, s. kyerebenkuku. — mfgte-si'w, ant-hill,
the conical structure of the white ants, made of reddish clay, and
from H to 12 feet high.
l"oto(w), c. to stir up; mix; to liiead. mould (bread), to work,
tread or trample (elay). Cf. pgtg\v.
()-fot(), a kind of tree; wgsg; mmofra dc poma sekaii.
foto, a bag of leather in which gold dust and the balance and
weights for it are kept; moneg-bag, purse; pr.434. a bag to keep
clothes in; cf. gsanua.
afoto-saii, inf. the opening (loosing) of the moneg-bag, pr. 2080.
(jrutdsmilo — iilVii. l.'jr)
o-fotosanfo, pi. a-., treasurer, purser; a person who lias charge
of the foto; one ol" the grandees in a conuniinity, who lias charge.
(»f" the jinblic money or ol" the linances of the king, - osannaiii;
the /if<t(l-serc(t)tt, who assists his master in Dioiic/j-d/l'ah.i.
foto, a. (leprcsfied (by grief); aye no f.
iifo-t 11, inf. [til fo| the act of exhort in 1/ or admonisliiny; cj/ior-
tation, (tdmonitiun. — o-fod'ifo, y>/. a-, cxhortcr, adnionislicr, (tdciscr.
afoli'i-sriii [afotu asem] exhortidion, admonition; (jood (idrirc.
t'uw, V. [red. fofgw] to livcomv or niidcc wet, moist, damp or
humid, to ircf, moiste)t, drench; fam' afow, the (/round in wet; osu
afow ntama uo korji, the rain has wetted the clothes thoroufjhli/; -
fgw 11110, to anoint with oil: wunya oba a, wobefow uo nno ata dan
inu (e.s, woremma onye ad\vunia)?
I'ow, IK [inf. afow, red. fofow] 1. to collect ov (jathcr provisio)is
or food on plantations in time of war, to forai/c; wofow abiirow,
brgde 11. a., (I'lknrofo a woko sa no ko afiiw biara a wgpe kotase
nneema); woko afow, the// arc (joiie to scorch for pjrooisions. — 2.
to plunder; to racdye.
(_'-f() w, fovvlow, a. abundant, copious, jylenteoiiSj plentiful; jdent//,
much of a thin;/, much for little nionci/; cheap; - abfirow' no yr fow;
nuito abiirow' a (yo f^'^vf or aburow fowfow i= mato no abognierew;
nelio ye f. (^e.s. wosom no a, wunya biribi di), he is bounteous, gen-
erous, liberal. 2>>'ofitablc i.e. (jranl/it;/ profit or (join; he is disinter-
ested, (jires ample jxi// or reuard. Onyaiikp. I16 ye fow, giite se ino
abosoin dauuan-\ve-abo.
o-fow, n. \c.f. ef'ow] abundance, plentij; am/de reward ; emolu-
ment; advantayc ; si/n. nifaso.
afow, inf. the act of forai/ini/ or proriilin;/ food; searcli for pro-
visions, pr. o4. — afow-dc [fow adej foo(l or provisions collected;
foruf/e; sjtoil. (Afowde, wokgfa a, wui'nViaa adc c, efise eye amanne
se : babiara a wgatii sa na aduah biara wg lig a, vvgfa di kwa.)
Ill fow a, a cutanecuis cru/dion; nif.-aborCj with pimples not con-
taining a fluid; inf.-aiiinij with pubtiilcs containing pus; r/". dwe,^.
fra, V. [= fara, red. i'r{ifr:i] to be admixed, be in ixed or mi n (/led
with, be amon;/, belon;/ to; usu fra ne iii'io mu, water is admixed to
his p(dm-oil; me guaii afra wo de mu, niy slieep is amon;/ yours. —
,?. gfra {scil. nnipa bi mu), he is a wo)ih/j tna)t ; wonifra {scil. mma-
rimam' or niiipam') you are yood for nothiny; ade yi mfra kora,
this thiny is of no vidue at all, quite useless. — o. de.. fra, to ad-
mix, to mix or minylc with; gde nsu fraa nsafufu uo mu, he mixed
the prdm-wine with water. — 4. fra (with or without mu) often sup-
plies the Kng. prep, among; cf. Gr. § 117, 3/". Gen.4:2,'>.
fra, a kind of creeper or climticr. the strong filaments or fibres
of which are separated or untwisted by turning (wokyim fra) and
used as string in thatching houses, in wattling or similar work.
afra, F. = abafra, abofra, child.
afra: di afra, to become or be intermixed, commingled; Guanfo
ne Twifo adi afra; cf. afuntumfra.
136 afraduru — frene.
afra-durut [fra, aduru] mlriure. a kind of medicine, a compo-
sition of several ingredients; cf. mfrafrae.
frafra, red. v., s. fra.
frafrafra, adv. hrigJdl/j (of a burning fire or light); okanea
dew f. = framframfram.
frafra, frafraira, a. 1. thin, used of things that have a flat
extended surface; ahaban frafra, a ihin leaf. — 2. flat, iduin, level;
si/n. tratra; opp. donkudonku.
frfika [Eng.] frock.
fram, v. io he on fire, to hum, hlazc, flame, flare. Dnn.3,23.
o-fram, 2)1. a-, a large tree yielding excellent timber, also used
to make shingles and for fuel.
mframa, icind, air; (/as; mfr. bg. the ivuid hlotcs; mekogye
mfr., 1 am <jom<j to take an airhuj; c/". mfare, ahum; ogyaframa,
nsuframa. — \wh-Al\VA-^(\h, pavilion ; f/". mfaredan. — mfrauia-
toa, air-halloGn; s. ahuhmuhyeh.
frrimfram(fram), a.,adr. /s.fram, v.] hlazimj, flaming; hrlght-
Ijl, vUjorouslt), fliclierlnglij, in a blaze; ogya no dew (or hyew or so)
ff., the fire hums mnclr, ohuruw traa ogya ff. no so, he leaped over
the Hazing fire.
franain, v. to he consumed, die awag; si/n. hyew. Oko a
niereko yi, moammgf vve me a, meref. ; okom aba ho nti, woref.
g-franka', pi. &-, flag, ensign, colours, banner, standard. [G.
aflanga]. — si fr., to hoist a flag. — o-fraiika-kurafo, ensign.
o-fr an t a', a large, round earthen vessel or j)ot with a wide mouth
(for palm-wine) ^= gsentere (ahina kese a ano tetere, ennu gpgdo
kese; wgde nsal f. abesi hg, emu nsa beboro nsahina 3 ana. 4 de).
mfra-sa [fra nsa] strong palm-ivinc, palm-wine to which some
that has been kept from the preceding day is admixed; nsa a wgde
dae afram'; eye den sen behano.
fre, V. [fere, red. frefre] to call; to cite, summon: fre no bera,
call him in or hither; mede ne din mefreeno, I ccdled him by his
name; pr. 923. cf. hyia. — 2. to call, name, give a name to: wgfre
eyi den? ivhat is this called? wgfre no den? = ne din de den? cf.
to di\h-^ pr. 122. 570.1623. 1872. 3831.3400.3.503. — 3. fre d\Vom, iosing
= to d\vom ; to lead the choir.
O-fr e, inf. the act of ccdling; ccdl, demand: mekotie fre na maba,
I am going to hear uliy I have been called and shall then return.
afre-diiaii, a meed to ivhieh one is invited, ])r. 1156.
fre like mm, adv. neatly, nicely; wakyekye ne fi f.
fr e m m, a. fine, nice; nea eho nni akasaye, in tchicJi you find
nothing to hlame.
fremm, fremfrem, a. if- adv. [fenemm, fenemf., fi\-..]swect,
tasteful; syn. brgbrg, dede, dokgdgkg; flattering; wo ano ye dew
dodo, wokasa fenemm! - mfrenifrcm-ade, sueet tJiiiigs; cf. 1^:406.
frene, s. forene.
jifrest! — Ilia. 137
afrr-sc [ofrc aso] the. reason of (i coll.
al'ry-so, ((dv. [lit. af a rnU] siiddoili/. Prov.G.ir). — s//ii. mpo-
firim; gyare no ayi no at".
g-l'reto, ofre-tie, ivf. fhc hcarhui of, lisfeuin;/ or ohfilimrc to,
a cull.
q\'v{i{e-k\\{\\\, the distance at which a call is heard; fiirlonfi; cf.
akwansinima.
I'rf, n. [Eng. frce'\ freedom, libcrti/; cf. ahofadi, gf'adi; wama
no f'., ///('// have cmanri2)ated or liberated him : odi f. = wade nolio,
he is cHuuicijxded, Uln'rtded.
a I'r i h y i a, 2)1. m-, i/car, s//)i. afo. [fr. firi, to yo fortli, liy ia, to meet,
to return in a circuit to the startin(/-jioint; Ab, afiihyiac] — d i at'.,
to celebrate a yearly festival. — afrihyia-de, 1. atahye, annual cus-
tom; ^\ yearly tribute. — at'rihyia-di, i)?/". n yearly festival, anni-
versary; the yam-custom. — aCriliyia-tow, yearly tribute.
iVolVow, IVow, s. foro... — fro, IVofro, s. foro...
I'rgiiim, fnjinfroin, a. fresh, yrcen (of plants) ; diia fefcw
foforo a, n'ababah ye f. — F. promprom.
fro no', s. fonono.
g-frotc, ^jZ. a-, a kind oi antelope with large horns; deer, stay.
i'r 6 1 6 w a , the calf of the ley ; me nan akyi f. ye me yaw.
friifrii, afriim, afrumpoiikg, s. furuf., afiirum, -p.
I'r lui turn, a., 1)1.0.-., empty, hollow, hcing of a bidky, puffy
ajqiearance with no substance in it; of grains, Gen. 41,27. abiirowf.
o-fruntuni, a large tree = popo; wode sen akyene, pam funu
adaka. pr. 11G7. 2022.
fu, V. s. fnw. — o-fu, s. ofuru.
afii, afu, afuw, Y. 1. = nwura, yrass. Mt. 0,31. 15,19. — 2. =^
fan, herbs. Mt. 13,32. Mk. 4,32.
fh, adv. much, plcnieously, copiously; syn. pi, bebre; ankye
fii /o6s.7 = ankye kora; gkasa ftl, gkii nsein fh fu, = gkasa bi-bre
kwa, gka nsenhuhinv, he talks much nonsense; odidi f. or odi no fii,
he eats yreeddy, yluttonously.
fn, peril, any part of the body or of a vessel that may give a
handle or haft for lifting it up ; phr. nu .. fu, s. under n u.
a fa, 1. hunch, hum]), humpback, protuherance; pr. 1157. — gyare
af., he has a crooked back. — 2. humpback, humpbacked or hunch-
backed person, pr. 2928.
affi-afCi, a. fpl. of afu 1.] knobby, rough, ruyged; hunchbacked.
fua, V. to hold, lay hold of, yrusp; to carry; syn. de, kita, kura;
pr. 1158-60. ofua peaw, lie is carryiny a spear; of. abofra wg n'abasa
so, he is carryiny a chdd on his arms, cf. turu. — 2. to j^lant, used
of yam : of. ode, he pla)ds yam. — 3. to become one, come to an
understandiny or ayreemeni ; to result in; - wgu ano amfua ho, tliey
could not ayree about it; nea wgadi afua ne se..., the resolution or
agreement they have come to is, that...
138 fiia — ofuhye.
fiKi, a. 1. shif/le, one, the (very) same; dafua, a situjle ddij =
dakoro; uuafua uuaawotwe ^=^ nua mfua-mfiia awotwo, ehjht shujle
days, every day for a whole iveelc. Cf. bafua, befua, Ijurofiui. — 2.
hare, sole, mere, simile; - osekantua, the (mere) Made of a knife,
without a handle.
afua, F. & G. fo[f, mist ; cloud. Mt. 17,5.
afua, Afua, mfua, s. afuwa &c.
afiia, a.&adv. mere, simple, with the accessory notion oi' iccak-
ness or littleness; oye ob abasia af'ua, she was only a leeak wo)nan;
- a little hit; wonno no af'ua, they do not love him a hit.
mfuaiirwe, inf. wodi no mf. =^ (nuipa bebre fua onipa biako
fwe uo), they toyethcr hold him and yive him a floyyiny or tlirasldny.
mfuatc, the figure of a cross in the form of an X, cut on one
side of a die; osikyi ho nkyerewe a wgaye no X.
fi'iaw, V. \)-ed. fufiiaw] to chip, cut or slip off a piece: wafiiaw
dua no ho aboh akyene, he has rut the hark off the tree and cast it
away; wotwa dua bo ho afilaw; - fufi'iaw 1)6, to clap, cut off small
pieces; - wafufuaw ode no nh. agu, fie lias cut the yam info small
Xiieces; woafufuawno (= woabobo no) nkraute, tlicy have cut him
with sivords in several jnirts of his hody. — Cf. dufua, iikanifuaAv.
Ill I'll (Iwu, ijr.o2(i.
;iiiiriid wiima, a kind oi' 2"trrot; s. ako.
ffic, V. f. niu, to renew, revive; to he renewed or revived, he
taJcen up ayain. lonatan fuce o-ne Dawid ayonkofa inu bio = g-ne
no nyan won aygiikofam' bio, Jonathan and David renewed their
covenant of frirndsfiip; asein no niu atuc, tfic mtdfcr has hern taf.en
np ayain (anka cregyac, einu aye nierew, na wgahye mu den bio).
fiK!, V. f. so, to reveal, uncover, lay hare: wakofii*;- ode no so
(^ wakobue so, wakofumfuuu so) ato ho, fie fias duy up the yround
in order to loofc after tfie yam, and fias left it uncovered.
niCrKjimi, inf. reiieicid, reviv(d.
I'lit'ii, a. fi>l. af. & red./ white; cf. iita, hoa, hycii, iimi-lian.
rilfu, n. while thiny. uhat is nhife. jn: 2104.
O-fiirii, ^V. a-, 1. white person, Kuropcaii. but rarely used; s.
Obiironi. — 2. ohiani fita. yr. 3140.
Ill fill" II, F. whiteness. Mf. Gr.p. 101.
fnlii, foofoo, a common food of the, negroes, prepared ni yam
or jilantains, which, after having been cut into pieces and boiled,
in which form the plantains are called ampesi, are then jiounded
in a wooden mortar (owoaduru) till they have become a touyh doiiyhy
mass which in the shape of a round lump is put into the soup ( nkwan)
and eaten with it; - wow f., to p>ound foofoo : di or tew f., to cat
f. — fulu-toWj a hall of foofoo; cf. ahentgw. nkwaseatgw.
fufuaw, red. v., s. fuaw.
mfufuwa, a kind o^ head, white; s. ahene.
0-fii-hye [afuw ghye] hordcr, houndary, frontier; wgbg or wgtg
ulVii — {il'uo. 139
I., ilieii hordn; hoitiid, confine on cdclt other, arc borderers, cuiifiners,
ia'i;//il)oiirs, huidninlcs.
itl'i'ii, s. pataku.
fii U fi, riikulTikii, (I. rilloKS, sJni(/(ji/ with .so/'/, Ioii(/ hfdr.s; o^iiari
no liu ye fF.; t/iitf slieep fins nincft fidir; akraiiiahniina a wonnyin
j»i no lio nliwi ye I'uku = kiiha := eye f'e na vUo dwo nauso ecloso ;
(•/■. sakii.
atu-k ycaky en , fiumphacfc; s, afu.
afmn' = al'uw mu. — ariuii'-bayenj, s. ode.
I'll HI I'll II 11, red. V. f'uuu (q. c), to turn, root or d'nj up; bataf'o
lie n'ano f. fam'.
o-riiniiii, jtl. al'iiinf'o, ni- [aruw-nui-ni], clown, rustic, pcnsanl;
a person wlio leads a secluded life on his plantation, hardly ever
coininji; to the town, and hence is li/norinit of the rules and manners
of the more extended spheres of social life; ai/n. kodaafuom', kura-
aseni; cf. okuafo.
a Cu 111': bo at'., te af. (cf. gfonni).
afiin-sie, inf. [efunu sie] burial, funeral, interment; funeral
rites, ot)se(juies; in: 1569. st/n. amusie; cf. ayi.
afiin-soa, /«/". [efunu soa] a kind of necromancy, viz. ffie corr/j-
inij of a corpse, during- wliidi the dead person is supjiosed or [»re-
tendcd to direct the carriers to the house or j)erson of his murderer.
Vlir. efunu asi no, ttte corpse fias fiit fiiin i.e. jwinted fiim out as tfic
viitnlerer ; pr. llOo. vt'iiun ada-ase, ffte corpse fias fjicen tfianfcs, i.e.
lias not flit.
fit 11 1 u 111, V. to turn, root, or di(j up, brerdc or tear uji; lojiloio/Ii;
si/n. fetew, funu, fumfunu; c/'. fenteni. — funtum afuw no so -r^ tutu
fam' fa teetOe asase no.
ariinluiiicreku, s. futuinerefu.
a ill 11 tu infra: edi af., it is jumbled or fiuddled togctfier, it is a
oiedtei/, mlniftcd and confused mass, Jumble, fiodi/e-podc/c ; wodi af.
^^ wodi afrafra, wgafrafra mu, tfte// are mixed tiujetficr.
fun II, V. [red. fumfunu q. v.] to diij, di<j up; sijn. funtum; f.
amoa ^= tu tokuru wg fam'.
fun 11, a. fcf. efunu, n.] dead, rotten, useless, good for notfiin;/,
u'ortlitess, cite; gsekan-funn, a fcnife tfiat is not sfuirp; s. asemfunu,
gbedefunu.
e-fiiiiii, pl.A-, corpse, dead hodtj of a man, more decently called
amii; pr.liOS. carcass; of animals it is only used when coin]tound-
ed with, or put in aj)position to, tbeii' names: oguah-funu, a dead
sfteep; cf. afunsie, afunsoa.
afuniun, afimiim-ponko, s. afurura.
ofruinma, navel; cf. yafunu.
afiiuii-soa, inf. s. afunsoa. Obi wu na wose, obi na akum no a:
Ilea wose okum no no, wosc: funu asi no (nekara); opp). funu ada-
ase --= wan si.
a fiio, Ak. -^ afuw. — afuoi'o = mfumfo, s. ofumni.
140 ofiipo — fi'itdruw.
o-fiipo [afuw ope] a season of the year, intermediate hehvceu
the rainy and the dry season.
afupoiiko, F. camel. Mt. 19,24. 23,24. cf. afrumpguko, yoma.
fiira, V. Ak. fira, 1. to pnt on, viz. ntamu, a uer/ro-drcss con-
sisting of a large piece of cloth which is wrapped round the body;
red. fnrafura, jjr. 644. — cf. lira, hye. — .?. n'ani afura or afira, he
is l>lind; wafura n'ani, lie has blinded him. — o-rura-taiii, vpj). ade-
mu-tam. — fura-tamrij ntama a wafura awia, enyc nca wode kata
wo so anadvvo.
iifurado, F. hJindly, rashly, unadvisedly.
furefiire, the young of the sharks, pr. 1166.
O-furei, a kind of river-fish, syn. nnomma.
fiirow. V. [red. fiirofurow] to hrcaJc off or an-ay, lireal- into
snudl pieces, crunthle (tr.d-intr.) — Ofuro dan, Ak.^owosow dan,
Akp., he Irrealcs or crnmUes off the clay from the house or its wall;
wafurow dokono no mii ; ofurof. asikre; dokono no'afi'irofurow.
mfiirofurowa, crumb; small fragments ov 2>ieces; syn. niporo-
porowa.
o-furu, 1. the mate or stomach of a beast, or (contemptuously
used, of a man; cf. dawadwa, nsonokese, ayam'de. Onipanni fiiru;
wo yam' wg furu, you hare a maw like a beast, i.e. you are a glutton!
— 2. pith, the white, soft, spongy substance in the centre of many
plants and trees (ade a eda duam', eye inerew kyoii korow, nso
ehoa; broferc mu wg f.).
a fur 11, the belly; the womb; cf. yam', yafunu, ayaase, funuma;
pr.lo6. — n'afuru ahye, his belly is swollen or blown out; wafa
afuru, she is with child, cf. yem.
fur II ban J a. white; syn. fufu, fita; ne ho aye f. sc hyirew, lie
has become as white as chcdk.
furufuru, a. mellow (of the soil or a glebe); p)oicdery, dusty,
crumbly; fam' ho aye f., the soil there is mellow. [G. fru, frufru, flu,
fluflu.]
afur u ni, ^>?. m-, ass, dojdcey. [G. tedsi.]
afti ruui-poiiko [afrump. afuuuinp. afriip.] [d. m-, the mule.
[F. afupgukg, camel; G. aflukpgiigg, afiikp.]
furuntum,' o-furuntuin, s. fruntum.
futu, V. [G. id.] to mix, = fra; fa nsfi no futuin', viix th(d
pcdm-winc with the old one.
afutu, s. afotu. — Afutu,j^r. n. of a town & country and of aman.
afutu-afutu, ^^r. llT'l.
mfiituma, dust of the ground or lying on objects; mf. wo poii
so; popa mf. no; cf. tutuw.
mfutiima-kokoilini, a small insect that always goes backward.
futumerefu, pr. 1172. fl"'- ^-?^>^'-'"^-
f Lituru, ^)?. m-, red futurufuturu, a. raw, unwrought, in the
natural or primitive state, consisting of small particles; sika mf. or
oriitiiniriitiirii — al'iiwdow. 141
sikafi'ituni, luttive r/old, ffold-dust; dw6t6 mi'., dwctcfutiirn, nniivc
silrcr; altrolx; mt'., fJic fibres of the }>hu'-<ip])l(' Irarrs (rf. firiwa);
asawa inf., rtdv cotton; uhwea ff. =^ nliwr-a a nsii iiiiim' na awo.
o-riitiiriiruliini, a boast, ^o-. ll'i.'l.
I'll w, V. [Ak. I'll; proh. related witli fi, v. =- fiw] to shoot up,
ronic forth ahnnitdiitlif, grow Juxtirutnthj or rrnill//; nwura refuw
asaso no so, mats arc shootini/ up on tluU hoid. — ;.-'. to ovcryrow:
okwan yi afinv, this iroi/ is orcrf/rown. — .->. fr. to consc to (/ro/r, to
ijct bif (jroirth. jirodnce j>]cntifnll// {hah; feathers): mo tiri fuw dweii,
/ am (fcttin;/ (/nii/ hair; no ti afuw, liis head is covered with hair,
pr. 669. onnya nifiiw bogycsc c, lie has (jot no beard yet ; anoma. no
aiuw ntakara, tlie bird has (jot feathers; nnoma no, won ho fuwi
ansa-na niekoyii won, the birds were fledge wltcn I tooJc them. — 4.
no bo fuw, his breast heaves, groivs, sicells, \.q. he gets angry; nc
bo afuw me, he is angry with me; syn. ofa abufuw, wafa me ab. —
//•. ofuw nic bo, he eauses my breast to swell, i.e. he proroh's me to
anger, males me angry, syn. oyi me abufuw. — .-7. [prob. related
with fua] to unite in holding: wofuw no afweno, they together hold
him in order to flog him; fwo may bo omitted and still be under-
stood: g-ne ne nua afuw me, he and his brother June flogged nie; s.
don (.^ di .. inl'iiai'ifVvo; monkofuw adwuma no ho hkowio = mo
nh. muiikosuso ad\v. no mu na monye, you all sfiall unite in, con-
jointly put your hands to, tJie worJc to finisJi it.
afuw, Ak. afuo, pl.m-, 1. planttition, cultivated ground, field
occupiod by voj^etablos which have been planted; V. okwii, Og. ham'.
In c'om[)onnds the prefix is lost: gdofuw, abrodofuu-, abnrofuwj ban-
kyefuw; so with kdko, mankani, afwere, kafe, asawa, ase, nkru-
ma, ntgrowa, I'lkato, atwo, utoa... Cf. dow af. — 2. i*\ weeds, = Akr.
wura, hwura.
afuwa, j^L m-, [afuw, diyn.] a little plant(dion; gdow af.
iiifiiwa, an old jdantation now given up so that the bush grows
on it afresh; - a place cleared of trees; babiara a wgatwitwa ho
nnua nhina.
Ill III \v a-ui 11 i, a former pluntalion given up about eight years
ago, where the bush has reached a man's height('.?^ — kwae a wga-
dgw no bcye mfrihyia 8 a.s. 10.
A fuw a, Afua [=Afiwa] jj>-. n. of a girl born on Friday. Gr.
§41,4.
afu w-(l o w, inf. the cutting of the bush; af. ye yaw, - is troutAe-
some; af. adu so, noiv it is time to cut the bush.
Fw.
Tho. combination of these two letters is not a compound of the
common f and \V (the f in it being formed by the tongue and both
lips), but a palato-labial transformation from the gutturo-labial
combination liw^ wbich has still been retained for it in Fante dia-
lects. — It occurs before o, e, i, in Ak. also before a (f\Va = lnva,
hua). It interchanges not only with hw and I'llnv or I'nv, but also
142 fwa — anfweji.
with h, f, S5 e.g. f\vinta, Ak. ;= hintaw ; fwinti, siinti, Ak. = fintsiw,
F., & hintiw.
fwa, fwa and other words containing these tln-ee combined
letters in Ak., ,9. hiia, hua...
fwH., imit. expression of the wliiszing of a ball flying tlirongh
the air: korabo nam m'aso ho fwa beseiie, a hullei passed my car
ivifh a tvhizzing sound.
fwo, V. [F. hvve; red. fwefwe, g. v.] 1. to direct the eye toward
an object so as to see it (always implying intentioncd, not acciden-
tal, seeing, in contradistinction from hu); to look (at, on), to view;
to eye; to consider; cf.He, interj. - pr. 140. 894. 1218. 1318. 2081. 2393.
— 3. to fix the eyes upon, look cd or see tvith attention, behold; to look
at in order to imitate, cf. 12 a. pr. 1232. — 3. to learn, infer, knoiv :
da no a wuhu no sfi a, fwe se woawo wo foforo, wJtcn you hare come
to this, you may know that you have been born again. — 4. kgfwe
(.. anim), to visit, call on, wait upon; mekgfwe no, I am going to
Cfdl on him. — 5. to look after; to wrdch, guard; to keep, tend, attend,
wad on, nurse (gyarefo, ap(dient); to feed (nnuan, nantwi, mpruko);
to take care of, maintain, ptrovide /b>"(nneduafo, ahiafo);jjr. .97^j. 101.
cf. 12 d. — 6. fwe.. yiye, to look well (to), to mind, take care, be
careful; fwe wo adwuma yiye, mind your u'ork; fwe yiye na wo-
ammg kuruwa no, t(dce care not to break the jug; fwe woho yiye na
woaiil'wo ase, be careftd lest you fall: cf. 12 c. — 7. to expect, de-
sire, want : mefwe se moba ho bi, / want you to come there too. —
8. fwe .. gkwan, to look out for, expiect, toad for (expectantJy). — !t.
fwe ..akyi, a) =^ fvve.. atiko, to look after, s. 1. — b) to look for
the things in one's absence, prepare (something to eat) for one's re-
turn. — 10. fvve.. mu, ^0 looJc, pry ov pteep into; inspect, examine.
— 11. fwe.. anim, a) to look into one's face. — b) to have a regard
for; fwe m'anim ye ma no, do it for him to please me, to favour me
with it, for my sake. — c) to visit; mebefwc wo anim, I come to visit
you. — d) to expect (= fwe okwan): ofwe m'anim' wg Osu 'ne, he
expects to see my face to-day at Osu. — 12. f we .. so, a) to look upon
(cf. 2); fwe so kyerew, look on (it) write i.e. copy it; fwe so ye,
imitate it. — b) to examine, review, revise: fvve nea makyerew yi so.
look at ichat I have written and correct it; to overlook, survey. —
c) to inspect, control, superintend, govern, rule, Gr. § 21.3. — d) to
look after, tend (cf. 5): gfvve nnuan so; gbea gyigyefo fvve abofra
so. — e) to do carefully: fvve so kan, read (it) carcfnlly. — 13. fvve,.
atiko, to look after (one). — 14. to try, in hua ,. or hujTm .. fvve,
ka... fvve, sg.. fvve, twa.. fvve, ye,, fvve &c. ka^n nhoma yi fvve.
try to read this book.
fwe! interj. fimp. of fvve, v.] see! behold! look /here! to! fake
notice! observe! s. fweofvveo.
11 fwe, F. prop, don't you sec? = look here!
Q-t'w e, inf. looking, beholding c^c. visited ion; care; j^yovidenceiOc.
ail fwe-a, (adv.) F. perhaps, prop, tinlooked for [= woanfvVe a];
= Akr. ebia; - most probeddy : woanfvvp-a, gkg a, gmma bio, irhen
he goes away, he will most probidily come no more.
I'vVo — iitVvcboni'. 143
fwo, V. [jTcd. fwefwe] 1. to fall, fumble, drop (used of sin{j;le
things and never without a locative complement, whereas gu, to
full, is used of a collective multitude and can stand witliout a com-
|»lciiu'nt, like to, which is used of single things). — fVve ase, fwe
fam', to full down, fdl io ilie (/roioid; ofii dua so fvvee fam', he fell
(loint from a tree. — fwe.. so [cf. gu..so], fo fdl to (an action) /rif/i
('(((jrnirss, ntpiddji; ode twee so, oliurnw fwee kwah so, ofwee kwan
so yeredede, he hastened on in his joitrnei/. — 2. with the (ik.c. v.
de, to eanse to fall, throw doivn: mframa de me dan afwe fam', the
irind has thrown mi/ lionse down. — 3. tr. to strike, heat; (ne ba wu
awereho nti ode ntama-gow abo aboso, na) ode ne nsa tVve ne yam',
.s7/r lieats her hreast iCr. in loud wailing; to flo[f, seourye, rudfjel; to
chastise, rhasfen, panish ; - ofwee no mpire, he tvhimjed him; of wee
no hambamham, tiltata, fwetorg. — /. fo stinf/, of wasps or other
stinging insects numerously falling on man. — :'>. fo icef thoroiq/ld/j,
dreneh, soaJ,-, of rain; osu fwee me fwee me fwee me ara, / was eon-
tinuedlji exposed fo lieavij rain. = G. ofvve mu = oboa, Ite fells a lie.
fwo, V. = fwew. pr. 1785t cf. fwebom',
o-l'\Vc, inf. fdlin;/.... fla<itjin(j, easfiytdion, ehasfisemcnf, ptimish-
ment.
o-f\Vt', a shrid) the leaves and seeds of which, jiounded and jnit
in water, kill fishes.
c-fVvo, (I defective prepnce; oyarc or gye fwe, lie has a df. prp.
I'wr, faint era of a child; - bo f., fo irhimper, whine.
fwO^ imif. expression of the sound of a flute or of whisflwy;
s. fwircMua. pr. 633.
f\V(;, Ak. fwete, somethine/, anyflumj, -- biribi(ara) - in neg.
sentences: nothiny; fwe nnim', there is iwthiny in (it), it is emptu;
wunnim fwe, you hnownothiny, you are alfoyefher iynorant, fwe anye
me, 111) harm has befallen me; woammfi fwe ara anye no, he was
jireserred unhurt; ontumi nye me fwe, he eannot do me any harm.
— red. fwefwe, fwefwefwe.
af \V 6 a, a kind of mole.
e-fw eji', pi. n-, the scrotum., jntr.se. — afweabci, testicle, stone.
u fw oa, a larye knife ii.sed for ehoppiny off the head; cf. oyiwan.
fwojl, fweawa, Ak. = iioawa, wax. pr. 712.
fwoafwca, a. narrow, pointed, faperlny; abantenten no fw.
0-f\vrain, the cnrrent or swiftest part of a river ; asubgnten
mfinimtini a eye den a eta ade no; asu no fw. ;1no ye den, fhe rirer
has a strony current.
nfwo-aiiim', inf. [fwe anim] looliny each oilier i)i the face;
s. di 87; syn. mmoanim.
f Vv (' as a Ml iii «') [efwe ase a, emmo, whe7i it falls down, if does
not Itreuli] a larye earthen bottle; cf. abodeammg.
fVve-hcrc, a time of visitation.
nfwe-bom', inf. (fr. fwew, to bale out, draw, viz. the water of
a tish-pond or pO(d, i^c bom', to iniife, viz. in catching or taking out
144 fwede — efwciievva.
the fishes and sharing them]; di I'lfsv., to make common cnusc,j(un
interests, associate; ef. di 81.
fwe-de, sj)y-glass; syn. kyikyi.
.ifwede [f\ve ade] a deed for which one deserves a flogffinrj or
chastisement. Luk. 12, iS.
arVvcc, a place for taling a view, lonl-ing oat or watch in g, look-
out, watch-tower, ohservatori/ ; e.g. the highest part of a biiihling or
mountain which commands a wide view.
0-f \V e f , j??. a-, looker; overseer, superintendent, survejfor, in-
spector, director; tear den; (/uardian; curator, trnstee; keeper, con-
servator, preserver; herdsman, shepherd; pastor, parson, curate,
hishop; ruler, chief; cf. oguanfwefo, asat'o-so-t'\Vefo. — o-lwero-
panyii'i, j>/. a-m-, hisliop, chief ov (/enercd overseer, superintendent.
— o-twetb-kuuini, ^j/. a-, arclthishop.
fwefwe, red. v. fvve, q. v. — to look repeatedly and intensely,
hence to look for, seek, search for; to endeavour, attempt, strive. Me
ptine ayera, mefwefwe na minhu, I Jt/xve lost a needle, I am seeking
for it and do not find it. pr.2S4. 1192-90.
at'Vvut'we, 2)1 -n-, looking-glass, mirror, glass; pane, plate or
piece of glass. Mefwefwe m'afwefwe mafvve, / a)n seeking my glass
to look (into if). — afVyclwc-bo^, diamond; jas2)er. (Ex.2S,17.)
afwefwede, F. desire; cf. apedc.
fwefwefwe, adv. s. fwe; omfra fw, = korjx; s. abomfia.
c-f vV e m 111 o e, one tvho snulfles, S2)eaks through the nose; cf. bo 70.
afwcm-pgii, inf. [pon afwene] bleeding rd the nose.
f \V 111 p o w , a swelling of the nose.
fwGi'i, r. [>Tf/. fwinfweh] to strike, give a Mow or slap; ofwen
n'asom' = obo no sotore. — 2. to inquire about or concerning a cliild
in tlie mother's womb: 6fw6h oba, okofweh ne yere wo okomfo n-
kyen. (Obarima ko a ne yere yem no, ode no kg okomfo bi nkyeh
nawakobisanebaaowoyafunum' no anom' asem, se obeba no den?
oye obarima a.s. gbea? a.s. den na ogye ansa-na waba.)
afVvo i*i-af\Vcn, adv. in greed distances; won nttim' dpj\h af,,
they are separated far from one another; nnuano sisi af. = emmeii,
the trees are not close.
a-fwcnakroii, ^j7. n-, a kind of hat; s. ampan.
e-fweiic, Ak. ehweh, nhwen, F. ehwen, 1. the nose; obo ne fw.
kasa, okasa ne fwenem', he sj^eaks through the nose, snuffles; ne f\V.
dwa ahuhm = oye dwae, lie is haughty. ■ — 2. the spout or project-
ing mouth of a pitcher or jug, directing the stream of a liquid poured
out; the beak of a lamp; the eye of a needle. — e-f\Veiicur, the in-
ner part of the nose, nostrils. — f\veiiem'-ktiru, sores within the nose.
— fwencm-tokuru, nostril. — fwene-iitam", the upper part of the
nose between the eyes. — afwene: gpgn afw., he bleeds at the nose.
e-f\venee, p)^- 1^"> ^^- =^ ahene, Akr., bead.
e-f\venewa, i>?. ii-, Ak. = ahenewa, Akr,, a kind oi beads ;
s. ahene.
{ilwenheina — fweto. 145
iirwori-hcniJi, icJiifc-nosc, --= osiljl.
IW oil 11 or I', [efwene, dore?] snot, stiicei: miuns. pr. ll'.)9.
()-f\\' I'li-toa, uliw. [■■= ih'in nose] a kind oi' per firtne ov sweef-
stiiel/iii;/ sjiiecs (oliilAin bi).
c-l'woii til, 0-, (I iiosrle.ss j)ers(ni, i»ic irliose )iosc has been euf o/f
hy fi disease or by w;iy of punishment, pr. :>71. l.'.'00a..23.'i:?.
;it'\V 11-1 u, i)if. erddifdtion. eucisioiK (les/riicfiou of f lie nose.
[ir. 12001.
I'n'n' o 11-11 lia. [ytVvi'ue diia] the )iose; opakiini ye wo a, fa ntania
bo nsiighyew niu toto wo f\V.
fweo-fVvoo, a by-nanie of tlic do)/; s. the foil. & gkranian.
fwo-0 [fwe, inij). &o, Gr. J; 144. 145,2.] behold! lo! look here!
fwo-O, f\Vo-o, hollo, holloa! he//, ho! alfend! here! jr. 1537.
f.f, a\vc a orckg no ('•! holloa, friend, who goes there!
iVvor, V. F. = fwere, to sjiend (yGurs, Fs.90,U.)] to lose (life,
soul), Mt.Kl,'.')/. iikonihyenyi nfwer enidzi, a prophet is notivithoid
honour, Mt. lo,.i7.
t'vVoro, V. to spend; to waste, squander, consume (money, pro-
perty); to use »j> (a lead-pencil): to 2)ass (t'lm^i); to e.ihaust (strcn'^th) :,
niefweree sika pi na niede niebaa gdah niu hayi, it cost tne much
inonei/ (I had nian// expenses) before I could occupi/ this lodyimj;
niafw. ni'adagyew iihina, / have spent all my leisure. — 3. to lose,
forfeit, deprive one's self of : fw. tiri, to expose or lose one's life,
}r. 1592. i'\\. debisafo, senigdebgfo, yere,j:r. 1700. 3569.3587. — S.intr.
to be spent, wasted, consumed, exhausted...; gdgn no af were, the watch
is ((jone) down; asawa no afwere, the wicJc (or candle) has burned
doirn; m'adagyew nliina ne ni'ahoedei'i nhinil afwere, all mi/ time
has past awai/ and all in// strein/th is exhausted. — Si/n. see; sii, ma,
esa. [G. fite; ta.] Cf. adefvverede.
fweree, n-, a-, Ak. s. fwerew, a-.
fwofcde, ani/thin(/, with 7ie(/. v. notliinn; si/n. kora; cf. fwe,
fwete; ebiara nnim' fw., there is notliiny in it at all.
iifVvuredc, jj?. n-, a kind of ^a/,- s. ampan.
o-lVvorein', s. ofwirem; pr.604.1201f.
fwereniu-kyew, F. crown of thorns.
Iworciiu'i, s. ofwirenia.
fworcWj Ak. nfweree, hkyekyere, wild siKjar-canc, a kind
a fwerew, Ak. afweree, sugar-cane. [o^ grass.
fw(>row, adv. unawares, all at once; niebefii so ara fw. —
syn. nipofirim.
0-fVv^e-sie, inf. [fwe, sie] proride)ice.
I'lfwosi), inf. overseeing ... (s. fwe so); pattern, example; origi-
nal; biribi a eda lig a worefwe asusuw so aye bi; cf. nsusuwso,
fwetafvVeta, a. acute, /loinlcd. sharp; wama me gsekan a
a no (ye) fw. — cf. nnam.
f wot O, Ak. rrr f\VO.
lU
146 fwete — fwim.
fwete, V. 1. to scrape^ scratch; red. fvvetefwete: akoko fw.
sumana so. — - 2.to scatter, disperse (f\v.. gu, bo .. fw., id.; mefw. won
magu, I shaU dis^iersethem); - to squander, dissipate; - to spread,
stretv; - to sprinkle, rf. pete; - to dissolve (parliament); to hrcaknp
(a meeting). — 3. to he scattered, dispersed, dissipated, squandered
(a capital, pr. 1062)\ to he dissolved; tohcin disorder. — 4. to spread,
he diffused: bore no afwete (adodo, adidi ako) ne honam nliina mu.
f w e ti, fwiti, the point of a knife, billhook &e. [= fwene ano.]
fwe-toro, s, fw. 3. si/u. bo-toro.
fwew, V. [red. fwifwew] to suck in, draw into tJie mouth (wa-
ter, marrow from a bone); cf. few & fwirew 2.
f w e Wj V. [red. fwefwew] 1. to throw out or off or to sweep) awan
(water with the hand); ofwew n'anim fifiri, lie removes the sweat of
his face with his hand ; ofwew me nsa ]i5 nsu, he fUiii/s off the water
on his hand hy a jerk; nsu giui pon so na mede me nsa mefwew
migui; - to hale a boat; nsu ba korow mu a, wode kora ana nsa
fwew gu; - to draw (off), drain, empty; cf. nfwebom' 3. ofvvew
aben mu = onim abeh-hyeh yiye.
afVve-\vo-da(bi), nea waye wo yiye pen, a former henef actor of
yours, pr. 11S8.
nfwe-yem', F. [nfwe-yiye mu] advisedly, considerately.
fwl, haste, eagerness; oboo fwi kofae, he went and took it ha-
stily, snatched it away; cf. fwim.
f\V! (fwli), fwitWi, adv. expressing the crackincj, clajipiny, or
rather the hissivy sound of a whip or switch: ode aba no too no so
fwii fwii fwii.
fwl' (fwii), inter j. in pa fwi', an acclamation of consent.
fwidom, a kind oi locust; s. abebcw.
f \V i c, V. '[red. fwiefwie] 1. topour out from a vessel, usually com-
bined with gu; fwie kuruwa yim' nsu gu, ponr out the water con-
tained in this jug; fwie nsu gu kuruwa yim', p)Ot(r water into this
jug. — 2. to S2)ill, shed; ofwie mogya = oka mogya, he spills or
sheds hlo'od by murder. — 3. to he spilled, nsa no afwie agu, Luc.5,37.
— 4. Akp. ofwie, he celehrates the yam-custom, = onia ne bosom de,
Ak. otwa dwira, ohye fa. — 5. ofwie nsa, he makes or offers a liha-
iion of palm-win'c.
afwio, inf. [fwie i.] Akp. ilte yam-custom =odwira; afwie adu.
afVvie-f;ya, afwiegya, the fuel for the fire kept during the yara-
custora; unyansin a wgde apagya gya so wo adiwo, da a edi kan
a wokum gya fs. kum 11.] no kosi da a wowie afahye no.
afwie-sa, afwiesii, i\\e palm-wine {nsii)ov rum hrouyhf as a drink-
offering or lihation; s. fwie 5.
fwifwi, adv. slightly, supoficially ; okasa asem yi ho fw., he
speaks slightingly of this matter.
fwifwi, unsteady, fickle; ghene nennam fw. a, wotu no so,
wJien the king is unsteady, wayivard, capricious, he is dethroned.
fwim J v. 1. to snatch away; =^ luuXm, Ak. fwam; wafsVim me
fwim — g 6. 147
nsain' osi'-kun no; f'wiin (fi) iKMisam'! — ^. F. wobekji nscinbon
ato Iiom do akotVviin, tlicji sluill sa// evil ((t/dinsf i/ok ftilscl//. Mt.'>,U.
I'Vviin, IVviiiiruiui, ddr. Iiasfih/, spenJil//, iiimblij, hurricdlj/,
sudfchiiKjli/; omaa n'adesoa so fwim, he sicif'tlij took up his loud;
omaa no nan so tV\ iui I'vviin, he hurried auuiii; — (u. hasfe, speed,
hiirri/.) F\Vfm-f'\vim-atlo ko sorgwsorgw, lighUi) won, liylidif (/one.
IW iii(;i, Ak. = liintaw. [pr.'LJOi.
iWiiiti, sunti, Ak. = liintiw.
iwir, hvvir, F. [Kng. wlieel'!! G. swili] cj/itriof. Cf. teaseynam.
()-t"\V iro 111', tVvironr, a prickji/ shrub, growing;' to a hoiglit of 6
i'cot, brier; n'aba ne no tlua no wg nsgc-nsgc; jjr. 004. 1201 f. Heb.G,S.
(f. nsgo, rinuare. — fVviromii-kyo, s. gfwcrem,
o-f\Vireniiiia, ivhisllnuj, hissing. — bg f\v., to ivliisilc; gbg f\v.
fwf'fwe ; wgmfa awerelio mmg f\v.; onipa ani gy e a, na gbgf w. pr. 1306.
fVvircii, r. to penetrate, pieree; brctdc ov get through ; cdgm
no abg afwiren mu abefi ha, tlte (hostile?) etrnu/ hove foreed. their
n-ug through and hare come out or appeared in tJiis place.
fw iron t'wireii, a. acute, p)ointed, sharp, having or ending
in a sharp point; = fwetafweta.
11 fw ire 11, flower, blossom, pr.684. — gu nf\v., to bloom, blos-
som, flower; dua no agu nf\v., tJie tree blossoms; dua no hf\v. agu
())• atg, the blossoms of the tree are fallen down.
fVvirew, fwirow, v. [red. fwirefwirow] 1. f\v. ran, to pierce,
run through or i}do, perforate: gde sekah f\V. dua no mu, - onipa
no mu, lie thrust his knife into the tree, - he stabbed the man tvith his
knife. — 2. to sip, draw (in), imbibe; to drink (hkwan, soup); syn.
iiom.
fwirow, draught (of a fluid); bg fCv. biako pe na f\ve! take
only one draught and try (it) !
iifwirow-inu, (inf.) the diameter of a globe.
fVviti, s. fwGti.
This letter in genuine Tshi words occurs as a guttural conso-
nant, before the vowels o & u; before (o) e & i, and also before n,
it becomes palatal and assumes the accessory sound of y, which,
however, before i, i, e, is less distinct. — The gutturo-labial com-
bination ^w, when united with the vowel a, is written gua, and,
when followed by o, c, i, is changed into dw (excepting some Fante
dialects). — The simple consonant g may in a few cases interchange
with k; s. borggg.
ga, does not occur in Tshi words; gya is used in its stead.
gar eg a, name of a sort of cloth brought from the interior;
s. ntama.
ge, ge, gi, does not occur, but gyc, gyi; only when the
or i is nasal, we might sometimes be inclined to write merely g
instead of gy; but, as the nasal consonant, when put before it, does
148 geiiefienen — goroww.
not change it into the decided sound of ii, we must keep to fry
(ff. gyenenuyenefi, nnyinaso, fr. gyenen, gyina), perhaps with the
sole exception of the following.
gen en en en, adv., n., iinglivg ; but s. gyeiiennyenen.
agegenu [G.] dokono a wgahono no ne ewo ana asikre afra,
a kind of pap or thick beverage made of water, bread, and honey
or sugar.
g i n g a n , = ol^'iilt 'nn ■
girase, j)/.!!-, ry/r/.y.'?, iri)ic-(/lass; cf. tomere.
go does not occur, but go, go, gu.
go, v. Ak, = goro, Ak. = goru, Akr.
go, V. F. =^ gow, Akr., gono, Ak. — won do bogo, F. ^^ wgu
do jino bedwo, ML 24,12.
go, adj. Ak. F. = gow.
go, adc. in a croivd'f wopia kohyee lio go, then <dl ioijeilier ran
fo the spot.
go, a kind of reed; syu. abiVbow; s. kete. pr. 3021.
ago, inf. 1. plaii, amia^eineitt (=ii^oryiy. 2. aff'ahilitji, lindness
(if manners, cirilitij, .S()ri(djlencss; wunim ago, i/on are sociable, yon
know how to treat, attract or ol)li(je one.
ago, velvet; cf. bofua, agodwumahono.
ilgo, inter}, a salutation in or before entering a house by night,
announcing that a visitor is coming; pr.fio. cf. amr-.
I'l go, s. nno.
Jigo-bone, lit. Inid play; liccntionsness, dcbanch.
agode [ago ade] play-fhiny, toy; trifle.
tigoden [agoru a eye den] a sericnis p)lay; wogoru ag., tliey
play harshly, forcibly.
o-gofo, Ak. ogofo, pi. a-, /. jilayer (sinner and datieer); Jilay-
mate ; pi. gofo, the chorns, the conijiany of sijiyers (in a play) an-
swering to the precentor. — ;J. (in nnf<iit]ifnl wife, lewd woni((n.
a g o-d w u m a, bono , velvet.
Jigo-bia, jjr. 1207.
ago-bina [nno ahinaj jiof af palm-oil. pr. 1208.
ogo-hyg-ase, promise of a play. jtr. 1209.
ago-kyew, a velvet eap.
O-gom, sloivness, tardiness; neg. nti onnya biribi. yr. 622.1210.
a go-mere w [agoru a eye nierew, agorupa] a soft, yenflc, rea-
sonable play; wogoru ag., they play gently.
agona-ne-toa, a kind of ^j/«w/«/;?; s. gborode.
gono, v. Ak. s. gow, V.
go I'l nono, red. v. Ak. s. gugow; ggonnonom' =ogugow' mi'i.
goro, Ak.=r go, Akr. goru. — tigoro, Ak.^=ago, Akr. agoru.
goro, Gy. --= nkyekyerewa.
goroww, gorowgorgw, a. 1. weak, faint, feeble, languid,
i
(h(U; .s//». bil'tc, bi-o}i:<i, bruko, morow, si;\mo... Oyaro aye no fj. -^
ajjurow no; okom uti wayo j;-. - wa^urow ; ii'aniwa ayg '^. ^ biamo;
m'jikwa mil aye me g. — m'akwa mu nni alioodon bio. ■ — ;J. gg.,
irafcrish; iiisi/)i(l, rajiid, (((s/cJcfis (nkwaii, iisa). - H. Inkciranii ;
iisu no aye g. ^=^ botfiroboclwo.
nor II, /'. |/Tf^ gugoruV] Ak. go, goro, /. If) />!((//, sjtorl, jrttl-
ic, (liocrt or (unnsc one's self (mmofra g. abonteii so; agyinamoa,
mpata g.; g. asat'o, pr. tl7S.). — ^^ lo he (if <i friciidlii, rotuiiniiiico-
iirc (lis/iosili())i, he soridblc ; o-nebiara gorn, he is frionll// iril/i crerif
bodt/ ; o-ne bi nnorii, fit' is Kiisoriahfe: - lolidcc iiilerconrsc, he inti-
iiiaic ivilh f(((/i other, pr. J'iliT. — .V. foj)hi/fforni(i)iei/, io(j(iiiible; ef.
tow nlioina, tow ntrania, si ntew. — i. fo perpetrKtc some vvieked-
ness; g. agiiaman-noru, lo eoiioiiil f'oniiention ; g-ne bea g., Itc eom-
ihUs irhoredom, adtdierif; - g. abayigoru, io pmelise ivifcJu-raff. —
.'). g. bo, ii) to iiioek (d, deride, seo^'. - bjfo negleet, slight, pr. 1219.
.•i5i,-oru, inf. Ak. ago, agorg, ]. plat/ing; plai/, sport, amusement,
(•spec, sintiin;/ and daneimj; pr. 1:211-18. game; gu ag., to give. up (i
pldi/. — Ji\ sociid/leness. friendliness; onnim ag., he knows no Joke,
is soitrniinded ; s. ago. — Different kinds of play, consisting of
singing and dancing (s. asaw), are: adewa (a common name); of
women: bewa, adenknm, nnyane; of men: dasiimmfin, dwae, agye-
niannare, alienkwa', onnibiamane, unontwuwa, paw', asafo,osekye,
asibelete, antorepira. Other ])lays are: oware-tow, dam-di or -to,
at\\e-di or -sisi or -tow &c. (Miildr(!n's plays: aba, ba-bg, odo-tow,
amfiaiiinani, esono-ne-ne-mma i^c.
a li'o ni-ni'i , inf. the giving np of a j'tog.
a g- OS a 11 a, pr. 2135.
o-sj^o-sojilo, j>?. a-, palm-oil carrier [nno, soa, fo] pr. 1220.
a_u:o-t ras() [ogorn a ctra so] a play carried to excess; wngorn
ag. a, kansese eye a, wo ani wu akyiri, if you plag overmuch, though
it be nothing bad, you will afterwards feel ashamed.
i'OW, V. [red. gugow; Ak. gono, red. gonnono] 1. to slack,
slacken, relax, loosen: a) to become slack, be made lax, i.e. less tense,
firm or rigid, to become loose; liama yi mu agow, e.s. emu yeree,
na afei asah aye 'merew. — b) to render slack, make less tight,
make loose; gow wo amirikatu mu, slack thy riding. 2 Ki. 4,24. —
2. fo weaken: a) to become weak; ne nsam' agow, his arms are weak;
- b) to make weak, infirm, feeble: onipa foforo no gow nipa dedaw
no mu. — 3. to soften: a) to become soft, tender, mellow: duaba no
abere na erinowe e; aduan a woanoa no agow = aye merew; -
t>) to make soft. — i. ho gow, nsam' gow, to become easy, comfort-
(il)le: neho agow no, prop, every thing around him is soft. i.e. he
has an easy comfortable life, = ne ho adwo no (asem bi nni ne so,
nanso biribiara a gfwef'we, ne nsa ka); ne nsam' agow:^-wape ade
anya bi; cf. 2 a) — 5. to moderate, restrain: ogow (= odvvoo) n'a-
ni kae, she said in aiuunder-tone or modesdy. — tutu wo anan gow
mu di kail, go before slowly. — (>. mu gow, to be spacious: gdaii
yi mu gow, litis room is spacious; opp.' cmw kyere, it is narrow.
150 gow — o-u.
gow, j)7. agow-agow, I. n. fragment, piece, damaged part, rag,
rcfunant: remains, ruins; cf. ofa, fere, sin; opp. emfi, j;/. amuamu;
- biribi abg na wiihu n'afaata bio no, ne fa no bi na wofre no gow :
ne mu ni, tliis is the thing in Hs perfect state or as a ivholc; ne gow
ni = ne fa ni, this is a fragment of it; n'agow-agow ni = n'afa-afa
ni, these are the fragments or pieces of it; kiirow no aye gow, the
totvn is in a rid nous state; wama kurow no aye agow-agow, he let
the toivn fall to ruins. — II. adj. 1. damaged, spoiled, hrohcn; the
attrib. adj. in the sing, is compounded with its noun: adaka-gow,
opon-now, ahina-gowQ;?. nhinaagow-agow), afwefwegow; koragow,
a lecJiing calabash; - 2. ragged, tattered: kentegow, ntamagow;
m'asepatere aye agow; -3. ruinous, decaying, dilapidcded: odan-
now; odah no aye g., yerebcbu; kfiro no aye gow 5 woamal, adaii
no aye agow-agow; s. I.
gran ate*" [It. granata, Sp. grenade] grenade.
graiiJite,^ granati'-akutu, pomcgrancde, the fruit being in
shape somewhat like an orange (akutu) or ratlier like burukuruwa;
cf. nloropo.
gu, V. \^rcd. gagu] /. intr., sompt'imea causativelg used, gener-
ally witli a locative complement :
1. to fall, pour down (ofa collective multitude, whereas f\ve and to
are used of single things or persons): dua no hfwireh regu fam',
the blossoms of the tree are ^^ouring doivni aba no bi koguu abo so,
some of the seed fell on the stones; Mt. 13,4 f. cf. 11. & porow i, —
2. (contin.) to lie (of a collective multitude, whereas of individual
things or persons da is used); ntrama bebre gu ho, mriny coivries
are lying there. — 3. cans, (in connection with a preceding auxili-
ary or principal verb: to cause to fall or lie i.e. to cast, throw, potir;
to lay, put (of single things to is used): fa ntrama no gu ho, throw
the cowries down there; mede aburow migu nsum', I am pouring
corn into the water; mframa tetew ahaban gu fam', the wind severs
the leaves and throws them down; yerebebu dan yi agu fam', we
are going to demolish this house and to throw it down; — ode ne
nsa guu me so, he lay or jnd (both) his hands upon me; ode ne nsa
guu n'akyi, he put his hands behind his bacJc. — oka nnuah no gu
dan mu, he drives the sheep into the stable. — 4. of fluids : to flow
out (into, upon), ie spilled, shed; (contin.) to be scattered, sjirinJded
(somewhere): ode nno no bae no, ebi gui (= gnu fam'); ebi gugu
dan mu ho, u-hen he brought the palm-od, part of it was spilled ; some
has been sccdterecl on the floor there in the room; cf. 13. — 5. cans,
to pour (into, npon): fa nsu gu tumpan yim', pour locder into this
bottle; f wie nsu gu me nsa so, pour toater on my hands. — 0. to
fall or hang down, hang loose and leaving, flow: ne nhwi gu nekoii
mu, ne mati, his hair hangs down into his nape, on his shoidder. —
7. caus. to throw over, put on: ode nnuguso guu ne konmu, lie threio
a loose garment over his sJtotdders, wrapped Jiimself up in a mantle.
— 6\ gu.. mu, a) to accrue, be added, increase, augment; ne Twi
no, biribi rcgugu mu, his Icnowledge of the Tslii language is increa-
sing; cf. mmagum'. — b) to intervene: nda gum' kakrano, ¥. after
ffu.
151
some (hif/s. Mk. 2,1. — i). gu.. so, a) gu kwan so, to he on the tvaij:
ogiikwau soreba. — h) to lean tipon i.e. to reli/ for sit))port, depend
on, he committed to one's care: niiipa pi gu me so nti, ininya sika a,
eiitew, hec((itse I Inive to care for so nuin/j peojAe, the mone// L earn
does not stick uiih me; cf boa, r. — c) to tje hent upon, d'd'Kjently
occnjiicd irUh: ogu ira(l\\ utna so, he is (d his work; wogu aduan tio
8o redi, thei/ are still in the act of eatiny. — d) to come down upon,
numcronsUfSiwA. impetuously, to att<ick: wokogiui no iio(cf. wokotow
hyce no so, Acts7,57). — e) cans, obu n'ani gu .so, oka u'ani gu so,
s. aui; ka ntam gu.. so, to conjure, s. ntam (Gr.§243?>); ye..gu..
so, to do aijuinst, Gr. § 100,32. -- 10. gu asc: n'anim gu ase, lit.
his face falls douii i.e. lie is ashamed, (thashed, put out of countenance.
II. infr., witbout a locative complement :
11. to fidl, come down: obosu gu, dew fdls. — IJ:?. to be shed, spilled
s. J. ebi gui. — 13. cans. f\vie., gu, ka.. gu, to spill, shed; waka
mogya agu, he has shed blood. Gen. 9,6. Lev. 17,4. — 11. to succumb,
be defeated; to run away, flee: clom agu, the (hostile) army has been
beaten, routed, put tofliyht, defeated, dispersed; woako agu, they have
lieen defeated; wgagu, they have given way, arefleeiny. — 15. cans.
ka.. gu, to rout, put to flight: yeaka dom no agu, we have fought
ami defeated the enemy; bo., gu, pam.. gu, to scatter, disperse;
cf. S the last ex. <fc yepam dgm no guu ahabanmu, we routed the
army and drove them into the forest. — IG. to become desolate, go to
ruin: kilrow no agu. — 17. to he abandoned, finished: agoru no
agu, the play has been given up. — 18. to he finished, he over: okgm
agu, tlte dearth has ceased. — 19. ase gu, to be decreasing; to cease,
die out, he extirpated: n'ase agu, his poster dy is idterly destroyed;
gdo, mmoa, nnipa no ase regu, = wgresa; Abotakyifo ase agu, the
inhabitants o/' Abotakyi have been (ns it were i.e. nearly) extirpated.
III. tr. without a locative complement:
20. gu ase, to extirpate: magu wuva no ase, I have extirpated those
weeds; magu m'abrgde ase, / have entirely taken out my ^jlantains.
— 21. to end, to abolish, prohibit: gu aguadi, to stop the trade; gu
agoru, a) to cease from playing for a time, to put a stop to it for this
time; - b) to give it np or abolish it cdtogcther, to prohibit it. — gu
adwuma, to finish the worlc {altogether, = wie yg kora). — 22. gu
nc nkyerew, gu n'apare or ne mpare, to finish, complcie, conclude,
consummate: wgagu ne nky. = \vga\vie adwuma biara ye; s. nky.
— 23. gu nsa, to perform the concluding part of a funeral custom.
— 2i. gu.. so nsu: wgagu no so nsu n.s. wgawie asem bi di, na
nnyafinkae nti ghene ma wogu ne dehye bi so nsu, na obiara antu-
mi ankae asem no bio.
IV. tr. without a locative complement (cf I.):
25. gu, to sow: gu mo, to sow rice, (cf- dua, v.) — 26. gugu, to
scatter: ogugu aburow ma. likokg, (cf.l.) — 27. gu nfwireh, to pour
out i.e. put forth blossoms, to blossom. — 28. gu ahome, to emit a
breathing, pour oiU i.e. utter a sigh, to sigh, groan; gu homtsen, Y.to
emit a long hrecdh, sigh deeply. — 29. to found (iron, brass, copper,
type, bells), cast (lead, tin, zinc, silver, gold) cf. gude; to coin, stamp
(dare, dollars). — 30. gu asawu, to cast or throw (oid) the net. —
152 yiia — oguaboii.
worigugu wo pom', F. theij were casfing a net into the sea. Mk. 1.16.
— 31. gu nsu, to mala' water, euph. = dwensg.
V. gu may be called an au.r. v., when it shows the dirccliou
of the movement or action expressed by a preceding j;>-///c. v. as
ka, fwie, bo, pam, tow; in connection with a following mu or
so it supplies the jdace of the Eng. prepp. into, upon (s.o.5.); when
no complement follows, it answers to tiie adv. atiuty (fwie gu, tow
gu!) or the notion of loss or waste is contained in the Eng. v. (as in
to spill, to rout). Of. Gr. § 109,32. 223,4. — 32. tow., gu, to cast
aioay. — 33. ye., gu, Jit. to do d- east awaij i.e. to do in vain, work
for nothing.
gua = gua, F. gwa. Ak. dVva or even dzfui.
gua, V. [red. Qngnei] to cat in pieces, cut up (an animal), carve;
pr. 3025. - to flat/, slin, strip off the sJcin of an animal; gua nantwi-
iihoma, to sJci)i, a htdloclc; wagua aboa nlioma aton; pr.l223. - to (/id,
eviscerate, talce out the bowels.
e-gua, 1. ]}\d)lic place, marlcet-})lace; market; open i)lace, cf.
abannua, court; - gkae avq gua so, he spoke it publicti/; gko gua so,
he went to the market; wgali gua ase, the market has hetjun. — 2. a
public assembhj. council; perf. to hold a council, used espcc. of the
elders of a town who assemble for deliberations on public affairs;
gkg guam', he tvent to the j)! ace of assembly; gua atu = woatrji ase
asgre, wgafwete gua, the assembly is dispersed, the session is broken
up; cf. bagua, guabg, guam'fo, agua ase. — 3. trade; di gua, to
trade, traffic, dad (in); cf. di bata, mpewa, nsesa, nsesagua, nnu-
kurogua; odi no gua {or bata) = odi gua ma no, Im trades for lam;
g-ne me di gua, / am engaijcd in trade with him (mutually); g-ne me
di bata, he and I (jo and buy thinys &c. — ne gua abg no, he lias
fallen short, has come off a loser, has suffered a loss in his tradiny.
agua, pl.n-., seat, chair, stool; throne, s. aheiiiiua; nan ase
agua, footstool; cf. akonhua, akeutenhua; aponnua; maiuV.
gna, V. 1. to sepande; - gua neho, to retire, retreat, withdraw;
gua. woho fi won ho == twe woho fi wgn ho, sepande or withdraw
thyself from them. — 2. to level: wgagua bepgw hi ani ase, the lower
slope of a hill has been levelled. — cf. guae.
agua: bg neho agua, to retire, retreat, yet away, make off, run.
away (secretly), */«/;c to one's lieels, flee, = guaii.
o-gua, oguciwa, pi. a-, tlie gnava fruit and tree. [S]). yuayaba;
Psidium pyriferum, white auarti; Psidium paniferum, red yuava.]
O-gua b CD, a thorny shrub; niuuire bi a wode ye gsaw; wgwe.
aguabfrim, Ak. adwabirem, q. v., a large place for assemblies
(nea wodi asen-kese a.s. Avgbg gua kese bi).
gua-bo, inf. [bg gua] the act of assemtAing, the state of being
assembled ; assemlily; guabg, wgbg no wg neannipa nh. benya atra-
ye; won g. no anwie fe yg, e.s. wgammg gua no senea wgbg gua;
won g. no akyi ansi yiye. (Wgbg gua di asem, di adae, yi wgnho
adi, tra ayi ase, nom nsa, goru, bg semgde, di nkgmmg.)
0-guabon [nea ogua boh] one wlio flays a beast, pr. 1223.
aiifualHuii — o<;iuimjniiMeii.
15.3
a '4ii;i Ih'i in, (Jishirbnncc, npro(tr of un assemhlif, in ii inarkH.
auiiadr |('j;ii;i ade] tfoods. irarcs, iiirrc/uiiKlist'. / pr. .'i254.
an'iia-'li, ////". [di };iui] fnuli)!;/, trade, pr. M.'). 1:J'H.
u-ji'iiad ini, -I'd, ^>/. a- -to, inidcr. mcrcliaiit ; ct'.obataui, ojk'wh-
o-u; 11 a-d II a , <iHavit-iree. [dilo.
Hiiac, r. g. .. mil, io (lisjoin, purt, scjxirdtc, sever, stuulrr,
rend; to tv((r asunder ; '^. iif nlnvim', }^. nwurain', io part one's hair,
the ireeds. the tms/i (in (irdcr to p,<) tliron<;Ii); s//n. bac inii, dnv iiiu.
liaiV iini, pae nni, pan niii, tan inu. tt-rmv nui.
li^iiati^iiaj^ua, adr. ver// nineJi: ne sc bg so g., his teeth chatter
tVom fcAcrisli cold; owia pac g. — - kctokotekote, the sun f)Hrns,
sfnnes reri/ ttriijld.
liualiii, "^iiaha |t'j;iia. lia] a hid in. straw, or stal/c aff/rass, witb
some cowries striinj; on or added to it, serointf to conetude the safe of
a iK'rson or tiling by tearing it asunder and j)iitting the parts into
llie hands of" witnesses, at the sanictimedistributingtothem the small
amount of money (peril. '25 strings) given by the buyer besides the
actual price; hence, tew ne ti g., to conetnde the sale of, lit. to tear
astrair caneernint/ one's head or price in testimony of the sale, which
ceremony seems to indicate, that the j)revious connection between
the seller and the person or thingnow sold is broken asunder. yo-.oo'o';?.
AVatew ne yere ti g., he has (conipletefi/) sotd his wife, 'i'he witni^s-
ses are bound to keep the ends of the straw and the cowries handed
over to them, and, if necessary, to produce tliem in testimony to the
bargain; this giving testimony is then called wgkgtoa gnaha, lit.
theij join tor/ether the ends of the straw. Me ti guaha da u'akonnua
ase, the straw of mij purchase ]>rice lies under his chair, i.e. I haoe
In'cn houijld hij him (as a slave).
"Vi-a kiiro, a kind of weed; wode ta kuru so.
o-uam, V. \)ed. guninu^m] 1. to grow toijcther, he doulde; dtiaba
no aguam uta, aguam abieiV = aba no ye abien, iiso ebom', the
two fruits are (/rown togetJier; pi. egunnuam nta-nta or abien-abien.
— 2. to run or flow down copionshi; fifiri regurfm no = f. reprrnn
no, lie perspires copiously. — 3. to run, galop, of horses; gponko
gU(an reba. HaJ). 1,8.
o-o- u a 111 111 a [oguan ba] ^>Z. n-, landj, yeanling; lid.
o-oiidiiuiia, a-, pi. n-, [dim.] a little lanih, lanibkin, kid.
11 II nam ma 11 [oguan, pi. h-, &b«n] sheep-fold, sheep-cot, pen.
a o- u a iiui 11, ^>/. n-, fornicator; whore, harlot, prostitute, strum-
pet. (The pi. must not be confounded with the preceding word.] —
bg ag., to commit fornication'., ef. bg 11.106. goru aguammannoru,
/(/. — ■ aofiiaiiiani-iiig, aoiiauiariiioru, /"orn/tv^/Zo*?, whoredom, lewd-
ness; prostitution. — 0-guamammofo, pi. a- (= aguamAn) whore-
monger, lecher.
o-<j;iiainmerc [oguan bere] a female sheep (or goaf), ewe.
o-iiam'fo [egua mu fo] the people belonging to a put/lie as-
sembly; g. ne baguafo ne ghene ho nnipa; s. gyaasefo.
<iuaiii[)ra hen [oguan, pra.? ben] a sheep ov goat withredhair.
154 oguammiiruwa — guantiri.
o-guammiiruAva [oguan aburuwa] j;/. n-, a r/roicn sheep or
goat thai has not yet had anij i/oung.
aguam-sein [gua mu asem] a public palaver. pr.lOio.
guaiij V. [)-e(l. gufihuan] 1. to wiiher, fade, decay, dry (af'nw,
uneema, dua, aliabah); syn. hotow, kagyaw, kisii, nyam, twain; -
to ripen (abttrow g.), syn. hoa. — X^. guan ,. ho, to trouble, distress,
cause pain or anguish to; me ho guaii me = me ho hia me, I am
in a strait; oguah me ho = ohiahia me ho, he troubles, harrasses,
annoys, vexes me.
guaiV, V. [inf. a-, red. guaiVhuan] to flee, run off or away: to
avoid (asem, kaw); to escape. — pr. 1784.2250. guan do, g. kg, g.
toa, to flee to .. for succour, seeJc a refuge or hiding-place with a per-
son or at a place.
Guaii, j)r. n. ofthe language of Date, Kyerepgn, Anum, also of
Karakye,Nt\vummuru, Nta; c/'. Gr. introd. § 5Al. § 1DII,5.6. §2,3.
gnj\iiii, a. fine, nice; onipa no aye g., his dress, face, whole
apipearancc look fine; wasra nedan nui nti, emu aye g., because he
has whitewashed his room, it has become nice; syn. Me, kama, os6.
O-guaii, pi. n- [F. egwan, Ak. odvrane, odzuane] the sheep; the
term includes the goat also, but as there is a particular word for the
latter {s. abirekyi), it is commonly used for sheep; if the sheep is
to be expressly distinguished from tlie goat, it is called oguanten.
agnail, inf. the act o{ fleeing or running away; flight, escape.
pr. 1929. — hasty, hurried ste2)s: fa ag. = tu mmirika; fa ag. ko na
bera! — dze or tutu angwan, F. = de or tutu mmirika, Mt. 5,6. 9,25.
0-guan-aiiiwa (sheep's eye), a kind of be((d, s. ahcne.
g u a n-(l 0-1 1 e a , ^;7rffc of refuge for protection ; s. guankobea.
0-guaiifo, 2^1- 3--) fttgitive.
o-giiaii-f anil, a dead slieep or goat.
o-gu aii-fu niimri, oguan a ne fiinuma tua so, a lamb whose
navel-string has not yet fallen off.
0-guaii-fwefo, p?. a-, shepherd.
oguaii-homa, j)l. h-, slieep-skin, leather xncpared from it; skin
of a goat.
o-guau-liwi, wool ; the hair of a sheep or goat. (The sheep on
the G. C. have hair, no wool).
guaii-ko-bea, j>7«('C of refuge for shelter; s. hintabea,
o-gu a 11-11 a ill, the flesh or meat of sheep or goats; mutton.
o-giiaii-sac, wether, castrated ram or he-goat; cf. gpaposae.
o-gu an-teu, pl.h- [oguah & -ten, lo)ig i.e. long-legged] tJie sheep.
o-guanteii-ba, pi. hhuanteh-mma, lamb; s. oguamma.
o-guauteii-homa, sheejJ-sJcin.
guau-tiri, shce2)^s head; wgye me abofra g., they send me on
a fool's errand (make an April fool of mc); wgdada abofra soraah-
kafo se: kogye guantiri wo obi hkyeri bera, na mama wo bi; nso
ohu biara na obisa no a, se onipa-ko no nim ase dedaw nti, gkyere
no foforo ho kwan.
oguantoa — o^uasonipa. 155
o-Uiia 11 1 oa, a kind o{ plant; wos^nan wo a, uokobu n'ahaban
11 a woawe.
ap;iiJin-t\v a re [ojiuaii twa] klUituj sheep for a feast or a sacri-
fice, pr. 112').
trnaniiuaiV, a. \^-= gui'innan, gunnuane, />•. gnaii] withered;
iln/; ripe; ahiwow g., pr.6?S.2044.
ti^iiai'c, V. [inf. a-] to nutsh the whole body, to bathe (tr.) fcf.
horo, liolio, hohoro, to wash sirujlc parts of the bodi/, or clothes and
other things]; - to bathe (intr.d'-tr.), to wash (one's self); - koguare
no or fa no koguare (wg) asum', </o and tcash him in the river; me-
koguare, / am (loing to bathe or to wash mj/self (by pouring down
water over the body, as the negroes regubirly do every day) ; ode
aiikfi gnare, he icashes liimself with times, i.e. he rubs his body
with lime juice, in washing or after luiving washed it. pr.2427. —
oguare po, samina, nsughj-ew, he washes himself with sea-water,
Witli soap, with hot wider. — 2. to swim; guare bera or ko mpoano,
swim to the shore; oguare twaa asu no, he swam over the river. —
3. guare asum', s. asumguare. — 4. to tvorship some patron spirit
(family fetish). Aboadefo nhinii g. Bosonotwe, all the family o/'Aboa-
dec liare B. for their famih/ fetish.
a guare, inf. the act of bathing or swimming; bath; ablation.
tx'^w aro(-o), a word of politeness spoken by a guest(?) before
he begins to eat.
aguare-aiiiii, tcashing without (subsequent) eating, pr. 2687.
a UMi a re c, a place for washing or bathing, pr. 1234.
0-t^uarefo, j^l- a-, bather; swimmer.
a guare-gua, a scat itsed in washing one's body.
aguare-iisra [wode guare a, wonsra] a large kind of lemon,
so good for washing with, that you need not anoint your body after
washing, as the negroes usually do.
agiia ase [egua, ase] 1. the Jcing a)id his elders sitting in coun-
cil; ghene ne ne mpanyimfo a wgabg gua; - Kwadade aguaase mu
nnipa dgso, — 2. the tvhole assembly; gkg aguaasem'--gkg guain ,
he went to the conned.
aguaasein de, the things i.e. tlie proper manners observed hi
puljlic assemblies, polite manners; gye ag., onim ag. yg (= onim
nkyia ne akyema ne kasa; gpgw), he is polite, polished, elegant in
manners, icell-bred, courteous. — aguaasem'-kasa,^?o?//e speaJcing;
a courteous address; courtesy.
o-giiaasem'ni, ^>L a--fo, 1. an attendant of a king or chief in
a public assembly, one of his followers or train (not one of the coun-
selors, who are called baguafo). — 2. oguasem'nipa, = aguasoba.
gua-seii [guare, gsen, = ahina a wode nsu gu mu guare]
basin, vessel or pot for washing, laver.
g:u a-s 6 [egua so, on /Ac market] openly, 2mblicly.pr.l222.Mat.6,4.
aguaso-ba [egu^ so gba], oguasem'ni (2), a p)olite, courteous,
genteel, elegant, cleanly, clever, active man; gye ag.
o-g- u a s u-n i p a , gentleman.
156 oonasoni — erya.
o-icuasoni, mcinher of a cohucU, man of (listinctlon in puhlic
assemblies. — ci » n a so-ii i w u (egua so aiii\vu] pnblir shame; woa-
Lye no ag., the>i have 2>MicIi/ pni him to shame, made him a public
cxamjile. Mt. 1,19.
aguatoiJ, goods soJd <d retail: 1. pidm-ivine sold by retail; iisa
a wosoaton no aban-aban; wgde ag. rctvVam', jn'ojde retailinij jxdin-
ivinc are passing. — ^. pedlery, goods not made in a proper way
and bought uj> bg peddlers, ade a wyto di uipewa; fiipperg. luoitier,
refuse, out-shot, ri/fraff; eyi de, eye ag., nsee wo sika wo ho!
o-ii' u a w a , s. ogua.
yufle [gn ade] a titing cast and wronglit of metal, e!S]»ecially
of gold; triulcet, jeuel ; cf. 'mraniinai'i (wobo bi na wogn bi).
trugow, red. c, s. gow; = gonono.
^ HIT 11, red. v., s. gn. — g'lgi'i l*^- s. gu :iO.
g u g II a , red. v., s. gua.
liuiir = gn mn. Fa tnm})aii no kofa n.sn gum' bera. pr. l')90.
a gum a J fighting, wrestling ov .struggling, not in earnest, but /"or
sport and exercise; pr. ISOO. wodi ag. =; wodi ayensin (nnipa bi
gorn kitikiti bobo wgnho n.a., na enye anibereso).
aguiiia-di. inf. wrestling or struggling \n -a. coinhai for e.eer-
cise or for a prize.
g u M I'l u a n , red. v. giiaii.
gUl'ili liaiJO, a. =gnahiinaii, withered, drg.futtg ripe; abnrow
g. dokono na eye de.
guraiii, r. to strike, beat with bath Jouids; cf. biram, bg,
boro, fwe.
gurow, r. to become loose, slacJc, weak; to break down; to be
shattered, broken, exhausted; sgn. liodxvow; ope ama adaka no agn-
row, on account of the harniattan the box h((s become out of Joint ;
me nnompe ag.. mg bones are consumed. Fs. 31,11. m'akwjlm' nli. ag.,
all mg joints are loosened; wagurow goroww = waye gorgww, he
has become quite feeble, imbccdc, dcbditated, enervated, worn out,
scedg (as after a drunken debanch),
gwa. gwaii, gAvar &c. F. r= gna, giiai'i, guaro &c.
g\vaii-suma-1)ew, F. = guankgbca, hintabea. Ps. 00,1.
give, gwi, F. ==dVv e, dwi.
agwew, F. = adwew. — gwiinfo F. = od\Vumfo.
gwom, F. = guam', Mk. 12.38.
gwoil, F. = dwell, Mt. 18,12. — to gwori, to go astrag.
gya. [G. dsa.]
gy a, V. l^red. gyigya] i. to go <dong with; to soid or lead awag,
dismiss; to guide, conduct; to accompany, especially with kwaii, or
adding the place to which one is accompanied: ogyaa no kwan se
giikg po ho, he sent him awag to go to the sea; okogyaa no de no kgo
Atene, he conducted him and brought him to Athens; okogyaa no
hyen no mn, he ((ccomjxinied him to the ship; (Acts 17,14.15. 20^38.)
— kogya me se Xkwantanan, come along with me about as far as
gya — f^yabiriw. 157
Xkw.; wokogya wo yoi'iko 'sa a, woboa woho hi, if you accotiijxoitf
ijour frioul into the ircir, i/ou prepare i/our.seJf too. — J2. to /leljt.
assist: onipa yi kogya me adwumaye 'iie, t/iis miin is goiuy to help
me (in my work) to-dai/. — 3. gya ..nan, to cover onc^s feet (Jtulf/. 3,24.
1 Sam. :24,3.), to ease one's self. ; cf. ue.
f^ya, V. Ak. s. gyaw, /. to leave; gya ho, F. to leave, forsake.
Eph. .'i,31. — ;?. to worship.
0-3' a, n. Ak. s. gyaw, tlie leg.
gya, V. [^red. gyagya] 1. to let loose, quit one's hold, let pass,
let slip; wogya won usam', F. thei/ loose their hands, to let go, let
alone; - to loose, loosen, release, set free or at liberti/. Mt. 18,27. 27, lo.
Acts 2(J,32. — 6'. to omit, be without, cf. gyaw; pr. 221. 1004. — i. to
desist from. Mk. 14,6. gyii me f\ve, do not always look at me; cf. gyae.
— 5. g3'Jl.. kwan, to dismiss, let go, set free. — 6. gya.. kyene
(dan kyene) to give up, relinquish, abandon, drop. pr. 510. — /'•gya
mu, (() to slacken, relax, loosen, let go; gya mu to f'am', to let down
to the earth. Acts 10,11. Mark 2,4. — b) to grant liberties. — .S. to let
flow out: nnipa binom da a, wogya won anom' nsu gu sumi so. —
,'y. gya siade, to miss good luck. — 10. gya, F. ^= gyae, to cease.
gya, adv. disorderly, confusedly, distractedly, in perplexity ;
cf. gyabegyabe, gyigya, adv. — mmea ne nimofra de sfi nam gya,
women and children walked about lamentingly.
0-gy a, l.fire; pr. 467.1245.1247-03. ogya so, dew, fram, tntii sran-
sran, dum; - tJte i)ower of striking fire, pr. 490. — da gya, to sleep
at the fire, pr.5.59. cf. nnyahyee. — 2. fuel, cf. nnyansin, nnyentia,
nnyina, anyan. ^>r. 1210.
agya, 7^/. agyanom (F. agyam), father, male parent ; syn. gse;
progenitor, ancestor ; master; the word is also used as an honourable
appelhition: m'agya Kofi fre wo, Mr. K. calls you. — Syn. ose,
fidher, akora, old father. In Ak. a gya is used only in speaking of
one's own father, omitting the 2)>'on. me or yen (my, our) before it,
whereas ose is used in other cases; agya ahu wo se Asuom', my
father has seen your fcdher at Asuom.
agya, n. the opposite part or side. — agya no boa, (adv.) be-
yond, on yon side, on the other side; r/'. asuogya, ayannya.
gya, 2>i- "-, •**■ gyawa. — to gya = to apakye.
o'y 'I? pJ- "") smithy coal, charcoal, made of osena wood, former-
ly also of palm-nuts (nnwea) i.e. the shells with their kernels, of
which the natives did not know to extract the oil.
gy a baw, adv. besides, nevertheless, nothwithstanding; eyi
nhina gy., leaving all this aside, [fr. gyaw, to leave, & baw = ba,
bt^a, bere, bew, a place. ^
gy a bcgy k be, disorderly, confusedly, disfractedly.fdtcringly;
syn. gya, gyigya. — onam gy. = ogyigya, n'ani ado iikran, gbo
sonsoiiku. — waye gy. = waye twrntwrui-twintwan, he reels, stag-
gers, tumtiles.
g y a b i a, Aky. s. gyama.
g3'a-biriw [gya, biri] ro(d, charcoal.
158 agjabonti — ogyamfo.
agjabontij name of a hpa^^t. pr. 1975.
agyade [agya ade] paternal inherliance; Akuapomfo a wo-
kasa Guah, wodi agyade, among those Alcuapcms tJiat spcali Guai'i,
the father's property is inherited by the son; cf. wofade.
agjadwo [agya? adwo]: twaagy., to unit, lament; wotua
agy., they loeep or cry aloud, orig. for a deceased father; ot\va no
ho agy., he heivails him; cf. twa adwo, bo benii, bo abubuw.
gyae, v. [t-cd. gyaegyae] 1. = gya, to drop, let go, let loose,
let (done. — ;?. to set free. — 5. to leave off, discontinue, with an
inf. wagyae ta nora, he has left off smoJcing tobacco; gyae su, iveep
no more; gyae no f\ve, leave off beating him. — 4. intr. to abate,
cease: mframa agyae, the wind has abated; ne yare agyae, his sick-
ness is over or gone; n'abufuw agyae, his anger has ceased.
o-vac-a! interj. be silent!
agja-fanu, asu no agy., both sides of the river.
agja-fa-me-to [lit. father take me buy it] a kind of herb used
to season food; wgde to aduan so; ete se gyene.
gja-frama, flame of fire, blaze; cf. mframa, sufraraa.
g}'^ ah a lie, a kind of cloth (kente); s. ntama.
0-gya-hene, w/. a-, 1. the leopard; s. osebo. — 3. a kind of
butterfly.
agya-hina [ahina a wode gyaw obosom] a small pot in which
palm-wine is offered to a fetish.
ogya-ho-mporoporo\va or iitutuniwi, sparks of fire.
gyakisi, ashes from the husks of pla)dai)is, used in making
soap; it is also mixed with snuff, in order to make it sharp; gyare
nso a wgde to asra mu na ilno aye hyew.
agyakiimedu, s. okahkan.
gyam, v. to be in the agonies or pangs of dcatfi, breathe one's
last, expire ; oregyam, Jie is at the ptoinl of death, at the last gasp. —
2. to bemoan or beu-ail a deceased person; ogyam nenua; syn. su.
— 3. to condole with, e.yprcss sorrow, grief or sympathy at the death
of one's relation (= koma no due, kgkyekye ne were). John 11,19.
agyammeii, s. patu,
gy am'g3'am\ ddc. [gya mu, lit. in fire, repeated] hotly, i.e.
eagerly, su-iftly, rapidly; woakgka asem no gy. mil aterew, s. ahyesem.
gy am a, adv. [Ky. gyamea, gyabia] perhaps ; pr. 2438. cf.
ebia, ahfwe-a, sese.
agy am ma, a shrub growing about 8 feet high, bearing small
red fruits, a favourite food of birds; wgde n'ahabah ne ho bono bg
dudo.
g y a m a d u d u , a large kind of drum, kettle-drum; cf. akyene.
gyamara, -awa, a kind oi cloth (kente); ,s. ntama.
gyame, a kind of amulet.
0-gyamfo, 2)1. a-, one who commiserates or j^ities another.
[pr. 1464.
agyamu — gyjtto. 169
ap^yauiii, a kind of annih'f.
irV a n, ."*. nnyinnvan.
l^yiu'i, gyan-ara-<;yiiii, adr. [red. f^ycnnyaii. a./ V. — Akr.
kwa, teta, (Ak.) liuiiii, in ridii, far tiaf/iitiif, irit/ioiif citiisr, irH/innt
mi'nubuj.
a<ryau (pi. id.) arroir: r/". bonuna; j)r.:iG^.37'2. — spine or ijiiiH
iif a jiorcKi'iue.
tiyiiiii', pr.l643. s. gyansakyi.
ag;yimei', s. pataku.
a^y a ii k a , pr. 1358.
»agy aiika', j)/. n-, Akw. = ayisfi, orphan.
a i^y a u s a k i» , a kiiul oi jnmpiny iuscd.
\rj a 11 s a k y i, pr. 1643. a by-name of tlie bird apatipere. pr. 2640.
at^y ans ram inii^pl. n-, lirccoal, hnrninfj co(d. [gya, srjim, ba.]
a u" y a [» a lie, 1. hcritiq/e, inheritance; nneeina pa a eye fe (a.s.
nkoa, niiana, abeiie, sika)a wowgfa awu agyaw wo] sij)i. apegyade,
awunnyade. — A^ F. treasures. Mi. 6,19. 13,44.
o-gyapam, a kind octree, pr. 12.59.
t^y a pa tia, a kind o( sandals ; s. mpabod.
j^yapnm, gyapim, a disease consisting in a permanent swel-
liny of the leg.
gyjire, soap, = samina. — o:_yare-nso, brode-bono a wga-
byew de rebeye samina; cf. gyakisi.
gyasa-boatb, s. gsebo.
gy a-ase, lit. under the fire; 1. pilace where the hearth stands,
litchen. — 2. the household espec. of a king, and the people belong-
ing to it; hoHsehold servants, domestics; attendants, suite; gf\Vc gbene
gy., he has the care of the kings household.
gyaasefo,i^L domestics, attendants, s. gyaase 2. — ghene
gyaasefo ne : mfoafo (afoasoafo), akyenekafo (akyeremadefo),
benbyenfo (mmentiahyehfo). alioprafo, asoamfo, ketesoafo, koniiua-
soafo, kyinikurafo. mpaboafo, atufo (abumfo, tumtofo), abrafo (a-
dunifo), sannafo (fotosanfo), nsancafo (seii), akyeame.
gyaaseni, sing, one of the domesiics or attendants; s. before.
gyaase-hene, overseer of the king's household, captain of the
hodg-guard ; cf. ahkgbea.
gy ata (pi. a-), the lion; pr. 1260. other names are: gbyeegya,
saremiisee. — gyata-ba, a lion's u-help. — gj^ata-bere, lioness. —
gyata-f(3i*u, young lion. — gyata-niiii, male lion.
gy a-tanna', 1. a pile of wood to he burned, especially in pre-
paring a plantation. — 2. F. a fiery furnace.
O-gy atoii, pi. a-, torch made of dry palm-branches; mjjopa a
wgapapaem' na wgde abom' akyekyere na wgasg de fita abe a.s.
wgde fwefwe ok wan anadwo.
gyato, gy atowa, the yaivs, a disease of the skin, produ-
cing ulcerated tumours of a contagious character.
160 oyatodidi — g-ye.
gyato-didi, a disease of the skin, producing a rougli surface
of the body.
gyato-duni, a medicine [aduru] used to cure gyato.
0-gyatofo, pi. a-, a person having the yaws.
gyato-iiamingn, ulcerated sores on the sole of iJtc foot.
gyaw, V. {jed. gyigy^xw] l. to leave, quit, depart from (for a
time); Mt. 4,13. — 2. to part from (never to return), to forsalce, de-
sert, abandon, relingnisJi; Mt. 4,30.23. — 3. to leave (behind), let re-
main; pr. 1261.3735.2776. JoJm4,28. Mt.22,25. — 4. to leave in or com-
mit to the care of, intrust. — 5. gyaw mu, to depart this life, expire,
give up the ghost; ef. wu; onnya nnyaw mu e, lie has not get brea-
thed his last.
gyaw, r. [inf. a-, red. gyigyaw] gy. gbosom, to worship a
fetish (patron spirit) by bringing him palm-wine or other gifts and
petitions. AVokogyaw bosom a, wode nsa akotokyiwa ko agyawe
ho kosere akwahosan, na titiriw no wogyaw won atamfo tiri so; -
wode wgnho akogyaw no; - osgfo gy. ne bosom a, okura nsa a.s.
oguaii na ode koyi mpae ma nea ode bae no.
a gyaw, inf. the act of icorsltipping a fetish.
a gyaw e, place where a fetish (gbosom, patron spirit) is served.
gyaw, n. a gap between the two npper fro)it-teeth. pr.2831.
gyaw, gyaw a, gya', i)l.n-, the leg from the knee to the foot.
— fa., gyaw, to take or embrace the legs, beg pardon; rnafa wo
gyaw z=2H(rdo)i me; gkotow ne nankroma anim wo n'anim na wafji
no gyaw; moiikgfa ne gyaw. — gyaw-fa, inf. begging pxirdon.
gy jiwu, the best kind o? gam; s. ode.
gy a w u V u .s i, a broad and large jncee of linen or clotli, sewn
together of 2 to 4 pieces or 5 to 10 yards (a sheet, Acts 10.); gtan-
kese a wode abgho 2 ne fa a. 3 a. 4 apam ; gbarima-tam a wgapam
(no) ebia sin 3 a. 4 a.s. 6 ; cf. sapra.
gye, V. [_red. gyigye, q.v.'] Ak. gye [with a narrow e, whilst
Akr. & F. (?) have a full e] 1. to take (especially what is offered or
given), to accept, receive, obtain; ef. fa, nya; - gye taforoboto yi, take
this jdate (off my hand); begye wo akatua, let me give gou gour tva-
ges; megye (=mebegye) m'asranne, / come to receive mg monthlg
pay; obi kye wo sika a, wurennye ana? - pr.307. - gye aduiaba,
F. to receive seed, Mt. 13,19 f. — gye ahom, F. to take one's rest,
Mt. 26,4-5. — gye mpata, adahmude, to t(dcc a ransom, a bribe;
Num. 35,31. I's. 15,5. — dua biako gye mframa a, ebu, if one tree
receives, i.e. has to stand or endure, (all) the wind, it breaks, pr. 1005.
— gye bo, to receive a stone, be hit bg a stone, pr. 2488. — It may
serve for the Eng, jJrep. for = in vieiv of, in expectation of: mete
ase megye den? what do I live for? wote ha regye deii? for trhat
are you sitting here? ef. Gr. § 243, b. — 2. to take (against the for-
mer possessor's will), appropriate (to one's self), ^r. .505. t alee posses-
sion of. take away from, pr. 1267. gye ne nsam' ade no, take the thing
off his hands, take it from him; to capture, oceupg : gko gyee kiiro
no, lie carried the town by storm. — 3. to take tip, take upon one^s-
gye. 161
self: woagye hamaiika no, fhci/ have talrn up t/ic liammock; ohi
Tinye obi funanno nye ne tie, pr. 304. .iOS. — bgyee lion wu wui, F. Jic
suffered deuth in our stead; - magye asem no mabg me bo = mafa
asein no mato nieho so ; - ogye aliotsewe asetsena yi (=awar) to no
do, F. he t'uters info fJiis holt/ estate (viz. matrimony). — 4. gye ntam,
to talf an oath, i.e. to sucar with solemnity, in a Judicial manner; -
medc. ntam migye wo, I f/ice you the oath. — 5. gye da.se(\via), F. to
bear (false) u-itness, Mt.lO.lS. 27,l.H.Mk.l,44. — (i.to drawintothelunr/s,
inhale: gye mfVama, to take the air, wall- out; s. pase; gye hiia, to
srent, smell. — 7. to seek, or try to obtain, to enyaye: okogyee ahene
banu adorn, he called in two kings to his aid; s. dom, v. - wokogyec
Akyemfo sa, they enyayed the Akemsas (dlies; cf. gye pjl, gye bata. —
,S. gye nim, to yain the victory; to win favour, honour, praise, glory.
— it. gye aware, to demand in marriage, engage a woman for mar-
riage. — 10. F. to take up, buy ^= to; mekogye tam = mekoto
ntama. — 11. to ask, demand (as the price of goods); wugye alio?
— 1j2. to receive as the price of something sold : otoh ntama no gyee
dare du, he sold the cloth for ten dollars. — 13. to desire, demand,
require; nea okom gye nc mO, pr. 2191. cf.30. - F.=pe, ML 9,13. - gye
anyibir, to suffer violence i.e. require eagerness and force. Mt. 11,12.
— 14. to require, render necessary: gngye de wgko, F. = eiihia se
wokg, tltey need not depart, Mt. 14,16. — 15. to propose in expecta-
tion of a.n answer or decision. — 16. to talce of or from, exact: ode
gyee me dare du, he made me pay ten dollars for it; wogye no (ho)
ayefare, they exact of him a fine for adultery; wagye no (ho) sika
pi, lit. they have taken much money from him (as a line), he has been,
severely fined. — 17. to receive, take, collect, gather money or other
things from other persons; jjr. 710. gye or gyigye tow, akwanne&c,
to raise ov levy taxes, custom, toll or duty, to lay a duty upon. — 18.
to gather, contract, nkanare, rust, pr. 2385. ntuw, moidd, i.e. to become
rusty, mculdy. — 19. gye baii, to make a fence, pr. 104. 1265. — 20.
to receive, take in, accommodate, shelter, harbour: wogyeeyeh few-
?>o,Acts21,l7.:i ekwae yi agyewo. pr. 1872. — 21. gye.. tom', to give
a hearty reception; to receive among or into (a society). — 22. gye..
atii, to receive into one's arms, = ye., atu. — 23. gye.. awo, to wel-
come. — 24. gye wo, to cry? — 25. to rescue, retake, recapture; to
redeem, ransom, buy out of servitude or penalty ; to release, free,
deliver, liberate; to save ; Mt. 14,30. 18,11. — gyeme(fi) m'atamfo
nsam', deliver me from my enemies; gye me (wg) bone mu, save me
from sins or evil. Mt. 1,21. — 26. gye.. hkw{i, to save or preserve
one's life; e/lagyenkwa. Tit. 3,5. — 27. to take into protection, protect,
defend, preserve; wgpee me akum me, na Onyankopgn gyee me,
ihey sought to kill me, but God protected me; ode nkrante ko gyee
neho, he defended himself ivith a sword; ogye ne nua ti, he defends,
fights for, his brother. — ^6*. to take along (with), lead, conduct,
guide; s. gyigye; cf. gya 1. — gye abofra ta-ta, to lead a child by
the hand, teach it to walk. — 2L>. to take up, admit, believe: gye..
di, to believe; migye no or n'asem midi, I believe (in) Jiim or his
word; F. gye dzi, Mk.9,23. (diff. gye.. di, to receive, accept and cat,
pr. 307.) gye ., tie, to obey. — 30. to take up (a saying) and respond or
11
162 gye — ogye.
rejily to (it) in one or other way: gye .. kyim, (to ialce up and wrest
\.e,.)to doubt, contradict, dispute; gye.. Vikymnye, id. Acts 13,45.28,29.
— gye.. pene o>- krum\ to assent; gye.. pen, F. to accept, receive
(;i saying) 1 Tim. 1,15. — gye.. da so, lit. to accept (a summons)
and sleep upon, i.e. to linger or delay in obeying the summons : se
wgsamana obi a, onnnye nnna so; gmmera ntem. — 31. gye.. so,
a) to taJce up i.e. answer, return an answer, respond, reply ^o(=bua) ;
to respond to a call; to return the firing of the enemy. — b) to take
up^ cause, Mf. dr. p. 115. — c) to approve (of), commend, congratu-
late, praise for some performance; adwini a odii no, omah nh. agye
no so = woakamfo adwini a odii no, tlie ichole totvn p)raise him for
the execidion of his sJi-ilful work. — d) gye .. do, F. to set fotih: wgdze
wgii abrabg-pa gye wo nokwar asem no do, they by their life set forth
thy true word. — e) gye .. do, F. to light upon, lodge in. Mt. 3,16. 13,32.
(cf 37. ) Mt. 27,40. — 32. to call forth continuation (pi'op- forthcoming)
of speech, gye .. ba, to cause one to proceed in his speech by assen-
ting acclamations. — 33. to be entitled to: wugye daben ? wliat reply
depending on the week-day of your birth or on your rank and fa-
mily) is clue or belongs to you? migye anyaado, ahenewa, aberaw',
amUj gbere. — 31. re gye with a locative or objective complement
and a verb in the consec. form: to tend to or toward, to aim cd, be
looJiing for, hare in view: gno nso regye kiirow no mu akg hi, he
too was endeavouring to go into Ihcd town; o(re)gye nna awu, he is
drau-ing near to death, his time to die is at hand = oreyq awu, ne wu-
da abeii, adu, newu adu so. — 35. gye bata or agnadi, to take tip,
begin (^or oiter into) a mercantile or trading connexion, commercial
relation, connexion in business (oguadifo ma wgkosegdefo bi se gpe
se g-ne no di gua). — 36. to require, take up, occupy (a time): adwu-
ma yi begye nnaawotwe; cf. 13. — 37. to take up, occupy, fill up (a
space) : dua yi agye asase pi, ImIc. 13,7. wim' nnoma begye ne nwin'
ase, F. the fowls of the air lodge under the shadoiv of it, Mk.4,32. cf.
31 e). — 38. to detain: ne nna gyee no traa hg ara, his sleep detai-
ned him in tliat place for a tvhile. — 39. gye ntini, to take or strike
root. — 40. gye.. anom': aduaii no agye n'anom', lit. thrd food has
taken (root) in his mouth i.e. has become his favourite dish; nam agye
n'anom', he is fond of meat. — 41. n'ani gye, lit. his eye takes or
catches (infr.) [or i)erh. his eye glitters, sparkles? cf. gyigye] i.e. he re-
joices, is joyful, cheerful, glad, he delights (.. ho, in ..). — ir. ogyc
n'ani, he amuses himself; ode gye n'ani, he amuses himself tvith, he
delights in, rejoices in; Lk. 16,19. — 42. gye, to except, s. gye, adv.
Gr.§ 117,3 <7.
l^ye, adv. or conj. except, excepting, with the exception of, ex-
clusive of, save, bid, only; Gr. § 134,3 6. 235 b. — gye Onyame nko
na onim, God only knows; obiara nnim. gye Onyame nko, no man
knows but God alone. — gye se or se gye, except, unless, if not; ex-
cept tJmt, save that. Gr. § 271.' John 3, 2.
gya, frenzy, madness. — bg gye, to be mad = bg dam; gbg
me so gye, he rages against me.
0-gye, inf. 1. the act oi' taking, receiving... s. gye, v. — 2. sal-
vation, deliverance, redemption, — 3. ogye a wonnye nni, unbelief.
iigyd — agyeiiennyeiicunsii. 163
a'^yo! int. [^= af^ya-e! o/i faf/irr!] oli! alas! wnc is mr! o dear!
gy (ihnm, a kind oi plantaiii ; s. gborodo.
gye-de, F. = gye se, except, s. gye, adv.
oyedi, -fo, s. gyidi, -fo.
agyedo, F. = unyoso, answer, replij.
gyc-dua, 1. [a tree of receiving scil. in its slia<lo\v] a sJiad/f
free in the street, nmt)rella tree; symb. the king, in the phrase: gtow
gy. ahabaii, he tears the leaves of the shadoiv-tree, = ohyira ghonc, he
curses the hingslifc. — ^. the stick of an ninhreUa to wliich the ribs
are fastened.
o-gyefo, 1. one who tahcs, receives, exacts... cf. gtowgyefo. —
3. rescuer, redeemer, deliverer, saviour; sijn. agycnkwji.
o-gyefo, madman, lunatic, cmzy jycrson; syn. obgddmfo.
O-gyct'uo, name of a montli, about February; s. gsram.
Sy^oy^nY^) i^oise, hustle, alarm, tumult; ye gy.., to m(d:c a
noise, be noisy, boisterous, bustling.
agyegyc-nsu, Akp. s. agyenennyene-usu.
gyem = ogya mu. pr. 2G34.
agyemaii [nea ogye gniah] defender, supporter, saviour of the
agy emann are, a kind ot song; s. dwom. [nation.
agyc-mpare [nea egye mparow] uprop or support of a rafter
(piece of timber standing on the tie-beam of a roof and supporting
the rafters).
gyen, v.\_red. gyennym] 1. to be pure, clear, si<7Z (of water);
nsu no gy. = emu ye kroiikronkron. — 2. to he sincere, simple,
harmless. Mt. 10,16. Phil. 2,13. — 3. to gaze; ogyeh' n'ani (te se wafe
n'aniwam'), he clears his eye i.e. he loohs closely or sharply; ogyen
me = gfwe me yiye (te se ade a onhuu bi da), gf\ve m'anim ma
agyeii-agy eii-nsu, s. agyegye-nsu. [ekye kakra.
gye 11 11, a.&adv. pretty much, pretty long, for a while; cf.
praiin; gkasae ara gy., osui ara gy. — odii nna gyehn supgw no
mu, he stayed several days on the island.
gye lie, th 1. Ak. = gyeh, v. — 2. to separate; the blood at
death separating into serum and coaguhim or clot, "wagyene ne-
ho" has become a euphemistic expression used in speaking of the
death of kings or high persons; he has resigned or surrendered his
///e = wawu, wagyaw mii, wasopa neho, wadah neho, waka babi.
gyene, F. (2)1. id.) onion; syn. soprada.
g3'eiicnny enei'i, a. clear, jjure, transparent, bright; syn.
gyirennyireh, kurennyen, krorikron; gde nsu gy, bereeme; wa-
nah sika no gy. asi hg.
gykwc, n[n y e n e n]n y^nb ii {or gehenerieh, gy eny enyenyen)
adv. or 71. tingling, of the. shrill, sharp, vibrating sound produced e.g.
by striking metal; eyem'asom' g., it thrills through my cars; cf. ygnn.
a gy e 11 e ii-n y e n c ii-ii s u, Ak. [agyegye-nsu, agyenagyehnsu]
Aky. takyiridi, dragon-fly, adder-fly, libellida.
164 Ogyeiiko — gyigye.
Ogy eiiko, name of a montlt, about April? s. osram.
agjeiikwri [nea ogye or egye hkwa] 1. saviour, redeemer,
deliverer, preserver; the Saviour, liedeemer. — 2. the safefij-lid or
covering of leather over tlie lock of a gun.
ag}' e n s n [ade a ogye nsu, icliat receives the icalcr^ gutter; spout.
gjcn tia [ogya tia] pi. nuyentia, fire-sticlc, fire-hrand; fuel;
reinaiiis of a fire, remainder of fuel; raannya nnyansin muunjl, na
gy. bi ua medae; monkotCva nnyentia ramera! dunnuni nny. a ewo
ofie nhina ansa-na woako!
gj^ennyaii, F. a kind octree.
gyennyan, F. [>•<?(?. of gyan] a., adv. in vain; vain, vile. —
gyennyan biara, F. j^erhapis, possihly.
agyen-uj^an-dzc, agyen-nyaii-ue, F. a vain thing, vanitg.
o-gy en uye 11 1 wi, jjI.h-, a person given to vanity, cf. nnyen-
uyentwi; 1. a thoughtless, heedless, careless, foolish person, who does
not care for advice, but foolishly takes his own way, cf. okwasea, —
2. aprojligate, intemperate, licentious, dissolute, debauched, lascivious,
leicd pierson; cf. ohofwini. — 3. a shameless, infamous, ignominious,
vile, contemptible, despicable j^crson; cf. odapafo.
agyesowci [fr. gye so] a certain tone or melody in music;
to agy., to sing the accompanying voice.
gyewgycw: n'asem ye gy., lie is rash, precipitate, his man-
ners are rough, rude; syn. hyewhyew.
agy C w =adagyew, leisure; eho agyew na mannya, I did not
get time for it.
gyidi, inf.[gye di] V.gy'uhA. faith. — gyidika, inf. confession
gy id in i, -t"o, pi. -fo, F. gyidzifo, 2^1- a-, believer, [of faith.
gyigy a, red. v. 1. s. gya, 1.2. — 2. to be unsteady, unstable,
ficlde; to leaver, vacillate. Rog. 149.605. — 3. to be unsettled, excited,
agitated, in a passion, distracted. Rog. 824. — wagyigya = waye
basabasa, he is confounded, confused, perplexed; cf. bo nnyiniiyan.
— i. to be impaired, deteriorated; won Kristosom no gyigyae, their
Christianity tvas on the decline.
o-gyigyafo, a passionate, quarrelsome pierson; .cf. otangyi-
gyafo"^ Prov. 9,13. 25,24.
9:y'\^^y Ji-g y i ^'y a, a., adv. unsteady, unstabh', ficUe, variable ;
tmsettled, disorderly; oye n'ani gy., lie is unsteady lOc. onam gy. nti,
enkyere se ne koma da neyam', his rash, restless, stormy, fidgctty
manner shows that his heati is not at peace.
gyigy aw, red. v., s. gyaw.
gyigye, red. v. s. gye 1-40. Other meanings: 1. gy. abofra,
to lead, tend, attend, nurse, feed, foster a chdd; mabo bi pa se onnyi-
gye me ba, I have hired a person to attend or nurse my chdd. — 2.
to instruct in, train for: wogyigye no akom. — 5. to lead aside or
astray; to allure; to coax, flatter; to entice, decoy, tempt, seduce,
persuade; to cheed, deceive, delude; cf. so f\ve, defedefe, dada, sisi,
& ogyigye-fvvirema; to pircvail on, win over or try to do so; gbon-
u^yi^y<-'«-^it''J — ?4yi"tt. T65
sam gyij^yec lesu ; ogyljjyec no sc onycbono, he scdwed him io do
evil. — J. to excite, pforolie; ogyij^^yt'c mo se mo no no iiko, he pro-
roked mc to fiyht irith him; oj:jyij:;y('o mo peo m'anom' asem, he tried
to etieit, draw or e(dch a wont from iiiij month. — 5. gy. fmo: a)
ogyigye m'ano, he teases mc, provokes mc to fight or anger. — t})
id. he tries to catch mc in my tvords. — c) se ogyigyee iino a, ahka
eyoe tokwaw, if he had replied to evert/ thing, it ivoidd have led
to a scuffle. — (1. to hegin to grow red or ripe (of fruits). — 7. to
shine, glisten, glitter, glister, sparfdc; gy. so, to dazzle; owia gyi-
gyo lio = ye ho liaiin; kanea no gyigye m'ani so, tfic light drizzles
my eyes. — 8. to sound, ccfio, resound ; bojjownom' agyigyo, the echo
rings from that ))tountai)i; egyigyo m'asom', tJie sound of it is in my
ears. — U. de nelio gyigye .. mn, to interfere, intermeddle, meddle
with; syn. frafram'; wommfa wgnlio nnnyigyom', they sfiall not inter-
fere, not meddle (or mix tficmselves up) with (or in) the matter; nsem
iiliinji na ode iiebo gyigyem', Jie meddles or busies himself tvitfi every
thing.
o-gyigye-difo, a tvoman tvlio talces tilings from men and after-
wards brcaliS her agreements tvith them; oye ogy.
0-g\yigyefo, 1. gbea gy., nurse. — 2. (onipa gy.) seducer, al-
lurer, fl(dterer* pr. 2386/. adversary, antagonist, pr. 2407. — Y.tfie
tempter, Mt.4,3. = gsofwefo^ odadafo.
0-gyigye-fwircma, delusion, deceptive i^romise; lit. a decei-
ving by icfiistling to: ogyigye wo ogy., fie deceives you by flattery or
vain promises.
ao-y iVy e-nnje-nni, a story to be received and not to be be-
lieved, fable, feigned story or tale, fictitious narration; cf. anansesem.
The story-teller first addresses his audience with this word, perb. =
will you believe or not? and the assembled heavers answer : Yegye
di, we believe (it certainly).
o-gyigy irifo, an inconsiderate, nmvary, rash, giddy, indiscreet,
imprudent, foolisf I person; cf. okwasea.
Jigyigy irisem, inconsiderateness, indiscretion, imprudence,
rasftness, unreasonable actions, harsfi proceedings, violence actuated
by foolislincss ; wakodi agy. — cf. nkwaseasem.
gyim, V. F. = gyimi, to be an idiot &c.
o-gyimfo, i^Z. a-, a stupid person, fool, idiot, simpleton (£-c.
Rag. 499. 301. 503. cf. okwasea, ogyefo.
gyimi, i'. to be stupid, foolisf i, senseless, tfiougfitless, crazy,
mad. 2^: 1278. 2708. — o-gyiuii, /«/., stupidity, folly dr. 2»: 1277.
ne gyimi nti onte ni'asem ase; cf. nkwaseasem, gye, adammo.
gy in a, v. [red. gyinagyina] to stand (of persons and quadru-
peds, cf. si, ta); to remain firm on a foundation; to stand still, mafce
a stand, stop, pause, halt; gyina ho, stoj)! odgn no agyina, the clocfc or
watcfi has stopped; owia agyina, tfie sun fias reacfied its fiighcst point,
is in tfie meridian, it is midday. — gyina .. ak yi, to stand (d the
back of or befiind, to support, help, bacfc, second, encourage, shield,
defend, jirotect, stay, assist; cf. di.. akyi, boa. — gyina ..mu, 1.
to stand, hold out, endure, bear, sustain, stand the proof or test. —
166 <^yina — a^yinatu.
2. io flourish; aneradwuma-dan no gyinain' se, the mumifadory is
in a very flourishing state. — gy in a ..a no, to stand against, with-
stand, resist. — gyina ..so, a) to stand on, he founded on, rest on;
wo fg a wudi yi gyina asem a wokae kan no so, the reason of your
hcing declared guilty is your first saying. — b) to stand to, be faith-
ful to: ogyina nankasa asem so ■=gnnari n'asem, he JieejJS, is true to
his word. — c) to licep to, obey: wogyina n'asem so = wodi n'as. so,
they adhere to his orders. — d) to flourish, thrice: kurow no gyina
so sO, the toicn is in a flourishing state. — e) to consist in or of; a-
lionu pote no gyina nsem abiesti so, Kurtz § 272.
gyina, 1. stay, support, prop; odah yi gyina ne odum yi,
this room is supported by this inllar ; one me gy. = me mu-dua,
m'akyidua, he upholds me, on him I rest. — 2. stay, delay, conti-
nuance in a place fur some time: di gy., to stay or last for a while,
to delay; niesomaa no no, wanni gyina na osah bae, when I sent
him, he did not stay long, but returned ; bone mu anigye nni gy.,
sinful pleasure does not last long; ntama yi anui gy., this cloth did
not last long; s. di, F. G.
agyina^ the cojisultcdion of several persons who leave a greater
circle to converse apart; ko agy., logo apart for such a consultation,
to deliberate; tu agy., to consult apa)i. [fr. gyina, to stand, becanse
the act mentioned is performed by the parties standing.]
gyina-bea, gyina-bew, standing-place, stand, station; hyeh
gy., harbour, road, roadstead.
gyinac, the point or that on which one takes position or in-
sists as being of importance; the main point, the principcd part of
a statement; object, end, conclusion; - asem yi, niinlin ne gy., I do
not see the real purport of this palaver; osii n'asem mu gy. ansa-
na oreka, c.s. okyeree asentitiriw a enti obae ne nsentitiriw a ewo
ne kase no mu, he stated or set forth the principcd jwints of his ob-
ject before he entered into p)arlicidars; woanya asi asem no gyinae
no; eyi ansa-na yerebefa wogy. no so de akg agyina, you have noiv
stated the essential points of the matter; on these your statements tve
shall now hold our consultation; (wgtase nea won hhinii kae na
ekosi asem biako so a, wose:) nea yede asi ne gyinae ne se: ada-
peii anaii obetua kaw no, the decision tve have come to is, that he
shcdl pay the debt in four weehs; mohyee ne gy. den? hotv did you
settle it? yeahye mu gyinae se adaperi 4 obetua, we have determined
that in 4 iveeks he shcdl j^ay.
agy in a m' [gyina mu] lit. standi ng-in, i.e. taking another^ s place,
hence surety, security, bail; - di agy., to he bail, give security; odi
agy. ma me, he gave security or has become surety for me. — cf.
akagyiuam.
agyinam'fo, the members of a council.
agy in am a, jjI. n-, the cat; other names are: atenkyema, fie-
bgfo, gsa, ameew.
gy i n an twi, a medicinal plant.
gy inaS(')-eh ii-po, a kind of Hower, Idy?
a g y 1 n a-t li , inf. deliberation.
o-£!^yinatiif6, jjZ. a-, one that Ikis gone for deliberation.
ii'^yirne, mark, visible si(/)i made upon a tliiu<^ for souu! jiin-
pose; sirjnificant token; cfiararter mndt.', instead of signature, by
one who cannot write; cf. keua, krji, nsow, botao; - nieliyy no agy.
n.s. wode biribi ato ho na woafwe no yiye seuea eda, na se obi de
ne nsa ka a, woahu. — ati^yirae-liye, inf. the act of m«r/i/;/r/ a thing,
gyinim, Akw. = tdfode, nkyene. — gyirasc, s. girase.
aufviratwc, a tvei(//if of (/old ^= ntaku 16, ^ dollars or ackies,
,9. A". (As. borgwo, whilst As. agyiratwe is half a taku more.)
a i; y i r a t \V e fa, a weight of gold, the half (ofa) of agyiratwe.
(As. borgotVi, nt. 8, wliilst As. agyiratwefa is ut. 9.)
f^jireiin y ireii, a. pure, clear, clean (of water); sgn. gye-
nennyenen, kurennyen, kronki'oh.
<>y ir iii y i ri w, a. gi'istlij, cartilaginous, used in speaking of
things which cause a crunching noise in chewing; sg}t. hawlulw;
kgtgkg nam ye gy.
H.
'I'he guttural or faucal consonant h occurs before a, 0, 0, u
and before the nasal vowels 0, i. Before the pure vowels a, 0, o (ti)
some individuals pronounce it stronger than Eng. h, (with stronger
friction of the breath between the soft palate and the root of the
tongue) similar to the guttural ch in German ach, Bacharach; be-
fore all nasal vowels it is not stronger than Eng. h, and between
the nasal prefix n and a nasal vowel or \v it is almost mute, as in
nliina, nhoma, nhweh, nhwi. — Before the pure palatal vowels e,
0, i, the consonant becomes palatal and has more friction of the
breath between the palate and the middle of the tongue, so that
it answers to the palatal ch in German icli, Aachen, Miinchcn, or
^' of the Standard Alphabet; in analogy to ky, £rj^ ny^ we express
this simple sound by the letters hy. — The consonant h is also
joined with the labial sound of \\. In our books we retain the com-
bination hwa only when it assumes open prefixes, as g hwanyaii,
whereas, when the prefixes are half-open, we write it hiia or hua,
as o-hurim, o-huan', 6-huah. — In Fante dialects we find hw not
only before a, but also before o, o, u, and e, c, i; for F. hwo,
liwo, hwvi, we write only ho, ho, hii, and hwe, hwe, hwi
have been changed into the palato-labial combinations fwe, f\V(^,
fwi. — In Ak. even hwa or hCia has been changed into t'wa. —
The simple h is, in single instances, to be found interchanging with
k, as hanh, F. kanh ; with s or fw, as hintiw, Aky. sunti, As. fwiuta;
with w, as F. ahoba, Akr. awowa; and with y, as Ak. hara, Akr.
yera, F. yew.
e-lia, pron. of place (Gr. § 60,3.) here, this place; hither; hence;
bera ha, come here; it may take the adj. pron. yi after it: bera
ha-yi, come just here, or an attribute in the possessive case before
it: bera me ha, come hither to me; me ha ye me yaw, this place (of
my body) here pain^ me; it may stand as an attribute in the poss.
case before a noun: eha niinan, the sheep of this place or countrif.
168 ha — ahaboben.
Gr. § 61, or in apposition after a noun of place, when it must be
rendered in Eng. by this: waba kurom' ha 'ne, he came into this
town to-day. — ehanom (a kind of plural form), hereahout, here-
abouts. — The emph. part, ara may be added: eha-ara, this same
place, just here; wote hanom-ara, they live here about (nowhere else).
— Cy. ha-ne-ha, hayi.
ha, ha, intcrj. 1. = haha, a, expressing pleasure or joy. —
3. a call for attention. — 3. an expression of contempt. Gr. § 1 45.
e-ha, 1. wood, forest, bush; onam ham' kwa, onhu fie kwan, he
wanders about in the bush, does not find the way home; cf. (a)haban,
hanam &c. — 3. Y. plantation, cf. afuw, kwa. — 3. chase, hunting,
sport; - ye ba, to hunt; cf. ahayo.
o-ha, hundred.
ha, Ak. F. s. haw, v.
O-ha, pi. a-, a kind of bat; a harmless kind of nionJicy. pr. ISS.
aha (interj.) mema wo aha, contr. mah;l, mahao, I give i.e. wish
you good day!
ha, hate, adv. hard, soundly (of sleeping); wada ha, he is
fast asleep = wada nnahg. Acts 20,9.
ha, adv. (to V. fwe) staringly, fixedly, unmoveably ; ofvve no ha,
he gases at him.
habababa, imit. expression of unijttclligiblc chattering or
Ixibbling (wokasa a, eye m'asom h., their speech is quite unintelli-
gible to me), or of the cr adding of a fire: ivith a cr adding noise;
ogya or otanna no rehyew h.
hh a bam ma (ahaban riketenkete), leaves of different trees.
ahabam-mema, pr. 1291.
ahabam-mdno (ahaban mono) 1. fresh or green leaves. — 2.
(a.) green; of green colour. — 5. a venomous snalce of a gi-een colour.
ha bah, 1. bush— wura. F. field, Mt. 6,28. 13,44. — 2. a piece
of land overgrown tvith bush; makgto h. — 3. foliage, pr. 1289. —
Aky. hahane.
ahaban, pi. h-, Ak. ahabane, leaf, leaves, foliage ; shrub, shrubs,
bush, bushes; wood, forest; cf. wura, kwae; - nuuru biyeiih., ebiye
nnuiihih, some medicines are leaves, others are roots of trees; wobe-
bubuu ah. agu yen so,' lit. they came and tore leaves have cast upon
us, i.e. they have synqmthetically comforted us (e.g. after a defeat).
haban-sem, an agreement concluded in the bush, without
witnesses, pr. 2655.
ahaban-ta, prepared tobacco in leaves (hands), unrolled to-
bacco, imported from Europe or America; s. ta.
a h a-b a j c r o , n-ild yam. pr. 1290.
alia-bo: watow ah., he has slain a man unintentionaUy, = ne
nsa apa.
ah a-b 6 a jjI, n-, beast of the forest, ivild beast, game.
ah a-b be, a kind o^ wild vine.
luil»0(16ni — ham. IGU
h;i-l)()d6ni, ;^?.a-. (lit. do(j of the forest), akintl of /V/r/.Yj/, {i^rcga-
rious, brownish, witli a sleiulcu- hotly aiul long tail; r/'. hatwca.
ahu-busii [eha mmiisu] the marring or spoiUmj of the chase or
hiniiiJif/; pr.,W7. gye no ah., he does him harm in his hunting, drives
the game away &c. (Obommofo kp wiiratn' a, wobo no inmusu nuna
onnya aboa ntowno.)
11 had a, stce2)in(/ in the Ijnsh; (ahilyg ;\ wgda wo ini'i) ehg ye nh.,
there are onli/ single hnts to which hunters resort, there while hunt-
ing- one tnnst sleep in the bush, it is an e.vtensire nninhuhUcd fircst;
cf. nnahso.
ha-(lwiWj tick, a little insect infesting sheep, goats c^c.
iuie hae, interj. a cry to scare or fright away birds of i)rey;
gye me hh., he teases or irritates me, cf. otane m'ani.
ahafi, a remote place in the midst of a tvood or forest; gtwee
neho kgtrjul ah. babi.
e-hafo, the people from here, inhabitants of this pHace, toion or
eountrg.
aliafo = nnah so; gkg ah. = gkg wnram', kwaem'.
ahafoa, Akw. = ahaban.
hagire [Dan. hagel, hagl] small-shot, hail-shot.
ahagya, basket of pahn-branches of an inferior, careless make
berew a wgammg no akyem-medew.
ha ha, v. =^ hoahoa. pr. 1799.
ha ha, interj. an expression of gladness, satisfaction Slz. (■/".ha.
haha, s. hehji. — pr.570. — a haha, pr. 1379.
hahane, ahahane, \ i i i v, • i i, i-i i *
, , ' ., ' / = haban. ahaban, aliabane, 1. aliataw.
aha hare, Ak. I > ,
haiiare, F. attrib. adj., s. hare.
h a hi, grief for a great loss; me h. abg meho.
o-h fihi n i, j^l- a-, a large, blacJc ant emitting a bad smell, jjr. 213.
hahara, lu\hra, hahraha, a. broad, wide, spacious, wide open;
cf. tetre; gdaii no mu ye h. = gdan no mu gow.
h aliye-hahye, adv. heavily (of breathing).
ahai, a kind of beer made of Indian corn; corn-wine, pito.
hai, interj. an expression of fear or astonishment. Gr. § 145.
h a[mii-]k ram an = habgdom, is used for wolf; but s. pataku.
ham, V. to brawl, quarrel, icr angle, altercate; to chide (Ez. 17,2.)
g-ne no ham or wgham = g-ne no yaw, kasakasa, perepere; mekge
no, na grehaim.
0-ham, i)if. dispute, qnarrel, altercation, brawl; efi ham mu;
kog ko so, from chiding it came to blows. — bg ham, F. to rebuJce.
[Mt. 17,18. 20,31.
ham" = ha mu, in the bush, wood, forest; F. on tlie plani(dion,
in the field. Mt. 24,18.40. eham', 'Sit', northward.
170 hama — oliaii.
hTi ma, pi. a- or n-, 1. cord, string, rope; bond; pr. 1293f.2530.
cf. mtiriwa, mofumjl, rii'iualiama, ntampehama. — waliye hama =
waseh ue mene; ode aiiiwu kghyee h., she strangled herself through.
sh((me. — 2. climher, tendril, creeper, creeping or trailing plant, a
plant that grows clinging to the ground or trees or other means of"
support; mekobg ahama e.s. mekotwitwa iihamam', na af'e anohyia
a, na meredo (Ak.) — S. twe hama, s. utontobo.
hama-biri, a medicinal plant used to cure belly-ache.
ha ma-ham a, a. boisterous; epo ye h., (he sea rages as when
agitated by a storm.
0-hamani, one bound with cords.
ahamaiYka, 2'Z. h-, [Span, hamacali hammock; cf. denkye-
denkye. — ahamaiikafo, hammock-carriers.
hamaiika-soa, hammoeh carrying. (Phr. bo no akgnkon !
fa to wo atifi I yebedi no nnyigye or adannaiV.)
ahama-iKj [hama i\\\o]pr.U23. the end of a siring.
a h Ti 111 a-S a-d e : ne nan ah. = ade a womii ma wgde sa obi hama
=-. atramatiri 24 a wode ma ohene se gmmii wonkum nipa.
ahama-twc, inf. s. ntontobg. pr. 2841.
I'lhaniavva [hama dim.'] 1. little strings cOc. — 3. vermicelli.
o-ha-mii-ni, 7>/. a- -fo, 1. inhabitant of a phuitation-rilUtge =
ofumni, okuraaseni. — 2. a pterson living in the hush, icood or forest,
a savage. — 3. an uncivilized person.
h a 11, V. [red. henhah] 1. to stretch, extend. — 2. to be extended;
cf. ohan. — 3. to loosen (intr.): ahah me, it has been loosened (he-
come loose) for me, s. "ahih me ahan me" under hih. — 4. red. to
become or he distant, loose (of texture), not Joining closelg (of things
fitted together); ntaina yi ;ini ahei'ihan, this cloth has become thread-
barcC?); ntabow a woka sii anim no ah., there are chinks i)i the boards
gtiu fitted together: iheg no longer fit closelg. — o. Phr. ade no ah(!n-
han n'ani so, the thing Jias become unimp)0)iant or indifferent in his
eyes, he makes light of it, he disregards or slights the thing; ghehhan
a ahenhan won ani so no nti, wgmfd nye biribi bio, it has become
so unimportant in their eyes, that they do not care for it any more ;
ne kafe a gwg ahenhan n'ani so nti, gnkg mu bio, his coffee 2^1 anta-
tion has lost all (dtraction for him, so that he does no more go into it.
haiV, i\ [red. h<ln'ht\n] 1. h. mu, to spread Old, to extend, to
open wide; hah akatawia no mu, open the umbrella; ghah n'anom',
= gte n'anom', fie opens his mouth wide, he gapes, stands agape;
ghah ne nsam' (se gde rebg no), Jte stretches out his arms, he raises
his arm (to strike him). — 2. to swell, augment in force or loudness:
hah wo 'ne mu teem', cry aloud, Is. 58,1. — 3. ghahhah n'ani, he
stares, gives a stare, he threatens, frightens (ogye biribi aberahso,
gka asem dennenneh). — 4. intr. to be extended, wide 02)cn: mmere
no ahah, the mushroom has opened or expanded; n'ani ahah, fiis
eyesore wide open or staring (of one drowned or taken by the throat) ;
m'ani ahah, I am quite surjJrised or astonisfied.
0-liaii, a cord, reaching from one side of a river to the other, to
alianrmi ^ — liarru'i. 171
lay hold of in passing over; pr. iiO. — siinkfi-luln, llic. .striii;/ of a
violin or other stringed instnunont.
ahaiiniu, the groin (sere nc yat'unu ahyiae, ayaasc).
ha an, (ulv. & a. clear, light, bright, Inmitious, Intid; rf. haua-
lutna, lijiran, liyeren; gsoro ye haiin, the sky is bright (cf. wim'
atew); odan no mu ye hann, the apartment is light; wapiie li., he
has become clearlg or distinctlij visible; n'ani so da ho li., his eyes
are open, clear and bright; anim ye h., it is bright, broad daylight.
— n. light, brightness; clearness; open, clear place or space, glade,
lawn. John 1,4. 3,19. — gsoro hahn no uti, yehfi po 'ne, the atmos-
phere is so clear that we can see the sea to-day ; gsebo nam na odu
haiiii (= pete) mu a, osuro, when the leopard in his roaming (djoid
comes to an open place, he is afraid; obi nnantewh. nui nyera okwan ;
(•/: John 11,9.
ha 11 ah a nil, a. bright, brilliant, glossy, shining, glittering, re-
splendent; cf. hahh, hyehye; adaka no (ho) ye h., this furniture is
glossy, bright, highly polished.
ha-uam, game, deer, venison.
ahaiiiKiii, four hundred. Gr. § 78,3.
ha-ne-h{i, here and there; wokg Akiiropgn yi, nkg h., ... do;
not go to certain places (to others you may go).
1 1 a nil a n , red. v. h a ri .
ha ilk a re, pl.n-, circle; any thing circular, made of string,
cloth, iron ; hoop.
ahaiikroiij nine hundred. Gr. § 78.
11 ll a 11 a [eha, wood, noa=ano, border} the border of or between
the bush and a plantation.
ahansta, six hundred. — ah {in sun, seven hundred. Gr. §78.
hanspa [Ger. handspaten} spade.
o-hantaii, a kind of large tree.
i\\\'Ai\ti\.iij pride, haughtiness; arrogance; c/. ahokyere, abupo;
- ye ah., to he proud.
o-li an tanni, pi. a- -fo, a proud, haughty person, pr. 1295.
ahantan-sem, proud or haughty specddng, behaviour or de-
meanour; arrogance, conceitedness.
ahannu, two hundred. — ahanniim, five hundred.
ahanwotwe, eight hundred. Gr. § 78,3.
ha I" a, v. [red. barahcira] Ak. = yera (F. yew), yeraw [yera-
haram, v. = yeram, to yawn, gape. yeraw].
haramata, jjZ. a- [Sp. harmatan, an Arabic word] the har-
inattan, a dry wind from the interior of Africa, which blows in De-
cember, January and Februai-y toward the Atlantic ocean and is
accompanied by a dusty haze; cf. ope. pr. 1296.
ha ran, s. 1. to shine, glitter, glister (owia, gkanea, sika); to
be bright, glossy, splendid, bcaufiful; cf. liyereh ; wahyehye ne dan
mu ma aharan, lie has adorned or decorated his room beautifully. —
172 oharaii — ehayi.
J2. to make shining, hrighf, glossy, hemiliful: woali. ayeforo no, tltcg
huve adorned (dressed tip, trimmed up) the bride benutifuUi/; ahye-
hyede ah. ayeforo yi, this bride is adorned with finery and jewels;
beliaran me ma meiiko agoru.
O-liaraii, n. brightness, splendour: monfwe nsoroma haran few
litiraiin, adv. brightly tf'C. wapue b. [biako!
hare, v. to row, paddle; pr. 1731. F. kwane.
hare, harehare, F. hahare, a. 1. light (not heavy, not bur-
densome); cf. duru. — 2. thin (leather) :pr. 1419. — 3. quid; nimble;
ue hu ye hare, he is quiclc, nimble, active, lively ; ye woho hare! ma
wo ho nye hare! be quick! aboa yi ye harehare = tutu mmirika
ntemutem, this animal is very swiff; ne nan ye liare, he is light-
footed; cf. wewe. — 4. light, slight, frivolous, vain, wanting dignity or
solidity: oye neho hare, n'anira ye hare, n'adwenem ye (no) hare,
he islighiminded, frivolous, a blackguard, a mean, shameless jierson.
o-hare, inf. quickness, swiftness, briskness.
o-harem', o-hare so, quick, swiftly, briskly; oye u'ade hareso
a h a s a , three hundred. Gr. § 78. [hArcso.
hase, cask, tun, pi2)c, j^n^fcheon; cf oprihkrah, piim'pa'.
hat a, V. [red. hatahata] to spread (clothes or other things for
the sake of drying by the sun or wind); to be spread out; ode nta-
nia h. a\via mu; ntama a ehatae no awo. [G. ka.]
ha tit, hatahata, a. thin, of things that have a flat, extended
surface, as nhoma, paper, leather; asonhoma ye pipri, na oguah-
homa ye h., an elephant's hide is thick, but a sheeji's skin is thin;
syn. frafra, tratra.
ah a taw (F. = ahaban), the bush and weeds shooting up afresh
on a newly prepared plantation. j>r. 1298.
liate, adv. = ha, nnaho. Acts :?0,7.
ha-t\veji, bush-dog, = odemerefui, odompo, q.v.
haw,'.", to trouble, disturb, disquiet, afflict, distress, annoy , vc.r,
fret, worry, plague, persecute, bother, i)other, harass, importune, per-
plex; to hurt, wound, pain, grieve, moiiify cCx-. F. ha., Mt. 5,10. Mk.-5,So.
— ohaw me, syn. oguah (Ak. odviane) me ho, ohiahia nieho, ohye
me ahogyaw*. oye me ayayade or aninnyanne; wo ua wohaw woho,
you hurt yourself! -F. gha neho, he disquiets himself . Ps. 89,6. — intr.
to be troubled dr. wahaw = wabere, aden no, he is weary or tired
(of); F. ha, to faint, Mt. 9,36. n'ani ahaw, he is lazy, idle, indolent,
sluggish, slothful; cf. onihafo, gkwadwerg; - ode no ahaw, the yam
has become watery by lying too long in the ground.
g-haw, inf. trouble, affliction, distress, plague; troubling &c.
o-hawfo, 2jI- a-, one who troubles dr.; affUctcr, tormentor dc.
hawhaw, a. u-atery, insipnd, vapid, used of yam not yet ripe
or fit for eating; nkani a enye ye h. = gyiriwgyiriw. hwenenweue.
e-ha yi (pronounced eh;u)=eha yi. — iiayi-hayi, liithrr-thithcr,
this way -that way: mprempren gdan neho kg hayi, na mprempren
gdan neho ba h. bio, he turns note that tvay and then again this way.
ahdycj — olicmpd. 173
alia-yo, inf. [yo ha] chase, hunting; kg ah., to ijo a Minting.
a li Jiy gboa [aboa a woyc no ha] an animal pursued and taken
h// sportsmen, game.
o-hayoro, )d. a.-, siwrtsmtoi, hunter; r/". gbonnngfo.
(_'-lic, Ak. ohenc, pron. i)iferr. where':' whither? whenec? (Jr. i;
G(),3.G1,1. gwg he? where is lie'? odigua wg he? ivhcrc docs lie trade h"
gkg he? where did he go to? oli he? where docs he come from? from
whence is he?
nhdj pron. interr. [Ak. son] Itow much? how mani/? eye ahe?
how much is it? pr. 247(1 f. 1600- wosi ahe? how mang are thi'g? - how
dear? at what price? Or. § 60,5. 61, '2. Woatg nno alie? //o/r much
jxdiu-oil have i/ou Itougld? woatg I'lho no ahe? how dear have gou
liought (or, wh(d have gou paid for) that pxdm-oil?
e-he-la, where? on or to what side? eh. na woatc sii pen? tvhcre
did gou ever hear such a thing? gkycrcc no kwan kgg h.? whereto
did he lead him ? F. Mt. 2,3.
hehii [haha]: onipa yi do mc hoh;1 bg mo dim-monc kyore I'l
krof'o, this mini disparages, bes2)a(tcrs, defames, calumniates me he-
fore the people; cf. sopa &c.
h cm, V. to hloie one's nose; ghem ne fweneni, he blows his nose.
ahe ma, a. in cpds. white, light; ef. ahwenhenut.
ahemfi, )i. dawn, dag-breal-, the first appearance of light in the
morning; ah. pe, witli tlic first rag or gleam of daglight; wotuaa ah.
kgg gda no so, lit. fheg prevented (i.e. anticipated, had the start of)
the dawn went to the grave, i.e. theg went to the grave before dag-
break, vergearlg; monsgre ah. mmera na yenni asem no, rise early
and come to settle the dispidc oy palaver.
hcmahema, a. very early in the morning; angpa-h. (=ang-
patutn) na wgkge, they tcent atvay very early; akwankg li. se de,
mintumi mehkg hi da, I can never set out on a journey so very early.
11 h e m a-d a , morn ing-sleep.
ahcmadakye, the time before sunrise (4 to G o'clock), when
the cock crows and the birds begin to sing; at dawn, just before
or about day-break.
o-h cm m a , o-hemmca, jjZ. n-, [ghene, gba or gbca] queen, a wo-
man who is the sovereign of a kingdom, a female monarch; the con-
sort of a king, ivife of a chief; cf. ghenyere.
alio m 111 a 11, jj^ id. [ghene man], kingdom, monarchy; cf. ahen-
ni; the people and territory or country subject to a king; a people
having a king; Akp. the town of a king = ahenkiirow.
ahemanakye, s. ahemad...
o-liemmea, = ghemnia.
all cmfi [ghene ofi] the king's or chief's house, dwelling, residence,
palace. — aliemfi-soai'o, master (lord steward) of the king's household,
o-liciii-luro = ghene foforo. [chamberlain.
0-li(>m-iiiuiic = ghene bone.
o-hcni-pa = ghene pa, a good king; also a courteous title in
addressing a king.
174 ohempefo — aheinie.
O-h c m-p e f , J)/, a-, royalist, mmara-so-h., legifimisf. Hist.
0-heni-pyporo = oliene kakraka, a great king.
0-h e m-p ii , ^j^. a-, emperor; rf. kaesare. J5isi.
hen, F. 1. = yen. Gr. § 58. — 3. ~ hjen, ship.
O-heii, Ak. = obene.
hen, F. = ehe, ehene. Mk. 14J2.
e-hena, hona [F. vvana = hwana, Aky. nhwan, iihwae] j)/.
hena-nom, pron. interr. wJio? whom? whose? Gr. § 60,1. 61, 1-3. —
hena dea? tvhose? belonging to tvhoni? Gr. § 62. Wofre hena? hena
na wofre no? whom do you call? hena sekah ni? gsekan yi ye hena
dea? ivhosc knife is this?
henakyir, nsatseaba h., F. = ahenniakyiri, the fourth finger.
a h en-n n h, Qd. id.) [ghene dan, ad.] a room or house of the king.
e-hene, Ak. = ehe; eh. fa na woreko? ivhich way are you going?
liene, henehene, a. itching, prurient; cf. hyew, hyerehyere;
me ho ye me bene or benebenehcne, my skin itches, is irritable; me
nsa ho ye me b., me nan ye me hh. (= ekeka me), my hand, my
foot is itching; eye me b. na manhiiane a enye yiye, it itches so thai
I cannot help scrcdching.
o-h en e, pi. a-, abemfo (Ak. obeh) 1. king, prince, chieftain, chief;
in Akp. this title is given to tlie chief of every town as well as to
the chief of the whole country; in As. its use is more restricted;
cf. gdekiiro, gmaiiliene, gsafohene, gsee. In public assemblies fre-
quently other words and names are used to designate tlie king, e.g.
katakyie, gpanyin, Agyakwa&c. — 2. the office of a king, kingship,
roycdty: odi bene, he exercises the office of, or he rules as, a king ;
odi ne bene yiye, he rules tcell; wodi amaii so bene, tlicy ride over
the nations; wgagye ne nsam' bene, the kingdom has been taken from
him, he has been dethroned rf-c. — 3. di ahene, to make a 2iompous
exhibition or display of royalty: oredi abene 'ne=: ghene rebefi gua
de neho abekyere (a.s. abekyia), he is about publicly to dispAay his
royalty ('or, to give a reception); abene a ebebyiaa mu nna-no no
redi ab.'ne, the kings who came together the other day will turn out
in parade or appear in state to-day.
ahcne,p7. n-, Ak. afwenee. coral, pearl, bead; string of corals
or beads, pr. 1319 f. abenepa, ahene-panyiii, ». 2)rccious coral, having
the value of gold, as bota (kakawa), bgdgm, adiaba, nenkyenemma,
nnyane, asen, tcteasg. Other kinds are: bankoroapem, iih\k(pr.44:j),
abrokokgkgte, dadepoti. ade, adebonoa, adobe-aba, adobodobo,
adwerebifi', adwoa-abiri (nbuwa-tuntum), mfansu, mfufuwa, oguaii-
aniwa, nbia, fibuwa, kabgnoa (ne adebonoa), aketebin, nkoruwa,
nkwadwo, rikwantaben, mmobitiri, mmorgkgkga, mmorgtoa, mmo-
ta, anyinyiren, mpeneme (mpr.), gsa-aniwa, nsenkwane, nsibiS,,
ntdka, ntankamagyanewa, ntantoa, atea-mogya', atoa', tgkotgko,
antopantiri, anti'akuro, atwebewii, ntwomma.
alicnne(e) [ghene ade] the insignia of the king or chief, con-
sisting in the chair (ahehnna), the su'ord (afoa) and the ornaments
(trinkets of gold and corals).
I
ohenoba — hetsew. 175
o-h 6 n c-ba, pi. aliene-mma, son or child of a king, royal prince.
aliene-basa, heads stringed & tied round the wrist.
ahcne-di, inf. the pompous exhibition or disphty of royalty, s.
glicne 3.
a li (Ml 0-111 in a, 1. s. gheneba. — ^. the best sort of sandals; s.
nipaboa.
aboiie-iiinia-iisatcn, a tree with edible fruits.
a beiic-aseii, beads worn round the hij>s.
y-bono \va, j'^- ^"> ^* small, petty Iciny, prince, chief.
a b e n c w a, a small head.
abi'iicwa, a name given to the members of certain famiHcs in
difterent 'J'wi tribes, in answer to a sabitatiou. Gr. § 147, 'J.
bci'iba I'l, red. v. hkn.
abciibOma., ahweiihema, s. ostiii.
abeniii, inf. [obenc-di] 1. kingdom = kingship, exercise of
kingly dominion. — ^. kingdom, meaning a land and i)eoplc under
kingly rule; cf. ahemman.
abciiniakjiri [ohcne adiakyiri] 1. the successor to the throne,
prince hereditary. — 2. ring-finger, the fourth finger from the thumb,
coming after the nsateahene; it is also called nsatea safohene.
alieiniim', 1. = ghene anim, the king's face; the pdace before
the king; nea ghene aiikasa te hg, the king' s presence ; gkg ah. akg-
ka asem, he went before the king to report. — 2. = ghene dan anim,
tlte place before the king's dwelling; the court.
a b e 11 k o r a (tet. ayonkorawa), a kind of tree ; mmofra de n'aba
si ntew.
o b e I'l-k es 6 = ghene kese. — o b e I'l-k t\. m a = ghene akumri.
abei'ikiiro w j^/. h-, [ghone kilrow] tlie town in which the king
resides, residence, ccqntcd.
abeiikwa, pi. h-, [ghene akoa] tlic servant of a king (or of a
fetish = abosonkwa).
ah en-saw, a climber, the fibres of which are made into a kind
of sponge (hama bi a cwg wuram' a wgboro ye sapgw); the sponqc
itself: mepe ah. bi mate maguare; cf. gsaw, sapgw.
all ee iisia, ahensia, As. awensa, akind oimousc or rat.pr. 1826.
ah en tarn, = ghene ntam, pr. 1327.
h en t la (hentua), j>?. n-, noose, running knot; loop; mesh, stitch;
- wabg (hama no) b.; wgde sa mmoa, wgde kyekyere ade; - mabg
nob. du na mereye wg nnua so, I have ten stitches on the needle and
am knitting.
all e n tow [ghene tgw] a small lump of "fufu", as becoming
kings, who ought to eat little, cf. c-tgw, hkwaseatgw.
all e nil ua, pi. h-, [ghene agua] the stool or chair of a king or
chief, throne. — 2. its carriers. — abe hii\v a, Ak. id.
g-bon-y ere [ghene yere]j;/.-nom, a wife of a king; r/. ghoinma.
hetsew, F. roof Alt. 8,8. Mk. 3,4.
176 he — hia.
he... he... hi... s. liye, hye, hyi...
hi, V. to come or draw to an end or dose; to close; to he ful-
filled or completed; [cf. hini, ehin, nhin, nliinri.] - m'adagyew rehi,
my leisure is passing aivay; mebere alii = aka ketewa so na asa,
my time is nearly spoil; me nna a mcde mcrebeko no rehi or reye
ahi, my days to go away are nearly at hand; ohia ahi ato no, poverty
has (now finally or fully) overtalcen liim; - to he spent, wasted or
ivorn out by frequent use: osekan no rehi or ahi aka ketewa bi, e..s.
woasew dade bi usew asew na eresii; otuo no ano ahi; - to cease
burning; ogya no ahi = awie dew ma aka nnyausramma nko.
Syn. sa, fviere.
ahi, perh. an inf. of hi: an ending, stopping, reluctance to pro-
ceed, iised of what is irlsonie, tedious, which causes dislike or dis-
pleasure (ade a eye tan or donnennenneh), i)r. 1328 ; - indignation.
Phrases: ye ahi, to provolcc, to excite disgust, indignation, resent-
ment: asem yi ye me ahi = tan, this matter is vexatious, irJcsonie,
afflicting, pro fo]xi)tg, teasing, loathsome, disgusting, repulsive, odious
to me, I have had enough of it; ne ho ye me ahi,=mfonee, I am wea-
ry or tired of him, I loathe him; n'anom' kasayeahi, his talJiing is
intolerahle. pr. 1492. — tew ahi, to he refractory, to resist; to set
at naught, to despise, utterly disregard; watew me ahi, = wdseh mo,
so, wammu me, n'ani anso m'asem, m'asem anso n'ani, he disre-
gards me, disdains, slights or scorns to obey me; watcw m'asem alii
= meka mekyeree no se : nyy so! na obuu so kgyee; woatew ohene
asem ahi e.s. ebia wg-ne ohene abofo a gsomaa won koo ho kodii
asem no anni asem no yiye na woyaw se wgfwee won; - watew won
ahi, = gmpe won nneyee, wgn nneyee nye no fe, nsg n'ani, he has
become averse from them, he disapproves, disowns or disavows them;
opgnkg no atew no wura (so) ahi, that horse is refractory against his
master. (Matew nea eye tafi ahi maba = manya mayi nea eye tan
(adi, or) maba guam'. Obi haw wo haw wo haw wo na dakoro eye
wo tan a, wuse: matew ahi, asem yi, minni so bio.)
ahi, 1. fright, affright, dread, terror: oyi no ahi, he frightens
him = oyi no hu, cf. bg pirim or piriw. — 2. mocJccry, derision, in-
sult; oyi no ahi, he mocks at him (= odi ne ho few).
hia, V. ^= hin; dompe, kasae, nsge ahia me =^ ahii'i me, a
bone is sticking in my throat, pr. 444.
hia, V. 1. to straiten, distress, perplex, trouble, to press tvith
poverty or other necessity; me ho hia me, / cannot move (in a too
narrow place); .... se biribi or dodo, I am so pressed, in a great strait
(2 Sam. 24,14), much troubled; eho hia me (dodo), it is of ('great)
consefpience to me, I am very desirous to obtain it; - ade hia me, /
am distressed for want of money or food, am needy, indigent, poor;
pr. 796-801. — impers. ehia me, I am in a strait, in distress, perplex-
ity, trouble; ahia me, I have been reduced in my circumstances, have
become poor, indigent, needy, I am in need, in want, in distress,
pr. 775. 1329-S5- — 2. impers. to be required or needful; ehia me sika.
/ need or am in want of money; ehia se.., it is recpiired or necessary
that., cf. etwa se, Gr. § 157,2. 255,1 h. — enhia, it is no matter, of
oliid — ahini. 177
))o importtinrc, I don't care for if. N'aiii afiira nti oliia no so obi
kycre no kwan, or, eliiano kwaiikycri'tV), hccditsc he is blind, he
wants or needs to he condnrfed hi/ somebody, lie is in want of, stands
in need of a (jnidc. — Itcd. liiabia, q. v.
o-hiii, inf. poverty, indigence, tvanf, necessity, straitened circum-
stances, straits; pr. .9.9.?. 740-4.5. IS^W-oO. — ohia do no, liia no, aka no,
poverty has occrtalcen him, he has become poor, has been impover-
ished; oiii Ilia, he is needy, destitute, hard u/), poverty stricken ; j)r.SS().
oliia rclii ato no, poverty stares him in the face, awaits him (s. hi).
— ohia-(la, day or time of necessity, trouble, danger, distress. pr.i:j.')7.
Ilia (Aky.) some membraneous part on the liver of an animal.
.iiliia, a kind of bead; s. ahene.
hia-fwe, i)if. wodi h., they take core for each other, help each
other, in time of need, = wodi mmoa or nnoboa.
hialiia, red. r. hia; 1. me ho hiahia me, I am straitened or
pained, Lidc. 12,50. — 2. ir. ohiahia me ho = oguan me ho, he troub-
les me, is tro2(bJesome or loathsome to me, presses me hard or close,
is hard upon me dr. pr. 1358.
liiahia, a. F. == hihia. Mt. 7,14.
Q-\\\i\nij j)l. ahiafo, 1. a poor man (=nea onni biribi, oli. pa);
(/. gberefo. pr. 13-59-78. 2864. — J2. a quiet, nnpretcnding, unassuming
private man (nea ompe ne ho asem, otra babi komm; me de, meye
ohiani bi a mete me babi); - cf. ayemfo.
0-hiaiii-damas, imitcdive damcisJc. — ohiani-ago, velveteen.
ahianiwa, (dim.) = ohiani 2., ayemfo.
o-liia-toii, (inf.) sale enforced by necessity, forced sale.
o-hia-as ubo, baptism of an infant whose premature death is
a h i d e = ade a eye ahi. fapprehended.
hie, V. \jred. hiehie] Ak. hini, to open, to let out; hie poh no
= bue dan no ano, open the door! hie yen, ojJcn to ns! Mat. 25,11.
hie no, let him out! kohie nhuan no, let the sheep out! cf. hini, bue.
Ill e hie, red. v. hie. — a h i h i , ^^r. ^57.9.
hieroglifi [Gr.] liieroglyph, a character in the picture-writing
of the ancient Egyptian priests; nsenkyerene-kyerew. Hist.
hihia, a. narrow, strait, straitened, close; cf. teatea, muamua.
him, V. [rcfZ. hihliim] to move or cause to move one way and
the other: intr. to shake, tremble, shiver; to totter, stagger, reel; to
roll; to swing; dua ahabah him, the leaves of the tree shedce; ehyen
him, the ship rolls; ehii ma ue ho him, fear makes hi)n tremble; awgw
nti ne ho him, he shivers from cold. — tr. to shake, agitate, to make
one tremble or totter, to stving; to toag, wave, flourish, brandish;
mframa him nnua, the tvind shakes the trees; mframa hinhim po mu
nsu, the tvind agitates the icater of the sea; opghkg him ne dua, the
horse wags his tail; ohim neho, lie swings. Syn. popo, posow, wo-
sow; fere, fefere.
a hi 111, inf. di ahim, to shake: ode ne ti di ahim, = ohinhim ne
ti ; - /o wave, soar, hover: akroma redi ahim wg ahunmu. — t\va
ahim, F. to be lunatic. Mt. 4,24.
12
178 hima — iihina.
hima, v. [red. himahima] 1. to sJiaJvC, ivag; oliima ne ti, he
shakes his head. — :2. to turn, change; oma ne ti liimae = dane, he
shook or staggered him in his resolutions, he caused him to change
his opinion or intention. — 5. to remove, withdraw: hima wo nsa,
wo ti, woho, turn aside;- to drive away: waliima wo tamfo, Zeph.3,15.
— 4. h. okwan, to alter the direction of a wai/, to trans2)lace a way.
— 0. to turn aside, diverge, deviate gradualhj from a given direction :
asubonten no ne okwan no biniae, asu no hima jii kwari no ho, the
river and the n-ag parted . — 6. to arrive at puhertij; obea no ah. (=
adah neho, aboe bra) nti woye no popomporuwa. — 7. to punish,
chastise ('? obs.) pr. 131. Aliima, ih.
lihimaho-bea, iihimaho-dantabaii, tropic, the place, or circle.
or zone at or over which the snn in its vertical position gradually
shifts its apparent course from the northern side of the equator to
the soutliern, and vice versa. Geog.
ahiinbiribiriw, F. earthquake. Mk. 13,8.
hill, V. to stick fast; nsoe ahin me (ahin me menewam'j, a fish-
hone is sticking in mg throat; twerebo, mahih dade ntam', the flint-
stone (says), I am hemmed in, wedged in or sticking between iron,
i.e. I am in a strait, lied, hinhin; wobegyee asem no hinhiiV mu,
theg interceded, interfered or interposed in the matter (stopping the
proceedings). — Ahin me ahah me, prop. I stick fast am loosed, i.e. I
am in a dilemma, critical situation, strait, perplexity, I am doubtful
which to choose, undetermined ivhai course to pursue.
e-hiii, ])l. a-, edge, corner [perh. end, extremity, cf. hi]; As. =
twea; septum, diap)hragm, e.g. the white of an egg intervening be-
tween two yolks of the same egg (hkesua no mu da bin); cf. nhiu,
dubih, nangyehin.
n h i 11, the root of a tree, espec. the buttress-like part above ground
of some large trees, as, onyii, gwowa; cf. ntini.
ah Ilia, pi. n-, s\. pot, earthen vessel, with a gibbous belly and
comparatively narrow opening, for water, palm-wine, palm-oil; cf.
kuku.pr. 485. 1380-83. 2188. — a hi 11 a, ...nawa, j>?.n-, dim. of ahina.
iihina, rihindna, nhinara, nhinfi ara, v. (supplying also the
place of the Eng. adj.) 1. all, every, prop, the trhole (number or
sum, of individual objects). — 2. 'whole (in contradistinction to
fragment), prop, tlic wJ/ole, total, totality, entireness; the whole quan-
tity or amount. — Wadi ne hhinfi, wannyaw me biribi, he has eaten
all and left nothing for me; pr. 2327; ne sika nh. asa, all his money
is gone; Onyahk. wo mma nh., God is everywhere; won nh. de won-
ho, they are all free men; da or nna nh., every day, alivays,pr.2378.
nnipa hh., all men, i.e. every body. — Ne ho asem ahye asase no
nh. so, the rumour of him has spread over the whole country; yere-
bebubu dan no hh. agu fam', ive arc going to break the whole house
down. — Obscrv. The pronunciation of this word being very unstable,
a great variety of forms is met with in the earlier attempts to write
it, as: ning-yinara, ninyinra (= ne hhina), yina, uinwa, adingna
(=ade hhina), niyina, nenana (Nig. Exp. Voc. under all, each, every.
hiiiaiii — uliiiitiinpraku. 179
ichatcvcr, ichoh) : iniara, inyiana, inyiiifi (R.), \n\(\ni\ (Diet.), nnyina
(Chr.), ny'uvAv\-iv(Mf. Gr.)\\y\niWi\(rrk.) — When the Ed. had learnt
that in Elinina it sounds li i iia , lio clian}>'('d the writing into nhina,
and thinks it probabk; tliat it is made of nhi no ara, even the end,
nfmost, last rem (tinder, ef. hi, v.. chin, hliih. This is confirmed by
the way in which it is rendered more emphatic, viz. enka bein}^
added to it, the moaning of which is: there is not ivanting (see ka);
consequently "enka-nhina" means : there is not left or exelndcd even
the last remainder, i.e. all or the ivhole without exception.
hi 11 am, v. to squirt, sjnrt, S2)urt (water or spittle from the
mouth); ef. anohyira; - awg h. ntasu, snakes eject or discharge
slaver; wohinam no so, they spit on him.
a ii i ii-a n a 11, n.d-a. quadrate, square; four-cornered, qiiadran-
ahiii-asa, n.&a. triangle; three-cornered, triangular. /J£/»?^"'-
ahin-asid, n.d-a. hexagon; hexagonal, sexangular.
hill him, red. v., s. him; - ohinhim ne ti de di adehyesem, he
waves or fosses his head in pride and arrogance.
hiiiliii'i, red. v., s. bin.
hiiii, V. 1. to shut, close, lock a door, a gate; hini dan no iiuo
= koka opon no hini auo; hini berapae; minhini dan no ano (=
mento pon nom') ana? - 02)p. hie; (/. mua. — 2. Ak, = hie, to ojwn,
unlocli; hini dan no, 02)cn the room ; opp. to mu. — 5. intr. to open,
he opened, pr. 713.
Ahinime, name of a month, about October; s. osram.
hintabea, -be re, -bew, hiding-place.
h i 11 1 a h i n t a w , red. v. , pr. 393. 1265.
li in t aim 11 11, the smallest kind of ant.
hintaw, v. Kuk. fvvinta, F. hota, hunta, to hide, conceal; to
he hid or concealed; wakohintaw or wah. neho, he has hid himself;
wah. ne sika, he has concealed his gold; ade a abintaw nhinil befi adi,
all that is concealed will come to light. - b. is also used to express
the adv. secretly: woye hintaw, or, wobiutaw ye, they do it secretly;
a hintaw e, hiding-place. [pr- 183-83. 1384.
ahintaw-mii, in secret, secretly, stealthily, by stealth, clande-
stinely.
hintiw, V. [Ak. sunti, F. purow] to stumble, to strike or knock
the foot against, to hurt the foot by knocking against something; ma-
hintiw bo, I have knocked my foot against a stone; mah. me nan,
I have hurt my foot (by knocking it against something), pr. 1387.
h i n t i b 6 , stumbling-stone.
hintidiia, stumbling-block, any cause of stumhling or falling,
cause of offence or sin, occasion of sinning.
hinti-liintiw, red. v.
hill till, V. to excite, rouse, stir up; me bo ab. me, my heart is
stirred up, my anger has been roused or excited.
o-h 111 ti(m)praku, a piece of wood contrived so tliat it flics bach
180 ahisem — ho.
ujion ivJiafever f ouches if; cluasin a wode sum afiri; ehutan a, ebo
wo; - masi auoma no h. pr. 13S5f.
ahi-sem [ahi asem] a vcxntlons ov provolc'wfi word or nuitfcr,
:= ascm a eje ahi or tan, abantansem ; oka ah.
ahi-tew, inf. reluctance, nnwilUnyness, displeasure, dislike.
ahi-ye, inf. teasing, vexation, provocation.
alil-yi, inf. mocJceri/, derision, scoff, scorn: cf. fewdi.
0-liiy ii'o, ^Z. a-, mocker, deridcr, scoffer.
hm hm, inter j. an expression of faint-hearted or reluctant
compliance, acqniescense or assent, or of anger. pr.356S.
o-h 0, )>ron. of place, Gr. § (50,8. find place, there, thither; some-
times applied to time: then, cf. eligbere; onam ho, there he (joes;
owo ho, he is there, he is present; onni ho, lie is not there; eho ye,
'// is u-cll; - di ho, to he the second, the not in a row, in ranlc, s. di
23. — It may take the adj. pron. no after it: eho no, wudu ho a,
wobehu biribi, there, ifi/ou come there, you will see (experience) some-
thing! — It may stand as an attribute in the poss. case before a
noun: eho awgw sen hade, the cold in those countries is severer than
here. — ^In connection with some verbs, as gye, sere, it answers
to the Eng. 2)rep. from: wagye me ho sika, he has iedccn money from
me; osere me ho ade, Gr. § 22,"), 3. — wgba no ho, F. = wgba ne
likyen. Mt. ]i,'^9. Ml: J:2,IS. — ye ho, F. to he done, to come to pass.
ML 11,S3. 13,4. 29 f- — enye ho, he it so! — When ho stands in ap-
position to a noun of place, it must be n-ndered in Eng. by that:
tiirom' ho, nnua abieu sisi ho, two trees stood in that garden. —
ell Olio in (a kind of plural form), thereahout(s). — The emphatic
particle ara may be added: eho-ara na ope se gko, he desires to go
just there; wgte hgnom-ara, they live thercahoufs, nowhere else. —
Cf. hg-ne-hg.
ho, v., red. hoho, s. horo.
ho, V. Ak. = how.
ho, interj. expression of contempt; obi ka ascm hi na enye
wo de a, wuse: ho!
h6\ interj. expressing disdain and defamation: woliuro no hoo
= wgbg no tutuw, they deride or revile him with shouts; wgsg no ho,
they speah indignantly of him. — ho ho ho, F. interj. of shouting,
li6, n. tO adv. 1. deep, hollow; ne kuru nom' da tokuru ho,
there is a deep hole in his tvound; n'auiwam' aye ho, his eyes are
hollow i.e. sunJc in their orhits or soclcets; cf. honh. — 2. leaky, pre-
senting a gap or opening to see through: osuhye no mu da ho ho
nti, gdan no I'lwini, hecause the roof has holes large enough to see
through, the house is damp, lets ivater in; mpapaeho, a fissure, cleft
or crack that can he seen through.
ho, adv. i(- n. loudly, aloud; a roar, nproar, huhhuh, tumult,
riot; wgteem' ho, wgye ho, they cry aloud, they hollo, hrdloo,' make
a loud noise, huhhuh or riot; cf. hgbgbgbg, hii.
6 h o, olioo, interj. F.=n'n6(^, dabi, no, nay; Gr. § 1 46,3.. ilff. 5,37.
hu, interj. an expression of disgust at some stench, pr. 460.
cho. ISI
c-lio, Or. i? llS-ll*(>. ///(' cxlcriitr: I. ti) (tf tliiii}i,s: llir oiilcr or
oidinird i>(iri, outside, sntf(tvc, (t/>j>C(iriiii(f ; - />) of jx-isoiis: t/ic hu-
iiKiii (ifdiic; - i) the irhdlc Ixxli/; - d) lite irlialr /icrson. — ^i. of
j)IacH': l/ic outward ports, the sjioei: without or outside (exf(![)t.iii<^
cases ill wliicli akyi or akyiri staiuls); •iieaniess, projiiiiit//. —
o. ^f) of local n'latioiis: oh, at, />//, )ie((r, to, sidrwanls, alwut, irrouud,
at/<iinsf; - />) of causal relations: of, (d, alwut, touchiiit/, roiireriiiuy,
r'etatimf to. Gr. § 121,2. 210/^ 24;i 7.V///. J.
vl.KxampU's in which ho is the i;rannnatical suhject of a sentence.
/. Ne ho ye hn, - nwoiiwa, - serew, his iip/iraraurc excites fear, -
wtouter, - touiihter. — ^. When (Icnotiii}:; the. outer part of a thinj^
(tf whidi the preilieate exj)resses an action, coiulition, or (juality
that may he perceived hy the senses of vision, smell, or touch: it
is, ill Enu;., generally left untranslated, its attritjute heing the suh-
ject of the Eng. scMitence: j\Ipata ho wo al)(»n, fis/ies have (lit, the
surface of fishes has) sc(des; adaka no ho ye Iijinahana, this furni-
ture is vera tjrijiht ; ahina ho ye hyehye, pr. 13S3.- nantvvi hi ni, ne
ho kokg ne fufu, there is a tndloclc of a red and white colour; akoa
(afana) no ho ye fe, this fellow (woiuan) is pretty; wo ho aye fi, jiou
are dirt//; nehoye nwini, ye tan, he is nast//, U(/l//; aholiow ho hon,
the red aut stinhs, pr. ilo. 24:.'7. won ho ye hiiam, the/j are or become,
sweet-sceided, hare a sweet smell; o]k)u no ho ye torotoro, this tidde
is smooth; oye onipa a neho hhvvi-iihwi, lKi.1,8. oknra poma, eho
apgw-apow, lie has a knotti/ slick in his hands; inahu dua hi, eho
nsge-nsge, I have seen a tree with the bark full of thorns. — 5'. In
the sense of bod// (in contradistinction to mind) ho occurs in a num-
l)er of exjiressions which denote conditions and tjualities of the
hodily constitution of man: Wo ho te denV how (ire you? me ho te
yiye or me ho ye, / am well; me ho ye pese or pintinn, / am }>er-
fectly well ; me ho ye kakra, I am tolerat)ly well; me ho uye kora,
/ am not at all well; me ho nye me dch, I do not feel well; ne ho
aye no den bio, ne ho agyae, he has yot better again ; ne ho ye den,
neho pirini, lie is strony, he(dthy, stout; he has a strong constilutiou;
neho him, popo, saw, lie shakes, trembles, quakes, shivers; neho
ye hyew, he is hot; no ho hum no, ye no hyew or hyerehyei'e, he
feels hot; ne ho keka no, ye no hene or henehone, his skin itches, is
irritable; neho apa, his body is bare, espec. of beasts: ase ama oguah
no ho apa, the manyc (scab, or itch) has caused the sheejfs hair to
fall off: ne ho abubii no kora, he is entirely sh(dtered, broken down,
exhausted, strenythless, laid low; ne ho aba ne ho bio, neho asan, he
has recovered from, his sickness, is well again; neho tua neho, he
is fat, well fed, corpulent; neho twa, neho ye hare, kamkam, we-
we, he is nimble, cpdck, active, brisk, alert; neho da hg, he is un-
covered, exposed, denuded; neho &{\, he is pure, clean; fig. he has
been cleared from guilt, acquitted. Justified; neho tew, he is bright,
pure, blameless, holy; ne ho ye no yaw, he feels j)ain in his body;
gyare; neho worow, his skin peels off. — neho awu, s. wu. — 4.
Other Combinations of h o, body, self, with a verb, have, by a trans-
fer from the bodily to the mental province, become expressions for
mental conditions and aft'ections. In some such phrases ho signifies
182 eho.
the things round about or the circumstances of a person or thing.
Neho abow no, he is disheartened; uelio bono, F. he is amazed.
Mk. 2,1^. ne ho dwiriw no, he is amazed, terrified; ne ho ad wo, agow
(no), akji, ka ne ho, asan no, pesew no or sepew no, ato(no), atu no,
he is at ease, ccdm, composed, comfortable, happy, joyful, rejoiced,
contented &c. ne ho afgm no, he is in anxiety, cast down, dejected,
dismayed; nehohiano, kyere no, yeraw no, he is in a strait, in
distress, trouble, perplexity; neho liaw no, hwanyah no, pere no,
nsen no, titi no, he is impatient, restless, iineasy d'C. ne ho hyia ne
ho, his means meet his wants, he has all he wants; ne ho awow, his
means are dried up i.e. exhausted; ne ho twa, ne ho wo, lit. his about
is smooth or dry, i.e. he is not disorderly (sakasaka), he is clever,
adroit, smart, well-^mannered ; neho ye sakasaka, he is disorderly,
ill-mannered. — 5. In some phrases ho means the space aboid, the
ivay to get at, or a source, a place to receive something, or the con-
cerns of & thing: Afuw no ho da ho, the access to the plantation lies
there i.e. is open, not impeded, the plantation is not fenced in; nhoma
yi ho ye me na or hia me, I am anxious to get this bonlc; nhoma yi ho
ye na, this boolc is not easdy to be got at; asem no ho hia, that ivord
(or matter) is of importance. — Ne ho ye fow, good wages may be
had from him, he gives good wages. Me ho wo ade, - akyede, I am
foiiunate in getting things, - presents.
B. Examples in which ho is an attribute in the possessive case:
"Wo ho ade ye den, things belonging to your nature are very hard,
i.e. your dealings or manners are troublesome (?), there is not much
help to be had from you; - wo ho ade ye na, things from you are diffi-
cult, i.e. there is little to be expected from you. — In most cases ho in
the poss. case must, in Eng., be rendered by prepositions: Oko no
ho asem ni, this is the history of that war; ne ho hu nti woguahe,
from fear of him they fled; wakyerew me n'akwantu ho nhoma, he
has written me a letter about his journey.
C. Examples in which ho is the object of the predicate:
1. ho in the reflexive pronoun forms the object of refl. verbs, cf Gr.
§57.218,1 a. — 2. ho =the outside, outer part: dufua ne dua a woa-
fufuaw ho kakra.
D. When h 6 is the locative complement of a predicate, or the spe-
cific complement of a verbal phrase (Gr. § 208. 213.. 214), or when
it occurs in an adjunct of place, concern or cause, it always refers
to an attribute expressed or understood, and is, in Eng., rendered
by prepositions or adverbs of place. Ote pon ho, he is or was sit-
ting at the table; me nso migyinaa ho bi, I also stood by; yeaben
kurow no ho (Gr. § 208,3), tee have come (close) to, or, are near the
town; eti bo akyene ho, a sJcull sticJcs to the drum, pr.Ull; mfonini
sen dan ho, the picture hangs on the wall; Akwam' da Firaw ho,
AJcwam is on the river Volta; agyinamoa de ne ti twitwiw ne nan
ho, the cat is rubbing its head against his leg; - waka wo ho asem
yiye, he has spoken well of you; ne ho asem hyee (wo) asase no nh. so,
the report of him (his fame) spread over the whole country; nkyene
nse ne ho se: meye de, salt docs not say of itself: I have a pleasant
taste, pr. 1942. mabere (wo) no ho, I am tired of him; midweh me
hoa — ahodannan. 183
inia In"), / am tliiukimj about iii// hnil/icr. Afyka ne li6; incka no liu;
ode niiipa lia kaa dnin no ho; Gr. § 214,1 h. Jiiiii. (>.
Verbs that have lio tor their coiiiinon coniph'nieiit:
bo ..ho, to l)C (Jonltlc; cans. /o doiiljh', reduplicate; - bata,. liO, fain.,
ho, ka..lj6, to Join, he added; cans, to join, add;- dura.. ho, kata..
lio, to envelop, cover; - gorn .. hO, di .. ho few, to moek at; guaii .. ho,
hia .. ho (cans, of ho guah, ho liia), to trouble; - tew .. ho (eaus. of
ho tew), to clean, nia/ce bri;/ld, Jioli/, to sanctifi/; - tii (atade) ho, to
brush (clothes); t\Viw (asepaterc) lio, to brush, rub, clean (boots) &v.
hoa, V. to be white, pale, litjld-coloured; dvVete hoa na sika
here, silver is ivhite and [fold is red; - to be hri<jht, to shine, (jlisten,
(flitter; - to turn, (/row, or become white dv., pr. ^931. — gkgtn nti
ii'ano ahoa, his lips have become pale tvith long continued hunger;
- to ripen: aburow no alioa = abore, aye ko, the corn is ripe, yel-
low or white (to harvest, Johni, .'Jo) ; pr. 672. — hoa ho, to malic white,
to jntlish; dwete dwinne ho biri a, odwumfo na ohoa ho. lied, hoa-
hoa, q. V.
hoa, n. a Vujht colour; liijht-tdue cotton-yarn or cloth; waliye
no hoa, lie has dyed it liijld-blue.
hoa, s. hoawa. — hoae, F. whiteness.
\\ a h o a, red. v. 1. s. hoa. — 3. to praise or extol beyond merit;
to fatter; - h. neho (reft.), to boast or br(((/ (vvg.. lio, of..).
o-ho-aiika-iii, a selfish, self-sufficient person; neaonipe se onipa
ho ka no, na ne nkuto pe neho. pr. 1-117.
lioaiiyriii, s. hwanyan.
e-lioara,/«s# there, (at) that very place; pr. 3251. s. eho.
hoawa, s. ofwedwa.
ahoba, F. .s. awowa; ode nano asi me ah.; niedze menokwar
si w'ano ah., thereto I pliyht or (jive thee my troth.
ahobadze, V. pledye.
ahoba', the generative fluid of the male, sperm, animal seed;
e-ho-bere, that time, then. f(^f- nsu.
ahobo, F. s. ahobow.
alio-boa = onipa ho aboa; ef. tiboa, nsaboa; - neho mmoa
keka no, he is in a flush or glow, from excitement, joy, passion,
aho-boa, ahoboaboa, inf. preparation; syn. ahosiesie.
h ob b b 0, adv. loudly, aloud, noisily, clamorously ; sfi, kasa,
bom', teem' h. = ho, hu.
aho-bow, inf. (E\) [ho, bow v.'] wonder, astonishment, amaze-
ment; surprise; eye me ah. (== ahodwiriw, liwoiiwa), I marvel,
wonder, am astonislied. Mt. 9,33. 13,54. 22,33. 27,14.
ahobodzo, F. wonder, miracle. Mt. 24,24.
aho-drida, inf. [dada neho] self-deceit, self-deception.
aho-daiV, inf. [dan neho] turning, conversion.
aho-dan na n', inf. [dannan neho] repeated change or trans-
formation; nimbleness, agUity, versatility, pr. 2547.
184 aliodaso — ahotweso.
aho-daso, inf. [rlaucbo so] readiness, preparation, precaution,
circumspection. Ah. nye hu, pr. 1393.
ahu-de(e), Y .&\\bdi7.Q\e\io ?iA%\ personal propcrtij, effects, tlungs;
geaei'. 2^>'operfij. — e-lio-de, Inf. [de neho] independence, Uhcriy.
aho-edeii, aho-odeii [ho ye or wg gden] (boddi/) licaJth and
strength; strengtli in general, power, niig/d, valour; cf. tumi. —
0-ho-odeiifo, pi. a-, a strong, health//, stout man ov person, a
man of valour; cf. oberah, otwentwemfo, otumt'o.
a h 6 o d e n-n e, ahooden-sem, valiant, powerful or might g deeds.
ah d e ii-ii w u m a^ mighty works.
aho-dom, inf. [dora neho] cffeminac/j, delicacy, softness, tveaJc-
ness; gye ah. dodo, he is too delicate (in feeling), too tender or tvcfd:.
o-hodoinfo, ^:)?. a-, weakling, tender, delicate, effeniinate person.
hodoo, ahodog, Ky. s. horow, ahorow.
aho-dwaiie, Ak. = ahoguan.
aho-dwira, ahodwira, inf. [dwira \\q\\o] purification.
ahu-dVviriw, inf. [ho d\viriw] terror, horror, amasemcnt; cf.
nwohwa, ahoyeraw.
aho-dwo, ahodwoee, inf. [ho dwo] rest (from trouhle); quiet,
peacefid, happy state and circumstances.
hodvVo, hodwohodwo, a. (£■ adv., slack, lax, relaxed, loose;
weak, feeble, strengthless; syn. bete, bercw, borggg e^c; gye adwu-
maye mn hh., he is slack in his work.
hodwow, r. 1. to he or become slack, relaxed, loose, weak,
feeble; n'adesoa ah., his load is no longer tight; wabg akwakora uti
or ne yare nti wah., from old age or from sickness he has become
weak; ne nsam' ahodwow = agow. — ^. tr. to slacken (adesoa mu,
to make a bundle less tense or tight); to loosen (hama or epgw mu,
a string when tied, or a knot), opp. mia, yere mu; to untie, = san,
opj). kyekye; to weaken, enfeeble, debilitate, relax; wgahodwow no
hodwohodwo, he has been entirely disabled, sprained or exhausted
(so that all his limbs are, as it were, out of Joint).
aho-fa-di, inf. [fa neho di] emancipation, manumission, liberty.
g-holadifo, pil. a-, an emancipated slave.
ahofadi-pefo, the liberal party. Hist.
aliofama, inf. [fa neho mfi] voluntary offering of one's self for
some purpose, voluntariness, volunteering; devotion. — ah. dgm, a
volunteer company, corps of volunteers, free corps.
o-hofamafo, p^l. a-, volunteer.
aho-efe, -ofew [ho ye or wg gfew] beauty, fairness, fineness,
handsomeness, grace, elegance, prettiness. — o-hoofefo, i^Z. a-, a
fair, handsome, pretty person; = nea neho ye fe; cf. oso.
aho-fi, /;//. [ho fi] cleanness; innocence; acquittal; deliverance
(by the A'erdict of a jury).
ahO-fom, inf. [ho fgm] dejection, deprression of spirit or mind.
aho-ofwam, Ak. = aho-ohuam.
aho-fweso, inf. [fwe neho so] chastity, pudiciiy ; heedfulness.
ahofwi — ahohora. 185
a 1 1 o I'w 1, (IchiiKcJicrij, dissoluteness^ inlciii/x'rancc, l<(sciri(ii(siicss,
tcicduess, liccnfioKsiiess; cxtraoar/ance, laulshncss, prodiyidity ; riot-
iiKj. — if. iiiiyonuycutwi.
o-liorwiiii, })l. 'A- -io, dehdKchce, sensiifd or dissipalcd person;
prodiffuK squanderer; cf. ogyennyentwi,
allot' \Vi-s<jm^ proflUjacii, vicious and pcrnicions or destructive
dcalin(f.
alio-ii'Oii o, inf. [Iio f>ouo (<ygo\v] l.atsc, easiness; freedom fnnn
pain, disturhanee, trouble, tad, distress, exertion, an)io/jancc, porert//
(Did difficult//; rest, quiet; al)sence of any tliimj t/ud ruffles, diseoin-
poses or frets, tranquilliti), pcaec. (Ascm hi nni wo so, iiso woiinc
bi kaw bina wowg biribi to biribi di.) — j2. carelessness, indifference.
aho-giian, ////. [guan ho] vexation, harassing, troubling (act.
cf. ahoy i'Y aw, pass.). — o-h o <j,' n a I'l t'o, j;L a-, a vexations, trouble-
some person, vexcr, troubler, disturber.
alio-ti'jo, inf. [gye neho] self-defence, self-deliverance.
ahoi^ye-ko, tear of independence, liberation-war.
aho-f^yigyem', inf. [gye ah. = ode neho gyigye mu] inter-
ference, (inter)meddling; forwardness, cf. toretereye.
o-liogyi<^yoin fo. /)/.a-, bus/j-bod//, saucg or inquisitive person,
uieddler.
aho-haran, inf. [ho liartin] splendour, magniftcence; cf anuo-
nyani.
a ho- eh arc, -oh a re, Ak. aho-oherc [ho ye hare] swiftness,
quicJincss, ligJdncss, nimhlencss. pr. .506.
aho-hia, inf. [ho hia] distress, embarassmcnt, perplexUg, prcss-
vre (passively), trouble.
o-liohiat'o, pi. a-, = gh6guahfo.
ahu-hiahia, inf. pressure (act.), vexation, tribulation, trouble.
aho-him, inf. [ho him] trcmhling.
hoho, red. v., s. horo.
o-hoho, jj?. a-, 1. stranger, foreigner, cf. onanani, omamfrani. —
;2. guest; meye no h. = migye no wo me fi, mokokyc no aduan, I
sliow him hospitality; meye ne h. = mesoe ne hkyen, 1 2Jut up, tcdcc
lodgings (d Ids house, am Jiis guest ; wakosoe h., fie has gone to tafce
lodgings.
a h li ah 6 a, inf. [hoahoa neho] boast, brag, bravado, ostentation,
hoho-bea, a foreign place; gko h., fie ivent abroad. [P'^iff-
ah oh o-d a h, a house (or room) for strangers or guests; inn, hotel.
ahoho-duau, food of a guest, food obtained by fJie f hospitality
of otliers.
ahoho-l'i, a fiouse wficre travellers are lodged and entertained;
syn. ahghodah^ cf. asoee.
ahoh(jrji, ahorohora, Ak. ahorohorowa, disgrace, dishonour,
ignominy, infamy, sfiame, scandal; w;iye ali., n'auim aye ah., fie
has been disgraced (pei-h. disgraced himself), has become infamous,
abject; bo or ye .. ah., to defame, disgrace, disfionour; to insult, abuse,
186 ohohorani — horn.
revile; s^;?.yaw, ka anim, tectee, ma ani wu; cf. didi atera, gu anim
ase. — ahohora-bo, aholiora-ye, inf.
O-hohoraiii, j>?. a- -fo, an infamous, despicable, abject, vile per-
son (onipa a oye bone na obi mmu no; opp. onuonyanifo).
aho-horaii', inf. [horan neho] arrogance, assumption. Ah. na
ede ko ba, pr.
h oh ore, red. v. bore, to heave, swell, rise (said of dough]; to
grow fast, thrive: abofra no ahohove kokuro, onipa no ah. aye kese.
ho ho re, mucus, spittle, phlegm; gbo waw na ofe h., he coughs
and throws out phlegm \ cf. ntasu.
hohoro, red. v. horo.
ahohow', a species of ant, emitting an offensive smell, of a
reddish colour, living on trees, espec. lime- and orange-trees. /jr. 2i27.
jihohow' = ahuhuw, huruhurow a efi nipa auom', breath; n'a-
nom' ah. bon, ye hiiam, ye hyew.
o-hoho-ye, a-, inf. reception and entertainment of strangers or
guests, hospitality.
ah 0-0 hiiam, sweet scent or smelly grateful odour, fragrance.
ahO-huru, inf. [ho burn] heat, warmth.
ah h u r u-b e r e, summer.
aho-h w anyaii, inf. s. hwahySh.
aho-hyeh3^e, inf. [hyehye neho] = ahohoahoa.
aho-h yes 6, inf. [bye neho so] self-command, self-discijdine,
chastity.
aho-ehycw, -ohyew, heat of the skin or body in fever &c.
cf. ahohuru.
o-hokafo, a single man; nea onni bi lika ue ho, onni yere, nni
mma; cf. ohokwafo.
ahokcka, inf. [ho keka] itching, prieldng, tingling; p)ric]dy-
heat, a cutaneous eruption of red pimples, s. fifise.
ahokeka, /«/'. [kekri neho] adornment, decoration; attire, dress.
ahokekadc, ornament, adornmerd ; set-off, finery; trimmings;
Jewels.
O-hok wal'o, 2'1- ^'i 1- "ea okunu se oyere mfam ne ho, a single,
unmarried person, also a widower or widow; cf. ohokafo, osigyafo,
okunafo. — ^. nea pyare bi nkurano na biribiara nye no, a sound,
healthful, hfde, hardy, robust, stanch person.
aho-kyere, inf. [ho kyere] = ahohia.
aho-kyere, inf. [kyere neho] ostentation, vanity, (self-)conceit,
vain-glory ; cf. ahantaii, ahohoahoa, ahohyehye, ahom, ahupo.
o-li okyerefo, pil. a-, an ostentatious, vain, self-conceited person.
horn, Ak. F. pron. s. rao & Gr. § 58 Hem. 1. 2.
horn, V. \_red. hohhom] F. ohom no so, Akr. ohye no so, odi
no so mmerantesem &c. to outrage, treat with violence and tcrong,
roughly, rudely. - horn do, F. to rule over. Mk. 10,42.
horn, a-, F. = homo, strength, pr. 1510. Mk. 12,30.
ahom — ahomegi'i. 187
ahum, inf. F.i. = gli6me. — 3. (jyeah. = oye ahokyero, aliaii-
taii, lie is liaiKffif//, proud. — 3. n'alioin ka iiolio, lie is liitp))ij.
[Mt. 5,12. I's. 128,2.
jihoma, F. 1. = liama. Mk. 1,7. 7,3'). — ^. = nlioma.
iVhom a, tet. lioma, Y. aliCima, woma, nwoma, 1. the sldn ov hide
taken from an animal body (diff- viere); ef. oj^uanhoma, nantwi-
iilioma, asonlioma. — 3. leather. — 3. paper; r/'. boro-nhoma, krata.
— ■l.j)Iai/iii(/-eard(s); tow nh., to phi i/ (at) eards. — 5. letter, epistle;
cf. mana-nlioma. — 6". hook; sijn. brukfi'. — 7. iib. or iihomam',
hoolc-lear))i))ij ; liferari/ knoivledijc: osua nh., he learns to read; he
studies; onim nliomam', he is an ediuudcd, learned or literari/ man,
a seholar. — I'lhoma, uhoniawa, i>/. nhoma-nhoma, /rao^, />ra//6C,
pamphlet, little hoolc.
a I'l h o in a u' u a I'l [nhoma a agiuin] a dried sldn ; owu ye ahh. yaw,
[pr. M91.
a 1 10 m a-k a n , inf. --^ iVhuina kan, reading hooks ; cf. Gr. § 203, 1 .
I'lhoni a-kyere NV, inf. writinn on paper, writing of letters or
books. — di nil., to correspond, have epistolarij intcrcotirse. — lih.
ho kwahnya, liberty of the press. — ii homa-iiy ansa, science.
11 h 6 111 a-p e, nhoma a wgapo no aye krata, jjarc/iwic«f. 2 Tim.4,13.
u li 111 a-s u a , inf. = nhoma sua, learning from books.
I'lliOiiiri-tintiiii, inf. priniing; rih.-tintim-afiri, printing-press.
11 h m a-t w, inf. card-playing.
ho 111 a 11, V. {^•cd. homahomrti'i] to swell (of a bud, a carcase),
to bloat, distend; to be puffed up or bloated, inflated or flushed {with
pride); to puff oneself uj); wahoman akg won so, he ftetv upon them,
raUed at them, used rough and angry words, insolent and reproachful
language, against them. 1 Sam. 26,14. Cf. horan.
e-hom-ara, F, = mo ara.
home, V. 1. to breathe; wawu, onhome bio, he is dead, he brea-
thes no longer; ontumi nhome nsi so, he cannot breathe well, breathes
with difficulty (ne home no nsi so yiye, ente senea da ete no). — 2.
to rest, repose; mabere, mekghome kakra; owigyinae mehomee wg
Aburi; se woforo bepgw yi wie a, wobehome. — 3. to vibrate, pul-
sate, beat or throb, as the arteries and the heart.
o-home, e- (inf.) 1. breathing, breath. — 2. strength: o, akoa
yi n'ni home, ah, this fellow has no strength (to work, to fight). —
5. Phr. me home tew, lit. my breath rends, i.e. my strength fails me,
I can bear it no longer, am in consternation, despair, despondency ;
it is used in the present tense; in t\\Q pret. und j)erf. tense the j'hr.
"me ho yeraw me" is used for it. — 4. rest, repose: eyi anstl-na
manya oh., now at length I have got rest; gh. bi nni asase so, there
is no rest on earth. — 5. Phr. me home ka me ho, my rest is undis-
turbed, I have peace; cf. ahomeka,
ahomc, (inf.) 1. breath; sigh; gu ah., to sigh. pr. 291. — 2. F.
rest, repose: kogye wo ahome, go take your rest; ma miunyc m'ah.,
let me have my repose.
aliouie-gu, inf. a sigh; sighing.
1.S8 ahomegve — liynelio.
ahome-u:ye, inf. recreation, refreshment, recovcri/ of strength
and spirit after toil; F. rest. Mt. 11,28 f.
aliome-ka, inf. [me home akfi me ho] satisfitiiioii, (jladncss,
joy, Ixtpplness.
ahome-tew, inf. [home tew or tew home] Ijrentlilrssncss, tfie
heincj out ofhreofh; dislress, e.vressice trouble, ve.vatioi/ cC-c. biribi a
etew wo home (somethinij that inlccs (iwtii/ your Ijreoth or rest) e.s.
emma wuiinya ahomeye, ehaw wo; syn. abotn, ahoyeraw. Owo tie
ahomctew (a.s. ahoyeraw) na oka. 2)r. 3446.
aho-emerew, -oinereWj u-eokness, infinitify. dehility.
ahom-g'VO, -ka, F. .s. ahomegye, ahomekA.
ahomkam', F. gladly. Mk. 12,37.
o-homo, shouting to welcome a person; bo li., to make a noise
in welcoming ; cf. bo t\Vi. Woboo homo gyee no awo.
homofo, the criers in cliasing game,
honitscii [ahome tenten] F. gu h., to sigh dcciily. Ml;. 8,12.
h oil, v. \red. honhgn] to pull out that which stuck fast (the blade
of a knife, the iron of a hoe from the handle, a nail from the wall);
to extirpate (a horn from a goats head : hoh ognaii aben no, hon-
lign aben no); to screw out, unscrew; honhon akyene no mfewa',
fake out the screws of that drum.
Iioi'i, V. to seize hy the nape and jJush away ; ohon no ^^ gwo
no nkonsiaw, gpo no taw, osnm no atiko.
Ii oil, V. [red. honhon] to swell : me nsareh(tn, my hai/d is swel-
ling; n'afono ahoh, his cheek is swollen; - tr. to cause to swell : mfa
lion me nan, the Guinea-wortn causes my leg to swell.
o-lioii, marrow iti the bones; brain; tirim h. the brain(s); hon-
ntini, tlic nerccs.
li()iiii, a.dcudv. deep, very deep, said of a wound, a well, the
eyes in their cavity; cf. ho.
ho 11 11, the Itumming ov buzzing oi \\\Q.^\ wotu a, wote won nta-
bah mil h. — cf. honyohonyo.
o-lioiiam [= ho nam; onipa honam, nehonam] ]. the body of
a man or animal; pr. 1420-22. o-ne mc te se glionam no ntama, we
are close or fast friends. Cf. onipadua; efunn, amn. — ;J. the flesh,
Scr. - ohonam akguno, fleshly lusts.
g-houam-ani, outward appearance; ohonam-ani ha-yi, outward-
ly; - ghonam-ani-ade, oidward, bodily, tempored (notspiritu(d) things.
ahonaiii-dzen, F. health-
o-honan-iiew [q\\oxikm Aew'] sensual pleasure, sensuality, volup-
tuousness.
o-honam-nipa, a person of one's own flesh i.e. family, kin, kin-
o-honaii-koro = ghonam koro, Mt. 19,5. [dred or people.
honaii-kuni = honam mu kxww, pr.l42Sf.
lio-ne-ho, 1. there and there, certain places there; wokg knro
nom' a, nkg b. — 3. intermediate, middling; indifferent; gwo h.,
he ivavers, is undecided.
luniluHM — ahoodoii. 189
li(') uli6ni, (pi.) a-, a spirit; the spirit of man [ah. =o8Am}lii
U.S. sunsiim, alninmu adc ncn; sunsuma iia tetefo fre no sa(se): nc
li. asoro. no so akye (orebcwu non); onipa \vu a, no h. fi no mu ko
soro]. Onyamo h., the Sj'irif of God ; Ilonhoni kronkron, the Ifoli/
(ihost; lionlioin alioto, spiritual joji or hitjipiiicss; lioiiliom-iiiu jidc,
spirit It at tJiiiii/s.
ii Imu'iIiomi, a niil(t, ijenttc iviiut; <f. nifarc, mfVania, alium.
ho 11 ho 111, red. v., s. honi; nhoiihoni nui so, nia nu'iih('imt! !
hoi'ihgi'i, red. v. hgn.
ho iihon, red. v. \\oh,
O-honi, pi. a-, a fu/iirc made of clay or wood, meant to roprc-
sont a sick person and jmt at the outskirt of the town for the spirit
supposed to be troubling- the person ; inunjc, statue; idol. [Gr. amaga.]
aho-iiiin, i)if. [nim nehO] 1. self-coi/siioiisness. — ^. conscience.
Kurtz § 12. 151.173 ■ — likwa a ah. worn' or ah. \\^vfh, personal life.
a ho nim fo"!", 1. rational being; 2. person within the Godhead.
aho-iiiiinim, inf. [ho ninnim] beginning recovery, gradual re-
storidion from sickness, convalescense.
ho 11 0, /•. intr.iCtr. [red. h()nhono| to melt (not by fire, ef. nan),
to dissolre, liqucfii; to steep), macerate; nkyene, asikre no ah.; wa-
noa ode no ma ah., site Itas orer-boiled the yam; agOgenu nc dokono
a wode nsu bono nom; ag. is a beverage of maize-bread macerated
in ivater; - ode nsa honoo yen, he pressed upon us to drink.
e-hono, 1. bark of a tree, dua (ho) bono or aboh; rind, husk,
shell; abrgbe ho h., tlie rind of a pine-apple; akutu ho h., orange-
pteelings. — 2. scales; apata ho h. or abon, the scales of a fish. —
5. F. = sare, grass for thatching houses.
lioiita, V. F. = hintaw.
lion toil, a. = tenten, long.
O-ho-nto-wo-so, an unexpected trouble, espcc. used of debts in
which one is involved by unexpected swearing. Wunnim nea amane
fi na wote ho a, oh. abetg wo so 5 asem a wunnim ase no iia ebia
abetg wo so. Oh. te se obonsam: ahkye na adada nnipa = abetg
nnipa so. [On the etymology cf. "Me sunsuma atg me so ^= me ho
aye yiye"; perh. "oh. abetg wo so" means: a medter in which your
own self did not fall upon you i.e. did not protect you, has come to
fall on you.}
ah 6-11 u, inf. [nu. neho] F. nnuho, repentance, pr. 143-5.
alio-nyri, inf. [nya neho] the state oi having got one's own self
i.e. (() one's living or livelihood, \.e. wealth, riches, b) one's liberty, i.e.
independence; cf. ehode, ahofadi. — ahoiiya-de, tvealth, ricJies.
o-hoiiyat'o, j-»/. a-, a rich, wealthy man; ef gdefo, osikani,
o-hon3"aiiyi, F. id. Mt. 10,23. Mk. 10,25.
aho-nyannyaii', inf. [ho nyannyahj horror, shudder.
lionyolionyo, n. or adv. imitative of the humming or buzz-
ing of bees or flies; gdowa ye li., the bee hums; ef. honn.
alioodon and other words beginning ahog... seek without re-
gard to the o.
190 liopae — liordnoa.
hopae [nea neho apa] (an animal) naked, hare, or hald on
the body; oguah h., a hold, naked sltcep or (joat. Cf. tipae.
aho-pe, inf. [pe nebo] self-love, selfishness, egotism.
o-h 6 p e f , i^Z. a-, a selfish, self-interested j^erson.
alio-pere, inf. [nebo pere no] eagerness (ntem a worepe de
akoye biribi a egye wo ani); impatience.
aho-pere, aho-perepere, inf. [pere nebo] self-defence. — abo-
pere-abooden, ahilitg to defend oneself.
aho-popo, inf. [ne bo popo] tremUing; alarm, fear.
O-hoprafo, pi. a-, nea okura mtira de pra obene bo, lit. a swee-
per about tbe king, a hearer of an elcphanfs-tail before tbe king;
cf. gyaasefo.
iihora, contr. fr. abobora; wgye me ab.
horaii, iJ, to raise, enlarge, swell, puff nj), expand; spread;
sijn. bomah; to make ovt<dlc nnich of; woborafi wobo papa, you make
too much of yourself, you are arrogani, assuming, overhearing; wa-
borah, lie has hecome haughty, infiated ivith pride; cf. wapgw; ne
din aboran = nebo asem abye, abyeta, he has hecome renowned;
gb, ne din, gde ne din ab. kurow yi hbina, he talked much of his
dignity in the whole town; gboran me bo -- oburu me bo, he excites
my anger; nborah wo bo sa, do not fret yourself thus. [Diff. barah.]
h ore, V. to raise, throw up; mfgte bgrc siw, the termites throiv
up earth, raise a hill; - to swell; n'ano abgre pgw, lie has pending lips
(by nature); his lips are swollen (forming a bump, by accident);
red. bobgre, q.v.
lioi'liora, F. = abobora. Mt. 1,19.
lioro, v., red. holioro, also hoho; 1. to wash, es])ec.hy re-
peatcd ruhhing; to rinse, cleanse. Tbe tbree forms are discriminatc-
ly applied tbus: a) bo bo with anim', anom', nsa, nan, to wash the
face, mouth, hands, feet; h) horo with tarn, atam, ntama, atade, to
wash a cloth or clothes; also akonhua bo, a stool cC'C. c) bobo ro with
tirim, abina mn, kuruwa mu, to wash the head, the inside of a pot,
cup, mug, jar, jug &c. — Oboro fa ayi mu sika, he treats earth with
ivater in order to separate the gold contained in it, i.e. he washes gold.
— 3. to chide, reprimand: gboro no, = gyaw no, gbg no abobora.
ah 01*0, Si plant with broad leaves; ababan tetrete a wgde twiw
awowa.
lioro, a-, s. borow, a-,
ahorohora, -horowa, s. abobora ; Rog. 874.
horohoro, a. puny, small and feeble; tender, weal-; soft;
unripe; sickly. Abofra (no ye) b. = ab. keteketewa a wgawo no se
'ne no; - ode b. a ennyihi na wodi no, wgfre no gdcdomA; - abiirb-
nhwf ye b , abibi-nbwi ye denneh, cf. nbwi; - n'anim ye b., he looJcs
sickly; - oburoni b6(nam) ye b.
horo bobo, a. bloated; waye h. ta ho se nea gyare papasisi.
horoiioa, blister; abg b. = dodonku, it has raised a blister.
iih6rgdo — ahotwetwe. 191
iiliorodo, not yet fully ripe, soft, r/rccx (corn); wowo abiirow
mil bi 111).
liorow, a. [Ky. hodoo] di/fcrent, various; scrrrnl.
;i li oro w, n. 1. kind, sjicries, variet// ; gkasra aliorow bebrO, maiii/
kiiids of IdiHfiKiffr i.e. niaiii/ di/ferod hDujUiuirs: alioro nliinabi, F.
of ercn/ hind. Mt. l.'),4?. — X-*. times (in multiplication); (mIu all. dii
ye glia, ten times ten are one linndred.
aho-saii, ■)»/". l.\\\o stun] reeovcry, restoration from sieJi•ncss;
clc(^nsing, V. Mk. 1,44. — 2. [sail neho] vindication, (self-) justi-
fication.
a h 6-s fi 11, inf. [ne ho siin no] lit. looseness, freedom from restraint;
lieiu-o joy, joyfulness. happiness, frolicsomencss; gladness, ylee, en-
thusiasm; also extravagance, vnruliness.
a li o-s epc w, inf. [ne hd sepew no] joyfulness, joyousness, cheer-
fulness, gladness, gaiety, joviality, hilarity, happiness.
ahu-sesew, inf. [sesew nchoj = ahosiesie, 1.
alio-siosie, inf. [siesie neho] 1. preparation, preparedness,
readiness; cf. ahoboaboa, ahodaso. — 3. F. adorning. 1 Pet. 3,3. cf.
ahokeka.
alio so re, inf. [sore neho] carcfnlness ahoid one's own person
or self; chastdy.
aho-sinsiani, inf. [siam] : ah. n. s. wode wo nsaabo nsum' afa
wo ho babi mpen 2 a.s. 3 de reyi biribi agu ; a.s, biribi aka. wo ho
na woye no sa' yiyi gii.
hota, F. = hintaw.
ah 0-0 tail [ho ye tan] F. ngliness.
o-hotelo, pi. a-, a holy, righteous person, saint.
aho-tew, inf. [tew neho o>- ho tew] sanctifieation, the act of
sanctifying oneself ; hlamelessness, chastity, sanctdy, holiness, the state
of being holy or sanctified.
alio-tewe fs. hef] 1. the state o^bcing (or, things being) bright,
clean, tidy; cleanliness, neatness; onye ne nneema afiafi, ne iihinji
ahotewe. — 2. F. glory; holiness.
ahotsewefo, F. the righteous. Mt.9,13. Mk.3,17.
Ii tiri, V. to take oid from., by force; to snatch, tvrest, wring
from; h. ne nsam' sekan no, ivrcst the knife from his hand.
alio-to, inf. [ne hoato no] qiiiet, quietness, peace; happiness, joy;
comfort, comfortable feeling.
alio-to-ase''', f«/". [tonehoase] self-neglecting, iinconcernedness.
ah6-to-s6t, inf. [de neho to so] reliance (upon).
o-ho-trafo, jj?. a-, [nea otra.,h6j lit. a by-sitter, assessor, judge
latcrid; counselor, adviser; minister of a sovereign or regent; pr. 1310.
liotse, V. F. = fwete, pete, to scatter, stretc. Mt. 12,30. 25^4.
aho-tutuG, Ak. = atutuw? same?
alio-t w 1 we, inf. [twetwe neho] tardiness, slackness, slowness,
sluggishness; backwardness, dilatoriness; lingering, protaction ; oye
ah. = wosoma no a, ommo pankran nko.
192 how — Jiu^
how, V. 1. to dry on or by the fire; wgde gja na wode bow apa-
ta; fa nam gu gya so bow; nam no abow. — 2. to he not sufficiently
IjoUed, underdone: wouoa aduan na woamfa nsu annu mu senea ete
a, na emmen, na wose: aduah no abow =^ ainveh (efise ogya nni
ase, nsu pabi nso nuim', woammua so nso yiye). pr. 639. — 3. to he
lirjht, not ireif/ldy or heavy in flying or walking: wotow kyew ko
soro a, ebow; mafon nti, menama, na mebow; to be ineffective: bem-
ma no bow, the arroiv has no poicev to go fur, emu ye bare, enye
duru pi; - okji asem a, na ebow se beii = enna kora; asem a ye-
reka yi, yebo so a, ebow = eten aui, ani nna babiara. — 4. to he
■n-eak, remiss, slacJi, loose, not fast, not close, not well joined: ekyew
no bow, the cap does not fd tight; ebow so = enn9, so, enyji ok wan
pi; biribi a ebye ade bi mu na ento so pe na ofa hweii bo; syn. bo-
dwow, cf. bo so. — 5. to he lofty: Akuapem asase bow soro kyeii
Krobo. — 6. Fhr. ..were bow, bow., were, s. were.
0-ho w, inf. s.bow; Wasting; c/.gpo, withering. Deut. 28,23. Am.4,0.
aho-wow, inf. [nebo awow] exhaustion of means ov pro2)erty;
ab. nti ontumi nye mtefew-ade a ne mf'efo ye, from want of means
he cannot equal his comrades in finery.
alio-yaw, castigcdion, punishmod. M(d. 25,46. [i.q. seq.]
alio-eyji w',-oy ;i w' [nebo j-e no yaw] 1. pain, suffering, irri-
t(dion; wobye no ab. = wgye no ayayacb'. - — 2. irritahility. tou-
chiness, peitislmess. — .5. envy, grudge ; amhition, jc(dousy; male-
volence: aboeyaw e! wo ani abere me ! that is nothing hut malice!
you envy me! Cf. apese-nenko-nya.
ahoeyawde = ayayade.
o-hooyawfo, jjZ. a-, an envious, jealous, malic ions person; syn.
obofo; odi wo sika ana wo adwuma bo aboro ; ade a obi ye na eye
no bo ye no yaw.
ah 0-0 yea, Ak. = aboeyaw, j.»a/» dc.
aho-yeraw, Ak. abobara, inf. [nebo ycraw no] uneasiness,
anxiety, mortification, vexation, tribulation, icretchedness, anguish;
cf. abometew; j^r. 3446.
hrahra... s. bantibana.
hraii, s. briraii (& boran).
hu, V. s. buw.
ohu, a kind o^ pap; mmgre a wgayam na wgati bi anoa na
wgde afra m' bio; awi a wgde sugliyew aka se wgka abete no.
hti, n. or adv. imit. of blowing or of a confused noise: mframa
bg bu, tJie wind blows strong; ankonam mmg bil, ^;r. 1708. nnipa no
kasa bu = bgbgbgbg; kfirow nom' aye bu = bo. — 2. completely:
wadgw kwae no nb. bu, lie has cleared (away) the wood altogether;
.syn. kora; pr. 983.
h u", interj. an exclamation to call one from a distance.
hu, Ak. bunu, v. to see; diff. fwe, gyeii, kari. 7. to perceive
by tbe eye, to behold, discern, descry; mibuu no (= m'ani tuaano)
wg bg mprempren (Ak. mibunuu no bg sese ara), I saw him there
just now; obui se wawu, he saw that he was dead; - to have in sight;
hfi — liiia. 193
to fake notice of. pr. 187-93. 1428-53. 2023. — J2. to discover, find, find
out, invent; nicfvVef\\ e mo [)ane na inii'ilui, / am looLin(j for nti/ needle
and cannot find d. pr.4iSS.'-J670. — o. to recoynize: mihuu no neyare-
pa so na mahhu no bio, I saio him on his sick-bed and did not re-
cognize him. — 4. to perceive by mental vision, note with the mind;
to form an idea or conception of; to discern, distinguish; to know,
j)r. 1014. - to understand, comprehend. - I'hr. liu ase, - akyiri, -
\nu, to understand (the meanimj or reason, the consequences, the con-
tents); li u alio, to underst(utd hoic to manage. — 5. to learn; perf.
to know, understand, be conversant with, be able; cf . nim :^ pr. 565.
592. 1430. 1438. 1452. wjihu nelio so fwe, site knew how to guard her-
self, she has kept herself j^ure or chaste. — (J. to know, to have se.iual
commerce with. Gen. 4. — 6". to j^erccive by the organs of taste and
feeling; si/n. te. — 8. to experience, suffer: wobehu biribi, goic udl
have to suffer somelliing! pr. 586f.l451. Phr. hu amanne, to sec adver-
sity i.e. to be in affliction, to snffer; to be tormented (F.) — 9. Phr.
hu ma.., F. to feel for, si/mpathize with; - hu .. mmobg, to look at ..
with comjn(ssion, toj'itg, commiserate, have compassion or mercy on;
- hu.. anim, to obtain admission or admittance before; raahu ohene
anim 'ne, to-day I was ndmiited to the presence of the king. — 10. Phr.
"Wuhuu den na woabayi? lit. what did you .see that you have come?
i.e. what induced you to come, why are you come? wuhuu den na
wobesiimanaa no yi? for what reason have you summoned him?
Ii fi, V. to hum the hair from a dead animal; moye den ni? ye-
hu aboa, - oguah; wohu abirekyi ho wo afikyiri.
e-li II, n. fear, fright, terror; ehu aka no, fear has befallen him,
he is frightened. — ye hu, 1. to excite fear; eye hu, it is frightful,
awful, dreadful; ne ho ye hu, his appearance excites fear, he is fright-
ful, formidable, terrible. — 2. to be fearfid. afraid, timid: oy'^ hdse
akoko, he is as timid as a fotvl, = oye ohdfo. — bo hu, F. to be
amazed. Mt. 12,23.
a li u J 1. a treasure found in the earth or ground ; sika a wotu
wg fam' a.s. nnupQn mu; syn. odweh, asasede; - tu ahu, to find or
dig out a treasure hidden in the ground; watu ahu (afa), he has found
some hidden treasure, wafa odwen. — 2. = ahiinu, a thing seen. pr. 1455.
h u (\j v. \j-ed. huahua] to smell, scent; mema no aduan a, ohua
fwe ansa-na odi, when I give him food, he smells (or snuffles) at it
before he eats (it); okramaii de ne fwene ahuahua ara akohu abgka
no, the dog has with his nose traced out i.e. has scented the carcass.
Cf. ehua, huam. (hiia tie, pr. 1565.)
hua, F. hwa, Ak. fwa.
hua, V. 1. to scrajjc, scratch; hua ode, to scrape or scrcdch off
the burned paiis of the roasted yam ; to graze, to ruh or brush lightly
in passing (c/". hujisu); syn. twere, twerew; cf. hiiari, huane, & red.
huhua. — 2. (hua, cf. red. huahua) to bring a fresh leaf into close
contact with fire to make it fiabby, flaccid: tew ahabah no hiia (ka,
toto) gya posa sg kuru no mu. — 3. [^inf. ahua] to beg, to crave for;
ohiia aduan, okohua no aduah, he craves for food, begs food from
him; obehua ha da; pr. 213. cf. sere.
13
194 ahua — hiian.
a h ua, inf. begging (for food), pr. 307.
H li a, pr.n. tlie country to the east of the Volta beyond Akwam
and Aniim, called by the inhabitants Eoe, by the Akras Ay i gb e,
by the Europeans Krepe. Oko Huam' ; Ohuani, j;?. Huafo.
e-litia, smell, odour, scent (good or bad). — te h., to perceive
the smeU, to smell; mete atuduru h., I am smelling the i)oivder; (tie
h., pr. 1565.) — gy e hiia, to scent, smell : akraman gye hua na wg-
toa won aboa; migye no ho hiia. — yi h., to give (yield, produce) a
good smell, Ca. 1,12.; to have a had smell, to stink, = boh.
hua, brode hiiti, the viscous juice oozing from a newly cut
bunch oi plantains (atomprada mu nsu fita a eye ma; se eka wo
ntama ana wo nsara' a, eka ho, it stains the clothes or hands).
liua, a.&adv. viscous, viscid, sticky, glutinous; tenacious, tough ;
syn. huani, t\va, sa, ma, fa, prapra &c. Me fufu so hufi.
O-hiiae, pi. a-, broom; syn. oprae; wode abe berew na wode ye.
0-huaf6,^j/. a-, beggar, mendicant.
Huafo, the people or inhabitants of Hiia.
ll \\ a h \\ a, huahiia, red. v. 1. s. hiia & hiia. — 2. refl. (s. hiia 2)
to basJc; fa gya ma mihliuahucl melio (= meuto) kakra, provide some
fire that I may warm myself a little.
ahua ha, a kind oi plant.
ahuaha', the tobacco-plant, growing wild in the country.
Hiijuii', = Hfiamu.
liuam, v. to pluck, pull off, out, or from, with a twitch; syn.
pah, poh, tew, tu; obi rehhuam woh me nsam', John 10,28 f. — 2.
to decrease, abate ; syn. hiiah, t\ve; nsu no ahiiam. — 3. to smell i.e.
to investigate by smelling; combined with tie & te or fwe & hu:
mihiiam ta matie se eye ana; ohiiam ta fvve (Ak. ofwam tawa no
f\ve) se ebeye de ana? I smell, he smells the tobacco to know ivhether
it be good.
O-huaui, 1. the scent or odour emitted hom sweet-smelling sizb-
stances, perfume, fragrance, aroma. — 2. suret-smelling substances,
pierfumcs; aduru bi a eye hiiam, se krobow, beweonua (two kinds
of gum), mmowa (a bark), ofwentea (a fruit), pepre (aloe), osiko,
fofowa, hhwiine, osohwere. — ye or sra h., to apply perfumery to
the face, neck, arm-pits, nppjcr arms.
hiiam, iiuamhuam, a. odoriferous, fragrant, sweet-smelling;
-ye h., to be fragrant, smell sweetly; nelio ye hiiam, pr.2427. eyeh.;
nho huamhiittm.
0-huammo, inf. [hiiah, bo] or luiammo [obo a ehuah] disap-
pointment; bo o>- di h., to disappoint; to be disappointed; wadi me
h., he has disappointed me; ete se wahuah biribi a ekura ade bi mu
na ade no abo fam' (afwe ase). pr. 1458.
hua 11, v. \^red. huhhiiah] Ak. fwane, 1. to pidl or draw away,
off or forth, to withdraw forcibly, espec. a thing from under some
other object; wasoma me soro ahiiahm'aseantweri,j3r. 500^; wahuah
ne nah, Jte has forcibly withdratvn his foot. — 2. to disjoin, dislocate,
huan — luihuri. 196
2Mit Old of joint; to sprain (?) witli luu: waliiiaii ue nan iim, lie has
sprained his foot; - to he dislocated, out of Joint: lie nan aliuan.
— .5. 'to snaj}, to spring or //// kj) or bach; rebound : aiiri no ali., the
spring has snajiped off.pr. :iO:>l. — 4. to burst, crack (of ('j;<::;s in hatch-
ing cliickons). — '). to recede, ftow bacl\ louu'r, el)b; epo ahiiaii, the
sea el)bs. — ^. .. so hiiaii, to decrease, decline, diminish, lessen (of
fluids oran)f thing accumulated, of strength, pain&c); eso ah., it has
become less or lower; netumi so rehiian, his power is on the decline ;
ne kaw no so ah., his debt h((s decreased; - caus. huan .. so, to di-
minish; wahiian me kaw so ama me, lie has lessened my debt for me;
opp. dore, hyia so. — 7. ohfiah apakye = otg ap., oka (lie touches)
ne nan nni, ne sisi niu, ne gya mu, he limps, widhs lameh/, in conse-
(juence of a dislocation or fracture in a joint or leg.
hriaiV, r. [red. hiian'huan] Ak. fwane, to 2)e€l, to strip, draw
or tear off the skin, husk or rind; h. aburow = yi burohono fi abii-
row ho; h. akutu, to peel an orange; h. kwadu ho bono, apata ho
bono, to peel off the husk of a Ixtnana, scrape off the sc(des of a fish.
Cf. hua, huane, wae.
Iiiian e, v. Ak. fwane; to scratch (nebo, the skin when itching).
— h. nkorom, to snore.
iiliuane, s. nhwane.
hua 111, a. = biici, twti, twani.
O-hiia-su, Ak. ofwiisuo (biia, to graze, nsu, water] the water or
moisture of the grass and busJtes from the morning-dew or rain,
wetting the clothes of the passer-by; oh. afow mentama. j^r. 2')6.
ah u-boa, 1. aboa a wokum no a wobu ne nhoma. — ^. (ehu-
boa) aboa a eye hu, pr. 1459.
aliu-de, 1. ade a eye hu, a fearful thing. — 2. ade a wgahu,
a thing found out, invention; f/". abgrebiide,anyansahude, anyjide. —
ahude-adviene, inventive poiver or faculty of mind, ingenuity.
Iiufo, buwfo, s. buw.
O-hufo, j)l. a-, a timid picrson, cotvard. pr. 1460.
aliugya = bodua, nantwidua, a cow's fad, used as an orna-
ment on festive occasions.
liuha, innumerous; mpem mpem hiiba (opedu ahorow opedu,
ten millions) = opehuha, opepeha, opepeto, innumerable or count-
less thousands or myriads.
huliu, s. bubuw.
huh 11, a. [red. of ehu] fearful, cd armed, full of fears and ap-
prehensions; oman mu aye h. = wokekii asem se ebia dom reba
n.a. na wosuro ntia gmah no abg twi.
huhua, ananse b., a spider's web or net. Ak. ntontan.
huhua, red. v. hua, 1. to graze, to rub, touch or brush liglitly
in passing ; gte pghkg no so a, na ne nan h. (=twe) fam'; ne ntama
h. (= sesa) fam'. — 2. with ho or akyi: to be near one: oh. me
ho, he is always near me; wokg babi a, mih. wo akyi (wo ho), I
crave to be near you wherever you go.
196 ahiihua — ohum.
ahuhna, 1. a Utile famine, scarcity of food; nnansa yi ah. aba
kakra, jn-ovisions have Jjecome rather scarce in these days (in May or
June, when the yam begins to grow). — 2. s. ahuhuwa. — pr. 1253.
o-huliLi-bo, pi. a- [obo huhuw] a fahe iveight. pi: 1401.
ahiihu-de; = ade huhuw, a vain, futile, useless, worthless, con-
temptible, mean, base, vile thing or things.
ahuhu-dze, F. lasciviousness, ML 7,22., tvickedness.
ahuhu-dwuma, trifling, domestic work.
huhuhuhti, murmuring; kasa h., to murmur, cf. iiwinwi.
pr.2187. dzi.. hubfdiu, F. to murmur against. Mk. 14,5.
Hull ulifi h u, name of a month, about June; s. gsram.
o-liLihu-ii i, ^j?. a- -fo, = onipa huhuw, a mean, base, rile, ab-
ject, ivicked, worthless fellotv or person, pr. 1090.
O-h u h u r w, .*?. ohuruhuro w.
ahull us em, = asem huhuw, vain or idle words or talk, non-
sense, futility, vanity; meanness, baseness, vileness; akoa yi di ah.,
this fellow IS full off nonsense, plays wanton tricks.
hiihuw, a. vain, worthless, ttseless, good for nothing ; common,
despicable; mean, base, vile; se wonni sika a, anka eye ade huhuw
bi kwa, if gold (gold-dust) were not used in commerce, it tcould be
but a useless thing, pr. 917. Cf. hunu, funu.
huhuw, red. v. huw, to blow rcpc(drdly: h. iikwan, to blow or
cool the soupi; hkwan no ye hyew dodo, liuluiw so naehh\vo!^>r. 1462.
— Ohuhiiw' ne ba no, gprapra ne ba ho huhuw no ho = gsore ne
ba, of we ne ba so yiye, she is very particular ov careful with her child.
aliuhuw [luiw, to blow'] 1. breath: whiff, puff; blast ; n'anom'ah.
ye hyew, ye hiiam, bon. the breath of his mouth is hot. - smells good,
- stinks: mede m'anom' ah. memaa ne h(3 yee no hyew, / warmed
him with my breath. Cf. ahohow, ohome, ahuhuwa, ohuruhurow. —
3. = ahuhude.
ahuhuwa, 1. blast, the hot stream of air coming from a fire;
mframa hyewhyew a efi gyam'. — 2. s. ahuhud.
a-hu-kaii [hu kaii, to see first}: wadi me ah., he has seen me
first, pr. 2910.
h um, V. s. hom.
e-hum, down, the fine, soft, hairy oidgrowth from the leaves of
some plants; ade bi a ete se nhwi wo sasono ne afwerew ne awo-
rdh n.a. ho.
o-li u m', a yearly festival, annual custom of the Guah people (Da-
te, Kyerepgn, Mamfe, Mampgn, Tutu, Asantemma) and part of the
Akeras, celebrated with feasting, playing and dancing; amah a wo-
kasa Guah hh. na edi hum, tese Akropghfo ne Aburifo twa odwira;
cf. odwira, aberekwasi, akohhuro. — ode-hum', a festival for the
fetish at the time of planting (?) yam; s. ohumkau; - abete-hum'.
0-hum, pi. a-, a brazen gun, bhmderbnss ; tuo tia bi a wgde di
aherafo anim' : hvl owa na wgta de ye ne dade a eda ne bona mu no.
ahum — luiiihoii. 197
ahum, 1. a strong wind, gnlo, storm; mframa kese or bebre,
cf. mi'are, oprannii; ah. retu, a storm is rising; ah. tui na ebuu dua
gnu kwah mu; ah. abesi man mu; ah. abetu ade a etua odah atifi
no ko; ah. abefa onipa afi hyen nom'. — 2. s. ahun 3.
ahum, introdndion of a song; bo ahum,
-huma, adj. (in cpds.) common, not sacred; s. dahuma, oni-
humani.
ohum'-da, da a Guahfo di won afrihyia, c9. ohum.
ahuml'o, won a wokura ahum di lieue anim, s. ohum it gya-
asefo.
ahum-kiiii, the time of the first ohum custom. — ahum-di, inf.
ahii m-ne-aham, mistle-toe, a parasitic plant on trees.
ahfimobo, ahumoborc, mmoborohunu, /«/". [hfi.. mmobo]
pitg, si/)n2>ath//, romj)((ssion, commiseration, merci/; cf.timohq, ayam-
hyehye. — n'ahumobor doso dodo, F. he is most gracious.
ahfnnobor-do, F. mercifully.
huii, Ak. = huuu, a. d-. adv.
ahu 11, Ak. ahuno, ahunu, 1. ahuiimii, ahunum, the air,
atmosphere, the apparently empty space above the earth; cf. Avim;
ffr. hunu, a.] — 3. ahiiii mu asl or ato no so, something invisible
(from the air) has come down on him i.e. he has fallen in a swoon,
is in a fainting fit, has had an cpile2)iic fit; ah. ye ade a wuhhu,
ete se oliome ara; cf. ahum = mframa, ahonhom, & ahunum, piti,
beraw, abiribiriw). — 3. ahuii, ahuiimu, ahum, aliuntwam
kakra, a little whde; ma ahuh ntwam' kakra ansa-na mentoa m'a-
sem so, wait or let me uuiit a little and then I shall proceed in my re-
lation; wokoyi, ahunmutuam'kakvaa, bera, j/o» are going now, hut
come again in a little while; ahunmu fa mu kakra a (or, ahuh [ahum]
kakra fam' [twam'J a), na agyae, in a little while it will be over;
ahunmu faa so no, osoree, after a little tvhile he arose.
all un-m u-b y e u, air-balloon; cf. mframa-toa.
buna, V. [red. hunahuna] 1. to importune, tease, defy, provoke,
challenge; wope se wo yohko hye wo ase na wohye no so a, na wu-
huna no neh; wode asemmone bi (anuoden) h. wo yohko; ahene 2
ye dom na obiako hkoa betwam' a, ope se ohaw won na eye won
wura abufuw (tan). — 2. de neho hh. .. mu, to obtrude ujmn, to be
burdensome to; to intrude among; ode neho hunahuna adwumayefo
no mu te se nea gye adwuma no bi, nanso onye bi. — 3. to threaten,
frighten, terrify; ode aba, sekah, tuo, buna no = yi no hfi. Fs.10,18.
cf. popo.
a h u n a h u r , by-name of the dog.
abuu-ani-an ka-n sa [ade a ema aniwa hu (nea ewo dan mu)
na nsa de, ehka] lattice; lattice-window, trellised window, window
ivith crossbars; Venetian window blind, Jalousie.
abCinauyaukwa, F. [nea wuhu no a wunya hkwa] a saviour
(one from ichose sight you obtain life).
hunhon, a kind oi pot-herb or vegetable, pr. 2537,
198 hurihiiau — aliupo.
huuhuan, red. v. hiian.
iihiinhunii [hurihunu] 1. tlie dust of icorm-ecdcn wood. — ^.
a worm that eats irood; ivood-frettcr, tvood-ivorm. — 3. adj. worm-
eaten; watow dua nlmnhuuii hko, lie lias felled a tree worm-eaten
throvr/liout.
huiihunu, red. v. hunu.
O-hunkyeree, 1. [hunu = hu, & kyei-e:=kye] nea wuhuu no
akye ; "o, oh. ni!" here I see a friend whom I have not seen for a
long time! — 2. [eliu, kye]: Wose: huhkyeree, na wonsese: nnau-
kyeree, pr. 2809. = wose: woye Im a, na wokye, na wonse se:
woye nnam a, na wunyih kye. (Obi ye nuam bebrebe wo oko mu
a, enna woka no sa.)
iiliimi, inf. [bimu] Ak. = nhfii; wanya nil., he has often seen.
ahuiimu, s. ahuh, ahunum'. l^^- § 104,5.
huno, Ak. = hunu.
liirnta, huntsa, F.=hinta\v. Mt. 10,26. 13,33.44. Mk. 4,22. cf suma.
Iiniin, r. 1. espec. with ran: to hollotv (out), malce hollow, ex-
cavate; to corrode; inmoah. dua. — 2. to he tcorm-ealcn : duanoali.;
mmoa we mu ade no, na ehunu gu se kyekyere. — 3. Phr. n'anom'
ahunu, lit. his month is empty, lie has no ajjpetite i.e. he is in trouUe,
is grieved.
hunu, a. 1. empty, void, holloic. — 2. unsnhstantial ; vain,
worthless, wisatisfying; — 3. idle, inactive, wnemployed, unoccupied.
— 4. unfruitful, fruitless, ineffectual. — 5. mere, simple; hare, na-
ked; without any thing else; - wokge gko-hunu, = wgkoe no, won-
nim asen-ko ase, they went in their simplicity (lit. a mere going)\.e.
ivithout knowledge of the m<dtvr in question. — 6. having no proper
right: nkiirofo hunu ne nni])a bi a womfra wo abusuam' na odg so
ana ayghkogoru so na wo-ne wo tra. — 7. groundless, false (ntam).
— Cf. huhuw, kwa; cpds. adehunu, asenhunu, ntafihunu.
hunu, Ak. huh, adv. merely, only, for nothing, to no purpose,
in vain, for no reason, tcifhont reason; gtah rae ara hunu, he hates
me without cause. Syn. kwa, teta, gyah.
hun u, V. Ak. = hu, to see dx. pr. 1453.
o-liunu, one who has seen, pr. 1454.
a h u n u , a thing seen, pr. 1453.
hunu-amau-ne, ade a enia wuhu amanne; h. bra = amanne-
hunu-bra, pr. 1436.
ahunum', s. ahuh; ahunum =ade-to-wo-so; ete se abiribirivv,
nanso etetew wo aui so a, ensah mma bio se abiribiriw.
ahupo', 1. imperiousness, arrogance, p)resump)tion, insolence;
violent behaviour. — 2. exaction of unlaivfid profd : imposition, ex-
tortion (oye ah., onam bo hkiirofo ah., = odi tumi bye nkiirofo so
gye won ho nneema); cf. amimdi. — 3. exaction of undue reverence:
pride, haughtiness, amhition; gye ah., gbg ah., = gye hii hu, ne nneyee
mu gye se gwg biribi, nso onni ahuro; vainglory; gye n'ade huhii,
he does things in a light-minded way, acts frivolously. Cf. ahantah,
ahokyere-hunu, ahohoahoa.
ohupofo — hum. 199
o-h upo fo, pLu-f an arrogant, overhearing &c. person; 6ye oh.,
e.g. he goes fo settle matters as in the king's name, and the king has
not sent or empowered him.
ahupo-sem, doings or dealings implying ahupo, q. v.
h lira, V. 1. to he eorered, set or overgrown tvith; to overgrow,
to shoot up on; neti aliura dwen or dwen ah. n'atifi or netirim, his
head is covered with hoari/ hair; osiw no so ah. mniere, or mmere
ah. siw no so, mushrooms hare shot up on that ant-hill. — 2. de..h.,
to convey, throw or cast to; nc din ye nic se ohuam a nif'rama bg de
hurarae, his name is to me as a fragrance which the wind blows or
tvafts to me (Ca. 1,3.) — 3. h. ho or mu: to soil, make dirty, hemire,
hcspattcr, besmear, bedaub, stain, defde, pollide; intr. to he soiled,
dirty, polluted, defiled, dw ohura dan no mu; odan no ho ah., n'a-
daka ho ah. = aye fi, agye ntuw; ne nnade ho ah. = agye nka-
nare; - oh. ne som ho = gnsom no yiyc na osom no sakasaka, he
is disloyal or dishonest in his service. — 4. h. .. ani m', to abuse (with
words), to revile, vilify; to disgrace, dishonour; to insult, affront;
cf. hye aniwu, bo ahohora.
hiirae, a disease causing violent xmin in the limbs; ema wo
nnompem' tutuw wo; ne nua ne atutuw.
a h u r a h ii r a d w o, 1. [ade a ahurii-ahiiru na asaii ad\vo bio] a
quick bid transient bubbling or boiling up; mma enuye ah., na ma
enko so se afi ase yi. — 2. a plant that can be used for salad.
hureuluireii, a.c^adv. smart, fccen, sJiarp: mako hyehye
m'anom' h., my mouth burns intensely with pepper. — 2. unmitiga-
ted, not softened by any admixture; wayam osiam a.s. aduru h.,
nsu anka. — 5, brisk, quid;, sprigldly: akokoa h. = abofra a oye
hyew, n'ani ye den.
hiiri, r. Ak. = huruw. [pr. 1463-65.
0-liiii"i', Ak. ohurie, a kind of stinging insect, gadfly (?) = oten.
li Li r 0, V. to hoot, cry out or shout in contempt, to mock, deride,
jeer, flout; to expose to derision, to put to shame by crying ho, hu,
ye! wohuro no = wgbo no tutuw; Nkrahfo huro kgm.
ahi'iro, 1. Ak.^ahuru, foam, frotli. — 2. scum i.e. dross, refuse,
recrement; hence what is vile or worthless, a trifle; = f\ve, a little
something; enye ah., it is nothing ; ehka ah., nothing at all is wan-
ting; memfa menye ah., I do not maJce anything of it.
o-h u roil, a kind of small tree.
huroiili Liroii, adv. quick and tall (of growth); abofra no
m'pew, na onyih h. = onyin ntem-ntem, tententen, gberah, akg soro
ntem-ntem; - adedenkruma nyin h., the castor-oil j^ln^d grows fast,
shoots up vigorously.
n h u r d o-ii h u r o d o , pi. n. tJie liolcs, loops or gaps in stuffs or
mats of loose texture; - adj. loosely woven: ntama (kete) no muye nh.
liurUj v. 1. to boil, bubble, effervesce; to foam, frotli; to be
violently agitated, to rage; nsu rehuru, the tvater is boiling; nsu a
ahuru, boiling water; aduah no huru gu, the food boils over; epg h.,
the sea is raging horribly. — 2, to excite, agitate: h. man no ani,
200 ahiiru — nhCiwa.
= taue.. ani, tostirup the people, Ac. 17,18. — h.bo, tosiirnptlic breast
i.e. to provolce, arouse to anger or passion, to incense. — 3. ho Imru,
to he hot; me ho h. me, I am hot. — 4. hum dwira, to announce the
hcfjinning of the yam-custom on the previous evening (Wednesday)
by beating drums &c. — h. buronyfi, to cdehrate Christmas eve.
ahuru, foam, froth, spume, scum; cf. ahuro; ogyam' ah., the
ivater or froth oozing out from green wood in I)urning.
ahurubia, jj?. n-, a kind of bird, pr.l466.
hu r u-fem, inf. [huruw, fem] : hye h., to give forth upon usury.
[Eze. 18,8.13.
aliiiru-fi, inf. [huruw, fi]: wodi (daii no mu) ah. = wohuruw
fi adi, they jump forth (out of the house) one after the other.
o-h u r u h u row, steam, vapour; oh. ti sen mu, - bakara', steam
rises from the pot, - the lagoon.
huruhurnw, red. v. hnrnvf, to leap, jump (repeatedly) as
one who is rejoicing; to gambol, slcip ahoid, in sport,
ahuru liuniw', inf. jumping, pr. 12G8.
ahuru-si, inf. [huruw, si] : di ah., to exult, rejoice exceedingly ;
woate asempa na wo ho ato wo na woretew akrayam a woredi ako-
ne-aba.
a h u Y u s i-d i , inf. exidtafion .
ah u ru to a, F. ahrutsia, pi. n-, a poisonous serx)cnt, witli a big
head and black and light-yellow streaks; viper, asp).
0-hurututu, the lungs. [G. flufla].
Ii II r u f u t u t u, a. boiling, bubbling (of water on fire) ; raging,
foaming (of the sea or a swelling river) : eye h., it casts up foam; nsu
no ani ye h. = menem-menem.
huruw, V. Ak. huri, ]. to leap, jump, hop, skip, spring, bound
(£rc. h. si, to jump for joy (to jump so as to place oneself again on
the ground) pr. 878. red. huruhurnw, q. v. - ohuruw fvvee kwan so,
he quicldy resumed his journey. — 2. h. sika, to lend money on usury,
2)ractise usury. Deut. 23,19. Ps. 15,5. Obi ah. no sika akotua ne ka na
awo no (ado, adgso); oh. no sika = ofem no sika iihye no da senea
wohye no da, na ohye no da-tia, na wammetua a, obu gu so.
hfi-se, a thing or matter seen and told; se eye mo atoro o, se
eye mo h. 5, mo ara mokgfaa asem no, whether it be a lie on your
part, or whether you have seen and told it, it is you who have brought
(out or on) the matter.
ahii-tu, inf. [tu ahu] the finding or digging out of a treasure
kid in the ground; digging after hidden treasures.
hutuhutu, a. rugged, rough with hair, shaggy; okuntu no
ani ye h. = wo hhwi dodow ; o})}). dabo, torotorotoro, asawa biara
uni ani (nsore wo ani); (/. fuku &c.
hiituma, F. = mfutuma, dust. Mt. 10,14. Mk.61,1.
huw, V. to bloiv; oliuw nensam', he is blowing upon his hands;
pr. 1427. — syn. fita; - red. huhuw, q. v.
iihuwa, a kind of head; nhene hketenkete bi.
nhwaiie — hyg. 201
hwa, F. see hiia, Ak. fwa.
iihwaiie, a kind oi perfmiw: civet; ohiiain bi; nca okankan
kyima na gkgpopa ue to a ewo dua no ho no.
liwriiiyaii, V. 1. refl. to stir or ronse oneself vj) to lively ac-
tion or ritjoroKS exertion, to stimulate oneself, to exert oneself; asafo
bi Inv. wonlio wg ofie na wonlnv. wgnlio wo dgm iino a, wgfre wgi'i
huf'o; wglnv, wgnho kyere nnipa nti. won ho ye hu; ghene wg hg
na wanhw. neho a, wonsuro no; ghw. neho = gkanyan neho, gye
nclio kesp, gkii neho ma obi wg lig a oliu se ne nsam' ye duru (a. s.
gye onipa). — ^. ne ho hwanyaii no = onsen ne werem', he is agi-
tated, in pcrttirhation; cf. ne ho sepew no. — 3. hw. .. mu, to agitate,
(listurl), derange, disorder, throw into confusion; gliw. ntramam', si-
kam', ntadem', nnipam' = gpete ntrama &c., gma wgye sakasaka;
oliw. nkran mu, ntetea mu, = se wgye komm a, gma wgsgre na gma
wgye mrinyamanya; ghw. ne nhwi mu, she dishevels her hair, puts
it in disorder; cf. pesew.
h w a 11 y a ii h ^y A ii y a. ii, adv. disorderly, in a disorderly state
or manner; gde ntrama guu dan mu hg hw. = sakasaka, r/". inanya-
manya.
hwe, F. = fwie. ML 26,7.
liwe, v. As. = hua, fwa, to scraj)c, scratch.
liwea, fwea, F. breath.
nh wea, F. ahwea, sand. pr. 917. 1'lhwca-so, (in) the sandy desert.
iiliwea-doii, sand-glass. — iiliwea-iihwea-bo, sandstone.
e-liwene, F., Ak. nhwen, nose; s. efwene.
ah wen-hem a, s. osiia.
11 hw en tea, gfwentea, a kind oi perfume; duaba bi a wghata
na wgayam ; s. ohiiam.
ahwcn-tokur, F. nostrils.
hweti, hwiti, s. fweti.
nhwi, Ak. ehwi, the hair; abuvohhwi ye horghorg, ebeabea hg
or esesahg; abibihhwi ye dennen, epompono; cf. akura-hhwi, ehum,
hutuhutu, saku. — abo-so-nhwi, dua-ho-hhwi, moss.
iiliwi-iihwi, a. hairy; neho hh., he (his garment or body) is
hairy. 2 Ki. 1,S. cf. horghorg, sakii, fuku.
hwi, s. f\vi.
h w, before o, o, u, is often written in F. (by Parker), where
other dialects have merely h ; e. g.
hwo, liwoa, hwghwo, hwom, ahwom, hwoh, hwotse,
ahwuhwudze, aliwum. hwiin (hu)&c. -
see all these words in the place they occupy without w.
hwom J V. F. (perf.) to ebb; s. hiiah.
hy = X
hye, V. [)-cd. hyehye]
1. to stick (fast), to be put, set, fixed, inserted (hg, mu, ase, there, in,
under dx.) espec. in the contin. form; petea hye ne nsa, a ring is put
202 \iy§.
on Jiis finger; dadekyew hye ne ti, he has a helmet on his head; -
bye mu, to he comprised, included in (=:= wo mu, fra mu); to set in
afresh: oyare no abehyem' = asan aba dennenneii; bye .. ase, to
be concealed under, covered hi/, subject or subordinate to, dependent
on, in the poiver of. (cf. 14-16.) — 2. de (fa) .. bye (caus., cf. 1),
to put, set, fix, sticlc, insert; mede mensa mebye mekotokum', I p)ut
my hand into my pochet; ode ta bye n'abrobuam', he fills his p>ipe
(with tobacco); fa (asem no) bye (hb6raa)m', put or ivrite it doivn
(on papter) ; ode., abye kotoku nom', he has put it into the bag; also
he has seeded the bag = wasiw kotoku no ano. — de.. bye ..nsa, to
deliver, surrender; to give in charge of, commit to one's care. — 3.
bye..anan mu, to 2^ id instead of, i.e. to replace, restore, repay, give
bach,re-imburse; to rejMir, amend , compensate, indemnify; mebyeeno
ne sika ananniu, I paid him his money back, — 4. to put on, to wear
(of clotbes fitting to tbe body or parts of tbe body, c/. fura; of sboes,
bat, rings); Kramofo bye batakari, oburoni nso bye atade, Moham-
medans put on caftans, but a European wears a coat; obyee nekyew,
he put on his hat. — bye bama, s. bama, j;?-. 170. — 5. to measure
(corn, by putting a calabasb into tbe corn and tbe corn into tbe
calabasb and tbei-eby filling anotber vessel); mede kora mebye
abiirow, I measure corn in or by means of a calabash. — 6. to fill;
gbye ta, he fills a pipe; to pour in (nsa); obye no nsa, he serves him
out liquor; pr. 1471. - bye sapgw mu nsu, to fill a sponge with water;
bye atuduru, to fill cartridge-boxes u:ith pou-dcr. — 7. bye .. ma, to
male full, to fill; liye..dodo\vura or nwuradodo, to enlarge or stvell
the numbers, swell the ranhs of (witbout increasing tbe valour or
value): asansafo na abye atufo no dodowura, unarmed men have
swelled the number of those who carry guns. — 8. to dye, ^i»^e(ntama,
asawa, cloth, thread, by putting or dipping it into tbe dye, cf. bibiri,
boa ; pr. 387). — obyee duku kokg ur ode aduru koko byee duku,
he dyed a handJcerchief red Cor, with a red colour). — 9. to tan (nbo-
ma, hides, by steeping tbem into an infusion of bark to convert tbera
into leather). — 10. to impress, stamji; bye nsow, bye agyirae, to set
amarhiipon, to marlc. — 11. to bring to the jwisscssion of some quality,
intosomestate, toimpartd-c. byebaniiiba, hkuran, ioencotcragc, cheer;
bye..bere, to weary (out), to jade, tire, fatigue; bye..(mu) den, to
strengthen, confirm, corroborate; to ratify, sanction; hye.. akoiimu-
den, to impart strength to the neck; pr. 400. bye .. mpamden, to com-
fort, siq)port, strengthen; - bye., nkyene, to salt, pickle, corn, cure
by salting; - hye.. pro we, to spoil (a cbild), to effeminate; woabye
woboprowe, yoti have spoiled yourself ; - bye., yamgya, to grieve,
make angry, to enrage. — bye nim, ntwo, to ascribe victory, defeat
to.., pr. 1470. — 12. to bring to some j^erformance: woabye no asuko
= woaka ne ti abye nsum', they hare immersed him, baptized him by
immersion, cf. bg asu. — 13. to fix in the ground: bye mpam, s.
mpam. — 14. to put, fix, lay; bye ase, to lay a foundation, i.e. to
begin, commence; V. Mt. 12,1. Mk. 4,1. 5,17. cf. fi ase. — 15. to set, fix,
hold out to; bye ase, to lay a foundation i.e. a ptromise, to promise;
bye bg, to promise, to make a vow, to vow. — 16. to order, bespeak,
give orders for, to commission (also witb ase): mekgbye kete (ase)
hy<^ 203
wolio, I am going to order a mat t/iere; - hyeawofo, fo hcspc(th (litre)
people for working the claij (in building a house). — 17. to appoint,
prescribe: okoinfo bi hyee aduru mafi no, a fetislnnan indicated to him
a rented I/. — 18. to appoint, set. fix (a time); hye tare, to appoint a
day for the plastering of a house; ohye (no) da = oto no da, he
((ppoitds(]tint) a datj ; mahye no sram se omraotuji meka, I gave him
(t ntuttth to pat/ tne in: pr. 109.194. — hye da, to do j)i(rj>oscl//: mafihye
(dam') da bi manye; watu aliye da, he has postponed d. — 1!K to
/i.v, set np, instdide: hye a fa, to celebrate a festival ; hye mom,
to is^ue a decree; hye mmiira, to give, nialcc, enact a latv or laws;
hye apa m, to set up a covenant (?) .v. pjim, — 20. to set, constitide,
appoitd; hye panyih, F. Mt. 24,45- — 21. to predestine, predestincdc,
appoint or ordain beforehand; s. liyebea ; to be predestined for, pr. 621.
22. to command, charge: ghye abien yi na ghyey no kete se onye,
these ttvo commandments he strictly enjoined on him. — 23. to com-
pel, constrain, force, oblige; to ittipel, urge: pr. 195f. ohyee me se
mennora aduru, he cotnpelled me to drink a medicine; se omraa a,
mehye no na waba, if he do not come willingly, I will compel him to
come; Gr. § 270,2 a. — 24. to pttt to: hyeadanse, to call to witness.
pr. 164. — 25. hye .. ho akotoko, to instittde an inquiry or search af-
ter a missing person or thing, to set in opercUion endeavours to seize
or recover. — 20. to obtrude, to force, i^ress or urge upon: hye afe:
ode me hye afe or ode n'afe hye me, he makes or considers me hi^
comrade, forces his companionship upon me. — 27. hye neho, a) to
force oneself i.e. to do with reluctance; ~ b) to fix upon, resolve, de-
termine, make tip one's mind; - c) ghye neho fie, he confines hitnself
to his house. — hye neho so, to stijjpress one's oivn feeling or de-
sire, to command one's oivu ntind, to be master of one's self or pas-
sions. Gen. 43,31. 45,1 — ^6'. hye ..so, to p)ress upon, oppress; to
restrain, check; hye wo tekrema so! cf. James 1,26. 3,8. - to stipp>ress,
subdue, stifle. — 29. to cause to bear or act iipon or affect: hye..
nsew, - domamfiri, to curse, accurse; cf. bg dua, dome. — 30. yi
..hye, to transfer (a duty) to, make over to; s. akgmma. — 31.
hye is also used as an aux. v. serving for the F,ng. j^reji. against:
to refer to, relate to, direct against, Jiave for its object: ne bo afuw
ahye me, wamuna ahye me, he is angry, sullen, on account of me or
against me; wgkasa hyee no, tliey spoke against film. — 31. b. de atuo
hye .. mu, to fire at or o)t, give fire upon. — 32. de .. hye .. yam', lit.
to ptd Into one's breast, bosom, or belly, i.e. a) to bear a grudge, or
malice: mede no (or asem no) mahye me yam', I otve film a grudge
(= metah no, wadi me asemmone bi na minyii mimfii me tirim e) ;
- b) to adojit, to take or receive as one's otvn cltild; s. yam'. — 33.
yi .. ani hye.. hkyenmu, lit. to take off one's eye andjmtit aside, i.e.to
disappoitd; wayi m'ani ahye me rikyeh mu, Ite has disappointed me.
— 34. hye .. da so, to accumtdcde treasures, pr. 667. — 35. hye .. kwan,
a) to provide wltfi money for a journey, cf. akwahhyede. — b) to
lay in atnbtish on tJie u'oy, = tew, siw kwari. — 36. hye.. fer, F. to
abuse, instdt.Mt. 22,6. — 57. hye. .nsew, V.to secure, make safeox sure.
Mt.27,65. — .3(S'.hye sum, F.=:durusum, tobe darkened. Mt.24,29. — 39.
hye.. ntsirira, F. to advise, persuade, instigate. Mt. 14,8.27,20. Mk. 15,11.
204 hye — hjebea.
hy e, v.fred. liyehye, q.v.] to extend (intr.): 1. to swell: n'afuru
ahye, his belli/ is sivollen. — 2. to sj)read: n'asem ahye, his fame
lias spread ahroad: oyare no ahye (wo) asase no nli. so, the disease
has spread over the ichole country: ohiani bu be a, enliye, pr. 1361.
syn. byehye, hyeta, terew. — 3. to reach: m'ani abye bo = mabu
no kakra, I caught a sight, glance, oi- glimpse of it; onipa no bae
no, m'ani anbye ne ho (= m'ani ammo no so, manbu no) na okoe,
ivhen the man came, he went away before I had got a sight of him.
— 4. to reach, border: eba na m'akura hye, here is the border of my
plantation; cf. ohye.
Iiye, hyew, v. [red. byehye, byehyew] to burn: 1. hye, to
burn = to hurt with heat or fire: awia hye or byehye me ti, the
sun burns my head; okanea hyee me nsa, the light burnt my hand.
2. hyew, to consume or destroy by fire: wode gya hyew kxirow no,
they burned the town with fire. — 3. to be on fire, to be consumed by
fire: odah rebyew, the house is burning, jir. 263. — 4. hyew gya, to
burn charcoal. — 5. hyew atuduru, to blow up (tr. (£■ intr.) with gun-
powder. — G. to dry up (tr. d' intr. of plants, from an excess of heat) ;
aburo no ahyew kora, all the maize-plants arc tcithered. — ". to be
consumed (in battle, by famine, sickness &c.), to die in numbers:
aguah no mu nnipa-mma hyew se sare, in that flight people were
consumed like grass. — tS. to be lost (said of money, espec. in weigh-
ing out gold-du8t for separated items) : mede agyiratwe metotoo
nkokg mfua-mfua, na emu nkgkoa 2 abye. — !). to spend or expend
(money) uselessly or to excess: mahyew sika bebre wo me y are yi
ho. — 10. Phr. "Wo gya ahhyeme!" your fire has not burned me!
i.e. your saying or threat has not made any impression, has not had
any effect upon me. — Qhyc, inf. burning, being burned, pr. 621.
o-h y e , inf. 1. the act of fixing, putting on &c. cf. bye, v. — 2.
compulsion {31f. nhye). — 3. commandment, cf. ahyede, hhyebyee.
e-hye, gum, resin, espec. gum copal; cf. amane, nsu.
o-hy 0, i^?. a-, border, boundary, limit, frontier; me-ne no bo bye
= to fubye, I border iqmn or confine with him; wgde bama to bye,
they marh or fix the limits by a line or cord. Cf. hye, v. 4. & hyeban.
hye, hyeliye, a. (or n.) famous, famed, noted, renowned;
distinguished, eminent; of note, of distinction, of rank; {syn. onuo-
nyamfo ; cf. bye, r., odehye;) wo a woye hye no na wuwu a, wgye
wo ayi yiye na wgbg ase kaw; gnye byehye. he. docs not male much
of himself = gmfa nebo hkyere se gye onipa bi, na gye ne nneema
nhina abotgasem' (abodam') ne komra; onipa yi ye byehye, he seeks
to attract the attention of others.
ahy e-aiidiimii, h-, inf. [bye anahmu] reparation, conq^ensa-
iion, repayment, restitution, restoration, indemnification; amends,
return; retalicdion.
iihye-ase, F. a-, inf. [bye ase] foundation; beginning; com-
mencement; promise; di nhy., to give a promise, make an agreement.
hyeban: bghy.=bgbye, dahyia, to have a commonboioidary.
0-hje-hea, jn-edestinafion, fate; cf. nkrabea.
hye-bea, F. -bew, a place tchere to p)ut dtc. Mt. 26,52.
ahyede — ahyemfiri. 205
ahy e-de [bye, v., adej comtuandmcnt; cf. ghye, mmara, mom.
hy 0(1 oil [= hye den, imt on sfren(/fli. be. sirotiy] a condoling
01' consoling salutation; oniaa no hy., ](C consoled or comforted him
(at the death of a relation).
ahyedo, F. = nhycso. (Mf. an overpower im/.)
e-liyc-(l ua, piim-iree, copcd-free (FJcvocnrpns copaJlifern? lihns
copallhu(m?) s. ehye. — o-hye-diia, a bonndnri/-frec.
liyee, a. Ak. s. hyew.
li y e e w-liy e e w, a. burning; ne yam ye no hy., his conscience
pricks him. — hy o6w-liy cew, adv. flaming, sparkling; gbayifo
dew hy. = yerew-yerew.
o-hj'efo, pi. a-, oppressor (s. hye ^S.),- dictator. Hist.
O-liye-iiama, =; hjXma a wgsesa de kyere ghye, a string indi-
cating or marking out a boundary.
liyehyy, "• glittering, gloss//, bright, shining; ahina a wgde
kg asu ho ye hy. pr. 1383. — cf. hann, hanahitna.
hye hye, a. s. hye.
hy ehy e , red. v. 1. s. hye, v. — 2. to put in dtce order for any
purpose, to make trim, firm, compact, tight and snug, to adjust, ar-
range: gtamgnwemfo benwene tam a, ghyehyc n'asawa ansa, wg
asa ne bgs») mu; - ohyehye adesoa, he packs a load. — 5. to trim,
dress; to attire, adorn; to decorate; espec. of women : wgahyehye
ayeforo no, theg have dressed the bride ; gpe se ohyehye ne ho papa,
she is very fond of dressing; cf. keka, mia. — 4. hy. so, to join to-
gether; to proceed with or in: ade kyce no, wgde asem no hyehyee
so, on the next morning they proceeded with the palaver. — 5. hy.
dgm, to raise, fit out, equip an army (cf. 2).
hye hye, red. v. 1. = hye, v. — 2. de.. hyehye, to cause to
be spoken of: ode m' ahyehye = wakgka me ho nsem pi akyere
iikurofo. — 3. F. to magnify. — 4. hy. neho, to fcort5^ = hoahoa neho.
hyehye, red. v., s. hye, hyew. 1. to burn (vehemently); to
scorch. — 2. F. to he grievous to; cf. ne yam' hyehye no.
ahy ehye de, ornament, adornment; jewels; cf. ahokekade.
ahyeliyee, a shed or hut on a plantation for the reception of
tools ov produce and for shelter from rain; lumber-room.
iiliyehyee, ordinances, cf. nsiesiei, ahyede.
nliyehye-ho, iihyehj^e-iiui, iihyehye-s6, inf. = ade a ehye-
hye (a.s. wgde ahyehye) ho, - mu, - so.
hy ehyew, red. v., s. hye, hyew.
ahyehyew-nsa [ade a ehyehyew nsa] a kind o( nettle.
iiliyehye-wo-akyi, boasting, pr. 1473, 2765. Cf. akyi.
ahyom', F. covenant, agreement. Mh. 14,24. = apam; s. dziahyem.
iihyeiii', F.=hhyiam'. - nhyemdan=hyiadah. Mt.10,17. Mk.1,21.
ahy em 111 a, pZ. n-, [ehyen, dim.'] boat; cf. gkorow, obonto.
ahyein-firi, inf. [hyeh, v., ifi, v.] going in andoid; di ahy., to
go in and out, to frequent, resort to or visit often; odii yen mu ahy.,
206 hyin — hyeta.
he ivent in and out among us, Acts 1,21., munnni dan mu ho aby. sa!
do not thus constantly go in and out of that room!
hyeii, V. \t-ed. hyehhyen] to blow, sound, or pi a g a wind-in-
strument (aben, torobento, adakabeh, hkontwe,...).
liyeiV, V. [red. hyeh'hyeh] to enter, - mu, into.
hyeii, a. (only in cpds.) white; cf. oduahyC'ii, tumm-ne-byen.
hy^iiii, a. & adv. Ijright, brilliant, -Ig; owia, gsram, nsoroma
apue by. — hyeiVhyeiV , — bfinabana, bright, glittering.
e-hyen, tbe moon (called so from its silvery ligbt or lustre);
rf. osram', gbosom.
e-hyeii, string, chord of a musical instrument, cf. sankubyeh.
e-hyeii, bubble, air-bubble, soap-bubble: abo by., it has formed
(or risen in) a bubble.
e-hyeii, h-, p)ron. F. = yen, Gr. § 58. Mf. p. 102.
e-hyeii, F. n-, ^:>L a-, Ak. yen, ship, vessel (cfahyehwi, abyem-
ma, okorow, batadewa, obonto); Mk. 3,9.4,1. 38.6,,%. -hy. apue kiisu,
a ship has come in sight dimly; by. no abegyinakuntahh, the ship has
come in and rides at anchor in its full size; by. no atu ko Gua, the
ship has iveighed anchor and saRed to Cape Coast.
hyeii-horow, hyen-nodow, multitude of ships, fleet.
ahyeii-hyeii-mu: di -, ^o be interlaced, interwoven, entangled.
li h y e I'l-m li, inf. introduction.
n h y e n 6 a, ohye ano nobo, the farthest point or part of the border.
hyennua [by en dua] mast of a sbip. - ahyeiiwa, dim. of ebyen.
hyera, bera, v. F. = bara, ycra, yew, to 2)erish. Mt. 26,52.
\ijera,2il. »-, ^. pot, pitcher. Mk. 7,4. 14,13. cf. abina, pore, kuruwa.
hyereba-hyereba, a. d- adv. hasty, precipitate, rash, fool-
hardy, inconsiderate, careless; oye by. = n'adwenem' ye no bare,
he is light-minded, unsteady; oye n'ade or oka n'asem by., he acts
or sp)caks inconsiderately ; aberante by., a very brisk lad.
hy ere-liy ere, F. byerew-byerew, a. & adv. 1. hot, burning,
fervid; me bo ye me by., I feel very hot. — 2. acrid (?) — 3. urgent.
hj^creii, V. to shine, glister, glitter, sparkle; to be bright, bril-
liant, splendid; to flame or flare up; ogye ogyano abyereh, he stirs
the fire, increases its burning; ogye asem no abyereii, he enhances
or enlarges the pcdaver. — a. shiny, bright. — n. brightness.
o-hyerem-mo^, == obo a ebyeren, a brilliant.
ahyese, F.=nbyease.iUf.i.3,.55.ilf^-.i,i. aby.no, in the beginning.
ahy e-sem, = asem a abye, asem a woakoka gyam'gyani ma
aterew, a report ivhich has spread rapidly.
lihy es6, inf.fs.hye, 28] 1. oppression, tyranny, despotism; den
nbyeso ni! ichat a tyranny! oye nby., oye abom, he is despotic. —
2. check, restraint; restriction. — hhyeso-de, desp)otic or tyran-
nical actions. — iihyeso-do, F. of necessity. 2 Cor. 9,7.
o-hyesbnehq, there is theborder.'—o\iyeso-hene,margrave.3ist.
liyeta, v. to spread (abroad), to be made knoivn extensively,
hyew — hyira. 207
to he divulged, propagated; ne din hyetae, his name became tvidely
known, hehccamc famous or renotvurd; cf. hye, hyeliyo, lioran, terew.
liyow, red. Iiychjew, v. s. hye, hyew, v.
hyow, hyewhyew, a. 1. hot, verg warm; iikwah no ye hy.,
the soit]> is hot; cf. nsuohyew, hycreliywo. — ^. hot, fiery, fierce,
wild, vehement, ardent, very active, impctnous, violent, passionate;
oye or n'ani ye hyew, he is fierce, impetuous, possionate, cf. krama-
kramil, abut'iihyew. — ,5. warm, com fort aide; ne fi ho ye liy.
ahye-ye-de, dtdy, obligation. D.As.
hy ia, v. [inf. h-, red. hyiahyia] 1. to meet, fall in tvith, come to-
gether, assemble, join, converge; mihyiaa no ok wan mu, I met him
on the way; pr. 1071. — kehyia.. kwan, F. to go to meet; 311.25,1. —
rae ne no hyiae (wo) wuram', / came together with him in the bnsh;
afe fino rcye ahyia, the end of the year goes to meet (the begin-
ning of another year) i.e. new-year's day is at hand. — 2. intr. to
be close together, so as to touch reciprocally (said of the teeth);
pr. !i831. — 3. to agree, accord, be accordant; ehkohyia, it docs not
fit properly. — 4. to meet or encounter in hostility, to come upon;
ohyia no a, otumi no, when he attaclcs him, he is a match for him,
he is able to withstand successfully, pr. 3223. — 5. to call, send for;
to cite, summo)i; cf. fre; to call together, convene, convoke; to in-
vite; Onyame ahyia no, God has called him (away, or to him, by
death); ohene hyiahyia ne mamfo, the king calls his people together.
— 6. hyia oyere, to marry, take a wife; cf. ware; hyia ayeforo, to
marry, celebrate a tvedding. — 7. hyia mu, hyiam', to meet or as-
semble in the same place; to have an intervietv; mpanyimfo hyiam'
(wo) abonten so, the elders assemble in the street. — 8. hyia so, to
fill up by pouring in, to pour into; pr. 2545. opp. huan so ; nsuyi abe-
hyia nsu yi so ; wahyia so = wama aye mato. — 9. Phr. me nsa
hyia m'adwuma, my hands suffice for my loork = metumi m'adw.
yo, m'ade a mewo ye nhina, mitumi yo ; - me nsa hyia meho, I pro-
vide with my hands for all my wants. - ne ho hyia nelio, he has all he
ivants. - iO. da hyia, bo hye hyia, s. ohye, hyeban. - tvvahyia, s. tvva.
ahyia, inf. F. dzi ahyia, to assemble, = kohyia fako. Mt. 22,34.
ahyia, ahyi'o, interj. a salutation to a person who is met with
on the way. — ahyiahyia, interj. the reply to that salutation.
11 h}^! a, inf. a meeting, intervieio; an encounter; a call, calling,
invitation, summons.
hyia-daiit, pi. hyia-adan, house of assembly, synagogue.
aliyiae, a place of meeting, joining or assembly.
iihyiaet, circuit, circumference, compass'^ cf. afefarem'.
hyiahyia, red. v., s. hyia, 5.
i\hyVi\]i\v R, ill luck, fatality, misfortune, disaster; wobehyiaa
ahy. ; obekaa ahy. a woakodi.
11 hyiam', inf. a meeting, assembly, conference, convention, con-
vocation, congress, synod, council. F. hhyem'. — liyim, s. him,
hyira, v. [inf. n-, red. hyirahyira] 1. to bless, to wish happi-
ness to, to invoke or bestoiv a blessing upon; Gen. 1,28.9, 1.12,2. Deut.33.
— 2. to invoke; hy. wo Nyankopon se obedi wo akyi ana, call on
208 nhyira — ohyiribi.
your God that He may assist you. — 3. to bless, praise, glorify for
benefits, to extol for excellencies ; Ps. 103. — 4. to esteem or account
happy. Jer. 4,2. — 5. euph. to curse, blaspheme; 1 Ki. 21,10. Job 2,9.
wahyira ghene = watew gyedua aliabah, he has cursed the lings
life. — 6. hy. so, a) to decide on (V), to give validity or authority to,
to ratify, agree, assent to, to sanction: ghene ahy, so se wonkum no,
the king has decided that he shall be hilled; mahyira oguan yi so se
wonkum no, / have designed this sheep to be hilled. — b) to dispose
of (?), to renounce, resign, give over: wahy. so akye, he has given it
up (as a pi-esent to a friend or for destruction) long ago. — c) to
consecrate by prayer. Mat. 14,19. Lk. 9,16. — d) to accnrse, devote to
destruction; to destroy utterly ; Dcid. 20,17. Josh. 6,21. — 7. Phr. Ohyira
n'ano, he blesses his moidh, is used for some religious or ceremonial
observances of the heathenish negroes, viz. a) = oguare asum', he
washes cdthewatering-place, s. asumguare; - b) he takes some water
into his mouth and squirts it into the calabash again, uttering cer-
tain petitions to his soul (for money, length of life, honour, recov-
ery of lost property »S:c.); or, he spurts the water to the ground
and invokes a blessing or a course on others; - c) he takes some
consecrated fluid (water mixed with some "medicine") into his mouth,
spurts it and mentions something by which he brought a curse upon
himself, asking for the removal of the same, and for new blessing.
\b) Angpatutu mpanyimfo sore na wghohoro wgn anim a, na wgde
nsu no bi gu wgn anom', na wohinam gu koram' bio, na wgka won
tirim asem biara a ehia wgn, se ebia (wose): Me kara, mesere wo
sika, mesere wo nnyinkye, mesere wo aniionyam, me biribi v^'o ba-
bi a, ma einmeka me nsa n. a. — Otu nsu de hyira n'ano = otu nsu
de gu n'anom' na ohinam mu gu, na gde hyira obi a. s. ode bg obi
dua. — c) Woabg woho dua na nsew no akita wo (e. s. woyare), na
gkgmfo ko a wofre ne bosom no abehye aduru ama wo, na wutu
aduru no bi gu wo anom', na wuse : "Me k<tra, se mabg meho dua a,
mehyira m'ano", na wokJi wo tirim aseh-ko a enti wobgg dua no, na
afei wuse: 'ne medah nsew yi.] — Mihyira m'ano mepa, I call upon
my soul to nard off danger. — iihyira, inf. a blessing. - nhy.neno,
lit. blessing i.e. (all or nothing but) blessed is he. Mat. 5. — Ohyira no
ilhyira-fVvew, ohyira no nansonekomaredomeno; r/.nkgmmgdom.
ahyira-de, a blessed thing; an accursed thing. Josh. 6,17.7,1.
nhyira-sem, a matter about one^s cursing the king's life.
nhyireu, F. == nfwiren.
hyirew, tvhiti' clay, a white kind of earth, used like lime to
whitewash houses (sra gdan). — bg hy., to dig white clay and form it
into balls; - bg, ma or sra obi hy., to make strokes with white clay on
one's body to shoiv that he or she has been acquitted of an accusation,
or that a woman has been set free by her former husband to marry
again; - gbg n'anim hyire, Ak. he rubs his face icith white clay
i.e. entirely gives auay his slave as a present to another person (-in
Akp. only a blow on the slave's back is required for this purpose).
— wgabg me hyirehunu. — gu hyire, As. to divorce.
0-hyiribi, pi. a-, [Guan] a light-minded fellow, = aperewa; gye
ohy. = n'advienem' ye no hare.
I. J. — ka. 209
I.
Tlie vowel i docs not boj;in any Tslii word, except when a j)re-
cedin<; y is omitted (ye n"iye = ye no yiye); in F. it occurs as a
prefix before close sounds instead of e (ibi, idu =^ ebi, edu).
J.
'J'lie consonant j is not used in Tslii. -— Instead of V. jiic, jiii^
ji), jil, sec (IVn'O, (l\Vij (l\Vo, (hVii (dziie, d/ui, d/.o, dzu).
K.
'i'he fiuttural consonant k occurs before tlie vowels a, a, o^ o,
o, u, u, fi. Before e^ o, o, i, the simple k is used only when the next
syllable of the same word begins with s or t, and when c is shor-
tened from a (by reduplication, or in ktMiclrmkara) , in all other ca-
ses the k before palatal vowels becomes palatal and assumes the
accessory sound of y, which is distinctly lieard before c, 0, — less
distinctly before e, e, i, i. (In Asante the pronunciation of the j is
less distinct than in Akem, especially before v. ka kere no = ka
kyere no.) Gr. i; 10,1. — The gutturo-labial combination k\v now
occurs only before ;i ; when followed by e, e, i, it is changed into
t\v (excepting in some Fante dialects). Gr. § 11. 12. (In Fante kvv
occurs also before 0, 0, u, where the other dialects have simple k.)
— The simple k in single cases interchanges with g or h, as in
brogo, ahahantwere = brgko, akekantwere. Gr. §19 6.
kn, r. [^i-ed. keka] 1. fo bite, io seize ov wound tciilt (he mouth;
gkraman aka me nan, a do(/ has Jnttcn wy leg ; gwg ka onipa, the
snake bites (man); ef. kaw & sow. — 2. to sting: ntontom aka mc
nsa, a mosquito has stung my hand; ef. bg. — ka, v. Ak. s. kaw.
ka, V. i. to remain, be left where or as it is; Benyamin kaa
n'agya nkyen wg fie, Benjamin remained at home with his father;
ma enka! let it remain as it is, let it (done, forbear, leave off, leave
it undone; eno de, eka wo ankasa nsam' or wo fam', as for tltat, it
is left to you, that is your own business; pr. 372. — impers. aka me
nko, I only a)n left; ebeka wo nko, you ivill be left alone, pr.l097.
ka (= eka) me nko a, anka wobenya nea wope, for ought I have
to say, you might obtain ivhat you desire; cf. Gr. § 276,5. pr.1476-79.
cf. tg, pr. 3283-86. — ^. ka hg, /o remain or continue in a fixed place,
in an unchanged form or condition. — 5. ka so, to remain on or in,
to abide with: mmere, wonni nka so, luxurious life is not indulged
in or does not last for ever. pr.2036. — -i. ka aky iri, to remain or
stay behind (one's companions in walking &c.): woaka akyiri, ma
wo nan so ! you remain beliind, mcihe haste! — 5. to die: waka babi,
he is dead; gkaa awoe, it died cd the birth, or, it was still born. —
6*. not to be where it ought to be, to be tcanting or missing; generally
inq^ers. aka dgkono, kgfabera! bread is tvanting, go and fetch it;
aka me biribi, / want something; ehka no fwe, he wants nothing;
aka mmofra no bi; wgkg he? some of the boys are missing; where
have they gone? gbak5 pe na aka, bid one is missing; obiara hkae
e, won rihina wg ha, nobody is missing, they are all here; hena na
aka? ()/• aka hena? who is missing? aka Kwaku, minhfi no, luv. is
U
21 ka — ka.
missinfj, I do not see him; enka me e, mewg bal I am not missinfj,
I am here. — Aka kftma or kakrd or ketewa (se), (very) little is
wantinrj, often corresponds with the adr. almost, nearly, soon: aka
kiima (se) na watg nsuni', he had almost fallen into the wcder; aka
kuma (se) na dua yi bepo, tins tree will soon lose its leaves; ekaa
kdma (F. de = se) na won nsa kaa, ohene, thei/ nearly eaught the
Icing. — 7. ka ano, (to stieh or he aecustomed to one's lijis.) to he
ready, easy, fluent: dwom a misuae no aka m'ano, the hymn I have
learned is altvays ready on my lips, or, on my tongue's end.
ka, V. to he common, often met with, iisnal, frequent; ade a eka
(= ewo ho da) ni, this is a common thing; sa nhOma yi ta ka, such
hoohs are often met with; ntama yi uta nka (=enni man mu da or
pi, wonnya sa ntama no), such cloth is seldom to he had; sa nnoma
yi nka dodo, such birds are not very common; wgyee yen nido a
enka, they showed us no little hindness. Acts 28,:^.
ka, V. F. = kae. — ka mmon, F. to wail. Mk. 5,38.
kji, V. [red. keka] /. to touch, to come or he in or hring into
contact with, to Join (Cc. (1-25) ; II. to move or stir, to he or cause
to he active (26-40); III. to move in order to join (41-51).
(I.)l.toiouch, come in contact with, 2»'- 466. - to handle (slightly), feel
i.e. perceive by the sense of feeling: nifa wo nsa nka dade no, na
ado, do not touch the iron, for it is red-hot; ubekAa aheropoma no ti,
she touched the top of the sceptre, Est. -5.2. — aduru no kaa n'ano,
the medicine touched his mouth; pr.3.H15. fwe rikaa m'ano e, nothing
has passed my lips yet; wode kaa n';lno, they put it to his mouth,
John 19,29. okaa n'ano no, gmpe se onom, when he had tasted there-
of, he would not drinh, Mat. 27,34. — 2. de .. ka .. ano, to taste, eat;
ope se ode biribi ka n'ano, he would have eaten, Acts 10,10. — 3. ka
.. fwe, to examine hy feeling or tasting, to feel, to taste, to try; ode
ne nsa kaa no fwee, he felt him. Gen. 27,22. ka nsa yi fwe! try this
wine! Ps. 34,8. — 4. to touch, hit, strihc against; ka gu, to spill;
waka nsa no agu, he has spilled the wine; ka mogya (gn), to shed
blood. — 5. to touch, come to, reach; wo hlioma no kaa me nsa, your
letter came to hand, reached me. — 0. nsakcl, to attain to, obtain, re-
ceive, get, gain: me nsa aka nhoma no, I have received the letter; ne
nsa kaa nea ode too ne tirim, lie gained his imrpose, Acts 27,13. —
7. to touch, to meddle, interfere or have to do with: (mamfa me nsa)
manka nhoma no, / liave not touched the books; de neho koka gbea,
to touch a ivoman, 1 Cor. 7,1. - me ho renka, I shall have nothing to do
with it. — 8. to touch, affect, strike, befall, seize, take possession of,
become the prop eriy of: ehu kese kaa no, great fear befell him, he
teas sore afraid; ohia aka no, poverty has come %ipon him; pr. 1340.
- awerehow bi aka no, some grief has befcdlen him; nna aka wgn,
they were heavy with sleep, Luk.9,32; asomdwoee nka mo! peace be
nnto you! — 9. to beat (a drum, akyene. bgmma, atumpan, gtente,
mpintin). — 10. to strike or flog with (mma, mpire, twom); wgkaa
no mpire, they scourged him; Acts 16,23. wgaka no dade, Ak. = wga-
kum no. — 11. to make a painful impression on: wadiasem(mone)
na aka n'aiii = ama n'ani aye no yaw, or wabu so akataa, he lias
ka^ 211
(lone somcililny (wronn) and it has affect edJii-i cijes{a.s pepper rubbed
into the eyes for puiii.slnneut) i.e. he has had to suffer for it, has felt
the had conseiiueitces in a manner not easUi) to be foryoticn; mema
jik;i wo ani! / shall let ijan suffer for it, serve i/on out for it! — lj:J.
to touch, hurt, injure, harm, afflict, distress: yeankawo, Gen.26,ii'J.
to transijress ai/ainsf: yeaka ( = yeatbm) yen Nyankopgn. — io. ka
gya, to hold to the fire for a moment, to leitlwr (j^reen leaves) bij
fire; fa aliaban yi ka o<i-ya posa so kuru nom', put these leaves to
the fire a little and then squeeze them out upon lite wound. — 14. ka
.. hyew. to warm (up), cook up: ka nsu no hyew, warm this water;
fa nkwafi uo kgkA no liyew, take that soup and warm it (put it on the
fire a(fain). — Ij. to dip up, eat up any kind of pappy or pulpy food
or medicine with some other more substantial food, as bread, plan-
tains i^c. fa nnuru yi noa no I'lkwan, na fa aduan biara kii, hoil these
herbs into a soup and eat ant/ titiuji ijou like wdh it. — 10. to stick
tot/ether, be closel// united in triendship ; be on t/ood terms, in union
or concord ; to aijree together; to suit, accord, harmonize; o-ne no ka,
or wgka, thei/ are (jood friends; o-ue me nka, or yenka, we do not
agree together; aduan yine uamyi ka, this food and this meat agree
well together; aduan yi ne me yafunu lika, tJiis food does not agree
with nig stomach. — 17. me ho aka (some part of me that was, as it
were, attached to the departed, has gone from wic, i.e.) I am in trouble
about the loss of a relative. — 18. ne h 5 k a u e h 6, lit. his self, or. what
is about him, sticks or fits to his self (O i-©- he is well content, con-
tented, satisfied, pleased, happy, feels comfortable; me ho ka me ho
wg m'akura ha, I live quietly, peaceably here on my plantidion; -
me ho aka me ho = me ho atg me, cf. ahomeka. — 19. u'ahom kiX
no ho, F. he is happy, glad. Mt. 5,12. — 20. u'ani k a, his eye is
pleased ([nop. is cdtached to or captivated by any pleasing object), i.e.
he rejoices, is pleased, rejoiced, delighted, glad,]iappy; m'ani ka ha (or
aka ha, my eye has been caught or attached to, cleaves to this place),
I like this place; m'ani ka adwuma yi ho, I like this ivork; m'ani
aka, / am (ov have been for some time in the state of) rejoicing. —
21. n'ani ka ase or fam', lit. his eyes are fixed on the ground, i.e.
he is bashful, modest, decent, chaste, sober, discreet, considerate, de-
liberate, careful (= gye n'ade yiye; oj)})- onipa a n'ani ye sorosoro,
gye n'ade sakasaka). — 22. k a ..ho, a) to be in contact tvith, to ad-
here to, cleave to, stick to: ewo aka me nsa ho, the honey sticks to my
fingers. — b) to be added, joined to, conjoined, connected tvith; to be
given over or in; to belong to; akyede yi ka wo asranue no ho, this
present has been added to your wages. — c) to accomjxiny (in doing
something), to go with, be with: gka me ho na yekgg Osii, he uccom-
panied me to Osu; Oayankopgn ka yen ho (= di yen akyi) da, God
is always with ns. cf. 25. — (?J k a h 6, when connected (as an auxil-
iary verb) with another principal verb, is often rendered by the ad-
verbs also, moreover, too, besides: odi hia na gyare ka ho, he is very
2iOor and sick besides; cf. Gr. §237e. — e) de..ka ho, cans, to add,
join, annex, unite to; fa kakra ka ho, add a little; in Eng. we may
often use the adv. more: ma me kakra menka ho, give me a little
more; omaa me hi mekiia ho, he gave me some more; raanya nkesiia
212 ka^
du, na mepe dii maka ho, I have ten eggs and tvish for ten more.
— f) aduah no aka no ho ^= ato no ho, the food has done him good,
pr.924f. — 33. ka ..ho (aduiu), to daub, paint: maka pon no h5
aduru, I have painted the door (with colour); waka adaka no ho
koko, he has painted the 1}ox red. — 24. ka neho, to adorn or dress
oneself: waka neho fefefe = wakekfi neho, she has dressed herself
very nicely. — 25. ka .. do, F. = ka .. ho (22 c), di akyi(ri), to join,
to follow: wgbaka' no do = wobeka;l no ho; wonkii mo do = m6nka
me ho, munni m'akyi. ML 4,19. 8,1.10.9,9.
(II.) 26. to he in commotion : ne tirim' ka, his head is a little touched,
affected tvith insanity (in a slight degree); he is touched in the head,
craclchrained, crazy. — 27. ka neho, to move, stir; gnka neho bio,
wawii, he moves no more, he is dead; to bestir oneself, be active, live-
ly, quick; woii'ka woho ara?! will you be quick? — 28. ka..nsa,
to be quick, active, agile, alert, diligent; ka wonsa = ka woho, be
quick! make haste! oka ne nsa, he is diligent; (diff. eka ne usa, it
comes to his hands i.e. he receives, s.5.) — 29. ka ..mati. to raise or
dratv up the shoulders, to shrug, give a shrug. — 30. ka aduan, a)
to turn the food in the mortar with the hand: mekgka aduan mama
me na. — b) to stir the food in cooking on the fire; ode ta ka abete,
nkokonte; cf. nu mu. — 31. ka likwan, to deal or serve out soup,
pr.207. — 32. ka afa, to blow the bellows- — 33. ka atuo, to take up
arms (pi'op. guns) in order to fight against some one. — 34. to move,
pid or set in motion, impel; to drive, compel to move on, urge ox push
fortvard, urge on and direct the motions of; mframa ka hyen no ko
anim', tJie ivind moves the vessel onward; ka hhuah no kg dan mu,
drive the sheep into the pen; k.i nkokg no fi adi, drive the fotvls out;
ka teaseenam, to drive a chariot, 2 Ki.9,20. ka (afurum) no kg ara!
drive (the ass) and go forward, 2 Ki.4,24. — 35. to excite, distract,
agitate, trouble: ne bone aka no, his sin drives him about restlessly. —
36. to stir up, cause, bring (djout. tgkwaw, a quarrel, brawl, scuffle,
amanne, mischief (cfka, to speak). — 37. to move, actuate, incite, in-
duce, instigate: den na ekaa no se gmmera? what induced him to
come? — 38. to attack; wgkgkaa won nkaakyiri, they attacked them
from behind. — 5.9. ka gkwah mu, to commit highway-robbery. —
40. to try to move or stir: ^kk no babi emma (or, me-, wo-, o-, wo-
ka no babi [scil. a,] emma, tvhercver it is touched, or, try as you will,
it does not succeed, \.q,.) it will not do by any means; wama me adwu-
ma a mekano bilbi emma, he has given me a work to do which I
cannot carry out by any means.
(III.) 41. ka.. bom', to unite, join, p)ut together, reconcile. — 42.
ka.. bg ..ho. to conjoin, connect, annex, combine, associate, attach,
affix dc. ka adsVebaw (batabata ho), to bind the shoots of the yam-
plant to the sujjporting stick; s. adwobaw. — pata ka .. bg ..ho, to
reconcile. 2 Cor. 5,18 f. Eph. 2,16. — 43. ka.. fam, to joimvith an ad-
hesive substance: fa amane (hye, manng) ka kuruwa no fam, join
or mend (the broken pieces of) the jug with gum. — 44. ka.. toa,
to join, to bring to the p)voper place or connection, to set a joint, to set
(a limb): gka me nan a ahiiah no toa, he sets my dislocated foot. —
45- ka ..foa, F. ^=k;l ..fu, nu .. fu?) to onbrace; gdze n'aba ka no
ka — ilka. 213
foa, he embraces him. — 46. ka.. kfi ..ho, to bring near iogcther,
$. kfi. — 47. ka .. kua an im, to Join the opposite ends, s. kua. —
4S. kti .. li ye, to trouble and force, i.e. to exact or enforce pagnirnt
from; wabek.l mc aliye n.s. wode bi kaw na wabehyc wo agye v/o
ho; cf. ka hye in ka, to speak. — 4!). ka .. hy e m u, to confine, shut
up, close, straiten; iolicepin (Lk. 19A3), hem in, urge, press ujion. —
50. k a., torn', to shut, lock; to shut or lock in or iij>; ka poii no
torn', shut the door; ka no to dan mu, lock him up in the room. —
ka wo ano tom', F. = mua wo ano, hold thg peace. Mk. 1,25. — 51.
k a .. mom ano, to pack or roll up; waka ne nh. amom ano. — 52.
ka .. gy a w, to throw aside and leave i.e. to pass by; yehiiu Kipro
no, yekii gyaw benkum (ycgyaw too b.) na yekgg Siria, Acts 21,3. —
53. ka is also used as a secondary verb in phrases like the follow-
ing: onnwu iinka, mag he not die, not even tasting of or touching
if ; ommnig nnka, )n((g he not break it, not in the least, not in the re-
motest manner, i.e. God forbid that he should die, — that he should
break it.
ka, V. [red. keka] to emit a sound, to idter, speak, say, tell; cf.
kasa, se, be, besebese, ho 75-83., woro; - agyinamoa ka ne mene-
wam', tlie cat emits a sound from its throat, i.e. it purrs; woaka, thou
hast said it, Mt. 26,25. 64. — ka asem, to utter words, speak, talk; to
deliver a speech, tell a tale; to prcaclt; deh asem na moka? of what
do you t(dk? oka me ho asem,/;t' speaks or t<dks of me, often meaning :
he S2)eaks Ul of me; oka (oto) anansesem, lie tells a legend. — ka..
kyere, or ka with a personal object, to tell, to say to; okaa asem
bi kyeree no or okaa no asem bi, he told him something. — ka..
hye, to ascribe a saying to, to impide to; to speak against; waka
asem no ahye me, e.s. enye me na mekae, na obi aboapa [or apa-
tuw) aka ato me so. — ka kaw, ka amanne, by spoken ivords to
cause or incur debts, mischief, to involve oneself in debt, in (the
mischief of) a public law-snit or fine. — ka .. ma .., to speali for, put
in a word for, intercede, recommend; cf. kasa ma. — ka .. anim,
or ka alone with a personal object, to rebuke, reprove, reprimand,
reprelicnd, chide, scold, blame, censure; onipa yi, waka me 'ne =
waka u'anim, watwiw m'anim 'ne; -=: twiw anim; =- kasa kyere,
tu fo; ka ntam or ka alone, to utter an oath, to sivear (upon.pr. 344.
to appecd to by an oath) ; to conjure, call up, or bring aboid (a sick-
ness); cf. ntam, di nsew. — ka .. sie, to foretell, predict.
e-k a , pi. ri-, ring, in: 267. s. ka.
e-ka, p)l. a-, (Ak.) debt; s. ekaw. pr. 747 f. 1497-1503.
aka, Ak. enmity d'-c. s. akaw, akaye.
aka, water into which charms (short sticks [bofunnua] or pieces
of string daubed with red wood [korow] &c.) are put to be used for
an ordeal or tried to determine guilt or innocence. Phrases: bo aka,
ko aka ase (pr. 379.)] aka no ato no. Akabo ne se : obi \via ade a.s.
oye bone bi a, na wokofa aka de bebisa no se ewom' ana. Woko-
fwefvie onipa a owo aka, na wabehono aduru ne nsu de ata ho aho-
horo wo auira, na se wo na woyee sa bone no a, na wuntumi mmue
wo aniwa, a.s. niwa (a cowry) ahyen wo auiwam'.
214 oka — nkabuho.
o-ka, e-, ditch, trench, canal; the bed of a river; oyi kd, he digs
(makes, sinks) a ditch.
rika, 1. smell, scent; - te nkji, to perceive the smeN. to smell. —
3. noise, report, rumour; mate ne nka (se gbeba ne), I have heard
of him, have had news of him (that he will come to-day); wotee ne iika
(= ne ho asem tei'ewe) asase no nliinil so, his fame spread abroad
in cdl that countr//. — 3. perception; te hka, to learn, hear, come
to know, be informed of; mate hka se yeaclah bone, I knotv from
experience that we have become bad or sinful.
anka^ Ak. aiikana, aiikarfi, cottj. then, in that case; (for mer-
it/;) "under other circumsta)ices. This word is put at the head of a
sentence to indicate that the idea expressed in the sentence is no
present reality, but either a) a thing of the past, or b) mei*ely im-
aginary, its reality being excluded by another fact or being made
to depend on the reality of another idea expressed in a conditional
accessary sentence preceding the principal; (a) kah no ahka 0-
nyahkopon ben fam', formerly (it was so that) God (or Heaven) was
near the ground; (b) ahka meba, na meyaj-e nti mintumi memma,
I should come, but I cannot, because I am sick; or, se menyare a,
ahka meba, if I were not sick, I shonld come; - na ahka! ( = na se
eute sa de a, na ahka edeh ?) ichat else':- of course!
ka, kavra, j;?. h-, ring, iinger-ring; link oi & chain; c/". petea,
kapo, nomafuru, tohkoka'.
ak a, a kind of fish. pr. 1S99.
ailka, ahkawa, akahkawa, ^.i/. h-, lime, lemon; s. duaba^\
ilka, F. = hkae, remnant, rest, the others. Mt. 22,6. 25,11. Mk. 1,38.
aka-bas6 = akagyinam'; security, surety (for the payment of
a debt; lit. a coming iip for debt); di ak., to stand ov give security;
mede no akabaso, I owe him money by standing security.
ka-boa, manner or way of speaking ; obehu ne k., he will know
how to say that, to specdc of that further.
k a be re, pi. h-, a kind of charm (sumah bi) consisting of a
stick driven into the ground and wound round with strings, inten-
ded to keep off evil spirits from entering the towns and houses and
to avert their influence from the inhabitants; wokyeree bayifo k.,
they caught or bound a wizard by (or tied for him) a k., thry have
made fetish against him, by driving a stick into the ground and
performing certain ceremonies with it, whilstimprecations are ut-
tered against an offen-sive person, whose death or some other calam-
ity is supposed to be effected thereby.
kabi, kabikabi, a. (added to esiim, darkness) thicJc, deep, ut-
ter; cf. kusu, tumm.
aka-bo, inf. [bo aka] undergoing the ordeal by tvater; s. aka.
aka-bo, inf. [bo kaw] making or conf raiting debts; osafohene-
di no, eye ak., to be captain causes one to incur debts.
o-kabofo, pi. a-, contractor of debts, pr. 1506.
iika-bo-ho, inf. [ka.. bo..ho] annexion, annexation; combi-
nation.
iikabom — iilvatVa. 215
iika-bom', inf. [kfl .. bg mu] union, joining, conjunction, com-
pound, composition. — nk.-apam, a separate lea(iue,(ont'ederati(»i.
kaboiiilO t'o (ekiiw, boniiA] a jierson sf roll in;/ and ina/cing
debts; stroller, vat/rant, V(i[/(tbund; nca gntra. uo kfironi naouciiuam
anian so bg aka sakasaka; gbg ka na ontua ; cf. gbadueduefo, kobofo.
k a I) on 11 6 a, -ii, pi. n-, a pad for carri/inij loads, undertaken
on account of debts; sfinii a wgde soa adesoa; woabg ka na woko-
som bi na wosoa a, enna wgtVe no k.; woankasa wosasl ape ade a,
cnna wgtVe no adebqniioa.
kaboniioa ne adebonnoa, a kind of bead; s. abene.
kaboiiiiorn wa, ^^(<f/. bolster; sfuni dennen a ebinom de soa
adesoa, ebinom ye no tententen de to won sumi ase.
akahi'i, inf. (di ak.) =^ akabg.
II kada [ka-dedawj old debts. Woyeasobiannasoa, wo iik.yera.
ak{i-(l<iii [dan kaw] exaction of debts.
11 k;i-deii [kaw, den] rigorous enforcement of paijmcnt; gdah no
Ilk., lie riyorouslif exacts the payment of the debt from him.
kadc'j a kind of yam (bayere); s. gde.
aka do [ka, ade] seasoning, spice, condiment, sauce, any tbiug
tbat makes eatables savoury; ade bi a wode reka aduan ho adi na
aye wo de: nam, mako, butiru, asikre n.a., meat, pepper, butter,
sugar tOc. added to or eaten with any species of food; cf. atorade.
ka-dcdaw', an old debt, pr.loOT.
akado, F. kado, shell-lime.
a 11 k a-d w e n a, the young fruits of the lemon-tree. pr. 1805.
kae, V. [inf. hkde, red. kakae] to remember, recollect; to re-
mind, put in mind, ccdl or recfdl to mind. pr.loOSf.
11 kae, inf. memory, remembrance, recollection.
ukae [ka, to beleft, remain} remainder, remnant, rest, residue;
the others. F. nka. Cf. nnekae, nnikae.
0-kaefo, pi. a-, remembrancer, reminder.
Kaesare+, Caesar, emperor; cf. ghempgn.
kafei", coffee, the berries (kafe-aba), the tree (kafe-dua), and
the drink made from tlie berry ; - ye kafe, to worl-, dress ov prex)are
the jducled berries till they are ready for sale; noa k., to boil coffee.
kafirima, a kind of amidet or charm; cf. siiman.
g-kafo, blood, used by hunters, = mogya, Ak. bogya.
o-ktifo, jil.n-., [ekaw| 1. creditor: akafo rebedan ka.\y. Lk. 7,41.
— Ai. debtor, pr. 1510. mahu me k. = nea gde me kaw no.
O-k'd-foni, pi. a--fo, 1. debtor, onipa a gde k-A. pr. 1511. cf. gde-
firifo. - — ^. creditor: me kafoni a mede no kaw ni.
o-kafo, (i^l. a-) driver, taskmaster. Ex. 1,11. 5,6.
o-kafo, pi. a.-. As. a good friend; me k. = nea me-ne no ka,
mepe n'asem, medg no.
iika-fra'", inf. [ka.. fra] mixing. — iikafrade, the elements of
a chemical mixture. — kafra-nyausa*^, chemistry; cf. adufra, -sem.
216 kaouam — akakantwere.
ka-guam, douMing or increase of active ilehts(?) pr.l512.
kagja, a plant growing on a.nt-hi\\s. pr. 2926.2971.
kagyaWj r. to wither, fade; angpa na ahaban (nfwiren) yi
ye frgmfrgm, na awia yi de, akagyaw = aye bete kgko; cf. bo\v,
guan, kisa, nyam.
aka-gyinam' [ekaw agyinam'] security or siircti/ for a debt;
di ak., to bail, give or stand security.
o-kag jinam difo, pi. a-, a bad, security, surety, guarantee.
ka-hi [ekaw ahi] refusing to pay a debt; pr. 1513. gtew no k.,
he insults his creditor.
kahiri, Ak. kaliire, Akr. kare, id. n-, a p)ad, consisting of a
bolster stuffed with any soft substance, or of a cloth, or of a bundle
of dry banana-leaves tied up in form of a ring, which ^Jorters put
on their heads to rest their loads u\j(m: pr. 1391. — bg k., to male
apxtd; cf. sonkahiri. — twa kaliirim", to break off connection; o-
ne n'abusuafo at\va k., he and his relations have come to an open
rupture, they have broken off the friendship. — kahirim'twa, inf. se-
paration, break of friendship.
Ilka, ho, inf. [ka..h6, to add] addition; the thing added; an
adjective; cf. mfakSho, nkekahs.
a 11 ka-h u n o, n. Icmon-pccl. pr. 1514. — adj. lemon-coloured, ci-
trine.
O-ka-hye, inf. [ka .. bye] 1. the act of enforcing or cacti ng
imyment; ej.lortion; six kahye yi ase ne den? — 2. the act of iw-
imting a saying to somebody else.
kai, intcrj. an expression in cursing a person; e.g. in pursuit
of a fugitive, an Asante man may, with his legs crossed, pronounce
this word with the name of his king or fetish: Kai, Osee a, fvve ase
e! cf. tram.
kaka, s. keka.
o-kaka = gkekaw. pr. 1515.
iikaka, F. especially; s. enka-nkji.
ilk a k a: hkiiku ne nk., potters icarc, pottery, earthen ware.
akakabeii-sOj in a bold, daring, regardless, obstinate, forcible,
violent manner; yerekg no ak. == akokobiriso, mmarimasem so,
anugdenso, aporiso.
a k a kab c n-n e, gye-, I oredi n'asera na se odi fg o, odi bem o,
akakabe iiseiii, pdi-, / gwy ahogden o, onni ahogdeh a gde
bedi d, gno dc, nea esi ne tiriin ara na odi, lie acts in a wayward, wil-
ful, stubborn, obstinate manner.
kakae, any thing that frightens chddrcn; bugbear, frightful
beast, terrific object.
kakae, red. v. kae. (Etg-dabi-amekakaensem pi, na se min-
tumi menkyere ase yiye uti, menka.)
akaka-iii [ani] a bad, wild, angry face; wantutu me ak. bi, he
made no bad face towards me.
akakantwere. 5. akek...
kakara — okam. 217
kakiira, -a, s. kakra, -a.
akii kfVraf^y a, Ak. akyekyeregya, a kind of wild f/o>t(.
kakarakji, 7>/. n-, cockroach, imported from Europe; cf. tc-
ferew. F. moth, ML 6,19.
kakate = ntane-ani; bg k., to he dispersed, disturbed, dis-
composed, nnnianayeablc; ni'niau no abo k. = atu apete, woboa won
ano a, eny^ 'ye.
kakawa, 1. Akp. the sm(dlesf, least. — ^. a kind of yellow
jnrcioiis head, = bota; s. abene.
akakawerc, 6\ akck...
kakoro, a strivg of heads worn round the waist; nhuwa a
wgasina na wode abobare (akyekyere) ntama a.s. asawa ho de to
aseh mu.
ka kra, a., n., adv. little, small; few; a little; a little vhile; -
ma mensu kakra, yive me a little water; me ho ye kakra, I am not
rerij well; tra ha k., stni/ here a moment. — agya k., the father's
brother (cf. wgfa); enTi k., the mother's or father's sister; cf. gsewa.
kakra, kakrawa, F. kakraba, little, very little; kakra bi,
some, a few; aka kakni se, very little is ivanting. Cf. ketewa, kfima,
kwada.
a kakra, littleness, smallness, sliyhtness, weakness, pr.48.
kakra, kakraka, a.i()i. large, hidky, extended, great; hulk,
largeness, size. — cf. kese, kokilro, liAliara...
akakramakoro, ^^Z. n-, a small beast of x)rey, in shape and
size similar to a civet-cat.
iikakra-nkakra, by little and little, by degrees, gradually.
iikakramantaii: abg wgn nk., it lias provoked them to a fu-
rious pursuit.
kakresaw, a. great, 7n i ght y (ohene, gsafohene) ; big, large
(odgnkg, asoamfo); ade a eso pi no; cf. otitiriw, kese.
h k a-k u ho, inf. [ka .. ku .. ho] reduplication. Gram.
kakuma = eka, ekaa or aka kuma, it wants, wanted, is want-
ing bid little, i.e. almost, nearly, tcell nigh.
uka-kyeree, inf. wanyano nk., lie has often, repeatedly, told
him. Cf. Gr. § 104,5. 105, I.e. 107,22. 230,2.
g-ka-ky ere, inf. information; knoivledge, wisdom; pr. 1634. —
cf. nyansa.
0-k a a kyire [neagkaa akyiri] the youngest child; ef. apopayam' .
o-kaakyiri = okyirikafo, one who remains behind, pr. 1516.
iika-akyiri, inf. [ka, akyiri] aggression or attack from behind ;
wgkgka wgh hk., they are going to attack them in the rear.
kam, s. kam-kam.
kam, V. F. = kame, to deny, refuse.
o-k am, p)l. a-, n-, incision, cut, gash, wound; hurt, damage; mark
left by a previous injury, scar; flaw, crack in a vessel; cf. nkamS;
woabono k3m, wgabobgno akam, they have wounded Jiim {any where,
218 kam — kamcsc-kwakye.
ivhilst fe means a wound only in the head); tafroboto no atew kam,
the plate is damaged (Ky.). pr. 485. 589. 2680. — di kam = di dem, io
he damaged, deficient (eka ho biribi ).
kam', ka mu, with di: kiirow no di kam (adi kamu = aka
mu), the town is besieged, invested, blocJcaded, blocked up; 2Ki.24,10.
wodi k., they are surrounded, vvoato dom mn.
akam, a species of tvild yam, eaten in times of famine.
kam a, F. lance, spear. (N.E.Voc.) — kama, v. s. kame.
kama, a. cf- adv. fine; nicely; asoredan no ye k., wama me
nhoma k.; wasiesie ne dan mu ara k.; woanwene kyew no ara k. ;
syn. fefe, guann, &c.
ka-ma, inf. [ka.. \m\..^i}itercession, recommendation; - kama-
hhoma, a letter of recommendation ; cf. 2 Cor. 3,1.
Ilk a, ma [gkam, dim.^ incision, cut, gash, wound; - sa I'lk., to
DiaJce incisions in a human body, in wood &c. - fwe ne mfem nk., F.
behold the gashing wound in his side!
kam a, a contraction of a conditional sentence: if it be so, then.
Obi besere wo ado bi na wuse womma no a, ose: kania (^^ woamma
me a), meko, Ak. kara-aiiimJl-a = wokfi na amma (mu sji) a, ma
menko e!
Aiikama, pr. n. of a man. pr. 1517. fpr. 1518.
aukama-brafog, aiikjimawa-rramoa, a by-name of onunum,
ankamaseperepe, a by-name of the goat; s. abirekyi.
0-kamafo = gkasamafo.
kame, Ak. kama, to tcithhold or keep from, pr. 628; to refuse,
decline, deny; to check, restrain, debar, hinder, forbid, j>rohibit. pre-
vent; to object to, oppose, protest against; - wope se wofa ade yi a,
men kame wo, if you wish to take this tiling, I do not forbid (it) you
(I give it freely, gladly); wobeko a, menkame (wo), if you will go,
I do not prevent you; menkame wu (=: mema own ho kwan), Z do
not refuse to die; - to contend or be concerned for: okame n'ade yi
ho kyen no (gmpe se obi fa), he has this thing of his more at heart,
is less inclined to give it up, than that. — k. is often to be rendered
by scarcely, almost, nearly: okasa a, yekauie ate, when he spe(d:s,
we can scarcely hear what he says; ekame ma aye du, Ak. ckJima
ma u'aye du, it makes nearly ten; Gr. § 23.5 a. ekame ma aiikji me
nneema fihina abobg, almost all my things were broken; ekame ma
anka wawie u'afuw hhfna dow, he has nearly finished his jjlantation
work; wgkameahu, they are near finding i.e. hare almost found (it);
worenkame abu, it is scarcely io be seen.
akamekame, contradiction, contention, altercation, quarrel,
struggle; wodi ak. (wgyaw biribi so a.s. wopere biribi), they have a
quarrel or struggle (about something), they are at variance.
akame, a sickness of children, making the face swell and in-
juriously affecting the skin in a line from the forehead to the crown
of the head.
kamese-kwakye, name of a bird. pr. 1519.
ukumtiina — kuuo. 219
nkriuifanri., Ak. s. nkramfoa.
kamfo, V. io extol, praise; st/ii. Ito din, yi aye; ok. uc wura,
he praises his master; wok, biribi a eye fe, onipa a gye birihi a eye
nwohwA. pr.l')21.
uk.-init'o, i)tf. praise.
i'ik;irnr('t, a kind of i/aiii, of yellow colour, ode kokgko; pr.l'>20.
Akamlo, 6\ Okanni, Akan,
iika-nifuaw, adv. [nnkammfuaw (?) ka, iotouch, fiiaw, to chiji]:
eyi nhina nk., all this itiaij remain niiioneJied, i.e. leaviuf/ all this
aside, iH'sides, exelusivcJi/ of all this; euo nk,, setting that ((side.
kainis'iV [Port, eamisa, camisfio] .s7//r/, shift.
karnkam, a. brisl:, lively, sj^rir/htli/; qaie/c, nimble, (((/He, ac-
tive; strong, health!/, syn. wewe.
a k am 1110, inf. = akam-bg.
ka-iiiu, ,y. kam.
kau, V. \j-ed. kehkah] Ak, kaiie, 1. to count, number, reckon,
tell; k, ntrama, to count cotvrics. — X'. to read, used in the simple
form with an object, in the red, form without an obj.
o-kiiiij inf., eountiny (ade-kan, ntrama-kan), re((din(j; niisiia
gkehkaii or nhoma-kan, I (on learning to read.
e-kaii, (F. n-) n. the first, foremost or former jjI ace, rank, or
time; lience (adv.) ka n, k an no, F, ekanno, likan no, first, at (the)
first; before; mefa nea ebeba k,, I will tale what comes first; —
formerly ; previouslii ; waba nea kaii gte bio, lie has got (to tlte same
place or into the same situation) ivlicre lie was formerly; ekan no
wgkoe, afei de wgye biako, formerly tliey had tear, but now tJiey
agree; - di k., to be first, foremost; to go before; cf. di anim; cf. Gr,
§ 83,1, - kau beme, formerly, a long time ago; s. kankycrekyere.
-kail, a. in cpds. first; cf. abakan, adekdh, aduahkan, ahukan.
kau, F. Ak, 6\ kahn, kane & kankan,
kail 11, adv. clear, briglit, not dim; n'ani da ho k. (=biribiara
se gyare a,s. asabow nni n'ani so), ftis eyes are perfectly clear, he
is (juite lively, (pdte sober; F,-t=:hann, (j. v. — ehg tew k., tfiat place
or spot is light, luminous; gdan no mu aye k.; kanea yi nifi gdan
yim' ye k. sen yi; cf. anikah,
Akan, j>r, n. of a country or nation and language; s. Grain.
Introd. Notes § 1.3.4.8, & Okanni,
kaiia,, V. & n. s. krjT. — aiikaiia, Ak. 6-. anka.
0-kana, -kyi, s, gkyena,
ukannare, F, nkandar, rust [=nea eka dade o>- nnade, that
which affects ironoviron tools']:, also copper rust, verdigris; - dg or
gye {or ye) hk,, to gather or contract (or corrode witli) rust, to rust.
kaii-di, inf. s. ekan & gkannifo; ounyae me kah-di, fie does
not leave off tv(dfcing before me.
kane, a-, Ak. s. kan.^r. OtiLi. — Akaiic, Ak, s. Akah,
kane, F. := kaA, kahn.
220 kane — okankaii.
kane, kaii, Ak. F. stinginess, niggardliness; gye kane, F. :=
neyam' ye nwene, gye aj'^am-onwene, he is sting//; obo no kah, Ky.
F. = gbo no ayamoiiwene, he is stingg or illiberal towards him.
kane, a- (kanne?), competition, emulation, contest; si k., to
contend, vie, or cope tvith, to do in competition; to rival, to strive to
equal or excel each other; cf. akjasi, operetoso; me-ne no sii kane
tutuu mmirika, I run a race unth him.
akane, eujjhorhia-tree, sp\irge-tree (emu nsu ye bore, the juice
of it is poisonous).
iikaiie [formed fr. kan, to count, in analogy with hkarii, nsii-
suwi] number; numbering, counting; list; ne nk. si sfe; ode gmah
no nk. beree ohene; kofa won nk. (-nhoma) no bera!
o-ka n ea. F. kandzea, pi. a-, h- [Port, candea, candeia, G.kande,
kane, or fr. kahh?] light, lamp, candle; gsoro or-wim' akanea-jjuruw
no, the celestial luminaries. Kurtz § 135.
kaiiea-dua, candlestick.
akane-si, inf. s. akansi.
iika-iiliina, all or the whole icithout exception, s. nhina.
iikani, 1. a species of i/am (with poisonous leaves) consisting
of several varieties; s. gde. — 2. a kind of butterfly; s. afafantg.
iikaiii-hene, a variety of nkani 1.
0-kannij ^jZ. Akanfo, a man of Akan descent; a man spcaldng
the Alan or Tshi language, s. Akan. Oye Odgiikg a.s. Okanni? gye
Okanni ba. Akoa yi de, wave neho Kanni, this fellow has become
like a genuine Tshi man. The name is used for the inhabitants of
Akem, Akwam, Akuapem, Asen, Asante, Dahkyira, Twuforo, Wasa,
in contradistinction to the Fantefo and the Nngiikofo and other pg-
tgfo. Dabihg na aiika nsuanofo pgtgfo ne Otwini hhuare guaseh
koro mu, nanso wg-ne nnipa-pd mma nnidi.
0-kjuiiii [id.Janice, refined, well-mannered man; gyegkanni =
ne ho ye fe, n'ani atew, gny^ atetekwa'; - gkanni ba, pr. 1-5.25.
o-kannifo, ;.»?. a-, ;= gkandifo, better: odikanfo, q.v.
nka-anim\ inf. [ka anim] rebuke, reproof; ef. aninika; esiane
ne nk. a gka wgn anim no nti, wg-ne no nka.
akaiika = ahka.
eii kri-iika, adv. not to mention, not to speak of, especially; mmo-
fra yi ye mmofra bone, ua ehk. na oyi de (onye), these are had
children, but above all fliis one.
Kaukaii, i. Nkrah K., a town by the inhabitants called Kan-
ka, Kehka, Kinka or Ginga, by the Europeans Dutch Accra. —
3. Dutch; K. brgfo, the Dutch; K. Abrokyiri, Holland, the Nether-
lands.
kan kail, a.d-adv. stinking; with an offensive smell; ne ho k.,
he stinks: ehg ye k. dodo, there is a bad stench; efunu boh k., a
carcass stinks; ebgn kdhkan(kah).
0-ksiTik ah', -ne, pl.h-, civet cat, Viverra civetta; c/. hwane. —
by-name: agyakumedii.
kaukantiri — kantaiiii. 221
kaukantiri, the lid of a powder-case (toa a wode atuduru
gum' ti),
a k a 11 k a w a , .s. aiika',
kailko, Ky. = korukCima; ctwa k,
iikaiikoin, a kind of mushroom.
a k a I'l k ra in a-k 6 ro, -du, pi. n-, s. akakr...
kai'ikranri, a., adv. large, broad, lout/ and bi<i; rf. kakra,
k&ntanri; gye onipa k. = oko soro tcntententeh ; n'iiuo k. ^^ n'ano
teterC'.
0- k a I'l k ra u t a I'l, a lean })i((n. pr. 2813.
ka Ilk ua, pi. n-, the fruit of a tree called T^a.mtm(q.v.), used in
bleeding as a tup (cii})ping-(;l(iss).
kaiikuiiia, crocus, curcuma [Heb. karkora, Ca.4,14.^ Ar. kur-
kum, Skr. kunkuinaj.
k a Ilk ye, v. [inf. n-,] to prai/, rehearse or speak a prayer ; to
incol-e or call upon (the fetish). Mek. me tirim ; mek. mabg mpae
= meka asen-ko a migyina so merebebg mpae ; merek. mil me
bosom ua wafwe me nkwa so. — Obi yare a.s. gfom bosom a, ode
nsa a. oguan de koma obosom ua gsofo no k. ma no se gmfa mfiri
no a.s. ue ho nye ne den. — Osgfo atifi na wokahkye bg, di nsew
fwefwe nokware.
11 k a 11 k y e, inf. Wobefi ase akankye (a.s. asgre) kankyerekyere
a, wose: Onyankopgn ue asase, mommegye nsa nnom, a.n. afei wq-
afre gbosom biara asere no nkwa, sika, mma, ahotg u.a.
kaiikye, a tnarl- made by a stroke or line. D.As.
nkaukye, As. cake. (N.E.Voc.) s. kahkyew.
kankye, jjZ. n- [Eng.] can, canister; water ing-jiot ; any tin-
vessel; tin, tin-plate.
kaii-kyerekyere, at the vera first, in the first beginning;
first of cdl; formerly. [G. tsutsu klehklen.]
kfiiiky e w, F.=dgkono.[G. abolo'kgme, Coast lang.kenche.]
akaii [ekaw ano] 1. price of goods, ue bo ankasa. — 2. bill of
charges or expenditures, account of goods sold or delivered, invoice.
ilk ansa, a medicinal plant,
kansa, kasa, Mt. 26,35. s. the foil.
kaiise [kano se] or kaiise-se, (conj.) though, although, even
if; k. gkg a, obi beba bio. Gr. § 141,1 B ^. § 278,2.
akaii-si, inf. [si kane] competition, rivalry; race.
akansi-de, the prize set out for competition ; a wager, stake.
kantamma, otuo k., the cock of a gun or musket, pr. 3387.
kantamanto, the "languag-i" of the drum of the chieftain of
iikantami, a kind oi yam; s. ode. [Aburi.
k an tan, collar-bone, clavicle.
kantan, v. to S2)read a.nA stretch irregularly, to sprawl, strag-
gle; to straddle; s. kenteh; dua ba, bi abu abekantah kwan mu hg.
kantanfi, a.ctadv. straggling, .stretched out irregularly; high
222 kantaiikaiiiki — kara.
and hroad; straddJ'irur, dua no ab;i nhiua aye k.; obarima no abe-
gyiua gdah ano k. ; ne naii k.
kantaiikaniki, kfintaukraiikyi, siclde; a loyuj, rrooled
sahre; dade kontonkye bi a Nnohkofo de twa sare ne mo; cf. kon-
tonkiirowi, pampankwa.
kaiitaiikurodo, asase agwo nnna, an opithetic apjjpUation
of God (Onyankopoh); gkata nneema hhina so, ghye nnipa iihina
nso so.
akantaniiua, Ak. akantannwa, 6\ akentennua. j>r. 1526.
0-kant 6, candle-wood, a certain tree and its wood which is bnr-
ned as a candle or torch; dua bi a wosg ano na edew se gkanea;
ok. kokg na edcAV, na ok. hyen a.s. fufu de, ennew.
iikanto, crooJicd Ict/s; wonantu akurunknrum se adare, a.s.
wo nannyehin anim aye konkrgnn. — o-kaiitoni, a man having
crooked legs, a handy- or howlegged person.
11 kail torn', F. a-, [nka.. nto ran, do not touch., not put in'] adv.
not to mention, to sag nothing of, (how) much less, (how) much more;
oraiii ase e, na nk. se wawie, he has not get begun, much less finislted.
k a 11 1 0-111 11 i^ a kind oi tree.
11 kail iiu a 11, a. e(»coi;ere(Z(of a house), unfinished or beginning
to deeag; - gdah no aye hk.; gdah hk. = gdah a enni suhyi', na
ereye abu; adah hk. hko na esisi hg.
kaiiwCj a. fresh, new and strong; vigorous, unimpaired; flor-
id; oniparaono k., a freah healthful gouth; dua k., a green, fresh
tree; cf. fof'oro, aniono.
o-kaiiweii, a kind of tree; wgde seh baduaba,
kanyaii, v. to stir, incite to action, instigate, rouse; - k. neho
to .s//>- from long quietness, rouse and exert oneself, be active, lirclg;
[^cf. ka, nyah, hwanyah].
iikanjiiii, ramp, prank, frolic, gambol; ramping, pranking
(S^c; agitation; gpghkg no atew hk., the horse has become shg, ram-
2iant, frantic.
kaii,yaiiu, a. pricklg, sping; tliorng; kotokg ho k. ; s. adwo-
kii; sgn. nnya'-nnya, hwrahh.
akape, scissors.
kaper, F. [Eng.] a copper. Mk. 12,42.
akaperc, i)if. [pere kaw] the shifting off of a debt; mibu wo
ak., I shift off the paging ofmg debt to gou upon another in reference
to money due to me (e.s. raede wo kaw na obi de me bi, na mise wo
se: kogye onipako no hg tua wo kaw). pr. 2919. Cf. obutew.
akapimafwo. [kii, pirn, fvve] familiarity, intimacy; di ak.,
to be familiar, intimate; to favour each other in return; me nh wo
nni ak. bi, we have no close communion ; cf. twakcX &c.
kapOj pl.ii-1 bracelet, armlet; sika, dwete, dade k., - of goldd^c.
k a r a^ v. s. kra.
kara, v. s. kra, kana, kena. — ankiira, A. s. ahka.
okartl — okasadi. 223
6-ka'ra, s. ok'rd.
kara..., s. kra...
karada, kai-ara, n. noise, rmtlin(/, e.g. of palni-l)raiH'lies./»r.-i6'C.
karadada, tulv. (irifh) a rusJiiiiif uoisc; if. kuriuludu.
kani-anmia-a, Ak. s. kaina.
o-kara wa, s. gkrii.
karawa, .s'. a kind oi' monlc//. j)r. 118:?. — ^\ tt hiirrcu, Hufndt-
ful male animal. JobL'1,10. boa onini ana obarima a oh wo; rf. obo-
nin, kyenehe.
karOj v. is not used simply; .s'. red. kekare.
kj'i re, s. kiiliiri.
kari, r. [red. karikari] to wciijlt (gold, sugar &c.')\ to pnjj by
weiijht; to ponder in the mind, to bnhuiee; to i<die aim; to regard,
esteem, eare for, neg. to disreffard, male sli(/ht of, pr.lo27. — de..
ani k., to ivateh, ricic, revieu-, muster; tooljserve, iake/ieedto, attend
to, )nark, Lk. 14.7. to took scarelii/itjlij at, to consider or examine for
the purpose of forming an opinion or finding out something: nnipa
a ewg ho hhina, mede m'ani mekari won (= mefa won mu) a, meliu
won mu torofo no.
iikarii, v.n. [kari] tveight, qiiantiti/ of heaviness.
karib(r, pt. n-, a stone used for a iveigid; a pound.
O-karikari [nea gkarikari sika] a weigher of gotd-dust.
kasa, y. /^^-crMcasakasa, q.c.jl. tospeidc, t(dk, = ka asem; oka-
sa dodo, //(' talks too much; mene no kasa, I am speaking nuth him.
(F. kasa uokwar daba, spcaU the truth always.^ — 2. to ehirp, ehat-
ter (of birds); ef. akasanoma, — 3. to eraek, crackle (of burning
thorns, slioes), to creak (of a door on the hinges); to crepitate, grate.
— 4. ir. to censure, reprove, reproach, upbraid; pr. 340; to chide,
abuse; mepe se me-ne wo tra ; na wokasa me de a, niintie. — 5. to
decry, sjieak ill of; woak. me! — G. kasa kyere, a) to speak to (cf.
ka,. kyere). — b) to instruct, admonish, exhort; cf. tu..fo.
o-kaSci, inf. 1. speaking, speech; the peculiar manner of speaking,
the particular sound tdtered; pr.2479. — 2. language, dialect; gkasa
a edi aduasa = gk. hhina-hhina a cwg wiase; ok. ahorow bebre wg
asase so. — 5. icord, expression, cf. asem. — 4. di.. kasa, to fine,
midct, amerce. Wadi no k. ne se : wodi gheue asem bi na gherie ne
wo adi asem na wabu wo fg na wagye wo sika.
lika-sa [kaw usa] additional payment ior not having paid a debt
at the set time; da a wghyee wo adu na woannyfi bi ammii a, na
wogye wo sika foforo.
akasa-bebui [gkasa a wgde bun be] a proverbial saying, by-
word, proverb; (wgde) aye ak.
0-kasa-bere, weariness from spealcing; fa gk., to grou- weary
by speaking or admonishing, pr. 3463.
kasa-bo-diii, repecded mentioning oi' a matter, w-ith indigna-
tion or cursing, pr. 1529.
g-k{is;'t-di. a-, inf. [di kasa] ijcnalty, fine, mulct, amercement:
224 kasae — okasasie.
syn. sikagye; - okasadi [=^okasa a wodi no] yaw nti na onipa fi
ne kurom. — akasadi ye no fe, oye ak. (actively), he is in the habit
of imposing fines.
k a s a e, i^L n-, a hone; syn. dompe, usoe.
kasae^, v. n. a verb. Gram.
akasae, JJ?. li-, a tingling instrument; awowa a woaiitifiti ano
de awowa nka ahyehyem' na wgwosow de goru; of akasawa.
11 kasae, inf. talk, sayings; report, rumour, public tall;; misuro
ho nk., I am afraid of Us being talked about; ne hk. nyede, the con-
tents of his speech are disagreeable.
o-kas 9.(6, jil. a-, talker, chatterer, babbler, prattler, loquacious
person.
akasa-gua, n-, slander, calumny, backbiting; syn. ntv,ir[] mut-
tering, grumbling; odi no (ho) nk., he grumbles, mutters against him,
gives vent to his ill feeling against him, yet not in his hearing;
wo ne hi wg asem na wohkri wo n'anim na wobg din yaw \vg so;
a.s. obi aye wo biribi, na womfa mmg n'anim nyaw no, na woyaw
gia ahunm'.
o-kasa-gyefo, jj?. a-, intercessor, medicdor, advocate.
kasakasa, red. v. 1. s. kasa. — 2. to tcdk much, tcdk noisdy;
to chatter. — 3. to dispute, contend in u-ords, altercate, icrangle.
akasakasa, inf. dispute, contest, altercation, tvrangling, quar-
rel, broil.
nkasa-koji [gkasa nkoa] the end or aim of a speech, scope, imr-
port, design and tendency, meaning, import.
g-kasa-kyere, inf. [kyere kasa] the teaching of a language;
instruction in a language, grammar.
0-kasa-ky ere, inf. [kasa kyere] admonition, exhortation ; syn.
afotu. — o-kasakyeretb, j>?. a-, monitor, cxhorter, instructor, pr. 911.
0-kasa-mafo, ij/. a-, (F.) mediator, advocate; s. gkasagyefo.
o-kasa-me, inf. lit. satiating with speaking i.e. talkativeness,
loquacity, garridiiy. pr. 1530.
k as ampere, As. = sasabonsam, a ivdd man (satyr, sylvan)
of a monstrous size, mentioned in fabulous tales.
11 k a s a 111 m, p-. 6V2S. = nkasae, nnompe, hones.
iika-saii-mu, inf. repetition, (re)iteration in speaMng.
a k a s a-ii m a, jjZ. n-, a kind oi sparron\ prop, chatter-hird.
kasa-iiy ansa, good advice; gkyere no k., he gives him an
advice.
ka saute [nea wgkasa a gnte] a disobedient person.
K as ante, pr. n. formerly given to a nation in the interior,
frequently at war with Asante.
0-k a s a-p e ir , paragrapih.
o-k a s a-s a ii-m u, awkward repetition in speaking. Wokasasan
mil (= ti mu) pi; gyama wo were ati nsem a wose beka no ana?
0-kasa-sie, inf. previous agreement; pr. 1533. — di k., to talk
over a matter beforehand, previously ; okodi k. ansa-na waba.
.•ik;is;i\\;i - ;il<;il;isi;i. 225
a k ji s ,'nv;i, y/. n-, a kind nt" liitucii lull liaii<;iii<:^ inside a ilrnui
(kottle-ilruni) and ^i\ in^- a dolcl'nl sound; r/'. akasao.
kiisc';, kitsc-irara. akascd/c, F. s. kosr <<:»■.
akiisc. 7. tlu^ iiitlii/(i-/il(t)il. Iiitliitofrrn liiidoriti. — JJ. iiiditjo. s.
1,1-fi, — .-;. iiitlitjo (:i)l(iiii\ 1)1 III', iliirh-ltlnv : rf. hibiri, lioa.
kascc, n iii(^ss(ii/i'. nf'firidi nildri'ss or nninniiii/i nliiui : <»1m^
(ii'anonr) k. = amance, lir ilrlirrrs l/is nirssiufr.
kaas('('', prill/, mrossurii-hfiuxc : sifn. diiasor, du.isn, tea iS:c.
k.'isiaw, hiivili. iliislfr. (of fruits, keys); if. osiaw.
o-ka s i (', a kind of /^///»/a/. [ Hdh ID 11
I'ika-sra iii-S(V'', nif. |ka, srani, so | /. Iiitrroiriiii/. ~ ;j. Jnirroir.
ka-sii, nKiinicr or inn/ of spi'ii/.-iiii/. ri'/ioiiiiii/ or shitini/ a
matter; /)>•. 'ISTf^. si/ii. kabea: yennya asem yi akasu, Ak.
kala. /•. [/ vv/. k;itakata| J . fo rorry : often with so, ho, anim:
to DVi'rs/iyi'iul. rril. nirrlo/i. niicrnji. in/'nhl; c/. dura ho; - k. m u, la
line or finish tlir inside of, r- dura niu. — ^^. to mrer, ccnireal, chxd:.
— 3. fo cover, protrrf. defend. — 4. to c.itend over; he .sufficient for.
— '). to overicJiehn. - - 6'. k. mpa, to cover the hark i.e. to hrimj up
Ihr rear, to be hist, mule the eoncln.sion (of a train).
k JI t a 1) a I'l, <i. hiri/c; dua k. kokiiro si bo. — ka I a li a I'l I'l, adv.
reri/ much; wohyee no k. se onye, they forced him verij much to do so.
iikata-l)6 [ade a ekata bo] hvcusl-plale, cuiyn.s.^; cf. adebo.
kata«», t]ie cover of a i/un-lod:
I'lkata-lio, F. a-, r.n. rover, covrriiif/. envelope, inteyument : F.
ijannent; if. nkataso.
k a 1 a k a. ta, red. v., s. kata.
ka ta k a( a-so-m uamua-su: wodi asem no k. (== womfa
asem no nto kwaiimu pefe, na wokti no ebi-ne-bi ara) Ihei/ muffle
or .stifle the palaver.
iikata-koiiui II [nea ekata koh mu] mantle, shaul.
o-ka takyi(e), pi. a-, [also okwatakyi] a i/idlitui, a brave, val-
iant, i/idlanf. hold, undaunlid, courai/coiis, powerful man. hero, i/iant
(F, Mt. 12.:J'J. Mk. ■1,2?./: onipa a oye nnam na ne lio ye den na oso,
.s7/«. oberan, dommanih; sometimes it is put for /.-/y///; in ^Jr. ^.547.
it is a by-name of the swallow, = bold, nimble; cf. akatanini.
katakyi, k\v.. hrarer//. valour: kw. nti odii nim, tliromjli va-
lour he conquered.
ka tarn an [nea okata omah] one tvho covers the whole nation
or irorld. a luif/hli/ ruler, used also as an attribute of God. i)r.lo34.
kata 111 ail, katainaiiso, a vevij lanje iimhrella of gaudy col-
ours used on festive occasions; cf. kyinii. bamkyinii.
akatamasiaba^ F. girl, maid, v^iryin. Protten, 1760. a. akatasia.
n kata-ni u, v. n. the lininy of the inside.
a ka taniiii = okatakyi, used of a tree in pr. 1535. waye neho
ak. agya'beh [F. katanih-agya'bena] a onni mfuwam' nanso onni
kwaem', =^ odi amanterenu.
akatasia, F. yirl, maid, damsel; .s. abaha, nbabasla. Mh: 6,22.
15
226 iikataso — kaw.
iikata-s6, v.n.l. cover, covering, lid. — 2. greaicoat, overcont,
cloal;. mantle. — 3. nebone so nk., a colouring. paUiation of his sin.
kataw", ovcnvhehning (?) pr.4o4.
akatawia, 2^1. n- [ekata awia] nmhrclla, parasol; syn. asowia.
kate, V. to harden: k. anim, to harden the face. i.e. to dare,
hrare, def//; to he froirard, refractorg, obstinate; okafe or wakate
n'anim.
kate, a. 1. hard, of eatables (opp. so/y): aduan k. ue aduah a
enye de. — 3. hard, of tbe face or rather the mind or will: wave
n'anim k. = dennennen, he has a decided purpose, is frmly deter-
mined, infle.i.iblr. sinhhorn; cf. kete. — 3. difficidt to hear or endure,
rigorous, unreasonable; n'asem ye k. = den: o-ne no di asem k. =
ayejeseni, asem a enni aso. asem a eka ne babi emma.
hki\{€{e), ground-nut, earth-nut, Arachis hgpogaea, the plant
and fruit. — nkate-fiitiirii, ground-nuts in the Inisls.
iika-te, inf. feeling, perception.
iikate-de^, sense, the ('j)senscs.
a kate w a , a large fruit, the seeds of which are oaten by the
negroes; sgn. akyekyea.
ka-tiri [ekaw, tiri] capital, principal, stoch. pr. 366
k a tiri k a tiri. adv. to tut u or p e r e , said of b o or k 6 m a :
flutter in gig: ne bo (koma) tutu k. wo ne yam', ne bo pere ne yam' k.,
his heart throbs or pcdpitafcs violently.
a k;ito, c. n. [watg no kaw] satisfaction, the money paid in set-
tlement of a claim for adultery with one's wife, syn. ayefare; wagye
no ak., he has taken scdisfaction-money from him.
i'ika-lo-liO\ v. n. [ka, to spealc, to ho, to lay doicn^ agreement,
stipulation; articles, conditions or terms of agreement.
katraka, F. ring, hoop, circlet, croicn, Mt. 27,29. s. hankare.
akatram, wodi wgnho ak., they strike one another, fight, com-
bat (like gladiators); twu bera tetretem' ha na yenni ak. !
aka-tii;i, r.n. [tua kaw] payment of what is due or deserved,
nages, scdary, pay; hire; (ak. pa,) reward, recompense; (ak. bone,)
punishment, pienalty, deserved chastisement.
aka-tutii, inf. [tutu kaw] procrastination of the payment of a
debt; wode bi ka na oredan wo na woresere no ma wato wo da na
woakgpe sika abetua no.
kii t wi, spleen = tani. x>r. 607.
]<.a\y,r. to ferment, undergo fermentcdion. become scjur, be leav-
ened, said of palm-wine and dough : syn. pae. Wode angpasji si
hg na edu anadwofa a, na akaw ; woyam mmgre si hg na edi nna-
nsa a, na akaw ana apae, = aye nweneiiwene.
kaw, V. \j-ed. kekaw] 1. to bite ^=ka.; to bite off, knap; pr. 529.
— to masticate, chcic, (?) cf. wesaw; - kaw so, to bite upon or off;
pr. 708. 2013. — 2. kaw m u. kekaw m n, to cry, make a noise, scream;
cf. bom', bgn, teem'.
ckiiw kck.-in"'. 2'21
I'-kn \v. ^'/.;i-, I ka. fn he ir(iii/iiit)\ a ih'lil : pr. l im -I'lO'l. Ilud ir/iir/i
is (hir. liahilUji: (I iliilji luujlcrlrd, firs/uiss. — bo k., In nui/cc. coii-
inirf a ilrJ)/: do or in ,•! k.. In Imrr drhfs, fn ntrc (a (hhf): dan k.,
fn irmrrr a <leb1 : pr. 7*I-'?-l. t u a k.. In pnif a ilrhl ; otuaa no so kaw
pa, /ir rcinirih'il li'mi : otnaa no so k. bone, he /iiiiii.s/icd hint.
aknw, ciniiilji. /loslilH//: linlrnl. i/rKflffc; woye ak., -- woi'ik;i,
l/ieif (ivc nl ntiiiil//, (it I'liriniicr iritli nic/i nt/irr: ( f. akayc.
;"i \\ kaw . a kind of rirer-fis/i.
ka w a. >. ka.
a Ilka \v;i, >. anka.
kawi'i. niiniioiiinc. a n'sinous ^uni brought from tljc interior,
of apiuij^cnttastP, like j;yakisi, used as a medicine oi- put into snutt".
aka-yg, ////'. j ye akaw] niniitf/. mnlciilinu, strife, opou rufitior:
ak. wo won ntam'.
kcka, )■(•(]. r. \iiif- n-] I- frq. of ka, to l/itc: to stiiuf: ntontom
keka me. tlir iiiosijnilnrs stin;i uic. — ^. to itrji. to cause a particu-
lar uneasiness in the .skin, wliicli inclines the person to scratch the
part; me nsa ho kekci me, miluiane, )ii// Iiaii'l ifr/irs. / sryntr/i it.
Si/n. ye bene. — keka mu - n. kekaw mn.
k <' k a, ifft. r. I. frq. of ka., to titiicli. — •.''. to stir, more: ade
no keka neho, the thiiif/ ninres: okeka neho, ohenyah, he is nwcing.
lie irill (iinihe. — .•)'. to mlnni, dress (l)y washinjr, anointing-, putting
on clean clothes i^tc); to trim: wakeksX neho se ayeforo; k, funu,
pr. 1536. — j. to stain. — :j. to toneh. fiimhle, feel or f/roj>e about:
ade saa yen no, yenliti kwah na yekeka. — G. k. nSm, to cut meat
and hod it with salt. iH'Ppcr, olra. tomatoes <{e. into frofrow.
kcka, rejl. o., fnj. of ka, to spea/,\ relate: to rehearse, repeat.
kcka, irritabirdji; fierceness, feroritij: - gye k., he is fierce.
u-ild. inindii. iidractablc. Quarrelsome: abofra yi ye k. = n'ani ye
den, denneiinen, hyew, woka asem kyere no a, onte, ousuro biara,
omferebiara: - n'ani ye kekakeka ^= n'ani ye hycw, gye hyew.
11 keka. inf. lidincj. pr. J83.i. — iikeka, F. .= nkekae.
akeka-boa, pi. n-, a uild beast, beast of X)fC!f.
akeka-diii'u |gkeka\v aduru| a medicine acfainst tooth-ache.
like kao [keka. to touch, stain^ stain, blot, spot, specie: ntaina
no aye (adan) nk., nk. aye atade nom', = atade no aye fi.
0-ke ka fdj j;/. a-, aji irritable, irascible, quarrelsome, inischic-
vous person ; nea oye keka a.s. anieden, na da nhina gnani pe atu-
taw (ntgkwaw), = gmanefo.
iikekalio, inf. [keka ho ^/r nehol 1. mociny. — 2. addition,
what is added, cf. nkaho, mfakaho. — 3. dressinc/, adornment; cf.
ahokekade.
a k e k a-ii a m. a jumping insect.
a keka ii I were, akak... ahah..., pi. n-, scorpnon.
kekjire, red. v. to tale njj so)ncthin(/ great; to trii, attempt,
midcrtal;e, dare, venture; gkekar*; dan. he lai/s the foundation for a
228 kekate — iikeresiakyew.
large home; ok. adwiima sc obeye k, ontiimf nye, tchen he tries to
loorJi, he cnmiot; wakekare n'ani se gbebo ine ade, he purposed
Jteatlng me, determined to heat me; wakekare n'auim se obetumi
abu dan no, nso ontumi, he presumed that he eniild pull doicn the
house, hid was not ahle to do it: okekare n'anim repe me ay aw me,
he mdnres to scold me; ok. atoro ma me, he is .so ttold as to frame
a lie against me or to impide to me a lie
kekate: wabebomek.,?
kekaw, red. v. 1. frq. of kaw, k. hhwi so, pr.2013. — 2. ke-
kaw mu, to harJc, yelp (okraman k. mu); to cry, scream; abofrano
resu na gkekaw' mu se : e, wura, f\ve nea woreyeme! cf. bobom';
to hotrl. i/cll. — nkekaw-miij inf.. holding, gelling.
o-ke k ;i w, Ak. okaka, 1. anom' a. ese mu k., tooth-ache,=eLdese.,
boaduam; etutu se. — ^\ tirira k., a kind of head-aehc ; epa ti. —
5. aniwam' k., an inflammation of the eye, which may cause blind-
ness or swelling of the face. — 4. nsahS k., the whitlow, an inflam-
mation and suppuration of the linger; ekum wo awerew.
a ke kaw ere, akak..., pi. n-, gad-fly, horse-fly (?), .s\ oton.
kekem, F. = kekaw mu, to cry. Mt. 14,26. 20,30 f.
kekrakekra, a. rough (of loaves with a rough surface).
kekre, As. s. kyekyero.
O-kekrebcsi, a kind of plant.
kern', F. = kaw mu, to cry. ML 8,29.14,30.27,46.50. Mk. 1,23.
ken 11, adc. expressing the sound of a bell; edon bg k.
ken a, .s. kra, kana.
ke ilk ail, red.v.l.frq.o{ka.h, to count, tell; to read. — 2. wg-
kenkah su-d\vom, they wad. set tip a lamentation (for the dead).
y-k e u k aii, inf. reading, = hhoma-kan. — kenkari-lioma, read-
ing-hdof-, reader; primer, sjiellingbooli. — o-kciikaii-i'ikyerewe,
-nseiikyerene, printed letters, cf. ntintimi.
keiikeiikeu, keiikreiiii, s. kyen.., kyehkyerenn.
kente, pi. nkentewa, country cloth, a home-made negro-dress,
consisting of a number of nari'ow stripes of cotton-cloth sewed to-
gether. Diff. kinds, s. ntama. (Jpds. with adj. kentegow, kentepa &<;.
keiiteii, r. to spread out, straggle, straddle; = kantau; gye..
k. so, /() occupy mucfi space; Lie. 13,7. — Wagye iihoma pi no ak.
so kwa, lie lias accumulated tliose many boohs to no purpose.
kente iih, a. (t adr. straggling; straddling; hroad, wide; s.
ad\Voku.
k elite ii,^;/. n-, wiclcer-hasket ; cf. kyerehkye, pirebi, sesea.
a ke nten nu a, akantahnua, Ak. ...nwa, jil, h-, |agua a (iken-
teii] a stool or cliair with straddling legs.
kere, kere, kerebeiiii... s. kyere, kyere, kyerebehn...
kereCiia, F. s. kesua.
iikeiTsia. a-, tlir dafc-fiohn. dufr-frec, Phorni.r dactylifera.
iikei'esia-kyew, a-, a hat made of the leaves of the dcde-palm.
iikesa — kete. 229
nkrsa, ,s-. nkescwa. — kesaw, *•. k.isiaw.
I\(^S(', Ak. kesei', yV. a-, ak('.si'-ak(js(', /. f/rraf. (jituid : htrifr;
hiff. st(H((; pr. 16,iS. kcsc ii'ara, V. rjirrdimi i/rcaf. Mf. 'J,lO. 7,'^?. - si/h.
baiisonn, bantciiH, kokiiio, kakia, kakicsaw, katabaii, kfiiiiiii, ti-
tiriw; koti, kantaun, kuutann, \Vi; pijtcpgn, kymnadi'i; -})ou; v. at).
— i\ loud (of cm'", voire).
k«jsc, adv. (jrcatlij, sivonyhi, vcri/ mucit, in <i hiijli dnjirc dx.
sijii. sr, ])i &c. — mfraina bo k., f/ie iviiid hloics riolciillij.
kcscirara. V. I'.vcfediiif/l/f. Mk.u.'JS.loji.
knse, )i. (/rndiirss. hin/n/css, sfoufnrsa.
o-kesc, Ak. okeseo, a ;/rv(d iiuoi ; a lanjc. hii/ or s/md j)crsun.
akosc-d/o, F. [ade kese] a ijnud drcd. drrd of renoicn ; (heroic)
f'cid, hobh' achicvciiieid, exploit (also in a bad seiusc).
kcse, kesekese, a. dry, arid; ttipi. v. wo (opj). fykyc, foso,
iccf. inoisf; v. fow); asase kesc. the. dry land (op)), cjjo, the sea); fain'
ayr or awo kcse, the ground has become perf'ectljj dry.
kosC'in', kese-fnm'% in the arid zone; in. the south; south.
kcsokrso, .s-. atirimkesekese.
kesciienene, nc tirim ye no k., he (prop- his liead) is dizzy,
confused, bewildered, perplexed, puzzled.
k(jsew, tu k., to emaciate, become tabid, lean and //ide (as wa-
sted by tabes, consumption or another sickness); — =; kyenkyeh; to
yrow or tur)i pale; watu k. tita = wafgn aye fita, lie has pined (ucay.
become tabid or tcorn out so that lie is quite pale; n'anini atu k., he
tools jnde from anxiety and fear; asem bi aba wo so na wo auim
apatuw ahoa.
iikijsewa, -sa, a kind of plant.
kcsiw, V. to belch.
kesi, a roll of tobacco, rolled tobacco, orig.froni Portugal; .5. ta.
k e s 1" e k s re, a kind of tree. 2>^'- 1338.
kesii [Ger. lease] cheese.
kesua, -suwa, pLn-, F. kerefua, eyg; wobo nk. tafo, they are
on a friendly, familiar, intimate footing, cf. di 7!).!S2.So.
k e t e, pi. a-, a mat, the usual bed of the negroes, pr. 798 f. 2236.
Diff. kinds : ntomma or mpa. apa, aberewa, go-kete. — bo or hwene
k., to U'cave. plait a mat; sew, to sjrread out. bobgw k., to roll up the mat.
kete [with full e] 1. a kind of reed with thorns, growing near
rivers, that may also furnish walking-sticks: cf. deramere. — ^. a
flute or pi2)e made of it, played before kings and accompanied by-
other instruments (e.g. odurugya), drums and bells.
keto, ketekete [with fulle] a.ct-ado. bright, -ly; infulllustrc;
owia ati kkk., osrani apae kk.: awia kete, in or at broad daylight,
broad noon. — • ketOm', south; cf. keseni'. Scr.
ketr, adr. 1. hard (V) cf. kate. — ^. sharply, strictly: ghye
no or gbra no k., (F. kitsi, Mt.9,30.) he commands or forbids him
.'itrictly; niekraa wo k., I let you Icnow plai)dy, c.cpresdy. — 3. thick-
ly: wgakyerc so k., they throng thickly, cf. pepepepe, pitipiti.
230 keie — kirididi.
k o t e, .:?. ketekete, ketewa.
o-k e t e, s. oketew.
nkote: si hk., 1. to he ustride, strmhllej osi nkete ^^ ui; nan
(mu) asekyisekyi, li'is fret are hcni oitficarcL — :J. to piil somclliiug
astride (on the grouud or on branches of trees?) in order to nxirk a
place in the bush as destined for farming.
;ik('tel)iii [oketew bin] a kind of tjead ; .s. aiiene.
ketebo, a name of the teopard, s. osebg.
o-kete-byf(», okete-nwemfo, u manufacturer <if mats; s. kete.
akete-lienc: di ak., to he the chief of mat-iccavers. pr.l727.
ketekete, «. d- adv. (to the v. siia) small, very small, cerij
little, tiny; nworam ye aboa a osiia k., woanf\ve u' 'iye a, wunhii
no, tltc itch-mite (siro) is a tiny insect, scarcely to he iierceiced irith
the eye. — jtl. nketc-nkete; cf. ketewa.
like tekfi'i kyc, diliyence (?) si nk., tn ai>jdy close atfcntinn.
t/reat carefulness, to he zealous. ta1ce pain-<: syn. bo mmgden: \vab\
nk. se gbekyerew nlionia no, ](c is closely or intensely cnyayed in.
writiny the letter.
aketekri', -kycrc, ^>/. n-, cric/.et. i>r. l',l().
keteiii', south; cf. kesem'. Scr.
1*1 kel on kijt c, termr, horror, consternation, /nmic: nk. akita
or akyere no, he is terror-strucic, horrified, paralyzed or stunned
(with fear). = wabirikyi.
a ke te-in\e jic, inf. n:eaciny or /itailinf/ of )nats: s. kete.
o-kete-iiW(''inf('>,7>?.a-, a wearer ov plader of mats; .^////.ketcbofo.
o-ket e-.'^oafij, carrier r>/" (the king's) mats; s. gyaasefo.pr. loil.
aketesia, V. s. akatasia.
0-kete-;i in loro, a tree with fruits simihir to figs.
g-kel ere ( /)l. a-, litard; s. gdan-ne-nji, ntafontafo, gborgm, gs;i-
o-kelew f manapa, abosomaketew, oky('kyC\ pr. o09.720.147.'i.
I'l k e r g \v ;i. a kind of sandals. flo4.-4J.
ketewa, a.[j)l.i\-\ cf.kotcko.te\.-<iindl. little; mniofra nketewa,
l/llle children; syu. kf'ima, k\v;ida, c. siia. — kctewa, F. ketse-
waba, very smtdl, very little; k. bi, a little, a feu:; a short time; wa-
ma me abodo k. bi, he has yiven me a little hread; mmufra ketewa-
bi, some feu- children; onipa te asase so k. bi na own; syn. kakra,
kfikrabi: - ketcwa si\, eery little; aka k. se (kakra se, kcima sc),
very little is wantiny.
akct ewa, jtl. n-, a little jicrson: nimofra yi mu aketewa no na
n'aai atew, that little one (snudlesi one) amony these children is an
intelliyent hoy. — aketsaba, akrtsewaba. jd. n-, F. a little one, the
least. Mt. 2,6. 5,19. 11,11. 25,40.
h k (' t s e. F. r f (titer, in preference.
kill i [Eng.] hiny (in Europe) pr. 2465. ■ — kiiii, r. s. kyini.
kirididi, kirn': bg k., to rush (forward); wobgg k. kgg dan
no ran, they rushed info the house.
klsa — k'ltikiti. 231
kisa, V. 1. fo turn, cf. dan'. — ^. to wrlmj off (akoko koii,
Ihc i/rc/c of (I fold). — 6'. to turn in or over the fire: fo roost (yam,
plantains, meat), pr. 1350. — -J. fo dtoiKje. hi/ flic tivot of the sun or
/;// sirkiicss: fo iriflicr, fade, tlt'cay. s/iriiih; dri/ ii]>: awia ak. hwura,
the sH)i lids irif/iered the i/rass; oyare ak. no kora, a sicknes.s hos
icotifrd /lint rcri/ much; cf. kagyaw, po, guah i.^c. — .3. n'ani akisa
(mp.)-"— ii'ani agyina (ne kurom), his cijc is turned i.e. he is longiiKj
for home, is homesick. — ■ 6. n'anim' akisa, liis face has turned /nde.
O-kisi(e), 1)1. a-, o rid; by-names: kwarif'tia, aduoku, manui-
anng. pr. -210. S7l.r,lOf. 1444. 1551-d7.
o-kisil)ii"i, a kind o^ free; sarc so dua a wodi.
ak i s i w si, j'l- "^ ^- « lioumj rut. — j2. a ijoung child. — 3. doiidi-
praf, munnikin, dicarf. picimij; oye ak. ^^^ omfra, he is a worfh-
fe6S fclfoir, to be accounted yood for nofhimj.
i*ikisi\va-fo: ye rik., to associofe with children, opp. yv ateliyij.
ukisiwa-soni = mmofraasem, childishness.
a kisi-kur u, idcer, a sore dischargiinj pus; s. ekuru.
kita, V. 1. fo touch; to hold, hate in hands; sijn. kura, t'ua, de,
\vg; generally with mu: to seize, lay hold of; si/n, fa, kyere, so mu;
- ok. porca, he has a stick (in his hand); mik. pon mu, I lay hold
of (he fable; kita no mu na wannuah, lay hold of him lest he run
aivay; s. nketchketc, kitam'. — ;2. F. fo adhere or clin(/ fo; Adam
bon' kitaadasa nliina. — o. fo hurt; to take venr/eance on, yr. 655. —
J. kita so, to ivijie, to rub atvay. off, out; to polish; syn. popa, t\vi-
twiw, t\Vut\vu«- ; k. poh so, ivipe the table: fa wo naii k. ntasu so,
rub off the spittle with your foot.
kitam! imp. = interj. a salutation to one engaged in work
or in eating, equivalent to : God speed! or I tvish you a yood appe-
tite! - to which the reply is: mifua no, / hold it.
iikitii, = nkrumakwah.
kita-dcii, lit. hold-fast, a name of the apesew, q. v.
kith 6, 2^1- i^") fi^c; rasp; = twitae.
akita-o sua, pi. n-, the most poisonous serpenf, able to shoot
through the air from one tree to another.
akita-twerebo, the hammer oi a. mwiikQi, m which the flint-
stone is fixed by means of a screw.
Akita-wo-ns a, name of a month, about July; s. gsram.
akitereku, j^Z. n-, a species of beans, the seeds of which are
roasted and eaten, pr. 1550.
kiti, r. [led. kitikiti] to ynuw off, nibble, scratch off {with the
teeth or nails) ..ho, flic outside; = titi ho: nkura akitikiti ode no ho
= wgadi ho bi; cf. bebee ho.
ki t ikiti, a word expressive of turbulent or violent commotion;
wgye k., they are turbulent, tumultuous, -wild, unruly {syn. basabasa,
bisibasa) = wogoru na wgde wgn nan pempem fam' k., in playiny
flicy sfamp and trample on the yround, maldny a clatteriny noise;
wotu mmirika k., fhey run with a clatteriny or patter iiuj noise; gnam
kkk. lie tramples, patters, treads noisily, stanqis, ic<dk'i furiously;
232 kitirikitiri — kg.
wuyi anoina a, oye kitikitikiti (= piituputiiputu) =^ open', a hirrl.
iclioi ciiuf/lif. stn((/fjles (h-sper<itvlii: ogya no adew kkk. (kyirikyiri-
kyiri, tVaraframfram, frafrat'ra) fitc fire hums irhoitci/tl//. byitjJilh/,
ivif/i (jJai-i)t(i or dartliKj flames.
kitirikitiri, o. = kitikiti, v.
ko, V. [Ak. also ^s.q\-q, prd. kore; red. koko] to <jo; more par-
ticularly: 1. to (JO alony, to ivalli (cf. nam, nantew); yeko utem, ivc
(ire icalkituj fast; obayifo reko e ! theregoesa icitch.'pr. 60. — ;J. ior/o
(iff. a tea//; to j^d'^s away, leave, depart (opp. ba, to come, tra, to stay).
okg, lie is gone (cf. wako under o.): meko maba. I go away hnf sfudl
come again, cf. Gr. i; 112. 147,4. yr.WJO. - wokg-bae no, wgbekac
se: ewom' sa, tclu'ii tliey were gone and returned, tJicy reported, find
it ivas so (tliid tJte matter icas true}; - wobekg, name de, metru liil,
yon icill dejn(rt. bat I slialt stay lierc. — to escajie, pr. 601. — o. to
go to a place: wokg heV ivliere are yon going? mekg otie, I am going
home; gko n'akurjl, he Jnisgone to Ids plantation; jterf. wakg, lie has
gone and returned: wakg Osii preko, lie has hee>i at Osu once; yere-
kg wuram', ice are going into the bush ; gkgg bepgw so, he went upon
a mountain; yebekg ghene nkyen, ire shall go to the Icing. — i. to
lie going to do sometliing-, to set about doing, - witli and in the in-
gressivc prefix kg-, ko-, 6'. Gr. i< V)3. 9»i. 107,11. 280,1 l,.r. (pr.SOo.
1218. ;'Osl.(\ix:) — :'). to go for some object, witli some purpose or in-
tention, used with an infinitire(v.n.)oi- some other noun: okgaduan-
to, he has gone to buy foml; ef. Gr. ^ 12().2SO,2. — gkgg anyaii, .v/zf
irent for U'ood (fuel); wgreko asika. they are going to trash gold:
kg ahayg, to go hunting; s. i:-}-l~). — ii. de.. kg, fa., kg; in connec-
tion with de, fa or similar verbs the meaning of kg (esp. <V. o'.) be-
comes causative: to tale aieay, to talcc to a place, to lead, conduct:
wgde no kge, they led him away; mfi wgmfa no likg, let tliem fiiLe
him (away or irith them), pr. 1.">S'2. — 7. In connection with other
verbs, kg fre(|uently supplies the place of an Eng. adr. or prej>.:
a) the place of the adv. away, denoting removal: < )nyk. ayi m'a-
manne kg, God has talen away my tifflii-tiu)i ; b) together with a
noun of place it supplies the [)lace of &. prep., denoting a direction
towards a place : oguaii kgg Avuram', he fled into the bush: ka oguaii
no kg daii mu, drive the sheejJ into the pen! wgiikyekyere ne usa
nkgn'akyi, tliey shall tie his hands behind his back. — .s. kg (yiye),
to fit, become, sud (well), used of clothes: atade yi kg me yiye, this
coat fits me well ; ekyew no iikg me ti, that hat does not fit my head:
ka no kg me nsa, p?-. o6'6'. — ^. kgniu, kom', to enter, penetrate:
gsekaii nnamnam txVawo a. ekom', wlien a sliarp f.jtife cuts you, it
penetrates deejily. — 10. kg so, to go on. to continue {cf. da so): kg
so kail! or kaii kg so! continue to rend, read on! - kg so yiye, to
prosper, increase. — 11. kg nteii, iu agree 'well. be agrce(d>le, to go
straigld i.e. to do, to succeed, be to Hie purp>osc, answer an end : ekg
me nteii == etee me ; n'asem a greka yi tee me, wind he says appears
to me correct, I approve it; aduaii yi kg me nteii, — - eye me de,
this food suds me veil; enkg nteii, // dues not go straight, it iron'f do.
— 13. kg bone, to issue or terminate badly, to be ill-fated in child-
beari)i(i, to die in or after the labour of cliddhirth. — 13. kg abuw, to
kn — I'iko, 233
(JO (i-ltatrliiiKj, /() .v//. lo coca- the cyna. pr. 2776. — 11. kg adidi, /(; <jo
It) f'fi'd i(j)on: iiokara ko ad. — lij. ko osa, fo i/o to ivay. pr. lo6S-
1)?'J. li')81. — J(). ko .. aso, F. to Ijccoine snhjvvt to: bon aiiia yeako
yaw nu wu ase, hii sin we /lace hcconic Huliject to put n and (taitli.
ko, V. F. 1. to sit, Mt. 24,;}. — tra, tOua : ko fam', F. = Ak. tra
ase. — :2. to con'cr. sqnnt, concli: s. kow. — .V. F. to rrnidin: gi'iko
lakor da, /ic ccnitinitcth not. .Job 11,2.
ko, V. 1. fo fujht. conittot. vo)itcnd. strive, in battle or in sini/le
i-on/lict. with arms, blows, words; to tx- at tear; gdc hkranto nc no koo,
III' fonf/Iit tvitli ( i.e. ai/ainst) liiiu irit/i the sword : wgda so rcko, //<<-//
arc still at war with each other, pr. fySn. L~)Ulf. nKi2.2[hV2. — ko dgni.
/() wai/e tear, i-arr/j on a irar; ko ntgkwaw, fo(iifht, strife oy strnjijle
in close eontest, to wrestle, stnffle. pr. :M)06. — L*. tr. to fi'jht, eonibat,
oppose: ko nkran, to Iceeji of}', drive liaek the wandering or visit in;/
ants (by lire or sinoke). pr. Io90. — •>. ko nnoina, to shoot birds, to
hill wildfowls, to fowl. pr.'JOKl. — /. ko awow. to leard off the cold. —
5. ko awo, to be in travail, in labmir. in parturition. — 6". ko yere, to
dismiss or divoree a n-ife. pr. h'lUH.
(j-ko, Ky. lidie; jiond. pool; --= gtarc, cf. atekye; ckg bi ta, Lg.
1*1 ko, the cavil// or hole in which the yam is planted; cf. likgbg,
likgmoa; gbg nkg fua gde worn'. fMt. l'>. Mk. 7.
I'lko, iiko, F. ye .. ho likg, to defdc ; ..ho ye likg, to be defiled.
11 ko, slumber, dose, nap; tg liko, to fall or drop asleej>, to doze,
nod, be drowsi/. slce/n/. — owh ne ti (or nelio) liko, he .'shakes, tosses
(throws nj>) his head: he lanls (?].
o-ko, okowa, akowa, tojj, f/i;/. wliirliijiij; bo ko, to spin the top.
c-ko, Ak. ckog, a baffalo.
ko. in the j>//>-. bg kg [to join, have eompany wifh, the buffalo,
roaming about as it doesV) 1. to run away, desert; wabg kg, he has
become a fu</itive, leavinij his natirc place on account of debts or
palavers. — :2. to throw off obedience, f(dl off, apostatize, revolt, turn,
recreant; s. akobg, kobgfo. — .-;. wabg kg, site refuses her husband.
ko, imit. adv., expressing tlie sound of falling dro])s of water:
nsuasgko, water has dropped' audibli): inetee se nsuuosge kokoko.
e-ko, )ium. one; used in counting; in other cases compoundsare
employed, ^s. biak5, Akp. bako, Aky. bieko; cf. koro. Gr. i; 77.
k 0, adj./nvn., the one concerned or hi question, the sin(jlc,X)ar-
lieular or resjiectivi- /lerson or thin;/; who. what, which, in indirect
<|uestions; cf. Gr. i; 74,1. Eye hena? minniin nnipa-ko; u'ho is it'^
I do not know who it is .• i-f oniko, gyjiko ; eye den V minnim dekode;
eye dua beii? minnim dua ko, n-h(d tree is it':' I do not hnow what
find of tree it is; waiikyere da-ko a obewie, he did not tell which
dan he woidd jinisli (it).
\\\k(), adv. atone, only, but; apart, aside: - me iiko ne kuafo,
I alone ((in a planter; aka me iiko (= gno iiko), he is left alone:
eyiuoin iiko ene won su, the.ie form a find by themselves ; eyi nko-
ara-k(M etia abieii a. mefwc wo ! but for this one time! when it occurs
n second time. I shall /lo;/ you! s. iikuto.
234 oko — koa.
o-ko, inf. 1. fiyJit, fujhtinfj, war [cf. osa); comhat, contest, strife;
battle, conflict; pi. hkopeii, battles', oko wo ye-ne Akwamfo utam',
there is war between us and the Akivam-pcople. — 2. dioorcenienf.
ako, inf. f((jhfin(j, icar; di ako, to war, be engaged in war, be
at war (with); wodi ako = woko; Akyero ne Asante tii di ako,
Akeni and Asante are (or tvere) often at war with each other; cf.
akodi.
ko, ado. red, i/ellow; added to here, to be or become red, ripe:
anka here ko, the lemon ripens (or ii) yellow; the low toue of ko
may be changed into the high and low tone, whereby the idea of
redness is made emphatic : akutu yi abere koo, this orange has be-
come quite or highly red or ripe. — kg may be nsed as a predica-
tive adj. when the verb is omitted (Gr. § 248,3 o) : fweno, n'ani ko!
loolc at him, how red his eyes arc! in other cases the form of the adj.
is k o k o, q. v. — kg, kgkg, are applied to different shades of red,
brown and yellow, and likewise the v. bere and the adj. -beii (in
cpds.), F. men. mcmmeii, memraene; whereas fiery red seems to
be denoted by denn , yenn, y^mmeiin, scarlet or vermilion by -dam
(in cpds.) and dcnnJiram^f, crimson by -dam (e/'. adam) and by the
V. bere-dum; cf. akutuhono, orange-coloured, ankahono, yellow (as
lemons), bofua (odubeh), ^e//o«'; dodowe, brown.
ko, kokoko, kokgko, adc. used witii kyi or tail, to Jiate;
gtan no kg, he hates him ardently, fervently, extremely.
k o, the unicorn, an antelope, in size nearly etjual to a horse or
cow, furnished with one horn on the forehead; spoken of, as really
existing, from Fante to Krepe. [G. umahma.]
{'iko', pi. h-, parrot (Psituccus). Diff. kinds: gpesare, grey (P.
erytJaicus, neho apgw aye se nso); akohene, red; aiikye, dark (ne
hoasitunim); amfudwuma (ne ho aye hg-ne-hg, biribibiribi, not ea-
sily described) ; dwirikwaw', green (esono ne riko). — Mmofra ako
(in children's lang.) ;= abebew, grassliopper, locust.
akoji, j;?. n- [akowa, orig. akoba?] 1. a male, man; fellow;
akoa no ho ye fe, that is a handsome fcllou'; akoa no dii bene pi,
that man showed himself a Izing indeed (a saying elicited from a
native by the description of Solomon's throne, 1 Ki. 10,20.) — 2. a
male slave; bondman, serf. — .7. a servant, subject; Kokofu bene
ye Asante bene akoa; Akyem bene hkoa dgso sen Akwam bene de.
— In cpd. words akoa is changed into kwa or kwa and ko; cf.
akokoa, aksvakora = akwakwara, akwankwa, ahenkwa, awurakwa,
Kwadwo, KwJlku (Gr. § 4] ,4) Kofi, Kofori ^c.
koa, V. [red. koakoa] 1. to bend, crook, curve, tr. ilc-intr.; perf.
to be bent, crooked or curving; syn. konton, kuntun, pono, pompono;
gkoa dua no, he bends the tree; koa (= pono) wo nsa bera; koa
akutu no bera na mentew. bend that orange (i.e. the twig on which it
Jiangs) toward mc that I may plucli it; ne nsa akoa = akontoii, fas
liand is croolccd: poma no ti akoa, — 2. fa poma no koa no, liold
him by the sticlc! — o. koa mu, to join together, to trim in. to insert;
to joint, articulate, unite by means of a joint; ekoam', it i.-i connected,
holds toget/ier ; mede makoa mu. I have joined it. ■ — ekoakoam',
nko.'i — jikodi'. 235
// rohert's, is arficuhttcd, Joiiiicil. — iiUnakuam", r. ii. (uticulaluin,
Joiitiiir/, Juiiclun; conitcdimi bij Joints: a jitint. node; rf. ntoatoam',
akwa.
I'lkoji, l/it' 6)1(1, the l((sf. KtilinsI ov iqJiliosf jKill, Kjqxr iH<(, lop
(of a tree), crfiriiiHi/, 1cr)ui)ittlioii, border; pr. lOOS. atVverrw no, uc.
nkoa uko na gdo maa me, lie ijace vtc. oiihi the upper end of the siKjxr-
cane ; - ef. nkasakoa; - nkoaase, .v. nkwaase.
iikoakyirikyirhv, a kind of spider.
akoha (?): Esono akoa na esono akoba. Ak. pr. JOlo.
I'lkoha (eko, aba | n leliip made ot'buH'alo's skin, conbistinj; of
2,3,(i,y lashes twisted together; wgde hk. nko ara na efweno, theij
floij him severely.
ko-hao [ko, ba] 1. a mide child born after a brother or sister
who died: if. apente. [G. gbobalg.) — 2. it cupboard, etosct, press,
leainsrof-ehesf. [vvokgfa ade wom' de ba; 0. kobai. |
aku-lKii'i, F. defeiisire n-iitl, fence, t>uliearh, rampart.
a I'l ko i)(';i, -fo, [asafo a wote bene ho a wonko bea (=babiara)
da gye se ohene atu na wotiam'] the liiiffs bodtj-fjaard.
l\iU>en(koko, br'ii I a kind oi' cloth di/ed red (whh ntwomaand
bise). worn at funeral customs and in warfare; scarlet. Nah.2,-'J 01).
kohcrc [Port, cohre, Dan. cobf>er\ cojtper.
ko-l)OAv, v. a jdaee to sit: a seat --^ agua. j\lt. l.*,:>'j.
a ko-lK_) Vvc rcj \v. a thorny shrub.
kulii |kwobi| a kind of river-fish. |(i. didee.]
]"i k 0-1)0, ////". [bo nko] inalimj holes fir the planting oi' ijarns.
ako-lio, inf. |bo ko] secession, desertion, defection; disloifalty ;
stubbornness ; apostacii; sedition, rebellion, revolt, mutiny.
o-kol)ofo, l>l- a-, fnyitive (slave), maroon; riinaa-ay (e.g. ou ac-
count oi dehta, pr. 49o); deserter; vayabond; apostate, reueyade; re-
bellcr, rebel, rcvotter, mutineer, seddionary.
a ko-dadVv('n(akoadad\ven) F. care; Mt.i:>,:22.Mk.4,li). if. dad wen.
kodaa t'ii(»iu" \\it.yoes to sleep in the ptantatioii]^=^^tQiek\\i\,
ouipa a gmpowe, u'ani utewe, an uncivilised, rnsfic, boorish, cloicn-
ish, barbarous man; cf. ofumni.
kodaa iiii a [okoda anna, he ijoes to .sleep (in order) not to slee2j]
sleeplessness; eye no k. = emma onnya adaye, it causes him sleep-
less niyhts.
okod/.o, F, a story, tale. l's.!i(j,<j.
a kudo. = sense, a kind of food })repared for the fetish (tute-
lar spirit).
akudc [okoade] J. a thinyov thinijs used for fiyhtiny, n:eapon(s),
armour. — 2. thinys paid for fiyhtiny, reieard paidto warriors when
they return.
u k o-de n, hard fiyhtiny ; o-ne won koo nk. ansa-na grepam wgh.
akodi, inf. [di ako] warfare, military service; war, ivarriny;
hostilities.
236 akodi'hven — okoha.
akodi-hyen, a tvar vessel, man-of-war.
akodi-hjeninu-iii, a naval officer.
kodobeii, a bird, oriolns galhuJa'^
kodiawuo, pJ.i\- [nea wodekodiawu] pistol; .sv/>Katwerewa.
o-ko-doin, a by-name of the leopard, s. osebo.
kodoso, a cutaneous eruption, a kind of ntwom; .s. ase.
akodwobo, akindof .s/o/^c' containing iron, of which suitable
pieces are used as d/((/s for the charge of guns; opemmo bi a wo-
bubu de poma atuo.
koe, V. [ret?, koekoe] to notch. Jai/. dent, indent; wakoe dua
no rau, nso metraji so (no), ammi'i, he has notched the pole, ijet lehcn.
I sat on it, it did not hreal-; woakoekoe akantaiihua no nan ho, the
le[fs of the chair are wrouf/hf or notclied bij txrnerif.
koe Ivoc, a small norm. pr. 1036.
akoekoe-hoa, ^^7. n-, insect (called so from its body liaving,
as it were, notches or incisions).
a k o e, akoe-mu [ko, r.] fif/htintf-place, field of battle, jn: 1H83.2S13.
kufa-l)era f[/o tafic come]: waye k., he or she has (by grow-
ing up to an age of G or 7 years) become a fetchcr or ''fetcfi-some-
tfiing", i.e. one that can be told "yo and fetch it" i.e. can be sent
on errands.
kofahycow, Akw. = mpofirim'.
a k o fa n a. j)l. n- [okoafana, afoa] 1. a sicord of war. — ^. a sword
of state, tfie fcing's sword, a sceptre. — 3. cmbl. destruction by the
sword or in battle; war; dissension; royal aidliority and ^^ojt'cr.
kofe, F. == fita, plainly, tliorougldy. Mt. 3,12.
Kofi, pr. n. of a boy or man born on Friday. Gr. j? -41,-1.
kc'ifi, ;^/.a-, a Ijedin a garden or j)lantatio)i. I\rat\v;i ak. 'imerc-
bedua rikate. Nkranfo na etil t\va k. wo won akura hkwanta. Eto-
(labia wotwa k. kurukuruwa, etod. wotwano ahinanah.
koliriina, a kind of amidet or charm. j)r. 3114.
o-ko fu, pi. a-, fighter, ((iml'utant: a man able to go to tear, war-
rior; opxwncnt, adversary.
akofo-de [akofo ade]: gsam' ak. kunini, 7carlif,e fc(ds.
o-kofoiii, j)l.- -i'o, a man of vcdonr, warrior, eliampion; syn.
dommarima, osabarima.
k 6-fu r [eko a wasi so foforo, wasi nsiforoj a young buffalo.
kofweabO,', ^>?. n-, [akoa&?] a jn'ivcde, common, low, mean.,
vidgar young nia)i. //ou)tg fclbnr. cftap; r/'. iikwafweabafifo, apapa-
fwekwa, akwanihuniaui, gdeseni.
iiko-gu, inf. defeat; di hk., to suffer a defetd; cf. komusu.
ko-nvaii [koko. gyan, nothi)tg but red] a kind of red cloth
(ntama a wgde adicli hko ahwene).
aku-<i\viii aniuaj s. akwagyinamoa, ukiamari. i>r.l637.
o-k o h a, 6. okwaha.
koliTi l<t)k(i;iiii. 2.'17
koli;V, kdlia, a larj^c h'wd with l()ii<:^ h"^s, a lonj^ iiock, a crest
on its head and fcathei.s like a ( Juinea -hen, making- a noiso, like,
geese, living in the vicinity of rivers; IVom its strong voice it is also
called Saknnio-bentia, fhe Siil-inii-lniiii/icf i.e. l/ie lnnv[)('t<f of the
fetish of t/w ri.n:r Sakumo.
iilvcj-heiie, .s\ ako. — ok o-nhr>iii ;i, ///// of (lirorcc. Mf. r,,Sl.
ako-li yen, -- akodi-hyen. — ;ik, siiroh(>iii|»;iiiyin, (((Jitiind.
koico, red. v. ko, fo j/o; mniea no rekokokoko anyan.
koko, /•. itif. n-, fo pcf. fondle, indid/je; to hr'nitj up delicatel/f,
to spod hi/ too much tnnlentfss; opanyih no koko nenima, e.s. \vgye
bone a, ontvicwon asonti, won aiii nso obi; lluafo k. wonnima do-
do; red. wokokgkoko wonmnia; .s. korgkoro.
kokt», /. the Itreast, ehcst; nek. aye konkrgnu; nek. ahoh;
pompo asi nek. so. — x\ heart — eouragc, boldness; pr.lOlls. sijn.
bo, koma; ^s. kokom', kokodnrn, akokobiri.
koko-so, adr. hotdli/, enerf/etieidl/f.
ko ko. yj?.a-, ayroni, <( smtdl hard /xirficle of salt, sand, earth,
e-koko, o-,7>/.a-, n-, /////. a natnr(d eIevatio)t of ground ; cf. be-
pow, bepowa, akokowa, panipa, pempe, siw. — F. koko tsentsenbi,
an exceeding high nioitntain. Mt. 4,8.(cf. 17,1)5,1-
koko: bo k., to warn, forewarn; to threaten, menace (with
something); mede ade yi mabgwo k. na nye sa bio; s. kgkgbo.
K g k o, pr. n. of a female, said to be the mother of Akuapem
and Akem and the yonnger sistei* of Dede, q. v. '
koko, = koko', red, e.g. in the ^jr. ». Ownsn Kgkg.
kg kg, s. red. kgkgkgkg.
ako kg, ^jZ. n-, the domestic fowl, hen (akukgbere), coch (akoko-
nini);^-. 1641-01; by-name: ntiwa.
ako kg, F. looseness of the bowels.
11 koko, inf. indidgence, the spoiling of children bg too nmch
tenderness.
kgk(Y, a. fpl. akgkg & red.] red, gclloiv, with their several de-
grees or shades; s. kg, kgkgkg, — n. redness, yellowness; pr. 467.
g-kgkg, a red person, whose skin is not of a glossy black (tnn-
tnm), but of a brownish hue. pr.810.
kgkg', gclloiv, ripe planiains (the husk is gellow, the substance
inside, espec. when boiled, is red).
koko, coco, an edible root of three kinds, one came from
Jamaica, the two others are also called amankani <)c ntwibg. pr. So.'i.
kokoa, kokoii (kokwa, kwokwa) F. hill, mount, nioiudain.
Mt. .1,14.14^:}. 17,1.9.21,1. Mk. 9,:\ — Ak. bepgw; rf. koko, akokowa.
a koko a', ^v/. h-, babe, babg, suckling, nursling, infant.
akgkoaba, F. id. Mt. 11,25. 21,16.
akoko-akoko [pi. of gko, ako] quarrelli)igs ; abusua no mu
wg ak. dodo nti, won nhina ntra fdko,
k k a m', i^?. n-, corner; a secret or retired place; pi. in the
corners, in secret, secretly; gye n'ade fik. iik.
238 iikokoasem — kokokyiiiiako.
11 ko k oa-sem, a sorrel: forhiddai ir(iiisacfioU'<.
akoko-ba, 7>/. nkoko-mma, cli'ichcii. jnillcl.
akokobaiie. = dabankdj an iron rro/r. — kokohv, j^r- 1663.
koko-berabera [lit. r/o, (jo. ctmir. conu']: gye no k., he fle-
ceives, deludes, deeoi/s hiw. malen a fool of Jniti. = ogyigye no.
akoko-boro^ Q-, j/?. n-, a hen. !»•. 363.1664.
akoko-besa ffhe fowl irill he consumed i.e. eaten vj)] a slu'ub,
2-3 feet high, the root of whicli has a sweet smell and is put into
soup with fowl.
koko-betd fi/ie foirJ kUI la/i scil. ecitisj the lUtle fmfier (by
which hens are examined whether an egg is to be expected).
akoko-l>ewu fihe hen will die] a kind o( Jierh. lillinf/ foirls.
koko bill tore, a shrub with eatable fruits,
akoko-biri (koko, Jire.asi, biri, 1o he hlael;, heavy, stout, inuno-
rahlel^ hraveness. holdness, rouraf/e connected with riolenec; cf. ko-
kodi'iru. — akokobi'ri-so, />o/r//// = nimariniHS(i. — akokobiri-seni,
violenee; di ak., to commit violence; sj/n. akakabcnsem.
koko-bg, inf. [bo., kokg] irarnimj.
koko bo, a small beast of prey of the size of a small cat;
leeascl? pr. 166'i. ( K. akokyere m'aki'ikg koko' ku.)
a koko-bo lie [akokg bon] the time irhm rods eroic early in the
morning, eoel-crou', (at) eoel'-croirin;/.
akoko-bi'iw, 1ien-co<ip; sipi. ])esn.
11 kokode-sem, j^/crt-y/;?//. but unfounded and deceit fid repre-
sentations, /latter//, flirtation, humhiif/: - di.. nk., to fhdter, wheedle,
coax, hoax, humhay ; rik. na greka yi, he tal/:s, without thinliny. re-
presents things in a hefter lujht than, the// realli/ deserve.
koko-doniiiia = dgnngmma.
kokodoiiia, a. quite red or j/ellow (or rijic):, bgmmgfo-adua-
ba ye k. ^r= kokgkgkgkgkg.
kokodomiiio, a kind oi corn.
a k ok d ii it d lia, a small bird with a yellow breast, pr. 1666 f.
koko-di'iru, coura;/e. valour, hraver//. intrepidity; .y/n.sihoo-
duru, cf. akokobiri.
kokodvVe, a plant the root of which is mashed and jiut on ul-
cers; wura bi a etetare fain'; mmofra tia so de bo nkuro (agoru bi).
akokoe. h-, a disease of tlic toes, corroding or destroying them,
akokoeko, F. Mk. 13,7. = akoko-akoko.
a kokofw (M'ew, Ak. -e. p/. n-, wood-hen. = asamante.
[2)r. ir,i.318.1G68.
akoko-kwaiUcimi, ]>!. n- -fo, a bird, the ])in-tailed sand-r/rouse.
Ex. 16,13. Xu. 11,31. = aboko.
kokokoko [kg, imp. go!} oye no k., he drives him awa/j.
koko koko, kgkgkg, s. kg. kgkg, kgkgdoma.
kokokj'iniako, a kind of bird. 2»'. 3474.
kokom — .-ikukotan. 21^0
k (> k (t m' I koko inu ) /. the hnutsf. hnsoiii. — fJ. t/ic brntsl as tlu;
seat o\' i\\Q jKissions, a/ffcfioiis and oprrafioi/s af (he mind. — - .'>. the
conrave side of a joint. O})]). to tho knuckle: nankokom', the caviti/
of the leg hrhind the /ciiee; basakokom, the ravitif of the tinit at the
elhoic.
11 ko k (t-i"i li w i, the hair on the l>re((st (of a lion).
akoko-iia iita feoe/.-s-eto/r/ a slirub with odible fruits,
a ko k o u 1 in p a, ;= akokonini-pa. pr. J(!7J.
a k oko-nini, pt- n-, o roej,: pr. 3't3. 1669-7 H
a-ki')ko-iii\va [hen's ei/ej the sore of a toe the tip of which lias
been accidentally knocked oft", the little bone in the midst of the
raw flesh reminding- of a fowl's eye.
a k o kuiio, /)!. n-, a big tchite worw found in palm-trees, the
larva of the beetle called asi^manadwo, eaten by the negroes and
esteemed a great dainty, pr. 1674 f.
11 koko no a [gkoko, ano] the tn-ink of a lake or river.
kokonle, n-, a kind of food, prepared of plantain, looking
like country-soap. pr. 2147.
akoko-pesu, hen-coop, syn. akokobuw,
kokora, a thorng climher or j)rickly bush, a kind of bayere,
with leaves like nkani, the tubers of which are eaten in famine.
[pr. 1676f2oO.',.
kokora, n-, concealment, recess, retreat, hiding-place, asghnn.
— bo nk., to hide oneself t)efore the enemy.
o-kokoraiii, pi. (a- n-)-fo, a person in a place of conceal ment,
^anachoret, rcclnse, hermit; monk (cf. ntwehoni).
iikokora-fokuw, monastic order. Hist.
koko ram, kwakoram, scrofula, a disease, espec. in the head
or neck, by which the lymphatic glands swell and ulcerate; syn.
akuru; it is even said to cut the nose, lips &c.; ling's evil, strnma;
hronchocele, goitre, tven. pr. 805.
11 koko re, F. abiirow a ammo yiye aye nnodowa-nnodowa,
mai.ie of stunted growth.
kokorow, odee k. = dwokorow. pr.838.
kokosakyi, a name of the vnltiire, s. opete; it is sometimes
put for the name of the king, which the speaker does not dare to
mention, pr. 513-15. 1678-80.
akoko-sere flten's thigh] the trigger of a gun.
kokosi [Europ,] the cocoa-palm (k.-dna, Cocas mieifera) and
its frnif.
koko-so [s. koko] boldly, energetically.
0-kokos6ni, ^Z. a- -fo, man, in contradistinction to the wor-
shipped spirits (fetishes), in the language of the fetish-priests, [fr.
koko, on the hill, or kbkoso, s. before.]
Kokosiikwakwavvia, name of a month, about Sept.? .s.osram.
a koko-lai'i, ^>?. n-, <( hen irhich has chickens. — akokotaii lie
240 kokote — kom.
lienmiM jflir Iioi <ui(l h<y (Jiii/.rusJ fhr I'Irhidcx, a o-roup of 7 stars,
the brightest of which is Alcyone.
kokofe, flip vlhJ ho[/. .y/n. batafo.
kokgle, a species of ror;/. ri'fipmh\in<^ miJlef.pr. 1784. sipi.ii\\\
[G. nnria]: fliff'. atoko [G. akoko]. — k.-fi'nv, n jihnifatioit of siic/i
corti. s. afiiw.
koko ti' k('t, tekoteko, Jiiccoui/h: k. si me, I hacc fhr hicroiif/Ji.
iikoko-t Vvarc, inf. [tua akokg, killiin/ af fowls] aeufVuKi fitod
in flir relations or acquaintioicrs of one's own husband or wife.
iikokow;i, pi. n- [koko, dim.^ n siiudl hdl. lidlocl.-.
iikokowji, a kind of /bor7. prepared of mnize-hread ivith palm-
oil ; abiirodiiah bi; dokono a woapesew mu de nno agu so.
kokojL' re dungy ei, a strange insect, 8-4" long, looking
like dry sticks; = krilinpoh-okumguan.
koki-o, F. ihisllc.s. Mt. 7.16.
k (I k r b o t o, ihr noil: of an egg.
a kokromfi. i^r. .518. rf. akukomii, pr.1801.
ko-kuuia = (a)ka-knma.
koki'iro. a kind oi' lirrrivi/. larger than mj)an(''i i^ rnniai'i.
k (') k II r ('), k.-ampgii, s. nsafufu.
kukuro. I\(»kuriik6. a. (/rcid, hin/c hif/; .s7/». kese, k;ikr;li^c.
— adr. (jrcfdli/, very vuirh; ne nsa ahon koki'iro.
k o k u 1-0-1) cti, IJte thumb, pr. :i:21.75:i. 1682. — k. gya (d\Va, da)
so, Ak. he rci>licd b>/ an ahmlce (jesiare.
k(» k iiro k('», a. {s. kokiiro). — n., Innfeness, hi</ne.<;s, f/reid/iefts;
largeness of the hodt/ united icith .strenf/th. pr. 753.
o-kokiiruko, a sfoid. corpidenf man. pr.lOSP,.
a kok ui"ok6-(lo, (jreat fhinrfs; wofwefwe ak., Ihe/j mid:r great
prefoisioits. — akokur()k(')-s('ni. ttoastinn, l>idl//in(/, swagger, hoast-
fidness or insoleiae of manner. — wodwen ak., ting hare high ideas.
kokwaw, red. v. 1. frq. of kwaw. — S. to grow smooth and
round (mmosea, pebbles, pr.QOdG.): perf. to be smooth. — 3. to smooth,
malce stnootli. .s//^/. torom. — i. to become icell hnoie)i or famdiarto;
woanyji nkae nti akokwaw wo, bg repeated recital //on hare attai-
la-d a flnerieg in saging it; adwunia no ak. no, he is (perfectlg) well
acquainted with, or well cersed in. tlnd wor/:. the. n-orlc has become
easg to him.
ako-kyyw, helm, helmet, steel-cap), casque; .s^>^ dadekyew.
k in, r. [inf. a-,] to dance wddlg in a state of frcnzg or ecsta,-
sg, ascribed by the negroes to the agency of a fetish: to be posse.'i-
sed with a fetish; to perform the actions ov practices of a fetish ■ma)!:
s. akom, n-, okomfo. pr. 1608. red. kohkom, q.r.
kom'^ = ko mu, to enter, penetrate.
koni, V. to bend, bow, incline (fr. d- i)rtr.), perf. to be urg. in-
clined, turned or tjoit to one side : sgn. konton, kuntnn, koa, kyea;
dua no akom; kom dua no ko nifn : kom wo koma ma ntease.
[Frov. 2,2. Ps. 119,112. lilj.
komin — alvunima. 241
komm, n: q7(lef, sfiJJ, silcnf, pmreahle; ye or niAnye k.! he
qiiici! — ndv. qnicilif, sihiitli/; gda lio k., he. lies there qidcll if; ofii
adi k., the went out silcntli/.
konim, a. 1. neat, complete; entire, intact: safe; ado a nuMle
momanaa won no, ode koe k., the things tvhieh I transmitted to them
were delivered by him safcli/; oka asoin a, oka no k., when he h((s
something/ to sai/, he satjs it camptetelii. — ^. net; of a capital sum
of money the principtd, in distinction from interest or profit; me
sika k. na miregye, menfwefue mfentom' biara maka lio, / want
onlji the prineip^d of my money to be paid to me, I do not desire any
interest besides; sika a wgagye no k. si (ntramatiri) 600, the money
lie has been made to pay amounts to (100 heads of cowries (without
the 50 per cent increase of tliat amount, due to those who lent the:
money). — 5'. safe and sound, bnt at the same time only, solely,
singly, merely i.o. without anything besides: okodii gua, wamfa hiri-
bi amma, ne ho komm na ode aba, he went to trade, but has brought
back nothing beside himself. Cf. sonn.
o-k 111, hunger; gkom de m\ hunger seizes or holds me, i.e. / am
hungry; scarcity, dearth, famine, pr. 521. (r/". ahuhuwa); in general:
irunt o/" something; cf. nsukgm, takgm, namkgm.
g-kom', a kind of eagle; cf. gkompete.
akom [kgm] inf. the state of being possessed witlt a fetish, i.e.
a temporary madness ov ecstasy, expressing itself in dancing and
wild gestures, and ascribed by the negroes to the agency of a fe-
tish; wafa ak., lie or she has taken in such an agency, Itas been pos-
sessed with a fetish.
nkom, i\n. [kgm] oracle, communication, revelation, or message
delivered by God or a fetish to a prophet or afetishman; propJiecy;
prediction. — hy e nk., to ptropliesy; to foretell, predict; to soothsay.
Kramofo nye akgmfo, nanso wghye iikgm; cf. kra.
iikom -- liko, in to nkom, pr. 990. — totg hkom, F. Mt.2o,o.
koma, F. a-, Ak. konona, korona, 1. the heart, as the centre
of the bodily system. — 2. the heart as the centre of the affections:
«^ koma-})a, a good i.e. joyful he((rt, contentment, cheerfulness, glad-
ness, happiness; asem noania me koma-pa, this matter has made me
happy; mewg no ho koma-pa, I am not at enmity with him ; me koma
atg (me yam'), my heart has subsided (in my breast), i.e. I am con-
tented, happy, cheerful, at ease, at rest; syn. bo to; pr.7T3. — b)
odwen ne komam' bone, he devises (is contriving) evil in his heart.
— gyare koma = ne bo haw no, he is passionate, given to anger,
irritable, touchy, resentful, pettish; ne koma awu, he is not excitable
or irascible, has no feelings of revenge. — d) koma-bone, an iras-
cible temper, pr. 15.3. 1694.
aky ni-nia [akgm ba] a child obtained by the (supposed) lielp of
a fetish, bound, in afterlife, to observances similar to those of a
Nazarite. (Onyi ne ti, wgmmg no atifi, onni nneema nh., gye se wa-
kgbg afore ayi ne ti ansa na gwg ho kwai'i se gye senea ne mfefo ye,
a.s. onyii'i wo ba na oyi hye ne ba a, na onye sa bio.)
IG
242 komamtew — iikominodom.
komam'teWj hif. cleanness or xmrity of heart.
nkom-maii [akgm,ban] the fence tvithin whielt a sooihsayer
performs his j^i'actices.
i"iko-mana, = nko-moa.
iikomanoa, shelter, refuge, lode/iuf/. abode. Wota no no, dua
yi ho na obehintawe de gyec ne ho nk. AVannya biribi amfa annyc
ne ho Ilk.
akoma-tom", F. satisfaction; cf. aboto(yam').
o-kom-bekum-wo, a kind o{ plantain; s. oborodo.
o-koxn-hoix^o, pi. f^-, helper, assistant, accomplice, assoeiede oy
co-operator in the practices of (( fetishman; pr. 1695. cf. akgmfowa.
11 kom-m erau, JJ?. -fo [akgm, berah] ^^gkomboafo; odi no nk.,
he is his accomplice or disciple in fetish-practices; cf asapate.
kommere, F. == dwedwewa, the gidlet.
akgm-mew [ekon, bew] a tumor of the neck or throat.
a k 0111 fern, jjI. n-, 1. the domestic giiinea-foivl. — J2. a beetle sim-
ilar to the araanku. — ak omfem-tiko, a kind o^ herb.
O-konifo, JJ?. a-, [kgm, akgm] i. = gb6somf6, a fetish-man, 2ios-
sessed with or prophesjiing bt/ a fetish; soothsn>/er, diviner. — 5. =
osCimanfo, rharmer, sorcerer; .<?//». buwfreto, mpakyiwafo. ntafowa-
yifo. — Cf. gsgfo. The kgmfo (1.) pretends to be the interpreter and
mouth-piece either of the j^uardian spirit of a nation, town or family,
or of a soothsaying spirit resorted to in sickness or other calamities.
akomfo, head over heels, head foremost ; - hye ak,, to tumble
to])sg-turvy; to fall headlong, to precipitate : wg .. ak., to throw head-
long, to precipitate.
akg iiifo-daii, = akgnnan.
Akomfode, pr. n. of a certain company, pr. 1962.
akoinfo-liene, s. etgn.
akgmfo-hye, inf. precijntation. pr.331.
akomfowa, ^jZ. n-, a disciple or apprentice of a fetishman.
iikom-hye, inf. [hye fikgm] prophesying, prophecy.
iikgm-liye-fo (F.-nyi) ^;Z. -fo, soothsayer, i^i'ophet; cf. odiyifo.
I'lkg-iiioa [nkg amoa] a hole dug for pdanting yam in. pr. 858.
iikg iii-mo, inf. [bgkgn] i. ^a?Z:, chai, famdiar discourse, conver-
sation. — bg nk., di nk., to converse; me ne no bg hk., I converse
with him; den nk. or hk. ben na mobg yi? what are you conversing
about? what is your conversation? — 2. concern, care, sorrow, so-
licitude; eye me hkgmmo-mQ, it is my heartfelt desire; ma yehkgpe
yehhk.pa bi nni, we have better things to care for (than to sit here).
— 3. complaint, lamentrdion. — di hk., to compdain, lament, moan;
odi ne nua ho hk., odi hk. mil ne nua, he moans about his brother.
(Mehk. ni, medemerebgme kgh.) — 4. beads ivorn roxind the necJc.
— 11 k gill ill o-di, inf. lamentation. — nkg m m o d i fo, 2)1. id. la-
menter, moaner.
iikgiii 111 o-d 0111 : d i .. hk.. to simulate symj^afhy with a suffering
iikommomini — okgu. 243
person. — iikominodumlo, pi. id., iikommodifo a ogoru nnipa li6,
one ioho simulated sympathy and in the mourner's back ridicules or
censures him.
11 kg 111 mo-mi 111, talkativeness, loquacity, l)y whicli othors aro
prevented from tfiking their due part in the eon\ ersation. pr. .l.WO.
I'lkommo-to, inf. [to nk., to meet convcrsation~\: osratn ye nk.,
the moon comes up at the time of crenimj coiirersatioii, in the; days
following after the full moon, abotit 7 or 8 o'clock.
0-koni-muaib [nea obua okom] a irrovider against hunger .pr. 3 106.
o-kom-p6tc, a bird between tlie eagle and Aulture,
iikompow-do, F. grudgingly.
Akom p i l'('>, ^^ Afutufo, a tribe in J"\inte, speaking tlieir own
language ((Juan?) besides the F. — The Tshi people; consider them
as uncivil, or, counting them aniong the "potofo", as less civilized-
than themselves.
0-k m p i- w e r e, pr. 1701.
iikgiii-p6iiO, inf. [pono kon, or konniu pono] unwUlingness;
indignation, vexation, annoyance, trouble. — nkompuii-adc, vexa-
tious things, annoyances; da batafo ye me nk. = hyemc anibere.-^
ijkrgmp6iio-s6j nnwdlingly, reluctantly.
ukgm-]»ow [ekoh, pow or powVJ: bu nk., to turn the head
(j)rop. necli) in order to look round about or back : obu rik. f\ve won
nhina, obu nk. f\ve n'akyi.
kompu, necldace, string of beads; ahene k. da ne kon mu
(ahyia ne kgri pe, atwa ne kon ahyia pii, = esi ano pe); s. kona.
ko 11 (full o), the gurgling noise of liquor pouring from a bottle;
prattle, pr. 2742.
kg 11, V. s. red. kon kon.
e-kgii, Ak. kono, the neclc of a man's or animal's body, the slen-
der part of the arm; s. bakon; neck of a vessel; bank of a river;
s. nsukoii; throat, cf. menewa; - ne kon do (aduan, owu), lit. his
throat deepens for, i.e. he lusts after, desires, covets, longs for (food,
death); owu do no koii, he listeth to die. — gbo ne kon, he speaks
out in conversation, pours out his heart. — ototo ne kon, he turns
his neck about for making a show, or in contempt, or in disobedience;
he looks about in a haughty, contemptuous, impudent manner. — ne
kon asen, his neck has become stiff , lie is obstinate. — kgu-akji,
tlie back part of the neck, nape; afei yekura adwuma yi konakyi,
now we have this tvork fully in our grasp or potver, have got the better
of it, are able to manage it cd pleasure. — koii-mu, kon-mu, tlie
inner parts of the neck; the throat, in the throat; in or round aboid
the neclc: sika ntweaban gu ne koii mu, he tvears a gold chain round
his neck (cf. Gen. 41,42.). — ne konmu ye den, his neck is strong,
enabling him to carry heavy loads on Jus head ; osafohene no kon-
mu ye den, that chief bears (as it were) or commands a large, 2Wiver-
fid army; - yede tow no yii yen kon mu afoa, by that tribide ive
warded off the war or destruction impending over our heads ; -jeayi
yen konmu ahuruhuro, r-=yeayi adwuma a eye deii afi yeii kon mu.
Cf. nkon-mu.
244 koiia — nkonkoii.
kona, necJcIace, sfrinr/ of beads; nhene a wgasina no liama 1
so a ahyia konmu pe; s. konipu.
kona-boag-y e^ gsekautia k., a hmfc ivif/iout a handle. pr. 3851.
aiiko-nam [noa ne iiko nam] a lone traieller. a j^o'son wnlking
or f ravelling alone, ivithont a companion, pr. 1706-9.
akon-naii [akom dan] a hoiise in which sooihsayers liavc iheir
business; syn. akomfoclaii. [G. gbatsu.J
akondo, F. s. akgnng.
ako-ne-aba, inf. going and coming, pr.lo95f.24S3. — di ak.,
to go to and fro. — - ak.-di, inf. intercourse, communication ; com-
merce.
iikongya, F. s. hkonnya.
akoiihanifi [akwanharaa] subsistence, sustenance, livelihood,
menus of support. — bg.. ak., to provide for; onipa yi, me na me-
bg no ak., this man is supported or fed by me. — : akyiiliania-bu
sukut, boarding school.
akoi'i-huaii, inf. [ekgn] distortion or spraining of the necl:
akoii-huro, inf. [liuro kgm] lit. derision of hunger, tlie annnal
fea.st of the Akra people at the harve.st of corn and yam; cf. odwira.
[G. homgwg.j
akoii-hye-asc [akgm nhyease] the prediction given in sooth-
saying, pr. 1703.
k 6 n?, a. d' adv. silent, cdjsolufely still, speechless, perfectly quiet;
waye k.; mene no kasa a, o<;yina ho k., ommua me bi; syn. komni,
demm, diiin.
iikoiriui [gko,nim] victory, triumph; nk.abiranenk6gu;pr.6,V4.
— di Ilk., to be victorious, to triumph. — iikonim-di, inf.
koiiiabo = akoa a n'ani abgno ^= auitgre.
koiVky, pi. n-, tumbler, large drinling glass. [G. id.'\
koiikom neho, v. red. d- rcfl., to be puffed up, flushed, proud;
to strut, flaunt, look big; syn. kyere neho; wak. neho te ho, = watra
hg se ghene bi na gmp6 se gye f\ve (gmpe se ode ne nsa ka pane).
11 k 11 k m i , ascaris, jyl. asearides.
akoiikoiiinii'ia: wabu ak., he stoops, is crook-backed; adcsoa-
soa bebre nti ne mu akurum na pgw kakra bi aba n'akyi.
koiikoii, V. red. to be pending, to hang (down); to wave, soar,
hover; demmere aabnkawnaekonkgii hgno, ommn wo ^qv&( Is. 42,3);
gdan, akenteiinua no k. hg, the house, the chair, is crazy, rickety,
does not stand firm; anoma bi k. dan no so, a bird soars over that
house. — koiikoi'i, F. to be bruised: ndzembir a wakonkon,ilft.i.3,.?0.
koiikoii, a. dark, pitch-dark, deep, full, added to anadwo,
night, gdasn, midnight; wofi anadwo kkk. agorii agoru, they began
in the dead of night and have played until noiv.
akoiikoii, adv. [ekgn]: bg no ak. = fa bg wo kon ho, pid it
(the pole of the hammock) on your shoulder.
iikyiikyu, a cough cf children: Jinoj>ing-cough? asthma?
Mkiinkoiu'iiic — iiki'iiiiiodi'. 215
I'l k oil ko 11 one, a discolouring of the shin of ncgnn's, iiseribcd
to sitting by the lire. Wota tivl ogya ho a, iia eye wo nkoko-iikoko;
imnercwa a wotla ogya pi no na eta ye won; nea aye pi na aye ko,
iia nea anyo pi no na aye atnntum-atuntnm a.s. hwraiiwran.
11 k o I'l k II s a, falsehood, dxpliritij, doi(hlr-(le(trni(j, di.ssiniidd/idii,
/ii/pocris// ; oye nk. — si/n. iik»)utoinj)o, nnabraba. — o-ko I'l knu-
sa ii i, yV. a- -fo, (I false, insincere, hiipoeriiieid, dunble-ionnned fel-
h)w; pr. 1700. oyi} o\i., si/n. otorofo, okontomj)Oui, o(lal)rabaf'o. —
\i kgii kgiiSii-soiii: odi nk., he phiysiheJiypoerUe, isfidse, dissent-
Ides, feigns, pretends to act for soniehody, whilsf he is (lyninst him.
Jlkoii kon-nua, a shrub, of the bark of whicli a medicine is
made to cure nkonkgn.
akoiikgrctj, Ky. tlie fniit of the okuo-trec, siuiihir to an n-
coni, but larger.
Koiikori, a by-name of the- Asantes. ()- -ni, pi. A- -fo.
k 11 k 6 r u w a, di/sen(er//. — k o ii k' r o n, i>r. 3607.
g-k oil k roiiia, a kind of free; wode son aliuni yi 'niiisii.
koi'ik roiii'i, kgiiki'oiikoiikrgii, a. protnbcrurd, proininent ;
hoiced, curved, arched, vaulted; oi' roots of large trees: ofram I'lliin
nyin sesa okwah mu kk.; of the legs, s. nkanto; of the chest: ue
knko aye k., he has a vaulted chest; of a long or Koman nose: ne
tVvene k. ; Brofo f\ven(> k., Abibifo de tratra ; n'anini k., adesoa k.
koilkui'o (koiikuro), duabon k wodescsaw" wurd, apiece of
J)((rlc to take up and carry off sweejungs.
ko Ilk wail, red. v. kwan, q. v. 1. to wind or ivra2) round, to
put 0)1 or round: ode utama uo ak. ne konmu a.s. iieho. — J^. to go
or make a round-ahout wag: greba no, okorikwane ansA-na ode bcsii
kwanmu.) — 6*. to make digressions, fo use circundocution: nscm a
nied(! niibisaa no nhiiia. ode koiikwane a.n. ode besii kwan mu; ok.
aseni no ho, omfa iito kwannui; wo de, wutli asem a, wope so wode
k.'dodo!
koiimu, *•. ekoii.
uk 11-11111, Ak. nkonom', the axil or ^uv'^^a formed by a branch,
shoot, or many shoots, with tlie stem of a plant; the young shoots
rising from an axilla or sheathing leaf, the neto blades of palms,
plantains &c. 2>r. 1608. 2720.
akoii-mii-deii, strength in the neck. pr.400.
e-koiio, Ak. s. ekon.
koiio, V. to work or prepare, dote, earth or ch(g. for building
purposes by mixing it with water and working it with a hoe; cf. wow.
ako-no [oko ano] the front of battle, pr. 312.
akonno, inf. [kgn do] lust, appetite, longing desire, cunidifg,
concupiscence; wiase ak., worldlg lusts; honam ak. ue aniwa ak.,
lJolin2,16. — eye no ak., // excites a desire in him. Cf. anibcre.
alcgnno-de, a thing eagcrlg desired, object of lust; pleasure,
pr. 133. — akgiino-so, for pleasure. pr.641. F. ivith delight, cheer-
fully. 2 Cor. 9,7.
246 konom — hkoiitompow.
konom", iikgnom", Ak. ^. kon-nni, iikonmu.
akonorij iikouou, kononkouou, s. akron, nkoron, krohkvoh.
kouona, korona, Ak. = koma. heart.
konnore, a kind oi spider, spinning strong yellow threads.
akonoWj F, = akron, nine. (Mf.Gr.)
akon-se [akom ase] explanation of soothsaying p)ructices.
konsebrc, Aky. konsomiri [Eng.] constable.
iikon-Siaw, owg no nk. = gpono taw, obon no, osumno atiko,
he seizes or pushes him hi/ the nape.
akon-siii [ekon] headless body, trunJ:; torso: cf. akiintuusin.
akgnsoiijj^Z.n-, kontromfi, chimpanzee. j)r.l871.haboon? N.E.V.
iikonsonkonsoii, chain; fetters; cf. ntweaban; wogu no nk.,
they hind him with chains.
akonsontew, a plant. — ako-nsuro, a kind oi fowl.
akoiita, the wife's brother, brother-in-law. — akoiitagyc, id.
akonta, F. &j;pZ.n-, [Port, confa] account, recJconiny, calcula-
tion, computation; bill; cf. akano; number, cf. dodow, ano. — ak.
senkyerene, cipher. — (ye or) bu ak., to cast up an account, to cal-
culate, compute, rechon; Mt. 18,23. — fa ak. no bye nbomam', jJut
down the account on papier; fa ak. no bye wo tirim, na woko a, wo-
aka akyere no, heep the account in your mind that, when you go, you
can tell him.
akonta-bu, inf. [bu ak.] reckoning, ciphering, arithmetic.
akontagye, = akOnta; pr. 2814. is a pun: akouta gye, brother,
o-koiitaii, a large tree witb edible fruits. [take!
akonta-sem = asem a ewo akonta ne akonta ntam'.
k n-t e 11 [ekgn tenteh] gbo ne k. f we, he stretches his neck to look.
iikon-tia [ekon, tia] a kind of small black fly or mosquito.
iikon timm Jl', club; cf. usaba, aporiba, apotiba.
kontiw a [tet. kwentiwa] a kind oi' gourd used for calabashes
and in tanning leather, pr. 1711.
kon to-kontoii, red. v. konton, q.v.
nkontummere, the young tender leaves oHhe koko plant. pr. 1713.
nkontompo, falsehood, falseness, mendacity, pter version of truth,
unfairness; insincerity, duplicity, double-dealing ; dishonesty; hypo-
crisy; slanderous lie, jcalumny; picrfidy, treachery; syn. nkgukgnsa,
nnabraba: cf. nseku, ntwiri, nyfitwom. pr. 75-if. — twa (no or no
ho) hk., to he false, dishonest; to tell lies, bear tales; to slander, ca-
lumniate; to deceive, delude; to act or deal jicrfidionsly, treacherously.
o-kontomponi, pi. 3i--(o, slanderer, liar, calumniator, back-
biter; talebearer: hypiocrite; perfi^dious or treacherous felloiv, traitor;
pr. 1714. - ose asem bi na gye wg nnipa anim, na gny^ no kokoam';
syn. gtorofo, kgnkgnsani, dabrabafo, fatwafu.
iikontompow, Y.hrag, boasting, pretension, ostentation ; gye nk.,
he brags, makes a show as if he possessed riches which he has not.
kontoii — hkonya. 247
ko lit oil, konton, c. \rcd. kontokonton] to bend, curve, uiuke
crooked; to he hod, cjiroed, crooked; gkwai'i, diiabasa no ak.; dua,
ot'asu no mu ak.; asii no kontokonton pi; .sz/ii. koin, kuntCtii, kiirum,
kyoa, pono; cf. kontonkye.
k on toil, hat/, hiyld, iftdf; ^yo abu k., the seo foriii.i a hai/;
if. dgnnon, braka.
iikontoii kaiitfi I'l, (hid which hds numerous curves and ivind-
iiKjs, ov forms curious comjilicated fiyures, ov is entantjlcd, intricate;
arabesques, ornaments of t'nrmixn-e, ijarnish; flourish [\n writinjj);
dua no aba nhina aye hk. = akyeakyea pi.
kontoi'ikroii, a. circular, round, in the shape of a ring; diff.
korokorowa, kurukuruwa, pnruw. — n. a round, riny, circle, cir-
cumference, circuit; cf. dantabuh, hankare, katraka, — bo k., to
make a circle, bg or t\va ..ho k., to <jo round a thing; cf. twa.. ho
hyia or si.
k 6 n ton k u r 6 Vv i, 1. the Utdo or luminous circle round the sun
or moon. pr. 17 IL'. 2844. — j2. sickle; si/n. kcintah-kr;'inkyi, -kanikyi.
ko II to ilk ye, a. 1. crooked, curved, bent, icry, toiiuous (dua,
})oina, okwan). pr. 998. 1014. — 2. distorted, perverted, dishonest (nne-
yee); untoward, froward, refractory.
akoii 1 11 ky 6-seiii intrir/ue; trick, artifices; crooked ways i.e.
dealinijs, r rooks (of the heart &c.); frowardncss; n'ak. a gbekekiie
nh. abg no so or abua n'atiti. — di ak. = twa hkoutonipo, ye ade
a entee.
akoutono, Akw. = hkontompo.
0-kontoi'O, akiud of heaver. — o-koiitoro, abe ho biribi (?)
akon-toro, h-, [akgm,atoro] deceitful oracle, lie in soothsaying.
kontromfi, a species of monkey, cliimpdnzee; other names:
adu, akgnsgh, eku, ekii-mereme, V.\\a.^ya.A\x.P'>'-lo4.195. 237. 1445. 1715.
ii k n t w e, accordion, harmonica. ^
k 11 1 w e k o 11 1 \V e, adv. rnnpiwjly, totterinyly ; nam k. , to walk
lamely, to totter, stagger (from iulirmity by sickness or old age.)
iikoiit\Ve-bew, in a state or condition of infirmity; gy are no
gyaw me nk., the sickness has left me in, or reduced me to, a feeble
condition.
ak 011-11 u a, Ak. -iiwa, pjl.ii- [ekgn. agua] the common stool of
the negroes, a low stool neatly carved out of one piece of wood;
also the king's stool, throne, s. ahennua. [When a man has his stool
carried after him, it is carried by his attendant not on the head, but
on the shoulder, at the neck (kon) or nape, prob. from some super-
stitious notion, cf. butuw.]
koniiua-soafo, pi. a-, a carrier of the king's stool, s. gyaasefo.
. O-konniini, a large tree; eho tita se; cf. fofraha.
koniiuroku, a. mean, vile, paltry, worthless, despicable, mis-
erable. = burohono.
ukoiiya, F. nkongya, miracle, wonder, miraculous act ; - yi
nk., to perform a miracle. — inf. iikouya-yi, cf. ntafowa-yi.
248 iikoiiyMe — konil)6.
iikonya-de, a miraculous act or ads; ye nk.; cf. aiiwonw{ide.
nkoiiya-3^ifo, apcrforntcr or icorlcr of miracles; cf. osinnaniii.
akoii-iiyig-ye [akgm, gyigye] training for the performances
of a "komfo".
koii jO, a kind of amulet; suman bi a wode pe odg ana mniea;
wode bibiri ne ahene ne aboa bi iihwi na eye.
\\\s.6njo\n,thct1wrn-apple,Jamestowmveecl; Datura stramonium.
ko-pempe, p?. a-, a mound of earth or emhanl-moit thrown
\\\) for fighting ox defence, Ijidicarl; rampart, fortification; c/". pempe.
koperi, j;Z. h-, a single fighting, battle, action; wako nk. dn,
he has fought ten battles.
ako-peree, a place for fighting in defence, bulwark, fortification,
entrenchment. — o-ko-percio, ^jL a-, defender, champion.
kopOj F. [Eng,] cup.
kor, F. = koro.
kora, V. 1. to hide, cover, conceal; sgn. hiutaw. — ^.K to con-
tain. 2 Chr. 3,6.6,18. — 3. to lay aside, keep, preserve; k. me ye, F.
licep me safe; - to store, treasure uj>; syn. sie. — 4. to bury; kora
lionani wo asase niu, to commit a body to the ground; syn. sie. —
6. to care for, manage; nensa nkoraneiikoa, he is not able to man-
age his subjects. — 6. kora so, a) to conceal, keep close or secret, to
withhold from ; maiikora mo t'\Ve so -= mamfa biribiara mankoramo,
/ hare withheld notliing from you. Acts 20,27; .sv/^/.hintaw, siw so. —
b) to hecp, preserve, spare; ohofsViui ntiuiii nk. ne sika so; wowg
tarn na wokora so a, ekye; syn. kyee so.
kora, (^^/. akorato) 1. a fellow-wife, viz. when a man lias sev-
eral wives, they call one another me kbra; 5. korato ; ;>r. i-l'. — 2.
sister-in-law, a woman's brother's wife; cf. gyere. — o. the Jealousy
of a woman; cf. ninkunu ; - t \V k., to be Jealous; o-ne me t\Ve af'uw
no mu nneema ho k.
kora (tet. kwaraV) ^>'/'. n-, gourd; calabash, a vessel made from
one half of a dry gourd scooped out and used for various purposes,
s. sakora, nsoase, korokfima; cf apiikyi, toa.
kora, korawa, a snudl calabash; cf. kyekye.
kora [kwa ara?] red. kora-kora, adv. merely; quite, wholly,
entirely, completely, totally, thoroughly ; in negative sentences: (not)
at all. Gr. § 134.5 c. 248,4. — ne ii abo korakora, his house is com-
pletely ruined.
akora, 1. an old man, = -a-kw &korii. pr. 1722 f. — bo ak., to
grow old. pr. 880. — 2. father, sire, used by one speaking respect-
fully of his own father; cf. agya, ose & aberewa.
iiiikora, j^?. h-, [Dan.,D., Ger., Eng. anJcer] casJc, syn. pankran
(!tc. ; anker, a liquid measure (10 gallons).
korci-bea, korabcw, hiding-place, [kora, v., bea, bew.]
korab6,i;iZ. a-, bullet, musket-ball ;pr. 1724. cf. aboba, mpeneme,
kgtokyerewase, hagire.
akorade — koro. 2i'.^
a kura-dc | udi! a wokora] pi. id., a tItiiKj that is liUlden or pre-
served, a treasure; cf. aderniulc.
o-korato, />!. a-, = k6ra, felloic-ivlfe; jealous woman; ijy(i niek.
o-kora-kitaro, he who holds the calabash, pr. 1725.
kura kura, red. v., 1. s. kora. — x^, k... inu, = siosie, scscw,
to brh\(j ahont reconciliation and peace; wok. man mu a, eiina emu
red wo.
kura kora, s. kora.
a nkor-ankoro [koro] a. of single, separated, scattered, scanty
existence, rare, thin, not dense, not copious; abilrow ank., ears of
maize bearing only single or scanty grai)is; cf. nkore-hkore.
a k r a-s e in [kora asein] a palaver among or concerning fellow-
wives of the same man. pr. 296.
akcjra-sinima, pl.n-, [hkorata sin, ba,] an upright 6f/<:7t or j'ost
in the frame of a negro-house, espec. one forked at the top to re-
ceive a pole or beam for the rafters of the roof. Gy. kwdtfa; dua a
abo nta a wode si dan mu de agye beae (de beac atom').
11 k 6 ra-t a [V. nkorbata, fr. koro, ba = basa, nta, twins] branch-
es of a ramification, proceeding from the same stem or place; dua
no abo nk. (nta, aba, abasa) abiesa, the tree has shot out into three
branches; Gen. 40,10.
akora-teii, pi. n- [nkorata tentenj one of the (2) principal posts,
poles or uprights (king-posts), supporting the ridge-pole of a roof,
akora-ten [akora tenteh] a tall old man.
nkorbata, F. s. nkorata; nnuia nk. = unubti, Mk. 11,8.
korc, j>iZ. nkore-hkore, a. cdone^ single; cf. koro; onipa bako
hko-korenaobae, only one single p>erson came; mihyiaa no nehkiito-
kore, / met him quite alone; anyamesem mu nsem nkore-hkore,
single passages of the Bible; nnipa no gyinagyina nkore-hkore, the
people stand about singly, straggling or isolcdcd; cf. koro.
kore, a cutaneous eruption; a kind oi itch in the skin,
koree, inf. [ko, t'.] act or manner of going; minim ne koree
ne ne bae , I know his going and coming i.e. his whole conversation
or manner of life.
O-kore, 2jI. a-, eagle; syn. okoropoh; cf. gkom.
o-kore-bia, pi. a-, a smaller kind of eagle.
o-korefa, a kind of beast (bird?), pr. 1729.
kore-dada, == nea okoe dedaw, one who has gone before.
kore-kyerekyere, = one tcho went in the beginning, pr. 1730.
koro, V. Ak. = ko, to go.
koro, Ak. 5. korow.
koro, V. to close, unite, coalesce, heal icith a scar, as a wound;
dua no ak., kuru no ak.
koro, num. one; adj. the same; only, single, alone, but one, sole;
unique; pr. 1359. 1616. 3223. .^256. cf. eko, biako, gbako, hko, hkuto,
kore, fua, preko & pehkoro; wowui da-koro (pe), they died on the
(very) same day; gye ne ba-koro, neba a owoo uo koro, he is his
250 koro — nkoroii.
only child, his oitli/-he(joiten son; 6ba da-koro da-koro or nua-koro
uua-koro, he comes onltj on certain da/js, occasionallij, now and then;
— j>Z. hkoro-(h)koro, F. = mmiako-mmiako, one hij one; cf. ankor-
ankoro, likore-nkore. — kor, F.l. bako, h'la^o, Mt. 5,lS.19.o6.39.(J,27-
— ;?. = koro, kronh, single, Mt.6,22. — 3. = ko, what, Mt. 7,2. pi.
iikokor, Epli.5,33. every one in particular; nkorkor: hworaba won
auimnyam nkorkor, one star differs from another in glory. 1 Cor. 15,41.
— ekoro no, F. = biako no, obako no, the other.
koro, a pot before the place, tree&c. of a so-called /c//*/?, con-
taining water, palm-wine, leaves, eggs, cowries &c., wbich things
(called abo), when stirred np by the korafo, supply what he has to
soothsay; syn. kunkuma; ahina a wode nsu ne nhabarama [nnuru-
wa-nnuruwa] ne nsa ne nkesuwa ne ntrania agum' ua eta obosora-
pa no anim.
O-koro, a kind of tree; diia kokiiro a woso.
akorobo, s. osebg.
k r d o-k 6 r (1 0, 7>mi'//c, habhlc, iittle-taltle, chit-chal.pr.nHS.
korodom, s. osebo. b- kiirodo.
akoi-o-i^ow [okorow g.] a hroken hotel. pr.l372.
O-koro-kese = okorow kese, j^r. i^o'^. cf. koro-kfuna.
k r k 1" 0, red. v. = koko, to pet, fondle, indulge ; ok. ne ba,
he cherishes, is indidgent towards, his child; ok. n'ano kyereme, he
makes his mouth i.e. ivords pidatahle to me, uses fair and flattering
speech towards me.
korokoro, As. bar, bolt; F. krakra? [G. klgklo.]
akoi'okorow^ obtrusion, intrusion, intrusiceness; - odi me so
ak. (e.s. oko a, enkye na waba, ;,.•), he intrudes himself upon me,
pesters or troubles rae; eden na wndi me so ak. sc? why do you thus
importune me?
korokorowa, a. round and small, of grains, seeds, globules;
cf. kurukuruwa, puruw.
ak r k row a, -kora, pi. n-, a tveaver's shuttle.
koro-kiima [okorow, kuma] the largest sort of calabash. [G.
tsenesa.] Osram at\Va kr. :== atwa puruw.
iikorom, snoring. — huane hk., to snore.
Nko r omnia, ^jr. w. the ninth child; Gr. § 41,5. [G. Akron.]
akoroma, j)^- ^"5 ^ ^^^'^ of prey, hawk. pr. 1734.2770.
akoroma-bia, a smaller kind of haick.
o-koromfo, s. kromfo.
koromporow, a small insect, liaving feet like tiny sticks;
cf. krampgn, krompono.
koroii, korono, n. s. krou, krono.
koroii, v., koronkoron, a., s. krgn, krghkrgn.
akoron, akonon, n-, seven; s. akron.
ilk or oil, iikonoii, a pit dug on purptose to seefc gold, a shaft.
korona — kosoroma. 251
— Mkoroh-dwiiina, iniuiii(/, mini ii(j operations. — hkorori-liilo,
gold-digger; miner.
korona, As. = konon<a; s. konia.
;ikoronk6ran, F. raven, = anenc, kw;ikw;t(Iabi.
n k o r o-i'i k o r O, F. s. koro ; mmako-inmako.
U or onto, a kind of bird; larlc?
o-koro-patii, a kind o{' bird. pr. 1735.
k6i'b\)e6,pl.ii; Sihroa,d-]\efidcd brass nail, button; c/". itotwom,
o-koropoii, a lai'ge kind o( eagle, = gkorc. ^;r. 1735.
korosa, three lines cut on one side of a die, s. osikyi.
korosa-anaii, four lines ditto,
a k r 6 1 6 a, jj?. n-, jjjjk.
a koro-ton [korow tenten] canoe; cf. obonto, F. batadewa.
koroto, F. onlg one. Mk. 12,3:2. — kortoriio, onlg; s. iiknto.
ko row, 1. the core or inmost and liardest part of the stem of
a tree, that has become red or brown by age; s. korgw-beh. — 3.
an amulet or charm (pieces of string) dyed with it.
o-korow, jjL a-, 1. a large, round, flat, wooden vessel, made of
one piece of wood (wode onya a.s. owowa na eseh k.), used to wash
clotlies, to batlie littk' children &c.; a bowl; a van or fan, for win-
nowing grain; sgn. apawa, apampa' {cf. korokfima). [G. tsese.] —
:3. canoe, boat made of the trunk of the silk-cotton-tree (onya) hol-
lowed out; ])r. 1731. = okorokese, akoroten; cf. batiidewa, obonto,
ahyemma, hyeh.
akorowa, ^^?. n- [korow, f?fj>t.] boivl; small van; small canoe.
iikorowa,s. nkoruwa. — korow-beii, the red inner part o{ a tree.
nkoruwa, 1. a, 2)lag or dance of old Avomen. pr.2099. — ^. a
kind of bead, s. ahene.
koro-ye, F. kor-ye, iinitg, communion ; = biako-ye.
akosaii, inf. [ko, sah] going and returning; di ak. = di ako-
ne-aba, to have intercourse. — ak.-ntiiii, vein; ntini a mogya a eko
honam mu nam mu san ba komam'.
k 6 s e, kosekose, interj. of deprecation, pity, indignation ; a
term of civility used in excuse e.g. for having accidentally pushed
against a person: I beg gour pardon! excuse! (.s^m. tafarakye;) alas!
dear! f ye!
kose, F. ye,, k., to be doubtful to. - gnye hen k., ive do not doubt.
kosenene, s. kesenenene,
koso, V. F.=kotg, to Icneel, fall down.Mt. 15,25.18,26. Mk.l,40.14,3o.
koso, adv. gorgeously, splendidly, of adorning; ode sika ne
lihene ahyehye neho k., she has adorned, bedecked, bespangled her-
self in a gorgeous manner, brilliantly.
akoso-bi-afwe''" [/"/•. so., fwe] .speculation (in trading &c).
ko-soroma, the morning-star; cf. owuodi, kyekye-pe-aware;
\fr. oko&nsoroma: k. fi a, na se wgrekotua oraah bi a, eu'na wode
252 kosouko — kgtobankye.
hu se ade rekye (it shines so bright as to enable an attack on tlie
enemy early in the morning); or, fr. eko : k. ii a, na cko asgre ko-
didi; or, fr. ko, to go: yeko sare so a, ua yefwe na yede nantew.]
kosouko, a large bird on the savanna,
kosov/, V. F. s. koso.
kosow, kwoso, jj?. h-, F. sheep. Mt. 23,32/. cf. oguan.
o-^bsoyv, partnership; si k. = di ntgnto, to join or associate
in a trade or business under an understanding that there shall be a
communion of profit; j;r. 5556. cf. hfviebom', nnuammoa.
g-kosow-fekuw, joint-stock compamj, societi/ of shareholders.
kosow-si, inf. the forming of an association or partnership.
kosow-si-de-pefo, socicdist. Hist.
Akosua, Akwasiba,j)r. w. of afemalebom on Sunday. Gr.§41,4.
ako-sum-abe-hyeii-nipa, Akw.: wayc neho ak. ;=^ ouam sum
mu ko.
kote, obsc. a, man's gard, penis; sgn. akora, barima, n'ano so.
kote, kotekote, noise, clamour, din, noisg icdk, noisg quarrel,
brawl; asafo no di kotekote = wgkasa gyegyegye.
akoten, 1. the principal or fidl sum, amount, or number; senea
sika no te na wobegyec no n'ak. neii, theg took from him the money
in its full or complete amount; of money, however, it is better to use
aboten. — 2. the chief ov principal thing, the wain point; nsem yi
di Kristofo kyere mu ak. = ye mu nscuktinini a.s. uscntitiriw. —
6'. the main part; asafo nomu ak. kuram' ara; dom no ak., the main
body (adu ho); tlie whole army (si se ne se, including every person).
— d. substance; essentials.
akotere, As. = oketere.
11 k 6 1 e w-m li, ii kote tern', inf. [tewortetew oko mu] desisting
from and jnirting after fighting; wodi hkotewmu, e.s. nnipa banu
ako, na obi ampam ne yghko na won banu nliinJi gyae; wodiiiiko-
tetem', they parted tviih equal strengtli after an undecisive Ixdtle.
koti, a.£-adv. large; rank, luxuriant; ode no afi k., the yam
has come out with luxuriant groivth, cf. dwobesare.
akotia, .s. akwatia. — nkolia-a-ote-ate-so, (-siw-so), a plant.
koto, a staff or stick borne by the eunuchs of the Asante kings,
okoto, jjZ. a-, crab, sea-crab.
akgto-bo, searching for crabs, pr. 329. 50 5.857. 143 1.17 39-47.
koto [Fng.] coat;- asrafo k. koko.
koto, V. s. kotow. F. Mk. 5,6.
koto, v. [?»/". h-] to entreat, beseech, supplicate, implore; usu-
ally combined with sere: mekotg mesere wo, I beg and beseech you,
I beg you earnestly, I i)iiplore or entreat you.
11 koto, inf. entreaty, supplication; iiko to-sere, id.
iiko-to, inf. [tg iiko] sleepiness, drowsiness; slumber.
a k 6 1 a, s. akotowa.
koto bank ye, a kind oi cassava or manioc, pr. 38. 42.
kotobonyi — kotow. 253
kotobouyi, kwot., F. a foolish man. Mt. 7,26.
k 1 d w c, ^^ n-, the knee; syn. nankroma. jir. 1349.
koto-fji [efaaokoto apuw afi n'amoam'aba] carUi of a hroirn-
ish-ijellow colour liko sienna (terra di Sienna); throe kinds of a
(liitf/ij-i/ellon' rhty, one of thorn agreeing with odubei'i.
kotoi, a name of the Irojiard; a. osebo.
Kbtoko, ])r. n., a by-name of the Asantes.
ko to ko, pl.?i-., iwrcupine. pr. 1749 f. Wgrebekyere k. a, wosuin
ap;l na obo no.
;i k g to kg-li y e: me nipa ayera na niahye no lio akotoko se
wontie nsem nimeka nkyero me, a man of mine has been lost and I
have (as it wore, made an odroichmeni round, so that any way lie
takes lie may fall in, i.e.) sent round to make inqnirij after him and
bring me word; - ne biribi ayera, na wahye ho akgtokg se wonkg-
fwefwe innuX no, he has lost something and issued an advertisement
about it to seek it for hitn.
o-kotokoro, ^j?. a-, f( hook; pr. 173. — ak. ne n'aniwa, hooks
(Old eyes, cf. usoao, nsoani'de.
kotgko-sabire, i^r. 1754.
ako toko tow, inf. [kotow, v. red.] repeated botes, repeated acts
of throwing one's self at somebody's feet, p)rostration.
kotokii, Ak.-o, pi. n-, 1. bag, sack, pouch, pocket; pr. 768. syn.
bgtg, bgtgwa = k. a wgde tu kwah, pr. 17.52. atwesi = k, a wgde
ntania sie mu n.a.; cf. pae, tekrekyi. — 2. purse, money-bag; cf.
foto. — S. a ivrapjier or cover that has the form of a bag; agyah k.,
quiver; akatawia k., the cover of an umbrella; also the skin of a
beast, s. wgre, worg. — 4. a dress that may be compared with a
sack, coat, cloak; Brofo hye k. mu = wghye atade.
Kotoki'i, Akyem K., pr.n. of the Akan tribe dwelling at A-
kyem Soiidnrii, formerly also (under king Agyemah) at Gyadam.
kotokii, a kind of aquatic (or watei'-)fow], as large as a tur
key; anoma a odidi asuom'.
kotokii-sriabobe, the flower of a certain tree; a kind of bird.
[fr. 1751. 3580.
kotokurodii, 2)1. n-, a kind oi wasp. pr. 1753. cf. gyannare,
= gye-adare, mpenna.
kotokyerewase, a kind oi shot, s. korabo.
akotokyiwa, := agyahina, cf. gyaw & nkiiku.
Kotonim ma, name of a month, about Jidy; s. gsram.
akoto-pene, a certain play; di or ye ak., to j^lay fd blind-
man's-buff. pr.3257.
likotopo, F..= hkontompo, Lk. 19,8.
kotoi'onioa, kuturumoa, /is^,- cf. nsakotg, kuturukii.
11 koto-sere, inf. [koto, sere] supplication.
koto two, a kind of animal; gbobg nnna wg wuram'.
kotow, V. 1. to stoop, coiver, couch, crouch, squat, pr.2100. -
254 akotowa — gkra.
to Jcneel; to perch (of birds), sometimes ^= sen (of men). — k. ne naii-
kroma anim, fa l-ueel down : k, ..nan ase, pr. 1735. — 2. to hoiv to,
and, combined witb sore, to ivorsliip, adore, revere, reverence; cf.
sore, som. Ps. 5,7.95,6.138,2. — akotow-nkotow', iuf.frrquoit couch-
ing dx. as of leopards, pr. 1756.
akuto wa,-wa, pi. n-, a small casJc of gun-potvder ('/s keg); cf.
atentenim", okwadum.
Likotiimi-di, a ball for inlaying. (F. 6, wonkotumi yg!)
kotwa-as okii m. a kind oiljidterflij, flyingaboutin thousands
about the time of planting corn.
a k 1 w e, a hly, a hasJcet roughly made of palm-branchos or reeds
to carry pots of oil or palm-wine, cf. kyehkyeii.
o-kot\Ve-beref6, pJ. a- [nea okotwe asem anase amanne ba]
originator, author, abettor, instigator, ringleader. Cf. ofarebae. Ok.
iikge a, omansobodfo nko, pr.
kow, V. 1. to coivcr, crouch, squat; s. ko & kotow. — 2. tr. to
bend forward: k. ahiuano!
o-kowa, akowa^ [oko, dim.^ top, gig, ivhirligig.
kra, kara, v. \inf.n-, red. krakra] 1. to tahc leave of, bid fare-
well; makra wo, I am noiv going, therefore good-bye! — 2.tode-
2)arf, leaving an injuncti-on or commission to those that remain. —
3. to dismiss on an errand, Acts 17, 15., to give an errand. — 4. to
send word to. — 5. to tell a message. — 6". to advertise, advise, ap-
prise, inform, give notice of (in person, cf. 1., or by some other per-
son, cf. 4.). — 7. Phr. wakra me nna, a) he bade nie good-nighf, cf.
nnakranna; b) he took leave to stag away one or two days; wankrd
me nna, he did not say that he would stay over night. — 8. to appoint
or ordain beforehand, to xnedestinate; cf. nkrabea.
kra, kana, v. to ptray, to put up, recite, or repeat prayers, to
mutter prayers, to ask or inquire of God, to prophesy, soothsay (said
especially of Mohammedans, s. Krarao); cf. kahkye, pa kyew, sere,
kotow, sore, bo mpae; hye hkom.
kra, kana, kena, n. a mark = agyirae; wahye ne nneema
nhina mu k., he has marked all his things, pr. 3590.
ukra, inf. [kra] 1. taking leave. — 2. errand, mandate, order,
commission, word, message; information, notice; 2^r. 1761. nkra bi
nni akyiri bio, that is all I have been commissioned to say, I have
nothing else to say. — di iikra, 1. to part, be separated; quit each
other, = di mpapaemu; ye-ne mo adi hkra, ive have no connection
tvitli you any more; g-ne ne kra adi nkra = waka babi. — 2. to
have conversation or communication, me ne no nni nkra or nkradi
(q.v.), I have no communion or friendship with him.
11 kra, n. blood, syn. mogya, kafo; tuo no aka or abg aboa no,
ogu nkra, the gun has hit the animal, if bleeds.
o-k'ra, okani, F. e-, pi. a-, 1. the soul of man. According to the
notions of the natives the kara of a person exists before his birth
and may be the soul or spirit of a relation or other person already
dead (cf. bra, r. 3.) that is in heaven or with God and obtains leave
okra — kr{\da. 255
to come again into this world {cf. Ababio); when lio is thus dis-
wissed in heaven, he takes with liini liis cnniid, i.e. his desinndion
or future fate is iixed beforehand; from thistlie name gkara seems
to be drawn (ef. kra, r. 3. S.), and the realization of his errand or
destiny on earth is then called obra or abra-bg, q.v. The kiira,
put by God or by the help of a fetish into a child, can be asked
while it is yet in the mother's womb ((•/". fweh). Jn life the kara is
considered partly as the soul or spirit of a person (cf. sunsum, lioii-
hom), partly as a separate being, distiuct from the person, who pro-
tects hitn (me kra di m'akyi), gives him good or bad advice, causes
liis undertakings to prosper ipr. S.3.) or slights and neglects him (cf.
okral)iri), and, therefore, in the case of prosperity, receives thanks
and thank-oiVerings like a fetish {if. asumguare). When the person
is about to die, the kara leaves him gradually, before he breathes
his last, but may be called or drawn back (cf. twe kra). When he
has entii-ely left (whereby the person dies), he is no more called
ksira, but sesa or osamari. — 2. destiny, fate, lot, luck; ne kjira
ye, //(' hn!^ a good luck (can be said even of game that escaped the
shot of a hunter); ne kra yiye, hnppHii. luclily; ne kra nye = ne
ho ade nye; cf. okrabiri. — S. ]>l. akrafo, a male slave chosen by
his master to be his constant companion and destined to be sacri-
ficed on his death in order to accompany and serve him in the other
world; sipi. akrakwa.
g-kra', gkaraw.-i. j^?. a-, a female slave destined to be sacrificed
on the death of her master, pr. 1782. cf. okra 3.
0-kra, a kind o{ grassliopper ; cf. abebew.
kra, kfirawa,jy?. n-, akindof /»o»/ir//; kra-nini, -borc;pr.i7Si.
ukrii-bea [kra S., bea, manner'] fate, destiny, appointed lot, al-
lotted life, fined lot, manner of decdh; pr. 1702 f. 2538. syn. hyebea.
Wgbewo wo a, na wo asem a Onyk. de ka kyere wo se ebeye wo,
ebia ose : wode tuo na ebekg, ebia gsekan, a.s. Odomankama wu
n.a., eyi na wgfre no nkr.
kra-befVve fsend icord (kra 4.6.): come and see!] a wonder,
wonderful sight, worthy to he advertised to persons dwelling elsewhere
to come and see. Wodi mmara yi so yiye a, anka wgne kr., if t/iey
woidd live in close conformity with these laws, they wotdd come to a
state or condition that tvould be spoken of as a wonder far and tvide.
O-krabiri [gkra a ebiri] 1. a Mack soid, not caring well for the
person to whom he belongs. (Wose: onipa kra ye kgkg na ofura
rinwera; na se obi kra ye tuntum a. en'de eye mmusu, okrabiri neii ;
wope sika a, wunnya bi, wonam a, wonkye na wunya amanne.)
2^)-. 1530. 3453. — 2. a hlackguard, person of loiv character (an abu-
sive Avord).
kr ii da [krada , G. klala] white linen or cotton cloth, calico, shiti-
ing, u'hite haft, soft croydon, maddapollam ; syn. hiiwera. (Kan tete-
fo no, da a woguare asum' no a. s. won kra da adu no na wgfre
no krada; Aburifo ne Amanterisofo da so fre no sa ara 'ne.)
krada, kiirara, rattle, rustling, the noise caused by tearing
cloth or paper, or by grazing a branch with a hook. pr. 466.
256 kradada — ukramfoa.
kradada, karad..., cf. kui-ududu.
kradakrada, a kind of bird,
akra-de, 1. [okra ade] a ihlng hdouging to the soul; n helovcd,
favourite ildug. — 2. [nkra ade] a final present g-iven by a trader
or retail-dealer to the pedlar employed by him. — 3. luel:, good
luck, good fortune, godsend, pr. 118.
nkrd-di, inf. [diiikra] 1. sejiaration, j;/^o7/»r/. = mpapaemu, —
2. communion, communication: me ne wo uui nkradi, / and you
have nothing to do tcith each other.
krado, a. ready. [G. klalo.)
kradoye, inf. readiness, adroitness,
kriidb a, padlock. [G. id.]
uki!a-dua, a kind oUhorns, briers; wonam.sareso kwaiitninr a,
hkr. titiw'; cf. sakrah\ akrate, Heh.6,7.
akra-duan, favourite dish or food, pr.354.
a k r a fo, j^Z. of okra 5. & okra.
kra-ka [kra, r., kaw] a debt the payment of which is demanded
by occasionally sending word. pr. 721.
O-kra-koli, a kind of chintz, s. okraku, ntama,
0-kra-kofwej -kose, -kosu, inf. sending word that one shall go
and look, say, weep, pr. 1761. 1764.
krakra, a. & adv. 1. briskly, cpdckly ; - me ne no siim' kr.:
nantew kr. — 2. s. anikrakra. — [G. id., hot.]
krakra, F. bar, bolt. [As. krokro, G. kloklo.]
akrakraku, a chink, fissure, cleft, cnick, crevice of the earth
from the burning sun. (Asusowbere akyi awia bo a, fam' apaepae
wo sare so.)
g-kraku, a kind of chintz or cotton cloth printed with tiowers
in different colours, named from a man who first bought and wore
it; 6\ okra-kofi, ntama.
krakuin, pi. n- [Dan. kalkun, D. kalkoen^ turkey.
karakuma, s. kahkuma.
a k r a-k w a, pi. h- [okara, akoa] a slave, considered as the king's
gkara (s. okra 3); a soul-slave, body-slave, j^age, valet de chambre.
u-kra-kyere, Ak. karakere [okfira, okyere, lit. soul-binder],
soul-money, gold and precious beads fastened to the wrist of the
right hand in thankful acknowledgment to the "kra"* for having
enriched the person.
kramakrama, a. hot, fierce, wild: n'ani ye kr. (n'ani ye
kekakeka, ye hyew, oye hyew), he is fierce, wdd, unruly.
o-kraman, 2>?. a-, F. h-, = F. gbodom. a dog; otwea, a bitch;
nicknames: ope, akwagyinamod senekotokii, f\veo-f\veo, ape-a-be-
gyebi, anadwoboa a obi mfa ne nsa hhyem' (ntom'), n.a.
g-kramaii, a sickness of the genitals, gonorrhoea.
g-kramaii-dwiw, pi. a- -iiwiw []iro]i. dog's-lonse) flea. 1 Sam. 24,14.
h k ram f 5 a^ Ak. -faiia, a kind of small sea-fish. pr. 1775.
krammeii — akrawa. 257
k r fi 111 HI (J n [kranio aben] a hollow cane or reed, used in smok-
ing tobacco as a pipc-sthk (tslsei'i-diia, pipe-tuhr) and in writing
(by Mobamniedans), — kraiiien-iiiiii, /(/., = gberai'i-'niotoain'-dua.
kramu, Kranioni, pi. -fo, Mohammedan; pr. .WS',. cf. kra, /.
a k ram o-se in, |^ MoJiainnicduuism, inlatn ;
iikraino-sonijf t/ie creed of the moalems.
:i k ra in pa, a by-name of the iidfurr, s. ojx'ti'. pr. 742.
krani[)un (okum guan) s. kokoyc-re-duagyei, krompono.
kra 11 11, a. wild, disorderly, confused, entangled, intricate. (Kan-
no afuw no so yv kr., e.s. nnua sisi so i\k egugn so, na afci wopamo
yi de, eso atcw.)
I'lkraii, wddnt'ss. ficrcoicss (of the eye): n'ani do nkran, he
chafes, rages, raves; n'ani ado n'ade a eyerae no ho nkran, he is
ratjing, farioits about, greedy after the thing he has lost.
kran kraii, red. v., kr. .. ani, to give a fierce expression to the
eye, to disfigure one's face, make one's .self frightful, he eager ahoid,
j)r. 1779. okr. n'ani = oye n'anim hidifdui, oyi (oliye) nnipa hu, he
assumes a frightful countenance; okr. n'ani kyereeabofra no seonye
fo, he looked fiercely <d the 1)oy thid he .should he silent.
a kran kran-sem, di-, to act upon otliers by intimidation;
to hare a baleful influence; owia nni akr. senea gsram ye.
11 kra n , Ak. nkjirane, a kind oHjlaclc ants biting severely; they
wander about in great swarms and thus often invade the houses
killing and devouring every thing living that comes in their way.
pr. 313. 1.-j3U. 1590. 1777. [G. tsatsu, -bii.]
Nkran. pr. n. 1) of a country, people and language on the Gold
Coast, called by the Europeans Akra (Accra) and by the natives
themselves Ga; 2) of one of their leading towns, which is also called
Efiiresi, Jamcstoicn. See Gr. p. XXI. and Zimmermann, a Gram-
matical Sketch of the Akra or Ga Lang., p. VIII, and a Vocabulary
of the same, p. 86.
0-kranni, jp?. Nkranfo, an Akra-man, Akra-people.
kran a, krana, kranaiiana, sdent, absolutely siill, perfectly
quiet; syn. dinn, komm. pr. 1152.1174. Woko, na kr., s. Gr. § 248,4.
11 k r a-ii h m a , a stuff or cloth, scarlet-red or crimson ; the red
of English uniforms; cf. adidi, damarama; fikra = bogya.
kranku, the shea-butter tree; - aba, its fruit; s. nku.
akrantu, hedgehog; ewg apesee ne kgtokg ntam'; Fante de,
[wonye na.
iikrjiiite, sivord, sabre, cutlass; cf. afoa; 6s6 ne nkrautem'.
akra-sem [a word belonging to your soid] secrecy, secret. pr. 260
krata' [fr. Port. Sp. It. carta] a leaf of paper.
krata-fa, half a sheet of paper; a ixtge in a book; cf. buepen.
krata-mQ, a sheet of paper.
akrate, akrdte, akarate, a kind oi cactus, a prickly plant.
akrate-al)a, an ea.ta.h\e fruit of c<ictus. [G. agbamii.]
akraM'a, a kind of gun. Cf. karawa, akarawa.
17
258 nkrawiri — kronkron.
iikrawiri, a kind o^ drum; s. akyene.
akrayani [akyere yam'?] tew-, to f risk, frolic, he frolicsome,
gay, merry; otew akr. -= oliuruw daniian nelio, lie leaps or sldps
with joy and pleasure, as children, kids,
kre... kri... s. kyere... kyiri...
krebeuii, s. kyerebenii. — krt'l'were, a small bird,
iikresia, s. nkeresia.
krididi, s. kirid...
Kristofo, Christians. Kristoni, a Christian. Kvisto^o asuh),
the Christian Church. — Kris t ofo-sem, -som, the Christian re-
ligion; Kristofosom-kyere, instruction in (the doctrines of} the Chri-
stian religion. — Kristo-sem, -som, Christianity.
kro, kro. ... s. koro, koro, kilro. — kro, F. = okorow.
akroba, akrobase, pi. h-, F. =^ akdrowa, akura, akuraase.
Krobo, j;r. n. of a mountain, country, people and language
(or rather dialect of Adanme) between Akuapem and the Volta,
called by the natives Kro. — Kroboni, pi. Krgbofo, a Kroho-man,
Kroho-people. — krobow, s. kiirobow.
akr ok raw, deiv dropping from trees.
kro kro &c. s. korokorg.
ii k r k r 1 i b a n e, Gy. frog. pr. 17S5.
iikrom, akroma, Nkromma, s, nkorom, akoromtl, Nkoromma.
kronie'j a disease of the knee, causing it to swell.
O-kromto, j>7. a-[krgn,krono] ^/(/c/", robber, ^=o\\\fu] cf. odviow-
akrommo, inf. [bg kroh] stealing, theft, pr. 228. [twafo,
11 k r o ni p 6 n o, s. nkompono,
kroi'i, Ak. krgno (kor,,), theft, larceny; .svyy^.awi: ho-, tosteal,
to practice theft, commit robbery; s. wia,
kro 11, koroiij v. to be high, elevated (bepgw) ; to be deep (ahina,
kora, knruwa); - esiw no rekrgn ; bepgw no korgn, wugyina so a,
fam' ye kurohkuron; Abetifi dabere korgn kyen Okwau akurow
nhina, Ab. lies higher than all (tlavau towns. Cf. kiironii.
kronkron. koronkorgn, a. high (gdan, bepgw), /o/V//, arduous;
steep; F. gbo krgnkrgn, a steep place, Mt.S,32. — n. stcejmess; cf.
srgnsrgn, kgiikrgnn, kiironkiiron,
kro 1*111, s. kiirohn, kiironkuron, — kron, F. clearly. Mt.8,25.
kroiiii, a., adv-. pture, clear; nsuno ani agyeiikr,, kurennyen.
kro Ilk roil (konohk.), a. <(■ adv. 1. pure, clear; nnmingled,
■unadulterated; nsu kr., ^j/»;-c water; nsa kr., unmixed pcdm-nine.
— 2. real, true (cf. pgte). Otwini kr., a genuine Tshi-man; gmam-
frani nnyin kr, (pr.2004), a foreign settler does not become j^ure, i.e.
he will never become quite lihe a native, so as to retain nothing of
strange habits, — 3. fair, fine, beaidiful : n'anim ye kr,, he has got
a very fine shape; onipa yi, n'anim atew krkrkr. ; adwere, ne dua
kononkunon ^^ fefefe: anoma no, ne diia kr., tliat bird has a beau-
tiful tail. — -i. unspotted, unsullied, unstained, untarnished, unpol-
kroiikroiini — kua. 259
luted, nndefthd, immacidatc, clean, cJuisic. innticetit. — :'). JtoJi/, jjer-
fect; hallowed, saered; oye me kr., ///■ makes me holy, samti/ie.-i me;
uye kr., he is holy. — adv. rlearli/, distinctly; correctly; kasa kr.
— )i. L imrity; genuineness. — ^. reality, sincerity; enye ne kr. so,
// irtis not (done) in the right manner, in its due form. — H. holiness.
k roil k roinii, pi. -to, a holy person; syn. oliotefo.
kroi'iki-oi'i-yo, ]. sanctification. — i\ holiness; cf. ahotew.
akroii (akonon), n-, nine. Gr. § 77.
iikroii, 5. hkoron. — kroiio, Ak. .s. kroh.
ak roil 11 00, a disease brought on by niicliastity ; oyare a efi
boasip(Mn' ne inmape; ekfi neho a, nea oyare no ntunii ntn naininon.
km,... kruin, s. kuru,... kuruni.
nkruui, F. si -, /o sigli. Mk. 7,34.
O-k r i\ni,pl. Si--f 6, sailor, one of a ship' screw; Kroo-man, Kru-hoy.
ku, k u. the cry of the bird obereku it aferaw.
k iij r. s. kuw. — o-k u, s. ekuw.
o-ku^ a species of monkey, = kontromfi. chimpanzee. yr.lTSTf.
kfi, V. Ak. F. = kuni, to kill.
kiij V. -ho, to be bent to, to Join; n'ani kfi me ho, he cares for
ine always, visits me, has me in mind, defends and saves me in trouble,
is always zealous and active about me, = onto me ase; ma wo ani
iiku ho = fvie (nea woye a. s. ewo wo nsam' no) so yiye ; mo ani
nku mo ho yiye = mont'we moho so yiye wo biribiaram'. Woakg-
ka aku no ho redi no kasa, they together urge or importune him,
press up)on him, demanding something from him.
o-kfi, ga}), fie ft, chasm, gulf, abyss; precipice.
I'lku, shea-bidter, a kiud of grease got from the fruit of a tree,
used by the negroes as ointment to make their skin soft and glossy,
iikii-aba, the fruit from which the shea-butter is got.
iikCi-dua, the shea-tree, Bassia Parkii; s. kraiikCi.
kua, 1. = afuw, plantation, farm; meko me kuam'; me kuam'
ne ha-yi; ne kua aba (= n'aduan aye yiye) afe yi so; onyaa kna
afrihyia yim'; oye kua = ope adwumaye nanso nea oye ye yiye,
lie understands hoic to make a good plantation; ne ho wg kua, he is
successful in his plantation-ivork ; cf. kwa F., akua 1.. okuafo. — 3.
kiia, a-, the working of a farm or plantcdion, husbandry; agriculture.
[2 Chr. 26,10.
akua, 1. = kim ;j. — 2. brgdeba akiia, the young shoots or
suckers at the foot of a plantain-stalk.
akua, akuawa, a recess in the court-yard, a small yard behind
a house, used as a kitchen, washing-place, store for oil, palmwiue &c.
Akua, s. Akuwa.
kua, V. to bring near or together, to join; used with a no or
anim; cf. ku. — kua (= pOa) gya yi iino, 2>ut the (burniog) oids
of these two pieces of wood nearer against each other; gpoh a emu
bane no, awgw bae ara pe na ebekuaa anim bio, as soon as the cold,
damp wecdher set in, the chinks in the door disappeared: luumfa mo
260 nkiiaba — kiiku.
ti nkfia anim iia menfwe nea gkyen ne yonko tenteh, hr'ing your
heads iogrfhcr that I mat/ see which of ijon is taJJertlinn the other; wg-
kJi asem de kua no, tliey press upon him with remonstrances, try to
induce him hy entreaties.
iikii-aba, s. nku.
o-kuafo, 2^1. a-, [kua] planter, f((rmer. htixhandman, espoc. one
who exceUs in hnshandry. pr. 1587. 1790.
akuama, a kind of plant, pr. 1791.
a knap em, a Danish mushet. pr. 1792.
Akuapem, jjr. J^ of a country, s. Gr. p. XH. Ak. asafo: Akom-
fode, Kyeremim, Apagya, Apeseraaka, Asonko. Atiwa (tc.
O-kuapcni-maii, tlie J.-inydom of Alunpem.
{)-k\\i\i)vwm, pi. Aknaj)i'nnl'6, an Ahuapem-yna'n, Al^.-pcople.
k II lie, 1. the fan-palm, liorassus fl(d)elHformis? — 2. (k.-aba)
its fruit. j)r. 503.1799-
ku-dedaw, an old sore; kuru a akyc, akisikuru.
kudo', cr/W (to carry stones, cartli&c.), vliecl-harrow ; sledge;
- twe k., to draw a cart.
kiidy, helm, the rudder by which a sliip or boat is steered; -
dan nan k., to steer.
iiku-dua, .s. nku & krankii.
11 ki'i fe, heads or other things ivorn round the wrist as ornaments,
not as amulets; nsuniamnia a wokura bobo wgiiho few-so.
0-k II f u, i)Z. a- [ekuru] a person full of sores and wounds ; nea gyare
a.s. watutu akuru. pr. ISOO.
kiifu, kufukufu, I a. shaggy, rough with long hair or wool, rag-
kulia, kiiliakulia \ gcd, rugged, bristly; gkraman, oguan, gsii
ho nhwi a asgre(sgre) ye k. ; rf. fuku, saku, hutfihutu.
k u f Vv c-k u fw e, pr. 2143.
akukoinfi, 1. a kind of grasslioppcr; <f. akokromfi. pr. 1801.
[G. gigoiiigig«~)] — 2. onipa a gnam fen fen fen.
kukii, V. s. kukuru. — knku, V. palsy. Mt.8,6.
ku.ku, p)l- n-, earthen vessel, pot. — iiknku ne iikaka, jwtter's
leave, pottery, earthemcare, crochery. — kuku is the general name
for earthen vessel, but may also be used in limitation to smaller pots,
whilst gsen is a larger coolcing-pot, and ahina is a general name
fov pot, especially a pot for keeping or carrying fluids; kuruwa
is a drinking-vessel, not of native black pottery, but of European
manufacture, of earth, porcelain-clay, glass, wood or metal; pgre
is a jng of stone. — 1) Of kuku, ahina, j^ot, being more deep than
wide, or as deep as wide and narrow-mouthed, we note the following
particular kinds: abanhina, bom, bonsuwa, agyahina or akotokyi-
wa, ahina, kuku, kukuwa, kutu, akutuwa, nkyera, gpgdo, asiihina,
asea', or Ak. nsemma, gsen, gsentere, osentia, sikakuku, sobuwa,
atahina. 2) Of as an ka, a dish, wide open and less deep, we note:
abeya, aboya. Ak.=asanka; abuabuogyaso, akyem-asanka, kwiin-
sen, anananowa, oposi, asankasanyri, asankasgn (has a foot), tajio-
asaiikn. iitintniw a, ayawji.
J
iilvLikii — kiiin. 261
nkiikii, a kind of //am, s. odo.
;ikiikii;i, J. a small drum of the kinf;'s. inon; esteemed tliaii
any other; \rode twoni nhoma dnra ho, se odehye hi \vu a.s. aseni
pa bi ha a, enna woka. — 2. a kind of hiiltcr/li/ ; s. at'afanto.
(t-k I'l k 11 ba iV, Ak. -ne, a small wild animal of a yellowish f^ray
C(dour. with a lonj;- tail and pointed snout, fecMliuj^ on corn & fruit.
flir. IHO-'f.
k 11 k II l»a I'l k u, a ciihiucoits disease or crHjiliiiii, with piistuh^s
smaller than those of ntobnro.
k II k ud u'd ii', hi(((; nkrfima no aho k., the okra /mis bnJdcd.
a kil k u iiode i"i, oye ak., odi akukuhodensem, he ads roiighlt/,
onam ne berafi a gyc no so kuknru ade a eye duru.
k u k 11 radii I) i, corn (maize) of the last year; ef. j)oporoku.
n k II k ii-i'i w c n e, /;//. pottery.
k Ilk urn (kuku) v. 1. to rise: o\Via akukuru, the sun is risen;
■<//)i. j)ue, sore. — ;?. to raise up, take ujt, lift up single, espec. Iieavy,
things from the ground (aba, bo kesc, adaka, dukii, kaneadua,
pane c^c); pr. 2792. si/n. ma so; of many things tase or momfi so
is used. — 3. red. of kuru, to fhateh, roof (ndnh so, houses).
ku kiirii-l (ill-si I'l, -siiii, pi. n-, a kind of beetle, dung-beetle.
kiikiiru-ine-ta-awiaiir ////'/ me iiji, place me in the sun] name
of a disease, making the body bloated and the mind doltish; si/n.
fa-obo-to-me-gyam'.
kukiiw, i-ed. v. kuw, to pull off, out; toh((vethe nap worn off;
woak. neti so, they have pulled out his hair in fighting, or, his hair
has been cut with scissors (not shaved) in a disorderly manner; ntama
no ani ak., the cloth is tlireadbare, shabby, worn out.
kukmva, j>?. n-, a small earthen vessel, small pot; s. kuku.
ak 11 kuw i'l, s. akukua.
kum, V. Ak. ku \}-ed. kunkum] 1. to Idll, slay, put to death;
pr. o.H!t.l673.2104.2444. wgakum no, euph. woayi no ho, they have c.fe-
c»^(7Z /</»/; hyperbolically, to denote a strong sensation: awgw, gkgm
rekum me, the cold, hunger is Mlling me, i.e. I am very cold, very
hungry. — ^. to defeat, overcome, vanquish, destroy; k. dgm, to beat
the enemy, conquer, gain the victory, pr. 1990. — 3. to cause to cease:
okfim me kgm, he stills my hunger; but: okum me kgm. he I'ills we
with hunger, i.e. he starves me; k, sukgm, to quench the thirst; k.
kuru, to heal a sore, pr. 1038. — 4. to tire (out), weary, wear out:
wokum nnipa ne kasa, nseiihunu, serew, = wgde kasa ... kum nnipa,
tltey tire one out with spcalcing, with nonsense, mahe one die with
laughing. — 5. to silence: mikumno aniwu, I silence him with shame
i.e. / stoj) his mouth, maJce him ashamed to speak. — 0. to disfigure:
okum n'anim = omuna n'anim, he darkens his face, tnakcs a dark,
angry, or sad face. — 7. to defile, pollute, desecrate: obi kum ti a,
wgde hnuah mogya n.a. na wgde dwiram', if one defiles his dwelling,
it is purged or purified by the blood of sheep <f-c. — 8. (k. ano) to
hinder from using, to stop, prevent, obstruct: okum gbosom ano, he
262 okuni — okuinp;i.
prevents the fetish from eating tlie new yam offered to him, by trans-
gressing a t'etisli-law. — 0. (k. ano) to prevent the effect or efficicne//
of, to render ineffective, inefficient: wakum aduru no ano = ode
nea aduru no kyi aka no, he has made the medicine ineffective (by
adding to, or eating with it, some other thing incompatible with the
medicine). — 10. k. ano, to finish, accomptish, complete, maJcc ready
[= G. gbe na, Tw. \vie]; wakum n'adow ano = ahaban a wosii,
wawie adow. — 11. kum gya, to put out the fire made at the yam-
custom, hy puttinci neiv yam into it ( wode de fot'oro koto afwiegyam')
to show that new yam may now be eaten universally. — 12. to dull,
to become dull or blunt, said of a) the edge (ano) of an instrument:
gsekah no ano akum, the edge of the knife is blunted; b) the mouth,
taste or appetite: n'anom akum, his mouth has lost its sensibility or
taste, i.e. he has lost the appetite; c) the eye: n'ani kum, his eye l((c/cs
its vigour, is dull or heavy i.e. he issleejjy, drowsy. F.n'anyiwa akum,
Mt. 26,48. ■ — 13. to be effaced, obliter(ded: dare no ani akum, the
stamp (marks or characters of coinage) on the dollar is effaced; srete
no so nsensane no akum, the lines drawn, on the slate have become ob-
lite rate d, i n disti net.
o-kum, inf. the act oi hilling t£-c.; defeat.
O-kum, a tree similar to an o/dc; wgde ye nnaka &c. cf. okuo.
k fun a, a-, jd. n- & nkCima-hkfima, a., s)n(dl. little {syn. kakra,
ketewa, kwada); young (opp. panyin); the form with a- is added
to names of persons: ne ba akuma, his youngest child; me nua ak.,
my small i.e. younger brother. — ^gya kuma, the father's brother;
ena k. or kakva, the father's or mother's sister. — n. a little; aka-
kuma (shortened into kokfima) little is wanting, used for almost,
nearly; soon. Gr. § 235 a. (229.)
ak Cim m a, j>?. li-, okunu nuaba, the htisband's sister.
akfima, ^jZ. n-, hatchet, axe; syn. abonua, atwapo.
knmabaj F. =; kuma.
kunia-bi, F. kumaba hi, very little, very few.
k fi ni-afr o f c (that which /t/7/s antelopes, inducing them to
run after the semblance of water until thoy are exhausted) a mirage,
an optical illusion frequently seen in deserts, presenting the appear-
ance of water; fata Morgana. Is. 35,7.
Kriin-apem-fi-apcm-beba fif you kill a thous((nd, a thousand
others will come] a by-name of the Asantes.
eku-mereme, s. eku = kontromfi.
iikumia, a kind of small ^vJlite ants; cf. mfote.
knmi-yaw [i)r. n. of a man] a kind of bayere, s. ode.
O-kuin koni (who kills i.e. stills hunger) a word used in address-
ing a benefactor, benefiecnt man, = odefo.
O-k u m"n i p a (who kills a man) a title used in addressing or prai-
sing a king, as having the power over life and death. Cf. Gr. §
39,9 6.
k u m 11 ii, a. rising in pillars (of smoke) ; Joel 2,30. Acts 2,1'J-
0-knm-pa [== okunu pa] a good husband; it is also used as a
kimiiiiruiu — UriuUiii. 263
}))•. II. of a slave piesontod by a man to liis wife, roiiiiiidiiiir Iicr
constantly tliat her slave is the j^it't of her "j^ood husband ".
kuin-iu I'aiu, a jiowerful means to cleanse or hccp from evil,
k 11 111 pun 6, F. the European ifovcrnor:, k. Brof'o, fhc (foccrnor
and his rliief officers (secretary, commissary, military officers, chief
justice).
a ki'i iu"-si'iiii;'iri, an aiintJet /r/ticfi hills i.e. dcslroys (nenlralizcs)
the power of other amulets, pr. 115.
krinito.'i, a kind oi' razor, s. oyiwan.
kfili, ^j/. ekunom, F. = oki'inu, -nom.
kuiia, widowhood, ilic slate of a widower or iridoiv; oye k., he
or she is in the state of a widower or widow, she perforins the didics
of a ividoiv.
kfiiia-ba, kunabea, a icidoiv hi'nig part of the inheritance of
her husband's successor; gfa no k., he marries her hi/ right of in-
herdancc.
kuna-daa, a widow's house or room.
o-kfinafo, pi. a-, widower; widow; obarima k., oba k.
k u na kawil, the first child born after the d(^ath of a husband
from his successor (brother or nephew) and named after the former
husband; oye k.
akuii-far, F. adidterij of a wife. Ml. 5,32.
c-kiiii-lbr, F. = okunu foforo, bridegroom. Mk. 2,19.
o-kuniiii, F. kunyin, j;?. a-, a. notable, distinguished, eminent,
remarlahle, renowned; capital; bone-kfmini, a great, chief ov car-
dinal sin (opp. bone mfetewa-mfetewa, minor sins); owg din-k. =
diii a esO na eye nwohwa; don-kdnini, the main arm//; onipa-k.
^=onipa a oye mmaninnc na ne ho a.s. nea obcye hhind ye nwohwa;
aseh-k. = asen-titiriw.
kuiikuma, 1. the water-pot of a fetish, .s.koro. — j:^. honquet,
hunch of flowers, nosegay'^ wgakyekye hfwireh no k., tlieg Imveliecl
up flowers in large leaves.
akiinse [okum ase] a cause or reason for fiilling or for waging
a tvar against a people.
kiinsunkuiisuin, discord, dissension, contention, strife, ra-
riunce, enmity; o-ne no ntam' aye k. bi, wodi k., k. da won ntam',
they are at variance, at enmity. 1 Cor. 1,11. 2 Cor. 12,20.
kuntaiiii, a. 1. large, bulky, fiugc, enormous, gigantic; clumsy;
esono gyina ho k. ; hyeh no abegyina k. (s. hyen); sore fi me fi na
wugyiua ho k. se odaii (gpohko). — sy)i. kaukrahh, kantahh, kfm-
tiihh, kiisu; wi. — ;?. esum k. = kabi, pitcfiy darlcness.
0-k fill til {pi. a-), wool; woollen cloth, flannel; woollen carpet,
blanket. — kuiitii-kye, a cap made of woollen cloth.
ak fin turn ma [kuntuh, ba] a little would-be-great, blu.'iterer,
swaggerer, bully, ruffian, pr. 1826.
0-k u 11 turn pa [kuntuh, clumsy'] the Jiyena, s. pataku.
k II n t u 11, V. 1. to bend, crook, curve; to be bent, crooked, or
264 kiintun — okuraaseiii.
curving; dua, ofasu no mu ak.; syn. kom, konton. — 3. to bend or
subdue under one's rule, to rule, (jovcrn, sway. — 3. to fglit, -wrestle?
pr. 1826. — 4. to strut, be swelled or puffed up, to bluster, swagger,
boast.
kfiii tCiii, a crooli'ed xjiece of wood in a snare or trap for catcli-
[ing birds.
kiintuiin, a. large, bidlcy, huge; dark; clumsg; cf. kuntanh,
k until 11, a by-name of the hyena, s. kuntumpa. [kusu.
akuntuii-akuntii I'l, blustering, stvaggering.pr.l670. syn. ahokyere.
k u n t u n-s i I'l, a headless and handless, sometimes feetless trunk
of a human or animal body, (/. akonsih.
0-kiinii {p)l. okununom) husband; the sister's husband.
O-kiin-yaw' [okum yawyaw] a painful way of killing; cf. ato-
[pere.
0-kuo, a large tree with fruits similar to acorns; rf.okww, okum.
akugsoii, the seven elders of a town (?); Nkran asafo ak., the
seven companies of Dutch Akra.
kill" a, V. [>rr^ knrakura] ]. to grasp, clutch, to hold by cdasping
with the fingers, to have, to bear in hand or on the arms; to be in
(the grasp or gripe of) one's hand: okura poma (wo ne nsam') or
poma kurano, he has a stick in his hand; ok. abofra wp n'abasa so,
he bears a child on his arm; cf. turu. Gr. § 102,2. Rem. — 3. to hold,
contain: nhoma yi kura nscn-liorow anafi, this book contains four
different matters. — 3. rcfl. to be self-dependent or independent, to
stand by ilself; nsem abieri yi kurakura neho (nenhinji dede neho),
ebi nnah bi, each of these two words is by itself (has its own meaning),
they cannot be interchanged.
•A\\\\i'i\^ pi. n-, mouse, pr. 311.720.1836 ff. — by-names: bewa, da-
biebio; aduemme, ahyemme (otewabe); akura-tawia; s. abotokura,
odontwi. — iikura-se, inf. [se hk.] pr. 232.
akura, jj?. h- = akurowa, F. akroba, [kfirow, dim. Gr. §20,4]
hamlet, a village on a plantation, inhabited by the family and the
slaves of the pi'oprietor; oko akura, Gr. § 124,1. ote akurjl, he lives
on the plantation. - Ak. village, country town. i.e. any town besides
the capital.
kiiraba, F. = kuruwa. Mt. 10,42. 20,22.
a k II ramp oil, by-name of the tree called oscsea. i}r'.2917.
ilk II ran, courage, firni>iess{'^) - hye.. nk., to encourage.
nkiiran-hj^e, inf. encouragement, = baninhahye.
iikiiranto, ya nk., reply on a salutation, made to royal prin-
ces at Kumase.
iikiir a-iili wi [lit. mice-hair] down, the soft hair of bidies or of
the face (the beard) when beginning to appear; nhwi biara a ennya
mmirii ; the pubescence of plants.
u-kiiraaseni, /^/. n- -fo [akurfi asc 'ni] down, rustic, peasant;
a. person living constantly on the plantation, never coming to the
town; syn. ofiimni.
kiireiiu — Akiiro[)OU. '265
kiireiiu, a. clear, dearlji visible; inmepgw gyinae k.
k u r (^ 11 11 y li, a. clear, limpid, pare ; nsu no ye k., ani atow k.
kiiro, Ak. F. (pl. a-), s. kfirow, kuru, «fc kiirokiiro.
iikiiro, complaint; controcersi/, dispute, contest, debate; me ne
no wo nk., / hare a complaint against him; me ne no boo hk,, /
)nade mij complaint ayainst him; mobop mo iik. mekyereo won, /
told tliem (brtiiKjht before them) mil complaint (a<;ainst another per-
son); wpbo Ilk., theif are OKjar/ed in confrorersif. theij state their ca-
ses before the jnd(fes.pr. 538. (asem hi ato bi ne bi ntam' na worekekil) ;
cf. kokodwe.
nkuroha, Mkiirol)aso, ^j/. n-, V. = akura, akuvaase. 3It. 9,35.21,2.
1*1 kill' 0-1 10, inf. = ntei'i-yi.
kurobow, a sivcet-.st)iellinff resin or (jam; the tree yielding
it^ dua bi a emu nsu nene se ehyc na ne huam nti mmea yam ye.
jikurodo, n-, carol, son y of mirth, lay; a play with danciny
or amb)dati)Ki and sinyiny, accomjianied by the clapping of hands
or by adenkinn-bg; amusement, sport, frolic, yambols;*- wotweak.
= woto dvVoin kyini mniorgn so, they siny or carol i)i the streets;
they play, frolic, n-anto)i\ ak. na gnam twe da, loiteriny about and'
sportiny was his constant occupation; ot\va nk. = gkasa pi, u'ano
yc berebere or betebete, he is loquacious (?).
akiiro-fo [kurow fo] the site of a destroyed town, = amamfo.
iikiii'ofo [pl. of kuroni] the inhabitants of a town, townsfolk;
people; me nk., my relations, my townsmen or countrymen; cf. okuro-
niu-ni.
kuro-kesc [kiirow kese] a larye town, city, capitcd.
kiii'okui'Oj a kind oi pot-herb or veyetable; fan a wodi.
kiirokuro, a. loquacious, tallcatire, yamdous; icdtliny, pratt-
liny, pratiny; chattiny, chaiteriny; pert, forward, bold, meddliny;
froward, peevish, fretful; gye or n'ano ye k. = birebire, he is lo-
quacious dr. (abofra a gka nsem a ense no se oka, na oka asem biara
a obehu, ode neho fra nsem hhina mu &c.)
o-kurokurofo, jj7. a-, babbler, blabber, tattler, talJier, telltale;
a yrumbliny, peevish, person, yrumbler.
o-kuro-nin-nij pl. a- -fo, inhabitant of a town; ahgho ne akuro-
mu-fo, stranyers and residents; cf. kuroni.
kill" oil 11, kuroiikuroii, a. 1. deep, very deep; amoaorabura
yimuyekiirohn o>-kuronkuronkiiron, or, dgkk. ; syn. donkudonku;
low in situation, lyiny far below or beneath: bepgw no korgh, wu-
gyina so a, fam' ye kiirohkuron; woforo dua a, nafam' ado kk. —
:2. steep, precipitous; bepgw no siah kk., the mountain descends in
a steep declivity. Mt.8,S2.
kuroni \^nvo\\-m~\townsman, countryman, i.Q.one of the same
town or country with another; cf. nkurofo.
i\]fi\\ Y 6 WW \\.{v, sandals of wood; cf. mpaboa, ntokota.
Akuro-pon [kurow, pgii] j;r. n. of the capital of Akuapera (also
called Komah) and of a town in Akem.
266 iikurotiim' — kiirnni.
ilk n ro-tjim' [nkurow ntain'] fltc wan between two towns.
iikuro-tepa: obo nk., he travds froni town to town; s. tcp<»-
kiiro-tia [kiirow tia] end, Ijorder, outslcirt, entrance of a town.
kuro-tia, j;/. li-, a coniitn/ town, villor/e, opp. to the capital;
a 2)ctty, nnimportant town or countri) (as Aknapem, Akem, in com-
parison with Asante).
iikiiro-to w, Ak.-too, the single towns or townships of a country,
"Akyem hk. si 333." Cf. amantow,
kiirotwiamaiisa, the leopard, s. osebo. jn: 319.984.
kurow, kiiro, pi. n-, 1. town, villafjc; cf. akura, oinan. — ;?.
any inhabitecl place or country, one's own country or home; oko kfi
row bi so, he went to some foreign place; okg ne kurom', he has re-
turned to his native country.
kiiro-mu-pan yiii, hurgomaster. - kuro-mpanyimtb, magisirate.
a kiirow a, F. akroba [kiirow, di>n.'\ a small town; s. akura.
kiirii, V. fred.kukuru, (2. C.J 1. to tie together (r/". iikufo); to tie
grass on a roof i.e. to thatch, roof, put a roof on, cover ivith a roof;
ok. dan so = ode sare kata daii so. — 2. to lift up (in order to sliow) :
, ode kuru neho nini kwa, in this he exalts himself for nothing, boasts
tvithout right or reason.
kurii, V. [red. kurukuru] .s. knruw.
c-k u I'll, Ak. kuro, 2^1- a-, n f^o'C wound, pr. 1423-2.5. 18.54-60. ~
cf apirakurii, a bleeding wound; akWykuvn, an ulcer; poinpo, a boil,
abscess. — Ne kuni ado nsu, his sore has collected jj».s or purulent
»ja//er,-- ado inpumpunase, has swelled or bloated the skin with serum
or matter; - atu, has become purulent; -!i\)ovovi, has become putrid;
- asa, awn, has healed; - ne nsatea ye k. pr. 279G. - oda ak. mu ^
ne ho lihina atutu ak. pr. 700. - kum or sa k., to heal a sore.
a k u r 11, = kokoram, q. v.
k ii r u (1 11 dii, ///(' cracking, crashing, clattering, rattling or rum-
bling sound o{ l)ursts or peals of thunder, of an ea rthf2 uake tOc. —
osoro bobom' k. 5 asase wosow kurururu.
kuru dud 11, ado. accurately, exactly, in due order; syn. \)[i-
pepe ; tase nhoma yi boa ano k.
kurukere, s. kurukyerew.
akuruki'iro-de, j>?. n-, iikiinikur-ade, old things, old articles.
kurukuriipa, a kind of yam, s. ode.
kurukuruw, red. r. kuruw.
k u r u k u ru wa, a. round and large, of Hat and globular things;
circular; globular, S2)herical; cf, korokorowa, puruw; kontohkron,
dantaban, hahkare, katraka.
kurukyerew, As. kurukere, v. to scrawl, scribble, 'ivrite; ode
asem no ak. hhoma no so ; cf. kyerew.
kiirum, V. [red. kurunkurum] to bend, bow, crook, curve; to
be bent, crooked, curving; ok. ne mu; gsekan no ak.; ofasu no ak.
= akuntufi; hkontoni nantu akk. se adare; syn.kom, konton &c.
k 11 rum, a. bent, crooked; f (Use; duayiyek.; adanse-kurura,
false tvitness.
kui-uin — kiitu. 267
kiln'im', n. \voj;-ye no k. = woji^ye no pene, wopeno no, the//
(ippland, )tO(I assciil, receive or accept favourahlji.
I'l k 11 V (\ 111 a, ohra, ochra, oJcro, Ifihiscit.s csculeiidoi, an annual
plantand its green seed-pods aboundinj; in nutritious mucilage, used
for soups, salad, pickles. — iikniilia-rMi'i [cf. fan] i/ie i/oinii/ leaves
of the olcra plant, used for soups like cabbage. — nknitiiri-IViw [cf.
afuw) an olcra plantation. — iikrum;i-k\v;iu [cf. nkwanj u soup
prepared with the green pods of the plant.
0-kurrmi, j>/. a--f6, s. okruni. — kiiniiikuniiii, red. v. kuruni.
nkiiruny ail, a kind octree; dua hi a wowe nedua; wodt; si
dan ye akoraten.
k u r u 1 1 a y i s i, aniwa k., ci/chall, apple or globe of the eye ; pupil.
kiiriitii, an animal, yr. 520.
kuriiw, V. to cut several things together or plenty of things
at once (sare, brode, nnua, ti, nsa, nan); to cut into sevend pieces
(onipa, dua); red. kurukuruw; siin. twitwa.
k urn w;i, pi. n-, a kind of vessel, espec. for fluids, artificially
made of earth, porcelain, glass, wood or metal; pitcher, Jug, mug,
cup iC'c. Cf. kuku.
kiiruwa, Okw. = kora.
k h s n, kusnkiisii, a. 1. dark. dusJ://. obscure, dim, dull, gloomy,
shadowy, ncbulou.s. indistinct; gdan mu ho ye k., it is dark in the
house; ni'ani soye me k., my eyes are dim, it is dark before my eyes;
hyei'i apue k., a shi2) has (qu'cared indistinctly on the horizon; wim
aye k., the sky is dark, overcast, clouded; anim aye k., the air is
dusky, the dusk of the evening has set in; dua yi (ase) ye k., this tree
is shady. — 2. rank, luxuriant in growth; nwura no abura k. = aye
ahabah bebre, ode no abua k. — 3. overgrown with ivood, wooded,
woody. — 4. damp; s. kusukusu^. — 5. dull, heavy, weak; me tirim
yeme k. (from wantofsleep); meyafunum' ye me k., I have (( strange
feeling in my belly, havcno appetite. — knsu-fam", k.-asase, s.kusum.
kiisiikiikii, a thick mist or fog; cf. omununkum.
kiisukusu, 1. s. kiisu; ogya aso kk., the fire burns dimly. —
2. damp, dirty, nasty; syn. fouofong, wusuwusu.
kiisfim', kusil-fam', k.-asase, north. Scr. (Heb. zaphon.) Cf.
kwaem', ketem'.
kiisuin, fraud, decejition; wadi me k., he has defrauded or
cheated me, taken unfair advardage of me; kusum-a-ne-kuriim,/'n'»frZ
is (nothing but or the same as) fidsehood or unrighteousness, he has
bluntly deceived me, wawie me ye kora.
a k u s u w, a kind of river-fish.
ukiito [nko, to, adv.^ alone, only, but; ne hkuto (= giio hko)
wg ho, he alone is there; onni biribiara sc duaba nk., he eats nothing
but fruits.
ki'itu, a kind oi pot used to boil soup in; cf. kuku.
k 11 1 u, kiitukiitu, expresses a feeling of being bloated, or, the
noise of boiling ivater; me yafunu(m') ye mekiitu, me yafunu ahuru
268 akutii — kwa.
aye k. = me yaf. aliye, m)i hdlij is hloated or puffed up, rnflated,
distended: aduah no liuru kutukutu, ihc food hods ivith a bubbling
noise.
akutu,7>/. id., orange: orange-tree. — akuti'i-aba, orange-seed.
— akutii-dua, orange-tree. — akutu-gua, aj>pte (combining qual-
ities of akutii & oguawa)5 cf. granate-akutu.
kutfi-l)0, dan kutu do bo, F. cornerstone. Mt. 31,42. Mk. 12,10.
kutududu, bud; Icnop; syn. kukudu'dh': abo k., // has pro-
duced (or groivn into) a bud.
k u t u r k u, jyr. 2438. gyama-k., j)r. n. ? coward'^
kutuku, F. \ pi. a-, fist, the hand angular!// dcnclied so as to
kutriruku, f render the knuckles hard and protuberant; cf.
twere &. the foil.
kutu r u m 6 (\, fist, the hand clenched roiindlg so as to approacli
to the shape of a ball; (/'. kutruku & twere.
aku-tutu, inf. a disease producing ulcerating sores; gyare ak.
or akuru, watutu akuru, akuruatotow no, gyeokufo: cf. kwakorani.
kuw, V. 1. to draw or jndl out, off, a wag; s. red. knknw- okuw
no af\\ e ho ^ owere no afwe fam', he draws awag his feet to niaJce
him fall. — J2. to cut close to the root: ode adare k. wura, sare; kuw
dua no ase = twa ase p;i ara ma ento fam' (that ihc cutting reaches
to the ground).
e-]\.uv:, j)l. (akuw)akuw. a heap, a collection of things; a collea-
tivc hod// of persons, pr. 6S4. — bo k., to niaJic a hcaj>, put in heaps;
oboa ntrama k. gugu ho.
O-kuw, a large tree; eho wo nsge, csowaba kg , tentrehu hyem'.
A kuw a, s. Akua.
I'lkuwa-iikuwa = akuru hketenkete, small sores.
kwa, V. s. kwaw, kwae & kwati.
kwa- in cpds. is often a shortening of koa or akoa; some-
times it is -kwa, or shortened into ko-. Gr. ^ 20,4.
0-kwa, adv. onl/j, solely, merely, simply, purely, absolutely;
ivithout design, insipidly; tvithout cause, gratuitously; gratis, for
nothing, to no purpose, to no profit, vainly, in vain; unused, nncm-
ploycd, idle; gkgg hg kgfsvee kwa, he went there only to look; gnam
ho kwa, gnye fwe, he merely walks about, doing nothing; obi mfgn
kwa, pr. 1.31. 1784. 2383. wgtah me kwa, John 15,25. — munyaa no
kwa, momfa mma gkwa, Mt. 10,8. gprem no da hg kwa, the canon
lies there 2(nused: ogyinahg kwa, he is standing there idle. It is also
used elliptically, 6\Gr.§ 248,4. Syn. teta, hunu (Ak.hun), F. gyan,
gyennyah (ara); teta ara kwa; cf. koril.
akwa, ^v/. n-, F. = akoa.
akwa, a round-about way, h//-way; yi akwa = kwae, v.
kwa, V. [red. kwakwa] to male incisions(?).
kwa, jJ?. a-, n-, 1. joint, juncture of limbs in an animal body;
joint or knot in the stem of a plant, as of grass or cane; ahene mmg
akwa — kwadi'i. 269
m'akwa akron* yi biaraso, I have no heads fled on any of my nine
joints. — 2. joint^=i\\(i pai-t included botween two joints, knots or
articulations: ne nsatea kwii 1 se akwa 2 atwa, one or two Joints
of his finfjer are rut off; gkyee me afVvcrow nkwa 2, he gave me 2
Joints of su[f<ir-r(ine. — .V, tin]:, ring (of a chain). — (4. It is ques-
tionable whether k wii can be used for a Jim!) or member of the hn-
nitui l)0(iy, or for a nieniljcr or frifoir of a society: Kristo ak\v;T no
bi ne me, meye Kristo ho kwii.)
"Akwji akrui'i a wohye so aliene a.s. Jiriwa ne: wo batwew so,
wo bakon so, wo nantu, wo nanase ne wo asehmu a.s. wo koi'imu.
ji k \\ a = akoawa, a small slave.
(j-kwa, ph a-, F. — - afuw, ])lantntio)i; Mk. V>,34. — oko ne kwa
so akgfa aduan aba; madgw akwii abien. — a k\v a-su-l"u, l'\ tlie
people living on the plantation, = mfumfo, s. ofumni.
ukwA, life, vitality; rigour, health; happiness, felicity; cf. ase-
trfi; nkwa ne akwahosan, life and health ; - g-yehkwa, to preserve,
to save from death.
ak \v a I) a, nkwjibo! iidcrj. \ akg aba] welcome! form of salutation
to one arrivinj;- after a temporary absence; cf. aba-o, abo, Gr. § 1 47,5.
om.l no akwiiba, he hids him welcome.
akwabtli'i (obsol.) = ntetea.
Kwabenfi^ pr.w.ofaboy or man born on Tuesday. Gr.§41,4.
kwabena-JitSVi [pr.n. of a man] a kind of bayere; s. ode.
kwaberau [akoa gberan] a well-sized, strong slave, pr. 187.
kwaborontuWj s. kwae.
Kwabei'eiiyan, a village belonging to Kankan (Dutch Akra),
where Adow Dan kwa, king of Akropong, died, wherefrom tiie name
became an oath of the kings of Akropong.
kwa-beteii, cf. gbe-teh. pr. 2828.
akwji-bo [nea wgbg no kwa] = gboabg, gsebgw, q. r.
iikwa-da. lit. life-day, a day of 24 hours, including the night;
da a adekyee ne adesae wom'; emu nngnfwerew 12 ye adekyee,
na emu 12 ye adesae; cf. adekyee, awia.
kwada^ -dawa, a. small, lilUc; syn. ketewa, kcima, kakni.
akwadil, a little boy or c7<//f7 = abofra ketewa; F. an old man,
^= akwakora. — asem akw. na wokci kyere me = nea woka no,
enye se wudweii ne no. — iik w ada(wa)seni, 1. triek(s), sly pro-
cedure, pr. 154. — 2. = mmofrasem (?).
akwadamma, mttslet; syn. otuo. pr. 2262.
kwadaw, v. to he exercised and brought to cleverness, to he
practiced, accustomed ; wakw. ho, he is well versed or expert in it,
accustomed to it. Cf. kokwaw,
o-k w a d u, pi. a-, a species of antelope; pr. 515. s. gdabg.
kwadu-ampon-kyerefo, = ewea.
kwadu. kwadu-atia, pi. id. banana; banana-tree; Musa sa-
pientum ; cf. oborgde. — kwadu-bakiia, a species o{ banana-tree.
270 okwadiim — iikwakorabere.
— kwadu-diia, hanana-trec. — k^vadu-du^■u, the icholc cluster of
fruits of the hanana-trec; s. oduru. - — kwadu-tViaw: anode a etna
n'aba no ano. D.As. — kwadu-suhv, a hand or smaller cluster of
4 to 8 hananas, s. osiaw, — 2. epcmlet, shoulder-piece of military of-
ficers, called so from its resemblance to a hand of bananas.
0-k w a d u m, ^^Z. a-, a large barrel of gunpowder ('/s kegV); cf.
atentenini , akotowa.
0-kwadwero, a-, idleness, sloth, laziness; gye-, he is idle, lazy,
slothful. Si/n. anihaw, werehunu. — 0-kwadw6tu, F. kwadwefo,
pl.Si-1 idler, lazy person, sluggard; Mt. 25,26. syn. onihafo.
Kwadwo, ^r.w. of amale person born on Monday; Gr.§41,4.
kwadwo-bowere, = osebg.
• iikwadwo, a kind of head; s. ahene.
kwadwem, F. lamentation. Mt. 2,18.
k"\va-d\vom, a song of mourning, o .so»y/ expressive of sorrow
and lamentation, delivered in a dramatic manner: an elegy (dviom
a.s. asem a onipa wu a wonionia wg n'ayi ase de ka ne nsem a gtraa
ase no odii); gkgbe k\v.; onim kw, be = onim su; to, t\va, monia kw.
kwae, V. to go round about, take a round-about way, by-wviy
or side-ivay; syn. yi akwa, kwati kwaii, man babi; - to turn (the
enemy); - to avoid, evade, elude; to dispense ivith; eye ade a wgii-
kwae (nto ho), it is an indispensable thing or nudter ; yebekwae ntam
araa wo, we shall absolve thee from the oath.
e-kwae, forest, wood, thicket; pr. 1006; the wooded inland coun-
try, bush-country; cf. wura, ahabah, gdgtg. — kwae-bereiituw, a
dense forest. — akwaefo, people living in the bush-country. —
y-kwaefoiii, one of those living in the bush-country. — kwaenv,
kwae mu, pr. 1873 f. in the forest, icooded inland; north; r/". knsum'5
ojip. pom' = po mu. — akwaewa [dim.] small wood, grove, cop-
jnce, copse, shrubbery; undcnvood. pr. 1872.
kwalb, 2)1. a-, F. = okuafo.
jikwafVveaba, s. kofw. | lotv, mean people; cf. akwanihumani.
M k w a fw e a ban fo, pi. \ the lowest people; cf. odeseni.
kwagyadii, = kontrorafi. pr. 187.5.
akwatryansa, = odompo. pr. 1887.
akwagyiiiamoji |akoa-agy., slave of the cat\ .9. gkramjin. pr. 1637.
o-kwaha, gkgha, a disease in the limbs, rheunudism ; gkw. ano
ye den kyen osenmii.
iikwahauia, pr. 1793. cf. nuuahama.
akwali osaii, life and hecdth, returning or long continuing
health; pr. 162. 2519. ma onnya nkwil ne akw., = ma ne ho nye no
den. (F. hkwa ahosan, saving heidth. Ps.67,2.J
iikwahumafo, s. akwanihumani.
akwako, a kind of yam, s. gde.
akwakora, akwakwarawa, jj?. n-, an old man; syn. akora;
wabg akw., he has become an old man.
hkw akora-bere, old age; cf. mraerewa-bere.
I
kwakoram — okwan. 271
kwakoraui; = akututu? cancer of the nose? a. kokoram.
K w a l< u, j)r.ii. of a male person born on Wednesday. Gr.§41,4.
g-k wa ku, -o, pi. a-, a species of inoiiLei/ = osuii. pr. 4.')'} 1.1009.
kwaku-iitaku-aiiuin, a by-nanu' of the (judt. s. abirekyi.
kwakurekure, a kind of bird.
g-k\vakwd ^^ dabodabo.
kwa'kwadabi, raven; sijn. anene, wawa.
kwakyo, a by-uanie of the ridfnre, opete. ;jr. 26'S(9.
kwakye-agyei, a by-name of the apetebi. }:r.269Ji.
Kwakyo, j^f- »• >«• Kwakyewa, pr. ri. /'., pr. 35s3.
g-kwa-kyeiikyena = kwae mn akyehkyena, a kind of hoopoe.
akAva-kyere [akoa akyere] ^)/. n-, royuc, rascal, scoundrel, rd-
lain, wretch; f/allows-hird, ( rack-hemp. cracJc-rope, harig-doij.
A k wain (AkNvamu)^>r. >?. of a Tshi tribe, their country or king-
dom, its capital and dialect. Gr. p. XII. — 0-kwamiii, Okwamn-
ni, pi. A- -fo, an Akicam-nian, likivam-pcopHc.
a k w a ni-iii a, -ni a [ok w an, dim.^ pjl. h-, a small way, path, lane,
by-way.
kwama 11, 7>/. n- -fo, a slave of a deceased Iciny before he lias
a new master; - pi. people ivithoid a hiny; the common people, the
populace; mob, rabble, pr. 1882.2890. — kwamaii-mai'i,;>/.-aman
[nkoa-omriiij republic; democracy ; cf. kwasafoman.
k waina I'l-maii-pefo, democrat.
kwainan-tumi, iikwaiuaulb-tiimi, ochlocracy. Hist.
I'l k w a in in a n o a, pr. 2478.
Kwa'ine, Ak. Kwamena, ;«-.?;. of a male person born on Sa-
turday. Gr. § 41,4. [G. Kwamli.]
kwame-fwi [j^r. n. of a man] a kind of bayere, s. ode.
kwanie-tabi, a by-name of the akwantwea.
kwti'inena , an ant-hill of small ivhite ants. pr. 1888.
akwam-mew [gkwan, abew] the roots of trees runniny across
the road; any obstacle in the way.
akwam-ianu [okwan afanu] clover, clover-yrass, trefoil.
o-kwain-ferene, alley, walk, avenue of trees.
o-kwamfo, j^?. a- [kwane] roicer.
akwam-fo, pi. n-, [okwan, afo] a desolate, bad, impassable way.
g-kwam-fuwi [okwan a afuw] an overgrown way.
akwam-mg, inf. [bo kwan] the making of a road.
nkwam-mge, a ivell-madc road.
kwan, V. F. s. kwane 3.
kwaii, V. fred. konkwan q. v.] to wind or put round: ode ntama
akwan n'asen, he has icound a small doth (of 1 '/g yards) round his
loins ( — of a large cloth fur a would be i;sed).
g-kwan, pi. a- [Ak. okwane] 1. way, road, paili; ne fi kwan,
tlie way to his house, pr. 483. cf. otempon, gsa, akwanima, unantam',
iikurotam'; passage, walk, route, course; cf. afae, mpotam'. — 2.
272 akwaii — akwauko.
opening: onipa ho akwan nlnnii, s. fei. — 3. place, spare. — 1. fig.
way, manner, mode; proper place or manner, order; s. kwanmu,
kwanso. — F. means; mboa ii'akwan no, the means of grace. —
4. fig. permission, allowance, leave, liberty, license; occasion. — Y.
kwanmu, laufally, rigJiteonsly. — Phrases with governing verbs
(alphabetically arranged): bg kwah, to mciJce a tvay; - bg kwan
(fita), to clear a way. - fa gkwan (bi so), to take a way or road; -
fa kwanmu, F. to he laivfal. - fwe.. kwaii, to expect, look out for.
- fom or t kwan, to miss the way. - gya.. kwan, to dismiss, dis-
pcdch, accompany. - h y e .. kwah, to supply with necessaries or means
for a journey. - hyia.. kwan, kwah mu, kwah so, to meet on the
way. - kg kwah, to go on a journey. - ky er e .. kwah, to show the
way. - kyere ..so kwah, to betray. - ma. .(ho) kwah, to give way
i.e. to give permission, occasion, leave, libetiy, license, to piermit, (d-
loiv, suffer; to admit. - uya (ho) kwah, to obtain permission, be ^^er-
mitted, find occasion, be able. - si kwah (mu or) so, to set out (on
a journey), to depaii. - siw.. kwah, to hinder, impede, obstruct,
2)revent, prohibit, forbid. - to kwah, to grant ov give liberty, freedom,
to give a loose; ode papa kwah ato yeh ho, Ite has laid before us, i.e.
enabled ns to choose, the ivay for good. - to (or f o m) kwah, to miss
the way. - tu kwah, to undertake a journey. - t\Va gkwah, a) to
make or cut out a way = yi kw. - b) to cross or jyass over a way.
- c) to shorten a tvay, pr. 1892. - yera gkwah, to lose the way, go
astray, to err. - yi kwah, to open, prepare or mrdie a new way. —
Okwah no ano afuw, na akyiri-nohoa de, wgabg, the beginning of
the way is overgrown, but farther on it is cleared.
akwaii-akwaii, adv. cdongthe way. in walking; lyr. 2474. ndii
brgde no akw.; grekg no, na gto dwom akw. de kg.
0-kwaii-ast', the end of the way.
o-k\\ aii-asu, the edge or border of the way; cf. gkwahkyeh.
Ilk wail, soKji; nom -, to take (prop, drink) soup. Cf. aduah.
kwane, v. 1. to cackle; akokg no kw., gbeto, this hen cackles,
it will lay (eggs). — 3. to hawk, hem; gkw, ne menewam', he is clear-
ing his throcd; kw. hohore, to force up phlegm by hawking. — .3.
F. kwan, to row, ptaddle; syn. hare; deriv. gkwTimfo.
o-kwane, Ak., s. gkwah. — iikwane, Ak., s. hkwah.
akw a line [gkwah ade] passage-money, passage-toll, turnpike-
toll, toll, custom, didy.
g-kwaii-fwe, inf. [fwe gkwah] expectation.
akwaii-hye-de [ade a wgde bye gkwah] subsistence, money
given to carriers to buy their food on the way. pr.3004.
akwaii-liyia. inf. [hyia.. kwah] going to meet one.
a k w a-n i hum a n i [akoa onihftmani] a perscm of no rank, of
low social condition; = gdeseni.
akwaii-kg inf. [kg kwah] setting oid on a journey; pr. 1071.
akw, hemahema se de, mintumi mehkg bi da, / shall never be able
to set forth upon a journey so early in the morning.
akwaii-ko-oy;i. inf. [gya akwahkg] acrompa)iying on the way;
cf. akwannya.
kwaiikora — Nkwaiituiiau. 273
kwan-kora, As. kwaiikwara, nkwanta, pi. n-[nkwan, kora],
larf/e sjjoon, ladle, soup-lddle. carved of wood. pr. 1890.
kwaiikora-SL'iilb, a maker of ladles.
ak \v an kwa, pJ. i\- [akoa] youth, yoiOKj man. yr. 1897. — syn.
aberante, -wa, -kwa. — ^. dandy, fop, coxcomb. — uk wankwa-
scm, fiiruttiiifi, flaioifiny, finery, fopjiishness; ostentation ; di nkw.,
pr. 230.:^53. cf. kyea & inmerantiwasem.
ukwai'ik wa-diia, Ak. = osekyedua.
0-k\van-k yon [okwau nkyen] the ivay-side. by the icay, pr.l898.
the edge or border of a road or path ; syn. ykwan-aso.
g-k\van-ky rre, inf. the act of showiny the ivay. pr. 648.
0-k\van-kycretb, pi. a-, guide, leader.
u-k\van-uia, inf. [m& okwau] 2)ermission, allowance, leave, li-
cense; admittance.
g-k\va n-nm, a-, in the icay, in the proper manner, ■■= kwahso,
a-; ef. abraiiimo-kwaiimu.
o-k wan-niii-ka, inf. occasional hiyh-ieay robbery.
o-kwaiHUukalo, hiyh-icay robber.
akwa n-niii-stjm [a word heard on the way, (}v. § 194] news,
report, information received on the road.
nkwa-noa [kwae iluo] the neighbourhood of the primeval forest;
cf. nhanoa, nsanoa.
K\\ anokn, ^z'. n. of a weak or worthless man. jjr. :.'969.
nkwa-iionia [kwae anoma] a bird from the (primeval) forest.
o-k wan-sen [nkwan, gsei'i] soup-pot.
nkwau-siane [okwah, siaue] by-way; cf. akwa, akwatikwan;
akwansL-de, s. akwansisem. [wafa nkw.
0-kwan-siu [okwah sin] ^j/. a-, the extent, length or distance of
a way or road, from one appointed halting place to another; pr. 818.
— a mile.
akAVansinima fdi)n.] pjl. h-, a smaller division of a way; a sta-
dium; a furlong; cf. ofretekwah.
akwan-siw, inf. [siw kwah] the act of hindering dc., hinder-
ance, impediment, obstacle.
akwansi-seni, hinderance, impediment, difficulty.
g-kwan-srafo, />/. a- [sra okwah] scout, spy.
o-k\vaii-so, a-, on the way, in the proper place, manner, order; fa
uneema no toto n'akwahso == siesie nneema no yiye, put these things
in order; enye ne kwahso = ne krohkrohso, that is not the prop>er
way. — \wAi\^b-k^\y(ihiib, properly, orderly, in due order; oye n'ade
hh. kw. — akwan-so-se m, = akwahmusem.
iikwan-ta [okwah nta] double road i.e. the place where a road
branches off into two, or, where two roads cross, pr. 284. 2983. —
ogyina own ne hkwa hkw.
nkwan-ta [hkwah ta] As. = kwahkora, ladle; cf. bebeta.
iikwantaben, a kind of head, s. ahene.
ukwanta-bisa, a plant. — Nkw.,^jr. n. m.
Nkwanta-nah, pr. n. of a town or village (in Akem&c.)from
which four roads proceed.
18
274 akwaiitea — okwasea.
akwaiitea, 5. opurow.
a-kwantemmerefda, a kind of bird.
akwan t em t'i, some where hi or o)i the way, not near the start-
ing-place nor the end of the journey.
alcwanten-befua, a single pnlm-mit foiDid on the waji. (Wo
ba iikasa a, na wofa raa no di, na okasa!)
0-kwan teiini, wanderer, traveller, tradesman, journeying tra-
der, syn. batani; nea onam rekodi guA; akwantemfo asafo, caravan,
company of travellers or merchants.
o-kvvan-tcnteu, a Jong way ov journey.
g-kwan-tia, a short tvay or journey. pr.2815.
11 k waii-tia [ok wan tia] jrr. 1903. the end of a way ; the outskirts
of a town, syn. kurotia.
a k wan-tu, inf. [tu k\van| journey, travel ; voyage. — - o-kwan-
talb, jj/. a-, wanderer. — akwanti'i-kotokii, travelling-pouch or -hag.
— akwaiitiise [akwantu ase] the reason for nndertahing a journey,
the intentiem, aim or design in travelling.
akwaii-twea, a kind of animal; by-name: kwame-t<abi,
akwa 11-iiya. inf. [gya.. kwah] dispatrhing; accompanying on
the way, syn. akwankogya. — g-kwaii-nyafu, pl.^-, companion, con-
ductor; escort, convoy.
ak wau-ny a [okwan agya] the opposite side of the ivay. pr.369.
nkwjin-ye [nea wode ye nkwan| hoot, gain, advantage; what
is given in addition (over and fd>ovc 'nsim' and 'ntoso') in buying
fishes.
g-k w a p a 0, /"oo/. hloclhcad, dullard dc. Roy. 501. z=~ okwasea,
ogyennyentwi. — iikwapae-sem, .s///Mikwaseasem, agyimisem&c.
kwapeii, by-name of the dog; s. gkraman.
kwarifa, -fiia, = okisi, rat ; pr. 210. 371.
kw asiij rikwasA, a kind of tree or .shrub; oduahyen di n'aba.
kwas afo [hkoa asafo] j^l- id; a person or thing belonging to
the whole company or comnmnity. — kwasalu-dc, a thing or things
belonging to a community or sei'ving for the rise of all; common or
public projierty. — kwasatbdo-})e, communism ; kw.-])efo, commtt-
nist. Hist. — kwasafo-dua, a tree (bearing frnit) for common use.
— k wasa fo-iuri 11, rejiublic; common-wealth; syn. kwaman-mi'in.
— k\va.satbinaii(j»(')tb, the rej)ublica)i party. — kwasatb-iiij }tl. -fo,
a republican. — kwasaf o-sase, a common, common or public
ground. — kwasafo-sem, a palaver in ivhich everybody is allowed
to give his opinion.
iikwa-ase, the end of a pilantation ; afuw (F. akwa) no nkoa
a.s. ano a.s. anafo a ede reko hhanoa. pr. 1007. cf. nkoa.
0-kwasea, ^>/. h-, n- -fo, fool, idiot, ignorant or stupiid person,
silly fell oiv ; simpleton, dolt, dunce, dullard; oye gkw. se oguah, he
is as stupid as a slieep; - syn. ogyennyentwi, ogyimfo, osesafo ; cf.
obodamfo, ogyefo; kwapae, kwatee, tiboiikoso. — kwasea, fool-
ishness, stujiidity. — nkwaseam', in a foolish manner. — iikwa-
soa-de, foolish things or dv'ds; V. (-dy.e) folly. — I'lkwasea seiii,
IvWiiscsii — kwjiw. 275
foolish talk or hehaviour, f'ooUs/niess, follji. — I'l k wii s e ;i-f o w, a
lunic (liotijiVtnfi of the favourite dish of the negroes called 'fufu'.
kwuscsji, <t inixttirc of rlui/f and red clai/ to nih |kwaw| the
tloor of dwellin<>s with; wpde osiUo a. s. niposa*^. a.s. hrotlelia-akua
na wode ye.
Ivwasi, pr. n. tjf a male person born on Sunday, (ir. i? 41,4.
Akwasilia, -\v;i, Akosiiti, />r. ti. of a female burn on Sunday.
Kwasi-da, Siindaif; if. dapen. — ak\N;isi-dao =rad\vedae.
kwasi-ama I'lk wa, tidihearcr, tell-t(dc; oyc kw. =oye nsa-
kyi-nsjiyani", lie is douhh'-foiHfited, dercilftd, frr/ichcrons; cf. gfako-
ne-fabafo.
k \v;'i s i;i i-f, itn'riVPj'iiiiKj. fiini!//d/iirss. coitcri/ : wuye kw. r=
I woye ahiintai'i.
I'lkwa-som, inf. V. ■— nkoa-snin, service of shires, shiveni.
g-kwd.soui, id. a- -fo, a pcr.HOti (ph people) lirintf on ihe phin-
fotioii; s. ofumni.
kw ilt a, le))rosi/ ; ,s7/«. piti, fawoliOkodi; yare kw., to he leprous.
g-k\vataiii, jm/. a- -fo, Jejier; .y/n. opitini.
o-kwatakyi, ]. a brave person. raJiaid omn. — 2. hraveri/,
valour; - s. gkatakyi, akatanini.
kwatoe [recent] /'oo//.sA»f.ss, eoneeif. fopj'C'vi/, flaiiiifiiKj, hrag-
(jintj. prelentioiisness ; oye kw. rrtr ghoahoa neho; rf kwapae, okwa-
sea, kwasiare.
kw;i tcrc.kwa, ragamvffni, ragged ov nearhi naked fellow;
pr. 1910. F. kwatserkwa. Ml;. 14,5^. cf. kwati, kwawow.
kwji turck wa, adv. barelg, mcrelg; gka kyere wo kw. se :
do me! he gives the absolute command: love me!
kwali, v. to omit, to leave, set or la i/ aside. ^^«.*.5 bg, avoid,
evade; not to come into, not to piass through; it serves also instead
of the prep, without: wgakwati bene adi asem no, they held the pa-
laver iiithout the Icing ; mokwati me a, muntumi nye fwe, or, mun-
tumi nk, me nye fwe, John 15,5. pr. 1027.1031.1039. — kwati dufiiaw
or kyem, to go round a ^'medicine'' or a shield = to call upon a fetish.
kwati, kwatikwati, a. bare, bald, naked, nude; smooth;
simple, plain ; r/'. kwawow. — watwitwa ne ti so kw,. he has his head
close .shaved, close cropped; neti apakw.kw.; dua no ho or so (ye)
kw. (= pata, loithout leaves); mas^h mprampro no ho kwkw.
kwati a, pi. n-, Ak. a forked stick or post on which the jioles
for the construction of the roof rest, = akorasimma.
Kwati'a, pr. n. m. — Akwatia, Akotia, pr. n. m.
akwatia |akoa, \i?i\adj. small, short; i)r.:J83:.K — ;/. 1. a small
person., short man; pr. 693. 3564. — 2. a wooden bar or bolt, door-
bar, cross-bar.
akwatia-bibiri, a kind of river-fish.
akwati-kwaii, i.»?. n-, round-about way, by-way, side-way.
kwawj V. [i)if. a- 1 1. to rub the floor with a mixture of red clay
and chaff. pr.lS6T. — 2. to ivear off: s. red. kokwaw.
276 kwaw — kye.
-kwaw, a. plain, simple, common; nnua-kwaw, s. kyeii dan.
Kwaw, {Y.)pr. n. ^ Yaw. Gr. § 41,4. 293,6.
akwawa [akwa, dhn.\ a small plantation, pr. 2399.
kwawow, a. bare, empty, unfurnished: mere, alone; plain,
simple; cf. kwaterekwa, kwati; wasi dah-kwa\v6w agyaw ho ama
no, he has built a single house and left it so to him u-ithont ant/ ap-
pmienance (as kitchen &e.) or furniture; waka n'asem kw., = waka
asem a eho da ho na nnipa hh. te ase.
kwe, kwe, kwe, kwi, F. = t\ve, t\ve, t\Ve, t\Vi. Gr. ^ 12.293.
kwia, F. = twa. Gr. § 12,2. 293,1 c Bern. 3.
kwo, kwo, ksvii : kw, before o, o, u, is often written in F. (Trk.)
where other dialects have merely k.; e.g.
kwo, akwua (Mk. 12,2.), kwokwa, = ko, akoa, kokoa.
kwoii, akwondo, iikwoiigya = koii, akgnng. iikonya.
iikwoiihyelb, akwotuia =^ hkomhyefo, akatua &c.
kyakya, tsatsa, akyakyawa, -kya, s. akyekyewa.
O-kjame, 5. okyeame.
kje, V. 1. to la^t, endure, continue, hold out, stand for a lony
time, pr.lOOl; to be long i.e. of long duration; n'asemakye dodo, his
speecli was very long; to stay lung, to stay uicay or out a long time;-
wakyebiara neii, he has stayed out long enough indeed; s. Gr.§231,l.
3-5., where instances are given to show the rendering by the v. kye
of the Eng. adterbs a.nd jih rases ^long, a long ichde, a good tvhile,
for a long time, long ago, notlong ago, a (long, short) U'liilc ago, long
since, long before, soon, soon afterwards". — 3. to delay, defer, with-
stand a long time, require a long time before, with another verb in
the inf.: okye ne ba, he delays his coming, he does not or will not
come soon or for a long time; Lnk. 12,45. ekye bo or bii, it withstands
breaking, i.e. it will not brcalc soon or easily; enkye bg, it does not
withstand breaking, i.e. it will easily break, it is fragile; ekye see,
it is not easdy spoUed or ruined, is durable; ehkye see, it is not
durable, is perishable, frail; pr. 1017. Gr. § 231,2.
kye, V. \}-ed. kyekye] 1. to divide, or sej^arate Into clsmses, or-
ders, kinds, parts, portions or shares, to cut up, parcel (out); - kye
nam, to cut up a piece of meat; often with mu: kye akutu no mu
abien, divide the orange into two paiis. — 2. to share, part, among
two or more, to distribute, divide among several; to apportio)i; to
present or give (also a single thing to a single person): gkyee ne
mfefo nhina ade, he distributed presents to all his friends; ode duku
kyee me, he gave me ahandlcerchief. — 3. to give aivay, make a pres-
ent of: menifa me ba menkye, / do not give away my child, pr. 3528.
— 4. to forgive, pardon: ode me bone akye me, = afiri me, he has
forgiven me my offence. — 5. to remit, to acquit of {?l debt); wamfa
me kaw no ankye me, he has not absolved me from (paying) my debt.
kye, V. 1. Ak. = kyew. — ;2. F. (khe) = kyekye, kyere, kye-
[kyere.
kye, V. 1. to become clear, visible; to appear, come to light; to
come or bring forth, to obtain or impart consistency; this v. is only
kye — iikyeafi). 277
used in connection with ade: ade kye, the dntf breaks (lit. the things
hrcowc risihie?) [G. dso tsere or tsero]; wo abofra yi, nca woyc yi,
worci'ikyO ade, i/oii child that ijoii arc, by so doinff i/oii iriJl (not briiKj
ihitKjs 1o lasfitH/ cjistcnce or duration i.e.) not live long or fare icell
or prosper; pr. 't8o. — ade reiikye no, things tviU not jtrospcr to him.
— Q. s. red. kyekye.
kye, intcrj. exprcssin»" tlio un\villin{:;ness of a monkey to give
up what he has got, pr. 1787.
kjM"', adr. in an elegant, crqnisitc or lu.rarions wag; wakyekye
no fi kye. (ade a eho tew lerenim, asein biara mil ho.)
C-kyCj Ak. s. kyew.
o-kye, inf. lasting, duration ; okye na ankye, // did not last long.
akye, F. ■■== ank;!, ahkrui;!. — iikyo. F. J. r^ anka. ML 1,6.11,21.12,7.
— ;.\ a word expressive of an attempt. Mf. Gr. p. 4(1 (iikhe).
a kye, fishing-nct; </. adwoku & atra, boa, eboa, asawu. [G.atse.]
C-kyr. ekyen(?) F. imuiorfalitg.? Cf. akyewa.
akyO ffr. kye, r. a forth-conii)igY] a saluttdion, greeting, espec.
in the morning; compliments, resjjccts; cf. niakye. — ma akye, to
salute, greet {cf. kyia); mema wo yere akye ; / beg to send or ^jre-
senf nig kind regards to your wife : mji no akye ma me, give my rc-
sjJects to him or her; obi aba ha abema wo akye, a person has come
who desires to pay his respects to yori.
an'kyO, a kind o^ parrot; s. ako.
a n ky T", a kind of wild cashew tree with fruits eaten by tlieKrobos.
kye a, v. [red. kyeakyea] to become or make oblique, inclined,
distorted, wry, crooked, squint ({"C; to slojjc. slant, bend, incline, dis-
tort dr. akyea, it is ivry. sloping, not straight; kyea asem, to wrest
judgment, to pervert ones cause; okyea n'aso di asem, he pierverts
judgment; wakyea n'aso abu no ntenkyew. Cf. kyew, v. tf- a.
kye^i, kyea (/«/". P^ a bending sideward or a sideward inclina-
tion of the head, as for close or careful inspection; a look from the
side; of we no {or ne) kyea, he looks or cares well for him (her, it),
is careful for or mindftd of him = ommd biribi nhia no, n'ani ka
(or ku) no ho; gnfweno kyea, he does not even look at him, does not.
care the least for him.
n k y e ti : to-, pr. 2853.
iikyeae, 1. obliqueness, crookedness; the slanting of a ivrdl;
minhu dan no nkyeae hi. — 2. a sloping or slanting line. — 3. fig.
crooked tvay; crooks (of the heart &c.); yenhuu ne nkyeae da, tve
never found in him any fault, wrong, trespass or deviation from mor-
al rectitude.
kyea, v. to walk in an affected, conceited, ostentations manner,
to strut, to behave proudly; okyea = odi nkwankwasem, gye neho
mmerantede.
akye a To, aiikyeafo, -g, a person or thing tcorthy of distinc-
tion, excelling others of the same kind; gbedew mu nni anky.=:gb.
biara nye fe, biara nkyen hi, pr. 7 1.17 16. 17 19. 3546.
278 kyeakyea — kyekye.
kj^eakj^ea, red. v., vr.3173. — kyeaw-kyeaAv, a kind oi sandals.
o-kyeame, i>?. a-, speaTicr, reporter, interpreter; one of tlie
elders of a king or a negro-town or community, called lingidst. who
in their councils has the office of a si)eaker being- the mouth-piece
of, or reporter to, the king or the assembly: - di ky., to he or actos
a speaker. Cf. opanyiii.
aky e-buro, parched corn, pr.394. syn. nkye-wee.
aky e-de, pi. id. [ade a wgkye] present, gift: cf. adekyede, kyo-
fa, ayeyede.
akye-dnaii, fried meat, cakes Sc. Cf. likyewa.
kyeo, V. -so, to spare, retain as precious, save, use sparinghi;
cf. kora so ; okyee n'ade so, he is thrifty, economical, parsimonious,
close; - red. kyeekyee, q.v.
kye-edwo [okye a edwo]: oye k. = onipa a oka asem a,
edwo [etwa]. Cf. yr. 2559 f. 2606.
kypckyeo, red. v. 1. s. kyee. — :J. ky. mu, to mix persons
or things of different kind or size, to alternate, to cause to succeed
by turns, to arrange in reciprocid succession : owo kyeekyee mu, .fhe
bears sons and daughters alternately [G. efonmafi]; raorafa mmofra
no nky. mpauyimfo no mu; wasina n'ahene akyeekyee mu, e.s. enye
aheue sukoro, na esonsone na ode afrafra mu.
kye-fa, F. [kye, of a] portion, share, allotment, dividend.
i'ikvc-i> 6 [hno a wgakyew ma abeii na wode asi ho ma adah
fitii na wuguare a wosra) palm-oil pircpared for anointing one's skin
after washing.
iikye-haina [hhama a ekyere] bond--^; oda nky. (mu), he is
bound, kept in, bo)ids, fig. he is restrained or hindered in an action,
prohibited to act in a matter; onam nky. m' na obae, he came in
• bonds, as a captive.
nky ekwaky em a: bo-, ^^ di ahantansem. pr. 1921.
akyekya', s. akyekyewa.
kyekye (mu), red. v.. s. kye, to divide.
kyckyo, the evening-star; osi sram nkyyi'i, osram yere ncn,
odi sram akyi da; hence it is also called kyekye-pe-aware, aware-
m'pe-no, or, pe-hene-adi, owiiodi, implying that \t 'm betrothed to the
moon and desirous to be married to if. though never able to come
up with it, or, that it is desirous of becoming king (instead of the
moon), and that, when the moon dies i.e. disappears, that star takes
its place; cf. ko-soroma.
kyekye, />/. a-, callosity, hard spots of the skin; ky. asi ue
nsam', ne nsam' asi ky., (or asisi aky.) his hand has become (or his
hands are) callous; nenahkroina anim asi ky., his knees have be-
come callous.
kyekye [full ej spindle; nkora ntra-ntra abien a wode dua
ahyem' ; wode nsatea dan no a, na etwa neho na wode to asawa.
kyekye, a kind of kente, s. ntama.
kvekye — akyekyere«j:y.'i. '271t
k3'ckyc, kyikyi, s2>i/-(/I<iss; telescope.
kyoky o, red. v.[cf.kyere, kyekyere] J. to hind, tic (tip), tjind
together, pr. 1923. — :2. to r/ird. ifirdle, ffirt; wakyekye n'asei'i -^ wabo
neho so. — 5. to precipitate, form a scdiiiuut. to tliicheii, litspissatc,
coalesce, concrete, coii(/eal; abfirow, dote no aky. (after being dis-
solved in water or soaked). — /. to groiv or t)Ccome firm, hard, solid:
ode no aky. kakra-ara gyenn. — .7. ky. kurow, to budd a toien.
pr. 447. — 0. okyekyc ne were (lit. he tics up his t)reast'0 he comforts,
consoles, solaces him; ne were akyekye, he has been or is comfor-
ted, consoled.
kyekye, red. r. -..so, to keep close together; oky. nesika
so = gmta ne sika nto aduan nni, nto ntama mfnra.
11 ky T'ky 0, /^//". ararire. stinj/incss. itiyijardHness; r/'. anibere,
ayamonwene, kane. — o-kyekyOtu. pi. a-, miser, niifgard; pr. 19:23.
one heapiiKj up treasures; cf. oyamonwenefo.
O-kyokye, a kind of bat, having bumps about tlie liead.;>r. i II.
kyekye, n. a sound a(/rrcable to the ear, harmonious, satis-
factori/, (jratifi/in<i ; wafi ky. akyi. he comes behind hand, a da/j after
the fair.
akyekyOri, a large fruit (melon;') with eatable seeds; syn.
[akatewa.
akyt'kyL'Ji, a dish of roasted meal of Indian corn or maize.
nkyekyom', inf. [kyekye mu] the act of dividing; division;
part, section, verse; fraction; si/n. nkyem'.
kyckyc-mawc, As. a fish of a finger's length.
akyekye-mawe, F. locust. Mt. 3,4. Mk. 1,6. - .s. boadabi, abebew.
iiky^kyyra, likyekyerewa, Gy. goro, a cord made of pine-
apple fibres (sevenfold, mfiriwa).
iiky eky ere. a kind oi' grass or iceeds preventing the growth
of any thing else; sare atenteh bi a etc se nnua; papyrus; rush.
Job. 8,11. cf. sakran.
nkyekyere, wild sugar-cane ; sgn. fwerew.
kyekyere, red. v. [kyere] 1. to bind, tie, tie together; ky.
boa, to make a bundle: ky. adesoa, to prepare a load; wokyekyeree
ne nsa koo n'akyi, theij tied his hands behind his back; bone aky.
n'ani, sin has blindfolded him. — 3. io gird, girdle, girt; cf. hkye-
kyeremu. — 3. to be tied round a thing; duku ky. neti, she has a
handkerchief tied round her head. Cf. kyekye.
kyekyere [kekre] roasted corn ground into flour; syn. oslam;
wgde abiirow a woakyew na eyam ky.
akyeky ere-e, jj/. n-, tortoise; cf. awuru, apuhuru.
[pr. 1465. 1467. 1024-31.
iikyekyeree, a weaver's sjjooI; syn. dodowa.
kyekyerebesi, a kind of tree: dua bi a eho wo nsoe, eye den,
n'ahaban uteantea, wode eho bono ye hama, ebon na ebgii ; wokor
ase a, wutu nnee.
akyekj^ere-gya, -twe, a kind of ant.
280 kyokyercliu — kjei'i.
kyekyerehu, a kind oi food prepared of maige.
kj e k y e r e-k 6 n a, different sorts of precious heads strung to-
geiher, worn by kings, jjr. MS.
a k y e k y e r e-k 6 1'l m ii [nea ekyekyere kgn mu] urcJdace ; necl-
nk_yekyere-mu, Jjelt, girdle; sgn. aboso. [cloth.
iikyeky ere-s6 |nea wode akyekyere adesoa so] thcd ichkh is
honnd iqwn a load in addition to it.
iikyekyerewa, *-. nkyekyerjl.
iikyekyeM'a, 1. notch, indentation; osekan no fmo abo iiky.,
the edge of the knife has got a notch. — 3. a clicking or smaclcing sound
produced to scoff atone; wgbo no nky. (=ntwom), theg deride him,
scoff at him &// smaclcing with the tongue.
11 k y e k y e w a, tbe s^ncg hark of a tree ; cinn a man ?
akyekj^ewdj -kya, a humphacked. hunchhacked iJerson.
[pr. 741. 1046. cf. afu.
kyekyewn. a. small; okura adaka ky. bi so or adaka kete-
wa bi a ete so.
o-kyem, pi. a-, a shield plaited of twigs; liwene ky., to make a
shield; woye no tetere aliinanaii; hnckler; cf. liwakyem, wokyem.
akye m-akyeni, a. [^>?. o/'okyem] flat (as the ivicker-ivork of
a shield) ; atutuw nti abofra no nsa adah aky.
nky em', inf. [kye niu| division, part, fraction; s. fikyekyem'.
kyem, v. to jrress (together) forcihly, to force out.
Ahyem,pr.n. Akem, a country consisting of two territories,
Akyem Abuakwa and Akyem Kotoku, Gr. p. XI. XII. — pr.n.m.
a 11 k J e in', pi. ii-, a small hird, perhaps 300 living on one tree,
kyema, s. kyima.
kyemadu, a. large, said of a bunch of bananas, palm-nuts,
aky em ad 11 a (koko), a kind of hcans.
kyemt;', ^. mo%i precious kind of cdotli from the interior (sa-
rem'), made of silk-thread, pr. 1365. (pr. 805.)
akyem-medew, s. obedew.
k y e 111 I'c r e, pi. n-, potsherd, pr. 3669.
O-ky e 111 f 6, 2d- a-, a large spider; its bite is said to be venomous.
0-kye m fo o, j>?. a-, a shield-hearer (ofthckm^ of Asante). pr. 799.
Akycinfoo, j)?*. v. of ^ sea-coast town in Fante.
kye mi, a kind of small fish, pounded and made into lumps,
stinking = osee-samina. pr. 2845. [G. gbemono.]
kyeinmiri, F. a kind oi snake.
iiky em-pac [nkycne pae] a hag of salt. pr. .3609.
iikyem-pe, equator. D.As.
nkye-mii, s. likyem'.
o-kyem^ya [gkyem, rf/m.] a smcdl shield, target.
kyeii [Ak.I".kyene]r. to sur2}ass, go heyond, exceed, excel, he
kyeij — nkyene. 281
larger than; Sf/n. sen, cf. tra; it is used for the comparative form
of Enp^. (id/rrtivt'S and the <'0)iJ. than: after another verb it is trans-
lated by more than, belter than, rather than, when noj^ativc, by not
so .. as. not more .. than. Dabodabo ye kokuro kyen akoko, or d.
kyen akoko kokuro; Onyanic nhyira ye kyeii sika; nietnnii niaye
kyen noa wosusuw ; nioanyin sen me, enti mutu mmirika kyen me;
biribi nky^ii ogya koko. R.p. 30;2.ijr.^73. — kyen so (without an
expressed object of comparison) to l/e eminent, excellent, superior;
nneema a ekyen so, extraordinari/ things.
kyoii. V. to erect the sides of a house; wokyen dan, wokyeh
nnua-kwaw no, the/f put in the common sticks for the walls of a negro-
house. — (y. nkyen.
kyen, r. [s. kyC-nkytMi] ]. to become hard, dri/, stiff', durable;
ekaw kyen na eniporow, pr. 1498. — j2. to maJce hard: wokyen won
yafunu, the// abstain from food, lire on scanty food, s. yaf. — 3. F.
gkyeh ne kgn wg n'agya do, fic rebelled against his fatfier\ cf. sen kgn.
Okyen, pr. n. a surname for the name Atiammo.
nk veil, the side, side-part or place bg the side of a thing; in
connection with verbs it is, in Eng\, often rendered by prepositions,
as, near, bg, with, to, from; or hy adverbs, as, aside, apart, private-
Ig; F. Alt. 14,13. Mk. i5,5. = gfa; - ogyina me nkyen, he stands near
or bg me; kyekye da sram nkyen, the evening-star is near the moon;
mekg ne nkyen, / am going to him; eli glienc nkyen, it comes from
the king; cf. Gr. ^ 122. — Cpds. s. gdankyen, gkwahkyen.
o-ky cnaj F. c- [gkye da] to-morrow ; the dag or a dag following
t/ie present; oky. hi, some future dag.
o-kyena-kyi, the dag after to-morrow.
kyene, v. Ak. F. = kyen; m'agwima kyeneme, mg worfc is
too hard (too much) for me.
kyeiie, v. to swing, fling one's self, as an ape from one tree to
another; gkyenc e.s. (kontromfi, duahyeh) gtow fi dua biako so kg
biako so. — de.. kyenemu; to cross, to thron- across: gde ne nan
akyene mu. he has crossed his legs. In the combination t o w .. k y e n e
the V. tow means to throw, send, fling, hurl from the hand or from
a starting place, and kyene points to the end and aim of such
movement, .s\ Gr. § 109,32. 243. />. Kyene is used of single things,
gu of a multitude of things or of materials ; gtow tnmpah no kyenec
pom', he hurled the bottle info the sea; watow ne sekan akyene, he
has flung his Jcnife awag, or, he has lost Jris l-nife (by carelessness).
aky ene,pLh-, drum; diff. kinds: gbgmma' (akyenekese), atum-
pah, nkrauiri, adedenkiira, etwi, akukua (at Kumase and Akro-
pong); sa nkyene yi nhina di bene anim ne n'akyi; gteute, mpin-
tlh; gyamadudu; - kfi or yah aky., to beat a drum.
11 kyene, salt. Akw. tafode, gyiram. — Plir. hky. atera', it is
sufficientlg salted; hky. atwam', // is excessively salted, oversalted;
hky. no nte adem', the salt has lost its savour; wgnye hky. na woa-
hono, the rain will notlciU you; waka hky. agu (lit. he has cast awag
S(dt) he lias ceased to nse salt i.e. he is dead; n'aniwa soa hkv. =
282
akyeiiel)(')a — kyenkyeiiara.
n'ani kum na n'aniwam' aye no fremfremfrem or dededede, he is at
the point of dropping swecihj asleep: akoa yi, oye m'anim nkyene,
medan meho a, na gye m'atiko yisa, he spealiS r/ood words i)i my
cars, behind me had ones; cf. wotoo no tekremakyene, fhei/ laid salt
upon their tongue for him hy sweet words; onan nkyene gu n'asom',
he bribes or persuades him ; obeka nky. a, mirentie no bio, though
he try his best to persuade me, I wilt not listen to him any more. —
bo nky., s. bo 98. - si nky., s. hkyenesi.
a ky e 11 o-b 6 a, pi. n- [aboa a okyene] ape, monkey (general name).
akyene-dani, n. adam.
ky eiiedur u, a tree the wood of which resembles cedar-wood;
cedar < ; dnpgn a wode sen akyene, ye mpnrah &c.
akyeue-ka, inf. drumming, beat of drum; syn. ayan.
o-kyeiie-kai'o, drummer; syn. okyeremii, oyahfo; cf. gyaasefo.
a-ky eiie-kesc, the king's large drum., called obomma. pr.?!!.
iikj'eiu'-mu, r.n. a crossing of two lines as in the sign of mul-
tiplication X ; '■/. osikyi.
kyOiieiie, a barrot, stcrde, unfruitful female (of animals);
oguan yi abu ky., this sheep has become fat instead of bringing forth
young; cf. obonin, karawa.
ukyeiie-iikyciie, adj. salty; usu nky., brackish water.
iikyene-si, inf. the putting of salt into bags. [Wosi nkyene =
wokyekye nky. wg abobow mu a.s. akyem-medew mu a.s. ahabah
biara mu.]
o-kyeiic-suafu, pi. a-, a carrier of a drum. pr. 282^.
iikyeiie-soafu, jjZ. id., salt-carrier, pr. 1943.
iikyen-koko, ^>?. nkyene-akuko, a grain of salt.
11 k y 11 k y e iii ni a, a kind of grass.
iikycnkyemawo, pr.l9ii. cf. kyekyemawe.
nkyeiikyeii, F. = rikyene-nkyene; saltncss.Mk.9,50.
kyeiikyC'ii, red. v. \s. kycn | 1. to make ov grow hard, dry,
.stiff, numb: awgw akyenkyen me, the cold has benumbed me; wa-
kyenkyen na oye awu, he has become torpid and is about to die;
onipa wu a, gkyenkyOn, when a man dies, he becomes stiff. — 3. to
strain, to put to the idmost tension, exert to the utmost: kyehkyen
woho ma adaka no so, exert yourself (call up) your strength) to lift
up the box. — 3. V. to dry up, wither away. Mk. 4,6. 11,20 f
kyeiikyeii, a. stiff; tadua ky. pr. 3156; s. ky.-ara k kyen-
[kychkyen.
ky eiikyen, basket, pannier , made ofpalm-branches and reeds,
to carry palm-wine; syn. akgtwG: cf. bedew, apakan, kyerehkye.
akyenkyeiij 7;/. ?V?.. an unripe ^yalm-nut.
kyeiikyeii-be-mu, pr. 310.1945-47.
akyfeiikyOna, a bird with a large bill, the toucan or hornbill,
huceros? pr. 1948. — by-names: pebiakrro, meamea.
kyeiiky eri-ara, adv. hard, forcibly; needs, necessarily, in-
akyeakyeiiiK' — kyrn-. 2H3
ilispciiatihl//; ahsoliUchf, h//aU )ncans. pcrcin/ilofili/, jiosifivrJi/. itffrrJi/;
miso, rm'mina onko; iia ose kyenkyrn-ara oht'ko, I sai/. T do )iot
iriah to Id li'nn (/o : hiif he siiifs, /ir irill (jo hi) till nicavs. jCf. G. kr,
kele, .s//7/, iid, ihoiifih.J
a k_V('M'ik yrn-iic [kyoukyC'ii, adc | a forced nioilvr or fhiiiif: -
odo nye aky., lore is iiof enforced, ohfained hi/ force.
nky ei'ikyoiie, somethnxi hordenc.d ; biribiara a akyei'ikyeh,
se dote, aduan a aye dennenneniieii ua wudi a enye bio, nam a
woahow na aky en ; - obosu nky."^, honr-frost; nsu nky.i', ice; am u
liky.i, (I niiomni/.
k y e n k y e ii v I'l I'l . s. ky eh kyerehii .
k y r> I'l ky e I'l ky e ii, adr. hard, riffidJi/. inflexibly, vnrelentinfi-
Ifl, excessive} ji; obyeno ky., lie forces him hard, rides over him with
sevcriti/; Eiiiresi-abfirotb hliye abibifo ky., the Knijlish do not deal
riyidlij with the iiei/roes; gtoh n'ado aboodcri ky., he sells his thivgs
exccediriijlj) dear.
akyeiikyeii-nuni |adiiru aekyehkyeh | a medicine fn' hard-
ening any tbin<>-, for cmbahning a corpse, for iinimiiiificafinn.
ky eiiky eiitakyi-a, adv. by force, forcibly; onyekyehkyeu-
takyi-ekyi do, it is not an irresistible love; kyerikyentakyi-esi a,
ose inemui;1yt'hko, he absolntcly ivaids me (or, tvitJi, (dl his might he
forces me) to go niih him; syn. kyehkyeh-ara.
kyeiikyGiitakyi-kui'Ow, i)r. 2818.
ky eiikyereiiii, a. li,' adv. very hard, dry, stiff: cf. kyeh &
kyenkyeh, v. — nam no aye kychkyert'rih, ////; fislt (or meat) is ivell
dried; asase no mil (or so) ye kyehkyenci'ih, ^== emu akyeii or awo,
the land is hard and dry, arid, meager, barren ; ne ntama no aseri
ky. ; ne nsa sehi ky. or kyehekese, 1 Ki. 13. — wakyeh kyOhkyerehh,
he has become stiff (in his body or joints, tor some hours) : eye akose
abiribiri\v-t\Va, syji. ade atg no so, ahuhmu ato (or asi) no so.
kyouky erei'iky o)"i = kyehkyehkyeh.
akye-nya-de [ade a Avoakye anya| share, ^wrfioit, = kyefa.
kyepe, Akw. =: pedua, to.
kyepen, F. portion, inficritance. Mt. 5,5.
ukyera, a kind oi pot; s. kuku.
kver, F. kjere, Ak. = kye, v. to last, endure; F. mambekyer',
I am not to remain long; gbekyer alie, fioiv long will it last':- bekyer
ahe hko, lioie long (wilt tJiou stay away)? Fs. 90,18.
kyere [kye, v. to lastdc] a delay, lingering, prolonged stay;
mehhye wo ky., I do not detain you, tvill not cause you a delay or
detodion; wannye ky. yee ntem kog ho, he hastened there withoid
delay.
kye re, v. [red. kyekyere, (/. v.] 1. to catch, lay fiold on, seize
(by pursuit); to talce captive (ky. or fa dommum), apprehend; to
detain; a^-yinamoa ky. hkura, akroraa ky. hkokg; pr. 3111.1954-57.
ky. asem, Lk. 11,54. — 2. to bind, tie round (adare, the handle of a
bill-hoolc)- — ■)■ to become tliiclc, to curd, curdle, clot, concrete or coa-
gulate into a thick inspissated mass; nufusu no aky., tlie milJc has
curdled. — ■/. .. m u ky., a) to be narrotv; odah yi mu ky., tJiis room
284 kyere — akyere.
is narrow; opp. mii gow, to he spacious. — h) to he hurried and in-
distinet in pronnnciation : Aburifo kasa mu kyere, e.s. wokasa ntem-
ntem na emu ntew a.s. emu nna ho. — 5. kyere m ii, to interweave,
tissue, rarier/afe; wgaky. mu = gtamanwonefo adi mu adwini; s.
nkyeremu. — 5- to he in great distress or sfraits: ue ho kyere no =
ne ho hia no wg mma nhina; ne tirim aky. no (e.s. asem bi aye no
ehu neawereho nhina), he has hecome distracted, out of his senses or
wits. — (j. to 2^ress or he pressed together ; kyere so, to throng, crowd:
nnipa no aky. so, the people are croirded together; wgkyere no so,
the// throng him: wgkgkyere tow, they huddle together into a cluster,
sivarm or crowd. — ~. kyere (or kyekycre) sa, to prepare for tear
(by collecting an army &c.): wakyere me ho sa-bone, he has plan-
ned, devised or determined evil against me. — S. to show or manifest
ill tvill. hostilitg, animositi/, aversion, tohcar malice, to malx one feel
a grudge; s, hkyeree.
kypre, V. [red. kyerekyere, q. r.J 1. to show foiih, produce,
exhihit, present to view (often preceded by de, fa, yi, with the ob-
ject that is shown): fa mfonini yi kyere no. show him these pic-
tures; mede maky.no [or, maky. no mf.); - fa woho or yi woho
kyere, shoio gonrself; gkyere neho (dodo), lie is ostentatious, hoast-
ful. vaunting, jn: 383. 1.31S. - yi.. kyere, to manifest, reveal, make
knotvn. John 1,81.2,11. — 2. to show, point out (to); to guide or lead
to: kyert no kwaii, show him the way: kyere no odah a gbedam',
lead him to the room where he is to slvep. pr. 1617. — 3. kyere ase,
/[* show the reason, meaning, sense, i.e. to explain, interpret, pr. 1950.
kyere a no, to state or declare the amount, numhcr. weight cC-c. F. to
declare. — 4. to teach, instruct in: mekyereeno nhoma-kan, I taught
him to read (cf. red.). — 5. to advise, counsel, exhort: gkyeree no se
onnnaii, he advised him to flee; pr.236. — 6". to have a direction or
situation toward, to front, face, to look toward: adannim ky. apuei,
the front of the house looks eastward; nemfensere ky. abgnten so,
his zrindow faces or looks into the street. — 7. After another verb, ky.
often sliows the direction of an action and is rendered in Eng. by
iheprcp.totvard (Gr.^ 223,4): gterew no nsam'kyeregsoro, hespreads
fo)ih his hands toward heaven ; or it denotes the reference to a per-
son and is rendered by to: ka.. kyere, to speak or relate to, to tell,
give rnstruction or information to. to inform: gkaa ne daekyeree no,
he told him his dream; wanyii asem no nka nkyeree, he has often
inculcated this matter; - to mctkeknown. reveal., John 1,18. — 8. kasa
kyere, a) to spealc to. pr. 513. - h) to instruct, exhort, admonish. pr. 911.
— V. to do for a pretence: wgbg mpae tenten kyere, they for a pre-
tence make long prayers. Mt. 23,14.
kyei-e, F. unless, except (=gye); till, until: mgdo w' ky. owu
apa hen mu, / shall love thee till death us do part; cf. kyere-de.
kyere, inf. Ak. = okye, long duration, time. pr. 1949.
o-ky ere, the act oi teaching ; doctrine, rule, ])reccpt, instruction.
o-kyere, precious heads and pieces (ingots) of gold, fastened
round the wrist; s. gkrakyere.
akyere,^?. n-, a wretch worthy or destined tohekilled; i)r.636.1958.
kyeree — ukyerekyerewa. 285
cf. akwakyere; wode no too akyere, they sentenced him to he Mlled
after pt-cvioua torments in dragging him along the streets,
kyeree, ^= abgso, the batten or mooabte. bar of a loom.
iikyeree% v.n. [kyere, r.\ example, sanqtle, pattern, instance;
s//n. hfwcso; eho nky. bi ni.
iikycrtM.' [kyere, t'. | 1. manner of binding; stale of bondaye,
bonds; iikyorcea worn;! wokyeree no yee no yaw se. — ;?. a (jradye.
ill ivill, animositi/, hostilili/, malice, aversion; medeneuahonkyeree
(= ne ho tan, ne hu ahi) na niede nierekyere no, 1 make him feel
the (jrndije I owe to his mother: mf;i m'.igya ho nkyeree nkyerenie,
do not mahc me suffer for the aversion ifoa have conceived to my
f(dher. — 6'. = duasee, kaasee &c.
I'lkyere-ano, inf. F. answer, declaration.
nky crease, inf. explancdion, interpretation; cf. asekyere.
akyereba, -wa, -bii, pi. h-, F. sister; cf. onua-ba.
fMt. 13,66. 19,:i9. Mli. 3,35. 6,3.
kyere be 11 11, kerebeii-krebeiiii, (fnll e) a. & adv. 1. erect,
upriyld, straight, not crooked at all; (ogyina ho ky., nnna no anyin-
nyiii krbkrb.) — 2. fust, firm; syn. pintinn.
o-kyerebeii, pi. a-, a species o( snake; oye ahantan se oky.
kyerebeukuku, the queen of the white ants, = mfotehene.
kyerebia(so), a three-angled piece of wood or s/ic//" fastened
in the corner (or nook) of a room to put things on; s. kyereso.
kyere bo, hardened dung, excrement; onipa, atoteboa biara
a.s. akoko bin a eye dennennen; syn. bin, sebew; cf. bintuw.
kyere-de, F. (in order to see) whether; = kyere-se; or only:
kyere: Mk. 11,13. — kyere obokii no, hoping to kill him.
akyeredewa, a little somctliing to make a show; asmcdltoken.
akyerekye, an animal that eats unripe plantains. 2>r- 1960.
akyerek3''eree, id.? a kind oi rodent animal; s. opurow.
ukyerekyera, -kyerewa, dry land, barren desert; hky. sone
nea wura ntumi miifi yiye na aduan nso mnio.
kyerekyere, a. only used together with kaii, s. kanky....
kyerekycre, red. v., 1. .s. kyere; the rer/. form is used, with
the meaning to teach, instruct, when the thing or matter that is taught
is not mentioned; cf. didi, kehkari. — ;?. kyerekyere .. mu, to ex-
plain, expound, elucidate, dlustrate.
iikyereky eve 6, examples, instances; s. nkyeree; eho liky.bi.
o-kyerek3^eref6, jj?. a-, teacher, instructor, tutor; xireacher,
minister of tJie gospel.
aky e reky ere-kwaii, \it. what shows the way; 1. the forefinger,
index. — 2. in a ship the helm, or perh. better, tlie steering compiass.
— 3. way-mark, direction-post.
11 kyere kye rem u, inf. explanation, exjjliccttion, elucidation.
kyerekyerew, red. v., s. kyerew.
iikyerekyerewa, engravings, figures, pr. :i383.
286 iikyerekyerewa — k^^erewo.
nkyerekyerewa, s. nkyerekyerii.
o-ky e 1* e m a,])!, a-, drummer, by the fetish-priests called gyamfo ;
pr. 1901. ahene ne aky., lit. Icokjs and dnoiiiiirrs, i.e. li»tfs and ofJirr
chiefs.
akyeremadei'o, the Icbujs drummers, pr. 477. s. j>yaasefo.
!*ikyereiiinia, white flakes of ashes (gbrgde-hono a wgahyew
mu gyarenso mil apowapgw a ededam' titafitfi no).
iikyeremu, a kind of precious cotton chifh. mixed of red and
black, similar but far superior to mmoboin'.
kyereiikye, pi. n-, 1. basket made of wicker (liamanempo-
pa), strong & coarse, used to cover fowls, chickens &c. — cf. ken-
ten, kyehkyen, (akotwe), sesea, pirebi, tekrekyi. — ,?. liird's cage.
ky erepeii, pL n-, roir, line, rani; fde; wafua ode gyau nko
kyerepenkyerepeii, he has planted yam in (several) roirs consisting
only of "gyawu". — l*\ aky. mu, in roirs. Mt. (i,40.
kyere-se, conj. (F. -dej ;= se ebia, nheiher or if jterhaps;
Gr. § 141,1,B. fl, kofwe ky. owo ho ana'? kgka kyere no ky. obetie
ana? kg ky. wobenyii biribi aba na yeadi.
ky ercso, = kyerebias6, duabon a.s. dual)! a womsoii de aliye
kokoam' na wgde nneema gu so.
kyere-su a-sem (-nhoma)"^, catechism. Kurtz §7.
kye re-tie, listening to instmction; mekg ky., 1 go to have a
lesson; asubg ky., the attending to instrHction precious to baptizing.
k^'eretiefu"^, (pi. id.) catechumen.
ky 0, re w, v.{^red. kyerekyerew") Ky. twere, to write ; to engrave:
ky. hhoraa, to write o)i paper, to a-rifr a letter, deed, docvment, tract
or hook; cf. knrukyerew.
ukyerew: the phrase gu ne nkyerew is used when of things
portioned out successively nothing is left; wgkye ade hi mu wie a,
wgka se: yeagu ne nkyerew, = yeawie kora, we are at the end of
it, ICC have done or finished, all is sj)enf, there is nothing left; aduah
a yeile kge no, yesan akodi bi a, na wgagu ne nky. dedaw, when
we went again to partake of the victuals wc had t((kcn with ns, theg
were already done (finished, consumed, used up).
akyerewa, -ba, Ak. F. sister. -= onua-b;i. -b('n.
kyerewii, screw; cf. mfewa.
ky erew-dc, ^j/. ii-, letter, character in irriting (s.^yertwe)
or printing (s. ntinti-mi).
kyere we, -e, pZ. n-, a line, syn. nsanhg; a tnark or character
in writing; letter; s. kyerewde.
I'lkyere we, -e', 1. engrnved or impressed artificial lines or fig-
ures on calabashes, pottery &c.; ahina no ho nky. ye fe. — 2. any
engraving, icriting, draicing. design, ddincation. — 3. the lines in
the palm of the hand. — 4. a mark, notch, incision, groove. — :j.
the worm or thread of a screw (hkyiiikyimi),
g-kyere wl'o, 7>L a-, writer; scribe; clerk; author (of a hovk).
kyere-wy, a kind of bird, catching snakes.
akyeton — Jikyi. 287
aky e-toii, w/". [kyere, ton] catchinff and selling ; wodii Krobo-
fo aky., tJtcij took to (■(itching and selling the Kroho-pcople.
e-ky»!w, Ak. ekyc, h(it, cdp. bonnet, an// rover for the head: cf.
borg-kyew, fo-kye &c. — pa., kyew, lit. to tale off' the hat. to hrg
submissireli/, to entreat, snpi)licalr. heseeeh. petition; to tieg pardo)i;
S(/n. koto, sf'ro, koto sere; [G. kpa tai, Vor-p. 06.\ niopa wo kyew se:
fa liri ine, I tjeg i/mt to f'or(/irp nic! \v<t kyew ni! lit. /four hat is this,
i.e. / fjeg >/onr pardon! kyew nhina ye wo dea ^— fa firi me, na t'a-
firi nhina ye wo dea, enyeme dea, / have nothing to forgive, 1 crave
onlif gour forgiveness; mepaa no uie bone ho kyew, 7 as/,ed him to
forgive the tvrong done hg we.
kyinv-pii, inf. entreat g, sntq^lieation. asJcing for jj(trdon.
ky ow, V. tofrg, hake, roast, }Htrch (akoko, nam, nkyewa, kafe,
abijrow, pr. :i94., ase n.a., with or without fat. in a pan. on a roaster
orpotsherd, whereas toto is, tobake in an oven, or, as kisa, to roast
at the hare fire.
kyew, r. to .s(/uint; cf. kyea; okyew n'ani, he sqnints his ege,
looks asiptini; n'ani akyew, he squints, is squint-eged.
-kyow, a. in cpds: crooked, irrg, irrong, unjust: s. brakyew,
( ntenkyew.
a ky w-a kyew, adv. sqnintinglg; of we no aky., he looks at hint
in a squinting manner, bg side-glances.
ky e vv' kyew': ne ho yeno ky., fie feels nnco-mfortable, uneasy,
is anxious, timorous, apprehensive, suspicious, from a bad conscience,
from fear to be seen.
akyewa Nyahkopon, F. tfic immortal God. Cf- ekye.
iikj'^ewa, fried cakes, roasted meat, delicate food; c/.akyeduaii.
11 ky e-w e-e [abiirow a woakyew na wo\ve]2)arcfied corn. pr.l944.
kyi, Ak.kyiri, v. [red. kyikyi] to turn the back to; 1. to dislike,
not to like, to loathe, have an aversion to, hate, detest, abhor; r/. tah;
to shun, fear, shrink from. pr. 417.1190. 15 J7. neg. not to be against^
pr. 180.'). wonky i, itis not (objected, not found unalloivable , pr. 1488. 196S.
woka no sa a, wonkyi, gou mag sag so, although it is not the right
word or answer. - abosom nhina wo ade a wokyikyii. — 2. to abs-
tain from, to avoid, to consider as forbidden (by the fetish) and
unclean; mikyi, I am not allowed to eat it. — o. kyi anim, to shun,
keep clear of, beware of, get oid of the ivag of; nea ese se yekyi n'a-
uini ne obonsara, he whom it is necessarg for us to shun is the deed.
— i. kyi ayi, to abstain from certain victuals for a month to a year
after tfie death of a member of one's familg.
kyi, V. [red. kyikyi] to press, squeeze, wring or crusfiout; wo-
horo nlama a, wokyi mu nsu no agu, in washing clothes the water
is wrung out from them; kyikyi atam no mu; - kyi nufu, to milk;
kokyi iihuan no nufu, go and mdk the goats; - kyi uho, to /)ress out
(id; kyi bobe-aba, to press grapes; Gen. 40,11.
a kyi, cf. akyiri, Ak. akyire, Gr. §119. 120,4. 130,5. 1. the back,
the hind (er) part, rear; the outer ((mtward) pati, outside oi a. \esse\
or enclosure, of the hand, pr.468. -- iK the space behind or outside. —
288 nky^ — okyikafo.
5*. behind (owo in'akyi, he is hehind me; clua bi si dan no akyi;
yr. 2160) ; outside, icithout (opon akyi, oidside or before the door);
after (of time) ; opranna akyi na osu to del, r.ifter a thunder-storm
it always rains. — 4. ia specific cases or phrases: a) the property
left at a person's death; b) the time of one^s absence; c) one's sup-
porters or relations. — di ..akyi (di akyiri), to follow, go or come
after; to succeed; to accompany, attend, assist; to pursue, chase;
pr.893. 895. 898 f. — ogyina m'akyi, ]te stands behind me, baclcs me,
supports, assists or protects me, stands security for me. — n'akyi tweri
me, he leans upon me, s. aninsem. — waba m'akyi, he has come in
my absence; obi aba wo akyi, somebody came to visit you whilst you
tvere absent. — edoni abeti yeii akyi, the enemy has made his ap-
pearance in our rear, at our bade, behind us. — wafi m'akyi ako ho,
he ivent there icithout my hnowledyc; - siesie m'sikyi, provide for my
coming home (that I may find something to eat); of we n'akyi, she
looks for the things which he has left; nea wode fwee m'akyi wo he?
what did you prepare for metvhilst I was absent? - ghyehye n'akyi,
he boasts of what he has not with him (what is left behind or expected);
- gwo bi wo n'akyi, he has a rich relation; n'akyi nye duru, he is
not of a rich or renowned fatuity, iSam. 18,23.
nkyi, F. adv. then, now, afterward. 3It. 3,10.12.44 f Mh: 1,14. =
eno na; cf. akyiri no, F. n'ekyir' no.
kyia, v. [inf. n-, red. kyiakyia] Ak. dwa, 1. to shake hands,
greet, salute, bid welcome. — ^. to give or send one's compliments;
cf. ma akye. — 3. to bet, wager, lay (a bet or wager), hold a tcager;
\Vokyia wg so, they hold a wager on it; me ne no kyia, / wager with
him; kyia me e! lay me a wager!
iikyia, inf. Joining hands, salutation, greeting; (pi. nkyiakyia,
Mt.23,7); bet, tvager.
akyi-de [kyi, v., ade] a detestable or abontinable thing; any food
disallowed by the fetish ; wadi n'aky., he has eaten ivhat he was for-
bidden to eat.
akyi-di, inf. following after, pursuing, pursuit; pr. 300.
kyi-doin, the rear, rear-guard, reserve of an army, reserve
troops of the centre.
akyi-dua, a support, stay, prop; a defender; n'akyidua abii,
the person in ivhom or the thing in which he trusted is no more.
akyi-diiaii', kunafo aduan a wodi, bread of mourners. Eos. 9,4.
O-kyifo, nea okyi aduaii bi. pr. 1965.
akyifo, i^?. n.,.thc succeeding generation ; cf. akyikafo, hkyiri-
mma; yen akyifoawgbae yi de, wgii ani nsg nnipa, this rising gen-
eration has no respect of others, =^ne-mma. yi ani nsg mpanyimfo.
akyi-f\ve-de [ade a wgde fwe obi akyi] necessities ov presents
prepared for one to receive him as a guest or on his return home;
m'aky. wg he? whcd is prepiared for me?
akyi-gyina, inf. [gyina akyi] support, assistance, prrotection.
0-Viy\gy\nM6, supporter, protector, counsel, attorney, advoccde,
comforter. John 14-16. — 2. one who handles (a gun), shooter, pr. 1792.
o-ky i-kafu. pi. a-, 1. one left behind, left in charge o/"something
kyikji — kyiahyia. 289
by a departing person. — 3. heir (= owunnyafo. ododifo). — .V.
sfra(/i/I('r. — /. one who rcnuiit/s! Jicli'nnI, llic last. Mat. ■.>(),Vi.l4.1i'>, -
f>. okyirikafo, F. akyirdzifo.
kyikvi, kyikylj re.d. rr.. s. kyi, kyi.
kyi'kyi, kyekyi'*, telt'srope, .sj)if-(fl(iss: if. alvVcdc.
kyi ky i ky i, ye -, /" rmil:; upon no rclnic no, cycc ky. ■ — e-
I kasae.
kyi ky 1 r i ky i ky iri. niniiliiiess, r(t.s/iurss: nyi ky., he durs
tint sit quiet, is nislt. iDintl//. tnrbidrnt. refrarfori/.
kyim', --- kyi imi.
kyi in, r. [red. kyiiikyim] to fani. ficisi, iriiid. irrinif. tryrsf:
.s/y».dah, kyima: to turn roitiuJ, rvcithv. iiiicel ; \V(')kyim hatna, fra,
nsa...; \\ iasi> o/onipa hkw.i rekyim, ////■ imrhl. or //iiiiiai/ li/'r. is not
jieyjnanciftJ// standint/, is turniny, niicrlin;/.
kyim, v.n. wrcsiing de. ogyeme kyim, lietahes luii uonl (tiid
irrests it, he tJoiifjts. disputes ndud I sa//. pr. 76. Cf. akyinnye.
e-ky im, a food prepared of blood, spiced with salt and pepper.
kyimti, v. 1. to turn, tirist: oky. nekon, iu> ti, no nsa, safe. —
3. to turn a^ide: dom no akyinia akofa nkwansiane abesi kuroni',
///(■ eneuif/ turned and entered the town by a round-about icay; - oko-
kyima, he goes to ease himsetf. to tlie pricij;(i}r. o69.) F. he goes about,
Mt. 4f2S; - wakyima neho = wadah nelio, a) he has withdrawn : Jj)
he has eased himself (evaeuated his bowels): rf. ye nelio yiye, gya
ne nan. — .9. ^= ye bra.
ky i mil, t>1ame. tjletnish. defect, fault; ne lio nni or nto ky., there
is no defect in him: neho tew or to ky., there is something amiss or
fault// with him: ne ho tew ky. (biribiara ye no a.s. ono ye biribi) a.
wode bebisa wo, // ang thing goes amiss witlt him, i/ou will ansn-er
(be answerable) for if.
I'lkyiinfiri, an engine with a rombi nation of wheels, wheel-worl:.
11 kyi mi', a winding; the thread or worm of a screw (mfewa
no ho nky. atorom) ; wheel (?)
I'lkyi-iiiii, inf. [kyi mu] the act of wringing out.
kyiii, V. = kyini.
o-kyin.ako, a kind of bird. s. kokokyiniako.
Akyliiaii, Akyinantiin mogye mogye, a surname given to Enro-
kyiiii [Eng.] = Jiing (in Europe); mesora ky. [peans.
kyini [Ak. kyih; red. kyinkyini] to ei real ate; to walk or go
(round) about (oky. dan ho; oky. man mu, guye fvie; gsebo kyini
kwaera', owiaky.wim'); to rove, ramble, roam, range, stroll, wander.
kyinii, pi. n-, (/ large parasol of kings, also called kataman;
ef. akatawia. — ky.-knrafo, s. gyaasefo.
kyiii-hyia, inf. lit. a turning round and meeting; the revolu-
tion or rotation of a wheel, of he hands of a watch or clock; an hour,
r/. dohfwerew. — di ky., to turn round again and again: mfewa no
adi ky., the screw turns without catching hold i)i its boj .
ky ii'ihA'ia-)iitV;iMi;i. wliirlwind.
ly
290 kyiukyim — iikyiri-mma.
kymkyim, red. v. kyim. — F. io tarri/, Mt. 25,5. orekyinkyim
Hi', ba, he delays Ms coming; ef. t\Veut\Ven. Mt.24,4S.
kyiiikyin, -kyiui, red. v. kyiii, kyini.
iikyiiikyiiiiij fako a obi ky inky in bg.
kyiiikyiraii, bo-, to be alarmed by sad news, of. bo t\vi.
iikyin-so, inf. circulation, the act of (joiny ahoid or })assi'n(i
from place to place or pierson to pterson.
iikyiiiso-iilioina, circular, circidar letter or paper.
akyin-nyc, inf. [gye kyim] douhf, nnbeUef (F. Mk.9,24), dis-
helief, scepticism; dispute, controversy/, dehnte; ogyeno akyinnye,
(better : ogye no kyim) //e dispmtes ivifh him. ccdls in (puestion or c.i-
presscs dissent or opposition to what he saijs: pr. 446. 2147.271(1. —
oye aky., he is a habitual disp\der.
o-kyinnye-gyefo [akyinnye-gye, ?«/'.] r/oi'^/y/rr. sceptic, dis-
puter, controvertist. pr. 1966.
kyiri, v. (F. kyir) = kyi.
akyiri, Ak. akyire, F. akyir. 1. = akyi 1-f. (In Akr. akyi is
used with a noun or pronoun before it, akyiri without such.) — di
akyiri, to go or follow after, pursue dc. — s a n aky., to turn back,
return. — ^. behind; in a distance, afar off: gnam aky., he ivaJks
behind, or, in a distance; - ka aky., to stag behind. — 3. the time
after \ - akyiri no, F. n'akyir no, afterwards: kaii no gmpe se gkg,
aky. no gkge, at first he did not choose to go, but afterwards he u-ent;
- akyiri yi, rrcentlg, latelg; wo akyiri yi iihoma, llig last letter. —
/. tlir latter end : aky. besi yeii den =; ebewieyen den? how will it he
with tis fimdlgY aky. bosimo yiye, // wdl turn out well for yon ; mi-
suro aky., / am afraid of the consequences; - ohfi akyiri, a) fie is
far-sighted, long-sighted; b) he can accoutd for it. — 5. nam or fa
akyiri, to do without the knowledge of another. — 6'. m'akyiri firi
hg, my mothers family, my m<dernal relations are from that place.
akyiri-di, inf. following or going after, pursuit.
aUyin((li)r(), /b/?o/re/Y.^; F. akyiV(dzi)fo, the last. Mt 20,12. 14.
kyiri-a r.MSt', a kind of razor [ekyi afasew, it does not agree
with af., getting dull when used to cut af.]; s. oyiwaii.
kyiri-a licmric, a middle sort of sandals; s. mpaboa.
aky iri-knTc'i, = okyikafo, one who remains behind, the last.
a k y i r i-k y e r o av f o'', telegraph.
a kyiri kyiri, -kyiri, far, distant, far behind, far away, (ivj
a remote distance; gkg akyky. asase bi so (or, asase bi so akyky.),
he has gone to a distant country; - ..ani ye., akyirikyiri, s. ani.S'yl.
- mnicx wo ani nnye wo akyirikyiri se merebehye wo da-tenteii hi,
do not ujiprchoid Had I shcdl put you off very long.
j'l kyi ri-i'i kyiri, F. akyiri-akyiri, backwards; s. pini.
kyiri kyiri kj'iri, adv. blazing, in full blast, in or with a
bright flame, lustily, vigorously : ogya no dew ky. =framframfram,
frafra, kitikiti.
ukyiri-inma, F. (Akp. in songs) the rising generation, ^^ aky i-
fo, 'ne-mma, mma a woaka akyiri a wgwg hg 'ne-yi.
akyirisjiii — L. M. 291
akyiri-sail, wf. [san akyiri] harlsjidimi ; vf. nsanakyiri.
o-kyiris;ii'it('), pi. a-, F. hm-ksHtlvr.
nkyi-san, inf. (/oini/ Ixuh.
a kyiwado, ^^ akyidc.
I..
Tlio letter I is used only in i'orcij;!! proper names. In sonje
Fante dialects I is used for r, prohahly (uily by people who are not
of 'i'slii orij;in. In words adopted ironi lorei^iii lani;tiages, d is ])nt
for 1 as an initial sonnd, and rin other eases; r/'. dagire, bri'i, dare,
dadare, lia<2;ire, »S:c. Gr. i^ 2!^.'), 1 1 d.
11.
Words which ha\ c in as the first letter of tiieir stem (usually
with another iii, in verbs sometimes with two iiis before it), but
are not found under M, — seek under H.
The consonant in, when radical or original, is united with nasal
vowels (a, e, i, O, n); whenever it is followed by ])ure vowels, it is
a transformation of b, caused by a jireceding ni (or orig. n, i"i) or
by negligent pronunciation. — It interchanges with b, w, n, I'l;
Gr. § l.S.19 F). o7. — HI before f has a different pronunciation, being
])roduced not with both lips, but with the lower lip alone.
m is a frequent prefix before stems beginning with p, f, m,
and with b whicli is then assimilated, i.e. changed into i)i. This
prefix is found 1. in nouns in the sing, and plur. (Gr. § 29,2. H5,^».
42,2. -43,1. 104,3.5.), in a far adjeciives (as nmierew, or in plural
forms as nimia-mmia), in niimcrrds (Gr. ^ 77, 7;^,4.6. **>!.), and in
some adrerhs (derived from or formed like nouns, as mmom, mpo,
Gr. ^ 134,3 b). — ;?. m is also a prefix of the 2 nd. imperative and
all negative forms of f lie vcrh (Gr. § 91,10. 92. 95,1. 96 II.) — As
a prefix, in, being a semi-vowel, usually forms a syllable by itself,
except when it is joined to a pi-eceding vowel or pronounced to-
gether with the in of the subsequent syllable in eijual tone. Gr. |^
23,2 ?>. 24,3. 95,1. 96,2.
Ill* :/. = me, jjm». o) before a vowel; h) after a verb (in f|uick
s])eaking). — 3. = mo, 2)>-o». (seldom). — Gw^h'^ ]iein.:J.b'i.Iiem.2.
— .=;. = mu. Gr. ^ 120,2.
niuia, j/>/., .S-. oba; wwwix^ jtl.. s. gba, iconian, aba, rod. ba, j;/rfrr.
-ma, F. mba, suffi.r in diminvfirc forms of words terminating
in m, II, ne, ni &c. Gr.§37,l. .s. bamma, barima. bemma, abomnia,
damma, odamma &c.
-ma, seems to be a formrdive suffix of verbs (buma, hima, kyi-
ma) and nouns(adwuma, mframa, aguma, hama, ahema, iilioma&c.)
ma, V. fred. mema, moma q.v.] l.io [five, hand, commiinicate,
hestmv, confer, impart, grant, present (cf. kye, de.. hye nsa); to de-
liver, yield i(p; to allow. When the thing given is mentioned in the
form of a simple object, it is usually put after the personal object;
otherwise an aux. r. (de. fa, yi SiC.) is used: oni.M me sika; ode ne
292 ma — mabo.
sika nhina ama me; ma me nsu! fa wo ade no ma me! Gr.§206,1.2.
2)r. 1910.3176. — ma okwan, to give leave or pennission d-c. s. gkwan.
— fi. to xmt, uppltj to: wode (asem no) ma nnipa ne mmoa, the uord
is used in speahing of men and beasts. — o'. to dedicate, s. momji. —
4. to address ivitJi a salutation, to Irish oi/e something (ma akye,
nuopa, akwaba, amo, due&c.) — ■:j. ma asem, to tell or relate a stor//:
of. moraa (ho). — (i. to lei, cause, malcc, allow, permit or suffer one
to do any thing (used as an auxdiar// before another verb, 5. Gr. §
91,10. 107,25. 2o5,3. Hem.) : ma entra ho (Ak. ma no tena ho), let
if (remain) there; gma wokgkyeree no, he let them go and catch him.
he had him caught: oma wobekyeree no, he suffered himself to he
caught hy them. pr. 408f.4S9f. 1969f. — 7. (used as an au.r. after an-
other verb, s. Gr.§ 100,32. 243 /;. Hem. 1.2.) to perform an action or
to he in some state or condition for the henefit of, out of si/mpatht/
with, or with res2)ect to somehody: ore adwuma mame, lie works for
me: odi nkommo ma ne nua. he laments for his brother; obgg tuo
maa Kofi, hr shot himself that Kofi sjiould or must do the same. —
Sometimes ma shows a general and indefinite reference of the prin-
cipal r. without an object following, rf. asempa al^uka kyerew mae;
in F. it answers to the adv. veri/: gye few ma. if is very beaidifid.
— 8. ma., so, F. do, to raise, lift, lift up: ma adesoa no so, lift or
talcc up that load; cf. kukuru; ma wo nan so, lift your feet i.e. quicken
your steps, be quick, make haste; gma n'ani (ne nsa. ne ti, ne nantin,
ne'ne) so, he lifts up his eyes (Ids hand, his head, his heel, his voice);
- to hold up ; - to elevate, exalt, elate ; gma neho so. he exalts himself;
- to take and carry away, to remove; to take up: wama u'asem so,
he has again taken uj> his sjteech. — .'>.ma, to plaster: wgde abanto-
atore ma gdan ho, nsemso ani. they plaster the wall of flic house, the
reding, ivith a trowel. — 10. ma, to cause, occasion, serves also for
the Eng. conjunctions so that, Gr. ^ 273,1 c.
ma, F. = amana, amoa. Mt. 15,14.
e-ma, a. 7*/. ama-amji. full, filled up; cf. matenn, matg; m'ahina
aye ma, my wafer-pot is full : ye, hy e or gu.. ma, fo make fidl, to
fill fuj>): wghyehyee hhiua no ama-ama, they fdlcd the n-fder-pots:
nsu aye tumpaii no ma, the bottle is full of uater : wakyerew nhr»ma
yi ma, he has written this paper full.
e-ma, n. fulness; ema mu nni sin. full is full.
ama, lime, bird-lime; ptitch; glue; cf. anulne. [(?. id."]
ma, a. slimy, ropy, clammy, glutinous.- viscid, viscous, sticky:
syn. matamata, fa, -sa, twa &c.
Am'ma [contr. of Amemenewa] F. Amba. pr. n. of a female bom
on Saturday. Gr. § 41,4.
ammj\-aniiwo-kora = nea wamma asem no annuo kora.
amma-amiwo kiirow = kiirow a emma gmanmu nhwo da.
mmaba-bere [ababa, here] maidenhood. — mmaba-sem,
di-, to be fond of dress or finery, to try to appear lady-like.
mabo, intrrj. [= mema wo aba-o] welcome! salutation to a
stranger arriving; cf. akwaba; Ab. (Amantoi'isofo na eta ka.)
iii;itl;i — uiM;iiiii».iii_vii'i. 203
iiiada, F. = me ara; m. iiko = me ara iiko. / (of) nit/sclf.
ma<ii', made, a kind of //ani. s. ode. pr. /ftw.
mad wo, intcrj. [meina wo adwo] (jood cvviunij!
Ill 111 a 0, hif.frcq. [ba] waba ha m., hc'luts often come lirrr.
g-iiiat'o, pi. a-, (jicer.
imna-;4()rii [ininri aj;-.J loir/ia.stf plai/ ivith women, forni((ttioii.
iniuaguin", r. ;/.[ba ji,u niu | veluforeeitirnt. pr. 1000.
iualia-0, iiiterj. | mcuia wo alia | (/ood da//! a form of .salutation
used in tlio middle of the day.
lua k('i, the jjejqier-sftnih and its fndt, consisting of jxxls with
many small seeds, of a hot. biting taste, Cayenne pe/zj/er, Cujtsienni.
pr. 189S. - Uitt". kinds: ntoiVko (the largest), nnyera (the smallest):
make kgko (with red pots), m. tuntum (with dork-fircen pods), m.
tita (with icIiUish pods); m. ab6r;i, hrofo m.. gpapo m. — inaku-dna,
\\w pejiper-shrnb. — \n\\\<.o\\{\, [dhn.l wabehye m'asem ani in., Iir
lias put pepper in the ei/es of m// palaver i.e. Juts made if i/rienuis
fo me.
inmako-iii mako [obako, y>/. J one hi/ one, our after the other.
• >irh In/ himself pr.?89.L>r>48..'yii58.
m 111 a k m in a-s (j m | s. bdkomma | manners and deatini/s of hiijli-
Ijorn jiersons, imjn-rionsness. — mmakoma.seui-prlb'^, aristocrat,
the aristocrutie parti/, aristocraey.
Ill a k I U" I'l %v a [kuruw = twitwa] a kind o{ le/trosy {cf. kwata,
pitij; when it has cut the fingers and toes, it heals,
niakye, interj. [mema wo akye] yood morninr/!
0-111 a 111 111 a [gmah ba] citizen; pl. gmah-mma.
o-maiiiiiia [gmiin, dim.'] a small toivn or state; cf. akurowa.
a 111 a 111 in a [aniilne aba] the fruit of a tree called amrinc.
auima-iuaillii-ariwii, a kind oi yam; s. ode,
o-mamfo, s. gmanf'o.
a 111 a 111 fo [gmaii af6| pl. id., a desolate, deserted and decayed
dicelliny-jjlaee or habitation, ruined town, the site of an ancient town;
pr.200S. syn. akurofo. — ainaiiifo-haiiia, a kind of creeper, climber;
wgde gye bah, kyere adare.
g-mamfraiii, /it. a- -fo | nea gfra gmah | settler, a person icho has
come from another jtlace and settled in a town. pr. 2004 f.
a ma 111 mot' [gmah bg] destruction or ruin of a town, country or
nation. — amammoe-sem [asem a ebg gmahj a cause of mischief
or desi ruction for a town or nation.
O-mammofo, one who brinys mischief on a community or nation.
o-iiiammo-iii})a, id.
o-inampa 111, 7^/. a-, the yaand. iyuana. a very large species of
lizard, eaten by negroes.
g-mani-panyii'i, ^/. a- | (»■ gmah-mpanyimfoj a chief, elder, <d-
derman. chief officer or mayistrate in a town, tribe or nation; sena-
tor, pl. senate.
294 auiamnii'i — ainaiiadc.
aiiiaiu-im'u Inf. [bumah] dcpurtmant, comportment, demcanoiii:
bcJifiriuKr, ronduci, manuer of I'icUhj tof/efhcr in a communitii; den
am. na wo-ue merebuyi? icliat munncr of behaving yourself toward
me is this? wo am. nyeme fe! your demeanour in this town does not
please me; wo am. rau e? how are you doing in your situation? m'am.
mu ye, / am doing icclJ. - am. pa, sociableness, sociable dispositio)/.
amammui = amammu: mo am. = senea mubu mo man fa.
amammui-sem [usem a wgfwe «o bu man| statutes or regu-
lations for a community.
a mam-mum [omah buin| disturbance or confused state of a
country or town.
man, v. to turn or go aside, to turn in somewhere from the way
or journe}': m;1n ua menseii, go aside, let me pass! waman ( wg)
nkwanta so ho, he turned off from the main road to the other way
where it branches off from the former {opp. wafa tempon no so); ye-
cluu Mamfe no, yeman kgg ofi bim', wlirn we came to M.. we turned
aside to a dwelling; otwam' a, oman me, wlien he passes tJirough my
town, he turns in at my house. — ^. to j^ass by, not to happen: eyi
mman wo = eyi mpare wo I may this not happen to you!
O-maii, Ak. gmane, 7>Z. amah i^ amah-amah, 1. (Akp.) tou'n, syn.
kurow=;a collection of houses larger than a village, (/. akura. —
^. the inhabitants of a town as a political body, a community. — 3.
the body of inhabitaids of a (ountry united under the same govern-
ment, a nation, tribe, peojde, state, pr. •2002. — 4. the people i.e. tin
mass of a community as distinguished from their king or rulers. —
5. the representatives ofthejieople, assembled for public transactions
with or without the king. — (j. pi. amah-amah, the nations of the
earth, t/ie heathens. fSer.J — 7. Phrase: bu man, s. bu 38.
mm an', a kind of herring, more common and smaller than two
other kinds called kokiiro & mpanei. pr. 216.
m a 11 a, mara, mra, v. to send (a thing or things) l)y an occasion
or opportunity, to transmit; wamana me aduah, nam, sika, he has
sent me food, metd, money: merekyerew hhoma mamraAburokyiri.
/ am writing a letter for (i.e. to be sod to) Europe; 'nera niede hhoma
memanaa Nkrah, yesterday I sent a letter to Al-ra,(v,'heAi it was
sent by an express messenger, soma is used: 'nera mesomae mii
wgde hh. kgg Nkrah); - mnuiruku yi ti Aburokyiri ua wgde mauae
(manafime). these boohs were traiismdted (to me) from Europe.
0-maiia. inf.si'uding. transmission ; - gmaua hhoma or-kyerew.
a letter.
a man a, amara. amdna. Ak. V. next younger brother or sister;
gye m'am. = gye m'akyi-ba: gye m'am. kiimil, he is the brother or
sister coming second or third after me.
am an a, Ak. 5. amoa.
mmana, s. mmara.
amana-de [maua. ade| jd.id. a jiresent transmitted : '^goods or
letters conveyed by the post. — am.-f\vefo, postmaster: am.-kurafo,
postman, letter-carrier.
aiiiaiiAt' — uiiiaulVxcro. 205
amsinrio+j post, jtoxt-officc. — amauae-lVvijfu, poslm aster.
iiiaiia-yiia: di- to trade tiif sendiny for artides, instead of
one's own goini;-.
o-inaua-iiliniiia, ni.ina-linnia, oiiiaiia-kycrrw, Icttrr. <tisj)iiteli.
a in a n-;i m a i\, .s. gmari.
o-inaiVa ii id a u. recnluthiti.
g-inaii-a 11 italic, disorder, itistartxtnees of a faicn or state.
o-inii i*i-a 11 i wa, y>/.-t'o, an important or j)ritirij)al man in a toirn
or st(de (ablo to care tor it and an lionour to it); a noljle, nofdetnan.
/ifer: pi. the rliief men. Iirnd men of the town.
o-inaii-l»a, pt. -mnia, eitizen. — oinan-iniua-obutb (>/• ananinu-
sifo, depidi/. rejm'sentatire of the )teop>te.
o-nian-iiim;i-j»an_vii'i, t>nr(/omasln-. manor. Hist.
ainai'i-bii, v. ainammu.
amamlzL', -liiiiiu &c. F. s. amaune &c.
a ma lie, 1. lime, hird-lime; pitch; t/lne; resin, (junt; any vis-
eoiis snl>sta)iee exuding- from trees and used to catch birds with, to
mend pots, some also (as kiirobow) to rub one's body with, in or-
der to make it sweet-scented: ef. ama. — ;J. a kind of tree; cf.
amamnia.
a mane, aiiianiK'. F. amandze [omah ade] trial, trouble, af-
fliction, misery, misforttene. calamity, pr. 381. 462.-567. — hu am., to
be unfortmude, to be in affliction, to suffer. — nya am., to yet into a
mess or scrape, into difficulties, to be prosecuted or involved in a law-
suit. (The word in its primary sense probably was applied to the
trial of a cause before the judges in presence of the people, and to
the grievous results of such a trial.)
amaii-nc, Ak. -nee [oman ade] ]. ((public tax, cu.-itom, impost,
duty, contrilmtion; cf. tow, akwanne. — ;2. custom, fashion, habU,
manner, ways or usayes (also reliyion) of a people.
a in a n ii e e, -= kasee.
iiiaiic, Ak. mAnee, quarrel, brawl; q/tarrelsomeness, quarrel-
some disposition ; syn. atutuw; oye mctne, oredi manee, lie quarrels,
squabbles, wra)iyles, brawls.
o-niaiiefo, quarreller, wranyler, brawler, quarrelsome persoii.
amaiinc-alta, a kind oi creeper, climber; wodi n'aba.
auiaiiue-liuii.u, inf. [\iu amaixe] sufferiny, affliction, tribula-
tion, trouble, adversdy. unhapj>iness. misery, wretchedness, torments;
yegyina amandzehunum', F. we stand in jeopardy, am.-kiirow, liell.
(h;henna. the place of torment. — g-ma nil u li ii n Li t'o. pi. a-, a suf-
ferer, one wJto labours under affliction.
O-manneni, onni-bi-amanefo, cme u:ho is in affliction, being
ivithout a friend or supporter.
O-manfo. the people in contradistinction to the king or go\ern-
ment; the members of a community im distinguishedfrom their rulers.
g-maii-fora-nyi, F. sojourner, Ps. H9,12. s. omamfrani.
o-uiaii-fwofo, ^>Z. om.-a-, consul. Hist.
296 mango — inruing.
inaiigo, s. man ho.
o-nicii'i-licne, the kii/tj or chief of a uulioit. lotvn ur riJUKjr.
g-in a h - h h y i a iii', pdiiiamcni.
o-maii-iihyiam'lu, mcmhcr of jxirliaiiici/l.
o-maiini, pL amaimifo, an acijitduifance (uea obeti wo abusiia
lio kakra a.s. obi hunu a wunim no); <jucst, pr. 284. — cf. omaiiinmii.
— om. dorowa, a needle of ncdice >iHiniifac/iirr.
maimi-ainfre, (/atj, hrkUe; apieceof'\voo(l]tut in one's niDutli
to i)reveiit his talking or swearing [wo manni gyina lig, uso wiui-
tumi mfre no]. — to., (anom') m., fo [/ay.
maiiiii-aniio, a by-name of the rat; .s. okisi.
mmanin-iie [obanih ade, minarimade] manful, calkint deedn.
mmaiiiu-wow [obanih awowj slmdder. .s/iudderiiif/, as before
a daring feat: - mm. agn no so, Jw .sJiudders, sJiake.'i irdli horror; cf.
awgse, ayise.
mmaiii u-yarc [obanih | any disease of men from unchastity:
beae, okraraah, baba, akronnoe, twow.
mmanin-ye, -yo. mnnUncss, raloar; cf. abaninsem.
a ma Ilk a 111, an edible root, coco -= ko'ko: a small species is
indigenous, a larger species was introduced in Akuapem from the
West-Indies in 1843.
iiiaiikasa [me ahkasa] Ak. meara, Intijself; myoini. (Jr. i^SO.
amaii-ko [omah ako] civil, inicstine, domestic tear; am., woko
a, wontwd tiri, womfa nnommum nso. — woko am. = woko mm;i-
tgkwa, fi(/]di)i(/ irith fsis. slichs tOc. abgntohko, fighfi/uf irith (fans.
o-inaii-k()r;ik('ir;i, inf. peace heiieeen neiyhhoars or parties op-
posed to each other.
o-iii;m'i k rado, y/. a- [G. mahkral()| the first in ran/c after the
Jci)ig in some of the small states or tlieir capitals (leading towns)
on the Gold Coast.
a 111 a 11 k 1- f i, a kind of tortoise, pr. 1927.
aiiiaiiku-o, a large species of beetle.
o-man-kuw, -kuo, part of a nation.
auiaiikwatia, a kind oibead; s. ahene.
n-maii-ky ere w-ui, chahcellor of state. Hist.
ill mai'iky I'ri, ^ bah akyi, i.q. duasee, dua-so &c.
o-niai'i-nima, 7>/.. .s. gmah-ba.
g-maii-miiii'ira, piddie lair; eonstitution; cf. amanyg-mmra.
g-maii-ininai'a-pero, constitiitionrd partij. Hist.
g-maiimuiii, ^j?. a--fo, conntryuian, toivnsman. one of the same
country or town with another.
Ill a II Oj mah'ho. ntaiiyo fruit ; luaiiyo-tree (raaho-dua.)
maiiO', mdiiho [Gev.tjaiik] fiotstool : bench, form; f/. behkyi.
ma, 11 110. 1. (sare so dua bim' amiine a wgde tare ahina) the
gum of a tree, used to plaster up leaking pots ; e/mn elastic, caout-
chouc, India rubber. — 3. the tree yielding such gum.
■•iiii.iiiiMtm'' — (iiii;iiil;iiii. 2H7
a 111 A imonc [yman & V] a f'orcigti coiiiih/j; ((hroucl; pr. UUH.
(aludioa.s. auanatb) kiirow biaenye wokurow-a. Am. asgni ye di-ua.
o-iiia M-pc rcfci, jtrofrcfor, dcfoKh'r of Ihv voiHiiiouwcaUli. Hht.
MaiiSM, jMoiisa |oba, esa] i>r. n. in. of one born as tlic Ihiid
cli'ihl ot his inotlier. - Maiisa |oba, esa] py. ii. /'. <;ivcn to a <;irl
Ix'inji- //"■ Uiird child of bor mother.
a 111 a ii-sa II [omaii, sai'i, rf. siiiiten] all peoplr. all tudioiis; Ihc
/iKiiKiii rare, luanlind. [ir. 4oo. 171^.2844.
o-ma ii-se<'', c((l((iiiili/, mill, destnuiioii of'n Htdioii. sliilr or Imrti.
a 111 aii-s o 111 [oinai'i asein] stale affairs, hnsiiirss of slale, p(ditical
a/fairs, jiolici/. politics, public iief/ociation : dijiloiiiaci/.
o-iiiaiisr'ni-difo, />/. a-, diploiiudist.
o-niansoiii-kyi'ivw'iii, pi. a- -fo, ticcrctan/ (ov c/iancelloij ofatalc.
amaii-sesew, I onjauisatlou, iron/an isat ion, of tltc state;
•a man-sic sic, I rcstoralion of peace and order.
o-m^ii-sin, 7>/.a-, a snhordiiKde, partli/ independaid, part of u
iiidion; a province; woaye wghho gni., wgde or wgada wgii m., tlieii
are a separate people for the nisei ces.
man so, discord, disaiirennent, variance, mutual aniinosilij, ho-
stilitji, eniniti/, strife; - t \\ e m., to be at variance: g-ne won wg or
t\ve jn.; ni. wg ye-nc Krgbgw utam'. — o maiiso-boafo, pr. .';?0i6'.
u-maiisulo, a person offended n-itfi, or at variance icith, anotfier;
quarreller, leramjler, brairler. pr. 2017. onipa yi ye gm., Itiis is a
quarrelsonic, revengeful, vindielive person.
o-maii-soafo, minister or secretary of state. Hist.
amausofo, people of other countries; Jtcafhens. Mk. 10,83.
g-mau-so-fwo^ the government of a country; reign, regency.
o-mai'isof\\'cfo, ^?. id. or a- o/* gmanso-afwefo, a man at the head
of a government, regent, ruler, consul.
o-maiigofwe-iiyansa, policy, politics.
amaii-som, Hie service of a subject due to the head of a state;
am. na yesom no, ive serve him as his subjects, not as slaves (nkoasom).
mansu-pc, quarrelsomeness, quarrelsome temper or disjiosi-
tion,lifigiousness. — o-maii8U[)etb,p?. a-, a qu((rrelsome, contentious,
litigious, seditious person.
amanso-som [manso-asem | a cause of disagreement, discord,
contention or hostility; controversy, litigiousness.
O-m a ii-a s u t u f o, demagogue. Hist.
mansO-twc, inf. discord, strife, quarrel: fiostility, .^edition,
open rupture, disruption: diff. atuatew. — o-maiisotwctb, ^j/. a-,
a quarrelsome, contentious, braiding person, sedifionary.
ma lit am, v. to hind, tie, fasten, a cow or sheep with a rope,
a ship witli an anchor, so tliat some liberty is left for movement.
pr. 1008. — cf. kyekyere, sii. — red. mantam-mantam: ne ntini m.
abo-kuw ho, its roofs fasten themselves to a heap of stones.
g-manlam, 2>l- a-> (i j'opidous di.drict or nation; a people form-
ing a distinctive political body, a state. Akyem nc Akuapem, am.
abieii yi, Asantefotumi won. — maiUam-ta, jnirfofastide. province.
298 omantaii — Ainaowia.
o-man-tan, pl.».-. [gmah, gtah] a primitive people: a motlicr-state
or coioitr/j: an independent state; gmaii a eso, gmah kokiiroko a
ne hko da ho.
g-man-tease-kiirow [kurow a eti tetete te ase se gman] a na-
tion of long stand in (/ or existence.
amaii-teu [amah a etoatoaso kg pi, e/'.teu] a series or succession
of towns. Amanteii-s6 ti Akuropgh kosi Berekuso; mpoanofo am.
da po ho. — amantensofo. the inhahitants of such towns.
aman terenii-ad e. doulih-dealinij, duplicity, odi am., lie is
double-minded, halts between two o/jinions or parties, shifts or turns
from one side to the other, shuffles, prevaricates; s. di 7.
o-m a n-t i a, pi. a-, province.
mantiase, subordinate towns, dependent of a leading town
(as the coast towns from Osu to Nino are dependent of Nkrah pa).
amaii-t ili [gmah atifi] the upjicr part of the country, the high
country.
ama ii-turu [gmah atoro] high treason.
0-ma ii-toto, inf. disturbance of the good relations between two
countries.
amaii-tow, (2jI.) [gmah, tow] single states, tribes or districts,
towns, townships or comiuunities; Akuapem am. si 17.
0-11) a n-ii u a, a neighbouring peoiih' ; wgauye wgh manniuifo pa
bi, they were no good nrighhonrs to them.
0-111 a ii-nVv ()('(' [gmah, d\Vo] ^jfocc, tranquillity of a people.
a-iii a 11 y a k iV, a kind of yam, s. ode. [E(pe lang.]
ma iiya-ma 11 ya (n.,a.. adv.) disorderly, in a confused state
or manner: srattered ; crowded, teeming, swarming; cf. hwanyah
mil, sakasaka; - nnij)a neuuam ho m., peojile walk there in a crow-
ded confused manner; mpah ueunam dahmu in., the house or room
is swarming with bids: woaye m.^ they have been confused, jumbled
or huddled (together), are dispersed (won hh, hkg fako, oyi afa ha,
oyi afa ha). Gen. 1,20.21.
0-ma ii-iiyiiia |gmah gyina] welfare of the (wliole) peoplr; firm
establishment of the hingdom or commonwealth, pr. JOIO.
ainaii-ye. amanyg, inf. [ye gmah] social relation, demeanour,
behaviour, depmimod (in living together with others); ^_//». amammu,
abrabg; wo amanyg nye rae fe! gye amanyg-pa = obu amammuipa.
aiilau-y y-de [ade a wgde ye gmah na aye jiyeygood man)tcrs;
morality, cirdization. — o-miin-yeHo^agood. quiet, considerate citi-
zen, onipa a gye gmah yive, gjje asem a ema gmah mu d\\o. pr. 2020.
— a m a ii y o - m in a r a, constdution : h y o am., to give or agree npon
a constitution. — iwmxwy q-<:>e\\\, politics.
amajia (sikaamapa), native, pure gold that has iKjt yet under-
gone any operation and is unmixed with dross; wode araapa hko
gu petea a, enye yiye, gye se wofram'.
Oma-om6 flic who grants stdisfying] an appeUation of God.
Ama-osu fhe who gives rain] ditto; .>-. Amosu.
Ama-owia [lie who gives the sun] ditto; 6-. Amowia.
umiapr — iniiiiil;ili(">k_\i. 290
nima-pp, inf. |pe, oba] love ov fondness for ivomcii, cnnrtiiKj of
or (joiufi after /romeii. fornication, pr. 2021.
iii;ir;i, ni'ada, F. := inc ara; mara a! it is /, Mh: (iyoO.
Ill iiiii I'.'i , /•. n. [bara, bra] laii\ connnandmvnt, order, dcerec,
edict, reijidation, rule, statute. - hye (or di) mm., to make, (jive (or
issne) a taw; - di inm. so, (or ye mtn.) to oltscrve or keep a law; -
to mm., to transffress a late.
iiiara, mra, r.. s. maua. — ;iiiiii r;"i, >•. amaua.
aiiiara, ^\ amonfi.
inuia rii, (/ broom or fan made of an elephants tail (»r ear used
by the ahoi»ratb or mmaratofo (q.r.) before the kin^-.
niiiiai-al»ai-a-imi, n. mmrabram'.
ill m 11 r a-da li u [mmara a eda ho] an old tan\ a standiny ride.
a m a r a-d c, .v. amanade.
a iiiaraddw. N. amrado.
iiiinjira-l'rciic, s. frene.
ill ma ra-hye, inf. the act oi' givin;/ laws; s. mmara.
iniiiara-hyefo, 7>/. id., lawyicer, legislator.
iiiuiaraiV, v. mmeran.
nima rai'iii ut'iJi, trinket, trinketry; jctcel; si/n. gude.
mmara-li\ inf. transgression (of a law). — iiiiiiarato-dL', fine
for the transgression of a law: wobegye neho m., lie irdl he fined.
iniiiara tul "6, 7^/. id., transgressor (of a laic), malefactor.
Ill 111 a ra-1 t)tVi, mmanat., j>l. id., nea otow mmara a.s. opra ohene
ho; sgn. ghoprafo.
y-iua ra tim i, yV. a--f<'i, mnlatto; better: oiuurattuii.
Ill a r (! iiui re. a kind of clnfJi: ntaina bi a enam ahorow bcye
se 1 a wgapam afa; s. utama.
HI 111 a i-a-y('>l'o [nea gye mmara] a fidfdler of the law.
Ill Ilia rinia-de [gbarima ade] = mmauinne , gyy m. = gye
imam, tie is manlg, heliarcs like a man.
Ill 111 ari lua-sem = abaninsem.
m 111 a r i ui a-s o, manlg, manfidlg.
mraa-sigyaw [gba, sigyawj the state of being idthoid children;
di mm., to he childless, deprived of childr:,!; s. bas. & 1 Sam. lo,3o.
Ill 111 a-s u [nsu a eba, efi nsu aniwam' baj tiring water, issuing
continually from the earth; niiining or flowing irater; ode mm. bi
a okoliui gkwan mu kum ne sukgm, he found some spring-water on
the wag and quenched his thirst with it.
Ill a t a t w e n e, a kind of climbing ijI ant or creeper, pr. 1167.2022.
iiiiiiata iiu, /y//'. [bataho| J. the ecct of adding or Joining a thing
to another. — 2. the cooking or roasting of different things on the
same fire, which is superstitiously avoided. — -5. appendage, appen-
dix, accompaniment; e/". nkaho, nkekaho. — mmatahO-kyi, the act
of avoiding or shunning promiscuous cooking or roasting.
3(X) mufa — niciu.
inata, matainata, a. sUtu//,cla)iuni/, doij(jt/, (/l/ilinoiis, labri-
coHS, viscous, mucous (e.g. fwenore); st/n. ma, praprii; cf. sfi, twii;
dote no ye m, (enye samsam).
iiia-teiin, a. hrhiifuh full to ihc hrim.
Ill 111 <i-ti, Ak. batiri [ba, baw, basa, & ti, tiri] shauhlcr ;-n\Rto no
m,, / have cmpoivcrcil him, s. to 17 . - oka nem., he shrufjs, rjives a
shrug.
ina-to [ma, G. tgj cholccful, topful, ci-amiucd.
Ill 111 A to kw a. mmatokwa [aba. abaw, ntokwawj w7(///(.', /ii/hl-
nuj u:/fh fists, sticks d'x-.; woko m. = woko amanko.
o-niAatWci, a medicinal ^;?^n</.
aina-wolin-so-o, interj. said to a leaving visitor,
me, pro/i. F.eme, I. ute, my. When prefixed to a verb having
close sounds (i, u, full e & o, gya, nya, t\Va, d\Va), it is written mi:
the e is dropped before the prefix a-. Gr. § 53-59.
e-m e, mini, Mentu, an aromatic herb used asa, medicine; Mt. 2:^,2S.
ebinom due suman a, wgde fra akoko noa na wodi.
0,-ni e, ])1. a-, the polm of the hand or a stroke with if; wgabo no
me, wgabobg no amc; F. 3It. ^6,(i7. — (/'. ntentemme, bg twere. kutrti-
inoa, kutrnku, sotgre ; bg fe,y>/. af'e; guram. [G. gba ma, gbla mai.|
me, /;. \red. memej tr. to feed to the full, to fdl, satisfy, satiate:
- intr. to cut so as to he satisfied, to eat enough; perf. to be satisfied
or satiated, to have enough; pr. 243 f. - wame so, he has eaten his fill.
— didi me, to eat enough, yr. 2134. — gme, inf. the act of satisfying
(C'c. or of eating enough: the state of having eaten enough, so as to be
satisfied; satiety. ful)iess. pr. 2191.
a me, inter}, come in! said in answer to ago, by which word
one's coming (in darkness tic.) is announced.
mmeti-mmea, mineae-inmeae. pJ. s. bea, beae, place.
meaiiiea..s. akyenky(>na.
mm ea m il-dua, F.mb., mbereinu-dua[dua a ebi bea mu] cross.
m e-a r a, jtron. ecen I, just I, I myself. Gr. § 59. F. mara, inada.
am e (j w, name of the cat in fables, from its voice; s. agyiuamoa.
mme-fe [abe efe| the refuse or trash, of the palm-nut, the fibres
from which the oil is taken out.
me hemehe(mi'he), a. fine, finely woven, smooth; nekentc
or kete ani ye m.; nhoma or atuJuru no ani ye m.; watwitwa nam
no m., better: nket'enkete.
mt'ho. inyself. Gr. i; 57. pr. 242.
m me k wail [abe nk wan] prdm-nut souj), a greasy soup, pre-
pared with the pulpy or mealy and oily substance of palm-nuts, a
favourite dish of the negroes,
ammekyewa. not having come to st(iy or last long: onipa yi am.
= amma ammekye kora.
mem, v. [red. memmem] to sinfc (doivn,nsum\ in water, asase
mu, in the earthj; to be sunlc, swallowed up, absorbed; usu no amem,
amemo — nieiu'iuiiu'iu'ii. 301
ihe wnier has been sucl-ed up. ahsorhrd in the iiromul: to disappear.
hide or lose oneself, he /o.v/ (wiiram', in the hush); to (eause to) sink,
jntf under irater. iuimerse in a fluid; osraiuai'i amr'm lam', the li(/ht-
iiiiKj (thunder-stonej has entered the i/nnind.
;i me in O, a kind of animal, pr. ■'>2S.
Ml nic, red. v. mv.
mciiimcii, F. red. a., s. men. — amcmcii, V. redness.
Ill cm 111 (Ml (', red. r. mcne ] pr. :?0fi4. — red. a. men.
M ("nu'iicda, Memereda, Satitrdai/. Gr. 5< 41,4.
Ill f 111 111 I'll o-n lie no (one ivho s/ralfoics np kinys) a \aMntino:
aijpellatiou of a king; ghene biara a oye otumfo, oliye ahone iih. so.
Ji 111 emiiKMiomfO [wamemmone nemfo, lie has svallowed his
side] disf/nst. displeasure, distiki'. distaste, vexation, indiff nation; eye
no am. rr- gmpone, enyeno dc, enye no abodwo, eye no awerelio;
ode am. sane, re.eed or f'rcttin;/ (at his mistake) he returned.
n me mi 111. leech, hinod-sucker, Hirudo. San(juisu(ia medieinalis.
[G. siti.]
men, meminen, memmene, V.a. red; onipa-memmeii,otam-
memmen, sika-m'.; ef. ben, koko, tofammeh.
iiieiia. .s. mana, mmara, mra.
iiienase, mene ase, menewaase, the midcr ov lower part of
the throat, (jnllet or esophagus; the heart as the seat of stip2>ressed
resentment; a grudge; ode me m., ode me ahye m., he hears me a
grudge or spite; obi ne wo wo asem ua ompe se oka a.s. onnya ho
adagyew a ode ka a, ode ahye neyam' a.s. ne menase.
menase-buluimua or -da' (dawa), the tivula in the throat; ne
menase-da ayi, ahon.
inenase-pow, 1. the prominent part of the throat. Adam^s-apiple,
(the projection formed by the thyroid cartilage in the neck). — 2.
a grudge, hinderanee of eordialifg; owo no m., he ours him a grudge.
ineiilia, F. = menewa.
mene, v. [red. memmene] to sicallow (up), suck up, to gulp
(dotvn), devour; to ingulf, absorb, pr.2694. mmene nam sa, na wo-
sow ansa-na woamene, do not thus gulp down the meat, but masticate
it before you swcdlow if.
mene, meiiewa, the throat, gidlet, esophagus; wotwaa ne
mene, theg cut his throat; pr. 387. — okgseh ne mene, he went and
hanged himself. — ne menewam' awo, his throat is dried up; cf.
menase, amenewa.
mmene [ben] nearness, neighbourhood; gbeda mmene 'ne, he is
to sleep in the neighbourhood to-day.
men em, v. to swell, e.g. of the virile member.
menemmenem, red. v. to surll. of a river; - nsn no ani m.
~= ye hurutututu.
menemmeiieii: ye m., to he absorbed, ind/ihed (water, in
the si'i'onnd). Am. 8,8.
302 menefiuua — mereiikoiiyai'i.
meneniiua, F. piMiclij. ML 6,4.6.18. = gua-so.
menewa, menewaase, s. mene, menase.
amenewa: otim no am., he taJccs lihu hi) ihe tJ/maf. Mf. 1S,Qfi-
meiiewam' kiiru, sore throat.
O-mene-awQj J)Z. a-, a bird of the savanna, as lavge as a tur-
key, in form like a raven, black with a white breast.
me-uko-modi (I atone shatJ eat or eiijo//): ye m., to lie self-
ish, scJf-interested. pr. 3571.
iiimeiikyee, mmenkveue [benkye(ii)] = mmene; mefre wo
akyirikyiri a, gye me mmenkyene, if 1 call to thee as from afar,
answer and save nie as one heing near.
Me US a, Mansa [oba, nsa] pr. >/. in. (-= the third ehUd).
mensa, -sa, a kind oi yam, s. ode. 'i)r. 20.'):J.,2;201.2J)59.
men sere, = bensere, basin.
mnieii-soii [aboh.nson] a kind of irind-insfnnne)/t: seren horns
blown together (mmeh ason na wgde gye dCvom biako so).
amensoii, F. = amausan.
mmeraii, mm<1ran, surname, hji-namr: wobonoor wopae no
m., fheif (/Ire him or rr// out his (hononring) l>i/-ii(iiiirs: ef. pbr-ran,
nsaberan.
nimeraii te- bei-e [aberante, here] //o/il//. (he part of life between
mmofraase and nkwakorabei'e.
mmerante-bo, exuberance of/fonthfnl (/aiei//, arro(ianre.pr.S8.
inmeran t iwa-sem [aberantewa, ascm] bray, boast, ravnt,
ostentation ; eda adi wo kasam' ne nneyeem'; nye m. ^^ gye ahan-
tan; nkwahkwasem (flaantinr/) da adi wg nantew n.a. mn.
m me r i', pi., s. eberc.
mm ere, Ak. mmere, nnislirdom. fiin(/iis; s. ananse-ntamma </.
mmere, s. mmerew. [I'l'- 37-3.899. :W.34.
ainere, amere, mmere [obsol. = bere, bea, nefi] place or nuoi-
ner (in which) : ivherc; amere (= amere a) wufi e? = nea wnti eV
— fako mere ogyinae na ohfiu sa no, gmmekyere na yentie! —
amere Avgye ni! =senea wgye ni! F. nibeye m'adwima de-mre n'a
sem kyere n' ara, I shall do my duty accordiny to his irord.
amere, 1. a plant nsed as a medicine on sores, pr. 2035. — 2.
s. amiri.
mmerebere [bere] a disease of the .■<hin; eye onijja hd kgky'.
mmerebo, berebo, liver.
mmei'eboa, a species of ant, small, of a reddisli colour, hav-
ing their nest iipon trees; ntetea hi a wgwg dua so keka onipa.
m m e r e h u a, pr. 855.
mmeremiidiui, F. =; mraeamudua, cross; cf. asendua.
m m e r e 11 k e ii s u ii, -soiio, the yoan;/. liglit-green shoots or blades
of])alms; s. hkonmu.
mereiikoiiyaii, 2')-. ^;';-#. -= nkfima.
iiimereiitiuii — uiia. 303
mniore-nson [here, ason"|: nna-m., fhe whole roiiud or lenfffh
of dai/s or of time; oil doz/s tliroiii/huiil. Se wo ne, me anko a, iina-ni.
(eha ara una olia) iwl woda so te ha! if //on da mil //a irilli iiir iioir,
you iciU never yet aica// from this place : s. Odomankania bggima-m.
Ill 111 e r o-s a | obere mu nsii] refreshmetd after hard tvork or fiyhtinr/.
iiiinero-sii [gbere mu nsn] refreshment after a journei/.
miiicrew, a. [berew, berebere] J. soft (e.g. wood, pr.l244.),
ihij>ressihle, i/ieldiiii/. — ,",''. uieej,-, mild. — :>. tender; delicate, effem-
inate. — /. n-e(d;, feeble, infirm, sicM/j; nehO ye m., Ite is not stron//
(bodily); - gyc m., <() = od\Vo, he is meeh; h) he is iveal; yieldin/i,
/)lial)le, indnlgent ; n'aso ye m., ]te is obedient. — Syn. b6te, bgdo,
b6kg, borogg, dabti, dufiiduf'u, defe, fita, f^tefete, hodvio, horghoro,
u'a, n'i, uyamo, sii\mo, jjgsgpgsg, posoposo (te. opp. den.
mm erew a-bero [aberewa, bere] the latter part of life or old
Oi/e of a H'oman, following after mmababere.
mmertMva-so m, dealinys, talkinys or concerns of old women.
mmesa [abe, sa, to hany down?'] 1. a catkin or anient of the oil-
/ndm. — ;?. a braid, plait or tress of hair; gnwene ne ti m., gwgw
lu'iihwi m., she plaits the hair; m. tetare (fomfani) ti bo, pna. de,
ogyina hg.
mmesoa, Ak. -- bosea, mmosea.
mesemese, 1. Ak. = nketenkete. — ?. a kind of cloth: Aburo-
kyiri kente bi na Akyemfo ato no sa.
mm toiuina [betem, gba] the thorns between the nuts of the od-
palm. pr.68S.
mmew, 1. a, kind o{ reed ov rush, bulrushes. — i*. a kind of
printed cloth; s. ntama.
mmew [bew, 7>7.] /)laces. mountains; mmew-hhoma, map, chart,
r/eo(/raphical drawiny or delineation; adas. collection of maps.
m me \va [abe, dim.'] a creepiny plant or climber, winding round
palm-trees: abe ho hama; wgt\Vet\Ve sum nsemma; wgde ye tui.
Ill i.pron., conjunctive form of me before close sounds. Gr. §54.
mi a, V. [red. miamia] 1. to press, squeeze; atade no nkg me
yiyc, emiame, the coat does not fit me weM, it pinches me; adesoa
no mia me ti so, the load presses my head. — 2. to press toyether,
to shut, close (the eyes); omia n'ani, a) = omua n'ani, he shuts his
eye; b) he meditates; c) he exerts himself, fries his best in doing some-
thing. — o. mia .. mu, a) to press tof/ether: mia mu ma enye tra-
wa kakra, squeeze it to make it thinner. — b) to restrain, restrict,
straiten; omia ne kwannyji mu, he restricts his privileyes. — c) mia-
mia.. mu, to rc/Mir (gdan mu, biribiara a asee na wopam a ebeye
'ye mu); cf. pompam, d\vuw. — 4. to arm oneself, take arms, be in
armour, go in. arms; orebemia = grebebg ntoa na wase akotwea na
waso tuo mu. Dawid ne Goliat kgkoe no, wammia na gkge. — .->.
to adorn or dress oneself; wamia = wakeka neho, wafura ntama a
eye fe, wahye atade a eye fe; mia is more used of men, liyehye
more of women.
304 amia — amo.
a.mia, v. n. the state of heing armed; armour; wokgo amia nm.
ilieii irenf In fall armonr.
ainia-(l(\ (a piece of) armoar or r/rcv.-*. pr.Slld.Slfto.
Ill 111 i a-S 0, i)if. 1. e.rerfiu)). — 2. ade hi a wgde amianiia ])ii-ibi so.
iiiiiiiako-mmiako [biak6,j:)?.] one hii nnr. nnr tiffcr tlir of Iter, shnjl/i.
iiiiiii(jlif% Ak. how manif? = alie.
mirua-diiam', s. kwata.
mikum-anansc, s. aturukuku.
mim, V. F. io preponderate (?).
amim, e-, undue advantage. prer(de))ce or .•^Hj/eriorit//: (jrccdi-
ness; fraud; force, violence, pr. 240. 7o.3. — d i .. a., to over-reach,
defraud, take in. cheat: to do violence. — ye a., to t)e selfi.<ih. self-
interested, f/reedi/ ; ineqifitaJde. unfair. unj7tst. Onyank. nycj amim,
neyam'ye.
amim-di, inf. the act oi' over-reachin;/. defraudation: violence:
ade-kye mu wope se wofa nea e.s5; Sjjn. nsisi.
O-mi'inio, jj?. a-, a c/reedt/. avaricious, rapacious person ; .\i/ii.
oniberefo, odifudepefo.
iniiisini, r. F. to be gloomi/, clouded, lowering, oftliesky. Mt.JO,.!.
aiiiiri, a lieasi of prey(?); a hunter (?) jM-.-'idd.
A'miri, a surname of the Asantes.
aiiiirika, m-. [.s. abirika] a run, running, race, rapid course or
motion: de m., to be in full speed; tu or tntn m., to run: to hasten,
hurry. [G. foi (dse, dso, hie, sa, tse f.).]
aniirikn-dc, tlie object or things far u-hich a race is run.
;i-inirika-(U''i'i: otu am., he runs witli alt his might.
a-inirika-tii, inf. the act of running, a run, course.
mo, mo-o! or mmo, F. mbo, [the o is full & pure] inter}, a form
of congrfdulation. thanlful aclcnowledgment, and of wishing success:
well done! well then! good s2)eed.' good lucl! hail! all had ! It may be
said twice, thrice Sic. Cf. amo.
miiio, na mmo (mmo) F. = mmom, adv. rather; then; but. —
Mt. 10,6.28. 19^5. 22, 43. '24, 45. 2.-,, 9. ML 5,2(1. J0,26.4<S. 14,31. 1 Cor. 15,40.
mo (with nasal o), })ron. (F. Ak. often horn) ye, yon, your.
When prefixed to a verb before i, u, full e t*t o, gya, nya, tvva, d\va,
it is m U-. Gr. § 53-59.
ill 6, V. to tie aj)0ut, wrap or wind round : mo amoase, to tie the
under-garment about the loins.
mo, V. F. to be bad. Mt. 6,23. 12,34. s. in u o.
amo [pure full o] F. ambo, congratulcdion, feliiit(dion; ma a.,
to congratulate, f elicit ede, had. praise, a ch)) owl edge, toicishjoy, good
speed, or success; mema no amo, / tjid hi)u good sj)eed (God speed);
Tvoma no amomomo, they hail him. pr. 242. 729. — Cf. mo.
amo [amiioVJftarfnes.sY.^,) somemorcd defect, as ingratitude, stingi-
ness; wayi m' amo = wanna m' ase, he has manifested against me
ingratitude, i.e. he has lieen ungrateful tn me: woyi m'amo —- woyi
emo — iiiiiigUo. 305
mo ayamoinv^ne (wose me yam' ye hwene), fj/ri/ iijihraifJ )iir with
or nr.nixc mv of stiiui'inoss.
('-Ill o, rire. OrifZH, tlie pJniif and the (jf<i'ni>i: j^ii mo (in Kycrc-
Iii: saka mo), f<> sow r'tir.
1110 a, /'. [>xv/. moamoaj 7. (n ijdtlicr, prvs-< or fonn info k hull,
liiiii/K round mass; to roil or irraj) up: m. dnkfi no liye wo ntama
mu ; wainoamoa ne. ntama aliye ne niinotoam'. — ^. it) hctome or
iittilr close, norrotr, short : wamoa ifakatawia ano, /ic has closed his
umbrella: odaii no fmo amOa, the (ij)erhire of the room has been d'l-
minishrd : (uc yare nti) nenan ano amoa, his steps hare beeonie short,
ontunii ntwe no nan inn so kahno bio.
niliioii^ f.ii. [boa I helji: woili m.. the// in/ifiiall// /kI/k aid. ossist
eadi other: ef. di nnoboa, di bial'wc iV: oboa; F. iiil)oa, (/raic.
iniiio;i, .s. boa, mmoadi.
ill III i> A. a kind o{ cJifwlced calico, c/iillnes.
h mo;!, Ak. aniana, hole, eaviti/. jdt, den. ditch, tniirh: cf. etn,
ok;"i, nkonon; - bo or tii a., to diij a hale.
Ill 111 na (la 1 1 1, s-. boadabi.
Ill iii('»a-(li, inf. |di mmoa] niidnrd assistance.
Ill 1110 a'-di, inf. [di mmoil] the iakinf/ of bribes.
Ill iiioa-doma [aboa, domaj animals of all kinds, pr. 540-44.
a in oa o-jrauowa, -gyanoa, a species of food tor widows, pre-
pared of mashed maize; s. siw ].
;i iiiiiioaki'ia, 7j/. m-, a kind of sqnirrel; si/n. adwere.
iiimoana, F. ichieh. Mk. 2,9. 13,28.
iiiiiig-aiiiiii, Z;^/". [bo anim] thestnto of facin;/ eaclt other; di m„
to face eacli other; wodi m. fwe wonho anim' ara, the/f sit opposite
each other looking each other in the face.
Ill o-a a k a s a, \ you yourselves; your oicn;
n\o-'AV'A,pron.\ even yon, just you ; Gr. § 69.
Ill 111 o-a no [ebo ano] breast, ehest: sfiman bi sen nem., an amu-
let hanffs on his chest.
Ml iiioa-ano, inf. a yathering together; (/. anoboa, raboaanofo, F.
nun o-a so, inf. [bo ase] beginning, fntndation (of a town, king-
dom). Cf ammose, nhyease, mfiase &.c.
a in o-a s e, 2)1. m-, [mo ase] the utidcr-garment or loin-cloth of tlie
negroes, syn. otam, odanta.
niinol)a[boba] dry ftvigs, brush-uood, small .sticks of a fagot,
mniohn-dua, a plant, the rods of wliich are tied across tlie sticks
or poles in the framework of a negro house; .s. iiwiira.
ininobitiri, a kind of bead, s. ahene,
ninio lio.mmoboro, jj/(v, compassion, mercy; oye m., he causes
pity i.e. lie is jiitiatile, iniseral/le, pitifid, deserving 2>dy, lie is a poor
fclliiw; ohu int' m., he looks on me irith pity, is pitiful or co)njHissio-
-10
306 mmoboinni(')l>(» — mom.
nate towards me, pities me, has pity, mercy on me. sJions me mercy:
liu (or f\ve) yen m., have mercy on us.
mmohg-mmybo, a.Saclv., miserable, piiifid, in a miscroUc
stfde or condition: n'anim ye m., Jie tooJiS icrctched, miserahJe, has
a sad countenance, lSam.l,lS; gnam in., he u:(dJcs ahout in a ^ad
condition.
mmobom' [bobo mu] 1. a kind of u-liite cotton cloth intcru-o-
rcn with red threads in squares; kente no ye m., wode adidisika
anwene mu ahinanan-ahihanan. — ^. a collection, accumulation,
mass, heap, assemblage ; opp. ankorankoro.
m mob org = mmobo. — mmoborm', F. hunihly.
mmoborobnnu, /;?/'. [hii mm oborg] mercy, mercifulness, pity,
compassion, vuldness; cf. ahumgbg, timgbg.
mmoborolnmnfo, i)?. id. a mercif id person.
mmgl)oroiii, pi. -fo, n pit if id, pitiable person.
mmg-deii, v. n. [bg v., den «.] a strong exejiion, effort, zeal,
earnestness, ardour: -by m., tobe zecdous, strenuous, eager, an.iious:
m(jbg m. mafwe, / iviU try my best. — mmodeii-bo, inf. [bg mmg-
den] exertion, zccd, eagerness, diligence.
mmo-foro', v.n. [bgr., forort.] a new exertion, new beginning:
- bg m., to begin anew; mefi 'ne mabg asetra foforo ho m., from to-
day I shcdl begin a new life; ey-i na orebg m. (= grebg aso foforo)
asi dan.
mmofi";iasc. 1 [abofra, ase, here] childhood, tlio time from
mmofra-bere. I birth or infancy to puberty.
mmofra-abrodc, a siliquose plant.
mmoiVa-forowa, -akokoa, -kokofe, difterent kinds oi pilants.
mmofra-.som, childish tailings, dealings or concerns.
mmofuma, ]. a kind o( tree. — 2. the' inner bark, the bast or
fibres of that tree; gtgtga ho liono. — 3. a string or cord made of
it, == nniialiamii; rf. mtiriwa; di/f. bofii, bofunnua.
amon'om, a kind octree; sareso dua bi.
motfya [s. bogya] blood; cf. kafo, dase, danse; ka or gu m.,
to shed blood ; wgama m. agu fam', blood has been shed. — mouya-
si'i-fr'nr' (-funu?) matter, jnis; the serum exuding from a wound.
moho, i/ourselves; mohoho, moho moho. >/ourselves mutually.
Gr. § 57.218,1 «.
m olio [mmghgg, G. muhg] cutiain, veil.
m mo-bo, inf.\\)qho] doubling, dujjlication; double; pair (annn-
twi m. anan, f<nir pairs of oxen); multiplication by two or more than
two; mitua no kaw m. anah, I pay him or restore it to him fourfold .
mmo-kaw [mmgre a akaw] leaven, leavened dough.
mmo-kwa, the borrowing of another^s garment.
mom, V. fred. mom mom q.v.] to roll or wrap up. furl, envelop:
to squeeze together (that the hollow space disappears): doroben no
amom; mom akatawia no ano, shut ov ptd up the umbrella; waku
ne nneema iiliiii;! amom ano, he has pached up all his tilings.
emom — anioiioni. 307
o-inoiu [rtnnninin', fr. boniu?] 1. ordinance, injiutrfirm, decree;
iiifcrdicfioiK proliihitlmi. proliibilorij laic; cf. ininjira; wouliye mom
so obiarji mmmo so, tlieii hare decreed that imljodij sliould meniinn
the matter: ereri/ one is forltidden to spcal: of it. — ^^ ai/reoiioit;
rf. imii(»in'; woakoliye m. -= woapam.
Ill 1110111", inf. \\io \x\\(\ joining, reciincdiation; a(frernient. cotiveu-
tion, contract, stipulation, treat//; conun anion, jwace.
Ill 1110111', adr. (s. tief.) F. mmo (= nipo, Ak.) rather, in pre-
ference, more propcrlii; me.pe oyi m., I lihe this Ijctter; inej)e lia-yi
m. kven lio, i like this place lietter than that one: eno tii. 11a onyr
korfi, th(d nuireorer is not (/ood (d all, that is even irorse.
Ill o in M, mOrnA, red. r. 1. s. iiifi. — ^. to dedicate, devote to;
odo asuri'dai'i (sika, no ba) mOiiuui Oiiyame. — .>'. to jiraisc, extol,
e.i(dt. (jliirifii; wonirnna glicno - - wpbo no nimoran kil noa waye lie
noa nonouanom aye agyaw no ne abiisua ko a ofim' ; abrafo m.
oliono yo no bo bu. — •/. onim moina = kwaduom -to or -bo. — .>.
m. bo, = koka bo nsem, to speak of a matter i}i detail, to cnhm/e
njnin. expiditde on. (five a discourse on, make the appHc(di(ni of. —
a. red. to t<dk nninteUigibly ; wobisa no a.som a, n'ano moninmoin;!.
mill o inri-li6, inf. (s. hef.) circundocntion ; discussion, explana-
tion; expatiatin(j on, (idle) talk; ebo ni. ni,
111 6 111 A, luoiiiri-so, the forehead, front.
Ill o m mo ill, red. v. 1. s. mom. — 2. to slirivd, shrink tor/ether;
to curl up (as witbering leaves).
in 6 mm 6 no, F. momon, a. s. amono, raiv.
momoiiolo, momroto [G.] unci ran mc.ised; uncircumcisioii.
Ill 111 p r 0, a strap ofleidher put round one's nock and drawn
so as to strangle tbe person,
moil, ^'.F. (= ino, miio?) to Jjc unrighteous. HcI).G,10.
Ill 111 on (cf. bon v.) a neigh, neighing, whinnying ; - bo ra., to
neigh, whinng (of borses). Jer. 5,8.8,10. — k a m., F. to woil. Mk.o,38.
iiiuionnri, .S-. bonna; - to m,, to intrude uj)on women h// night,
to ravish. — inf. m-to.
M monri, F. mona, .s. amana, amarii & amoa.
iiionkyem, v. to hend, turn iip, ivrinkle; to douhlc doivn (a
leaf &c.); to he bent, turned up, to get a loss (as, a brazen vessel);
osekan no ano am., nhoma nom' am.; awowa no am. = babi atom'
sen babi.
iimono, -mono, red. mommoiio, or moramono, a. raiv; fresh,
green, soft; unripe, immalure; undried; unboded, crude; s. Gr. §
70,1-3. gdemomoiio, ode-amono, anammono (wodi anammono, they
eat meat, wodi nam momono, they eat raiv meat), ode no ye momo-
no ; cf. ababammono. — amono kanwe, qude fresh or neiv, used also
of persons, as, a blooming youth; cf. bun.
amoiio-akri-ogya = nam momono a wgabow dakoro pe.
amoiioni [amono mu, lit. in the freshi directly, Immedicdely,
forthwith, on the spjot ; gbo no bog no no, a. bgara na gtgo, when the
stn)H' hit him. he fell dead on the sjjaf. V. amonm lioara, suddenly.
308 monom — mmowa.
monoiilj red. raonommonom, morommorom. a. smootli; opoi'i
no ye m.; cf. eso ye torotoro.
in m n 1 11 k y c ^ okwah kontoh kye, pr. 1900.
m mo pom ma [cf. bapomraa] s.d-pL, a respretaUc. iKwnnraJiJe
person (onipa a oye gpanyin ho-ne-lio nanso onim ile).
iiibordo, F. = mmoro-so, exceedinfjl}).
HI more [bg, bore, i;.] dough.
Ill 111 gre-hii, === pitalu'i.
iiiniorka, F. = mmokaw, Mt.l'i,')3.
Ill morokoko wii. a kind of head, s. aliene.
iiiiiioroiiimorome, s. aburonia, -mv.
miiioro-sa [biiro, iisa] rtoii. hrandi/. bronglit from Europe or
America; cf. nsa.
mm oro-s6, i)if. [bore so] ahnndance, e.ruhernnce. overfan-'ntfj
fulness. — adv. exceed ingl//.
Ill more) to a, a kiacl oi'head; s. aheue.
mmo-sa, nsji a ebow, strong drial; = mpalijewa.
ammose, = mmoase, ase, hcglnning. yr.lS^l.
iiiiiiosea, s. bosea, pehhJe; grarel. yr. 2046.
Ill m s o a \v a [dim.] small pebbles, grarel.
e-mo-si, inf. s. emo & si.
mmosij a kind oi counfrtj clotJi. s. ntama.
Am OS 11, Am;"i-osu [nea omil osn, Gr. i^ 39. 9. | the Jiain-girer. a
by-name of God; rf. Ainowia.
m 111 s inv a [ obosu, dim. | the carlg deic, condensed before day-
mmotri [beta, dim.\ a kind o£ bead, s. ahene. [break,
motaii, V. F. = mantam. Mf. •21,2. Mk:ll,:2.
mmoto, -doiiia, greot (plantains), fresh (yam), pr. 598.1133.
Ill 1110 to am' [ba = basa, toa, mu| arm-hole, arm-pit.
mmgtoam-ma, a sicelling ov tumor in the arm-pit; woboapafreno.
miiiotoa-siu, na pompo no ahhon kokiiro anye 'mgtoam' inTi.
mmotoaase: wabg nem. afa gbji no na gdeno aguan akgtra...
miiioto-kroma, the new yam of the first crop; wgpah m-; cf.
mpgw. — • m-m\ m-bere, tlie time or season in ivhich the new yam is
taken out; mmgtgkroma-bere adu.
Ill mow, mediation, negotiation in a matter between two nations
which may lead to war; di m., to mediate, act as a go-between, try
to reconcile ; abgfo yi di m. ; wgadi ntam' m. dedaw, na anye yiye.
A 1110 wi a [nea gma owia] the Sun-giver, he who gives sunhine;
a by-name of God; cf. Amosn, AmJi-gme &.c.
mmowa, a tree, the h((rl- of which is burned to coal and mixed
with sweet-scented spices; ohuam bi; dua bi a wot\vit\va na wgde
to gyam" ma edah gyabiriw, na wgayam na wgde nhwtine torn' na
mma de fra wgn adnrn mn de ye woiiho (won anim, ;ikyi, koko so.
nan ho, nsa \in).
iiiuiuVvciX'biwa (muii. 3fi0
m mo wo re 111 w a, -wiiwa: gyare m-, he hns Insf his jkiUs by
the, whitlow (s. okckaw /.) or by };:yato; s. bowercwua.
;i 111 uyi, inf. |yi aino| iiKiralHinle.
o-iiioyiro, an iDiyvatcfnl person.
Ill iiio-to-ho, inf. [bo to ho] procrnsli nation, jjosl/ionrmfn/. od-
jonrnmrni: dclai/.
Ill 111 (i-l o-so, inf. [botosoj false accKaalion. s//n. o.sitsuka, iitwa-
toso; nyr wo yonko ho mm., do not cast ani/t/tini/ iijxui i/diir nviyh-
boiir irii/ioiit lieiiuj able to prove it.
iiiiiu'a & cpds. 6\ mmara.
iiira, c. s. mana. — mmra, v. mmara.
Ill inriibraiii'. r.n. [.s. bra mu] the act of iritliliotdin(j. ronrc(d-
iiuf tCc: unf((ir)tess. disltoiiest//. niisstidrment; di.ssiin/didian.
jiiiirAdi', giiira-kvi'rrw, giiir;'i-i'ilioiii;i &c. s. amaiiado Sic
a 111 ra do, aiiirMdow [Port, (jovernador?'] yovvrnor: cf. brohcin'.
iiiiurai'i, s. mmoran. — iiiiiirrii'ii"iii;H'i, x. mmar.
o-iiiraloni, s. omuratoni.
Ill 11, jiroii. .s. rao.
c-iiiii (u r=: ii), ilie inferior. 1. the inner or middle part, inside;
anji part or point icithin the limits of -a. line, surface«or body. — JJ.
the inner parts, cf. anom', asom', infom', yam' t^c; the space within
ov inside. — c>. the interior of a conntr.n: emu noho (uohoa) torii'i,
far in the interior. — 4. As a postposition after nouns & pronouns
it stands for the foil, prepp. ^(^ advr.: in, at, i)ito, through, irithin.
in/card, i)is/de; between; of time: in. at, durin(j. irithin; of a plu-
rality of things: amomj, amongst; connected with certain verbs (as
fi, to proceed from) : out, from. See Gr. § 119. & Hem. on the tone
of mu. which is high after a preceding low tone, and low after high
tone. "When used as a postposition or complement, the vowel u is
often dropped, and the remaining iii' connected in pronunciation
witli the noun or pronoun to which it refers, or with the verb. —
'). In some 2>hrases emu forms the grammatical subject (instead of
the thing to which it refers), as: emu da ho, // is or lies open, is man-
ifest, plain; emu do, it is deep (abura, asunomu, epo mu do); emu
gow, it is spacious; emu terew, it is wide; emu ye den, it is diffi-
cult; ne yare mu ye den, his illness is severe; emu ye duru, it is im-
portant; emu ye hare, it is easi/; emu siwme kakra, emu ntew me
yiye, Gr. §215. — 6. When compounded with nouns, mu expresses
a manner of doing = after the manner or fashion of; e.g. mmari-
inam', niiipam', brofom', s. Gr. ^ 131,4. — 7. In composition with
verbs, mu has the power of an adverb, meaning in, between, to-
gether; r/'. bam', bom', dam', gum", worn', nnim', hyiam', tiain' &c. —
mu or m' influences the pronunciation of preceding vowels, making
the open vowels (a, e, o) half-open (a, F. e; e, o), and the half-close
vowels (e, o) close (i, u).
c-m u, the interior or middle p((rt of the body, the chest, thorax,
rump, bade; espec. the upper part of the back, cf. akyi; gyare ne
mu, he has a disease of the chest or lunys; nc inti bu fanh, his rump
310 mu — imiliriiiirilin.
is flexible; opono nemfi, lie is hending his huclc, otee lu; infi, lie
stretches his had:.
mfi, a. [ph amuamfi] 1. whole, entire, covij'lete; iiiiJiml-en, in
good condition; opp. sin. gow. piece, fragment; oclii clnkono mu, lie
ate a whole (loaf of) bread; onipa yi, oye mu (pirim), thi.^^ man is not
siclclij, but licchj (indeed); odi mu, he is icithoid blemish or defect
(mpakye ridzi mu, F. Mt. 13,31); ecli mu = enni dem; iikuruwa no
bi ye amu-amu, ebi nso ye agow-agow. some of the vessels are whole
(not broken), others are damaged. — J^. true, real, ftdl. earnest, se-
rious, sincere; eye me aseda-mu, if is a matter of heartfelt thardcs to
■me, I am truhj thankful for it; eye me hkgmmo-mti, it is a matter
of deep concern, serious care, grave solicitude to me, I carnestl// wish
or desire it. — 3. perfect, aceomplishcd, excellent: onipa-mii, a man
of distinction, of rank. pr. 2397.
e-mfi, a-, n. a tvhole, entirety, totaliig; bo no mu, sag it at once!
mebo no amu maka se: I will gather or sum it up in these words:...
infij mo, r. F. = muo, to be bad.'
jimu, a dead (human) body, corpse; a more decent expression
tban efunu.
Ill u a, V. 1. to shut, close; om. ne nsa ano^^;?-. 468), n'ani, he clo-
ses his hand, hi^eycs; om.n'ano, he shuts his mouth, holds his tongue,
is sdent, keeps silence, forbears talking, pr. 247. — XK to be shut or
closed; n'ani aniua, his eyes- are closed. — 8. anim' amua, remua, 6'.
anim.
minuadd, s. abnada.
Ill mil a e, v.n. [bua| an ansu:cr; asemmisa ucne m., questions
and answers.
Ill u a ill u a, ((. narrow (as, the opening of a small bottle or
phial); c/'. dwedwewa, hialiia, teatea.
a 111 u a 111 11 a n i. blind-mans-buff.
Ill 111 u-ano [bu anoj the edging, hon. skirt of a garment.
iiiniua-so [bua so] cover, lid, pot-lid; cf. mmutuso, nkataso.
minua-taiiia, Akr.-tam; Ky.-toma [ntama a obi de bua (kata)
neho so] a cloth to cover one's body, also in sleep (ojvj;. odaso); a
cover; clocdc, pall, jxdlium (as of the ancient Greeks).
iiibubiia, F. =: bubuafo, j>L m-, lame persons. Mt 15,30 f-
innmbui, v.n. [bu, r. red.^ 1. lameness, a disease in the legs
causing inability to walk. — 2. a fraction in ci})hering.
mbubui, F, a) palsy, 2It. 4,24.0,2. b) fragments, crumbs, Mt. 13,37.
mbubuinyi, F. a man sick of the xmlsy, Mt. 9,6. Cf. obubuafo.
mu-diui [dua a ehye onipa mu na otumi gyina] support, staff
of life; onipa m. ne kankyew (F.) or aduan, man's staff of life is
bread (food); pr. 2398.
mu-liama, a piece of clot] t or rope tied round the chcsi to show
excessive grief; - wabo m. = awerehow aka no na ode hama anase
ntama abo (akyekyere) ne yam'.
muhumuliUj a. fine, of dry things that are ground; obo be-
iiMik;i - - uiiniinii'iki'iiii. .'{11
dwiriw won aye atodurn m.; rtyam kyekycro in.; sijn. fV-kolokn; rf.
l)O(lol)0clu.
iiiukii, iiiukyiVi, iii-. Itiikyi;i, ficdif/i. fire- pi nee: the. licaiili
on wliicli the negroes usually cook their food consists of three rouml-
isli elevations, formed of clay, between which the tire is niadt^ jiimI
on which the cooking-pot is placed.
umUa-asi', tltc place or apdrtmctit irJicre the liearf/i is; hitc/icn.
a 111 u-ky enO^, tiiioniit//.
in 11 III, a. 1. deaf and dmnh. — 2. Ihu-'di'j no opeiihtif or e.ii-
I ranee, — o-imilli, mumu, deaf and danibne^s. dnnthnes.s ciuxni'd hy
deafness; cf. asitiw. — o-muiii, e-murau. (( fieysnii n-lxi ix deaf and
dumb. pr.2047. V. Mk. 7,87.
I\[uiiio, name of a month, about JJeceinber; 6. gsrani.
()-mfilii(), inQino, y^/. a-, [mno, r.] an aijJif, IU-IooI'ukj. ill--s/ia/ied,
bod'il/i misfofHU'd iierson : (nea naniin a.s. ne honain nye fe, iic li
kokiiroko, n'aniwa nkete-nkete, n'aso ntitiwa-ntitiwa nkete-nkete,
ne kgn tia n.a.) pr. 217.1801.20i8-50. (iiiuiiio-kaii, iiiiiiiio-kyiri).
aiiiu iiio-y e, F. amumuye, Inf. crime, (act of) wickedness; ican-
tonncss, looseness. — ye am., F. Mt. 13,41.23,18. MIc. 7,22.
o-iiui iiigy (jfo, })J.fi-, 'miscreant, mischievous. wicJccd person,
villain, scoundrel.
0-iiuiino-\ve.s(jwa [omumo a oye n'ade wese nr \Ve\ve] a person
not fair, but clea)i and tidi/; opp. oyiyeburu.
Ill a mil, ^\ mum.
a mil mil a lia, a kind o^l plant.
amumuye, s. amumoye.
muna, v. [rer?. munamuna] 1. to become or be dark, to look
(jloomn; osu am., tlw clouds arc dark. — ^. m. an i m, =kum anim,
to darken the face, make a sour face, to froiun. — .b'. wamuna, n'anim
am., he looks sulloi ; he is (jloomy, sad; wamuna ahye me, he frowns
upo)i me; pr. 248. — onam munamuna, he is melancholy/.
o- 111 una mini a fu, ^j?. a-, a sulloi, morose, peevish, discontented
fellow; woye om., i/ou are cdwai/s disjil eased, discontented.
muni, V. to roll about, pr. 1864.
m ill 11 1'lkaiu-su, inf. [buiikarn] transcendenc/j. Kurtz §105.
Ill 11 11 1 11 111, t'. to tur)t over, turn upside down, upset, overset,
overturn, sidjvert; m, toa (or aduru) no = f\vie gu! — syn. dan ani
butuw.
amiiiit um-amriiii, adv. seeretel//, privately, in secret; yedii
asem no am. =yehintaw kokoam' dii asem no na obi ante.
miini'im", miiriim, v. \j-ed. munum-raiinum] to cover entirely.
wrap up, enwrap, wrap round; .s7/». kata; ode ntama bemiuiiun
yen so, amunum pon so nneema nhina so, am. ne honam nhina; -
om. fasu so bae, he tumbled over the u-all('fj.
o-miiuu ukiini, ^;/. a-, 1. foy, mist; om. resi, a fog is cominy;
cf. kusukuku. — 2. cloud, cf. how, osu, suwisiw. — o. F. blackness,
cf. tumm. — i. a kind of dark-blue cloth. — 5. adj. dark-coloured:
afasew m. bi ye adweadwe.
312 miio — N.
muo, ^■. to he had, physically or niofdlh/; tumn} - oyc oini'i-
mo; ne iineyee miin = nye.
0-inuratoiii, j'/. a- -fo, [Eiif>:., Port.] d iukIkUo.
minuio-ni'io, biiro-iino, olive oil, sweet oil.
muriim, s. mununi.
amu-sie, inf. [sie amu] Onrial, intenncut. septtltarc.
mmu-s6, inf. [bu so] nl/undance.
mmusu, -0, niisehief, Hiisfortnne, disaster, misery, eiduniity,
adversity; a thimj that causes mischief dc. m. aba mc so, a calamity
has befallen me; ahooden bcbreyem., too mnch strength hriiKjs mis-
chief, pr. 581.048.1394. — bo m-, to cause miseliief to come, to do mis-
chief; mabo meho m., / have hrouyht mischief upon myself. — fa m.,
to suffer for mischief done; pr. o56f. 1738. — yi ni., to remove or ward
off mischief ; s. mrausnyi; mekobisa me bo, inekoyi mo ti m., I am
(joinff to ask advice (i.e. to consult the fetish-man) to yet rid of my
adversity (lit. to remove my head's calamity) ;pr. 398. — C/'. obusufo,
obusuyefo, ahabusu.
mmiisu-l)0, inf. tlie act of cursiny; tlio commiltiny of an act
or acts that tirintf mischief. — ni iii iisu-y i, inf. the removal of mis-
chief; oyi ne ti mmusu ne se: ode ade a ode rekoyi mmusu no si
neho ananmu de koma obosom a.s. gsaman-ko a g-ne no anya no;
ne se nti mmusu biara a wobeyi no, wode kwati onipa-ko no ri ansa
na wokoyi.
mustimiisimi, F. \vim ye m., the wadher is foul, stormy. Mt. 16,3.
aniu-tciH^ I (inc. inf. Ak. the act of heejiiny one's hack straight.
amu-tcw^ inf. [tew mu] prop, a rending of the interior or heart.
i.e. grief, affliction, distress; di/f. ntewmu. ,
mu-tVva, inf. [of twam' = twa mu] adekyee ye a\Vic uui-twa,
the day (daylight) is atnmt to I'ntisli /ufssiii;/. i.e. Ilir day is nearly syent
or /nisscd. Mk. 6,3-5.
Ill mill ii-S('i [butinv so] cover <(-c. cf. minuaso, I'ikataso.
o-mii-yare, e-, a disease in the chest or back, causing diflicult
breathing, crookedness of the back &c. ef. sisiyare, oserimu.
Words whicli ha\e ii as tlie lirst letter of tlicir stem (usually
with another ii, iu verl)!s somcitimes witli two iis before; it), but
are not found under N. — seek under I), or, when y follows,
under G (tiV ).
The consonant u, when radical i.e. original, is united with na-
sal vowels [ef. M): whenever it is followed by pure vowels, it is a
transformation of d, caused by a j)receding n (or orig. in, A) or by
negligent pronunciation, as in anadvvo, Ak. adadwo. It interchanges
with (1, r, in, 11 ; Gr. § 18. 10. B. 37. — ii before y & tw, is not
dental, but palatal. - — iiy is either original before a, e, I, or, when
followed by pure a, e, i, it is a transformation of original gy, usu-
ally caused by a preceding ii (^iii^ ii).
II — (jiia. .51 ;i
n- is a frcfjuciit invjir before stems bcjj:inning with f, l\\',.s, ii,
Jiiid witli (I whicli is then assfniihited i.e. changed into ii, also bc-
it»it' stems with y ami yy, (in which cases we write ii-y and li-liyj.
— 'riiis jirelix occnrs /. in nouns: ;J. In vei'hs, viz. in the 2nd ini-
jjerati\c and all negative lornis. It forms a syllable by itself, if" it
lie nut joined in pronnnciafion to a jirecediuji; voW(d or to the ii of
the snbsecjuent syllable. Si-e nnder in-.
ii' often stands for ne (pntn. jtoss.) before a-^ seldom for no
(/iron. ohj.). Gr. i; fiS. It may also stand for na, conj.
11 a, runj. ./. and. — X\ but, however, ijet, ncvvrihvlvss, noiaith-
sltDuVuKi, cf. He, iiso, nanso. — H. (na) for. — If any part of a sen-
tence (subject, object or other complement, attribute, or adjunct) is
to be rendered prominent, it is put at the head of the sentence and
na follows with the proper sentence, in which then the i)art i)Ut at
the head is indicated by a pronoun. Gr. 4^ 247.
(Mill a [V. inna) r= cno na, iltcn. af that tinir, tiflcr litis.
aii;i, a ii;i, F. ana, ana, ane, conj. ]. or; cf. anase. — ,1-'. a par-
ticle noting the sentence, to which it is attached, as an interrogation;
when the ([ucstion is indirect, the dependent sentence is connected
with the i»rincij)al one by sc, and the words 'se... ana' are etjuiva-
lent to the Eng. ronj. u-Ju'fhcr or if. Gr.§l 39.142.1 53. — In F. ana
is also found at the head of an interrogative sentence. Mt.0,'J6.7, 16.2:.'.
a II fi, F. =r an sa , before, prior to, pre vioiislij. Mt. 5, 18.24.2U. 8,2 1.20. &c.
una, r.».[<la"| sleej); wada own nna, he sleeps the sleep of (leolh:
wakramc nna, >-. kra, r. 7. — niia-niia, .s. eda,
una [s. nnawa]. or, nna-ase-nhwi, tite mane of some ({uadrupe-
ilal animals, as the horse, the lion t^c. - gyata wg una; gyata nna-
ase-nhwi ye kufukufu (fukufuku); odwennini no nna-ase-nhwi doso.
(j-n a, e-, {dullness':' slowness? ef. n;i;) the exact and original mean-
ing of this n. (or adj.?) is not easily determined; we give the de-
riv(!d meanings thus: 1. scarceness, searcif//, rareness, rarit/j; want
of lack, defect. — ^. rareness or value arising from scarcity, cost-
liness, preciousness, importance. — 3. difficult// of access (to obtain
or to i)erform). — 4. dislile, disinclination, aversion, rcpiajnance.
— Phr. iitX is used as a complement of the verbs ye, di, do, as the
foil, examples will show. a. (1.) Nnipa pa ye 'na wo asase so, good
jieoplc are rare (or scarce) on earth; pr.2950. aka kakra sc na raiu-
ni nkesua nii bio, in a short time I shall no longer have scarcity (or
icant) of eggs, i.e. / sh(dl soon have eggs enough; nnansa yi nno ho
ye na, Just now oil is scarce; ade ho ade ye na, iir. 805 f. — f)^.) Adc
yi ho ye me na. = eho hiame yiye, this thing is valuable to me, I have
it at heart; 6, se nhoma ho ye me nsi; minya a, anka mepe! oh, I
desire such a booJc; I wish I coidd get o)te! — t'o.) Eho ye na, = eye
deii se wobenysl, // is apj)roached ov gotten onlg witJt difficult g; nho-
ma yi ho ye na, mape bi mape mape, mannya, this book is not eusi-
lij to be got; I sought for one repeatedhj, but got none; (mape me-
beree ansa-na mekonyae, / liad long to seek before I found one).
Adwuma yi ye gye-nii, this tvork is not easg to perform; Gr. 45105,5.
onipa nye dada-na, man is easily deceived ("Miindns vulf dccipii");
314 (jiifi — iiiialio,
irr. 57cl.634.665.788.830. — h. (3.) Asempa no dii ho liyeu-na kaiino,
flic (jospd (hud. or met tv/th, (Jifficidf/j in entering) had no easy cn-
irancc there at fird ; ofa abufnw a, wodi no pata-nii, Gr.i; 105.5, —
f. (4.) Odg me nil, heJia.-< (entertains, harbour.'^) a secret hatred ayainst
me; he hears me a (/rud[/c or s2)ite, he tjcars a malice or Ill-iciU a-
(jainst me; Laban dog lakob na se wafa n'ade de anyii neho, L. owed
Jacol) a spite liccaiisc he had rnrichcd himself from his (i.e. from L.'s)
property. Cf. adona, Dowuona,
Q-nn, pi. enanom, 1. mother; pr. 20.57-L'0(iU. — in Ak. it is used
only of the speaker's oivn mother: ena aba, my or oiir mother is come;
if. oni, awo. — 2. an honouring title of another elder female: enfi
or me ua Aforo fre wo, Mrs. Aforo ccdls thee.
an ft. relationship, ancestors, mothers (?); to ana, to give one^s
gcnealoyy, prove one's descent, claim rcXationsltip ; in-.3nS. e,s. wokyere
wo ne obi ntam' abusuasem a cdamu.
11 a, {n. (ir^/. ?) iveal-, dull (cold, sluyyish. heavy, phleymaticY)
n'adweneni' (ne tirim', ne komam') ye no ua, lie doubts, is doubtful,
irresolute, in perpjlexify, at a loss (which way to take &c.) = onhf'i
nea oyo, se onnye nni o. onnnyc nnni o, onnim, Geii. 45.26.; - syn.
nanii, nennann; ni, nierew t^c.
iiliabr a l)<i. = hkghkgnsa, nkontonipo; oye n., .s. odabrabafo.
iiada, nara, F. = gno ara, eno ara.
1111 ada, v.n. [dada] deception, delusion, imposition, imposture,
deceit, fraud; temptation; cf. nsisi, nnyigye, kusum-di; sgfwe.
ii\wA{\i\-'t^v\\\,fraudule)icc; stratayem.tricl-, cheat, wile, artifice;
if. nkwadasem.
11 na d t'-d Vvo I'u, nnadcwa asin-asin, a kind of gold used as
currency by the Akems in ancient times, before they learned to use
gold-dust from the Dankiras.
an ad wo, F. anadwe, Ak. adad\vo[da, dwo, lit. tite coolness of
the day] niijld. — ana d \V o-hoa [aboa] a niyht-animid, nocturnal
bird dr. pr. 1283. 2072 f. — anadVvo-de fa thiny (ado) brouijld into
the house by night, secretly] bribe ; cf. boa, adaiimude.
anadVvo-fa [gfa, half, part] F. anafoaiJcc.. the late evening after
sunset (ade reye asa na anim remua); cf. anwunimere. — J2. Aky.
any part of the night; cf. gdasu.
anadwofa-seui, an evening-nord, an occurrence, altercation
or quarrel in the evening, when men are usually intoxicated by palm-
wine. — i\iM\{\\v o-fioru, playing in the night, p: 218il.
anadzi'-tiua, F. = anan ase agua, foot-stool. Alt. 5,-35.22,44.
nnae, v.n. [da] cvach, bed, day-bed, sofa; cf. mpa.
aiiafo, the place belotc, the part of a bed or couch at the feet; the
under or leeward coast; F. leetvard, cast ward, syn. boka; ojip- atifi.
aiiafofo, the p)eoplc of the lower or nether part of the town or
country &C. — anatoa, F. ;= anadwofa, evening. Mk.6,47-
anafranakii, a plant; n'aba kuni nnuan. pr. 2075.2472-
anagO;, F. (anagyo) = anadvVo, night. Mt. 28,14. Mk. 13,35-
nna-ho, a deep sleep.
mi;ik;ii';iim;i — iiiuimf. 815
II ii.'i-ka r;i-nii;'i [da it kra, i\\: o-nc no ko u., woko n., t/ieij
I/I) fo sleep bidiliiijf eiiih oilier (jood niglil. i.e. Iheii (ire on frienilli/,
familinr, iiil'nnale leriiis with eadi otlii'r; cf. wakr.i me una, iiiidci-
kra. [/>///". woko, na knina !|
iiii;i-koko, a fowl or sheej> ijicen h// n nuiii to his bride before
she comes to sleep witli liini.
()-li;ikwa, 1. a large tree witli very line flowers, hard wood and
a thick bark; wowaewae eho hoiio dc saw wnra. — ^. ii man uo-
loriiis for some deed and, therefore, able to do the same tliin|^ again;
on. se gbeye yi, obeye ampa; ade a asi netirim' no, gnjfere ho se
obeye; - waye on., lie has become famous; wobo nedin a, na ascm
bata ho. — Diff. A'liakwu, pr.n. in pr. 2596.
11 a in, V. [a = a; used only in the continuative form (in all
other forms fa or nantew is nsed): red. nennaml 1. to ividk, to be
in any proijressire inotioiK to f/o. ran, eraiel,ercej). siciin, fl/f. saild'r.
lo travel. pr.^OTSff. C'f.kg. Onipa bi nam ho, a man is ividlcinfilliere:
mihfin no seonennam ho. I saiv him walking tliere (lo and fro); ehyen
no nam iitemntem, llie ship sails very fast; okwadu nam ntemntem,
the antelope runs reri/fast; anoma nam soro, na apatfinso nam nsum',
a bird flies in the air, but a fish sivinis in the water. pr.i57.14:.'7.2081.
— ^. nam is often combined with m n or so before another verb of
motion, thus noting the way in which that motion is performed, or
the means or mediator of an action, and is then rendered in Eug.
by tiic jirei'osifions lhroa;fh. bii; e.g. gnam mfenserem' koo dan mii,
lie irenf throiuih the windoiv into the house; gnam atoro sodildaano,
he deceived h'im bii^ a lie. Gr. § 108,-27. 223.2.237a. — In F. it is also
combined with nti: gnam horn atsetsesemntsi wamma (=; moamma)
nembra antsim, Mt. 15,6. — 5. nam so, to proceed, walk on; to do
forlhtvith, straiijhtforivard ; wgnam so reba, theii are cominy on, draw
near. Gr. § 111. Mrk.13,43- - obi nam so beka kyeree me, somc-
bodif straighiwaij told me (of it). — nam ntenteso, s. this. — i. nam
(sum) ase ye, to do underhand, secretin, privideli/ (Gr.§ 111): ghcne
pee onipa nam ase koyii Akyem bene asitiw, the king appointed a
man seer ethi to apprize the king of Akem of the matter; gnennam
m'ase (=gpeme bone, gpeme amane-nya, otitifiti mensem ho, odi
me ho nseku), he aims at me, seeks mij hurt. — '). to cxisi in a cer-
tain number, to be so mani/ together (Gr. § 199,4): yenam basia na
ebae, we were six of us tvhen we came; nkyeneboa nam ahorow pi,
apes (monkeys) arc of many different kinds.
e-iiam, 1. flesh, meat of any animal; pr. 2077. 8301. 3407. cf. gho-
nam. — 2. fish = nsunam. — 3. the flesh or soft, pulpy substance
of fruit, also of palm-nuts: mango yi ho nam dgso; abe yi ho wg
nam bebrc.
una 111, a., red. Tinamndm, 1. sharp, of a cutting instrument,
of soap; gsekah yi ano ye n. ; samina no ye n. se, eye ogya! — 2.
brave, bold, daring, intrepid, courageous, valiant. — nnam, n.sharp)-
ness, efficacy; pr. 2039.2723. bravery, boldness, valour; cf. abgoduru.
nnani-kygrce, nnanky. [unam, kye] pr. 2809. s. ohunkyeree.
11 name, icedge; dua a wosen ano afanu de pa ogya. pr.205d.
31 fi iiiiaiiiiiici'ciisoii — luuia.
n 11 a-ni in e v e-ii s o I'l, all days ihrouijlioiit ; loKjih ofda/js; s. p. .'50:5,
liamnioka [nan, mfnj or bone, ka, to ioucli] the strilUuj ov
lni(icl;ln<j of ihc foot against somotliing, considered as an ill onion
{ waka nan bone, lie has struck /lis font iininfallij).
0-iiammoii, pi. a.-., [euan, bon] 1. foot-print, foot-marl\ foot-step.
yr. 290. 354. — A-', step, stride. — o. the sole of the foot; the foot;
pr. 2087^.2461. — gnammon-mu, the sole of the foot.
iiummoi'i-kuro, a narroio path., pass, ivay for only one foot.
o-iiainiuoii-tciiteii, 1. a long step; fan., to walk with lony
steps, to stride, pr. 378. — 2. a person who takes long stc2)S, who is a
good tialker. a long-shanks. Or. § 30,9 r?. ^;r. 3003.3005.
niianimoii-iiampaii [s. gdampan], vestibule. porrJi, (ude-
chaniher, lobby, waiting-room, the place of the door-keeper ; a house
through which a way leads to the inner yard; a covered entrance
into the yard of a dwelling. Ky. utwironoa.
aiiaiii-moiio [namamono]/'rcs/« nic(d, opp. nanhowe (^wudi an.,
the>/ eat me<(t; wodi nam momono, they eat raw meat).
11 a ni-p 1" w I', rotten meat. pr. 3(>4.
11 11 'Ml so, s. nnanso.
II a iV, V. \)'ed. nan'nan] to melt, liipiify, dissolve (tr. lO inir.), to
ticcome liquid, be dissolved; said of metals, wax, tallow, fat (srade,
iikfi, nno &c. opp. da); cf. bono.
(_'-ii a I'l, })l. id. & a-, Ak. nane, the foot of a man, in Ak. the extrem-
ily below the ancle, in Akp. sometimes ineluding tlie leg (gya) and
tliigh (sere); tlie foot of any animal; of (jnadrupeds, tlie hind-fool,
hind-leg (the fore-foot or fore-leg is called us a); the foot of a table,
candlestick &{:. — Ne nan ye hare, he is light-footed, swift-footed.
— mo n a n-asc ye me hare dodo, yuu go too fast for me. — wo nan
ye den a, (na) wobedii utein, // you are a good zcalker, you will
soon be there. — ode ne nan m ii kyere, he takes to his heels. — gnam
ncnaiimu ;= ne nan hnnn, he audks barefoot; gnam ne nan a n o,
he goes on. tiptoe. — gnam me nan ase, he is my cdtendaid, one of
my followers, walks in my suite. — me nan kji ase, I fed the bottom
of the river. — ne nan tia adare so = nenan gyina gkwan so rekg,
he is on the point of starting; pr. 35G1. — tutu wo anaii duom na
mereba, go on slowly (leisurely), I am coming after. — tutu wo
an an m u kgtrii babi, change your place'.! gtwe ne nan mu, he walks
quickly. u:ifh long paces; gtwetwe nenah m u, he stretches his feet;
gtwentweii ne nan ase, he lingers, walks lingcringly. — bg anaii
(s. bg 27). to walk together, keep pace; mintumi ne mo mmo anan,
I cannot keep pace with you. — Cpds. s. nanaso, nanhii'i, naiikroina,
gnammgh, anafimu, naiisa, nansih, nansoa, nantin, nantu, nannwea.
an an, n-, four. Gr. § 77.
11 anil, nennanu, =^ na, q.v. — aye u'ani so nann, --^ ohhii
nea gnye no; cf. ya.
nana, ^>?. nananom, F. nana in, 1. grandparent, grandfather
(n. barima), grandmother (n. bea); pi. forefathers; first parents. —
2. (pi. ncnanom) grandchild. = gbanjina.
oiiana. — naiiiiodow. 317
0-11 rmn,, -iii, sfrfotger, foreifjnrr. j)r..2094.
aiiaiiri-dc, a t/iin;/ (t/iiv(fs) (ujaiust fhc rulv; opp, ;l(](^t^•n^'.
iiaiialia; d riitahvotis mijifio)! i\\)\)(':irin>:; ixi'tcr soiiic stay at a
foreign place; ase akese-akose; I'lkuw.i-i'ikuwa hi a etotow nipahrt
te se nsewa.
a 11 A 11 nan 11 0.\v;i [nan, r.] a hrass box in wliicli slica-lmttcr is
molten for anointing.
o-iiaiiA-n 1, ;V. a- -i'o, str(tU(jer, f'o>r/(/)ier (n<'a ofi kiirow hi so;
eye yaw kakra; "ohoho" nye yaw). j)r. 'Klft'i.
nnan-;ini, inf. [dan ani, cf. anidan] pevrersion; suhrcrsiaii :
rccnlntion; n.-inanso"'', rrrolufiou.
n ana I'l k a u s o, (jreat-iinouhhiJd.
aiiana-iisa (Abnrifo mmran); wgye an. — gnanani nsii won
(infra won mn). — aiiaiia-ansa-lo, people who do not peril) it forehjn-
ers fo mix tvith ihem. i^r. 2096.
nrin-anu, pr.212?.
iiiiii-ase, J. fJte foot, the lower porf of flic leg. — :^. the Ixiek or
upper port of the luiman foot from its junction with the leg to the
toes; ef. niinsa. — ,'A the space or place nnder one's feet. See enan,
niiaii a-teu, [r/. ntenkyew] ^)ffr//a/, unfair jndyuinit; hn an.,
to ha DC respect of persons in jiuh/ment.
n a ii-h i n [s. liin] the shin, the fore j>arf of the let/ or crural hone.
niiaii-li6 no, the axis on which a sphere revolves, pole. D. As.
11 a, nil owe [namaahow] dried meat or fish; opp. auaminono.
ji.nan-hyeliyem', = ananwuram'.
0-11 Till ka, a large horned snalce, syn. ebgre. pr. 524. 2097. 2.%6.
iiankasa, = ono-ahkasa, eno-ahkasa, onoara, enoara. Gr.^oO.
11 fi I'l-kgm [nfun kgm] seared y or dearth of meat or fish.
iian-koii, the joint betu-een the leg and the foot.
nau-koro, pr. 2127.
anankoti [enah & ?]: tow an., to Icicle tcitli the fhind-)foot: -
gponkg tow me an., a horse kieJied me.
nankroma [enan & ?] jjI. a-, the Jcnce; sijn. kotodwe.
iianki-onia-benimen, anankroma-ben, a swelling of the Inice.
11 A I'l k lim [nam & ?] a piece of meat, the leg or any other part,
nankwi, F. = nantwi. — iniaii-kyeree, pr-SSOP. s.nnamkyei-ee.
nnan-mu,m/'. [danmu] 1. change, transformation; reform: con-
rersion. — 2. inflection, conjitgation. Gram.
anai'i-mu [s. enan] lit. in the feet i.e. footsteps, i.e. instead of, in
the jilace of; ogyina m'an., he stands in mg place, represents me; -
(de..) hye or si an., to suppihj, replace, malcc up (for), compensate,
restore, repair, repay cOc. Gr. § 237 b.
ananmu-liyc, -si, inf. s. hhyeananmu, nsiananmn, hye o. si, r.
anariinii-sifo, ^)/, id., representative.
iina-iKi, nnanobi, the other day, lately, recently: v. eda, dabi.
llMli liodnw - iiAm (\nt\()W^ pr. .IGll.
318 nansa — nnantwerem.
11 an-s a, nansa-boii, tlic foot heloir the anJdcs, consisting of nan-
ase & nammonmu. [s. enan, nsa, sabon.] — iiansa-atade, gaiters.
niia-iisa [eda] three dnys: nna-nsa-yi, lu these daijs, notcada//s.
in our time; recentb/. latchi, of late.
iiiiansa-oiiian, a tiling of onlg three dags standing, of no Jong
duration, temporary, })rorisorg, transitory; - eye n.-ade, it is a thing
that shoiily passes aivay. — n.-inansofwefo, provisional government.
aiiJinsOj spider; cf. konnore. ntikfinia, okyemfo; pr.2098ff. —
an. akyeve me nan, my foot sleeps.
aiianse-huhu a, a spiders n-eh, cohiveh. Ak. ntontan.
anaiise-aketo-nweiie: eye an., it is (a tiling like) u-eaving a
mat of eohivcb, i.e. rai)i, unsucec-isful tcork.
aiianse-ii ti'iiiima, l.cohu-eh. — 2. hob-net, hohl) in-net, ground
of lace. — 3. hair-net. — 4. a kind of mu^^hroom, s. mmere.
ananse-sem, story, tale, fall e, fictitious narrative; to an., to
tell (prop, sjdn) a tale. — [ananse asem, lit. a tale of An., being a
mythic personage, gener. called agya Ananse, to whom great skill
and ingenuity is attributed, a personification of the spider; his wife
is konnore, his son ntikuma.J
H a ii-s i i], y. a-, stump of a leg, pr.934. one- footed person. Mt. W,.9.
II a-u so, eonj. [na nso] and also, hut (dso; hut, yet, still, lunr-
ever, notwithstanding, pr. 7.1:?.:'>06..512.
nnan-s6, a jdace in the forest with a hut or huts for hunters
to sleep in; eho ye nn. = eye nhada, q. r.
liau-soa, toe; the particular toes have the same names as the
fingers: n. kokurobeti, the large toe; n. kyerekyerekwan, n.-hene,
n.-henniakyiri or safohene, n.-kpkobeto.
11 a II t a, 11 a ii ta m, the foot of a bird. pr. IG-iR.
inian-tam' [gdan ntam'] a narrow passage, alley or lane he-
tu-een houses.
nan tew, v. [inf. n-, red. nantenantew] to wrdJc, to travel on
foot; onantew dodo, onim nantew dodo, he is a good walJcer; cf nam;
- red. to 7cander, ramhle, rove; cf. kyini.
g-nant c-liero, toil and iveari)icss hy travelling.
o-iiaiitefu, j>/. a-, walker, traveller on foot; wanderer; pr. 2102-7.
syn. okwantemfo. — anantenautc, inf. wandering, ramhling d-c.
anante-se [nantew, a.se\ the reason for. ovthecaiise or aim and
object of travelling, of a journey.
iiaiit ew-yive'j nantc-io, intcrj. farewell!
nan-till, -tini, heel.
nantiii-ka: aye no n., it caused him to stop where he teas. ■
11 ant ill-Ilk a fa: oye n., = onantew a, nenantin nk;i fa yiye,
nso onsi si-pa, he walks (steps, treads) more with the fore-jyart of the
foot, the heel scarcely touching the ground.
n a n-t u, the calf of the leg. pr. 2108.
iinan-tVvei'Cin" [gdan & ?J ^/ covered way. thoroughfare, pas-
sage, alley between houses, leading into a yard.
iiaiitAVi — no. 319
iiantwi [Ak. -e, F. nenkwi]^/. a-, hull, ox, coic; n single bo-
vine aninuiJ; pi. (I/orned) caitU', neat; pr. 076. 2109.3612. — by-iiam«:
popoclodobi. — iiaiit\vi-l)a, ^>/. uantwi-imna, <<(lf. — nantvVi-b(''rr',
jil.a-, cow, any female of the bovine genus of animals. — iiaiitVvi-
biiniwa, heifff, jioinuf row. — iiaiitwi-loro, .siccr, bidlor/,-, i/oiouf
hull (from 1 to 4 years old). — iiaiihVi-i'ibouia, ]ii<le of ti (uilloc/.-.
— iiaiil\Vi-k;"ir(». -fwcfc), hi'nlsiiioii. — naiihVi-iiini, hull, hulloil;,
any male of the ox kind. — iiaii(wi-sae, a casfndid hull, oj.-calf ov
hull -calf, nicer, ox or hnllock.
aiiau-wnranr[enrin, wura, mu] an cnhint/lini/ of the feci tcith
those of another; yeadi an., wc have mntuaUn entangled onrsclves
e.g. in using "sakraman" in 'J'wifor "fox'' and "nangbe" (meaning
the same as sakramun) in Ga for "wolf". — di ananwiiraw iiraiiT,
-^ aiianhyehyem', tohc intrrnii'cd, as by marriage, in friendly inter-
course, concerning the settlements, as the English and Dutch on tlie
Gold Coast before 1867.
iia I'l-uVv Oa, ^^ id., a-, [enan, ad we] the anldr, anldehonc.
iiau-uy chin, pi. id., a-, [nan, gya, hin] the shin; s. nanhin.
aiiapa, F. — anopa, (in the) morning. Mt. 21,18. Mk. 11,20.
aiia[»atn, F. = anopa-tutu, earlg in the morning. Mt. 20,1. Mk.l,l'>.
iiara, F. = gnoara, enoara. 3It. 13,57. — e^nara, s. enera, eneda.
11 II a r e ka [dade, ka, ef. kawa] bridle (head-stall, bit and reins).
imaaso, inf. s. ndaase, aseda. — unri-ase, .9. nna, nnawase.
iia-so, F. = nanso, and get, howbeit d-c. — auaso, F. = aua nso.
aiia-to, inf. enumeration of ancestors and their children in tlie
natural order of succession, genecdogg; pedigree.
11 11 aw a, nna, mane of a lion etc. See nna.
niiawa-so [-ase] the icings of an army; - t\va n.. In go, marrh
or follotc behind the wings of an army.
iinawase-twalb, the reserve-troops of the right and left wing.
iiiiawoi'opcwa: mmea nhwi a wodwere si won atifi se dua',
the hair of women twisted or contorted and tied up that it stands out
from the vertex or top of the head like a straight stick.
nnawiita [dawura nta] a toivn-crier's bell, consisting of two
pieces of iron fixed in a wooden handle; s. odawuru,
iiu..., line..., inFante words, are often written nyo..., iidzc...
ne, pron.poss. [ono, eno] his, her, its; their (of things). Gr.§55.
n e, Ak. d e (F. nye), to be (to the full extent of the meaning
of the predicate), to be identical with, to consist in; cf. ye. When
n e is used, the subject coincides with the predicate, or entirely
absorbs the characteristics of the predicate; when ye is used, the
subject partakes of the characteristics of the predicate: e.g. one bene,
he is the ling (the one reigning for the time in the country of tlie
speaker) ; oye ohene, he is a Icing (as there are other kings beside
him); one kese, he is the great one (no other being great to the full
extent of the word or in comparison with him) i.e. lie is the greatest;
oye kese, he is great (as others maybe likewise). j)r. t'l7.'i.J7?1.2191.
320 lie — iiedadu.
From Gr. § 102,1.199,1. it may be seen that this verb occurs only
in the continuative form, that the position of tlie subject and of the
]iredicate or rather the complement of this verb may be interchanged,
and that ne yi, ne no, may be contracted into ii i, ncn. — Tlie
negative is expressed by premising enye to the positive sentence:
enye ghene ne me, I am not the Icing. Gr. § 247,3 h.
lie, ene, F. onye, conj. [fr. de, v. to have, hold, Gr. g l.'>9.] 1.
and; irifh : pr. 6S.249.101o.3460. It connects not sentences, but words
or pa?rts of sentences, viz. collateral subjects, complements or attri-
butes, Gr. § 2-lo,1.3.4.5. — 2. irifh. fro)n. an accoxnf of; orewu ne
serew, lie almost dies ivith Jantihter: due-ne-awow. Ijear up ar/ainsf
the cold, of. due 8 a) & Gr. § 240 ?>.
11 e = de or ne: gbeko a, one kdna = obeko a, gye gkyeiia, //"
he s((ijs he will go, he means to-morrow, (pr. 1962.)
e-ue. Piine, illH', 'no, F. nde. to-daji, transformed and con-
tracted from eda yi, this dai/, which is often added : e"e-*bayi. this
rerif dan; (/. in French anjourdlnii (hui = hoc die, on this daifj, and
in Ga nmene gbi ne.
alio, F. west; westn-ard. n-indirard. Mt. 8,11. = anafo.
aiiO, F. = ana, or.
no, r. 1. to raek (Lat. eaeare), ease the hod// by stool, go to
.<itool ; lessoftending or euphemistic expressions are: kyima, ko dun
so, ye neho yiye, gya nenan tS:c. — inf. ene; p''- 407.. 501. 3 J 12- —
2. to exude, discharge, s. red. nene.
e-iio, line (formerly written o-iie), F. ndze, 1. a sound, voice,
noise or report of any object perceived by tlie ear; cf. gyigye. —
2. the human voice; ode 'ne kese teem', he cries with a loud voice;
ne 'ne nso, his voice is not loud enough; ne 'ne afa, he is hoarse ; ne
'nem' asi pgw. he is hemmed in his voice; omane'ne so, he raises his
voice; osi ne'ne ase, he speaks low or softly. — 3. tlie tone, ptitch or
degree of elevation of the voice or of an instrument: ene a ckg soro,
a high tone, ene a esi ase, a low tone, ene a eye hg-ne-hg, a middle
tone. — 4. clamour, vocifercdion, complaints, quarrelling d'-c. — bg
'ne, to set uj) or raise a clamour, male a noise, vociferate; ne'ne a
gbg da no tuatua m'aso, his constant complaining rings in mg cars;
gbg 'ne = gkasakasa da. n'ano una, biribiara a ne fifo ye nsg n'ani.
no a, Ak. do a, F. nyia, dzoa, d/;i, (the n. do ^f= ade, or the
pron. of the 3rd pers. sing, (gno, eno) together with the rel. part.
"a"] 1. he or she who, he that, that which, what, also him or her
who, he whose, he tvhom dx. according to the context of the sentence
and the succeeding pron. belonging to the rel. part.: see the expla-
nation and examples in Gr. § G4. 05. — ;J. (tlie place) where, the
manner (a tent dc.J in which; Gr. § 6.'), 11. 12. — pr. 2113-2283.
iint''-bo. inf. [bg 'ne] clamour, vociferation, chiding, quarrelling.
2)r. 331. — inicbol'('), a contentious, quarrelsome, pteevish person ( oni-
pa a gpe akasakasa ne ko da); syn. gmanefo, wenafo.
inioda, F. ndijda, to-day a day i.e. yesterday ; s. nuera.
'lU'-dadii. fddat/ ten dai/s. ten daiisaii<>: 'ne-dadu-dabiako. todaii
nned^e — nnenkyense. 321
it is 11 days since...; -cladu-niiivink'ii, 1:J dai/s dr. (Or. § H0,5); 'ne-
dadu-nna'iium, this da if fortnit/ht.
u n e d e e, inf. \ dodf' | li/ing in wait, Jurkinr] ; irdr, atiifire. Eph.4, 14.
iiiH'C: tu-. to iralk sofllif, sloivli/, carefidlif, steidt/idi/, on tiptoe,
= nam bivo, betr, de nansoa naiitow ; cf. tu nsoi)}:;o,
iiiHUMua (F.nyoinba, udzciuba), jj/. of a dee with the dim. sufj-
ma (= mm a), thinf/s; fnrnitnre, goods, property ; jir. 2284. s. ade;
sometimes it is put twice; u iieema-nneenia tuam', all thinys pass
away.
iiiio-fa., inf. hotirsencss of voire.
line t'edofo-sem [defedefe, aseui] hhuidislmient, /lattery.
anetoa, anofwa, F. Mt. 2,14. 14,25. ^= anadwo, anadwofa.
iio-h'a', Ak. = lia.
iiehu, V. noho. jir on. refl. IiimsiJf. hrrsrlf. ifsrif: Ac n.. iiva n.
see de, nya. Gr. § 57.218,1 a.
nno-kae [ade a ekae] n relic, rrlics.
11 em, r. to he diliyent, assiduous, sedulous, persevering . indus-
trious, careful: - ouem n'advVunia (anyamesem-kaii, snkfi-ko)ho,
he is diliyent in his u-orii (in reading the fjible, in going to sehoolj; on.
neho se = gnye nelio ses^sesa, gmmo iieho ahora or anyampa, he
is rauiious, he takes care, is mindfid of himself c(-c.
a 11 em, diligence, industry, activity; assiduity, constancy, perse-
verance; care, carefulness, hcedfulness, - yh f»' di anem = ye nsi,
to he ddigent, jiersevering, of an active mind; to be careful, heedful,
mindful of, and taking nj), every thing, pr. 2020. 3650. Oyarefo nui
(nye) anem, a sick man cannot carry out any thing.
anem-de-yo^, inf. [ye anem ade] industry, manufacture.
anem-dwuma'*", manufacture; an. -dan, manufactory.
11 11 e-m 111 a, children of to-day i.e. the present generation, pr. 2285.
11 e i"i = neiio, Ak. de no, dono. Gr.§ 53.1 99,1 . pr. 1837.28.33.3591.
ncn a, grandchdd; s. nana.
11 en 11 am, red. v. nam, to ivalk (much, ahoid, to and fro), pr. 953.
'ne-nna-niian, four days ago; 'ne-nna-nkron, .V days ago, ne-
nna-nsa, 3 d. a., 'ne-niia-nsia, G d. a., ne-nna-nson, 7 d. a., ne-ntia-
nnum, 5 d. a., ne-nna-aw6t\ve, a week ago. Gr. § 80,5.
neue, red. v. 1. s. ne; wanene neho = wakyima neliO. — 2.
to exude: dua no n., = nsu a ewo mu no, wutwa (wobo) lio a, efiti
ye apowapgw wo dua no ho.
a n e n e, p/. ?V?. or n-, raven; s. kwakwiidabi, wawa.
ane ne-dnrn, resin, gum; s.tihye. — aneiie-diiliriaiii,t ^^//>>/^-
the resinoiis and odoriferous or aromatic sap or juice of certain trees,
anene-mmea, nea one gn mmea-mmea (here and there), pr. 2286.
11 11 e 11 k y e 11 e m a, -kyeremma, a kind of coral or bead of a red
colour •, s. ahene, i)r. 3117.
nneiikyen-se [odenkyein, ese] a prickly plant, thistle.
21
322 nnera — aiii.
nnera, F. ndeda [to-day a day] yesterday.
iiiie-yee, v.n. F. ndzeye [ade-ye] du'nujs. icorhs, actions, deal-
ings, procccd'DKjs, practices, conduct, manner or way of acting; cf.
adwuma, bra, abrabg.
ni..., iini... in Fante words, are often written uyi..., iidzi...
ni = ne yi, ne oyi, ne eyi. Gr. § 199,1 Rem. — wuni-o! here
you are! wuni mini a, aiika enen [=^ ene no), // we both were to-
gether in one place, that woidd be the right thing.
niii, neg.v. di, standing also instead of the neg. form of wo,
not to have; not to be at a place. Gr.§ 102,2.3. pr. 906-9.22. 3305 ff.—
nnim', nni ran, not to be in or aniong; not to be true.
Ill, Ak. v., = nim (F. nyim), to know. Gr. § 102,2.
0-11 ij Ak. mother (not that of the speaker, but of another person);
cf. ena, niwa, ouua.. j^r. 1.
0-11 i, 1. relative, relation, Jcinsman or kinswomctn, = obusuani;
onipa yi, me ni ni (me bi ni); ne ni awu. pr. 251. 2287 f. 8176. — 2.
(t person in general : a) in compounds or derivatives, forming, as
it were, a suffx which in the jjlural number is replaced by fo; Gr.
§38. — b) in the lengthened form on'i', when followed by no, ko
or the rcl. part. 'a'. Hena na wasee m'ade yi? - minnini oni'-ko; -
oni no nnue! oui a obeseee m'ade yi mmej'i neho adl komm! Cf.
onipa, gya.
e-ni, honour; di no ni, show him honour, honour him. i)r.900.
Ill, a. weak; wave ni, = wagurow; s. na, merew.
an i, pi. Id. 1. the eye or eyes; a look;pr. 2293ff. syn. aniwa (dim.);
m'ani nye nhu akyirikyiri ade, / am short-sighted; n'ani abg, ]iis
eyes arc destroyed ; n'ani biako atu, one of his eyes is taken oid; ani
mua ne ne tew, the twinkling of an eye. — 2. the face, visage, coun-
tenance, (f. anim'. — S. the face, front, fore jmrt; also tlie front of
an arniy- — 4- the face, surface; ntama no ani atu, the cloth has be-
come thread-bare, shabby; asase ani, the surface of the ground, coun-
try, globe; nsvi-ani, po-ani, on the wcder. — 5. the face, visible j^art
(cf. nyame-ani), pr. 2109. outside appearance, external aspect. — (i.
colour; ntama no ani ahoa = nt. no apa. the cloth has faded, lost
Its colour, Its colour Is gone. — 7. a key-hole; a lock; cf. adakani.
— 8. Phrases. The eye and its look being expressive of understand-
ing, intelligence and prudence, of affections, of moral qualities &c.,
ani (or ani so) is used with the following verbs (which are alpha-
betically arranged). In A) ani or ani so is the grammatical subject;
in B) ani, ani so, ani akyi, is the grammatical object of the sentence.
A) n'ani ba me so, he remembers me; n'ani ba asem no so, he
recollects the matter; n'ani ba neho so, he comes to himself, recovers
his senses, Acts 12,11. Lk. lo,17. - n'ani abere, 1. he Is in a passion,
imjiasslonate, strongly affected, In a rage, angry; pr. 2290. - 2. he Is
grieved, sorrowful, mournful. In a fit of grief ox melancholy ; pr. 2292.
- n'ani here ade (sika, mmea), he covets, desires, eagerly wishes for,
lusts after something (money, women) ; pr. 2298. 2291. n'ani here a-
dwuma, he cannot rest satisfied fill he gets something to do. - n'ani so
ani. 323
biri 110, he is (jidthi- - n'aiii bo mo so, ]iis look falls on me; n'ani
bo til me, he has a look of tne. - n'ani abii, ho is fired bij eijieda-
tioH, i)nj'(ttient; ycatweii no ma yi-n ani abu (ma atonoycn) = ye-
atwen no abertj, ue waited for him fill tee iccrc quite tired. - n'ani
da lio, he is modest, naassaminf/; he is sober, temperate, moderate,
cool, considerate; he is awake, in his (sober) senses, in his right mind;
n'ani so da ho, he is awake; n'ani da ho kann, he is fullif awake,
livelji, brisk, cheerful, quite clear. - n'ani da kwan (so). As. lie ex-
pects, is in expectation ; n'ani da sa, so is his i)dc)ition; se m'ani da
ni, so is mi/ intention, thus I have purposed; - n'ani da me so, he
hopes, trusts, confides in me, relies on me; n'ani daa so se meba, ]te
hojicd I would come: n'ani da akatua so, he Itopes for a reward;
m'aui da Nyankp. so, / trust in God. - n'ani da nclio so, he is cau-
tious, circumspect, consideride. - ani a dan (ani =^ surface, appear-
ance), the matter has changed, circumstances have altered, the aspects
are different; oman no ani adah, =:mansot\ve aba oman no mu, the
peopleov public affairs are in a state of disturbance. - n'ani do nkran,
he rages, is furious, frantic, rabid, infuriated. - n'ani d \Vo, he is quiet,
peaceable, calm, tame, soft, mdd, gentle, meek; gye n'ade komin komm;
aboa no ani ad\vo, the beast has lost its wildness; cf. n'ani ye merew;
opp. n'ani abeve; - n'ani adwudwo, he has been softened, appeased,
pacified. - n'ani afa so, tic has ovcrlooJced it; cf. n'ani apa so, ne
were afi. - n'ani afi, Jie has arrived at the age of discretion, is cun-
ning; cf. n'ani apae, atew ; - ani afi, tJie surface is clean; s.ii3.7. -
n'ani afura (Ak. afira), Jie has become or is blind. - n'ani (a)gye,
he rejoices, is jogful, glad, clieerfid.yr. 2208. 2296f. - n'ani gy in a
(ne na, ne kiirom'), fie longs, is Jiomesick for (fiis mother, fits country),
syn. wafe (ne nfi); cf. n'ani akiscl, twa. - n'ani ah aw, fie is lazy. -
n"ani a h il ii, fiis eyes are wide open i.e. lie is astonisfied. - n'ani ahy e
me ho, fie has had a glimpse of me. - n'ani ahyew, fie has become
passionate ; opp. adwudwo, fi.ase dwo, ka fam'. - n'ani aka no so,
ato no so dweii, fie stares at him. - n'ani k a = gye. fte is glad, joyful;
n'ani aka m'anira, fie fias become familiar, intimate ivitfi me; n'ani
ka me ho, fie (or a tame beastj is ([uite used to me; n'ani ka fam' or
ase, he is quiet, cool, considerate, tfiougfitful, modest, discreet, moderate,
unassuming, = n'ani da ho. - n'ani so ka, fie is crazy = ne tirim
ka. - n'ani akisa, fie is longing or fiomesicfc for. - n'ani kii me ho,
fie cares for me d-c. s. ku. - n'ani kum, fie is sleepy, drowsy, pr.2298.
- n'ani akyew, fie is squint-eyed ; s. gkyew n'ani (B). - n'ani nni
neho so, fie is beside himself, not in fiis rigfd senses; cf. n'ani wo so.
- n'ani any an, s. ani-nyanne. - n'ani apa so, fie fias forgotten it;
cf. n'ani afa so. - n'ani apae (= afi, atew), fte is cunning. - n'ani
sa.., he aims at, is after, is bent upon, tries to find out, pr. 1652. 2754.
n'ani sa me, fie seeks my fiarm. - n'ani aseii hayi pe, fie feels quite
comfotiable or happy in this place; n'ani nseh, fie is never fiapjiy,
does not feel comfortable, pr. 3416. - n'ani so no, fie is pleased or con-
tent witli him, he respects or fionours him; i)r. 570.2299. - n'ani atatfi
(nsu), water i.e. tears fiave filled his eyes, his eyes are swimming with
tears, - tfie tears standing in the eyes. - n'ani so atere w no = n'ani
80 aye no tetere, he is absent, wandering. - ani tew, it (its surface)
324 anL
is pvre, dear; tani fnfu a anyi tsew, Y.a clean linen clotJi,Mt. 27,59.
- n'ani a tew, his e>jcs are open, he is intelHt/enf, prudent, shretvd,
cunnini/ {s//n. wabeii): he is civilized. - n'ani so atew, he has become
sober, conscious of himself. - n'ani atetew, he has recovered, collec-
ted himself, come to himself. Acts 12,11. - n'ani ato, he is disappoin-
ted. - n'ani atg d\ven, he loolcs andloolis, fonjetting himself, stares at
one place; cf. n'ani aka no so. - n'ani so toto, toto, pr. 2300. - n'ani
ato (neho?), he is bashful, ashamed, disgraced (?). - n'ani too so, it
come into his remembrance, = okaee. - n'ani trano, he is preten-
tious, pr. -'jSO. - n'ani atra no nton, he is supercilioxis, presumptious,
Jtaiigldg. arrogant. pr.2302. - n'ani at n atg ne nsanr, he is in anxie-
ti/, confusion, perplexity (by grief &c.) = n'ani abero, onhii babi,
axVerelio akata n'ani t\vom, etc se n'ani atntn agu. - n'ani tnano,
he sees him tcith his eyes; anyi txiia ho, F. H is risible. - n'ani twa
= n'ani gyina or kisa, his eye is tnrned totcards, he longs for. - n'ani
wg so, he bears it in mind. - n'ani awo = n'ani ye den, onsuro
f"\ve, he is not timid. - n'ani a w u, he is ashamed, abashed; pr. 2303.
- n'ani wn ade, he is bashful. - nani awia no, he is fallen asleep.
- n'ani ye den, he is hardy, foncard. inesnmptious, insolent, self-
willed, stidiborn, obstinate, imjicrtinent, iinjyudent, audacious, bold,
daring, dauntless, resolute, intrepid. Rag. r4^.S6i.SSo.- n'ani ye hyew,
//(' is hardy, rash, fierce, nnruly, turbulent. - n'ani ye kramakranul,
he is fierce, unridy, tvdd. - n'ani ye no kwanmii kwahmu, he lools
ont for (or, is expecting) some netvs or message. - n'ani so ye kra-
kra(kra), he is in angttish or anxiety. - n'ani ye no akyirikyiri, he
apprehends, fears, susj/ects. — n'ani ye 'merew, he is soft, meeJc. -
n'ani so ye sakasaka, he is bewildered, confused. - n'ani ye gsoro-
soro, ^=gye n'ade sakasaka, he isfichlc, inconstant, careless. - n'ani
so aye no tetere (or aterew no), he is absent, wandering, his mind
is troubled. - n'ani ye no ntircntire or totgtoto, he is in consterna-
tion, alarm, confusion, perjjlcxity =^ eye no aniani. - n'ani so ye no
ya, he is astonished. - n'ani so aye yiye, he is tipsy, flustered, d-c. -
n'ani so nye, he is tipsy, muddled dr. cf. bow (nsa).
B. Wgde abare ani, they have engaged in battle, have come to
the close, are fighting hand to hand; f/". bare; ani = face, front, face
to face; oko no abg ani, the fighting has begun, both fronts meeting
together, encountering each other. - obu no ani, he icinfcs at him; cf.
anikyow; obiibii n'ani, lie win];s,tivi nldes ; obu n'ani gn .. so. lie winlcs
or connives at. orerlools. does nottake notice of. - gda or gdeda n'ani
akyi, odwudwo. n'ani akyi nantew, he (she) has the eyes hidf shut,
has wantoji eyes (nca wgde ye ne se: mniarima de tVef're nimea, na
mmea nso de t'retVe mmarinia). - gdaii n'ani, he turns his eyes some-
where; gdaii aseni hi ani (= surface), he changes a matter (e.g. a
word said yesterday); wgadah abusua (or gman) no ani, the family
(or nrdion) has got a neic head; wadan n'akoa ani, he has changed
his slave i.e. sold one and bought another in his stead. - odwo n'ani,
he moderates his haste, his demand. - gf'we m'ani akyi, he loolcs
whethcrlmcike a dark or cheerful face. i)r. 343. - ogow n'ani kjie, he
said i)i a loir or soft voice, gently. - ogyen n'ani fwe no, he loolcs
sharply or closely at him. - gli;liVii;n') n'ani kyoreme, he threatens or
jiiii — jiiiihero, 325
frightens me hy his looks. - ahehhan n'ani so, it has become itnim-
portdnt in his eyes, s. lian. - aka n'aiii, he has f/ot to suffer for it, has
t)cen .served out for it. - oka n'ani gu so, he shuts his eyes fur sleej/
or death. - oniia n'ani, he squeezes his ei/e, i.e. Jie everts himself he
tries, erideaiours; niemia ni'ani niaye jtrcko, / will try and do it id
once. - omua n'ani tew, he twinkles. - opiipnw n'ani (kasa) kyerec
won, he spolce rouijldy to them, Gtn.4J,7JiU. - esi n'ani so. it presents
itself before his eyes, i.e. it enters into his thoughts, mind or head. -
esg n'ani, it pleases him, he is jileased with it, lias comjdaeoicy in it.
- wocle asg ani, they hare fallen in icitli the enemy, arc engaged in
battle or close fight, cf. wgde abare ani. - siisnw wo ani gye me kakra.
lit. measure your eye talce from me little i.e. modende your demand,
do not vet charge me. - gtane won ani, he disquiets, disturbs, tcazes,
troubles, annoys, deranges them; gliye ne hia ne aweroliow tane nij>a
aui. - otew n'ani, 1. lie opens his eye (from sleep): gtetew n'ani, he
opens the eyes; ^. he is cautious, ef n'ani atew. - nsa atew n'ani so,
he has become sober after liis intoxication. - gtoto n'ani, he casts his
eyes or loolcs in different directions, he looks about. - gJe n'ani to me
so. he confides or puts his trust in me; ode n'ani too m'anim yee, in
deference to me he did it; fa wo ani to m'agya anini ye ma me, for
my father's sake do me this favour. - wgatu(tuj n'ani, they have xnd
Old his eye(s); tn wo ani kyere Sidou, set your face against S. Ez.28,:21.
- wgatu wgfi ani ile refwe no = wgrefwt no dinn, they set their pier-
cing looks at him; edeh na wututu wo ani refwe o>' rekyere me, tvhy
do you look at me so piercingly^ - otwa n'ani, he turns his eyes, looks
around; pi. wotwitwa wgii ani, they look around. - otwaa m'aniso
nnyinam, 7 caught Just a glimpse of him. - gwg me ho ani. he has an
eye upon me, aims at me, seeks to get at me. - eyi n'ani, // (turns off
his eyes, i.e.) disjfleases him. - wayi m'ani ahye nie hkyenmn, he has
disappointed 7ne. - mekoyi m'ani so kalcra, I am going to take a nap.
ani, a disease of the eyes, ophthalmy.
ani-adaui, 1. a red eye. iJr.3273. — ;;*. a kind of .ihell-fish; its
shell, of a red colour; s. adam.
aiiiani, 1. (adv.) the surfaces only i.e. superficicdly; perfuncto-
rily, negligently, carelessly; mefwee no an.; onyamesom nye ade a
wgye no an. =:ebinebi; gko aniani, he has to face or fights with op-
ponents on more than one side(?) pr. lo9:i. — 2. n. embarrassment,
puzzle, distress, perple.iity; eye no an., asem no ye wgn an., sotgre
abieii ye an. = anikrakra, pr.3041. — aniani-de, a superficial, out-
icardthing. - i\\ni\\\\-(}L\\(\\ni\. superficial, perfunctory, negligent ivork.
aniape, a kind of jumping insect.
ani-ase, 1. the cheek; nsensahe ahieh twa n'an., two lines are
cut across his cheek. — 2. the side or slojie of a hill: bepgw no ani
ase fa ye kurohkurohkiiron, na u'an. fa de, esian nkakra-nkakra;
- snare bi aniase. s. suare.
jYni-here, inf. [ani here] 1. desire, longing, concupiscense, cupi-
dity, covetousness; sika ye no an., gold c.rcites his cupidity. — 2.
excitement, irritation, exasperation; desperation; pr. 1597. — 3. grief,
sorrow, distress, bitterness. — 4. hot displeasure, animosity, anger,
326 aniheresem — anigye.
wrath, rage. — 5. F. (anyibir) violence, Mt. 11,12. — ani-berehere,
covcfousness; ani-berebereo, Ak. nige. — aniberc-dc^^ade a eye
wo anibere. — oniberefo, pi. a-, a person cusil// excited.
anibere-sern = asem a eniii anibere. Oburoni ue yen ledi an.,
the FAiropean Jjrings us to desperation. — Jinil)ere-s6, adv. flushed
icith anger; in defiance; nea wote yi no, wote no anibereso; F. anyi-
berdo, vehement]//, 3Ik. 14,31. earnest]//.
ani-biri, Oiiibiritb, F. anyibir, anyibirfo, Mt. 11,1:2. s. anibere 5.
6nni-bie, one who has nohodg, a helpless, destitide p)erson.
onni-bi-amanne-d\vom, s. dviom.
onnibianianiipfu, = omanneni.
aiii-bi-aiiiia-S('), forgetfidness. carelessness, negligence; auibi-
annas6-s6, hg negligence; cf. asobiannaso.
ani-bu, inf. [u'ani bu] impatience, the state of heing tired of
waiting.
ani -da-ho, inf. [n'ani da ho] 1. modesty, decency, continence; 2.
mindfidness, attention; circumspection, carcfidncss; 3. discrimination,
Judiciousness, good sense, intelligence; 4. taste for the fine arts, sense
for mechanics.
aiii-da-ho, inf. the state of being au-are or conscious o/*soine
matter; eye no an. na gyee, he was well aware of what he did; opp.
ani-da-s6, inf. [n'ani da so] /wj>e. F.anyidado, anyidar. [nsapa.
riidij inf. [di ni] honour; enyidzi a gfata, F. due reverence. -
enyidzim', F. reverently.
nido [oni = onipa, do] ]//nnanity, gentleness, affability, Icind-
ness, amiableness; oye n., he is humane, Jiind, benevolod.
ani-dwo, inf. [n'ani dwo] calmness, mildness &c. of temper.
ani-eden, ani-ehyew, s. anuodeh &c.
nifa, F. enyifa, anyimfa [eni, fa, the side of ]ionour?'\ 1. right
(opp. benkum, left); the right side; gte men., lie is sitting at my rigJit
(hand); mefa n., / shall t/irn to the right. — 2. that ivhicli is on the
right side; (nsa) n., the right hand ; aso n., the rigid ear. — 3. the
right wing in an army. — 4. tlie south, as the region or direction to
the right of a person who faces the east; cf. kese-fani'.
0-nifafo, a right-handed person.
ani-fa-s6, inf. an oversight, error, misiale, inadveHencc; eye an.,
it teas done inadvertently.
an i fere, inf. sliarpness of sigld, quidc-sigldedness, penetration,
sagacity, acnteness.-cunningness, sJcdlf/dness, slyness ;:=~iuutow; gye
n., he does every thing cunningly, in a sly manner; commonly in a
bad sense, sometimes in a good sense: woyean. a, nnipansahka wo.
0-niferefo, jjZ. a-, a Jceen-, sfiarj)-, quicJc- or clear-sighted, saga-
cious person or animal; anoma n., a quicJc-sighted bird. pr. 2491.
ani-firae (Ak.), anifurae, inf. [n'ani afiira] blindness.
o-nifiraefo, onifuraefo, F. nyifurafo, ^;Z. a-, a blind person.
anigye, /»/". [n'ani gye] jo//, gladness, delight, liappiness, pleas-
ure, gaiety; .sj/??.anikfi, ahosan, ahosepew, ahomeka.ahotg, abotgyam'.
— anigye-bea, a place of joy; an. sen awobea, p-. 2810. ubi bene ibi
aiu'ji^y*'^^ — oiiiiii. .'527
pdtr'ta, ivhcre if is ivell, IJirrc is one's coutifri/. — iiiiinyc-dc, a pleas-
ure, pledsurnble tliiiKj or pcrftinudiicc, nijoi/iiwiit, ((iiiiiscineiit, sjiorl.
aiii-^yen: F. anyijiychm', soherli/.
an l-<i;y ina, inf. [n'ani gyiaa) h(»ncsic/ai(:ss; luii(/iii[/ (if'Icr, dc-
ani-ha, staring ci/es; gfwe no an,, he siares di him. [sire for.
niii-liJMv, inf. [n'aui aiiaw] sloih, hiziness, tardiuess; pr. i}Sllf.
sifn. akwailwcro, wcreliunu (Ak.). — oye an. (or an. aka no), lie is
hi://, idle, inaetive, — aiiiha-hoa, a kind of////.
0-11 ill a fo, ^>?. a-, one too lazy to do ani/ thin;/ cxccjit eating and
cliatting-; slnr/[/ard; pr. :2S11ff. syn. gkwadwofo.
aiii-lia-yi, outward, -li/; an. senkycrene, an <>ulu:ard sign.
o-ii i-iiu 111 ani, one who is not a felishman or )>riest, one of the
laif/j; Idj/man; (= ouipa lumu?) rf. akwa(ni)huniani, aycinfo.
ani-kfi, inf. [n'ani kaJ./V>//, gladness cCc. s. anigyo.
jiiiyikaber, F. eovetoiisness. Mk. 7,22.
anyikaberod/o, F. covetous desires.
iiui-kae, r.n. [di, ka] remains of eatables; difV. nnokae.
a II i-k a n f ani, kan] prop, being of a bright or clear ei/c, i.e. alive,
living; si/n. aniniono; wosiee no an., theg buried him alive.
onikanfo, F. nyikanfo, a living soul; pi. a-, the living.
a II 1 kaii-no , /iropertg given to a son in the father's lifetime ; opp.
awuunyade. M'agya ania nie an. ausa-na orcwu.
a-ni'-kisa, inf. [n'ani kisa] homesickness ; c/'. ani gy in a. pr.2H16.
0-11 i-k 6 [oni, ko] the j^crson concerned or in question, tlie parli-
rular or respective person.
ani'-krakra, bewdderment, anguish, aiuietg; despcrcdion; own
an., agony, pangs of death. mort(d fright.
ani-kum, inf. [n'ani kuni] sleepiness, droiosiness, inclination
fto sleep.
ani-kyew [ani, kyew a,] a wry look; obnno an., he eyes him
askance, askew, he squints at or leers iipon him.
nim, V. [Ak. ni, F. nyim; used only in the contin. form; car-
rel, v. hfi, Gr. §103,2.] 1. to know; niinnim no, miiihiiu no peri, I do
not know him, I never saw him; nim de, to know things; onim de sen
me, he has more knowledge than I; nim nyansa, to have ivisdom, to
be wise, learned; nim hhomam', to have book-knowledge, to be in-
structed, educated, learned. — 2. to know or understand hotv to do
a thing, to be able, can (denoting an acquired ability or skill, de-
pending on knowledge and exercise, Fr. savoir; cf. tumi); wunim
dcri ye? what can yon do? what acquirements or accomplisliments
have you? onim ayari or akyene-ka, he can beat the drum; onim
aseriki, he can deliver a speech, is a good speaker; onim nantew, he
is a good walker; minnim ko. / cannot fight; minuim ye, / do not
know hoic to mcdce it; minnim di, I have never ecden it, do not like it.
Gr. § 203,1. — pr. 2318-50.
nniiii" = nni mu, not to be in (without, pr.581.); not to be true.
c-ai ini, praise, honour, laud, approbation; perh. acknowledgment.
328 uniiii.
recogniiion, recognizance; pre-eminence; victor//, triumph; cf. nko-
nim. IMeye adc yi mama me wnra, na maiiya n'aniin uim; nim ne
ade a woaye so ayeyi a woyi wo ; wodo. abaniiisem na eye, enye
adow u.a.; oliene ko a nso, odi nim. — gy e nim, to gain the victory;
di nim, to triumph.
anim [animn] 1. the face, visage, countenance; n'an. apompono,
his face is ivrinJded; pr. 2352 ff. — 2. the front, frontside, forepart;
cf. adannim. — 3. the space in sight, in front of, before; pr. 413. =
(prep.) hefore, in front of, iit the presence of; abofra t'vie nsum' wo
n'agya anim a, oiiwu; pr. 1319. — (=adc.) forwards, on, onwards.
Gr. § 1 10. — 4. the face, surface, top, upper part, e.g. of the stiinn»
of a tree, yr. 403. cf. ani. — 5. the surface of the earth within the liorizon,
together with all the things visible by daylight; s. the hrst phrases
under 7 A. — 6. m'anim', mg pcdernal relations; cf. m'akyiri. —
7. Phrases in which anim is A) the grammatical subject, B) the
grammatical object or locative complement:
A) anim (^5 j baebae, boeboe, hue, if dawns, the dag breaks, morn-
inq twilight sets in ; anim aye fontafontan, nwaninwani, sesasesa, it
dawns, gets twdight; anim tetew, the slcg clears vp, it gets daijlight;
anim aye we, // is full dagligld = ade akye kor;l, about 6 o'clock.
— anim te ase, it is still dai/light. ■ — anim akata, the surface (of the
earth) has been covered scil. by the shades of evening or of night,
= ade sa, the night sets in, it is growing dark; anim abiribiri, amua,
aye kusu, it has become dark. — n'anim gu ase, lit. his face falls
down i.e. he is ashamed, put to shame. - n'anim kisii, siam, bo tuo,
tow tuo, his face changes, loses colour, grows pale, perf. he is pale
from anxietii, he is anxious about jiast or impending calamities; he
is ashamed (n'anim asiam -- n'ani awu). - n'anim amuna, he looks
dark or gloom// from resentment (anger) or sadness, he is sullen or
sulky. - n'anim tew, he looks kind, frioidly, affiddc, chcerfid. - n'a-
nim tweri, he is welcome; asem a niekokiie no, m'anim twerii = mi-
nyaa anuonyam. - n'anim awo, s. u'ani awo. - n'anim }•(; durn, Jtc
is grave, dignified, venerable (gwg anuonyam, wodi no ni, wuntumi
hka n'anim mmofraastjm). - n'anim ye fere, he is venerable, has a
solemn, majestic air, inspires or commands respect. - n'anim ba or
ye nyam, he is illustrious, dignified, honourable, honoured, respect-
able, respected. - n'anim ye hare, Jie islightminded, fickle, frivolous;
he is a mean, base, vde, disreputable fellow. - n'anim ye tan, he is
ugly, dctestal)le.
B) waba irani.m dodo, he has gone too far with his promise. -
obu n'anim = oyiyi ne nhwi iino, he .shaves ojf the hair from the fore-
head. - of we m'anim ye, he does it from respect to, in deference to or
with a regard for me; pr.262. sijn. ode n'ani to m'anim ye, s. ani;
odi asem a, ofwe onipa anim yiyi mu, in litigcdions he has respect
of persons: cf. Rom. 2,11. James 2,1.4. - okum o/- omuna n'anim, he
darkens his face, is sullen, sulky, gloomy. - okyi m'anim, he detests
me. - gye m'anim nkyene, he fhitirrs me, speaks well of me in my
hearing; s. nkyene. - oyi n'anim (ye), he sets his face, has the in-
tention (to do something). /,s serious, earnest, upright fin doing some-
thing): mayi (m')anim se merekyerew fihoma 'ne, / hace the decided
.-iiiiiiuit.i;lc. 329
intcHfion fo wrife lo-doi/; .. so nlioina ara na mosfia, T hdvc devoted
m/isvlf fo sindji; wayi aiiiin sc bone, ara na obcye, he is hcnt on no-
llihtji but misdeeds; obi anyi aiiitn anka iie lio asom pofc, John 7,1.^.
- i)j)irim n'aniin, he sefs his fiiec fi.redl/f, has the decided intention,
is fidl// resolved (to). — otiatia in'auim, hr scorns, disdains, aljitscs
me; <>pp. obu ino, odi me ni.
aniinniii [ouiiii, ?/////.] aiioatuj or snadl mate a)iimat; r/'. odwcii-
I Diinnia.
iiiiii(l('(\ F. iiyiindzo, inf. \\\\\n Ai^] knoivledfje, nnderstandin<j,
intelli(/e)ice, wisdom; s. nyansA. — wahn or wanya or owo n., he pos-
sesses hnoniedi/e, is intetti(ient, wise, jjriidod. considerate; i)r.Wl.J35o.
— no n. doso. he possesses e.rtensi ve, vast, immoiseknowledrfe; osoree
Nyankp. n. pa, na waniano n. kgsc.
uyimd/AMn", F. according to knowledge, lPet.S,7-
0-11 iindefo, ^Z. a-, a well informed, intelligent, sensible, jndi-
cioHS. prudent person; cf. onyansafo, obadwemina. ^)r. ^005.
M 11 ini-di'i ru [n'aniin ye duru] gravity, dignitg, solemnifg (fere,
nidi, aiuioiiyain, suro woni').
iiiiiila. onyimfa, a-, F. = nifa. — iiiiiili, pr.2So6.
ani in-t»u-a.se, /«/'.[ n'anim<jua8e.]67/a/»e, shamefacedness, bash-
fid-ness; confusion; ignominij ; cf. aiiiwii. — aiiimy-uase-de, shame-
ful things, disgraceful deeds, acts or actions.
a n i m-li ;i r o, lightmindedncss, fickleness, frivolitg; baseness, vile-
ness, infamg. — o-iiiiiihan'tV), 7>/. a-, <(n tinprincipled, disreput<d>le,
mean, profane, impudent, insolent person, a blackguard ; obo bra
bone nti, ol)i ani nso no; n'ani hwu ade.
aiiimhare-sem, frivolity, imjnidoice, blackguardism dx.
aniiiriio, in front dr.. s. anim.
a ill iii-li a, inf. pideness of the face, paUidness; green-sickness,
[chlorosis.
ani-inia, /;//'. [oniia ii'anij exertion, endeavour, fair trial, per-
f severance.
an iiii-k 11 ill, inf. [okuni n'aiiimj aullcness, sulkiness.
aiiinrfikycnc-atiko-jlsa, ^:»r. ,2.!>5.3'. s. hkyene, sereserebokroii.
aiiim-ciiyaui, -Oliyam, Ak., enyimnyam, F. s- anuonyam.
nnimnio, inf. [= dih-bo] mentioning of one's name in a bad
way; - nnimmo ;,; doso, afei ^yae! it has been mentioned enough,
leave off now; nnimmo-dodow ye own, ^jr. 555. -25.57. — wgasoano
linimind-kyew = womnio no din pa, na da wobo ne din a, gyaw
ne nnome na eka lio.
ani-inommono [ani, amono] adv.,n., alive; cf. anikah.
anini[ti? F. enyimpi, Aft. 11,12. by force; cf. mpi.
ani 111 -pi rim, inf. [opirim n'anim] earnest, earnestness, ardour,
zeal, fixed determination or attention.
anim-te-ase, before dusk, when it is (was) sfdl daylight.
anim-tew, inf. [n'anim tew] friendliness, graciousness, cheer-
fulness. — animtew-ade, delightful, acceptable things.
an imu-tete, inf. [anim tetew] Kuk. daybreak.
330 animtia — iii])adiia.
anim-tia, -tia, [anim, tia, y., tia, adj.l disgrace, disdain, scorn
sj)Hrn; bu.. an., = tiatia.. aiiim, to hold in coidcnipt, make light of,
set at nought, think nothing of; to despise, contempt, slight, scorn,
spurn, kick.
anim-tiatia, inf. [otiatia n'aaim] scorn, disdain, abuse.
O-n ini, pil. a-, 1. the male of animals; pr. 2359. akoko yi ye n.;
it occurs espec. in cpds. (od\Venuini, akokonini, nantwinini, opon-
koniiii &c.) Gr, § 41. — 2. a person distinguished in or notalAe for
something, reputable, notorious; - onipa yi, gye'uini, s.eb. yye opa-
nyih hi a gwo sika bebre na owo nnipa. Deriv. aniinma, ninkunu,
[aninsein.
e-nini, the largest species of serpent found in W.Africa, boa.
pijthon? sgn. gpanteue.
ninnim, red. v. to recover, to be or become better, regain some
degree of health after sickness; ne ho an. no. he is a little better now;
wayare na ne ho aye no den kakra.
11 i ii-k 11 11 u [onini, okunu] jealous// of a man; pr. 2o60. vf. kora.
— t\Ve n., to be Jealous.
O-ninkiifo, jij?. a-, a jealous man; cf. korafo.
anin-sem [onini aseni] ma>illness, manfulncss, bravery, bold-
ness; di an., to act courageousl// ; mise medi an. a, na mo na m'akyi
t\veri mo na midi.
o-niii.semfo, ony., pi. a-, =gpemf6, a rcoman n-ho is with child.
11 i n s e 11, V. [F. nyinsen J to conceive, become pregnant; s. yem.
11 11 in wo [din, wo, cf. kwawo] the bare name without the offi-
cial title; gbo me n., he addresses me nncercmoniously.
aiii-iiyaii-n o [ani,nyan, ade] iM-op. things which make the eyes
get sour (?) i.e. torments, extreme pains, severe suffering; pr. i'361.
nyb me an., he torments me, inflicts excruciating misery upon me.
o-iiipa, p/. n- [F. nyiinpa] 1. man, a man, human being, person
(it may be used also of God or spirits) ; pi. men, people ;pr. 2362-2439.
- it is frequently put as an object or attribute, where it is not ex-
pressed in F^ng. : gwgka onipa, a snakebites (man); aben tua onipa
ano, the horn is put to the mouth (of a man), pr. 79. Gr. § 202. — 3.
a man of note, a notable , respectable, reputable person ; oyiye, gyeon.,
this is a good or worthy, respectable man. C/'. oni, gdesani, onipa-raCi.
0-nipa-ba [onipa A?., gba] aperson of the kings family, espec. by
his mother; on. na gkg no! on. ni!
11 i p a-b a ii, 1. the stature, frame, bodily structure, make or build
(if a person; ne n. ye duru se, he is a very heavy tnan. — 2. the
character or qualities of a person; stamp, kind, soii, set or race of
people; wo n., woye a\Vi, thou art of a thievish set of people.
ni})a-diia, 1. the figure, form, shape of one's body; the body;
cf. nipamu, ghonam; nen. ye ase oyi, as to his bodily appearance
he is nearly like this one; oni{)a yi, ghyehye (gkeka) nen. ho, na,
ne kara de, gda adagyaw, this man trims his body, but his soid is
naked. — 2. the character, stamp, kind or sort of person, nipabah;
wo n. wg hgyi, wun ye! 'such a one as you, you are not good! won.
uiiii)iiinu — iiuiUVa. 331
wg ho yi, motan wo! ( — lucrlowo!) iii(Mni)(' won., with one Wee yon
I will have iiofhintj to do!
o-ri i |i;i-in u |inM, ti.\ 1. a roni/'lelc man. the whole nnni nr jwrfion:
wo 11. yi, moriijuj wo (inctaii wo, nictlo wo); onipa iiifi a otc. lio, ade
kye a, onye t'we ; adidi rik»~) iia odidi, he is an idle fellow; idl day
long he does nothing hat eat. — x.'. a fall n'. fresh or vigorous man:
wo n. a wuf^yina lig yi, vvuutnmi iikukuru iidaka yi! saeh a strong
man as yon should he able to lift nj) this box! — o. an exeellcnt, dis-
tinguished, honourable, eminent man.
0-iii|);i-Si"i6, s. osae & oyitotonf,
iiipa-.SM, V. = nipaban ; no ii. nytj fe.
o-ii ipa-t en, a (physically) ^^rr/bc^ or completed man; s. ton LK
i\ II i-pii j'l, the cavity or socket (orbit, glene) of the eye.
nni-so, <«/*. = eso-di, rule, ruling, domination, mastery, govern-
ment, sway; control. — riiiiso-pe, lust, thirst of jioicer or ruling.
ani-siei [oni :^ onipa, asiei] burying-place, burial-place.
ani'-su. i)if. [so anij pleasure, gratification; delight, contentment;
will, iidention; enye me anisg, a) ^=- ensg m'ani, enyc mc fe; /;) =
cnye se mimnni wo a.s. m'ani sil wo (wodo to opanyin bi taf'rakye
kasa), not that I disregard or disrespect you.
auiso-de, a thing or deed affording pleasure ; syn. anigycde;
ade a eye an., wodan no biribiara a, enye yiyc, any pleasaid thing
(e.g. a meritorius deed) cannot be turned into anytliing else.
ani-so-lieiihan, m/". [ehenhan n'aniso] negligence, carelessness,
heedlessness, reel'lessncss; syn. anibiannaso.
aiii-s()-tere Wj inf. [n'aniso aterew noj distraction, wandering,
absent manner, absence of mind.
a 11 i-s ()-'v\'0 h 0, self-complace^icy.
II i-su [ani, i\s\\\tcar(s) ; more frequently pronounced nusu, q.v.
a n 1 s u a t e t e w, eyelash(es). pr. 2440.
iiifaii [oni ^== onipa, gtah] envy, spde, hide, hatred, enmity,
rancour, malice, maligndy; opp. nidg; cf. gtan, akaw.
enyitau, F. id.; nya-, to be envious, Mt. 20,15.
o-nittimfo, jd. a-, an envious or spiteful person.
fiiii-taiie, inf. [tane ani] teazing, continued chiding, troubling.
ani tanee, y.Ji. [ani atane] disquietude, disturbance, disorder,
confusion, tumult; syn. gyegyegye, sakasaka, mansotwe; an. aba
kurow noni', the town is in an uproar.
0-i\itet'o, j)l. a-, [anitew] <t prudod. intelligent, shreu'd person.
a n i-t e w^ inf. [n'ani niQw^prudence, intelligence, sagacity, shrewd-
ness; good sense, judgment, judiciousness, understanding.
n i-t iri [oni = nnipa, eti] a man's head; sJcull; cf. tikora.
nitiri-so, a place of skulls; a place having the form of a skull.
an i-t 6, inf. F. [n'ani ato] shame, bashfulness. James 4,9. syn. aniwu.
a-ni-tore [nea n'ani atoV] a one-eyed person, pr. 2441.
ani'-twa, inf. [otwa n'ani] the turning of the face or head in look-
ing round.
332 aiiiwa — ano.
am' wa, jv/. id. F. anyiwa. anyiia [ani. (lin/.] 1. the eye as the or-
gan of sight or vision; pr. 2iiiff. — obu n'an., lie shuts his e//es; cf.
aniwabubu, niia. iniia, tew; n'aaiwam' aye kiiroiin or ho, Jiis eyes
lie (leejj. are sniiJc i)i their orbits, he is hot1oic-ei/ed (from leanness or
by nature); n'an. di atwasi, his eyes are roUiny from pride, haugh-
tiness, anger. — ^. the eye of a plant, hud, sprout, germ. — 5. nsu
an., a ivell or spring of ivater, fountain, source. — 4. of other things
resembling an eye: a) pane an., the rye of a needle, syn. pane aso
or fwene; h) the eye or catch for a hook; c) adaka an., Iccy-hole, cf.
adakani. — 5. ailiwa-SO: F. anyiwa-do, onticard. I Pet.3,S. nanyi-
\va-d(), rightly and duly. Cf. ani-hayi.
niwa, a single cowry (from its similarity to an eye); pr. 2i42f.
— niwa-du, nuodii, ten coteries; cf. ntrama.
niwa [oni, mother, ba, child] — nua, brother d'c.
lliwa-mm a [oni, dim.] rclafireson the mother's side; nuamma.
brother's ehddren.
aiiiwa-bll bu, inf. [bubn aniwa] the twinlding of the eyes; o-ne
no di an., they winh at each other, they hare a mutual understand-
ing, they give each other hints hy tvinJcing.
aiiiwam'-kekaAV, s. okekaw, 3.
aniwam'-kuru, a sore eye.
k 11 i \v a-a ii i w a. a kind of yam, s. ode.
iii-\\'\i, death of a relation, pr. 296.
a iii-wii, inf. [n'ani \vu] shame; cf. animguase, afere, anito.
aui\vu-de, shameful things or deeds. [pr. 464.24-5 J.2!fo J.
ani-yiyi, inf. [yiyi anij carelessness, negligence, neglect, heed-
lessness; oye an., he is careless.
0-11 o, jtron. he, she; him, her; me-ne uo ku, / and he (or she) jight
i.e. I fight with him (or her). The poss. form is ne (F. ne&no), his,
her, its. For the^^Z. won is used. Gr. § 53-59.
e-no, jjrow. //; jA.eno, enonom, they, used of things; pron. poss.
nc, its, their. In the place of ah oljject it is usually omitted. Gr.§ 202,4.
— J2. interrog.part., eno daben naobeba? on ichich day icill he comcY
no, pron. dcm. 1. that. the. Gr.§74,2. It issometimes not trans-
lated at all: aka abofra no biako, one boy is missing; when added
to biako, it imparts to it the meaning tlie other, the second: aka
abofra biako no, that other bay is missing. Cf. yi, nom.. — 2. When
added to a subordinate sentence, it answers to the conj. when. Gr.
§ 264,1. (As it points out a thing as already mentioned or known,
so it may likewise point out a fact expressed in a sentence.)
ano, 1. the mouth of any living creature, snout, muzzle, beak, bill,
nib; espec. tlie outward month, the lips {as the borders of its opening);
the mouth as the instrument of speech; pr. 2452-61. hence in some
phrases (.s. below) speeelt, language; opp. a nom', tlie inside or cav-
ity of the mouth; the mouth as the organ of taste; s. fmom' & cf. the
phrases under 1J2. ■ — /?. applied to inanimate objects : op)ening, aper-
ture, orifice, spout, of a bottle, pot&c; the opening 'ior a door (opon
aao da ho, the door stands open); tho entrance or door of a house
nmu 333
(odanano); the month or muzzle o( a gnn. — .9. mouth, month-piece:
a) = a speaker, Ex.4,16. — h) of any wiiKl-iiistninient. — 4. eihje,
end: a) edge, verge, brink, brow, brim, rim, margin, ttorder, skirt,
end (ef. mninano); e.g. opon ano, the edge of the tnldc; lience shore,
bench: mpornio, the seashore, asubgnten ano, the bank of a river;
also the rutting or sharp edge: gsckan ano, tin' edge of a knife. —
})) j)oint, n/)per end, toj) {<f. t\, atif'i, tVveti, opp. asc); peaw ano, the
point of a spear; - sting, prick, prong- — c) the outer or utmost jxirt
or end, tip: tekrenia, nsatea ano, tlie tip of the tongue, of the fmgcr;
gnain ne, nan ano, ]tc walks on tiptoe. — d) the remotest or hindmost
parts, extreme end, extremitii, limit, termination, boundary; oli asase
ano nohg bae, he came from the lUtcrmost parts of the earth. Mat. 12,42.
enye ano bi ni (lit. fhet'c is not: some limit is here, i.e.) there is no
end to be seen, it is e.rcessive, infinite, unsjjeakable, indescribable;
gliaw a ghaw nie nye ano-bi-ni; Gr.§137. ehg awgw nye ano-bi-ni,
the cold there is or teas excessive. — e) the fore or foremost rank,
point, part or parts, the front: ogyina dgni ano, he stands at the front
of an armg. — 5. the space along, at the end or border: the jilace of
])erformance ; = prepp. on. at, along; Gr. § 1 1 9. gwg n'ad vVuraa ano,
he is at his work; gnam ano ano, hetcalks <dong the shore (of the sea),
Gr. § ] 28. — a. the end. limit, or bounds of a heap, collection or
number of things; number, amount, sum: the ivorth or price of a
thing: wonniano. theg have no end, are numberless; wocliano (theg
adjust the end), theg agree ahout or stipulate a sum to be ptaid, they
come to terms. — 7. the (well-) defined state or condition, order; ewg
ano sino ano, every thing has its order; c/". wg-ano; me de, mahu me
de iino ampa. I do know how my matters stand; neho ano, his own
welfare, pr. 977. — 8. efficacy, efficiency, onward course, power,
strength, severity: awia ano ye den, the heat of the sun is very great;
ehg awgw ano ye deii, the cold is very severe there; ne yare ano ye
deri, his sickness is very severe; ne tumi ano abere ase, the efficien-
cy of his power has abated; ma ne here no ano mmere ase, grant
that his sufferings be mitigated; wabere ne bra-bone ano ase, he has
moderated the course of his bad conduct. — 9. agreement ivith; =
})repp. after, according to; gye no brgfo nsa ano, he performs it after
the fashion of the Europeans. Gr. § 131,4. — 10. answering or cor-
responding to, on account of, for: gsom me kaw no ano, he serves
me for that debt; bgme bosea dare du, na wobg me a, mesom wo
ano. — 11. opposition to, counter-action to; prep, against: gyare no
ano aduru ni, this is the medicine against that disease. —
1^. Phrases in which ano or anom' is A) the grammatical sub-
ject, B) the grammatical object or other complement, or its attribute.
A) ano bere ase, its efficacy, severity dc. abates; cf. ano 8. - n'ano da
mu, he is (or was) all the ivhile heard crying aloud. - n'ano ahoa, liis
mouth has become pale from long continued hunger. - eha na m'ano
abeso, lit. my mouth has reached to here, i.e. this is my last word, the
utmost I can p)romise, so far I can go in the bargain. — n'ano tew,
he is eloquent, s/)eaks fluently; cf. ne kasam' tew, he speaks plainly.
- n'ano atg, he has done spcfdting, finished his S2)eech; mil m'ano nto
{or nsi) ansa-na ka wo de. let me speak out, and then you may speak
334 ano — noa.
ivlud you have got to saij; u'auo a obuei antg, he hid begun to speak,
hut did not finish. - n'ano ato me, Ids mouth has reached me i.e. he
has spolcen had of me; da n'ano reto wo, he aJivai/s sj^eahs ill of
you, challenges you; - n'ano toto, he speaks confusedly; oka asem
no a, - ontunii nka mmi\ entee, he cannut relate it aright. - ni'ano
ntwae e, my mouth is not yet cut off', i.e. / have my own mouth sfdl,
I also have something to say. - n'ano awo (wose). he is eloquent, has
a voluhle tongue. — n'ano ye birebire, kurokuro, perepere, lie is
hasty, inconsiderate, indiscreet in spcafiing. - n'ano ye de papa, dew
dodo, dgko, fremfreni, liis moiitJi or tongue is (too) sweet, i.e. he is a
flatterer. - ano ye den, s. ano 8. - n'ano ye deii, lie has a sharp
tongue, uses strong, ahusioe language, is quarrelsoyne; pr. 194.571. -
n'ano ye duru, he is not talkative; he is close, reserved; ne tani or
n'amoase ano ye dnrn, his 2>urse is lieavy, lie has a well-lined purse,
pr. 493. - n'ano ye toi'o, torofe-torot'e, //c has a slippery mouth i.e. he
cannot keep silence or secret, he hlunders out or lets out secrets. -
n'anoni' ahunu, aliyehye no, pr. .264. - ano akuni or asiam, the edge
has hecome hlunt, dull. - n'anom' (if. ano 1.) akum or asiam, his
mouth is tasteless or undone, lie has lost his appetite. - n'anom' atew,
he has recovered his appetite. - n'anom' ye no de, lie has a licJcerisJi
mouth, likes dainties. —
B) bei'e.. ano ase, to abate, allay, mitigate, moderate; cf. ano 8;
kaii-no n'ano ye den, na afei wabere n'ano ase, formerly he talked
hlusteringly, hid now he has moderated his tone. - bg ano, to stop,
ward off, resist, pr.2. s. bg 62. - boa(boa) ano, lit. to lay or adjust
tlie ends, i.e. to gather, collect; to prepare; s. boa. - di ano, to come
to terms, to agree, accord, to strike a bargain; cf. ano 6. - agye n'a-
nom', s. gye 26. nantwinilm agye n'anom', he has become fond of
heef. - ohyira n'ano, s. byiraO". - aka n'ano, ftis mouth has been used
to it, he has learned it tvell, is able to repeat it easily, s. ka 5. - gkasa
ararado ano, Jie is interpreter to tlie governor; wghkasa wgiiho ano,
they do not speak tvith each other. - wakum gbosom no ano, he has
prevented the fetish from eating (taking the yam offered to him). -
wakum (n'adwuma) ano, fie has finished (his work); better: wavvie
(n'adwuma). - kyere ano, F. to declare. - mesan m'ano, J justify,
vindicate, clear myself . jjr. 436. -so ano. to keep bade, restrain. pr.2. -
oto(to) n'ano ase, fie lets his mouth be at rest; gnto(to) n'ano ase, fie
does not hold his tongue. - gtoto m'ano, he falsely accuses me, slan-
ders or calumniates me; pr. 435 f. watoto neho ano = wauoa bgre asa
neho, .s. noa. - gntow n'anom toa ma, s.toa. - mitu n'ano mewgfam',
I refuse to fiear fiim (lit. I pull out fiis moutfi, I init it to tfie ground).
otutu m'ano sisi, fie contradicts me, fie distotis or confounds tchat I
am saying (prop, j^alls out wfiaf I fiave stated And puts it somewhere
else). - yi ano, 1. to interpret, to explain; 2. to refute, confute, dis-
prove (a statement); perh. to remove tfie force (ano (S) of the accu-
sation or opposite argument; to defend, apologize, make excuse.
11 6 a, V. to cook (aduan, food, nam. meat), to boil (nsu, water)-.!
pr. 2467 ff. — noa gsa, to prepare for war by some superstitions pro-
ceedings: boiling certain herbs and sheep's blood, mentioning the
enemy's leaders and calling on the fetish to make them weak. —
anoa — anofoa. 335
wiinoa boro asa iielio, lie lins })r('pand )>oison fo stick f'asf in Jtiin-
self, = wakil asemmone agu nelio so, watolo iiclio ano, watow dua
afVvo, neho so, he has injured or slandered his own character.
aiio<i, n- [auo •/. dim.?] used only in compound nouns, a place,
space or rcijivn adjoining or co}di(iuOHs to or border in;/ on that which
is indicated by the first part of the cpd., *•. nhanna, iilcokonoa, ii-
komanoa, nkwanoa, nipenoa, nsanoa, nsunoa, ntenti'unoa, ntonanoa.
o-iio-an kasa, nank;isa, (he) himself; (she) herself. — nankasa
neba, his (her) own child. — gno-ara, id.; just he, even he {or she);
the same; obarima a 'nera wuhiifi no no, guoara ni, this man is the
same whom ijou saw yesterdaif. — e-no-aukasa, nankasa, itself.
— e-iio-ara, itself; even that, just that; the same thing. Gr. §59.
ano-babae, /«/". [ano, baebac] dispute, contention; - di an., to
he engaged in a dispute.
iiiiobae, v.n. [dow, ba] plentiful produce of husbandry or of
the fields; ma nn. nkata yen mfuw so, let our plantations be covered
with produce!
ano-bi-iii, lit. some limit is here; enye ano-bi-ni, // is uidim-
ited, euccssire, extraordinary ; s. ano 4, d). Gr. § 137.
a n o-b r e b e r e, soft speech, pr. 2452.
aiio-birebire, a talkative, prattling mouth or tongue; oye an.
= gye birebirefo.
ano(boa)l)('»a, inf. [boa ano] the act oi gathering.
niiyboa, ////'. [dow, boa] co-operation in farming worJc; wodi
nn. = wgboa wonho dow, wpsonsom wghho, they aid each other,
co-opereUe, are allied, tv'ork together.
fino-bone, a qnarreller, brawler; onipa a asemmone l\ n'anom
da, obua nkurofo so da. pr. 2453.
ano-b(')"\v, inf. [Ano a ebow. a sti)diing mouth] a scornful, mock-
ing or jeering reply. 2 Ki.7,2. gmal me an., he gives me a scoffing, iron-
iced, abusive, insulting or defying reply.
alio- branini ram, cf. iino-birebire, -kurokuro, gbrammramfo.
ano-da-so [ano a eda so] the npper lip; an. bogyese, mustaches;
gyaw an. bogyese, to grow mustachios.
fi iio-de, flattery; enye me anode 6, it is, I assure you, no flattery,
when I say this. — an o-d e f e d e f e (ano a enka ahuposem) fair,
mild, flattering speech.
ano-di, inf. [di ano] agreement, bargain, compact, contract.
anodi-sem, >-c6oZi(^/o» of an assembly, decree. Kurtz §7.
nnodowa-nnodowa, s. dodowa. — iinodowe, s. dodowe,
a 110 en 11 am [ano a eye nnamj sharp-pointed; a sting; mfi bone
ano auoeunam nkum, grant that the sting of sin may be blunted.
ano-fafa, the lip or lips (ase an., the lower lip, gsoro an., the
upp)er lipi)\ F. anofamfa, Ji/r. 7,e.
lioloa, nofoa, F. = anefoa, anadwo(fa).
ano-t"5a: t\vit\va..an., to cut or wo^md with the sword of one's
■mouth, i.e. with grievous S2>eech, to scold, ^—- yaw, bg .. ahohora.
336 onofge — nom.
g-nofoe [nea gfgw obi ano] one who makes one's mouth moist or
fat (fofo, with meat), a benevolent nourisher, ttcneficient cnterioiner
(wosom no a, wome, onima wo fmo iilioa).
angfrana ko, analVanakuV pr. 207'). ^472.
aiio-ghare, quirl-ness of speakhui. yr.JOnl.
noli 6 a, iiolioA, iiolig, Ak. doliaa, beijonil; the jiJnre (plores)
or regions beyond. Gr. § 1 27.
ano-hoba, F. [ano, alioba] promise; ef. ebo, nliyease. - bg an.,
=^ si anowowa, to promise. Mt.14,7. anoboba-mari no, the promised
aiio-nlioma, Ak. = anofafa. flavd.
aiio-hyirii, inf.'s. liyira ano.
aiio-kese, a larfje-mouthed person, pr. 24',4.
gilO-ko \ai\o, q^o]\\i. moid] t- ft (jht in (J. dispute; Jest, rodlrr/i; wo-
(twijtwa on., they have a disptute uith earh other; g-ne no twa on.
(or di akasa) kwa, he is merely jestiny with him.
nokoasiri, a valuable, kind oi cloth, softer tluiu silk (kgkg,
fiifu, tuntum, ankahono, bgnwoina, apopobiri); ef. unokua,
nil k g 11 11 g k g-a d c [dnkg] su-eet or ayreentjle things, pleasures,
luxuries; ef. mfefewade, — nngkgnno kg-ase m, sweet, pleasant
words; flattery; ef. dgkgdgkgsem.
anokoraiiipgn, a certain parnsitieal j)lant (climber) growing on
trees, pr. 2473.
II o-k 6 r [fino koro] unanimity, unison, common consent; ye n.,
to be unanimous or in unison, to agree. — nokoro-so, unanimously,
with one accord, by or with one consent, to a man.
g-noko-twa, inf., s. gnoko.
linokna, a kind of cloth, s. ntania. nokoasiri.
anu-kunij inf. jkum anoj comjiletioi/, bringing to an end.
a 11 o-k u r 6 k U ro, pr. 1085. -24.5.J- = <1 no-brani inrani, aiio-birelMre ;
oyii an. = gye okurokurofo.
Angkwa', j;r. n. m.
O-nokwafo, 2)1. a.-, a truthful, trustworthy, faithful, honest, up-
rigid person, pr. 755.2474.
n ok ware [ano koro?] truth, truthfulness, faithfulness, hon-
esty, probity ; pr.761f.2475ff. — di n., to be true, truthful, faithful,
honest, to speak the truth, to act honestly; odi no n., a) he assures
him; b) he acts according to his promise, deals faithfully with him.
nokware^ iiokwarem*, F.nokwar, nokworem', truly, in truth.
a-ii ok\va-S6in, truth, a true saying or story; ka n.. to sjicak
truth; - honest deeding, pr. 755.
nokwere, Ak. = nokware.
11 in, j;?. i«'0». the (company of); in most cases it may be con-
sidered as a suffix, used espec. when a plurality of persons known
as connected is referred to, but also with the neuter pron. eno and
the local ])roiiouns ha & ho, s. Gr. § ^'i,<'>\ (J0,1.3; the eom])anions
ov party o/'. Gr.§G3. owura W. nom abeseii ko, J//\ IT. withliis party
has passed.
iioiii — iinoi'i-abieii. 337
11 u 111, V. to (Iriiik (nsii, irafcr, usfi, j)aJin-ici>iCi(-c., or ;uiy fluid) ;
11. iikwah, to tithe soiij); - to smoke (tfi, tobacco) ; cf. we, mone, som
(asr;i), mim; - iiom riifi'ama, to iiiJiitlc air;pr.8'>U. cf.'^yo.lj. — nom
abosoiii, to confederate, a. abosoin.
a no 111' |rm() rnii| tlie mouth, viz. the inside of it, cspoc. as the or-
l!;:u\ oi' taste; s. a no, 1.1J2. witli the, j)hr. iranom akiim, atew, ye no
(le; j;ye anom, tow iiuoin toa ma; pr. :Ji(li/f. - wososo a'anoiu' anka,
the// (Iroji leiiion-jnice into his mouth (to t>e spit out) i.e. the// in a cun-
iiin/i u-a/i and with ifl intention eom/nl him to f/irr his o/tinion.
aiio iiT-kr k;i w, 6'. okekaw ].
;\ 11 (I lu-k u rii, sores i)i the mouth.
ail o 111 a, dim. anoma, jd.n-, ]. Iiird, fowl; pr.'iisiff- cf. atuboa,
atakraboa; an. atii neniiani dan lio, a l)ird flies about the house; -
kn nil., to foul, to .^hoot birds; y i nn., to catth birds. — <?. a certain
appurtenance to a weaver's loom. — .7. I'hr. aiika aiiuma, vdhout
ami exception.
uoma-ri'i ru [anoma afuru, bird's belli/] a /in(/cr-rin</ tliickea-
inp; at the hack part, having, as it were, a 'belli/ of gold, silver, beads.
II 11 6 111 ill a, a kind of river-fish ; si/n. of'nrei.
aiioina-ku Jidc3o, a kind of bird in the Akem woods.
a no 111 man lie, an ceil, wicked, vicious deed, espec. when done
in secret; rice, wickedness, viciousness; oye an, --=: odi nseinmune;
oye me an. = oye me ayayade, oye me ho s;i wo nsem mu; cf. aniu-
moyc, mmarato, abususem, abonet'osem.
0-nomnia iioni, 7^/. a- -fo, a vicious, icivkcd person.
o-noinaiikonia, F. 1. s. Odomankama. — 2. eternity (?)Ps. 90, 1.
— on. gya, everlastin// fire, Mt. 18,S. — on. ahemman, eternal kinij-
doin ; On. Nyaiikopoi'i, tlie eternal God.
anomawa, jj?. n-, nnoma', nnomTi mma, dim. of anom;1, q.r.
anom'-dow, liekerishness. pr. .39,?.354S.
o-iioni dcw-fo, i>/. a-, a lickerish p)erson, da inf //-feeder, sweet-
tooth; nea ope nam pi. j)r. 2i94.
anomdze, F. Mt. 25,35. ^=z anonne.
a no me [nom, r.J a drinking-placc.
11 no in Cj inf. [dome] eursinr/; curse, malediction, execration, im-
j^recation; pr. 198. cf. nsew, nuuabo.
anom-hohoi'O, inf. pr.249:). cf. anohyira.
nnonipe-niioinpo, a. [dompe,^)?. ] 1. bonij, stronij-l imbed, stout
(woye berah a won ho nn.) — 2. extremelif lean like a skeleton (so
that the bones are perceptible) ; s. fofg.
nnoniniuin, s. dommum. — nnoninii'iin-fa, s. dom..., capture;
eaptivitij.
nn on, inf. e/raceful, affected icallcing; s. dgiV; pr. 230.
nnon-abiei'i, two o'clock; nnon-abiesa, three o'clock; nnon-nari,
four o'clock; nnon-dn, ten o'clock; nnoii-dubiako, eleren o'clock;
iinon-dLunien, twelve o''clock; s. gdon. Gr. § Si),4.
22
338 anoiine — anowatere.
anonne, F. anomdze, [ade a wouom] a drinlc, heverar/e, j^otion.
nnonneemma [won a wodo ade mma = amanmma] children
or members of the conimtinHij ov pcojile. (Oheneba da mo ase, nn.!)
Niioiiko, -m', ihe countries in the interior to the nortli of the
Tslii and Erae tribes, inhabited chiefly by jMohammedans ; rf. gdonko
& Gr. page'XIV.XV. (Introd. § 2).
niiouko-besa, a kind of country-cloth, s. ntama.
iinoiiko-iiiioriko, a kind oi yam, s. ode.
iinoii-koe; s. donkoe'.
iiiioii-kroii, nine o'clocJc. Gr. § 80,4.
11 110 11 no mm a [dgii, dim.'\ a little hell.
aiionnom-iisa, oye brgferc no an., he sttcJcs <nU the pajHiya-fniit
as if drinking liquor.
nnonnontutuo, Gy. rags?
niionnowa, a kind of bees; cf. gdowa.
iiiion-sia, six o'clock; nnon-sou, seven o'clock.
mioii-num, five o'clock; iiiioii-wotwc, eight o'clock.
nnopa-6, intcrj. mennopa = memu wo nnapa, (I give i.e. ivisli
you) good sleep! good night! (reply: da yiye!) Gr. § 147,3.
an op a, Ak. adopa, F.anapa, [eda, pa] morning; in the morning.
anopa-hcma(hcnia), anopa-tiitu, very early in the morning (about
5 o'cl.); - s. anapa, adekyee. — aiigpa-didi, anopa-duaiV, hreidcfast.
— anopa-dwuma, pr. 2497. — anopa-nom' [iinom'] pr.2496.
aiiopa-sore, morning pr((ycr or service.
rino-[Ki [ano pa] a mouth that uses pleasant language;in:34.')S-60.
a good ov friendly reply; oma me ano-pd, ojjj^. anobow.
ono-pon-luinu, em^ity boast or bluster, ade awnniii hi iio alio-
hoahoa. j«-. 10S6.
niiora, Ak. = nnera, yesterday.
O-iio-se [ano, se] F. concord; bo on. tena (awar m), to live to-
gether (in the state of matrimony).
a 11 o-S (j m [ano asem] boast, vaunt, rodomontade, bluster, swagger;
oye an., he boasts, exaggerates (always in a bad sense).
anosenifo, a (vain) boaster, swaggerer, braggart, fr. 249f>f.
a n o-s e s e-a d e, braggart, pr. 959.
fi no-sin, one without lips, tvJiose lips are cut o/f by way of
piuiishment; cf. asosin.
ano-so, pudenda, genitals, nakedness.
nnotec, Ak. s. dote.
a no-tew, inf. fluency of sj^eech.
fino-to, inf. sending an abusive word.
ano-to, ano-toto, inf. false accusation, denunciation, sycophancy.
anowatere, anowatere, a species of melon. F. anunu'ina, ane-
a n 6 w a t e r e, lavender-water. L"^" " ^^-
aiiowowa — onufuteii. 339
a 11 o-w w a [ivno awowa] promise; wasi me an., he has given me
(I promise; s. anohoba.
a 11 6-yi, inf. [yi anoj dcfoiec {hy answering- or accounting for),
viiKlicfttion.
n u, I', [red. nunul 1. to stir (kntuni', inmi'kwan nut, niog-yain'
-- kfi kyini); iry. :i500. — ^. to move; nifVama nu t'raiika nom', the
wind moves the /!(((/. — 3. to pol-e, pivl-; to eleanse, by romoving,
with a pointed instrument or the iingers, tliat wliich isolijectionable;
onu n'asom'; onu n'aniwam' = oyi n'an. (with a hair of the 'be, w').
— i. nu abe, to get out the pahn-niit-cliister from near the stem and
lietween the branches, by pricking or pushing with a long-handled
[)ick or digging bill, to pick or gather the palm-nuts from the trees.
— .7. nu nehO (rffl.) to repent; manu meho wo me bone ho or mu,
/ am sorry for the sin I have committed. - nnu woho, do not be nn-
eafii/ (d)out it. pr. 47S. — 6. nu.. ffi, to touch, lag hold on, seize or lift
up and remove; nu ahina no fu, lift up tltat pot; nuinnu no fu ( =
nn'iHima no so) mfa no nko, lift him up and carrg him awag (on your
arms); onu no fu = oso gbea no ahene or asenmudc mu, oso gba-
rima no dantii mu; onuu woffi a.s. gfaa wo fa pa? did he only show
the intention or really commit lewdness ivith you? — 7. nu agoru, to
perform plays, e.g. before a new-made king. — 8. nu nyimpa, F.
/() catch men. Mk. 1;17.
e-ilil, two, both; this simple form is only used in counting .and
in compounds; more frequent is the cpd. form abieiV (= abienii),
mmienii; won banu, hotli of them. {Tr.§ 77.80. pr. 1390.1731.1859.2081.
0-11 u a, V. nuia, [=oniwa, oni-ba, mother's cMlcl] brother; sister
(F, akyerewa); cousin, the mother's sister's daughter (ena-kakra ba);
— me nuauom, (F.niiianom, nuiamo, nmum) my brothers and sisters;
auuanom, (voc.) brethren! wgye nua(nom) F.anuiam (Mt.23,8.), they
are brothers or sisters (or cousins)] pr. 2-502 ff. — onua-paiiyiii, an
elder brother, pr. 2501; oiiua akuma, a younger brother. Cf. niwa-
mma, akyerewa.
0-ima-baniu, o-nua-barima, brother; pi. nuabarimauom.
o-nua-bea, onua-ba, onuawa, pi. -nom, sister; cf. akyerewa.
iiuuadewa (As.) & unuafwe, s. ntorowa.
nue-nue, slowness; carefidness; syn. bereo; - bo n., to be
cautious, to act considerately, ivith circumspection ; gbo n. akgkyere
anoma; gbgmmgfo no bgg n, koyii ue foto.
aiiu-edeii, anu-ehyew, anu-enyam, s. anu-gden, -ghyew, -onyam.
anufo, F. fishers, catchers. Mt. 4,19.
nuf 11, (conn, ne niifu) F. numfo, the breast of a female, udder;
meton. milk. — ma .. n., to suckle ; Mk. 13,17. - num n., to stick; - twa
.. n., to ivean. — nuiii-imb, j^fip, nipple, teat. — nufii-boa, mnmmrd.
— nufu-kyi, inf. the milking of goats, cows &c. — o-nufa-niato,
a suckling woman, wet nurse. — o-iiul'ii-niimfo, a sucking chdd,
suckling baby, nursing-child; F. ^j?. numfoanomba, Mt.21,16. rf.nko-
koa. — iiufiVsii [nufu nsuj milk.
0-11 u f ii-t (' II, the B<u>bal), or Adansonia digitata, a famously large
340 nufutVva — uuni.
tree, and its fruit called Monl-eifs-hread, having the size and shape
of the lo)i(j hanging breast of an elderlj' woman.
uufu-twa, inf. the act of iveaniuf/ (a child), ahJadailou.
iiiinlio, F. = ahonu, repeufance. Mt. S,8. — n.-kwanmu, Jictoiii
frcpevinnce.
nuiA, F. s. onua. - nuiain-benyiu = nua-l)arinui-nom.
iinuku-iimikuwa [dukri'r//;». pi.'] Jiajulkcrehirfs, small pieces of
fdatli.
11 nnkui'O-gua [adukiiro, egua] snmggling, claridestineirafle; -
d i nn., io snuq/f/Ie, to haiier, traffic or trade hchind the stems or hi
f/ie niches or nool'S of large trees; cf. dnpiin.
11 a 111 (nufn), v. to sucl\ to draw the breast. — iiriiii' -= nfimn.
am'im, n-, fire. Gr.§77. — amiin-anum, a plant, the squashed
leaves of which are put on a sore caused by the Guinea-worm.
A'mim, pr. n. m., sign, the fifth child.
Aliuiil. pr. u. of a town, country and tribe to the north-east of
Akwam. Gr. j). XX. The town was destroyed by the Asantes and
Akwanis in 1 8tJ9.
iifinu, r. red. 1. to stir up; s. nfi. (onunii nno mu). — 3. to
ticllc; wanfmu me ma mascrew, lie caused me to laugh bij ticlVnig.
nuiiu, nfiru, r. 1. to blame, censure; pr. 1067. 2-505 f. — onfinii
no «= gbg no sobo: asem yi de, memfa ho i'we, na teta na wunfinu
me yi, this matter does not concern me in the least, and you blame
me undeservedlif. — i*. niinfi neho, to blame oneself, to repent.
0-11 nil 11 111. an aromatic plant^ used like erne. pr. 2507.
a 11 u-od oil, F.anyiedzen [n'ani ye den] hardiness, foru-ardness ;
presumption, insolence, self-n-ill, stubborness, obstinacg, impudence:
ai(dacious)iess, audacitg, boldness, daring S2)irif; Mf. heroism.
aiinodciiiic [ade]yjroo/^s" of, or deeds proceeding from, hardiness
dr. — o-miydcuro, iJ?. a-, a hardy, forirard, insolent, impudent, au-
dacious, bold, daring fellow.
aiiu-oliycw [n'ani ye hyew] hardiness, rashness, fierceness, un-
fruliness.
aiiii-oiiy a iii.Ak.aiiiinoiiyaiii, F.iinyimnyam[n"animyenyam]
lit. splendour of the face, hence ]. glory, splendour, brilliancy, excel-
lency, celebrity, honour, dignity. — i\ condescension, grace, favour,
undeserved kindness. — o-nuoiiyamfo, j^/. a-, a glorious, praisetco?--
thy, eminent, cxeelient, illustrious, celebrated, person. — anuoiiyain-
pe, inf. eagerness for glory or distinction, ostentation, pretentiousness,
selfshness. — aiiuonyaii-huniij-pe, vain-glory, boast fulness, empty
pride. — aiiiion^yauiic [ndc] glorious things, deeds, actionS;properties.
niiura-lio, inf. [dura ho] ]. the act of covering, decJcing, lining
(Cc. — 3. a cover, covering, case (of a pillow), coat (over a thing),
coating; envelope, wrapjper.
1111 ura-inu, inf. [dura mu] ]. the ar't of liniuf/. finishing the in-
side of c('C. — 2. the lining of the inside.
nuru. V. s. nriiiu.
mill nil — nya. .'. 11
iiiiiinii, r.)i. l<lunil a ilirim- ordhtaitcc, will or dci/nr; iii/lic-
f'loit, t'dtalitij; nn. abodiini no, an aflUction ((tiiic (down) niton him
bij some Hufciiowu (((/one// or reason; cf. obubual'o.
iiiKSi'i,iiisuj^aniiisu]/c(0', ^6'flrA'; u. '^ixjca rs arc s/ird ; pr. iJOH.'J'tOS.
— n. atatri no, tears stand in his ei)cs; n. abu \\v Icon, tears start
from her ei/es, she bursts into tc((rs; n. tcrc or tctcrc, no, tc((rs i/nsh
oaf, triclde or run down the check; -==: n'aniwa jtoroporow usit.
niisuwa, F. nyisua, Ml:. 0,24. id.
nya, v. [red. nyinya] 1. to yet, receive, obtain, acquire, fmd,
gain, come bif, come into possession of, win; to receive as a reward,
l)r. oW;. — in i\\c perf. tense: to have, 2)ossess; da osram wu a, onya
n'akatua, (d the end of ever i) ino)dh he (/ets his icaf/e 
